Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club."

See other formats 


JANUARY, 1899 


be 
я 
3 


EDITOR 


T “LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD 


ASSOCIATE Epirors 


N CLARENCE CURTIS —— MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 
AVID HALSTED | FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 


R HOLLICK | | ANNA MURRAY VAIL - É 
> 3 Sb» 
i à TE 
4 i! s 
} # et 
: Я zd 
| 
Г 
CONTENTS E 
Í à Е 
neous Algae of the Pacific Coast: A New Species of Lacinaria: H. Ness | f 
ton Saunders (PLATE 350) . 1 (PLATE 351) a 41. x irs i5 21 
s from W Комис —V.j $ Aven Nei- PROCEEDINGS OF THE Crus TP У 23 
Р У E А 5 | INDEX то КЕСЕМТ LITERATURE RELATING . 


| 

cal Notes: Byron D. Halsted oe $3 TO AMERICAN BOTANY ....-.... 29 
i | 
| 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB l | 


Tug New Era PRINTING Company, 
Lancaster, РА. 


ij 1 b. 
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1898 
Я President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN. 


Vice Presidents, 
T. F. ALLEN, M. D. . HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 
Corresponding Secretary, 
Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, 
Columbia University, New York City. 


Recording Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, 
Normal College, New York City. 
Eaitor, Treasurer, 
L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, JR., 


Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 


Associate Editors, 


ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Pu D; CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 
Curator, : Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. РЕК AXEL RYDBERG Ph. D., 


Committee on Finance, 


J. 1. KANE. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D. 


; Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., — 


319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City. 


Library and Herbarium Committee, 


PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., EUGENE P. BICKNELL, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL, MARIE L. SANIAL. 
Committees on the Local Flora, 
PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA, 
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON, 
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D. 
H H. RUSBY, M. D., PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD. 
Committee on Excursions. 
WILLARD N. CLUTE, PROF. FRANCIS E. LLOYD, 


W. A. BASTEDO. 


; Committee on Program. 
DR. H. H. RUSBY, DR. С. С. CURTIS, 


ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 

The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, except 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, Р. M. Botanists are cordially invited 
to attend. 

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
payable to Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St., New York City. 


"TOME 


VoL. 26 No. 1 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


JANUARY 1899 


Four siphoneous Algae of the Pacific Coast 
By Dr ALTON SAUNDERS 


(PLATE 350. ) 


CopIuM MUCRONATUM CALIFORNICUM J. Ag. Till Algern. System. 
VIII., 44. 


PL аке 1, a, д and c. 


The plant forms rather dense tufts of indefinite extent which 
are very firmly attached to the rocks by numerous, creeping, rhi- 
zoidal filaments. The plant body is erect, dichotomously divided, 
1.5-3 dm. high, .5-1 cm. in diameter, of a spongy consistency, 
composed of a central mass of irregularly branching filaments 
from which arises a compact mass of unbranched peripheral fila- 
ments; the young peripheral filaments are cylindrical, ending in 
an acute mucron; as the filaments mature they become clavate 
and the mucron shorter and more obtuse. Figs. І, дара с. 

The sporangia arise from near the base of the peripheral fila- 
ments, are sessile or subsessile, cylindrical or oval, 150—300 // long 
and 60—120 p broad. 

This plant has been repeatedly collected on the Pacific coast 
and almost uniformly referred to Codium  tomentosum * (Huds.) 
Stack. The peripheral filaments of the latter species are obtuse 
or rounded at the end, not at all mucronate and the cell wall is 
only slightly thickened.t (Fig. 1 d.) Moreover the sporangia of 


* Harvey, Ner. Bor., 2:28, Pacific coast localities only. Harvey, Not. Coll. 
Alg. made on N. W. coast, I61. Anderson, List, etc. 

+ Fig. 1, d, was drawn from No. 168 of Phyc. Bor. Am. specimen from the coast 
of Jamaica. 

[Issued January 16.7] 


2 SAUNDERS: SIPHONEOUS ALGAE OF THE PacrFic COAST 


the true Codium tomentosum are elliptical, pointed at both ends, 
slightly thickened at the apex and shorter—200-290 и long and 
broader, 80-140 и broad—than in Codium mucronatum Californi- 
cum. Compare Fig. І, 2, c and d. 

Recently Miss J. E. Tilden has issued this same species, col- 
lected at Vancouver Island, British Columbia.* A fragment of 
Miss Tilden’s specimens were softened and figures 1-6 and C were 
drawn from a microscopical mount of it. 

The plant is common all along the Pacific Coast from Sitka as 
far south at least, as the southern California coast. 


CoDIUM ADHAERANS (Cabr.) Ag. Spec. Alg. 457. 1820. 


Aghardia adacrans Cabr. іп Phys. Sallsk. Arsbr. 
FL 350, fig. 3, a, band c. 

The plant body of this anomalous species is an irregular, 
blackish-green, cushion-like, spongy mass from 1 cm. to 2 dm. or 
more in extent. It consists of a felt-like strongly adherent mass 
of creeping mycelial, branching filaments 2—8 mm. thick. From 
the upper part of the creeping filaments arises a mass of un- 
. branched cylindrical or clavate, erect filaments which are 1 mm. 
or more long, and about 100 // wide, very obtuse or truncate and 
slightly thickened at the distal end. 

The sporangia are cylindrical, very obtuse, sessile or subsessile, ` 
300-400 4 long and 50 4 wide, borne laterally near the distal end 
of the erect filaments. 

This species is rare or local on the California coast. Со]- 
lected at Point Pinos (the southern point of Monterey Bay), and at 
Point Lobos (ten miles south of the last locality) ; it seems to pre- 
fer the under side of overhanging rocks. 


VALONIA OVALIS (Lyngb.) Ag. Sp. Alg. 1: 431. 1820. 


Gastridum ovale Lyngb. Hydr. Dan. 72. 18. 1819. 
FL. 350, F 2. 
The plant consists of a single-celled obovate, thin-walled, in- 
flated, sessile sack 2—8 mm. high and about as broad. 
This delicate little plant was collected for three successive sum- 


* Tilden, American Algae, Century III., No. 281. 


SAUNDERS : SIPHONEO*S ALGAE OF THE PACIFIC COAST 3 


mers from a single large, flat-topped rock, incrusted by a Л/е/оѓезга, 
which at the lowest tide stood in a foot of water and was exposed 
to the direct washing of the waves, Point Lobos (Central Califor- 
nia coast). It has previously been reported for the North Atlantic 
Ocean, Faroe Islands, Northern coast of Norway, and the Santa 
Cruz Islands. 


DERBESIA VAUCHERIAEFORMIS (Harv.) J. Ag. Till. Alg. System 
MILL. 14 

Chlorodesmis ? vaucheriformis Harv. Ner. Bor. An. III., 30. £. 
40. fig. D. 

MI sU Xu. 

The filaments are tufted, light green, І cm. or so high, 30—40 и 
broad ; branches erect, few, 20-30 broad, obtuse at the apex, 
often with a cross-partition or a cuboidal cell near their union with 
the main filament. The sporangia are elliptical, obovate or pyri- 
form, 140—200 4 long and 50-80 // wide ; zoóspores large, 12—20 
in a sporangia. 

This species was collected but once, at Point Lobos, the last 
of June, 1896, in the same locality as the last species. The plant 


is slightly smaller than the measurement given by Dr. Farlow* for 
the same species from the Atlantic Coast but agrees in all other 


particulars. Not only do the sporangial stalks possess a cuboidal 
cell but either a cuboidal cell or a cross-partition is usually found 
near the base of the vegetative branches. 

In the size of the tufts and the diameter of the vegetative fila- 
ments this species is very similar to Derbesia marina (Lyngb.) 
Solier,f which perhaps should be considered as only a form 
of D. vaucheriacformis as has been shown by Dr. Farlow! The 
sporangia of D. marina according to Solier's figures, are shorter 
stalked and the sporangia are oblong and elliptical and but little 
narrowed below. Unfortunately no measurements of the sporangia 
are given. Ifthe two species should prove to be distinct there is 
no reason in writing the latter as Dr. Tonit has done, Derbesia 
marina (Lyngb.) Kjellman, Ishv. Alg. Fl, for Kjellman in that 
very monograph writes it Derbesta marina (Lyngb.) Solier and cites 
the article of Solier referred to above. $ 


*Farlow, Mar. Alg. New Eng. бо. 

T Solier, Ann. Sci. Nat., III. 7:158, 2/. 9, figs. 1-17. 
{Ре Toni, Syl. Alg. x : 426. 

2 Kiellman, Ishv. Alg. Fl., 387. 


4 SAUNDERS: SIPHONEOUS ALGAE ОЁ THE PAcIFIC COAST 


Explanation of Plate 350 


Fic. I, a, à and с. Codium mucronatum Californicum J. Ag. a, а single plant, 
reduced one-half. è, a young peripheral filament bearing sporangium, X 50. с, ma- 
ture peripheral filament, 50. æd, a peripheral filament and sporangium of Codium 
tomentosum (Huds. ) Stack. 

Fic. 2. Valonia ovalis (Lyngb.) Ag., X 2. Attached to a Melobesia. 

Fic. 3, а, бапа с. Peripheral filaments bearing sporangia of Codium adhaerans 
(Cabe) Ag., X 50. 

Fic. 4. Derbesia vaucheriaeforme ( Harv.) J. Ag. 6, a filament, X 20. cand d, 
early stage in the development of the sporangium, X 350. 4, a mature sporangium 
showing zoóspore, X 350. 

'The figures were drawn by Miss Emma Williams. 


New Plants from Wyoming,— V * 


By AvEN NELSON 


Scirpus paludosus 


Perennial from corm-like tubers, which bear short} horizontal 
rootstocks that produce terminally other propagative tubers : culms 
moderately stout, erect, 4-8 dm. high, triangular, the two faces 
plane, the other narrower and somewhat grooved: leaves pale 
green, often equalling or even exceeding the culms, 5-8 mm. wide, 
glabrous, longitudinally nerve-grooved (11—25 nervures): invo- 
lucral leaves 2 (possibly rarely 3), both much exceeding the inflo- 
rescence, the shorter from 5-10 cm. long, the other twice or thrice 
as long : spikelets 3 to several in a dense, terminal head, ovate or 
oval, 10-20 mm. long, 6-10 mm. in diameter: scales narrowly 
ovate, membranous, puberulent, light brown, two-toothed at apex, 
the midrib prolonged into an awn about one-fourth as long as the 
scale; bristles usually 2, twice the length of the akene ; style 
about 8 mm. long, two-cleft for less than half its length; akene 
lenticular, broadly obovate, nearly 3 mm. long, tipped with a con- 
ical tooth, brown, the surface shiny, finely pitted under a lens. 


This species is probably most closely related to S. campestris 
Britton, from which it is clearly separated by its remarkable tubers 
(subspherical, 10-25 mm. in diameter), to say nothing of the 
minor characters given in the description. It is a plant that thrives 
in the most pronounced saline soils. The first specimens were se- 
cured on Salt Creek, near Newcastle, July 30, 1896, but it seems 
to occur in all the strongly alkaline marshes in the southern part 
of the state as well. The best specimens were secured at 
Granger, Sweetwater County, from the salt-encrusted bed of a dry 
pond where it was absolutely the only vegetation. Some of the 
soil (?), where it was growing, was taken for analysis and found to 
contain more than 60% of soluble salts, 

Type specimen in Herbarium University of Wyoming, no. 
3874, Granger, July 30, 1897. Collected also on the Laramie 
Plains inthe margins of the Soda Lakes that occur at intervals, 
The tubers are never absent; the growth is often luxuriant and 
where it is accessible cattle eat it with avidity. 


* Professor Nelson has generously deposited cotypes of these plants in the herbarium 
of Columbia University. —ED. 
(5) 


F 


Май... tee — 


6 NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


Sagittaria hebetiloba 


Monoecious with the lower verticils fertile, scapes 1—3, 2—5 dm. 
high, simple : leaves several, apparently all similar ; petioles about 
equaling the scapes, rather stout, blade large, 8-14 cm. long (in- 
cluding the lobes), curved on the margins, subacute, lobes short, 
rounded-obtuse, about one third the length of the rest of the 
blade: bracts linear-lanceolate, 15-20 mm. long, subscarious, 
greenish-veined, spreading or reflexed : flowers large, about 2 cm. 
across ; inner perianth leaves white, obovate or orbicular, the outer 
oval, greenish-veined, scarious-margined : pedicels short, ascend- 
ing, 10-25 mm. long, fertile and sterile about equal: stamens 
15-25, filament scarcely longer than the anther, but slightly di- 
lated at base: fruiting head globular, 10-14 mm. in diameter : 
akene about 2 mm. long, obovate, tapering gradually toward the 
base, winged on both margins and around the summit, more nar- 
rowly so on the side of the beak; beak oblique or erect, very 
short, merely a blunt tooth equaling the rounded summit of the 


body of the akene. 


Possibly local, observed but once, growing half emergent in a 
warm spring bog. Type specimen no. 2763, Platte Cafion, Lar- 
amie County, August 27, 1896. 


Lilium montanum 


Bulb 15-25 mm. in diameter, depressed globose, its thick 
fleshy scales from ovate to broadly obovate: stems 3-4 dm. 
high, rather stout: leaves glabrous, dark green, but slightly 
lighter on the lower face, minutely roughened on the edges, alter- 
nate except the uppermost, the upper whorl of 5-7, a second whorl 
of fewer leaves occasionally present, from narrowly to broadly 
lanceolate, tapering but slightly toward the sessile base, 4—6-cm. 
long, smaller downward, the lower reduced to scarious scales: one- 
flowered on a comparatively stout erect peduncle which is scarcely 
longer than the subtending leaves ; perianth segments ascending, 
tips not reflexed, elliptic-oblong, tapering gradually towards both 
ends, the apex terminating in a short obtuse tooth, the claw short 
and broad (margined) less than a third the length of the blade, 
from brownish-red on the inner face to orange-red on the other, 
the orange-colored base of the inner face dotted with numerous 


purplish-black spots: stamens and stigma purplish: capsules ob- 


long-cylindric, 3-4 cm. long. 

For some time I have suspected that this was new, but in the 
absence of abundant material I have tentatively held it either 
under the name of Г. umbellatum or L. Philadelphicum, to both of 


ET: 


Netson: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING T 


which it is related in some of its characters. It differs, however, 
from both in its stouter habit, broader leaves, single flower, broader 
bulb scales and floral characters. It has the leaf arrangement of 
L. umbellatum but even broader leaflets than Z. Philadelphicum. 
Both of the preceding are found in dry soil while this occurs only 
in rich, shaded bog lands, mostly at subalpine (7000-9000 ft.) 
stations but sometimes in cold wet ground at lower altitudes. 
Secured at several points in this state and probably found in similar 
situations throughout the northern Rockies. Type specimen по. 
4376 by Mr. Elias Nelson from Saw Mill creek in the Laramie 
Hills, July 1, 1398. 
Abronia elliptica 

Perennial from a thick, deep-set, semi-fleshy, branched root : 
stems several from the crown, ascending, the underground portion 
rhizome-like and scaly, leafy above, minutely viscid-pubescent, 
branched from the base only, the branches 1—2 dm. long: leaves 
fleshy, glabrous, somewhat wrinkled when dry, mostly elliptic, 
more rarely oval or ovate, obtuse at both ends or somewhat trun- 
cate or subcordate at base, 15-30 mm. long ; petioles from 1—3 
times as long as the blade: bracts of the involucre obovate, sub- 
acute, 8-15 mm. long, mostly 5 in number, greenish-white : flow- 
ers greenish-white, numerous in the cluster, the individual flowers 
inconspicuous, 15—20 mm. long, the tube slightly dilated upwards, 
limb small, lobes suborbicular, sinus narrow: fruit obscurely 
pubescent, turbinate, summit truncate or subcordate, the sides 
bearing five vertical wings with rounded obtuse summits, the cen- 
tral cavity of the fruit extending through them, about 7 mm. high ; 
akene oblong, 3-4 mm. long, loosely sheathed by winged pericarp. 


‘A very distinct species, readily recognized among those hitherto 
described. In habit, but not in size, it suggests A. fragrans Nutt., 
while in fruit character it belongs with the A. /atifolia group. It 
is of frequent occurrence in south-central Wyoming on the white 
desert-like, Cretaceous clay slopes of the Red Desert and other 
similar regions. Type specimen in Herbarium University of Wyo- 
ming, no. 3024, Green River, May 30, 1897. Excellently fruited 
specimens from Medicine Bow, July 9, 1898, by Mr. Elias Nelson. 


Arenaria Uintahensis 


Perennial, caespitose, the numerous, spreading branches of 
caudex sub-ligneous: leaves chiefly basal on the crowns, numer- 
ous, in fascicles, glabrous, narrowly linear, acerose, 1-2.5 cm. 


8 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


long: stems I, or sometimes 2, from each crown, glabrous below, 
minutely glandular pubescent above, slender, erect, IO-IS cm. 
long, few-leaved, nodes not conspicuously swollen, the lower in- 
ternodes equaled by the leaves, the upper several times longer than 
the leaves: cyme loose, primary pedicels 10—2 5 mm., secondary 
5-10 mm. long: sepals narrowly ovate, acute, nerveless, scarious, 
obtusely keeled by the broad, green midrib : petals oblong, ob- 
tuse, about 5 mm. long, 2 mm. broad: capsule hardly equaling 
the sepals, about as long as the divaricate styles, ovate, splitting 
into ovate, obtuse valves : seeds suborbicular. 

Probably nearest to A. capillaris Poir from which its stouter 
habits, its acuminate sepals and its subequal sepals and petals 
most obviously separate it. 

It occurred along the loose shale of the higher bluffs over- 
looking Bear River, and did not seem to be at all abundant. 
Type specimen in Herb. University of Wyoming, no. 4640, Coke- 
ville, Uintah Co., June 11, 1898. 


Aconitum ramosum 

Stem 3-5 dm. high, simple below, more or less branched 
above, the branches ascending, nearly or quite glabrous below, in- 
creasingly finely glandular-pubescent upwards: leaves suborbic- 
ular in outline, 5-8 cm. in diameter, 3-, or more rarely, 4-parted, 
the divisions deeply 2- or 3-cleft, these incised, the segments ob- 
long-lanceolate, acute : flowers medium size, sparsely short pubes- 
cent; hood 12—16 mm. long, obovate (exclusive of the beak) tap- 
ering but slightly toward the obtusish base, beak short, porrect, 
sub-acute ; lateral sepals as broad as long, unequilateral ; lower 
sepals oblong or broadly spatulate, 34 as long as the lateral and 
from 4% to !4 as wide; follicles cylindric-oblong, 15-20 mm. 
long, reticulately veined, nearly glabrous. 

When this plant was secured its strikingly Delphintum-like 
leaves and some other characters led, in the absence of any speci- 
men of A. delphinifolium DC., to its being distributed under that 
name. During a recent visit to the Missouri Botanical Garden, an 
examination of the specimens in the Herbarium shows that A. del- 
plunifolium,that plant of the far Northwest, is a very different thing 
from this. This is strict and has fewer, larger leaves with fewer 
and longer segments, a very different pubescence as well as some 
differences in flower and fruit characters. 

Secured but once, no. 2549, in open grassy ground in a park 


NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING 9 


on Limestone Range, Black Hills, Weston Co., near the South 
Dakota line, July 30, 1897. Here it occurred in great profusion 
though in a day's drive through that region it was met with but 


once. 
Astragalus brevicaulis 


Caespitose, the spreading leaves forming a small mat 8—12 cm. 
in diameter, appressed silvery -pubescent throughout, perennial from 
a small, vertical woody tap-root which bears at its summit a caudex 
of a few short, thickish branches: leaves crowded on the crowns, 
the persistent stipules and petioles clothing the branches of the 
caudex ; leaflets usually 5, closely approximated at the end of the 
slender, 2—4 cm. long petioles, from obovate to oblong, 5-10 mm. 
long : peduncles exceeding the leaves, 1-several-flowered, prostrate- 
ascending ; flowers purple, large for the plant; calyx purplish, cam- 
panulo-cylindric, tube about 5 mm. long, generally split nearly to the 
base by the developing pod, teeth about halfas long : banner 15 mm. 
long, blade orbicular, ro mm. in diameter; wings nearly as long 
as the banner, blade oblong, 2-lobed at apex, the basal lobe large, 
paralleling the long slender claw ; keel shorter, rounded-obtuse : 
pod minutely pubescent, sessile, 2-celled or nearly so, falcate, 
deeply sulcate dorsally, cross section obcordate, 15 mm. or more 
in length, 4-5 mm. broad: ovules 20-30 ; seeds fewer. 


This species seems: to be most closely allied to A. calycosus 
Torr., but its purple flowers, larger falcate pod will serve for its 
immediate separation. It is a rare plant of the desert region of 
southern Wyoming, occurring sparingly on gravelly ridges. Type 
specimen no. 4601, from near Ft. Bridger, June 9, 1898. 


Astragalus junciformis 


Perennial from a deep-set root, the caudex slender-branched, 
cinereous-pubescent: stems usually several, more or less panicu- 
lately branched throughout their length, 2-4 dm. high, often 
somewhat striate: stipules small, triangular; leaves either re- 
duced to a naked, slender petiole and rachis, 4—7 cm. long, or 
bearing 5—7 distant, linear-oblong leaflets, 8-15 mm. long: pe- 
duncles equalling or exceeding the leaves, from very few- to many- 
flowered ; flowers about ro mm. long, orchroleucous: standard 
short and broad, almost reniform, the claw short; keel broad 
with an elongated but blunt apex: calyx pubescent with inter- 
mingled dark hairs, campanulate, teeth minute: pod strictly one- 
celled, neither suture much thickened, compressed, linear-oblong, 
straight, probably about 3 cm. long (fully mature legume not a 
hand), pubescence similar to that of the stem; pedicels short, di- 


10 NELSON: New PrANTS FROM WYOMING 


varicate or reflexed (probably all ultimately reflexed): ovules 
reniform, rather large, nearly filling the pod. 

This in habit suggests A. junceus Gray, but possibly it is more 
closely allied to A. Coltoni Jones. Its junciform stems and leaves 
are very characteristic. So far I have found this species in but 
one locality, viz., near Point of Rocks, Sweetwater Co., where it is 
an occasional plant on sandy, stony slopes. First secured in 
1897, no. 3081 and again, 1898, no. 4839. It comes into blos- 
som early in June. 

Astragalus exilifolius 

An acaulescent perennial from large, deep-set roots; caudex 
multicipital, closely caespitose: leaves densely crowded on the 
crown, simple, narrowly linear, the petiole-like base almost fili- 
form, 2—4 cm. long, pungently acute, sparsely short hirsute, the 
dead leaves persisting for a time on the branches of the caudex: 
stipules scarious, ovate, imbricated, the largest 5 mm. long: pe- 
duncles about equaling the leaves, 1-2-flowered ; pedicels short, 
bracts small, scarious : calyx campanulate, glabrous, or nearly so, 
its lobes subulate, shorter than the 3-4 mm. long tube: corolla 
showy, 15-20 mm. long, white, the keel tipped with purple : pod 
sessile, I-celled, oblong, slightly curved with an acuminate apex, 
purple mottled, 12-15 mm. long, both sutures prominent, the ven- 
tral sharply keeled ; seeds few (1—4). 

This adds one more member to the section in which A. spatu- 
latus Sheld. and A simplicifolius Wats. are the conspicuous mem- 
bers. The characters of this separate it more sharply from both 
of those than they are separated from each other. 

It is of the desert region of south-central Wyoming, occurring 
as rounded tufts on the barren clay ridges of the Cretaceous forma- 
tion. Type specimen, no. 4493, by Mr. Elias Nelson, Freezeout 
Hills, Carbon County, July то, 1898. Collected also in the Rat- 
tlesnake Hills, no. 4996. 


Astragalus aculeatus 


Perennial, the stout woody caudex bearing numerous, slender, 
appressed-caespitose branches, hardly rising above the surface of 
the soil, the mats from one to several decimeters in diameter: 
leaves numerous, crowded on the short stems the bases of which 
are covered with the persistent dead ones: leaflets 5—7, linear- 
oblong, plane, involute or somewhat channelled, pungently long 
mucronate, about 8 mm. long, green but under a lens sparsely 


СР А И 


NELsON: NEw PLANTS FROM WYOMING 11 


hirsute : stipules scarious hirsute on the margins : peduncles about 
equaling the leaves, from 2-several-flowered : flowers purple, 5—6 
mm. long: calyx campanulate, the slender lobes equalling the 
tube, hirsute, usually some black hairs intermingled: banner 
broadly obovate, wings elliptic: pod r-celled, sessile, narrowly 
ovate, acuminate, hardly exceeding the calyx-lobes. 

It seems to be nearest to A. Kentrophyta Gray but is distin- 
guished at once by its matted habit, its green leaves, its purple, 
peduncled flowers as well as by its habitat. This is strictly alpine, 
forming mats below the snow drifts at the upper limits of vege- 
tation. Type specimen, no. 2445, from the higher summits of 
the Big Horn Mts., near Dome Lake, July 18, 1896. 

I am again indebted to Dr. Rydberg for a comparison of the 
co-types, sent to Columbia University, with specimens of nearly 
related species. Most of them I also personally studied critically 
at the Herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden. Of these, as 
well as of those published in previous papers, representative speci- 
mens will be placed, whenever possible, in other herbaria including 
Mo. Bot. Garden, Gray, National, Cornell, etc. The types are all 
preserved in Herb. University of Wyoming. 


Mycological Notes.—1V 


By Byron D. HALSTED 


Mould of the Paconia.—During the last week of May a most 
remarkable development of Botrytis vulgaris Fr. was met with 
upon garden paeonias. At that time the plants were in an appar- 
ently vigorous condition ; they were pushing their flower stalks 
and the buds beginning to show pink color. While the outer 
leaves of the clumps were in a healthy condition all the inner ones 
hung brown and lifeless upon the stems and were overrun with a 
surprising growth of Botrytis. 

This fungus is not uncommon upon the old leaves late in the 
season and the flowers may show it occasionally ; in fact no. 
2459 of Ellis and Everhart's N. A. Fungi is this species collected 
upon paeonia petals by Dr. Kellerman. 

In the present instance the fungus was playing no saprophytic 
role, but flourished as a parasite upon the rank spring herbage of 
the host and, at the time examined, was spreading upon the outer- 
most leaves of the clusters. It seems to be a clear case of an un- 
usual outbreak of a comparatively harmless paeonia fungus de- 
stroying all the foliage that was not directly in sight. 

The conditions favoring this are the many rainy days that pre- 
ceded the time of the inspection, there having been eighteen out of 
the twenty-eight upon which showers had fallen, and the exces- 
sive cloudy weather—the month up to that time having a record of 
twenty dark days. 

The writer has had no better illustration of the influence of 
rainfall and consequent absence of sunshine upon fungous growth, 
for in this case only the outermost leaves exposed to the sun and 
air were healthful, while all within the umbrella-like cover that 
these made were dead or dying and literally covered with a dense 
growth of conidiophores and the multitudes of spores. The young 
foliage that otherwise might have been normal was destroyed by 
the Botrytis that had been highly favored by continued moisture, 
lack of sunshine and the confinement of the spore-laden air in the 
interior of the clumps. 

(12) 


РЕ ҮЧҮ ar Ny 40^ 3. та LY dual 
y TET A 


HarsrEp: MycorocicAL NOTES 19 


Rust of Phlox subulata.—Phlox subulata L. grows quite abund- 
antly upon the red shale cliffs in the vicinity of New Bruns- 
wick. Аз its name suggests it is a prostrate plant sending up 
short flower stalks in very early spring. By the first of June it is 
like a mat of moss upon the exposed places where it grows. 

Attention was attracted to this plant upon a recent botanical 
excursion by the more upright habit of some of the specimens. 
A closer examination revealed the fact that they were attacked by 
a rust. In passing it may be stated that low creeping plants are 
quite apt to have the stems more upright when infested by a rust. 

The rust in question is quite different microscopically from 
Puccinia plumbaria Pk., that is found upon Phlox divaricata L., Р. 
longifolia Nutt. and P. Doug/asii Hook., but agrees closely with 
Puccinia Gileae El. & Hark., as found upon Gila divaricata 
Torr., G. squarrosa H. & A. and G. intertexta Steud. 

Dr. Kelsey has distributed it upon Phlox Richardsonii Hook. 
from Helena, Montana, and is given upon 7. caespitosa Nutt. var. 
condensata Gr. in Farlow's Host Index. 

So far as is learned from the locality of the hosts and the speci- 
mens of the species in the herbarium, namely : From California, 
collected by Dr. Harkness, the author of the species, upon Gila 
divaricata Torr., two specimens from Moses Craig, Corvallis, 
Oregon, one upon Gilia squarrosa Н. & A., and the other upon 
G. intertexta Stend., and the specimens from Dr. Kelsey, collected 
at Helena, Montana, upon Phlox Richardsonii Hook., it would 
seem that the species of rust is particularly a far western one, and 
the present find extends its range to the Atlantic coast. 

The so-to-speak eastern rust of the Phlox, Puccinia plumbaria 
described by Peck in volume six of the Botanical Gazette and 
mentioned for Illinois by Dr. Burreell, also reaches across the con- 
tinent, for Dr. Harkness collected it in California upon Phlox 
Douglasii Hark. Thus the two species are widespread in the 
United States and probably not as yet found elsewhere. 

Sun-exposea Leaves and Blight.—That the leaf blight (Суйи- 
drosporium padi Karst.), is often more abundant upon one half of 
the cherry leaf than the other, has been a matter of observation for 
years and the cause of the peculiarity was not determined in the 
writer’s case at least, until recently, when after an inspection of fifty 


14 HALSTED : MvcorocicAL NOTES 


trees the fact of the relation of sun exposure to the development 
of the blight became known. 

The first theory employed was the position of the leaf upon 
the twig, but there were so many exceptions to the rule that the 
latter was not established. The cherry leaf has a way of bending 
the two halves of the blade upward so that the underside of the 
leaf is the only one in sight and may be unequally exposed accord- 
ingly. Such leaves upon any tree hang in all possible positions 
in relation to the sun, but taking a tree as a whole, there is a 
shady and a sunny side. In like manner there are some of the 
leaves so posed that one of the upturned halves is southward. 
When such leaves are situated upon the south side of the tree the 
conditions are fulfilled for the production of an instance when the 
fungus of the leaf is largely confined to the sunny half. 


The observations were made in part upon small trees and the 
observer's eye could take the position of sun, that is, the rays of 
sunlight at mid-day were parallel to the line of vision when the 


уй, 


HarsrED: MvcoroGicAL NOTES 15 


person was so placed as to see the greatest abundance of the fun- 
gus upon the leaf in question or in fact upon the whole tree. 

How the excess of blight is brought about by this exposure 
is not demonstrated for it may be that the position, unnatural in 
part at least, brings about a scalding or burning of the tissue of the 
underside of the leaf, which is reasonably assumed to be less 
hardy than that of the upper side ; and this in turn, might prepare 
the way for the better entrance of the germs or their more vigor- 
ous growth after once within the leaf, already partially devitalized. 
It is possible also that the sunny side may furnish the more favor- 
able conditions of warmth, etc., for the development of the blight. 
Fig. т shows some instances of cherry leaves that have a large 
majority of the spore spots of the blight fungus upon one-half of 
their underside. The three upon the right hand were from the 
southwest side of the tree and the other three from the southeast 
side. 

Influence of Fungi upon Fruitfulness of Host.—While inspect- 
ing the asparagus fields in New Jersey for the prevalence of the 
rust, one fact came out that is seemingly contrary to a general law 
of vegetable physiology, namely, the influence the rust seems to 
have upon fruitfulness. In the years before the rust made its ap- 
pearance the autumn “brush " of the pistillate plants were heavily 
loaded with berries, and late in the season the ripened fruit gave a 
bright red coloration to the field. During the present season the 
berries are very few indeed, and nearly all the plants appear as if- 
they were staminate. 

It is safe to assume that the rust since its first appearance in 


.1896 has weakened the plants, making the crop of spring smaller 


than usual and materially reducing the size of the autumn growth. 

In other words the plant's life was in jeopardy and as a conse- 
quence an increased tendency would beexpected toward fruitful- 
nes. When the life of an individual is in danger there is an at- 
tempt, as a rule, to reproduce by seed. 

This exception to the general rule does not seem to arise 
from the rust actually blighting the flowers, but upon the other 
hand, the blossoms did not form and the great majority of the 
plants showed no signs of reproduction. 

The Trenton Goldbach poison Case-—On Saturday, October 


16 HALSTED : MYCOLOGICAL NOTES 


13th, Herman Gebhardt, a workman in Trenton, N. J., went nut- 
ting to Crosswick Creek near Bordentown, and while there gath- 
ered some fine specimens of a toadstool. When near his home he 
went into a butcher shop kept by Harry Goldbach to have his 
walnuts weighed. He exhibited his mushrooms, as he thought 
them to be, and Goldbach was attracted by them and bought a 
quantity. Gebhardt took the remaining ones to his boarding 
place and asked his landlady to have them prepared for his sup- 
per, but his wish was not granted, it being late and inconvenient, 
and he carried them to Walters’ saloon near by and were placed 
behind the bar until morning where Mrs. Walters seeing them, 
removed the lot of six or seven toadstools and burned them. 
From a conversation with Mrs. Walters and her description of the 
size and color of stipe, cap, gills, etc., it was quite clear that the 
species was Amanita phalloides (L.). This view was confirmed by 
Mr. V. K. Chestnut of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, who 
with Gebhardt visited the place where the toadstools were gathered 
and saw other specimens, which Gebhardt pronounced to be of the 
same kind that he had sold. 

The specimens obtained by Goldbach were cooked upon Sun- 
day morning and eaten by the whole family of nine except Max 
Goldbach. In a talk with the County Physician Rogers and the 
other physicians in charge of the cases it was learned that the 
first symptoms of poisoning were observed on Sunday evening 
when violent vomiting set in with all the eight who partook of the 
toadstools, and it was very prolonged. Оп Monday night all be- 
came worse the leading characteristic being as stated great weak- 
ness. Early upon Tuesday morning Mrs. Goldbach and her 
eight-year-old son died at nearly the same time, and at four 
o'clock in the afternoon the father died after great agony. 

At the time of my visit four other victims were prostrated and 
in a very weak condition, while a two-year-old child had entirely 
recovered. Later advices indicate that all except the three pre- 
viously mentioned will recover. 

Fungus prolongs the apparent Vitality of Host.—During the 
autumn months a smut (Ustilago Rabenhorstiana Kuehn) is com- 
mon upon the crab grass (Panicum sanguinale L.) and doubtless 
has a material effect in reducing the amount of seed produced by 


Hatstep: MvcorocicAL NOTES 17 


the weed. There is a very striking difference between the normal 
and the infested plants that renders it an easy matter to distinguish 
them. The smutted specimens, invariably the whole plant, are 
much more leafy and the inflorescence rarely comes to view, but 
remains as a plump mass of black spores inclosed by the upper- 
most leaves. 

One of the points of interest connected with the smutted Pani- 
cum is the fact that it remains green long after the healthy plants 
have turned brown or lost their leaves. In going over a field 
covered with the crab grass in late October the smutted plants are 
quickly detected by the profusion of leaves of a deep green color. 
Such plants often send out new roots at the joints, as if making a 
desperate attempt at fruitfulness in spite of the smut that changes 
each flower cluster into dusty spores as soon as it is formed. 

From the nature of the smuts generally and the observed facts 
in this case, it is probable that the infection takes place while the 
plants are quite young and the fungus afterwards infests all por- 
tions. 

Early in the life of the plant the habit of growth is changed, 
and the fungus reaches the full fruitful condition before it is visible. 
It is only in the advanced stage of the disease that the mass of 
spores comes to view by the separation of the leaf bases that pre- 
viously hid it from sight. In the normal plant the stem elongates 
and carried up the forked inflorescence, but here the stem remains 
short with its tip inclosed within enlarged leaves that are of darker 
green than the healthy plants. This same dark green is charac- 
teristic of the turnip plant that is having its roots destroyed by 
the club-root fungus—a very conspicuous shade of green to those 
who recognize it. 

One Fungus develops in the Host Immunity from another.— 
In a recent collecting tour it developed by inspection that the rust 
Puccinia mamillata Schrt., while common upon the ordinary plants 
of the climbing smart weed (Polygonum dumetorum L.) it was 
nearly absent from all those infested with Ustilago anomala J. 
Kunge. It would seem that the smut had taken possession of the 
plant and the latter did not longer furnish the proper feeding 
ground for the rust. The same thing was found true in case of 
the smutted specimens of Panicum sanguinale L.,the leaves of 


18 HALSTED : MvcoroaicAL NoTES 


which are rarely affected with Piricularia grisea (Cke.), while the 
normal plants have the foliage quite generally spotted with it. 

In a bed of fruiting radishes the writer had also noticed that 
certain plants will have the inflorescence malformed by the Perono- 
Spora parasitica (Pers.), while others close at hand were victims of 
the Cystopus candidus (Pers.); but it is rare that a flower or seed 
vessel bears both of these common fungi. To a limited extent it 
would seem that the radish infested with the white mould is immune 
from the mildew, which is generally considered as its general asso- 
ciate and because of the supposition that it feeds upon the Cyszo- 
pus it has received parasitica as the specific portion of its name. 

If the observations were extensive enough the statement pos- 
sibly might be made that a wheat, rye or out plant afflicted as it 
is, if at all, with smut from a seedling on, would be at least par- 
tially immune from the rust. The smut gains entrance to the seed- 
ling and possibly renders the host unsuited to the entertainment 
of other fungous guests, | 

Effect of leaf Fungi upon autumn Coloration of Foliage. — 
Very striking illustration of the effect of leaf fungi upon the 
autumnal coloring of foliage was met with this year in the case of a 
tree of the hard or sugar maple (Acer saccharum Marsh). The 
leaves were mottled green and pale lemon yellow, particularly those 
upon the lower and inner branches, while the upper foliage of the 
tree and that exposed more fully to the sun was nearly uniformly 
yellow. It would seem from an inspection of the tree that the 
mottling was associated with shade and perhaps the coolness and 
longer periods of moisture that attend the protection of the foliage 
from the direct sunshine. 

The spots upon the otherwise yellow leaves were of all sizes 
but averaged a half inch or so in diameter and were of a green 
color, irregular in outline and disposed without order, some leaves 
having but one green blotch while others had nearly the whole 
area occupied by them. Fig. 2 shows a leaf with the blotches. 
The color values of green and yellow are so nearly the same as to 
make it difficult to get a sharp photograph of the spots. 

A microscopic examination of the under surface of the mottled 
leaves showed clearly that a fungus was invariably associated with 
the blotches, it being the common maple mildew (Oncinula circi- 


E н АРАН РУ | 


HarsrkEp: MvcoroaicaL NoTES  - 19 


nata C. & P.). It was interesting to note that, in the present 
stage of the fungus, a few mature perithecia were to be found at 
or near the geographical center of the blotch, usually along side 
of a vein and the hyphae extended radially to the margin. 


Fic. 2. 


The fungus, judging from the size of the perithecia, must needs 
have been upon the leaf long before any discoloration began to 
take place and probably had spread to the full extent of the blotch 
before its presence could have been detected by the autumn dis- 
coloration. 

Much of interest centers in the action of the fungus upon the 
portion of the host that is under its immediate influence. Whether 
it renders the affected protoplasm sluggish so that the chlorophyl 
is not withdrawn, or the cells more active by supplying them with 
the proper nourishment and the work of synthesis goes on as usual, 
are conjectures simply and no explanation of the peculiar phenom- 
enon in question. To look at the leaves it would seem to be a 
case of symbiosis of the mutualistic sort. 


E 


ЖУТКУР Ар ТЫ УЛТ Үү "г а 


РОИ Р S 
aig Pa. 


20 HALSTED: MYCOLOGICAL NOTES 


Late Growth of Bean Mildew. — Phytophthora phaseoli Thax., 
upon the Lima bean is remarkable in that it thrives upon the 
pods after the plants are killed by the frost. Upon October 24th, 
the writer could have picked from one large field bushels of pods 
in all stages of growth that were badly infested with the mil- 
dew and in a very flourishing condition. It is true, however, that 
while the foliage of the beans was destroyed by the frosts the pods 
remained apparently untouched, and therefore the tissue upon 
which the fungus grows is uninjured. The facts remain, never- 
theless, that this Phytophthora grows luxuriantly in the cool weather 
of late autumn. 


Sy ee Че 
NEL. 


oe” чуку rr J Sone. or I 
- “ж КУЛЧУ) Mp om ie 
ats Е 


А new Species of Lacinaria 
By Н. NEss 


(PLATE 351.) 


Lacinaria cymosa 


Perennial from globular or oblong tuberous root 1—2 cm. in 
diameter : stem slender, erect, rigid, 35-45 cm. high, corymbosely 
branched above, leafy puberulent throughout: leaves smoothish 
and minutely punctate ; the radical and lower cauline 15-20 cm. 
long and 1—1.5 cm. wide, lanceolate and tapering at the base to a 
clasping petiole; the upper sessile, linear, and gradually smaller : 
inflorescence a simple or, on stronger specimens, a compound 
cyme; heads about 25 mm. high, with about 20 purplish-red or 
pale-purplish flowers ; involucre about 2 cm. long, oblong-cylin- 
drical; scales numerous, closely imbricated in about Six series, 
puberulent and ciliate-margined, with rounded or almost truncate, 
appressed, and often slightly mucronate apices ; the outer orbicular 
to oblong ; the inner oblong to linear with dark-purplish tips: pap- 
pus purplish, plumose, shorter than corolla-tube, but about equal 
to the achenes; the corolla about 15 mm. long, smooth inside, 
with lanceolate, obtusish spreading teeth ; stamens included, with 
the usual notched terminal appendages; style exserted, the 
branches flat, dilated upwards, and several times longer than the 
short purple-colored stigmatic lines ; achenes oblong, about 8 mm. 
long, 10-ribbed, hispid on the ribs. 

This plant was found during October, 1896, one mile south 
from the Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas, growing 
їп а limited number over about two acres of ground, where the 
stiff clayey soil is so poor that only a few species of grass dispute 
the ground with it. I have not been able to find it in any other 
place. In the following autumn, when the spot was again visited, 
for the purpose of obtaining more specimens, І found that the 
plants had apparently increased in number, and were spreading be- 
yond the area where they were first discovered. 

This species differs from the other species of Lacinaria in hav- 
ing a rather loose, corymboid cyme, reminding one of Vernonia. 
In the heads it somewhat resembles Z. cylindracea Michx., having 
about the same number of flowers and a somewhat similar invo- 


(21) 


a t T EU TEOR 4 x а TUS e F A 4 
iR + 3 " 5 m i 1 7 1 б j " 
u Pos i T 1 / 
à Y ECT 
* E 
22: Ness: A NEW SPECIES ОЕ LACINARIA 


lucre ; the scales are larger, however, more appressed and less dis- 
tinctly mucronate. It also differs from that species in having the 
corolla smooth inside, and the leaves more distinctly punctate. 


Explanation of Plate 351. 
Fic. 1. Floret. 


Fic, 2. Stamens. 
Fic. 3. Radical leaf. 


TEXAS AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE. 


ors бур NEN М K ve ^ 
CTOWUNUONMPSE a rr En c CER 


Pr.ceedings of the Club. 


TUESDAY EVENING, OCTOBER II, 1896. 


There were thirty-one members present. President Brown in 
the chair. 

One nomination for corresponding membership was reported by 
Dr. H. H. Rusby, of Dr. Manuel Gomez de la Mazo, University 
of Havana, Havana, Cuba. 

The evening was devoted to informal reports of summer obser- 
vations and experiences. The Secretary spoke of collections in the 
White Mountains, and on the Massachusetts Coast and near Lake 
Erie. He reported the discovery of a locality for Aster phlogifolius 
in fine typical development at Pelham Manor, adjoining New York 
_ City. 

Dr. Britton spoke of the progress made at the Botanical Gar- 
den, especially in the advancement of the museum building, and 
reported the prosperous condition of the herbaceous grounds, now 
with over 2,700 species, a mass of bloom during the season. One 
day in July the visitors to the grounds numbered 4,000. Inter- 
esting questions of specific identity are being confirmed by cultiva- 
tion at the garden, as in case of Potentilla pumila. 

Dr. Britton also announced the forthcoming scientific expedi- 
tion to Porto Rico, Mr. A. A. Heller going as botanist under the 
auspices of the New York Botanical Garden through the liberality 
of Mr. Cornelius Vanderbilt. 

Dr. Underwood reported collections in the forests of Thüringen 
and examination of fern types at Berlin and Kew. He referred to the 
excellent preservation of the plants of Willdenow at Berlin, and to 
the strength of the Berlin herbarium, enriched among the ferns 
by the annotations of Prantl, the collections of Mettenius, Maxi- 
milian Kuhn, and the Hawaiian herbarium of Hildebrand. Dr. 
Underwood described the botanical garden laid out by Profes- 
sor Engler in Berlin, exhibiting modern ideas of geographic dis- 
tribution. He also spent some weeks at Kew. 

Dr. Rusby reported a summer spent largely in procuring ma- 
terial for the study of drugs in powdered condition. Drugs now 


(23) 


24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 


come chiefly to the pharmacist powdered, and adulterants are less 
easily recognized. 

The search for genuine Apocynum cannabinum, with broad, 
thick leaves, woolly beneath, has proved disappointing, A. album, 
with recurving habit, replacing it in the region about New York 
City. Dr. Rusby also reported the rediscovery of Euonymus 
atropurpureus, rare near New York, found near Little Falls, N. J., 
at an excursion of this club in June last. 

Mr. A. A. Heller spoke of his experience in the Olympic 
Mountains, where the continuous rains interfered with collections. 
Ferns grew in great profusion and often five feet high, but of few 
species. The Salmonberry varied from yellow to deep red, and 
was often an inch in diameter, on bushes ten feet high. Олай 
Oregana made a fine display, as also several species of Vaccinium, 
V. parvifolium with red, and V. ovalifolium with blue berries. An 
introduced blackberry, Rubus laciniatus, is now well established 


there, blooming from July to Christmas, and known as the Ever-' 


green Blackberry. Spiraea Menziesii grew up by the streams, 
with its rose-colored spike a foot and a half high. Lilium Colum- 
біапит appeared in the meadows. There were not many repre- 
sentatives of any family ; only about twenty composites out of 230 
plants collected, of grasses about thirty-five. In August and Sep- 
tember Mr. Heller collected in Texas and Arkansas with marked 
success. 

Professor Lloyd reported a summer spent in study in the lab- 
oratory of Professor Goebel, at Munich, and commented upon the 
botanical garden there, which, although of but a few acres, is ex- 
ceedingly well arranged for educational purposes. 

Dr. M. A. Howe reported work on the hepaticae, and his dis- 
covery, on a hemlock stump in the New York Botanical Garden, of 
genuine Cephalozia connivens for the first time in the United States, 
the plant distributed by Austin under that name proving a different 
species. 

Dr. Small spoke of work in Tennessee, and Mrs. Britton in 
the Adirondacks and elsewhere. Miss Ingersoll exhibited photo- 
graphs of Cypripedium spectabile. Miss Sanial called attention to 
the color variation in Monotropa uniflora at Sterling, New York, 
where she found a region in which all the specimens were pink- 


Е РГР 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 25 


Mr. Clute reported work on the sand barren flora of eastern 
Long Island. Among his collections were Dryopteris simulata, 
only once before recorded from New York State ; Anezffia Allent, 
new to North America; Pogonia verticillata, in quantity near 
Southampton ; Kalmia latifolia, within twenty-five feet of the sea- 
level ; Potentilla pumila and P. Canadensis growing together with- 
out intermediate forms. 

Discussion regarding violets followed. Professor Britton ex- 
hibited some fresh flowers of Viola cucullata, borne on peduncles 
normally cleistogene, and with some of the flowers transitional in 
character. President Brown spoke of similar flowering in V. sagit- 
tata. Dr. Britton and the secretary reported their collecting 
cleistogenes of V. Atlantica this season for the first time. 

Mr. Clute spoke of his study of the cleistogenes in V. cucullata, 
V. ovata, V. rostrata and V. Canadensis, and of their development 
during the heat of summer. Не observed the need of cool tem- 
perature to secure free flowering in Voda, as also seen in the green- 
house cultivation of pansies. Mrs. Britton called attention to the 
continuous summer blooming of V. tricolor in the cooler climate 
of the Adirondacks and of the Alps. Mrs. Britton also reported 
the collection at Lake Placid of Viola arenaria, for the first time in 
New York State. 


WEDNESDAY EVENING, OCTOBER 26, 1898. 


The evening was one of severe and continuous rain and ten 
persons only were present. 

In the absence of other officers Professor Underwood presided. 

The resignations of Miss Amy Schüssler and of Mr. Wm. C. 
Witter were accepted. 

Dr. Underwood was made chairman of a committee to make 
arrangements for courtesies to visiting botanists of the Society for 
Plant Morphology and Physiology at its approaching session at 
Columbia University, beginning December 27. Не was em- 
powered to select his associates on the committee and to report at 
the next meeting of the club. 

The scientific program consisted of a paper by Mr. W. A. 
Bastedo on “ The Pharmacology of Sassafras,” read by title in the 
absence of its author ; and a paper by Dr. №. L. Britton on “A 


26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 


new Helianthus from Long Island." Dr. Britton told the story 
of the discovery of this new species, which appears to be an ally 
of Н. Maximiliani of the West, and which was found by Dr. Brit- 
ton, near Sag Harbor, on July 16, 1898. 

Dr. Underwood discussed the too prevalent neglect of root- 
stock characters, seldom represented in herbaria, but often widely 
separating species otherwise too closely grouped together, as in 
Struthiopteris and Onoclea., 

Miss Ingersoll called attention to potatoes exhibited at the in- 
stance of Dr. Rusby. These tubers were themselves penetrated to 
the center by tuberous rootstocks apparently of Cyperus esculentus. 


NOVEMBER 8, 1898. 


There were twelve persons present. Mr. A. A. Heller in the 
chair, in the absence of the regular officers. 

Dr. Underwood reported as his associates upon the committee 
for entertainment of visiting botanists of the Society for Plant 
Morphology and Physiology at its first visit to New York on 
December 29 and 30, the following names: Dr. Britton, Dr. 
Rusby, Professor Burgess and Professor Lloyd. 

The papers due were the following : 

Mr. Marshall A. Howe, * Remarks on some undescribed 


-Californian Hepaticae.” 


Mr. George V. Nash, “ New and noteworthy North Ameri- 
can Grasses.” 

Their authors being absent, and but a small attendance present, 
it being election night, they were on motion postponed to the next 
meeting. 

Mr. A. A. Heller reported from the recent Staten Island excur- 
sion that Baccharis was found in very handsome fruiting state near 
the beach, and tall specimens of Azalea viscosa reaching twelve 
feet. 

Dr. Underwood suggested that the Field Committee continue 
Saturday excursions later, on account of the interest attaching to 
winter stages of the higher plants and especially to the numerous 


lower plants for which the best collecting time is from October to 
May. 


— ь 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB QT 


NOVEMBER 30, 1898. 


Eighteen persons present. President Brown in the chair. 

The following nominations for membership were made: By 
Dr. №. L. Britton, Dr. Joseph J. Sleeper, 104 West 83d Street; 
By Dr. Underwood, Mr. Tracy E. Hazen, Columbia University ; 
Miss Mary A. Nichols, 256 West 84th Street. 

The club listened to the following reports : 

In behalf of the committee on entertainment, Dr. Underwood 
reported in favor of extending a reception to the Society of Plant 
Morphology on the evening of December 27. 

Dr. Britton reported a communication from Mr. C. L. Pollard 
announcing the recent foundation of the Washington Botanical 
Club, and moved that as a club we tender it our greeting through 
our Secretary. This was adopted and the Secretary accordingly 
communicated this greeting to the Washington Botanical Club. 

Discussion was called up by Dr. Britton relative to the pro- 
gram from the Field Committee. It was agreed that an oppor- 
tunity for field meetings be provided on Saturdays after the first 
of January, for the purpose of studies of cryptogams and of winter 
stages of higher plants. 

The scientific program followed. 

The first paper was by Dr. Marshall A. Howe, “ Remarks on 
some undescribed Californian Hepaticae," and consisted of the de- 
scription of three new species, soon. to be published. Beautiful 
plates illustrating these species were exhibited, the work of Dr. 
Howe, which with others will form a forthcoming volume of the 
Memoirs of the Torrey Club. 

The second paper was by Professor Francis E. Lloyd, on “ The 
Nucleus in certain Myxomycetes and Schizophyceae." Mr. Lloyd 
remarked that the work of Strasburger (1884) and later of Lister, 
gives evidence that the nucleus of the Myxomycetes is a definite 
organ possessed of a nuclear membrane, and containing chromatin. 
During cell-division, the chromatin is segregated into rounded 
masses lying in the nuclear plate; a spindle is formed. After 
the formation of a fine nuclear membrane about the daughter nu- 
clei, the spindle fibers gradually disappear. The small number of 
these parallel fibers and absence of a cell-plate led Strasburger to 


28 ; PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 


compare the nucleus to the animal rather than the plant type. 
Precisely similar conditions are, however, found in some plant cells. 

The presence of a nucleus in the Schizophyta has been a point 
of controversy. Bütschli asserts the nuclear character of the central 
body, and regards the red granules as chromatin. A. Fischer 
denies the accuracy of the former's conclusions, the question re- 
maining an open one. When our knowledge is complete it is 
highly probable that the nucleus will be found to be of the dis- 
tributed type, of a type therefore comparable to that of the simpler 
protozoa. In any case the nucleus of the lower plants is much 
more primitive than that of the Myxomycetes. We are led there- 
fore to regard these curious, much-debated forms, the Myxomy- 
cetes, as either plants of a higher type than the Schizophyta which 
have degenerated, or as animals related probably to the Sporozoa. 
For the former view there is now little evidence. 

The secretary addressed the club briefly regarding the dis. 
carded species Aster gracilentus T. & G., and exhibited its type to 
the members. This formed a sheet of the herbarium of M. A. 
Curtis, now at Princeton, and was exhibited through the courtesy 
of Professor Geo. Macloskie of that university. 

Dr. Howe exhibited a number of examples of Wolffia, discov- 
ered floating in Van Cortlandt Lake, constituting the third re- 
corded collection within New York State of this minutest of flow- 
ering plants. 

Dr. Britton reported two interesting additions to the collec- 
tions of the New York Botanical Garden : 

Ist. А valuable collection of photographs and apparatus illus- 
trating the cultivation of the poppy in Asia Minor. 

2d. A gift from Mr. Peter Barr, the English horticulturist, 
of a collection of Narcissus and Paeonia for planting in the Botanic 
Garden. The claim of free entry as museum material was at first 
refused by the New York Custom House, but after five different 
appeals, the final decision was that the material was proper to an 
outdoor museum, and free entry was granted. 

Epwanp S. BURGESS, 
Secretary. 


Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. 


Alden, Е. W. Pycnanthemum lanceolatum Pursh. Pharmaceutical 
Rev. 16: 414-417. М№..1898. 

Atkinson, G. F., & Stoneman, B. A provisional Key to the 
Genera of Hymenomycetes. (Mushrooms, Toadstools, etc.) 1-16. 
6 О. 1898. 

Baker, J. G. Calochortus clavatus. Curt. Bot. Mag. 54: pl. 7606. 
Л. 1898. 


Native of California. 

Barton, E. S. On the Fruit of Chroospora fastigiata J. Ag. Journ. 
Linn. Soc. 33: 507, 508. M. 28. І N. 1898. 

Beal, W. J. Some unique Examples of Dispersion of Seeds and 
Fruits. Am. Nat. 32: 859-866. N. 1898. 

Beal, W. J. How Plants flee from their Enemies. Plant World, 
1: 26-28; 42-44. N., D. 1897. 

Beecher, C. E. The Origin and Significance of Spines. Am. Jour. 
Sci. IV. б: 1-20, 125-136, 249-268, 329-359. f. r-73.  Je.-O. 
1898. 


Primarily zoólogical but also treating of plant spines. 

Bessey, E. A. The comparative Morphology of the Pistils of the 
Ranunculaceae, Alismaceae and Rosaceae. Bot. Gaz. 26: 297—313. 
pl. 25. N. 1898. 

Bessey, C. E. Botanical Notes. A southern Fern far from Home. 
Science, II. 8: 587, 588. 28 O. 1898. 

Bessey, C. E. Botanical Notes. А tiny Pine Tree. Science, II. 
8: 588. 28 O. 1898. 

Bessey, C. E. A vegetable Awl. Plant World, 1: 132. Je, 
1898.  [Illust.] 

Bessey, C. E. Report upon the Progress of the Botanical Survey of 
Nebraska. Plant World, 1: 103-105. Ap. 1898. 

Bibbins, A. А fossil Cypress Swamp in Maryland. Plant World, 
I: 164-166. Au. 1898. 

Britton, E. С. A hybrid Moss. Plant World, 1: 138. Је. 1898. 

Britton, E. G. The Adders Tongue Ferns. Plant World, 1: 
85-89. f. 7-7. Mh. 1898. 

(29) 


80 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Britten, J. Bibliographical Notes.—XVI. Fabricius’ ‘‘ Enumeratio 
Plantarum Horti Helmstadiensis.’’ Jour. Bot. 36: 397-399. O. 
1898. 

Britten, J. Dedication of Jacksonia Raf. Jour. Bot. 36: 399, 400. 
О. 1898. 

Buchenau, Е. Zuzula campestris und verwandte Arten. Оеѕіг. Bot. 
Zeitschr. 48: 161—167 ; 209-220; 243-251; 284-297. M. 7. My. 
Je. Jl. Au. 1898. 

Chesnut, V. К. The stinging Nettles. Plant World, 1 : 116, 117. 
My. 1898. ' 

Clute, W. N. The Flora of the Upper Susquehanna and its Tributa- 
ries. 12m0. 1-142. 1898. 

Clute, W. N. The Ferns and Fern Allies of the Upper Susquehanna 
Valley. 1i2mo. 1-15. 1898. 

Cockerell, T. D. A. Preliminary Note on the Growth of Plants in 
Gypsum. Science, II. 8: 119-121. 29 Jl. 1898. 

Combs, R. Histology of the Corn Leaf. Rep. Iowa Acad. Sci. 
5:—(6-10). AM. 9-11. f. 11-13. 1898. 

Copeland, E. B. A new self-registering Transpiration Machine. 
Bot. Gaz. 26: 343-348. N. 1898. [Illust. ] 

Coulter, J. M. The Origin of Gymnosperms and the Seed Habit. 
Science, II. 8: 377-385. 23 S. 1898. 

Crawford, J. The Twayblade in Cultivation. Plant World, 1: 91, 
92. М. 1898. [lllust.] | 

Davis, J. J. А graminicolous Doassansia. Bot. Gaz. 26: 353, 354. 
N. 1898. 


D. zizaniae sp. nov. 
Davy, J. B. .S/affía, a new Genus of Meliceae and other noteworthy 
Grasses. Erythea, 6: 109-113. A. 3. 8 N. 1898. 
Stapfia Colusana Davy, gen. et. sp. nov. 
De Candolle, C. Piperaceae Bolivianae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 
25: 566—572. 7 N. 1898. 
Contains descriptions of several new species in Piper and Piperonia. 
Dudley, W. R. Forest Reservations ; with a report Оп the Sierra 
Reservation, California. Sierra Club Bull. 1: 254-267. Ja. 1896. 
Eastwood, A. Plants in Flower in November and December, 1897. 
Erythea, 6: 114, 115. 8 N. 1898. 
Eckles, C. H. The Relation of certain Bacteria to the Production 
of Butter. Centralb. für Bact. Paras. und Infek. 4: 730-734; 


759-763. 1898. 


f. ET 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 31 


Engler, A. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Araceae, VIII. Bot. Jahrb., 
25: 352-476. 19 Jl. 1898. 

Evans, A. W. Studies among our common Hepaticae. Plant 
World, 1: 97-102. f. 7-15; 133-137. / 1—21, 182-186. f. 1—15. 
Ар. Је. 5. 1898. 

Evermann, В. W. The Teaching of Biology in the Public Schools. 
Plant World, 1: 119-122. My. 1898. 

Farlow, W. G. The Conception of Species as affected by recent 

Investigations on Fungi. Science, II. 8: 423-435. 30 S. 1898. 


Golden, К. E. Yeasts and their Properties. Purdue Univ. Monog. 
(Food) 5: 1-28. f z-8. [1898.] 

Greene, EL. Parthenogenesis in common Plants. Plant World, 
І: 102, 103. Ap. 1898. 

Halsted, B. D. Starch Distribution as affected by Fungi. Bull. 
Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 573-579. 7 N. 1898. 

Harshberger, J. W. Botanical Observations on the Mexican Flora, 
especially on the Flora of the Valley of Mexico. Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1898: 372-413. 5. 1898. 

Harvard, V. The vulgar or English names of Plants. Plant World, 
I: 161—163; 180-182. Au. S. 1898.7 

Hasse, Н. E. Lichens of Southern California. 1-18. 1898. 
[2d ed. ] || 

Heller, A. A. New and Interesting plants from western North 
America.—III. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 580-582. 7 N. 1898. 
Hydrophyllum tenuipes, sp."nov.; previously described varieties in .SaZix, Corylus, 

Ranunculus, Opulaster, Kalmia and Stachys, raised to specific rank. 

Hemsley, W.B. Zucuma Hartii. Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: p/. 2565. Ap. 
1898. 
A species from Trinidad, W. I. 

Hemsley, W. B. Hevea spurceana. Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: pl. 2570. 
Ap. 1898. | 
‘Notes оп а north Brazilian species with the description of a new species, 27. confusa, 

from British Guiana. 

Hemsley, W. B. Hevea Benthamiana. Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: pl. 25721. 
-Ap. 1898. 
A north Brazilian species. ) 

Hemsley, W. В. Hevea minor. Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: pl. 2572. Ар. 
1898. - 


A'new species from north Brazil. 


89 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Hemsley, W. B. Heveae Specierum plurium analyses. Hook. Ic. 
Pl. 26: $7. 2573, 2574. Ар. 1898. 


Enumeration of eight species of Hevea. 
Hemsley, W. B. Неуеае Specierum plurium semina. Hook. Ic. 
Pl. 26: pl. 2575. Ар. 1898. 


Hemsley, W. B., and Rose, J. N.  Loeselia cordiflora. Hook. Ic. 
Pl. 26: 97. 2557. Ар. 1898. 
A new species, collected by Palmer at Tepic, Jalisco, Mexico, in 1862. 

Hemsley, W. B. Zoeselia involucrata. Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: pl. 2552. 
Ap. 1898. 
A Mexican species. 

Hemsley, W.B. Passiflora fuchsiiflora. Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: pl. 2553. 
Ap. 1898. 
A species from the Demerara river, British Guiana. 

Hill, E. J. The Extent of Dodder Parasitism. Plant World, 1: 
123, 124. My. 1898. 

Hill, E. f. A Peach with a double Plumule. Plant World, 1: rgo. 
S. 1898. 

Hinche, C. L. Among Colorado's Wild Flowers. Plant World, 1: 
170-172. Au. 1898. 

Hooker, J. D. Philadelphus Mexicanus. Curt. Bot. Mag. 54: pi. 
7600. Je. 1898. 
Native of Mexico and Guatemala. 

Hooker, J. D. Ribes villosum. Curt. Bot. Mag. 54: A. 76rz. 
Au. 1898. 
Native of Chili. . 

Hooker, J.D. Calliandra fulgens. Curt. Bot. Mag. 54: pl. 7626. 
N. 1898. 


Native of Mexico. 


Hooker, J. D. Amelanchier Canadensis Medic. var. oblongifolia.’ 


Curt. Bot. Mag. 54: A. 7679. О. 1898. 
Native of Eastern North America. 

Hooker, J. D. Cortaderia jubata. Curt. Bot. Mag. 54: X. 7607. 
Au. 1898. 
Native of the Andes. 

Hooker, J.D. Sedum glandulosum. Curt. Bot. Mag. 54: pl. 7670. 
Au. 1898. 


Native of California and British Columbia. 
Hopkins, С. б. The Chemistry of the Corn Kernel. Bull. Ill. Agric. 
Exper. Sta. Bull. 53: 129-180. Jl. 1898. 


- soi 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 33 Е 


Jepson, W. L. Dr. Henry М. Bolander, Botanical Explorer. 
Erythea, 6: 100-107. A. 2. 24 О. 1898. 

Jepson, W. L. Beckwithia, a new Genus of Ranunculaceae. Erythea, 
6: 97-99. pl. I. 24 О. 1898. 
Beckwithia Andersonii (Gray) Jepson ( Beckwithia Austinae Jepson 7. с. bv 

Kalbfleisch, A. S. Orchids on Long Island. Plant World, 1: 
177-179. S. 1898. | 

Kearney, T. Н., Jr. The Liana Vegetation of Southeastern Virginia. 
Plant World, 1: 169,170. Au. 1898. 

Kearney, T. H., Jr. The Pine-Barren Flora in the East Tennessee 
Mountains. Plant World, 1: 33-35. D. 1897. 

Klausenburg, B. Pater-. Eine Beobachtung über Puccinia mal- 
vacearum Mont. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkr. 8: 201, 202. 29 O. 1898. 

Knowlton, F. Н. The Elephant Tree. Plant World, 1: 113-116. 
pl. 5. Му. 1898. 

Lawson, A. A. New Method of making Botanical Charts. Erythea, 
6:115, 114. 8 N. 1898. 

Lister, A. Mycetozoa of Antigua. Jour. Bot. 36: 378, 379. О. 
1898. 


Lloyd, C. G. Mycological Notes. 1-8. N. 1898. 


Macbride, T. Н. А Pre-Kansan Peat Bed. Rep. Iowa Acad. Sci., 
4:63-66. 1897. 

Macmillan, C. Cordyceps stylophora Berk. & Br. in Minnesota. 
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25:583. 7 N. 1898. 

Macoun, W. T. List of Species of Maples growing at the Centra 
Experimental Farm, Ottawa. Ottawa Nat. 12: 133-136. N. 1898 

Miller, C. О. The aseptic Cultivation of Mycetozoa. Quar. Jour. 
Mic. Sci. 41: 43-71. 2/. 6, 7. Mh. 1898. 

Muller, C. Analecta bryographica Antillarum. Hedwigia, 37 : 219- 
224. 20 Jl. 1898 ; 225-266. 25 О. 1898. 
Includes numerous new species. 

Munderlein, P. Ueber Equisetum-Formen. Deutsch. Bot. Monat. 
16:57-59; 101-104; 121-124. Ар. Je. Jl. 1898. 

Nash, G. V. Revision of the Genus Zrip/asis. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 25: 561-565. 7 N. 1898. 
Contains detailed descriptions of the three species; 77iplasis Americana, sp. nov. 

Paddock, W. An Apple Canker. Science, II. 8: 595, 596. 28 O. 
1898. 


84 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Pammel, L. H. Comparative Anatomy of the Corn Caryopsis. Rep. 
Iowa Acad. Sci. 5:—(1-5). f. 5-70. 1898. 

Pammel, L. H., Burnip. J. R., & Thomas, H. Some Studies on 
the Seeds and Fruits of Berberidaceae. Rep. Iowa Acad. Sci. 5 :— 
(11-25). pl. 12-16. f. 14. - 18098. 

Prunet, М. A. Recherches sur le black rot de la vigne. Rev. Gen. 
Bot. 10: 404-410. 15 О. 1898. 

Pfitzer, E. Beiträge zur Systematik der Orchideen.—II. Bot. Jahrb. 
25: 517—546. 1898. 

Pierre, L. Observations sur quelques Landolphiées. Bull. Men. Soc. 
Linn. Paris. 1898: 33-40. My. 1898. 

Pilger, К. Vergleichende Anatomie der Gattung P/antago mit Rück- 

. Sicht auf die Existenzbedingungen. Bot. Jahrb. 25: 296-336; 
337-351. 19 Jl. 1898. 

Pollard, C. L. The Families of Flowering Plants. Plant World, 1: 
5, 6; 19, 20; 37, 38; 56-58; 89-91. О. М. D. 1897. Ja. Р, 
1898. 

Pollard, С. L. Further Observations on the Eastern acaulescent Vio- 
lets. Bot. Gaz. 26: 325-342. N. 1898. [Illust.] 


V. insignis sp. nov. 

Putnam, H. L. Fertilization of the Crimson Thread-Flower (Роіл- 
ciana Gillestt). Plant World, 1: 39-40. f. 1-3. D. 1897. 

Riddle, L. C. The Embryology of A4/yssum. Bot. Gaz. 26: 314- 
324. pl. 26-28. N. 1898. 

Robinson, A. С. Blue Ridge Blossoms. Plant World, 1: 130, 
131; 145-147. Je. Jl. 1898. 

Rowlee, W. W. & Hastings, G. T. The Seeds and Seedlings of 
some Amentiferae. Bot. Gaz. 26: 349-353. // 29. N. 1898. 

Sablon, L. du. Recherches sur les reserves Hydrocarbohées des 
Bulbes et des Tuberailes. Rev. Gen. Bot. 10: 385-403. f. 71-74. 
15 O. 1898. | 

Salmon, E. S. А Revision of the Genus Symé/epharis Montagne.» 
Jour. Linn. Soc. 33: 486-501. pl. 26. 1 N. 1898. 

Sanders, C. F. Smilax glauca in Winter. Plant World, 1: 105, 
106. Ap. 1898. 

Sanders, C. F. The evening Lychnis. Plant World, 1: 150, 1 51. 
Је: 1898. 


[This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Com- 
pany in card catalogue form.] 


BULL. EORR.. BOT. (CEUs: 


.SIPHONEOUS ALGAE OF PACIFIC COAST. 


Волл. Torr. Вот. CLUB. PL. 350: 


LACINARIA CYMOSA Ness. 


The Publications of the Department of Botany, Co- 
lumbia University, consist of Memoirs in quarto and 
Contributions in octavo. 


The Memoirs already published are :— 


Vol.I. Small. A monograph of the North American species of 
the genus Polygonum. pp. 178. 84 plates. 1895. Price, 
six dollars. 

Vol.II. Rydberg. A monograph of the North American Poten- 
еге. рр. 224. 112 plates. 1898. Price, six dollars. 


'The Contributions have now reached the seventh volume. 


Уо]. I. Nos. 1-25 (1886-1892). Out of print, except Nos. 6,7. 
II, 17, 20, 21, 22, 24. These can be supplied at twenty- 
five cents each, except No. 6, which is one dollar. 

Vol. II. Nos. 26-50 (1892-1894). Nos. 26, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, 36 
39 and 48 are out of print. Other numbers can be supplied 
at twenty-five cents each, except No. 35, which is one dollar 
and a half. 

Vol. III. Nos. 51—75 (1894-1895). Nos. 52, 54, 60 and 72 are 
out of print. Others can be supplied at twenty-five cents 
each. 

Vol. IV. Nos. 76-100 (1895-1896). Five dollars; single num- 
bers 1 wenty-five cents each. 

Vol. V. No:. 101—125 (1896-1897). Five dollars; single num- 
bers і wenty-five cents, except No. 119, fifty cents. 

Vol. VI. Nos. 126-150 (1897-1898). Five dollars; single num- 
bers, twenty-five cents, except Nos. 129 and 143, fifty cents, 

Vol. VII. No. 151—(current). 


Lists of titles of Contributions may be had on application 


Lucien М. UNDERWooD, 


Professor of Botany. 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, 


New York CITY. 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


BOIS GCiASS STUDS- 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 
* Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


Everything Useful to Botanists. 


MORE THAN FIFTY OF 


AMERICA’S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


THE PLANT VVOBRLE 


It contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 


Volume II. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. 


SUBSCRIPTIONS, $1.00 PER ANNUM. 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia University. 
Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 zed. 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Cl ub of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


JUST ISSUED 


the Кога of the Upper Susquehanna 


WILLARD N. CLUTE 


This work is designed for all students of the plants in the region covered. 
It is founded upon the observations of many prominent botanists and 
includes a full list of the species with notes upon them. More than 
1500 common names are given. 


Small octavo, 172 pages and map. Strongly bound in cloth, $1.25, 
With a new subscription to The Plant World, $2.00. 


“ Probably there exists no other region in the State of more interest to the student 
of ecology than this valley of the Upper Susquehanna, for it affords some striking 
instances of northward extension in several typical southern species. It is this cir- 
cumstance which lends a peculiar interest to all local floras whose areas fall near the 
boundary line between two distinct life zones investing them with more than a mere 
local value. It is pleasing to note that the nomenclature of this volume follows modern 
lines, the equivalent of the names of Gray's Manual being cited in parenthesis for the 
sake of convenience. . . . In the introduction is given a comparison with related 
floras, a full discussion of the geology and geography of the area and a most interesting 
list of noteworthy sub localities." —C. L. POLLARD in, The Plant World, 

* [n many respects it is the best we have seen; for it tells in a few brief words 
all that is needed by a collector to know, leaving the full description to the larger 
works which all advanced students possess. Indeed, it tells more by adding points of 
general history. These notes are so valuable that others besides those collecting in 
the Upper Susquehanna will find it a little book profitable to have on hand." 

—Mechans’ Monthly. 


ADDRESS ALL ORDERS TO 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO., Publishers, Binghampton, N.Y. 


A Text-Book of General Lichenology 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S. M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 


WILLARD М. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N. Y. 


act sy 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes. 


AN 
ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the тога Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 


BY 
Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 
With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and FiGURED. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the SYNONYMY, the REVISED NOMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLOSSARY, and a 
copious English Index, including the PoPULAR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For all 
students and lovers of plants. 


Vol. I., Royal 8vo, pp. xii+612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. IL, pp. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892 ; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi--588 ; figures 2893 to 4081 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 


CHAS. SCRIBNER’S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 
To schools or clubs ordering 10 copies or more, 15 per cent. discount. 


JusT ISSUED. 
MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Potentilteae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 zet. 


A companion volume to Dr. John К. Small's “ Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus Рости,” published in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price. Address 


Professor L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


2 —_ ии 
a ae да 


Ж AO UN га abt s Tod 


MONOGRAPH OF PANICUM. 


Monograph of East American dichotomous species of Panicum, containing 
key to species and description of 74 species, 22 of which are proposed as 
new; pp. бо. By W. W. Ashe. Frice, 50 Cents. Sent postpaid on 


receipt of price by 
М. W. ASHE, RALEIGH, N. œ. 


SETS OF NEW PLANTS FOR SALE. 


A few sets of East American (largely Southern) plants for sale, contaming тапу new 
species in Asarum, Panicum, etc. Sold only in sets at $10 per century, net, 
Raleigh, N. С. Address: 


М. W. ASHE, RALEIGH, N. œ. 


Labrador and 
Newfoundland Plants. 


Including Mosses, LICHENS, FUNGI. and ALGAE supplied by the 


Rev. Arthur ©. Wayhorne, 
Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 
For $10 and $8 per Hundred. 


HERBARIUM FOR SALE. 


A collection containing about 10,000 species, 1,200 of which are foreign plants. Ferns, 
Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens, and Fungi are represented by 2,000 or more species, the 
remainder are North American phaenogamous plants. Messrs, Pringle, Curtiss, Lem- 
mon, Parry, Jones, Reverchon, Ellis, Underwood, Calkins nd other well known col- 
Jectors of North American plants have supplied most of the specimens; a fine collec- 
tion and one worthy the attention of colleges or individuals desiring a c llection of the 
kind ; in addition to these is a large quantity of duplicates collected in Delaware and 
adjoining territory by the undersigned which contains a great many good specimens of 
Phaenogamous plants, Ferns, Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens and Fungi. 


Also the Following Publications. 

Aiton, Hortus Kewensis, 3 vols; Bartram, Fl. Phila, 2 vols; Bartram (Wm.), 
Travels, 1773, 1 vol; Beck, Bot. U. 5., 1 vol; Benth. & Hook, Gen. Plantarum, 3 
vols.; Bentham, Illus. Hand Book of the British Flora, 2 vols,; Darlington, Fl. Ces- 
trica, І vol.; Darlington, Memorials of Bartram and Marshall, 1 уо]; Darlington, Re- 
liquiae Baldwiniae, 1 vol.; Darby, Bot. S. States, 1 vol.; Donn., Hortus catabridgiensis; 
9 Ed., т vol; Eaton, Bot. U. S., 2d Ed., : vol; Eaton, Bot, U. S.. 7th Ed., т vol.; 
Eaton & Wright's Bot. №. Am., t vol; Elliott’» Sketch S. Car and Ga., 2 vols.; Cur- 
tis (М. A. ), Cat. S. Car. Plants—« The Families of Plants" (1787), 2 vols. in one; Flora 
Gallica (Paris), 1828, 2 vols.; Grisebach, Plant Cubensiem ; Hooker (W L), Niger 
Flora, 1 vol.; Hortus Upsaliensis, Upsaliae, 1745; Linneai, Philosophia Botanica, 1763, 
I vol; Kalm’s Travels in N. Amer. with map of N. Am., 1748, 3 vols. (a rare work, 
fine copy); Muhlenberg, Grasses, 1817; Muhlenberg, Cat., 1818; Nuttall’s Gen. N. Am., 
1818, 2 vols.; Nuttall, Introd. to Syst. and Physical Bot., 1 vol.; Pursh, Fl. Am Sept. 
2 vols. in one; Rafinesque, Life and Travels, 1 vol; Rafinesque, Med. Flora, 2 
vols.; Rafinesque, Sylva Telluriana; Rafinesque, Antikon Botanicom, 3 parts; Ratin- 
esque, Fl. N. Amer. 4 parts; Rafinesque, Florula Ludovic. and Fl. N. Amer. bound in 
same cover; Richardson, Memoirs of the Irish Fiorin Grass, 2 plates, Dublin, 1808 ; 
Sachs, Text-Book of Botany, 1 vol.; Torrey, Compend. 1826, 1 vol.; Watson, Bot. Cal , 
2 vols.; Withering, British Plants, 4 vols. 


ADDRESS: A. COMMONS, 


Wilmington, Delaware (тот S. Dupont St.). 


ESTABLISHED 1 851. 


EIMER & AMEND, 


UFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


d Chemical Apparatus, 
209 & 211 Third Ave., 


MAN 


Chemicals atl 


205, 207, 
Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. 
: гок AGENTS FOR тик UNITED STATES 
i oF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 
B. March’s Szeline Chemical Ston. «7A 
Ware. hr v d 
Chemically 7 


Schuell’s 


Schleicher & 
ommon Filter Paper. 


Pure and C 
Doctor С, Scheibler's Saccharome- 


ters (P olariscopes) ; 


Prof. Joll 
ances, etc: 
Le Brun F. Desmonte 


Paris, Platinum. 
CF: Chemicals. 


Normal Graduated Glass- 
Meissen Factories, Bohem 
Agate Mortars, Pure 


Copperware, Bunsen’: 
Chemicals fot 


y's Specific Gravity Bax 


s х Co. ol 


cpi yl. rTronesdorff's 


ical Apparatus, 


SPECIALTIES .—Bacterioscop 
Jain from the Roval Berlin and. 
Filter Papers, 


ware, Porce 
san and German Glassware, 
es and Weights, 


Hammered Platina, Balanc 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus ап 
Sugar Chemists. | 
z LABORATORY OUT 
y FOR 
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES AND COLLEGES 
CxAss-BLOWING, ETCHING; GRINDING AND REPAIRING: 


FITS 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE cLUB, 


This journal has been Published Consecutively singe 1870, beginning with fou, © 
Pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1897 nearly so pages monthly with 


Back NuMnERs— The BULLETIN was Published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive, - 


in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the Буе years, The Price of these 


The price or this volume $$ 55.00. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed ѕера- 

 tately, and a genera] index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in Pamphlet form, Which may be had 
for 50 cts, The price of each is $1.00, Vols, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, and 25 are indexed 
Separately, Price of each $2.00, Vols, 7, 8, 9, 15, 17 and 18 cannot now be supplied 
complete, 


The subscription Price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
€an also be purchased singly and an invariable Price will be fixed for each, Those . 


So Nr Ron Enumeration of the Hepaticæ collected by Dr. H, Н. Rusby in 
Pe / u South America, with descriptions of many new species, By Richard Spruce, Pri 
p „/ 75 cents, a cont 
s No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits, By E. Lewis Sturtevant, Prise 75 cents, 
Volume 2, No. I.—On Reserve Food Materials in) Buds and Surro 
arts, with two plates, By Byron p, Halsted, Price, 50 “ents, f 
5 o Nn 2. Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, “with two plates, By Anna 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick, Price, 75 cents. 3 | 
VS NOE M eec A Onograph of the North American ‘Species of the Genus Polygala, 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents, 
Vol. . 


Vol. 4. No, I.—Index Hepaticarum Part т, Bibliography, By Lucien M. 


No 2.— Report on the Botanica] Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892, By John К, Small and Anna Murray Vail, Price, 50 cents, э 

No. 5, Ан Enumerat;on of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang— II, 
By Hen ry H, Rusby, ,Price, со cents. i T 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta reported as - 


rowing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00. 3 


ХУТ he eee B nci a eae ne ee ec ре 


Vor. 26 FEBRUARY, 1899 SUN MS M 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


EDITOR 


‘LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD 


ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 
BYRON DAVID HALSTED FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 
ARTHUR HOLLICK ANNA MURRAY VAIL 
g 
CONTENTS 

The prai Synthesis of Proteids in Plants: A new Tertiary fossil Moss: Eiizadeth С. 

W. A KasoUwsEi— uo. 9e 35 Britton "V4 SI E 4 v 79 
Note on Asplenium GZenniei Baker in Syn- The Washington Botanical Club . . . . .. 82 

opsie Filicum, ad Ed. p. 488: С. W^. Моде. 58 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING 
New Species of Fungi: Chas: Н, Peck. . . 63 | 


Mycological Notes.—V.: Byron D. Halsted 72 | то AMERICAS, Можеме сане 4 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


THe New Era PRINTING Company, 
LANCASTER, Pa, 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 


President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN, 
Vice Presidents, 


Т. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN К. SMALL, 
Normal College, New York City Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 
Editor, Treasurer, 
L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, Jr. 
Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 
Associate Editors, 
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. D. 


ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., PROF, FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 


Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., 
Committee on Finance. 
J. L KANE. WM. E. DODGE. 


Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., 
319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City. 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. 
Committee on. Liórary and Herbarium. 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L. SANÍAL, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ALICE M. ISAACS. 
Committees on the Local Flora, 
Pror. N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., 


PHANEROGAMIA, ` СКҮРТОСАМІА, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D. 
Н. Н. RUSBY, M. D., MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., 
Rev. GEO. D. HULST, Mns. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


Committee on Excursions. 
Dr. 1. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 


GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, 
MARIE L. SANIAL, W. A. BASTEDO. 
Committee on Program. 
Dr. H. H. RUSBY, Dr. C. C. CURTIS, 


Mrs. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 11 5 West 68th Street, 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, except 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, Р. M. Botanists are cordially invited 
to attend. ' 

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
payable to Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St, New York City. 


ИРЦ АРИР ill 
janes 


VoL. 26 No. 2 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


FEBRUARY 1899 


The primary Synthesis of Proteids in Plants 


By W. M. KOZLOWSKI 


Our knowledge concerning the primary products of carbon 
synthesis and the formation of carbohydrates in plants is in a de- 
gree exact,* but regarding the question of synthesis of proteids 
we are not in a position to give any plausible reasons for our sup- 
positions. This is not strange, when we consider that the very 
product of this synthesis is imperfectly known and that until 
recently we have had no rational nor even empirical formula 
of proteids which we could assume with any degree of probability. 

I believe that little worthy of note will be omitted if I divide 
into four classes the views set forth in the scientific literature upon 
the structure of proteids. 

1. Hunt considered these as nitryls of sugar, derived from the 
latter and ammonia, a supposition which can hardly be recon- 
ciled with the recent results of physiological and chemical in- 
vestigations. 

2. Sachsse holds that they are anhydrides produced from 
asparagin and from fatty aldehydes. 

3. According to Schützenberger they are composed of ureids, 
derivatives of carbamide. 

4. Finally, Grimaux, in his definition of proteids as com- 
pounds which by addition of water are decomposed into carbonic 


*The author has shown in a Polish paper (Wezechswiat, 1893, Nos. 4 and 5) that 
the recent discoveries of E. Fischer make equally plausible three suppositions about the 
formation of carbohydrates from CO, and H,O in plants; опе of them is the well- 
known hypothesis of Bayer, the second was proposed by E. Fischer himself and the 
third by the author of the quoted paper. 


[Issued February 8.] 


36 KozrowsKi: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS ОЕ PROTEIDS 


acid, ammoniac and amidic acids, places them in the nearest vicinity 
with uric acid, which gives also by hydrolysis carbonic acid, am- 
moniac acid, glycocol. 

The principal facts to be accounted for with these different 
hypotheses are the following : 

1. The last product containing nitrogen in the metamorphosis 
of animals is carbamide or uric acid. 

2. The compounds from which proteids are formed in plants, 
as will be shown later on, are most probably amides (including 
amidic acids and their amides, and especially asparagin) and the 
carbohydrates. 

3. The products of decomposition of proteids under the action 
of pure chemical agents. These are in the most part amides 
which are obtained by the action of bromine,* of barium hydrate 
under high pressure,} of hydrochloric acid and stannous chloride, 
by long boiling with sulphuric acid,§ or acids in greater part from 
the fatty series, obtained through the action of manganese dioxide 
and sulphuric acid || as well as chromic acid. Besides carbonic 
acid and oxalic acid are nearly always formed. 

The presence of hippuric acid in the urine of herbivorous ani- 
mals, the indol and the skatol found in the products of pancreatic 
digestion (Salkowski), the tyrosin nearly always present in the ani- 
mal body, lead to the supposition that aromatic groups are also 
constituents of the proteid-molecule and it even seems that some 
‘of the most characteristic color reactions of these compounds are 
due to them.** 

We shall not pass over in silence the synthesis of colloidal bodies 
obtained by Grimaux and by Schützenberger, which shows a very 
great resemblance to proteids. Grimaux obtained his colloid by 
melting together asparagic anhydride with carbamide; Schit- 
zenberger by the action of epichlorhydrin upon carbamide. 


* Hasiwetz and Habermann, Liebig’s Annalen, 159: 304. 

T Schiitzenberger, Annales de Chimie et de Physique, V. 16: 289. 

і Hasiwetz and Habermann, Lieb. Ann. 169: 150. 

2 Kreusler, Zeitschrift fiir Chemie, 1870: 93. 

|| Guckelberger, Liebig's Annalen, 64: 39. 

4 /дїйет. 

** So the reaction upon krautoprotein, by Millon and Liebermann. See Wiirtz. 
Second supplement au Dictionnaire de Chemie, 1892. 


OOo ЛУ; PS ^q i Д Аы ТТ Че МА 
/ r 


KozLOWSKI : PRIMARY SYNTHESIS ОЕ PROTEIDS 37 


Taking into consideration the qualitative and quantitative rela- 
tions of compounds derived from the proteids through the action of 
baryta-water under high temperature (200° C.) and pressure, 
Schützenberger * gives formulae for albumin and gelatin, which 
are perhaps premature as to minute details, but no doubt give 
quite an adequate expression of the fundamental facts both phy- 
siological and chemical by putting at the base of the proteid mole- 
cule, two groups, the carbamide and the oxamide : 


CO « X7 and С,0, < ij 


26и; 
2 CO—Cj4H, — NH — C,H, — NH — CH < COH 


со < = n Н, ки С, Hj — N — CH, = CH. СО; 


Во сын, — CH — NH — CH, — CH — NH — CH, COH 


R^- E 


The presence of these two groups will enable usto give an ac- 
count of two very general facts concerning the chemistry of organ- 
ization. 

This is practically all that we know about the final product of 
synthesis of nitrogen compounds in plants. We shall take next 
into consideration the physiological facts elucidating that synthesis. 

In the first place may be noted the changes of proteids in the 
germination of seeds. As colloids, they cannot be transferred from 
cell to cell unless they are decomposed into simpler crystalline 
bodies. A long series of investigations has shown that this transfer 
is performed in the shape of amides. 

Asparagin is to be found in very many sprouting plants while 
it is not present in their seeds. Asparagin is not soluble in 
alcohol and when sections of plants are placed in that liquid it is 
deposited in characteristic crystals. By means of this reaction 
Pfeffer has shown that many seedlings contain asparagin, whether 
growing in light or in darkness ; in other plants it is not present. 
This asparagin is obviously derived from the коч contained in 


* See the ERE m that aco in the second supplement to the Dictionnaire de 
Chemie of Würtz (1892). 

t We quote here the condensed formula of Schützenberger, given by Goutier in his 
Chimie de la cellule vivantem, 1895 : 


38 KOZLOWSKI : PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 


the seed and is used to build up the protoplasm of growing parts, 
as shown by the experiments of Boussingault and recently it has 
been confirmed by Laskowski, Fleury and Detmer, that when a 
seedling does not receive nitrogen from outside, the quantity of 
that element is not changed during the germination. In other 
words the plant does not lose its nitrogen. 

In the same conditions as sprouting seeds are the young buds 
of plants ; their tissues are formed from the plastic materials gath- 
ered by the plant during the foregoing summer. Thus Borodin 
found asparagin and sometimes tyrosin in the buds of many 
trees and shrubs, especially in those which are developed from 
twigs cut in winter and grown in dull light, indicating that light 
impedes directly the formation of asparagin: but Pfeffer obtained 
the same result when cultivating lupine in light, but in an atmos- 
phere free from carbonic acid. Such plants were very rich in as- 
paragin. 

There is, moreover, no doubt that the accumulation of asparagin 
is connected with another fact, the lack of carbohydrates. In the 
described experiments this was due either to the cutting off of a 
twig (freed of leaves and thus unable to assimilate) from a tree, 
containing reserve carbohydrates, or to the suspension of as- 
similation through darkness or lack of carbonic acid. In plants, 
which are growing in normal conditions, the asparagin does not 
accumulate, for it is at once combined with the produced carbo- 
hydrates to form proteids. This inference is confirmed by the in- 
vestigations of Schultze and Uhrich,* who found that the large part 
(34-47.7%) of nitrogen in the roots of the beet (Beta vulgaris) is 
contained in amides (specially in glutamin and asparagin), while 
during the growth of the leaves a large portion of these bodies is 
consumed to form the proteids for these organs. 

Emmerling gives as the result of the first of a series of inves- 
tigations, which he undertook in this line on a large scale, the 
following statement : “ The parts of plants growing energetically 
contain more amide than parts which are older and already de- 
veloped.” + 

At last experiments with seeds growing in darkness complete 


* Landwirtschaftliche Versuchsstationen, 18: (1875) and 20: (1877). 
T Landw. Versuchsstationen, 24: 153. 1880. 


pucr 


FT: 


m e E 


mast NL mM 


KOZLOWSKI: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 39 


the preceding tests, showing that in this case amides and carbohy- 
drates are produced from proteids. Inthe experiments of Uhrich, 
Schultz and Umlauf with seeds of lupine the result was that the 
plants cultivated in darkness contained 18.22% more of asparagin 
and 12.31% more of other amides and organic nitrogen com- 
pounds, while only 5.33% more of carbohydrates in form of glucose 
and cellulose than seeds ; on the other hand they contained 30.07% 
less of proteids. The comparatively slight increase of carbohy- 
drates is explained by their loss from respiration, the general loss 
being 18.30% of dry substance.* 

АП these facts prove without doubt that amides can be pro- 
duced in plants from proteids, and can, together with carbohy- 
drates, be used in their reconstruction ; they do not of course prove 
that we can consider amides as the predecessors of proteids when 
formed from inorganic substances, and the difficulty of the inves- 
tigation in this line is based upon the fact that amides are always 
found in growing plants as the form in which proteids are trans- 
ported either to the young growing parts (as buds, flowers, fruits) 
or to places where they are deposited as reserve food for the 
next year (roots, bulbs, etc.). 

In order to answer this question A. Emmerling} undertook a 
long series of investigations, consisting of the quantitative determi- 
nation of different compounds of nitrogen in different parts of 
plants and in various stages of their growth. These investigations 
led him to the belief that amides are products, preceding the 
formation of proteids from inorganic substances in plants. 

Before this series was completed (1887) other pieces of work 
appeared which tend to show the same results. 

Kellner was the first who tried to ascertain that proteids are 
formed from amides. He compared the amount of amides in 
plants supplied with pure water and those supplied with a solution 
of potassic nitrate.{ His results were criticised by E. Schultze $ 
chiefly on the ground that we cannot consider amides as products 


* Landwirtsch. Jahrbücher, 5: (1876). The loss of dry substance is at the expense 
of fat (5.61%) and dextrine-like carbohydrates (10.02%), besides some other not fully 
explained substances. 

+ Landw. Versuchsstationen, 24: 153 and foll. (1880). 

i Landwirtschaftliche Jahrbücher, 8: Suppl. 243. 1879. 

4 Landw. Jahrbücher, 9: (1880). 


40 KOZLOWSKI : PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 


of the synthesis of inorganic substances, until we have proved that 
they are not produced from decomposition of proteids. In the 
meantime Hornberger and Raumer * applied the method of deter- 
mination of proteids newly introduced by Stuzer. This method en- 
ables us to determine the amount of these bodies from other 
nitrogen compounds in plants. From the distribution of proteids 
and other nitrogen compounds in Indian corn, Hornberger and 
Raumer deduced that the amides in plants are not only derivatives 
of proteids, but also their predecessors produced synthetically. 

This result was confirmed by Hornberger,t who experimented 
upon Sinapis alba and by Emmerling who had then completed his 
long series of experiments. f 

On the other hand a recent publication gives a support for the 
second part of the supposition concerning the amides as a link be- 
tween inorganic bodies and proteids. Barthold Hansteen culti- 
vated Lemma in solutions of asparagin and glucose in dark- 
ness and found an obvious increase of proteids. The same result 
was obtained with carbamide and cane sugar as well as with salts 
of ammonia (ammonium chloride and sulphate) while leucin, 
cretin and alanin showed themselves unable to serve as proteid- 
producing materials.§ Тһе last observation concerning salts 
of ammonium if proved to be true cannot be generalized, for ex- 
periments made under the most stringent conditions have proved 
that phanerogamic plants cannot use ammoniacal salts as a source 
of nitrogen, although that capacity is possessed by fungi. 

So regarding the metamorphsis of nitrogen in plants we know 
that by the oxidation of the nitrates of the soil it is transformed 
into reduced nitrogen of amides, which by combination with 
carbohydrates produce proteids. 

We, therefore, have to answer two questions : 

I. In what organs of the plant does this transformation or its 
particular phases take place ? 

2. What compounds are intermediate between nitric acid and 


* Landw. Jahrbücher, 11 : (1882). 

T Landw. Versuchsstationen, 32: 415. 1885. 

{ Landw. Versuchsstationen, 34 : (1887). 

4 Beitráge sur Kenntniss der Eiweissbildung in phanerogamen Pflanzen. Berichte 
deutsch. bot. Ges. 14: 362. 1896. 


KOZLOWSKI : PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 41 


the amides оп the one hand, and between the latter and proteids 
on the other ? 

The first can be answered with greater certainty owing to the 
investigation of the past few years. As to the second—it can be 
answered only hypothetically; but as every experimental science 
is іп the same degree dependent upon facts, and upon scientific 
ideas, and as observation or experiment is always guided by scien- 
tific hypothesis, we ought not to throw aside suppositions which 
can be induced from facts and are not at variance with the general 
spirit of scientific thought. 

As to organs in which proteids are produced a supposition was 
given as long ago as 1862 by Sachs,* who considered the leaves 
as active in this process, Hanstein was led to the same results by 
his experiments in girdling shoots, and Pfeffer showed that the de- 
velopment of blossoms and buds is dependent upon the presence 
of leaves and the supply of the substance which circulates in the 
sieve tubes. 

The same conclusion must be drawn from the above quoted 
investigations concerning the distribution of nitrogen compounds 
in plants. The general result is that the organic nitrogen com- 
pounds are accumulated in leaves until the latter reach their full 
development, then they decrease in order to be transferred into 
fruits and finally disappear from the stem and the leaves while they 
are still increasing in the fruits even if the plant is not supplied 
with nitrogen from outside. 

But quite decisive are the investigations of A. Е. W. Schimper, 
who showed by means of the reaction with diphenylamin that the 
nitrates pass as such through the fibro-vascular bundle of leaves 
and disappear in the chlorophylic cells of the mesophyl while 
large amounts of calcium oxalate is produced, the calcium being 
combined with the nitric acid as calcium nitrate entering the plant 
through the roots. This disappearance occurs only in light, while 
in darkness or in leaves free from chlorophyl the nitrates are ac- 
cumulated in large amount. The experiments of Schimper and 
many others make it probable that in the same way sulphites and 


* Botanische Zeitung, and the articles scattered through the 45 vols. of Flora ( 1862 
seg.) where the cribrose vessels are indicated as the place of formation of proteids. 
T Bot. Zeitung, 1888, N. N. 5-10. 


42 KozrowsKi: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 


phosphites are decomposed in the leaves while the sulphur and 
phosphorus are used for building up the proteid molecules. 

We cannot however agree with the conclusion of the author that 
the chlorophyl grain is the organ of this synthesis, and that the 
last is produced only under the influence of light. The synthesis 
of proteids from sugar and nitrates or salts of ammonia in fungi 
deprived of chlorophyl contradicts such a supposition. This objec- 
tion cannot be overthrown by the single remark, that the assimila- 
tion of nitrogen is in some regard different from this process in 
higher plants, for we have no reason to admit the necessity of 
light and chlorophyl to the production of proteids, since we know 
that such a synthesis can be produced without their influence. Of 
course the principal difference between fungi and chlorophyl-bear- 
ing plants does not consist in the fact that they produce proteids 
in different ways, but that one of the compounds necessary to that 
production (the carbohydrates) is taken from the outside. * 

More probable is the supposition, that to the reduction of ni- 
trates into amides or to the consequent transformation of amides 
into proteids some compounds or groups of atoms are necessary 
which are produced during the assimilation of carbon and consti- 
tute perhaps some stage in the synthesis of carbohydrates. In 
fungi such bodies could be produced by a retrogressive metamor- 
phosis from carbohydrates, and the energy developed by this reac- 
tion may be used for the process of synthesis of proteids. Such a 
supposition is supported by the fact observed by the same author 
viz.: the presence of some reducing substance in the chloro- 
phyl-bearing cells which hindered in many cases the color reaction 
with the diphenylamin, while neither the glucose nor the starch 
produce such effect. ў 

In this connection may be mentioned the hypothesis of Lów ad- 
vanced long before the Loi of the work of Schimper, and 


* Since tis x was written two pieces of : work tinge конне Which have overthrown 
by experience the above exposed view of Schimper, previously advanced by Osc. Miiller 
(Landw. Versuchsst., 1887). The one is of Kinoshita ( Bulletin of Agricultural Col- 
lege in Tokio, 1895 : 2), the other the above quoted memoir of B. Hansteen ( Berichte 
deutsche bot. Ges. 1896). 

Tlic, 145, 

Eine Hypothese über die Bildung des Albumins in Pfüger's Archiv, 22: 503. 
1880. 


noe 
PO 5 


KozrowsKi: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 43 


based upon facts concerning the feeding of fungi. By studying 
experiments (especially those of Pasteur and Nàgeli) to determine 
whether compounds with or without nitrogen can feed fungi Lów 
found that only the compounds containing the group CH.OH are 
able to produce proteids. 

He supposes then, that this reaction is performed in three 
phases : 

The first consists in the production of asparagin aldehyde from 
the form aldehyde 


Form aldehyde. Asparagin aldehyde. 


4CH.OH + NH, = NH,CH.COH + 2H,O 
| 
CH,.COH 


The second is the condensation of several molecules of as- 
paragin aldehyde into a body now unknown. 


The 
H N.CH.COH unknown body, 
{ i CH,COH j = C,H,N,O, + 2H,O 


Low maintains that this body is produced by the destruction 
of two or four aldehydic groups (СОН). 

At last the body thus obtained gives protein by the action of 
hydrogen and H,S derived from decomposed water and reduced 


sulphuric acid : 
The simplest 
formula of protein. 


6 C,,.H,,N,0, +6 Н; T H,S =з C Hau N SOn ЕЕ HLO: 


This hypothesis was strongly criticised by E. Schultz. * Among 
his objections one deserves special notice, namely, that in scientific 
explanation such indefinite factors as the “vibrations of living 
molecules of protein”? must be carefully avoided—a factor to 
which Löw has taken recourse again in his new hypothesis, con- 
cerning the formation of sugar. t 

It would be useless to go into detailed criticism of this hypoth- 


* Ueber die Eiweissumsatz in Pfanzenorganismus—-Landwirtschaftliche Jahr- 
bücher, 1885; Just’s Berichte, 1888. The hypothesis proposed by this author to sup- 
ply the place of that of Lów seems to me, indeed, more remote from probability than 
the criticised one. 

T Berichte deutschen chem. Gesellsch., 22: 482. 


44 KOZLOWSKI: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 


esis; but concerning the first reaction it may be remarked that 
while the given construction could be applied to the fungi, which 
can assimilate ammonia as easily as other nitrogen compounds, it 
could not apply to green plants, or at least to the phanerogams, 
since we know that they receive not only their nitrogen in the form 
of nitrates, but we have also certain data indicating the nature of the 
first transformation of these nitrates. And this is the only point 
in the whole process on which experimental researches have thrown 
some light. 

The purely chemical investigation of A. Emnierling* has shown 
that oxalic acid сап decompose very dilute solutions of potas- 
sium or calcium nitrate by combining with the base and setting 
free the nitric acid.+ The most interesting consequence of this 
fact is the behavior of the oxalic acid in the presence of nitrate 
of potassium and carbonate of calcium, Pure oxalic acid does not 
dissolve calcium carbonate, because of the formation of thin in- 
soluble layers of calcium oxalate, which preserves it from the ac- 
tion of the acid. But as soon as we add a small quantity of ni- 
trate of potassium it is decomposed, and the nitric acid, set free, 
dissolves the calcium oxalate, producing calcium nitrate, which 
is again decomposed by the prevailing mass of oxalic acid. Thus 
a small quantity of potassium nitrate can by its ferment-like action 
assist in dissolving a large amount of calcium carbonate. 

Thus the observation of Schimper concerning the disappearance 
of nitrates in the green cells of leaves and the simultaneous accu- 
mulation of crystals of calcium oxalate, lead to the conclusion 
that the first change to which nitrates are exposed in leaves con- 
sists in setting free the nitric acid. 

The nitric acid ought then to be the starting point of our 
construction. Such a reaction is presented in the hypothetical 
equation of A. Mayer, which represents this reaction : 


A carbohydrate. Protein without sulphur. 


C,,H,,0,, + 6HNO, = 2C, H,,N,O, + 21H,O + 13CO, 


The first member of this equation is a multiple of CH,O—the 
simplest formula of carbohydrates ; the first number of the right 


* Landwirtsch. Versuchsstationen, 34: 109. 
+R. A. Wood has proved the same for pure water (Amer. Chem. Journal, 1895). 


Колго\узкї: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS ОЕ PROTEIDS 45 


side is the simplest formula of protein, with the omission of the 
sulphur. 

The equation shows that nitric acid and a carbohydrate can pro- 
duce protein without setting free other products than those which 
are produced by respiration, namely, carbonic acid and water. 

This reaction is otherwise represented by Berthelot and André, 
whose considerations are based upon chemical researches concern- 
ing the amount of calcium carbonate, oxalic acid and proteids at 
different periods of life of a plant and in its different parts.* 

Comparing the formula of formic aldehyde with that of oxalic 
acid, we see that when the latter is produced from the former 
it would have an excess of hydrogen : 


2CH,O + 2H,0 = C,H,0, + H, 


If we take into consideration the equality of volumes of car- 
bonic anhydride and oxygen by the assimilation, the surplus of 
hydrogen shows that besides the oxalic acid a substance richer in 
hydrogen (or poorer in oxygen) than carbohydrates is pro- 
duced. This may be the protein. The amount of protein found 
in the leaves of Rumer acetosa by the quoted authors answered 
fairly well to that of the oxalic acid, as needed by such a supposi- 
tion. The oxalic acid is to be considered as one of the products 
oxydized, being formed as the reverse side of the reduction of 
proteids. 

A. Е. W. Schimper,t agreeing with Emmerling, that amides are 
the predecessors of proteids, considers in accordance with the ex- 
pressed view of Berthelot and André the oxalic acid as an indirect 
product of that process and gives the following equation to ex- 
plain the formation of amides : 

Glucose. Nitric acid, Asparagine. ^ Oxalic acid. 
C, HO, + 2NHO, = C,H,N,O, + C,H,O, + 2H,O + 30 

The three atoms of oxygen are added to the exhaled mass of 
that element giving a little surplus over the amount of absorbed 
CO,, which is generally observed. t 


*Comptes Rendus, ror: 24, and 102: 995, 1043. 

Т Flora, 1890. (Zur Frage der Assimilation der Mineralsaltzen in der Pflanze, 
242.) 

T4. c., 260. 


46 KOZLOWSKI : PRIMARY SYNTHESIS ОЕ PROTEIDS 


The above quoted equation is in accord with the views ad- 
vanced by Holzner,* upon the participation of the oxalic acid, 
who considers it as a product of proteids, destined to decompose 
the nitrates, phosphates and sulphates of calcium introduced 
into the plant and to eliminate that element in an insoluble com- 
pound, a view which was confirmed experimentally as to the lat- 
ter part by Emmerling. The quantitative relation of both oxalic 
and nitric acids is just the same in the above mentioned equation 
as needed by the supposition. It is two molecules of HNO, for 
one molecule of oxalic acid. 

On the contrary Palladin} claims, that the oxalic acid is pro- 
duced in the second stage of the reaction by the transition from 
amides into proteids and represents the process thus: 


Asparagin. Glucose. Protein (without S). 
9 CH,N,O, + 9 СНО, = Cau. +9 C,H,O, + 
23 H,O + 2H, 


This supposition does not contradict that accepted by Schimper's 
formulae ; Berthelot and André found that the amount of oxalic 
acid in the form of soluble oxalates in fresh leaves is nearly equal 
to that found with calcium thus agreeing with the last equation in 
which, as well as in that of Schimper one molecule of oxalic acid 
is produced for two atoms of nitrogen, the amount of oxalic acid 
combined with calcium (supposing that the nitric acid is absorbed 
by the plant only as calcium nitrate) being thus equal to its sur- 
plus over that element. 

Such are the chief facts and the attempts to give an account of 
them. Trying to go somewhat further in this line the best way 
seems to me to start (as did Pfeffer) with a per cent. composition 
of both asparagin and a proteid, for instance legumin, calculated 
as to the equal amount of nitrogen, and to compare their dif- 
ference with the percentage composition of a carbohydrate, as, 
e. g., glucose. We have then the following table of which the 
first three columns are taken from Pfeffer’s memoir t the fourth 
is obtained by multiplying the percentage composition of the 


* Flora, 1867. 
T Berichte deutsche bot. Ges. 5: 326. 
t Pringsheim’s Jahrbücher, 8: 355 seg. 1872. 


РЧР Р „ДОГ UY ҮҮ ү MEETS 


KozrowsKi: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 47 


glucose with 0.91 in order to reduce its amount of carbon to the 
same number as represented in the third column : 


Asparagin. Legumin. Difference. Glucose. 
C='64.9 C = 36.4 + 28.5 C = 28.5 
N = 21.2 N = 21.2 кышына 
= 30.6 O = 36.4 — 5.8 O 37.8 
125.5 100.0 71.0 
The difference between the two latter columns is 
Hz 2—H. 


О = 43.6 or nearly 224 О 


which give together H,O and about 1 25 О insurplus for each two 
atoms of №. Inother words the transition from amides to proteids, 
supposing that the lacking elements are supplied by the carbo- 
hydrates, is a reduction. It may be, that this part of the synthe- 
sis requires the action of those strongly reducing bodies, which 
were found in the leaves by Schimper; for, as we know, the 
amides can be accumulated in darkness while the formation of pro- 
teids from them is connected with the action of light upon chlor- 
ophyll as stated by Schimper. The new experiments in this line* 
show indeed, that if the plants have at their disposition an abund- 
ant supply of carbohydrates they can produce this synthesis in 
darkness : This does not appear strange, for they are then placed in 
the same conditions which exist generally in fungi, the needed 
reducing energy being supplied by the oxidation of the surplus of 
sugar. 

Another point to be considered is the origin of the oxalic acid. : 
We have seen that Schimper as well as Berthelot and André con- 
sider it as an indirect product of the synthesis of proteids and this 
opinion generally prevails among physiologists in opposition to 
the older supposition of Holzner, who considered it as the result 
of their decomposition. On the other hand we see that oxalic 
acid is produced at nearly every decomposition or splitting of the 
proteid molecule. 

The only fact which can throw any light about the question 


* The above quoted pieces of work of Berthold, Hansteen and Kinoshita; W. Zaleski 
in Ber. deutsch. bot. Ges. 15 : 536. 


48 KOZLOWSKI : PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 


as to the true origin of oxalic acid in plants, is the distribution of 
that compound in different organs of the plant. This point, as 
regards the oxalic acid bound to the calcium and forming in- 
soluble crystals, was very carefully studied by Schimper * and by 
Kohl.T | 

The former distinguishes four types of calcium oxalates, adding 
a new one to the three proposed by Schimper : (т) The primaries are 
found in buds and are produced independently of assimilation ; (2) 
The secondaries originate in the chlorophylic parenchyma and are 
connected with assimilation; (3) The ¢ertiaries are found in the 
neighborhood of sclerenchymatous cells and also in fruits and seeds, 
where reserve-substances are accumulated; (4) The gwaternaries 
are deposited in leaves in the autumn and remain there. 

Beginning now with the fourth category, we know, that in 
the autumn new proteids are not formed in leaves, but on the con- 
trary, the larger portion of those that constitute the protoplasm of 
the cells, is dissolved and transferred into the stem ; this transfer 
is most probably accomplished after the splitting of the proteids 
into amides and carbohydrates. The most abundant production 
of oxalic acid in plants is then due to the decomposition of pro- 
teids. It can be objected that the larger part of oxalic acid could 
have been produced at any earlier period of development of leaves 
being then in form of soluble compounds and that the sudden ap- 
pearance of a large amount of crystals in autumn is due to the 
supply of calcium. But we have no reason for supposing that 
large amounts of calcium are brought into the leaves at a time 
when their vital functions are declining. 

In reality the above quoted results of Berthelot and André 
concerning the distribution of oxalic acid in Rumer acetosa, con- 
taining a large amount of soluble oxalates seems to contra- 
dict our conclusion; but the same authors found in other plants 
(Amarantus caudatus, Chenopodium quinoa) quite opposite rela- 
tions, and they add, after having presented the results of analysis of 
the first of these plants: “that these latter plants show quite a 
different mode of generation and physiological functions ” (Ceci ac- 


* The above quoted article in Bot. Zeitung, 1888. 
f Anatomisch-physiologische Untersuchungen über Kalksaltze und Kieselsáure in 
den Pflanzen, 1889. 


KozrowsKi: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 49 


cuse un mode de génération et des fonctions physiologiques toute 
differentest). It is then not improbable that such plants as Rumex 
and other “ oxalic" plants represent some deviation from normal 
conditions. 

The deposition of calcium oxalate in places where thick mem- 
branes are formed was noticed long since by Sachs, and it is very 
natural to associate this phenomena with the production of cellulose. 
The only known method by which this body can be obtained is 
through the action of living protoplasm and that suggests the idea, 
that the cellulose is a product of proteids. A direct transition of 
other carbohydrates, as sugar or starch, into cellulose was never 
observed either in the chemical laboratory or in plants ; and we can 
not imagine the róle of the protoplasm in this process, otherwise 
than by supposing that these carbohydrates become constituent 
factors in the proteid molecule, and from the reduction of this 
molecule the cellulose is derived. 

Now the formation of the crystals of oxalates depends upon 
two factors: the formation of oxalic acid and the supply of cal- 
cium in amount sufficient to bind that acid. Both factors are 
present in the considered case, for where large amounts of cellu- 
lose are deposited by the protoplasm of the cells (as by the forma- 
tion of sclerenchymatous elements), large supplies of carbohydrates 
are necessary to form anew the protein molecules of the protoplasm, 
and the transfer of carbohydrates, as both Schimper and Kohl 
have shown, is strictly connected with the presence of calcium, 
which is considered as a “vehicle ” for these compounds. 

In the same way we can explain the formation of oxalic 
crystals in buds; the predominating phenomenon in this young 
tissue is the division of cells and the production of a large amount 
of cellulose membrane, which, according to our supposition, in- 
volves a large supply of calcium (as “ vehicle” for carbohydrates) 
and the consequent formation of oxalic acid. 

As to the oxalates (called secondary), formed in the chloro- 
phylic tissue of the leaves, the conditions are more complicated. 
Schimper has proved that their formation “is dependent upon 
light and chlorophy], but not upon assimilation. P Their 


* Comptes Rendus, 102: 1044. 
T Bot. Zeitung, 1888, 69. 


50 KOZLOWSKI: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 


amount does not diminish when the plant is put in a position 
in which it cannot assimilate, as, for instance, is the case when 
is in an atmosphere deprived of carbonic anhydride. Schimper 
found that in such conditions proteids cannot be produced by the 
plant ; thus the formation of these crystals cannot depend upon 
the formation of proteids. But although the formation of proteids 
is one of the essential functions of the leaf parenchyma, we 
know that another process is taking place in them, and that 
is respiration. Whether or not we accept the view that the 
respiration of plants is essentially based upon the spontaneous 
dissociation of proteid molecules (the intra-molecular respiration), 
we cannot overlook the analogy between the function of carbo- 
hydrates as respiratory material in animals and plants. 

When the assimilation goes on normally, the cellulose deposited 
by the decomposition of the proteid molecules augments the mass 
of the plant, while the assimilated carbohydrates are used partially 
in the reconstruction of that molecule, partially burnt out, the same 
asin the animal organism a product of proteids—the fat—is stored 
up, when the animal is abundantly fed with carbohydrates. But, 
if the production of carbohydrates is not sufficient, the material 
produced by the proteids is burnt the same as fat is burnt in animal 
organism under the same conditions. The amount of proteids 
decomposed by respiration, and consequently that of the oxalates 
is nearly the same, whether assimilation takes place or not ; only 
in the last case the growth of the plant is hindered, for the part of 
the protein molecule deprived of nitrogen, will be oxydized into 
H,O and CO,, while its part containing nitrogen will increase the 
amount of amides, which, as is known, is really observed in such 
conditions. 

The dependence of the secondary oxalates on light and 
chlorophyl can be explained by the proteid influence of these fac- 
tors upon the transpiration or, in other words, upon the ascension 
of water from the soil towards the leaves, and the introduction of 
salts of calcium in quantities necessary to bind the produced oxalic 
acid. his dependence of the secondary oxalates upon transpiration 
was directly proved by Schimper*; the independence of the primary 
ones from that function, proved by the same investigator, can be 


* Loc. cit. 89. 


KozrowsKi: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 51 


explained from the above statement, namely, that the necessary 
amount of calcium is never lacking in this case, because these or- 
gans being unable to produce the carbohydrates indispensable for 
their growth, these bodies must be transferred to the other parts 
of the plant, and that transfer is, as we know, fulfilled in form of a 
combination with calcium. 

We can thus consider a large part if not all the oxalic acid 
produced in plants* as a final product of decomposition of proteids 
in a certain degree analogous to the carbamide in animals. The 
analogy is increased by the fact that the oxalic acid is either ejected 
from plants in the fallen leaves, or reduced to a state of insolu- 
bility from which, in most cases, it is never brought forth. Itis 
thus an excretion, comparable to the carbamide in animals. If 
these inductions are true, we can propose a very general question : 
What ts the reason for such a difference between terminal products of 
decomposition of the proteid molecule in animals and in plants ? 

We find a fact of equal generality which enables us to answer 
this question: that is, the reduction of nitric acid, common to all 
chlorophylic plants. We do not know exactly the stages through 
which this reduction goes, but it is not to be doubted that one of 
them must be nitrous acid (NHO,). The salts of this acid are found 
in plants only in very small amounts, but that is easily explained by 
their quick transformation into other compounds. 

Theaction of nitrous acid or its anhydride upon the compounds 
of an amidic type is very characteristic. When the reaction is 
violent the place of the amido group (NH,) is taken by the hydroxyl 
group (HO), the nitrogen being set free; in other circumstances 
all the nitrogen remains combined with the radical, producing 
a diazo compound, while the hydrogen of the amido group and a 
part of the hydrogen of the radical is combined with the oxygen 
of the nitrous acid. 

These two modes of action of the nitrous acid are exemplified 
by the following equations : 

If we take the oxamide (the amide of the oxalic acid) the result 
will be oxalic acid, nitrogen and water: 


* Schimper admits that the whole amount of oxalic acid in plants need not neces- 
sarily have the same origin (/oc. cit. 69). 


52 KOZLOWSKI : PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 


Oxamide. Oxalic acid. 


eo <NE’ + 2 HNO, = CO(OH), + 4N + 4Н,0 


But, if we act cautiously with hyponitrous acid upon the glycocol 
(the amido-acetic acid) we obtain at first the ether of that acid and 
of the glycocol, which afterwards yielding water gives the diazo- 
acetic acid, as shown by the equation 


Ether of glycocol and nitrous acid, Diazo-acetic acid. N 


C,H,.CO,.CH,.NH,,.NO,H = C,H,.CO, CHE || + 2H,O 
N 


We have seen that the chemical functions of the proteids compel 


us to admit the group 


o im 


as the basis of the molecule of these bodies. It is simply the oxa- 
mide group, introduced in one of the above given equations. Each 
of the two atoms of nitrogen has in that group two free units of 
affinity. If we denote with A and A, two univalent radicals con- 
taining C, H, O, N and S, we can represent a molecule of protein 
as follows: 


R 
N< 
H АНХ 
С,О, окут RHN? Go: 
<H 


A molecule of such structure can give according, to the re- 
agents which will act upon it, either carbamide or oxalic acid. 

By hydrolysis it will be split at the places of junction of the 
radicals Æ and Æ, with the atoms of nitrogen, and the result will 
be as follows: 


Protein. Oxamide. 


R.HN. H,N 
R HN =. с). + 2H,O = ЛОН + ROH 4 НМ” CO, 


the oxamide then gives as known by oxydation carbonic anhydride 
and carbamide 


Oxamide. Carbamide. 


H,N NH 


“eee м MEL ANNO o co. xÀ. ИНИСИ 


Kozrwoski: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 53 


The remainders of the first equation R.OH and АОН are poorer 
in nitrogen than protein. It is the type of disaggregation of 
proteids in animals. 

If the nitrous acid will act on such a molecule, it will split at 
the junction of the nitrogen atoms with the group C,O,, as was the 
case in the above quoted reaction with oxamide and nitrous acid ; 
but if the reaction proceeds very slowly the nitrogen will not be set 
free. Keeping the analogy with the above given reaction of NHO, 
and the glycocol we can represent the supposed process as fol- 
lows : 


Protein. 
RHN Р Oxalic acid. 
RHN? CO, EE 2HNO, = COO hs E 2H,O 


Diazotic compounds, 
| М М 
+ (R — Hy | + (R, WC I 
NN 00 NN 


4 


In other words each of the radicals Æ and A, losing one atom 
of hydrogen (which is used for the production of water with the 
oxygen of the nitrous acid) and developing to a new value of . 
affinity, combines with the now formed diazo group (— V= JV —). 

This ought to represent the transformation of the proteids in 
plants, which, as we know, do not lose their nitrogen. 

The known fact that the secondary and the tertiary amides 
.of the aromatic series do not give diazotic compounds with 
nitrous acid,* cannot be quoted against the possibility of the sup- 
posed reaction. For (1) The diazotic compounds of the fat series 
differ much from those of the aromatic one as well in their consti- 
tution as in their properties, and (2) As we know very little about 
them the argument based upon the ignorance of such a reaction 
loses its strength. Then, we must remember that the reaction to 
which the production of diazotic compounds is due, belongs to 
those in which all is dependent upon the conditions of action of 
the agents; we are, indeed, encouraged to suppose that the subtle- 
ness of the transition in plants surpasses even the most delicate 
chemical operations in our laboratories that we can imagine. 


* From the secondaries nitroso-amides are obtained ; the tertiaries give compounds 
with a nitroso group (NO) on the benzolic nucleus (Сопіт. Ladenburg, Handworter- 
buch der Chemie, 3: 194). 


54 KOZLOWSKI : PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 


The above presented hypothesis lacks direct proof. My own 
repeated attempt to produce the reaction of dissociation supposed 
for plants, either through action of gaseous N,O, or nitrite of 
potassium (KNO,), or soda (NaNO,) in presence of any acid (hydro- 
chloric or acetic) upon the albumin did not give any definite result.* 
This is certainly no objection against the validity of the hypothesis. 
The conditions for such a reaction are probably very delicate and 
very complicated and remain to be discovered. But among recent 
pieces of work there are some which give an indirect support to 
this hypothesis. 

Drexel f obtained through action of hydrochloric acid and 
stannous chloride on albumin a base (/ysatine, C,H,,N,O,) which 
gives carbamide when treated with baryta water. This reaction 
shows, as the author deduces, that carbamide is not a product 
of oxydation, but of hydrolysis. The same result is reached 
through physiological deductions.[ А fact of greatest interest for 
physiologists is that the arginine (C,H,,N,O,) obtained by Schultze 
from the seeds of Lupinus and differing from lysatine only by the 
addition of NH, gives also carbamide with baryta water.$ It proves 
that a wide difference in the constitution of animal and vegetable 
proteins is not the ground for the different terminal products, but 
only the difference of the chemical processes in both. 

On the other hand Buchner and Curtius, using soda nitrite on 
the product of the reaction of hydrochloric gas and alcohol on gela- 
tine, obtained a diazotic compound, which differs very strikingly 
from other compounds of this kind by its stability ; thus, e. £., it 
can be boiled without decomposition. This compound was ob- 
tained in a large amount (150 grains from 400 grains of gelatine) 
and ought to be the only product of the reaction. The investiga- 
tion of the products from the action of iodide upon these com- 
pounds leads the authors to one of the following formulae : 


* In the first case it seemed not to be produced by any change in the albumin; in the 
second xanto protein was the constant product of the reaction. 

Т Ueber die Bildung des Harnstoff aus Eiweiss in the Berichte deutsch. chem. 
Gesellsch., 1890: 3096. Сопіт. also Siegfried, Zur Kenntniss der Spaltungsproducten 
der Eiweiss /0/7, 24: 418. 1891. 

Cf A. Gautier, Chimie de la cellule vivante, 1895, passim. 

& Ber. deutsch. chem. Ges. 24: 1098. 189r. 


лаа 


Колго\узкї: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 55 
Ether of the diazo-oxy- Ether of the diazo-lactic 
acrylic acid, acid, 
CN. CH ON; 
| | 
C(OH) or CH(OH) 
CO-O-C,H, CO-O-C,H, 


These facts show the possibility of such a reaction, as was sug- 
gested both in animals and in plants which explain two very gen- 
eral physiological facts, viz. : 

1. That the terminal products of disintegration of the proteid 
molecule are different in plants and in animals. 

. 2. That green plants cannot use the ammoniacal compounds 
for the production of proteids, while the mediating links in that 
process are amides, compounds with hydrogenized nitrogen and 
not with the oxydized one as is found in nitric acid. 

The first is explained by the fact that in the animal organisms 
there are no conditions for the production of nitrous acid, while 
in plants it might be produced as one of the stages of deoxidation 
of the nitric acid. The second, by the necessity of that acid for 
green plants and thus the impossibility of omitting that stage of 
deoxidation and of beginning the process with compounds contain- 
ing only hydrogenized nitrogen. (In fungi, as we know, the process 
must be different, and it is proved that they can use the amidic 
ammoniacal compounds as supply of nitrogen.) 

The logic of chemistry seems to impose upon us this hypothesis 
with almost irresistible necessity. All that we know about the 
chemical process in organisms teaches us that these processes are 
produced so as to pass through all the consecutive stages and 
compounds mediating between the initial and the terminal one. If 
we represent the transition from nitric acid to the amides through 
all known stages of reduction we obtain the following series of 
groups: 


Ammonia 
Nitro. Nitroso, Diazotic. Hydrazines. and amides. 


—NO, -NO -N-2N- H,N—NH, NH, 


We see thus that the diazo compounds take the middle place be- 
tween the oxidized nitrogen of acids and the hydrogenized of hy- 
drazines and amides. It is not improbable that the hydrazines 


ж. a aa А 


56 KOZLOWSKI: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 


are the agents of many reductions, such as the reduction of silver, 
which, as Low and Bokorny have shown, constitute a property of 
living plasma, of those proteids in which the process of disaggre- 
gation and regeneration of molecules is still going on. 

This regeneration is produced by means of compounds with 
diazotic groups like those formed in the last equation, and it is 
easy to вес that every process of disintegration is accompanied by 
an enrichment with organic nitrogen, and as every decomposition 
of proteids is only a stage to their reconstruction in larger amount, 
the above discussed question upon the origin of oxalic acids ap- 
pears under quite a new light; in most parts of the plant (ex- 
cluding the autumnal leaves) both decomposition and reconstruc- 
tion of proteids are connected processes taking place at the same 
time. 

I have had already occasion to notice the analogy between the 
production of cellulose in plants and that of fats in animals. It 
is natural to suppose that both are produced by some groups of 
atoms set aside during the above discussed reaction. If in the for- 
mula of protein we put groups of atoms Л and X, containing only 
carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, instead of NH, it assumes the fol- - 
lowing structure : 


These groups of atoms, being set free in each of the two sup- 
posed reactions, would originate the fatty acids in the case of ani- 
mals, the cellulose or starch in the case of plants. Thus we can 
represent the continuous process of formation and destruction of 
proteids in plants as follows : 

PROTEIDS The compound richer f reduced to amides and combined 


(stored in the } m—- in nitrogen (día- 4 with the assimilated carbohy- 
seeds). zotic Р) | drates gives anew 


xy 


+NHO, (pro- the ceZ/ulose and the | 

duced by the re- carbohydrates con- 

duction of NHO, | sumed by respiration. PROTEIDS, 

from soil). which with the HNO, produced 
Oxalic from the reduction of NHO, is 
acid. further decomposed. 


Kozrowski: PRIMARY SYNTHESIS OF PROTEIDS 57 


It is necessary to notice that this diagram does not require a 
constant relation between the amount of protein and that of carbo- 
hydrates in plants, a relation which really does not exist. The 
quantitative relation between compounds containing nitrogen and 
those without it in plants is within certain limits dependent upon 
the relation of assimilation to the amount of nitric acid absorbed 
from the soil. . The greater the amount of assimilated carbohy- 
drates, the less the carbohydrates, which are derived from proteids, 
will be burnt. On the contrary, when the amount of assimilated 
carbohydrates is not sufficient the relative amount of nitrogen in 
the plant will rise, and since in such conditions proteids cannot be 
regenerated—that surplus will consist of amides and other nitric 
compounds of a non-proteid character. Something like this we 
find in the above quoted results of the analysis of plants grown 
from seeds in darkness. (Але, p. 39.) 

But the amount of cellulose (and other soluble carbohydrates) 
cannot exceed a certain maximum in respect to nitrogen, and that 
maximum corresponds to such a state in which the assimilated 
carbohydrates make up all the loss for respiration, a state probably 
reached in plants when the conditions of feeding are normal. 

Some chemical and physiological facts indicate that in the 
proteid molecule there are groups of atoms closely connected 
together and containing each 6 atoms of carbon. That number 
is basal for the carbohydrates found in organisms and fatty acids, 
the most common in animals, containing a multiple of that num- 
ber (the stearic C,,H,,O,; the oleic C,,H,,O,). The amides, 
which are produced in organisms, or through the action of 
chemical agents upon the proteids contain generally less than 6 
atoms of carbon and the most typical of them, leucine is the 
amido-capronic acid —C,H,,NO,. Only the less defined com- 
pounds obtained by Schiitzenberger (and called by him leucines) 
seem to make an exception to this rule, but we do not know 
whether these are chemical individuals or mixtures. All these 
and many other physiological facts oblige us to admit a near con- 
nection between proteids, fats and carbohydrates, and although 
the transitions from one group to another cannot yet be accom- 
plished in the laboratory, there is no doubt that it is accom- 
plished continually in the organisms themselves. 


New YORK. 


тч тр 


Note on Asplenium Glenniei Baker in Synopsis Filicum, 
2d Ed. p. 488 


By C. W. HoPE 


In August, 1898, I had the pleasure of making the acquain- 
tance of Professor Underwood, while he was examining certain 
genera of ferns in the herbarium of the Royal Gardens at Kew, 
and I then drew his attention to what I considered a remarkable 
instance of a locally plentiful Himalayan fern being sparingly found 
in a few localities in Mexico and in Arizona, U. S. A., having 
been described from the American specimens as a new species, 
and I asked leave to send my views as to this fern for publication 
in the BULLETIN OF THE Токккү BOTANICAL CLUB. 

In the first edition of the Synopsis Filicum, under Asplenium 
fontanum Bernh., A. exiguum Bedd., from the Nilgiris, is men- 
tioned as being a less divided form, with narrow fronds and 
ebeneous rhachis, and the authors go on to say that a similar plant 
had been gathered in Mexico by Mr. Glennie. But in the second 
edition Mr. Baker set up а new species—“ A. Glenniei Baker, 
Hab. Mexico, Consul Glennie, Bourgeau, 2 2.— Very like some of 
the forms of fontanum.” When at Kew, in 1888, I pointed out 
to Mr. Baker and Colonel Beddome that the specimens of 4. 
Glenniet in the Royal Herbarium were merely a common north- 
west Indian fern, which I had been calling A. exiguum Bedd.— 
Mr. Baker objected that there was a wide interval between Mexico 
and the western Himalaya, and Colonel Beddome remarked that 
neither the Himalayan nor the Mexican plant could be his because 
the fronds were not prolonged at the apex. Prolongation of the 
rhachis into a “naked tail often bearing a young plant" was a 
character given by Beddome in his original description of the 
species, in the “Ferns of S. India," published in 1873, though 
this entry was omitted from his Handbook of 1883, where he de- 
graded the plant to the rank of variety. This proliferous form of 
the tip I found, on returning to India, to be a normal, though per- 
haps not an invariable character of the Himalayan plant, as it is 
to be also of A. micropteron Baker, Syn. Fil. 488,— rhachis much 


(58) 


NM 


Hore: NOTE ON ASPLENIUM 59 


produced beyond lamina, rooting at the tip, Hab. San Luis, 7000, 
Pearce." But A. micropteron differs materially in having a flat- 
tened and broadly and interruptedly winged rhachis, and also in 
the cutting of the pinnae, and must be considered quite distinct. 
Mr. Baker's type specimen of A. Glenniei (vide Ic. Fil. pl. 1648) 
has not a prolonged and proliferous rachis; but in the British 
Museum there is one plant among A. fontanum, ticketed —*“ U. S. 
Pacific Coast Flora (new to U. S.) var.—‘ Conservatory,’ Huachuca 
Mts., Arizona, August 8, 1882, Lemmon Herbarium, Oakland, 
California,’ which is exactly the northwest Himalayan fern, and 
it is proliferous on the pinnae throughout, and also at the 
apex of the frond. And there are in the same herbarium two 
specimens from America, named А. Glenniei Baker, which are ex- 
actly the Himalayan plant. Also, there are in the Calcutta Her- 
barium three specimens named A. Glennie?, from America, one or 
two of which is the Himalayan fern, the third is not. 

The Mexican plant had been named Athyrium gracile by 
Fournier, in his Fil. Mex. 102, published in 1872, and Mr. Baker 
gave this as a synonym of his Asplenium Glenniei, being obliged 
to reject gracile as the specific name because there was already 
Asplenium gracile Fée, and also another plant so named by 
Pappé and Rawson.  Fournier's plant is in the “ Herbier de la 
Commission scientifique du Mexico, recueilli par M. Bourgeau 
1865-66."  Lemmon's plant, collected in Arizona, 1882, was 
identified by Baker as A. Glennici, and was cited as A. Glennici 
Baker, by Eaton in the BULLETIN or THE Torrey BOTANICAL 
CLUB, 1883, р. 29, and some specimens collected by Pringle, and 
by Lloyd, in Mexico in 1886 and 1894, were also so named. 

I find no difficulty in separating the Himalayan and North 
American plant from A. fontanum Bernh. ; but it is not without 
hesitation that I came to the conclusion that it is the same as Bed- 
dome's Nilgiri plant. Beddome found his plant in only one sta- 
tion, and he then thought it nearly allied to А. comptorhachis Kze., 
which Baker unites with A. /unulatum Sw. Mr. Gamble has a 
dozen plants ticketed A. exiguum, which he got near Barliár, on 
the Nilgiris, 2500 ft. alt., all small and narrow, and with prolonged 
rhachises. I have seen no S. Indian specimen nearly so large as 
the Himalayan plant reaches. Of the latter-named plant I wrote 
the following description about eight years ago: 


бо GLENNIEI BAKER IN Synopsis FILICUM 


Plants isolated, or united in tufts by the matted roots ; caudex 
erect, short; sZpes %-2% in. l, rarely more than 116 in., 
densely tufted, soft, castaneous, clothed at base with linear hair- 
pointed dark-colored scales, more or less so clothed upwards, 
scales gradually changing upwards to soft hairs, frond linear-lanceot 
late, bipinnatified, never nearly bipinnate, 2-9 in. l., 0-1 ы in. br., 
rhachis flattened, winged, green in upper two thirds, the castaneous 
color of stipes extending farthest up the inferior side, and some- 
times in patches ; pinnae 20-25-jugate, oblong with an expanded 
base or cuneate, sometimes leafy and then obliquely triangular and 
less cut, subpetiolate, blunt, costae inconspicuous, undulate later- 
ally, lower pinnae more distinct, shorter but scarcely narrower at 
base, sometimes trifoliate in shape ; segments 3—6-jugate, having 
1—6 teeth according to number of veinlets, lower margins concavely 
cut or scooped out, lowest anterior much cut away ; color dark 
green; veins one to each segment sometimes forking near tips ; 
sort costular, one at the base of each segment, two or more in 
lowest anterior ; frond often very attenuate upwards and then root- 
ing at tip; segments sometimes all truncate or marginate at apex 
and there proliferous.”’ 

The Himalayan habitats I have noted are: The PUNJAB : in 
Kuller 7—9000 ft. alt., one station ; in the Sima Region 6—9000 ft., 
not common, but gathered by seven persons separately. In the 
NORTHWESTERN РкоуІхсеѕ : in the Dehra Doon Dist., in Iannsar 
7000 ft., in the Hill Sanitarium of Mussooree 55-7000 ft., locally 
plentiful ; їп Garhival 6—7000 ft., not often seen ; in the Awmaun 
Dist. 5-10000 ft., in various places. 

As to distribution—besides the Mexican and U. S. A. habi- 
tats already mentioned—I have noted Waugtu in the Sikkim Him- 
alaya, Hook. fil. & Thoms. 1847; the S. Indian stations for Bed- 
dome’s plant already mentioned : China—Monpine, David, 1889; 
Mengtez ; Yunnan, W. Hancock, 1893 ; “ shady rocks, very local." 

If the Nilgiri (S. India) plant (Bedd. Е. S. 1, 4 746) be admit- 
ted to be the same as the American and Himalayan plants (Bed- 
dome added “ Himalayas” as a habitat in his Handbook), then 
Beddome's name A. exiguum, being the older, must have priority 
over Baker's name, A. Glennici. A. Zunnanense Franchet in Bull. 
Bot. Soc. France, 1885, p. 28, which Mr. Baker, in Ann. Bot., 
1892, placed as a variety of A. fontanum Bernh., near var. exiguum, 
and of which Beddome in his Suppt. of 1892, after describing it, says: 
“ Seems hardly to differ from typical fontanum,” must, I think, 
also come under A. exiguum. 


ШҮ т ^y dida м? АМ Y ҮР". Tot т“ СС УТ d "MOL eh S 


Hore: NOTE ON ASPLENIUM 61 


I have not gathered A. fontanum Bernh., but I possess numerous 
specimens, collected by five contributors in the northwestern Hima- 
laya, from Hazara eastward to Kumaun, and have seen many 
more collected by them and many others from Afghanistan to 
west Nepal, and, except as to size, I can say that the specimens 
are very uniform. Mature plants vary from 2% to 12 inches in 
height (including rootstock) according to attitude and exposure. 
The largest I have seen were from Kashmire at an altitude of 
4500 ft.; one I have is 12 inches high ; and I have a note of an- 
other plant which had 16 fresh fronds covering, as dried, an area of 
I5xIOiuches. There is never any resemblance to, or passage 
into A. eazguum Bedd. The Indian specimens agree with the de- 
scription of A. fontanum in that they are all distinctly dcpinnate ; 
А. exiguum (or Glenniei) is never more than dipinnatifid. A. fon- 
almost yellowish 


tanum is always of а pale grass-green color 
sometimes: A. exiguum is always dark green. And, correspond- 
ing to the cutting and venation, the position of the sori in the two 
plants is quite different. In A. fontanum the sori are all placed in 
the pinnules and segments, on the veinlets, without any relation 
to the costa of the pinna : іп A. eazguum they are in a row on each 
side of and close to the costa, curving outwards with the veins 
towards the segments. A. fontanum, so far as I know, never has 
fronds with the rhachis prolonged and rooting at the point; nor 
have I seen it proliferous at the pinnae. Both these features are 
characteristic of A. eatguum. 

A great deal of the European material called A. Haller 
Willd. (under Aspzdium), which by some botanists is reduced to 
A, fontanum, is more like A. exiguum than like A. fontanum, but the 
fronds of A. Halleri are broader for their length, and the sori do 
not lie along the costa or secondary rhachis. Willdenow said of 
А. Halleri: “Ab А. fontano ab unde distincta species." A. eazg- 
uum varies considerably in width of frond and pinnae and in cut- 
ting, but the variations are all away from the direction of А. fonta- 
пит. Indeed I should find it difficult to point out identical 
characters, or even resemblances, between the two plants. 

А. exiguum is abundant in many places within the municipal 
limits of Mussooree, the Hill Sanitarium in the District of Dehra 
Doon, Northwest Provinces, India—where I have chiefly observed 


62 GLENNIEI BAKER IN Synopsis FILICUM 


it—at altitudes of about 5500 to almost 7000 feet, on (usually) 
limestone, moss-covered rocks in the forest, generally with a 
northern aspect. It spreads itself out like aster, the prolonged 
fronds bending backward until they hang their tips in the moss, 
seeking for cracks or crevices, or earth, in which to root. The 
fronds last for two years at least, living through the winter in frost 
and snow, and through the succeeding dry, hot season, in a shriv- 
eled and apparently dead state until the rainy season comes in 
June or July, when they uncurl, and then frequently, if they have 
not already done so, produce young plants on their tips, or on 
their pinnae. This is followed by the springing up of fresh fronds 
from the same roots, which are not generally proliferous in that 
season, so far as I have seen. Judging from the numerous her- 
barium specimens I have seen A. fontanum of the Himalaya has 
a more erect habit than A. exiguum, andis never proliferous. 

The late Мг. Н. Е. Blanford, F.R.S. (vide his “ List of the 
Ferns of Simla, in the N. W. Himalaya between Levels of 
4500 and 10,000 feet," Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 57: 294-315. 
1888), said that А. exiguum was rare in the neighborhood 
of Simla. In Mr. J. S. Gamble's collection I have found three 
sheets—with eleven specimens—from Simla. On the five days’ 
march from Simla to Bagi, eastward on the Great Thibet road in 
1886, I saw only two or three specimens at about 8000 feet alti- 
tude, but the fern may be more abundant off the road at lower 
levels. In 1861 I saw one plant of A. exiguum at Naini Tal, in 
Kumaun, N. W@Himalayas, by the side of the lake, but none any- 
where else or £n the way to Almora, thirty miles northward ; and 
there is not nfuch record of it from the eastward of Mussooree. 
There is no passage from A. exiguum to the next species, A. 
varians Hk. and Gr. 


Kew, Nov. 1898, 


New Species of Fungi 
Bv CHas. Н. РЕСК 


Lepiota coerulescens 


Pileus thin, convex, obtuse or slightly umbonate, squamulose, 
whitish, the squamules and the center brownish, flesh and surface 
of the pileus becoming blue in drying ; lamellae thin, close, free, 
white, becoming blue in drying; stem slender, equal, brownish, 
annulate, the annulus membranous, persistent, externally tinged 
with blue when dry ; spores elliptic, 7 “long, 5 у broad. 

Pileus 1.5-2 cm. broad; stem 3—5 cm. long, 2 mm. thick. 


Ohio. С. С. Lloyd. 
The species is closely allied to Lepiota cristata, from which it 
is easily separated by its assuming blue tints in drying. 


Lepiota gracilis 

Pileus thin, convex or campanulate, somewhat umbonate, white, 
the center and the scales formed from the ruptured cuticle black- 
ish brown; lamellae close, ventricose, free, whitish ; stem long, 
slender, floccose or fibrillose, blackish brown, the annulus mem- 
branous, persistent, conspicuous, blackish brown on the lower sur- 
face; spores broadly elliptic, 6-7 pi long, 4 4 broad. 

Pileus 6-10 mm. broad; stem about 2.5 cm. long, scarcely 
more than 1 mm. thick. 

Black humus in woods, Elmsdale, Canada. September. J. 
Dearness. 

A. small, graceful species which when young is probably wholly 
covered by the blackish brown cuticle, but by the expansion of 
the pileus this soon ruptures, except in the center or on the umbo, 
revealing the white surface beneath and forming spot-like scales. 


Tricholoma piperatum 


Pileus rather thin, firm, dry, convex, obtuse or subumbonate, 
virgate with innate brownish fibrils, varying in color from grayish 
brown to blackish brown, sometimes with greenish or yellowish 
tints, flesh white or whitish, taste аспа; lamellae broad, close, 
rounded behind, adnexed, whitish or yellowish ; stem generally 
short, equal, solid, silky, slightly mealy or pruinose at the top, 
white or slightly tinted with yellow ; spores elliptic, 6—7 # long, 


5 и broad. 
(63). 


64 Peck: New Species or FUNGI 


Pileus 4-7 cm. broad; stem 5-7 cm. long, 6-12 mm. thick. 

Woods, Massachusetts, G. E. Francis ; Pennsylvania, Charles 
Mcllvaine. | 

The central part of ће pileus is sometimes a little darker than 
the rest, The peppery or acrid taste is very distinct and remains 
in the mouth many minutes. This and the innately fibrillose 
character of the pileus are distinguishing characters of the species. 
The plants appear from September to November. 


Hygrophorus Morrisii 


Pileus thin, convex, obtuse or umbonate, covered by a viscid 
separable pellicle, even, grayish brown or blackish brown, flesh 
whitish ; lamellae subdistant, adnate or slightly decurrent, often 
slightly eroded or uneven on the edge, white ; stem rather slender, 
equal or slightly tapering downward, solid, straight or flexuous, 
flocculently furfuraceous, pallid or brownish ; spores elliptic or ob- 
long, 10-12" long, 5 broad. 

Pileus 1.5—2.5 cm. broad: stem 4-6 cm. long, 3-5 mm. thick. 

Under pine trees, Waltham, Mass. November. G. E. Morris. 

This species is closely related to Æ. pustulatus Fr., but differs 
from it in the entire absence of pustules or papillae from the uni- 
formly colored pileus and in having a solid stem which, though 
somewhat scurfy, is not rough or scabrous with black points, The 
presence of concolorous papillae on the pileus and of black points 
on the stem of 77. pustulatus is given by Fries special emphasis in 
his description of this species. In Icones he describes the lamellae 
as very entire (integerrimae) which character is not applicable to 
our plant. These differences seem to me too important to be dis- 
regarded and I take pleasure in dedicating this interesting Ameri- 
can species to Mr. George E. Morris, who sent me numerous 
specimens of it in fine condition. 


Volvaria umbonata 


Pileus thin, campanulate, becoming convex or nearly plane, 
"prominently umbonate, distinctly striate, slightly viscid when 
moist, silky when dry, white ; lamellae moderately close, free, 
not extending beyond the margin of the pileus, pale flesh color ; 
stem equal or slightly thickened at the base, glabrous, solid, 
white, the ruptured membranous white volva persistent, ir- 
regularly split or lobed on the margin and forming a shallow cup 


aa. aT 


Peck: New Species ОЕ Funct 65 


at the base of the stem; spores broadly elliptic, uninucleate, 
variable in size, 5—7 p long, 4—5 p broad. 

Pileus 2—3 cm. broad; stem 5-6 cm. long, about 4 mm. 
thick. 


Lawns and grassy places, Ohio, Lloyd. 

The species is most closely allied to Volvaria media (Schum.) 
Fr. from which it is distinguished by its larger spores and the 
striate margin of the pileus. In our plant the striations some- 
times extend to the umbo. — Vo/varia emendatior (B. & C.) is de- 
scribed as having a white umbonate pileus with striate margin, but 
it is a much larger plant with the lamellae extending beyond the 
margin of the pileus and with cymbiform spores 12 long. 


Clitopilus irregularis 


Pileus thin, irregular, sometimes eccentric, nearly plane, gla- 
brous, reddish brown, flesh white ; lamellae rather broad, subdis- 
tant, decurrent, whitish becoming tinged with flesh color; stem 
short, solid or spongy within, externally fibrous, colored like the 
pileus, usually caespitose ; spores pale flesh color, elliptic, 6—7 ps 
long, 3—4 » broad. 

Pileus about 2.5 cm. broad; stem about 2.5 cm. long, 2—4 
mm. thick. 


Manured ground, London, Canada. October.  Dearness. 


Leptonia aeruginosa 


Pileus thin, convex, umbilicate or centrally depressed, striate, 
aeruginous ; lamellae broad, subdistant, adnate, aeruginous, tinged 
with flesh color when mature; stem slender, glabrous, hollow, 
colored like the pileus ; spores angular, 7.510 и long, generally 
containing a single large nucleus. 

Pileus 1.5-2.5 cm. broad; stem about 2.5 cm. long, 2 mm. 
thick. 

Shaded places in woods, Oxbow river, Canada. August. 
Dearness. 

This small mushroom is quite conspicuous by reason of its pe- 
culiar and unusual verdigris color. This fades with age to an 
ashy green hue. 

Flammula aliena 


Pileus thin, flexible, broadly convex, umbilicate, dry, glabrous, 
slightly striate on the margin when old, grayish or pale grayish- 
brown, flesh white, fibrous; lamellae thin, subdistant, arcuate, de- 


66 Peck: New SPECIES or FUNGI 


current, ochraceous brown; stem firm, fibrous-striate, solid, 
slightly tapering upward, colored like the pileus, covered at the 
base with a dense white tomentum; spores ferruginous-brown, 
globose, 5 4 broad. 

Pileus 3-5 cm. broad; stem 5 cm. long, 4-6 mm. thick. 

Gregarious on partly buried anthracite coal, Mt. Gretna, Pa. 
September. С. Mcllvaine. 

The species is peculiar in its color and habitat. In the dried 
specimen the lamellae have assumed a brown color with no 
ochraceous tint. Mr. Mcllvaine remarks that it is an edible 
species, dries well and is excellent when cooked. Its relationship 
is with 7. anomala Pk., but it is a larger plant with darker color 
and a different habitat. 


Galera capillaripes 


Pileus subcampanulate, obtuse, a little broader than high, even, 
glabrous, hygrophanous, faintly striatulate and pale ferruginous 
when moist, paler or buff color when dry ; lamellae rather broad, 
distant, adnate, pale ferruginous; stem very slender, flexuous, 
glabrous, colored like the pileus ; spores elliptic, 8—12 и long, 6-7 
p broad. 

Pileus 4-6 mm. broad; stem 2—3 cm. long, less than 1 mm. 
thick. 

Lawns and grassy places, Ohio. Мау and June. Lloyd. 

This might easily be taken for a dwarf form of Galera tenera 
(Schaeff) Fr., from which its capillary flexuous stem and more 
distant lamellae serve to distinguish it. 


Crepidotus latifolius 


Pileus very thin, submembranous, sessile, suborbicular, 3—6 
mm. broad, hygrophanous, striatulate when moist, white and 
slightly pubescent when dry, flesh white; lamellae very broad, 
suborbicular, 5 or 6 times as wide as the thickness of the flesh, 
subdistant, extending beyond the margin of the pileus, white be- 
coming pale ferruginous with age ; spores globose, 5-6 и broad. 


Gregarious on much decayed wood, Ohio, Lloyd. 


Agaricus maritimus 


Pileus very fleshy, firm, at first subglobose, then broadly con- 
vex or nearly plane, glabrous, sometimes slightly squamose with 
appressed spot-like scales, white becoming dingy or grayish brown 
when old, flesh whitish, quickly reddening when cut, taste agree- 


Peck: New Species or Funai 67 


able, odor distinct, suggestive of the odors of the seashore ; lamel- 
lae narrow, close, free, pinkish becoming purplish brown with age, 
the edge white; stem short, stout, firm, solid, equal, sometimes 
bulbous, white, the annulus delicate, slight and easily obliterated ; 
spores broadly elliptic, purplish brown, 7—8 р long, 5-6 » broad. 

Pileus 5-20 cm. broad; stem 2.5—5 cm. long, 1r.5-2.5 cm. 
thick. 


Sandy soil near salt water, Lynn, Nahant and Marblehead, 
Mass. June to December. R. Е. Dearborn. 

This is a very interesting and an excellent mushroom. Dr. 
Dearborn writes that he has used it on the table for fourteen years 
and that it is the only mushroom that he has ever eaten in which 

the stem is as good as the cap. Не considers it the most hearty 
and satisfying of all the numerous species that he has ever eaten. 
Both its taste and odor is suggestive of the sea. The latter is 
quite strong, and perceptible by one riding along the road by 
whose side the mushrooms are growing. They sometimes grow 
in semicircles and attain a larger size in warm weather than in the 
colder weather of autumn. They are most abundant in August. 
The flesh when cut or broken quickly assumes a pink or reddish 
hue on the freshly exposed surface. This is a very distinctive 
character and with the maritime habitat makes the species easy to 
recognize. Another species, Agaricus haemorrhoidarius Kalchb. 
exhibits a similar change of color in its wounded flesh, but it is of 
very rare occurrence with us, does not, so far as ascertained, grow 
near the sea, has a darker cap and a longer hollow stem. The 
stem in the maritime mushroom is short and solid. Its collar is 
very slight and easily destroyed. - 


Agaricus magnificus 


Pileus fleshy, thick, convex, becoming nearly plane or cen- 
trally depressed, glabrous, often wavy and split on the margin 
white or whitish, often brownish in the center, flesh 1.5—2 cm. 
thick in the center, thin on the margin, white, unchangeable ; 
lamellae numerous, rather broad, close, free, ventricose, white be- 
coming dark purplish brown with age, never pink; stem firm, 
stuffed with cottony pith, bulbous or thickened at the base, fibril- 
lose, striate, minutely furfuraceous toward the base, annulate, pal- 
lid or whitish, the annulus thin, persistent, white; spores small, 
elliptic, 5-6 u long, 3—4 4 broad. 

Pileus 5-15 cm. broad; stem 10-15 cm. long, about 2.5 cm. 
thick. 


Tou IL 
^ £i су, 
oe YEN 

КЄ, а а СЗ" FAC os 


" р ^— b > ч * d 


"WII UR. Lei Viam мА. MR ER < Бр ЛАА Oa NU. 1-94. 4 T" "La Р т ОР PLU EM 
y ШР, (2 


5 68 Peck: New Species or Funai 


Gregarious or cespitose; thin woods, Mt. Gretna, Pa. Au- 
" gust. Mcllvaine. 

A large fine species distinguished from its near allies by the ab- 
sence of pink hues from the gills. Mr. McIlvaine remarks that 
it has an anise-like flavor and odor and that when young the whole 
fungus is tender and high-flavored but when full grown only the 
caps are edible. 


Agaricus argenteus Braendle zz 7f. 

Pileus thin, convex becoming nearly plane, slightly silky or 
glabrous, pale grayish white or grayish brown, shining with a 
silvery luster when dry, the margin sometimes striate, at first in- 
curved, often revolute when old, flesh whitish, becoming blackish 
where cut ; lamellae close, free, at first brownish, becoming black- 
ish brown or black with age; stem short, glabrous, solid, often 
narrowed toward the base, the annulus slight, evanescent ; spores 
broadly elliptic, 7-10 // long, 6 у, broad. 

Pileus 2.5—5 cm. broad ; stem 2.5—4 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick. 

Lawns and grassy places in rich soil. Often associated with 
Stropharia bilamellata Pk. After rains from April to November. 
Washington, D. C., F. J. Braendle. 

This is a small mushroom, peculiar in having the young lamellae 
of a dark color and in the abserice of any pink hues. The lamellae 
sometimes become moist and manifest a tendency to deliquesce. 
The drying specimens emit a strong but not unpleasant odor. 
Mr. Braendle says that their edible quality is excellent and that it 
is not impaired by drying. 

Psathyra microsperma 

Pileus ovate or subhemispherical, becoming deeply convex or 
subcampanulate, obtuse, even, hygrophanous, brown when moist, 
paler when dry, slightly floccose when young, flesh brownish ; 
lamellae thin, close, adnate, brown ; stem equal, hollow, fibrillose ; 
spores brown, elliptic, 5-6 у, long, 3-4 » broad. 

Pileus 172.5 cm. broad ; stem 2.5-3 cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick. 

Cespitose about old stumps, Ohio. April. Lloyd. 

The white floccose tufts of the pileus and the white fibrils of 
the stem are easily destroyed in handling the specimens. The 
species is similar in the ornamentation of the pileus to Pszlocybe 
senex Pk. 

Coprinus laceratus 

Pileus thin, at first ovate and covered with a white separable 

floccose coat which soon separates into scales or patches and 


hme TU 


кт NOCUIT NES 
/ 


€ € 
Pp ur 


Peck: New Species or FUNGI 69 


finally disappears, then campanulate, striate nearly to the center, 
much torn or lacerated on the margin, pale buff becoming darker 
with age; lamellae thin, close, free, white when young, becoming 
black ; stem equal or slightly thickened at the base, striate, hollow, 
white ; spores elliptic, 12-15 » long, 8-10 p broad. 

Pileus 2.5-4 cm. broad; stem 5-7.5 cm. long, about 4 mm. 
thick. 

Cespitose on manure mixed with shavings, Ohio, Lloyd. 

The glabrate mature specimens resemble very pale forms of 
C. micaceus Fr. Young plants resemble C. guadrifidum Pk., but 
the mature plants do not split to the center as in that species, and 


the spores are larger than in it. 


Polyporus admirabilis 


Pilei tufted, large, more or less imbricated, nearly entire cen- 
trally depressed or subinfundibuliform, glabrous, white or slightly 
tinted with pale yellow or cream color; pores minute, rotund, 
whitish, with thin dissepiments ; spores flattened, orbicular, 5—6 у 
broad. 

Pilei 10-15 cm. broad, united at the base and forming tufts 30 
cm. or more in diameter. | 

Wood of apple trees, Riverside, Maine. August and Sep- 


tember.” Н. P, Burt. 

This is a very beautiful and attractive species which is referable 
to the tribe Merisma. Mr. Burt remarks that the fresh tufts of 
clear white trumpet shaped pilei are suggestive of a cluster of giant 


calla lilies. 
Craterellus corrugis 

Pileus soft, fleshy, flexible, at first clavate, obtuse, flesh colo- 
tinted with violet, soon obconic or turbinate, broadly convex or 
truncate, glabrous, somewhat irregular with an obtuse margin corr 
rugated by the extension of the hymenial wrinkles, ochraceous buff 
or pale ochraceous when fresh and moist, somewhat rufescent 
when dry, sometimes leprously whitened, in the center, flesh white, 
very soft, soon shrinking and leaving the pileus hollow, the 
hymenium colored like the pileus, conspicuously corrugated or 
wrinkled when fresh or moist, the wrinkles less conspicuous when 
dry; stem short, equal or tapering downward, colored like or a 
little paler than the pileus; spores white, 8-10 long; 4-55 
broad. 

Pileus 2.5—5 cm. broad ; stem 1.5-2.5 cm. long, 6-8 mm. thick. 

Thin oak woods, Massachusetts. September to November. 


G. F. Francis. 


Eur ss T o im 


70 Peck: New Species or Funai 


This species is closely related to С. clavatus (Pers.) Fr. from 
which it differs in its coloration, larger size and smaller spores. 
Sometimes the plants are united at the base, forming small clusters. 
The species is also liable to be confused with Craterellus pistillarts 
Fr. and Clavaria pistillaris L., unless the distinguishing characters 
are carefully observed. . 
Fistulina firma 


Pileus fleshy, firm, flexible, dimidiate or reniform, convex, 
covered with a minute somewhat tufted tomentum, buff verging 
toward isabelline, flesh very white; tubes short, 1-2 mm. long, 
whitish, abruptly terminating at the stem ; stem firm, solid, some- 
what irregular, cinnamon brown above, paler below, white within i 
spores minute, subglobose, about 3 p broad. 

Pileus 6-7 cm. broad; stem 2.5 cm. long, 8-12 mm. thick. 


Among fallen leaves, near Manchester, N. H. October. Mrs. 
A. M. Hadley. 

This is evidently а very rare and very distinct species. Only 
two specimens were found and these were united at the base. 
They were apparently growing from the ground where it was 
covered with fallen leaves, but probably the base of the stem was 
connected with some root or piece of buried wood. Most of the 
described species have more or less red in the color of the pileus, 
but in this there are no red tints. The tomentum is of such a 
character as to give the pileus a pulverulent appearance, but it is 
not at all dusty nor easily separable. The flesh is pure white, of 
a uniform but firm texture and a slightly acrid flavor. The tubes 
are very minute and very short. The mass is rounded next the 
stem, ending abruptly and not at all decurrent, 


Helvella nigra 


Pileus irregular, cupular, 1.5-2 cm. broad, externally velvety 
with short few-celled blackish brown or black septate hairs, hyme- 
nium even, black ; stem 1.5—2 cm. long, solid, deeply sulcate and 
lacunosely pitted, velvety, black ; asci 8-spored, 150-200 p long, 
12—15 у broad ; spores elliptic, 15-20 plong, 10-12 / broad, usu- 
ally containing a single large shining nucleus. 

Ashes of an old camp fire, Mt. Katadin, Maine. September. 
F. L. Harvey. 

This species is externally black and everywhere clothed with 
short thick black hairs except on the hymenium, but the inner sub- 


н 


Peck: New Species ОЕ Funai 71 


stance is white. It is peculiar in havinga cup-shaped though wavy 
and irregular ascomate or pileus. It is possible that this may be- 
come reflexed or deflexed with age, but I have seen no such spec- 
imens. The stem is rather long and conspicuously sulcate and 
lacunose, and on this account I have referred the species to the 
genus Helvella rather than to Acetabularia. The hymenium is 
sometimes suffused with a white pruinosity. 


Microglossum obscurum 


Clubs 8—12 mm. long, about 2 mm. broad, compressed, ob- 
tuse, glabrous, tapering below into a stem which is about as long 
as the club, olive brown or blackish brown ; asci clavate, 100-112 
A long ; spores fusiform, slightly curved, hyaline, 12-15 p long, 
4—5 p broad. 

Gregarious or cespitose in thickets, Canada. August. Dear- 
ness. 

The whole fungus is scarcely more than 2 or 2.5 cm. long. 
It is smaller апа more regular than M. contortum Pk., and its 
spores are more narrow. From the very variable M. multiforme 
(Henn.) Sacc. it is easily separated by its darker color. 


A Му зл CNN E oe A 


CN WP T 


ША Va 


"M 
[4 жуу" 


In E РЕЧ 


оюн Se 


do did 


4 
4 
| 
| 
i 


Е a MES ird ee c m А ж 
pw a J 
Ут é 


Mycological Notes.—V 


By Byron D. HALSTED 


The notes for the present issue have this in common that they 
are all derived from the results obtained at the Experiment Area 
of the New Jersey Experiment Station. This test field, sometimes 
called the * Plant Hospital," consists of two acres laid off into 
six series, each with four plots and the latter are all divided into 
six equal parts 11 by 33 feet and called belts. These belts are 
usually the unit of area for any variation in the method of treat- 
ment for the crop in the plot. 

Nearly all the vegetable and vegetable-fruit crops are grown, 
some one or more fungi infesting each being under consideration- 
In some instances the treatment is entirely with the soil, as for 
club-root of turnip, or scab of the round potato, but in the major- 
ity of cases it is by means of various fungicides applied to the 
aerial portions of the plant, as in the spraying of beets for leaf 
blight (Cercospora beticola Sacc.) or beans for the pod spot (Col- 
letotrichum lagenarum Pass.). 

The present season closed the fifth year in the existence of 
these experiment grounds and during all that time some crops 
have been grown continuously upon the same land. The work 
with the turnip club-root (P/asmodiophora Brassicae Wor.) is a 
good instance of this latter fact and may well serve as the first note 
to be recorded. 

Lime for the Club-root of Turnips.—Experiments with lime as а 
remedy for the club-root, due to the subterranean JZyxomycete, 
above named, have been carried out upon one plot, one-twentieth 
of an acre, and divided into six equal belts. Lime, air slaked, was 
used upon three of the belts, namely numbers 1, 3 and 5, and at 
the rate of 150, 75 and 37:4 bushels per acre respectively, applied 
April 24, 1894, to the surface of the ground already prepared for 
sowing, and thoroughly raked in. Belt number 6 received cor- 
rosive sublimate and its consideration will be omitted at this time. 

The following table gives the yield of turnips in terms of 
pounds, and sound and clubbed roots for each of the past five 
years, no additional lime having been applied during that time. 


(72) 


HALSTED: MycorocicAL NOTES 73 


Year Plot I Plot 2 Plot 3 Plot 4 Plot 5 Plot 6 
Sound Clubbed Sound Clubbed Sound Clubbed Sound Clubbed Sound Clubbed Sound Clubbed 


1894 99 2 95 37 ГАВ 0: IOI 14 120 3 127 II 


1895 53 І 42 81 135 7 91 36 132 5 79 54 
1896 ог o t- 9o 87 I 25 65 27 I 22 56 
1897 115 о 34 81 II7 I 124 4 151 44 
1898 86 o 14-77 "y E 64 34 68 I 67 28 


Total 444 3 186 366 491 22 281 149 521 “14 503 156 

It is seen that the amount of diseased roots was much less 
upon the limed than the unlimed belts. It will be fair to take the 
first four plots thus dealing with equal areas with lime and without, 
and under these conditions it is seen that the two limed belts in 
1894 gave 13 pounds of clubbed roots to 51 pounds when no treat- 
ment was made. The next year shows a greater difference in favor 
of the limed belts, for in 1895 the yield of diseased roots stood for 
the treated 8 pounds to 117 pounds for the untreated belts. 

In 1896 there was one pound to 155 in favor of the limed belts, 
and in 1897 the results were practically the same, here, however, 
one of the check belts was employed for testing the susceptibility 
of other cruciferae to the Plasmodiophora. In 1898 there were 
two pounds of clubbed roots upon the limed belts to 111 where 
there was no treatment. 

It is seen from the table that the larger amount of lime (belt 1) 
produced only 3 pounds of clubbed turnips and the half amount 
of lime (belt 3) yielded 22 pounds, which exceeded the belt with 
a quarter amount of the lime, namely, 37 % bushels per acre. 
From this test for five years it seems that 35 bushels of lime 
per acre is ample to keep the club-root from the land even when 
the susceptible crop is grown continuously, and two crops each 
season for at léast five years without diminished strength. 

By combining the two treated and two check belts the follow- 
ing table is constructed : 


Limited Belts. Untreated Belts. 
Year. Sound. Clubbed. Sound. Clubbed. 
1894 174 13 196 5I 
1895 188 8 133 ^ 117 
1896 178 I 26 155 
1897 232 I 68 (162) estimated. 
1898 163 2 78 III 


Totals. 935 25 501 596 


"AC 2 учр" К" УМЕ 
Аа у ood а Ga ite оѓ, Ж ЛАЛЫ ae C "ре Рр ERS) OP ne 
" а ^ л EC Arg la mr T Walt dk Рр СЫ „р ААКы аы: » „ч XX e, be 
м] а: н ee ye А 3 d ev rw МЕЕ, 95 е E 
7 , 7 
2 


74 HarsrEp: Myvcoroaicar Notes 


ү 
ге 

P 

A 

x 

E 

; 


It is seen from this that in a field when the diseased roots out- 
weigh the sound ones, the presence of lime in the soil has the 
wholesome effect of reducing the disease to near four per cent. of 
its abundance upon untreated land. 

It should be said in addition that under the method of inspec- 
tion any root that showed the slightest indication of the club-root 
fungus was excluded from the group of sound specimens and, 
therefore, this was a discrimination against the treatment, for the 
diseased roots grown in the limed land were usually only infested 
toa small extent, while those upon the untreated soil were, as a 
rule, badly diseased and frequently offensive and of course unmar- 
ketable. 

Artificial Introduction of Onion Smut.—Smut-infested soil was 
obtained from a field of a large onion grower in the southern part 
of the State where Urocystis cepulae Fr., had been so fatal that 
the growing of onions was abandoned. The dry soil thus obtained 
was added to the open row before the onion seed had been sown 
and an equal amount upon the covered row, making in all one 
bushel of the soil to the belt or at the rate of 120 bushels per 
acre. The seed was sown upon April 23d, and owing to unfavor- 
able weather, germination was slow and the smutted seedlings 
were first found upon June 8th, and in abundance; but only in the 
belt where the soil had received the earth from the far away old 
| | onion field. А white variety * Pearl" and a red variety ** Red 
| Weathersfield " were in alternate rows, and there seemed to be no 
difference in susceptibility between the two kinds. No smutted 
onions were found outside of the belt under treatment, which indi- 
: cates that the disease does not spread rapidly over the field unless 

the soil is transported, which may be by implements of culture, by 
winds or the flow of water over the surface of the soil. It is 
demonstrated that the smut germs can be artificially transferred, 
very effectively, in small amounts of soil and onion growers should 

bear the fact in mind in contending with this serious enemy. 
The Beet Leaf Blight as a Test Jor Fungicides.—The beet has 
À been grown in the Experiment Area for the past five years, and is 
found with us to be one of the best plants for testing of fungicides. 
There are two fungous diseases that infest the foliage in particular 
i and one of these, Cercospora beticola Sacc., is so abundant as to be 


HALSTED: МүсогосіСАІ, Nores 75 


safely counted upon as being present. The beet plant is a quick 
growing annual that lends itself especially well to plot experiments; 
it is low-growing, a habit of considerable importance in spraying ; 
the leaves are large and the disease is conspicuous. Use has been 
made of nearly all of the full list of the more common vegetables 
and vegetable-fruit plants and none of them are equal to the beet 
as a subject for testing the application of fungicides. 

During 1894, the first year that beets were grown upon the 
Experiment Area, only Mangel wurzels were grown and the Bor- 
deaux mixture gave an increase over the check of. 26 per cent. 
In 1896 four kinds of Bordeaux, namely, the ordinary sort made 
with lime was used as a standard with which was compared three 
other kinds, namely, soda-bordeaux, potash-bordeaux and am- 
monia-bordeaux, the lime being replaced with other alkalies, soda, 
potash and ammonia respectively. In this year the increase in 
crop accredited to the Bordeaux mixture was 46.5 per cent. for 
the roots and 77.5 per cent. for the foliage and these were ex- 
ceeded by the potash-bordeaux which gave 47.5 per cent. gain in 
roots and 78.5 per cent. of leaves. 

In 1897 five varieties of beets were grown in order to study 
the susceptibility of the different sorts to the blight and the rela- 
tive effects the various fungicides might have upon them. Out of 
this list the three following were selected for further use, namely, 
“Long blood-red,” * Swiss:chard" and “ Long Mangel wurzel " 
as representing three widely separated types of beets. In passing 
it may be mentioned that the “ Swiss chard"' is a form of beet 
producing small roots and a large development of leaves with 
broad etiolated petioles that become the edible portion of the 
plant. This variety blights badly and becomes a better test of 
the value of a fungicide than beets of the ordinary sort where the 
root-weight is the deciding point. In short, the experience of the 
five years in finding the most suitable plant upon which to experi- 
ment with fungicides has led gradually to the acceptance of the 
beets and of these the “Swiss chard ” is the one of greatest value. 

During 1898, the “Chard” in the belts sprayed with Bor- 
deaux and the soda-bordeaux were conspicuous for their com- 
parative freedom from blight and the latter was somewhat ahead 
of the Bordeaux mixture. This soda-bordeaux is made accord- 


fy MOM AO PTS 4 iium NIC EN D E 


ы d v Ме "n Ут p үа d. e 
7 We ' Tee Nh eae э 


ы № ae ee © Re oS eee ee 
* Ас. " т T 
NE. 


76 HALSTED: MycorocicaL NOTES 


ing to the following formula : soda, 1 pound (a pound can of 
Lewis’ Lye, for example); copper sulphate, 3 pounds ; lime, 5 
ounces ; water, 30 gallons. 

In order to prevent the mixture turning brown (which does 
not, however, lessen its efficiency but discolors the treated plant) 
a small quantity of lime is used to neutralize any excess of acid 
and in this way а permanent bluish-colored solution is obtained. 
The advantage claimed for this combination is the absence of the 
large amount of the lime in the ordinary Bordeaux mixture, and 
it may prove of considerable value in spraying in the fruit garden 
and vineyard, in particular when the fruit is nearing full size and a 
clear fungicide does not leave a serious stain upon the fruit. The 
ease with which the compound may be made and the absence of 
any danger of clogging the spraying machine commend the mix- 
ture to the practical mind. 

Susceptibility of Bush Beans to Blight.—Four varieties of bush 
beans were under experimentation the present season, namely the 
“Green Flagolet," ‘Golden Wax," “Early Refugee" and 
« Saddleback Wax." Two plots were employed, one of them 
having been in beans continuously since the spring of 1894, two 
crops each year, and therefore the present season produced the 
ninth and tenth successive crops. The other plot was of land that 
had not been in beans for many years, if ever before. Upon the 
old land the * Refugee" proved the most productive and the 
“ Flagolet’”’ the least, but in spotted pods the results were reversed. 

The new land carried a duplicate of the experiment of the one 
upon the old land, and here the “ Refugee" proved the most pro- 
ductive and least susceptible to the disease. If one were seeking 
a variety to furnish an abundance of disease, for experimental pur- 
poses, he could scarcely go amiss in selecting the ‘Flagolet,” 
while, on the other hand, the “Refugee” would be less acceptable. 
In foliage the “ Flagolet" is exceedingly tender, and from the time 
the first true leaf appears there is more or less blight in sight. 

With the second or autumn crop the same record is made, 
namely that the “ Flagolet" leads all other varieties in suscepti- 
bility to the blight. From this and the experience of other years 
this sort may be considered as one of weak resistant power. 

Sweet Corn Smut and Bacterial Discase.—Several varieties of 


HALSTED: МҮсОгОС1САг, NOTES + 


sweet corn were grown, only one of which has shown unmistakable 
signs of the bacterial disease (Pseudomonas Stewarti E. F. Smith), 
namely, “ First of all.” This is a very small form, the chief merit 
of which is its earliness. A second crop grown with the stubble of 
the first had some of the plants decay away at the base, due to the 
bacteriosis. 

Smut (Ustilago maydis DC.) was quite abundant upon the 
same variety, and like the Pseudomonas was rarely met with else- 
where in the plot where four other varieties of sweet corn were 
grown. 

Rotation of Crops a valuable Fungicide.—The fairly well known 
fact stated in the headline was brought strikingly to the attention 
_ of the writer іп an experiment with egg-plants. One plot had been 
in this crop for three successive years, and a half of it was again 
set to egg-plants for 1898. А duplicate set of plants was placed 
upon a half plot of land where that crop probably had never been 
grown. ‘The treatment as to culture and kinds and times of spray- 
ing were the same upon the two areas, and the results are shown 
in the following table : 


New Ground. Marketable. Small. Total. 
Sound fruits. 130 80 210 
Decayed fruits. 21 19 40 

Old Ground. 

Sound fruits. 27 I5 42 
Decayed fruits. 2I 45 66 


There were five times as many sound fruits upon the new as 
upon the old land, while the decayed ones were only 16 per cent. 
upon the new land and 6r per cent. upon the old land. The point 
of special interest in this connection was that nine sprayings were 
made with Bordeaux upon one row of each of the half plots and 
this mixture was not able to keep the plants in the old land in 
good health. In short, a crop may be continued so long upon the 
same land that a fungicide may fail to do its effective work, when 
a resort to some other crop is the only practical method of dealing 
with the troubles. 

Sulphur as a Remedy for Potato Diseases.—Sulphur was added 
to five of the twenty-four belts of land in one portion of the Ex- 
periment Area devoted to tests for a remedy for the Potato Scab 
(Oospora scabies Thax.). 


"р 


FTN GENDER TRE NP ee a ee Ne e 
DE Lei М = 
, 


78 HarsrEp: MyvcorocicAL Notes 


The following table shows the amounts of sulphur per acre, 
and the time of application : 
Plot I Belt 2 r20 lbs. 1896 480 Ibs. 1898 — боо Ibs. Scab 28.33 % 


€i II ч 2 240 [2 “ 240 “« “ 480 [21 “ 31.66 % 
EN Ip. te 240505 T “ боо ** ** 36.66 % 
WIRE 4€ B 480 [zi “ce 480 “« * 20.00 % 
Сао Бат 1895 3007 4* ** 10.00 % 

TRO ci ЛЛ „шуш з.» а & v bt 25/323 


All of the “seed” for the whole field, except that of certain 
check belts, was soaked twice for one hour each in the standard 
solution of corrosive sublimate and this operation reduced the 
scab 81; %. After making this allowance for the corrosive sub- 
limate the sulphur still further reduced the scab from 52 to 25.33 
per cent., or to less than half of the average of the unsulphured 
belts. 

In another part of the Experiment Area there were eighteen 
belts of land in potatoes, and here the three untreated belts gave 
63.30 per cent; of scab. There were four belts to which sulphur 
was added in equal amounts, but at different times, as follows : 


Belt т. 3 5 6 
In 1896. 240 lbs. 480 Ibs. 360 Ibs. 
In 1898 480 © 240 “ 720 Ibs. 360 * 
Ton. е 720 ** тоот #20 t дох 


The average percentage of scab upon these four belts is 12.50% 
or 50.80% below that upon the untreated belts. 

One other test was made with sulphur for potato scab, namely 
in a plot where turnips had been grown for four years continuously, 
two crops each year, and sulphur at the rate of 1,200 pounds per 
acre had been added to one belt in 1896. 

After an interval of many years since potatoes had been upon 
this land the scab was abundant, averaging 80% for the five belts 
not bearing sulphur, while the treated one showed only 35%, and 
three quarters of this was upon the row adjoining a belt where the 
scab was recorded as being 90%. 

The three above experiments show that in one instance sulphur 
reduced the amount of scab after the “ seed? had been soaked 
twice in corrosive sublimate from 52% to 25.33%, in the second 
case from 63.30% to 12.50% and in the last from 80% to 35%. 
An average of these results shows a reduction of the scab from 


65.10% to 24.27%. 


А new Tertiary fossil Moss 


Bv ELIZABETH G. BRITTON 


The specimen is number 1765 of the National Museum col- 
lection. The material in which it was discovered was obtained by 
Professor I. C. Russell at a coal mine one mile west of Cle Elum, 
Kittitass Co., Washington, on July 7, 1897. It came from what 
is known as the “ Roslyn sandstone,” and its age is probably 
lower Miocene or upper Eocene. It was sent with other speci- 
mens from the same place to Professor F. H. Knowlton, who sup- 
plied the facts given above and who states that it is associated 
with species of Lygodium, Ulmus, Planera and Chrysophyllum, be- 
sides a number of other beautifully preserved leaves. He recog- 
nized it as a fossil moss and states that it js undoubtedly the old- 
est fossil species thus far found in this country. He submitted it 
to me for the determination of its nearest living alliance and Юг. 
Hollick has searched over the literature of fossil mosses and made 
the drawing of the specimen. I have dedicated the species to its 
discoverer. 


Rhynchostegium Knowltoni 


Stem I cm. or more long, showing as a carbonized line at 
several points and seemingly continuous with a slender, curved, 
carbonaceous prolongation from its apex, like a leafless stolon. 
Leaves about I mm. long, one third as broad, becoming smaller 
toward the apex of the stem, more or less two-ranked or flattened, 
spreading at an angle of 45°, not crowded nor overlapping, un- 
equal at base, the upper half of the leaf rounded at base and cover- 
ing the stem, the lower narrower and tapering to the stem; vein 
indicated or suggested more or less clearly in the lower leaves by 
carbonaceous lines continuous beyond the middle of the leaf, dis- 
appearing below the apex which is acute but somewhat blunt, in 
some leaves quite rounded and broad, not tapering. 

Evidently belonging to the Hypnaceae with flattened, appar- 
ently two-ranked leaves, suggesting by its tapering, stoloniferous 
stems, a species related to Khynchostegium rusciforme (Neck.) 


(79) 


кы 


px pO UD А ы LB ort, sae 


80 E. G. Brirron: A NEW TERTIARY FOSSIL Moss 


Br. & Sch., but differing from that species in its more flattened, 
less crowded leaves and more slender stems. The species of 
Rhynchostegium are rock mosses with creeping, rooting stems, 
often stoloniferous and bearing the leaves flattened, ovate or lance- 
olate and in several species blunt or rounded at apex. The vein 


is single and extends from one half to three fourths the length of 


the leaf and the base is either narrow or somewhat decurrent. 
This fossil species has therefore all the essential characters of the 
genus, though differing somewhat from all living species. 

Dr. Hollick has supplied the following notes : 


Mosses as fossils are exceedingly rare and as far 
as I am aware, all the species thus far recorded, 
with one exception are barren. They are almost 
confined to the Tertiary and later rocks, although 
Heer supposed that mosses must have been pres- 
ent inthe Jurassic period, on account of the pres- 
ence, in rocks of the Liassic epoch, of the insect 
genus Byrrhidium, whose living representatives 
feed upon mosses (Primeval World of Switzer- 
land, English edition, Vol. I., p. 89); and Renault 
and Zeiller have described, and provisionally re- 
ferred to the mosses, certain remains from the 
coal measures of Commentry (Comp. Rend. 
Acad. Sci. Paris, 100: 660. 1885). Their pres- 
2 ence as early as the Carboniferous period is cer- 
7 


tainly to be expected, as the Pteridophyta and 
even the Gymnospermae had appeared upon the 
scene prior to that time, and their absence from 


// the palaeontological record is probably to be 
S accounted for by reason of their insignificant size 
МИ and the difficulty of their preservation. Fossil 


mosses were formerly all included under the 
genus Muscites Brong. and under this genus Unger enumerates nine 
species. (Genera et Species Plantarum Fossilium, 41, 42. 1850). 
Schimper in his Traité de Paléontologie Végétale, Vol. 1., pub- 
lished in 1869, enumerates about thirty species and includes them 
all, with the exception of three, in living genera and in some cases 
refers them to living species. A number have been discovered 


E. С. BRITTON: A NEW TERTIARY FOSSIL Moss 81 


recently in the Old World in deposits of late geological horizons 
and referable definitely or provisionally to living species. 

The only fossil moss with capsules, which I have been able to 
find recorded is Gymnostomum ferrugineum Ludwig (Palaeont. 8 : 
165. pl. 63,f. 9, ga. 1859-61) found in the brown hematite 
Tertiary deposits of Montabauer. The specimen shows six de- 
tached capsules and a few fragmentary branches. Schimper in his 
Traité de Paléontologie Végétale refers this specimen to the peat 
mosses and describes it as Sphagnum Ludwigii, stating that it is 
related to S. cymbifolium and S. subsecundum. 

Thus far the only species recorded from America are Hypnum 
Hayderi Lesq., from the Eocene of Colorado (Hayden's Ann. 
Rept. 1874: 309. 1876; Tert. Fl 44: pl. s. f. 14—1 40), 
which is almost certainly a Lycopodium, and few fragmentary re- 
mains of living species from the Pleistocene deposits of Canada, 
described by Dawson and Penhallow (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 1: 
315, 332. 1890). The specimen now described, is therefore prob- 
ably the first extinct species and the oldest fossil species recorded 
from America. 


ii. mU 


ба о а і чь о наг М Ай. о о ЛУ ао ee "YU = "AERA Pere, А = o.oo 
y T 2 


The Washington Botanical Club. 


The Washington Botanical Club was organized by a gathering 
of botanists held at the residence of one of its members, Novem- 
ber 11, 1898. The limit of membership was fixed at twenty, and 
it was determined that the meetings should be for the present, at 
least, of a distinctly social and informal nature, with free scope for 
discussion and the general interchange of ideas. At a subsequent 
meeting held December 14th, the organization was perfected by 
the election of Professor Edward L. Greene as President and Mr. 
Charles Louis Pollard as Secretary. The Club is to hold monthly 
sessions, devoting itself chiefly to systematic and ecological work, 
the field of physiology and vegetable pathology being covered by 
the already existing Botanical Seminar. At the December meet- 
ing the following resolutions, commemorative of the late Gilbert 
H. Hicks were unanimously adopted and ordered printed in the 
leading botanical journals of the country. 

* [tis with extreme sorrow and heartfelt regret that we learn 
of the death of our friend and colleague, Mr. Gilbert H. Hicks. 
To all of us he was known intimately as an earnest co-worker in 
the field of science and а genial member of our social organiza- 
tions. His energy, earnestness and conscientiousness in scientific 
work commanded our approval, and secured recognition for him 
in all scientific circles as an able investigator. He had already 
done much to advance knowledge in his chosen line of work, and 
we feel that the cause of science has lost greatly by his untimely 
death. 

* Much of his work, though of a high scientific character, had 
been so directed as to yield results of the greatest practical value 
in the production of food crops, and was intended to lighten, in 
some degree, the burden of struggling humanity. Аз a botanist, 
his keen appreciation of practical problems and his extensive 
knowledge of plant life well fitted him for this work for the peo- 
ple, and not only science has lost by his death, but all tillers of 
the soil, those who plow, sow and reap, have lost a true friend and 
counsellor. 


(82) 


P 


THE WasHINGTON BOTANICAL CLUB 83 


* Yet to us, his daily associates, the loss is greatest. We shall 
miss his cheery greetings, his companionship, his counsel. It is 
thus with feeling of deepest sorrow and regret that we have 
learned that he has been taken from us, while yet in the prime and 
vigor of early manhood. To his sorrowing family we desire to 
express our heartfelt sympathy and condolence. "We realize how 
inexpressibly great the loss has been to them, and we mourn with 
them. í 

“ Resolved, That а copy of the above resolutions be sent to the 
family of the deceased and to the principal botanical magazines in 
this country.” 
: | CHARLES Louis POLLARD, 
Secretary Washington Botanical Club. 


Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. 


Blanc, L., & Decrock, Е. Distribution Géographique des Prim- 
ulacées. Bull. Herb. Boissier, 6: 681—696. pl. 17, 18. Au. 1898 ; 
697-713. 5. 1898. 

Bohlin, К. Studier öfver nigra slágten af Alggruppen Confervales 
Borzi. Bihang. Svens. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 23': 1-56. f. r, 2. 
1897. 

Bohlin, K. Die Algen der ersten Regnell’schen Expedition. I. Proto- 
coccoideen. Bihang. Svens. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 237: 1-47. 2. r2. 
1897. 

Britten, J. Botrychium australe Br. Jour. Bot. 36: 491. Р. 1898. 

Burkill, I. Н. Changes in the sex of Willows. Ann. Bot. 12: 557, 
558. D. 1898. 

Christ, Н. Filices Novae. Bull. Herb. Boissier, 6: 835-837. O. 
1898. 

Potypodium Schnittspalmii from Andes among other old world species. 

Christ, Н. Fougères recueillies dans le bassin inférieure de l'Ama- 
zone par le Dr. J. Huber à Para. Bull. Herb. Boissier, 6 : 991—994. 
26 D. 1898. 

New species in 7richomanes and Polypodium. 

Clute, W. N. The Cleistogamous Flowers in the Genus Да. 
Plant World, 2: 47, 48. D. 1898. 

Clute, W. N. Spring in the Shinnecock Hills. Plant World, 2: 53- 
55. Ja. 1899. 

Coville, F. V. The Fairy-ring Mushroom. Plant World, 2: 39-41. 
f. 1-3. D. 1898. 

Crepin, Е. Observations sur le Xosa stellata Wooton. Bull. Herb. 
Boissier, 6: 725—728. 5. 1898. 

Debski, B. Weitere Beobachtungen an Chara fragiks Desv. Jahrb. 
wiss. Bot. 32: 635-670. ^. 17, 12. 1898. 

De Candolle, C. Рірегасеае Sodiroanae. Bull. Herb. Boissier, б: 
475-495. Је. 1898; 505-521. Jl. 1898. 

Many new species collected in Ecuador by Sodiro. 

Dietel, P. Einige Brandpilze aus Südamerika. Hedwigia ( Beiblatt) 
37: 147-149. 25 О. 1898. 

New species іп Us/i/ayo. 


(84) 


bes 
TE ee 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 85 


Eastwood, A. Notes on the Flora of Marin County [California]. 
II. Erythea, 6: 117, 118. 15 D. 1898. | 

Eaton, А. A. А new Species of Botrychium, Fern Bull. 7:7, 8. 
Ja. 1898. 
B. tenebrosum sp. nov. 

Eggleston, W. W. Some rare Vermont Ferns. Fern Bull. 7: 4, 5. 
Ja. 1898. 

Ellis, W. G. P. А Method. of obtaining Material for illustrating 
Smut in Barley. Ann. Bot. 12: 566, 567. D. 1898. 


Errera, L. Structure of the Yeast-Cell. Ann. Bot. 12: 567, 568. D. 
1898. 

Ganong, W. F. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Morphology 
and Ecology of the Cactaceae : П. "The Comparative Morphology 
of the Embryos and Seedlings. Ann. Bot. 12: 423-474. pl. 26. 
D. 1898. | 

Gilbert, B. D. Dryopteris Noveboracensis without Indusia. Fern 
Bull. 7:3. Ja. 1898. | 

Green, J. К. The Alcohol-producing Enzyme of Yeast. Ann. Bot. 
I2: 491-497. D. 1898. 

Greene, E. L. Wisconsin Field Notes. Plant World, 2: 37, 38. 

.. D. 1898. 

Grout, A.J. Some floral Monstrosities. Plant World, 2: 64. Ја. 
1899. 

Hallier, H. Bausteine zu einer Monographie der Convolvulaceen. 
Bull. Herb. Boissier, 5: 1021-1052. D. 1897; 6: 714-724. 5. 
1898. 

Halsted, B. D. Partial Sterility of fertile Woodwardia Fronds. 
Plant World, 2: 55, 56. Ja. 1899. 

Hartog, M.  Alternation of Generations. Ann. Bot. 12: 593, 594. 
D. 1898. 

Huie, L. H. Changes in the Gland-Cells of Drosera produced by 
various Food-materials. Ann. Bot. 12: 560, 561. D. 1898. 

Ikeno, S. Untersuchungen über die Entwickelung der Geschlector- 
gane und den Vorgang der Befruchtung bei Cycas revoluta. Jahrb. 
wiss. Bot. 32: 557—602. pl. 8-го. 1898. 

Janczewski, E. de. Etudes morphologiques sur le genre Anemone 
L. Rev. Gen. Bot. 10: 433-446. 15 N. 1898. 

Jeffrey, E. C. Тһе Gametophyte of Botrychium Virgintanum. Trans. 
Canadian Inst. 5: —(1-32). // 1-3. 1898. 


86 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Jones, C. E. The Anatomy of the Stem of Species of Lycopodium. 
Ann. Bot. I2: 558, 559. D. 1898. 

Juel, H. O. Die Ustilagineen und Uredineen der ersten Regnell' 
schen Expedition. Bihang. Svens. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 23": 1-30. 
^l. 1-4. 1897. 

Chaco iia and Leptinia nov. gen. New species іп Puccinia, Aecidium and Uredo. 

Keller, К. Ueber die central- und südamerikanichen Æyperica des 
Herbarium Hauniense. Bull. Herb. Boissier, 6: 253-268. S. 
1898. 

Klebs, G. Alternation of Generations in the Thallophytes. Ann. 
Bot. 12: 570-583. D. 1898. 

Lang, W. Н. Alternation of Generations in the Archegoniatae. 
Ann. Bot. 12: 583-592. D. 1898. 

Lind, К. Ueber das Eindringen von Pilzen in Kalkgesteine und 
Knochen. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 32: 603-634. 1898. 

Lloyd, J. О. Laurus Sassafras. Pharmaceutical Review, 16: 450- 
459. Р. 1898. 

Macoun, J. M. Contributions to Canadian Botany, XII. Ottawa 
Nat. 12: 161—172. D. 1898. 

Malme, G. O. A: N. Die Flechten der ersten Regnell'schen Expe- 
dition. I. Die Gattung Pyxine. Bihang. Svens. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 
23": 1—52. 1897. 

P. corallifera and P. obscurascens new. 

Maxon, W. R. Young Hart's Tongues at Green Lake. Fern Bull. 
7:1,2. Ja. 1899. 

Meehan, T., Editor.  Ziafris odoratissima. | Meehan's Monthly, 8: 
177,178. D. 1898. 

Merriam, C. H. Life Zones and Crop Zones of the United States. 
Bull. U.S. Dept. Agric. (Biol. Survey) 10: 1-73. 1898. [Illust.] 

Moser, J., & Hay, С. U. List of Mosses of New Brunswick. Bull. 
Nat. Hist. Soc. N. B. 16:23-31. 1898. 

Nathansohn, А. Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Wachsthums der trach- 
ealen Elemente. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 32: 671-686. pl 73. 1898. 
Orton, W. A. A partial List of the parasitic Fungi of Vermont. 
Ann. Rep. Vt. Agric. Exper. Station, 11: — (1-21). 5. 1898. 
Otis, D. H. Root Tubercles and their Production by Inoculation. 

Industrialist, 24: 363-378, //. 77. Је. 1898. 

Pammel, L. Н. Old Lake Vegetation in Hamilton County, Iowa. 

Plant World, 2: 42-45. Р. 1898. [Illust.] 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 87 


Plank, E. N. Concerning the. Plants of Southwestern Arkansas. 
Plant World, 2: 45-47. D. 1898. 

Plumb, C. S. The geographic Distribution of Cereals in North 
America. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Biol. Survey) гї: 1-22. f. 3. 
1898. 


` Rothrock, J. T. Honey Locust. [Gleditschia triacanthos L.] 


Forest Leaves, 6: 201. D. 1898. 


Saunders, De A. Phycological Memoirs. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 
Bot., ПІ., 1:147-168. A. 72-72. 31 О. 1898. | 
Contains descriptions of ** Some Pacific Coast Ectocarpaceae” of {һе **Sphace- 

lariaceae and Encoeliaceae of the Pacific Coast; new species, varieties and forms in 

Ectocarpus, Pylaiella, Sphacelaria, Scytosiphon. and Colpomenia ; Halorhipis, gen. nov. 

Schrenk, Н. von. On the Mode of Dissemination of Usnea barbata. 
Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 8: 189-198. ^. тб. 17 D. 1898. 


Schumann, К. Ueber Opuntia tunicata Lk. et Otto. Monatsschrift 
für Kakteenkunde, 8: 154-156. 15 О. 1898. 


Shaw, W. R. Ueber die Blepharoplasten bei Onoclea und Marsilia. 
Ber. deutsch. Bot. Ges. 16: 177-184. M. rr. то S. 1898. 


Smith, E. F. Notes on Stewart's sweet-corn germ, Pseudomonas 
Stewart n. sp. Proc. A. A. A. S. 47: 422-426. D. 1898. 


Smith, J. Donnell. Primitiae Florae Costaricensis. (Polypetalae. ) 
21:1—126. 1898. 


Solereder, Н. Buddleia Geisseana К. A. Philippi, eine neue Zip- 
pia Art. Bull. Herb. Boissier, 6: 623-629. Jl. 1898. 


Stephani, F. Die Lebermoose der ersten Regnell'schen Expedition 
nach Sudamerika. Bihang. Svens. Vet. Akad. Handl. 23°; 1—36. 
1897. ү 
New species in Anthoceros, Fimhriari«, Frullaniı, Lejeunea, Nardia, Riccia and 

Ricctella. 

Stephani, F. Species Hepaticarum. Bull. Herb. Boissier, 6: 75 7— 
799. О. 1898. 

Completes Кіссіасеае and describes lower forms of Marchantiaceae. 

Stevens, W. C. The Behavior of Kinoplasm and Nucleolus in the 
Division of the Pollen Mother Cells of Asclepias Cornuti. Kan. 
Univ. Quart. 7: 77-85. 2/4 5. Ар. 1898. 

Suksdorf, W. N. Washingtonische Pflanzen. Deutsche Bot. 
Monats. 16: 209-212. N. 1898. 

New species in De/phinium, Nasturtium, Arabis and Silene. 

Svedelius, N. Die Juncaceen der ersten Regnell'schen Expedition. 

Bihang. Svens. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 23°: 1-11. 27 1897. 


uic: 


ee ee eee CL Pee UE a Ty at wa. eee 


88 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Tilden, J. E. The Study of the Algae. Plant World, 1: 148-150. 
А I-3. Ji. 1898. 

Tilden, J. E. The Study of Algae in High Schools. Plant World, 

|.2:59-63. Ја. 1899. | 

Tracy, S. M. A Report upon the Forage Plants and Forage Re- 


sources of the Gulf States. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Div. Agrost. ) | 


I5: 1—55./. 1-20. 1898. 


True; К. Н. Geographical Distribution of Dicrana, Fern Bull. 7: 
25-27. Ja. 1898. 


True, В. Н. Botanizing in the Dales of the Wisconsin River. Plant 
World, 1: 81-83. Mr. 1898. 


Urban, J. Plantae novae Americanae imprimis Glaziouanae. ' Bot. 
Jahrbuch. Beiblatt. 25: 1-51. 19 Jl. 1898. 


New species from Brazil in Rhamnaceae, Turneraceae, Umbelliferae, Buettneriaceae, 
Bombacaceae, Rutaceae, Asclepiadaceae and other families. 


Wager, Н. The Nucleus of the Yeast-Plant. Ann. Bot. I2: 499— 
543. pl. 29, go. П. 1898. 

Ward, Н. M. A Potato-Disease. Ann. Bot. 12: 561-564. D. 
1898. 

Ward, Н. M. Penicillium as wood-destroying Fungus. Ann. Bot. 
12: 565, 566. Р. 1898. 

Ward, L. Е. А New Compass Plant. Plant World, 1: 118. My. 
1898. 

Waters, C. E. Witches’ Broom on the Locust. Plant World, г: 
83, 84. Mr. 1898. 

West, W., and G. S. Notes on Freshwater Algae. Journ. Bot. 36: 
330-338. S. 1898. 
Tetraedon Floridense sp. nov., from Deland, Florida 

White, С. A. Protective Stipules. Plant World, 1: 106-108. Ap. 
1898. 

White, C. A. Tunaand its Distribution. Plant World, 1 : 166—168. 
Au. 1898. 

Wieler, A. Die Function der Pneumathoden und des Aérenchyms, 
Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 32: 501-524. A. 7. 1898. 

Williams, Е. N. Enumération provisoire des espèces du genre 
Cerastium. Bull. Herb. Bossier, 6: 893-904. М. 1898. 


[This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Com- 
pany in card catalogue form. ] 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 


MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


t. MEMorRs ОЕ THE DEPARTMENT : 


Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895—1898. 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 
Vol. т. Nos. r—25. . 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2. Nos, 26—со. 1892-1894. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 3.. Nos, 51-78, 1894-1895. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 7. Nos. 15 I—(current). 


3. А Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895—1806. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications, Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, N. Y. City. A list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Many 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 

4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the rozd Meridian (1896—1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896, —andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. t, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner's Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. By 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896... 

Daodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. ‘Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York. Price $1.00. 


6. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Greene & Co. New York. Price $3.00. 


д Б 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 


PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


тою CLASS STUDY. 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 
“Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 


CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


Everything Useful to Botanists. 


MORE THAN FIFTY OF 
AMERICA'S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


THE PLANT VY ORD 


It contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 

Volume II. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. 


SUBSCRIPTIONS, $1.00 PER ANNUM. 
ADDRESS — = 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO., Publishers, Binghamton, N. Y. 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia Univer sity. 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 zed. 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


JUST ISSUED 


the Кога of the Upper Susquehanna 


WILLARD N. CLUTE 


This work is designed for all students of the plants in the region covered. 
It is founded upon the observations of many prominent botanists and 
includes a full list of the species with notes upon them. More than 
1500 common names are given. 


Small octavo, 172 pages and map. Strongly bound in cloth, $1.25, 
With a new subscription to The Plant World, $2.00. 


“ Probably there exists no other region in the State of more interest to the student 
of ecology than this valley of the Upper Susquehanna, for it affords some striking 
instances of northward extension in several typical southern species. It is this cir- 
cumstance which lends a peculiar interest to all local floras whose areas fall near the 
boundary line between two distinct life zones investing them with more than a mere 
local value. It is pleasing to note that the nomenclature of this volume follows modern 
lines, the equivalent of the names of Gray's Manual being cited in parenthesis for the 
sake of convenience. . . . In the introduction is given a comparison with related 
floras, a full discussion of the geology and geography of the area and a most interesting 
list of noteworthy sub localities." —C. L. PoLLARD in The Plant World. 

* In many respects it is the best we have seen; for it tells in a few brief words 
all that is needed by a collector to know, leaving the full description to the. larger 
works which all advanced students possess, Indeed, it tells more by adding points of 
general history. "These notes are so valuable that others besides those collecting in 
the Upper Susquehanna will find it a little book profitable to have on hand.” 

—Meehans’ Monthly. 


ADDRESS ALL ORDERS TO 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO. ; ИШТЕ, Bug empton, N.Y. 


A Text- Ег оЁ Genel EL 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N. Y. 


kitaa 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes. 


AN 


ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the 102d Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 


With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and Ficgurep. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Krys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the Synonymy, the REVISED NOMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLOSSARY, and a 
copious Znglish Index, including the PopuLAR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For all 
tudents and lovers of plants. 


Vol. I., Royal 8vo, рр. xii+612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. II., pp. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi+588 ; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 
CHAS. SCRIBNER’S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 


Prof, N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering 10 copies or more, 15 per cent. discount. 


— 


=. ee 


MONOGRAPH OF PANICUM. 


Monograph of East American dichotomous species of Panicum, containing 
key to species and description of 74 species, 22 of which are proposed as 
new; pp. 60. By W. W. Ashe. Frice, 50 Cents. Sent postpaid on 


receipt of price by 
W. W. ASHE, RALEIGH, М. @. 


SETS OF NEW PLANTS FOR SALE. 


A few sets of East American (largely Southern) plants for sale, containing many new 
species in Asarum, Panicum, etc. Sold only in sets at $то per century, net, 
Raleigh, N. C. Address: 

М. W. ASHE, RALEIGH, N. се. 


B Labrador and 
Newfoundland Plants. 


Including Mosses, LicukNs, FUNGI, and ALGAE supplied by the 


Rev. Arthur €. Wayhorne, 
Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 
For $10 and $8 per Hundred 


HERBARIUM FOR SALE. 

A collection containing about 10,000 species, 1,200 of which are foreign plants. Ferns, 
Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens, and Fungi are represented by 2,000 or more species, the 
remainder are North American phaenogamous plants. Messrs, Pringle, Curtiss, Lem- 
mon, Parry, Jones, Reverchon, Ellis, Underwood, Calkins nd other well known со]. 
lectors of North American plants have supplied most of the specimens; a fine collec- 
tion and one worthy the attention of colleges or individuals desiring a c lection of the 
kind ; in addition to these is a large quantity of duplicates collected in Delaware and 
adjoining territory by the undersigned which contains a great many good specimens of 
Phaenogamous plants, Ferns, Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens and Fungi. 


Also the Following Publications. 

Aiton, Hortus Kewensis, 3 vols; Bartram, Fl. Pnila., 2 vols; Bartram (Wm.), 
Travels, 1773, 1 vol; Beck, Bot. U. S. І vol; Benth. & Hook., Gen. Plantarum, 3 
vols.; Bentham, Illus. Hand Book of the British Flora, 2 vols,; Darlington, Fl. Ces- 
trica, І vol.; Darlington, Memorials of Bartram and Marshall, 1 vol.; Darlington, Ке- 
liquiae Baldwiniae, 1 vol.; Darby, Bot. S. States, 1 vol.; Donn., Hortus catabridgiensis; 
9 Ed., t vol; Eaton, Bot. U. S., 2d Ed., т vol; Eaton, Bot. U. S., 7th Ed, 1 vol.; 
Eaton & Wright’s Bot. N. Am., 1 vol; Elliott’s Sketch S. Car and Ga., 2 vols.; Cur- 
tis (M, A. ), Cat. S. Car. Plants—« The Families of Plants" ( 1787), 2 vols. in one; Flora 
Gallica (Paris), 1828, 2 vols.; Grisebach, Plant Cubensiem; Hooker (W L), Niger 
Flora, І vol; Hortus Upsaliensis, Upsaliae, 1745; Linneai, Philosophia Botanica, 1763, 
I vol; Kalm's Travels їп N. Amer. with mapof N. Am., 1748, 3 vols. (a rare work, 
fine copy); Muhlenberg, Grasses, 1817; Muhlenberg, Cat., 1818; Nuttall’s Gen. N. Am., 
1818, 2 vols; Nuttall, Introd. to Syst. and Physical Bot., t vol; Pursh, Fl. Am Sept. 
2 vols. in one; Rafinesque, Life and Travels, 1 vol; Rafinesque, Med. Flora, 2 
vols.; Rafinesque, Sylva Telluriana ; Rafinesque, Antikon Botanicom, 3parts; Rafin- 
esque, Fl. N. Amer. 4 parts; Rafinesque, Florula Ludovic. and Kl. N. Amer. bound in 
same cover; Richardson, Memoirs of the Irish Fiorin Grass, 2 plates, Dublin, 1808; 
Sachs, Text- Book ot Botany, 1 vol.; Torrey, Compend. 1826, 1 vol.; Watson, Bot. Cal 
2 vols.; Withering, British Plants, 4 vols. 


ADDRESS: A. COMMONS, 


ni Wilmington, Delaware (ror S. Dupont St.). 


ЕД 


DUMONT 


JUST ISSUED. 
MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Н 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 zz. 


A companion volume to Dr. John К. Small’s “ Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus ZuJygronum," published in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price. Address 


Professor L. il UNDER WOD, Columbia Ue New York City. 


North American Pyrenomycetes, 


To clear out the balance of the stock, copies of this 

publication, till further notice, will be sold for $6.00, 

or on orders accompanied by the cash for $5.00. 
Address 


J. B.ELLIS, 
NEWFIELD. N. d. 


ESTABLISHED 1851. 


EIMER & AMEND, 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave, 


Corner of 18th Street. 


— 


NEW YORK. 


SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES 
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 


E. March's Saline Chemical Stone 
Ware. 


Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 
Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor C. Scheibler's Saccharome- 
ters (Polariscopes). 


Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Ba 


ances, etc. 


Le Brun Е. Desmontes & Co.. al 
Paris, Platinum. 


Н. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. 


SPECIALTIES: — Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- 
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem. 
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals foi 


Sugar Chemists. 


LABORATORY OUTFITS 


FOR 


FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES anp COLLEGES 


Pee. 


Ctass-Btowinc, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. 


(r) BULLETIN. 
4 monthly journal devoted to general botany. Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 


| tained 650 pages of text and 29 full-page plates. Price $2 oo per annum. For 
Europe 10 shillings, Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England. 


As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 
plete their files should apply at once, Yearly volumes 1-5 ( 1870-1874), and vols 
7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of One Dollar each, except vols. 
7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. 

Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at the subscription 
price of Five Dollars, 

Vols. 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols. 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged. 

single copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS. 

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is fixed for each. Those 
omitted from this list cannot be had separately. 

Volume 1, No. 2.—4A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts 
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale, Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3.—AÀn Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. Н. Н. Rusby in 
South America, with descriptions of many new species, By Richard Spruce. Price, 
75 cents, 

$ No. 4.—Оп Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. 

Volume 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.— Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. 

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. 

Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- 
ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—4A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. 
By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

Vol 4. No. r—Index Hepaticarum, Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien М. 
Underwood. Price, 75 cents. 

No 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John К. Small and Аппа Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. 

No.. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—II. 
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents 

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit, 
Price, 50 cents. 

No. 5.—Monograph of Physalis and related Genera. , By Р. A. Rydberg. Price, 

cents, 
a Vol. §. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 
in Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. A. A, S. 
Price, $3.00. 

Vol. 6. No, r.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang—III. By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia, 
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 


3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta reported as 
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00. 


Address: L, M. UNDERWOOD, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. 


ae 


Мог. 26 MARCH, 1899 No. 3 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


EDITOR 


LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD ы 


ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 
BYRON DAVID HALSTED FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 


ARTHUR HOLLICK ANNA MURRAY VAIL 


CONTENTS 


On the Development of the Pollen Grain and ome new Species from Washington (PLATE 
the Embiyo-sac in Bignonia venusta 355): Ж.М, Wiegand, . 3... 135 
(PLATES 352-354): B. M Duggar _ 89 | Some Northwestern Erysiphaceae: David 

Studies in the Leguminosae.--Ill,: Anna Griffiths... ГОБИ О ле Sea 
Murray Vai . sy accep: - 106 | An Enumeration of the Plants collected by 

. Notes on some new and little known Plants of Dr. Н. Н Rusby in South America, 1885- 
the Alabama Flora: Charles Mohr . . . 118 1886.—XXVI.: H. H. Rusby... .. r45 

New Plants from. Wyoming.—VL: Aven INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING 

CT = UE area ee a Up 122 TO AMERICAN BOTANY >... асе о SES 


А . PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


Ё Tue New Era Printinc COMPANY 
LANCASTER, РА, 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 


President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN. 
Vice Presidents, 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 
Corresponding Secretary, 
Dr. JOHN К. SMALL, 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 
Treasurer, 
MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, Jr. 
56 Liberty Street, New York City. 


T. F. ALLEN, M. D. 


Recording Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, 
Normal College, New York City 
Editor, 
L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., 
Columbia University. 


Associate Editors, 
BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
Ркок. FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 


Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., 


Committee on Finance. 
WM. E. DODGE. 


Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., 
319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City. 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. р, 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. 
Committee on Library and Herbarium. 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L. SANIAL, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ALICE M. ISAACS. 
Committees on the Local Flora, 


Pror. №. 1. BRITTON, Ph. D., 
CRYPTOGAMIA, : 


PRor. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D. 
Н. Н. RUSBY, M. D., MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., 
Rev. GEO. D. HULST, Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 


Committee оп Excursions. 
Dr. L. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 


GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, 
MARIE L. SANIAL, W. A. BASTEDO. 
Committee on Program. 


Dr. H. H. RUSBY, Dr. С. С. CURTIS, 
Mrs. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, 
Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, «xcept 
at 8 o'clock, P. M. Botanists are cordially invited 


ANNA MURRAY VAIL, 
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., 


|. L KANE. 


PHANEROGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, 


The Club meets regularly 
New York City, on the second 
June, July, August and September, 
to attend. 

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
payable to Мт. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St, New York City. 


VoL. 26 No. 3 


BOLCLUETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


MARCH 1899 


On the Development of the Pollen Grain and the Embryo-sac in 
Bignonia venusta 


By B. M. DUGGAR 
(PLATES 352-354) 


SPORANGIAL AND ARCHESPORIAL DEVELOPMENT 


Lhe microsporic Archesporium and Sporangium 


Before the flower bud opens, median transverse and longi- 
tudinal sections of an anther of Bignonia venusta show the pollen 
mother-cells occupying four boat-shaped layers, as seen in cross 
section in Fig. 3. Each layer is a single cell in depth, and the 
general form of the archesporial areas somewhat closely resembles 
that characteristic of Solanaceae, Labiatae, etc., as described by 
Warming,* and as figured by him for Datura Stramonium and 
Mentha aquatica. a 

In Bignonia I have studied the archesporium and its invest- 
ments in some detail, beginning with the archesporial and wall 
layer fundament. In Fig. 1, а cross-section of an anther from a 
bud of 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, it will be seen that the outer layer 
of periblem in two considerable regions on each side of a radial 
line is somewhat richer in protoplasmic contents, and it would 
seem to be already slightly differentiated as a fundament. General 
placental growth is now largely confined to the regions x, x. 
Placental growth, however, soon becomes more marked at y, y, 
and so continues until the general form is that of Fig. 2. Even 


* Warming, E. Untersuchungen über Pollenbildende Phyllome und Kaulome. 
Bot. Abhandl. Hanstein, 2: 1-90. 1873. 
[Issued 18 March, 1899 ] ( 89) 


90 Duccan: DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLLEN GRAIN 


before the latter stage has resulted, the outer layer of periblem in 
general has become well differentiated, some of the hypodermal 
cells in the region zz m have already lost their previous slight 
differential character (or lose it entirely with further development), 
and the four regions of Fig. 2 are evident, but not sharply defined. 
Thus it would seem difficult here to locate the sporangia relative 
to the surface of the sporophyll on which borne, unless beginning 
with such a stage as Fig. 2, where the connective, zz, is already 
distinctly different from the remaining portions of the hypodermal 
layer, and might be taken as separating an upper from a lower 
surface. Englers* studies on many forms led to the conclusion 
that in both extrorse and introrse anthers two sporangia are borne 
on each surface. My observations on Bignonia suggested at an 
earlier stage a common fundament for cach pair of sporangia in 
radial arrangement, and the improbability of any distinction between 
upper and lower surfaces in the young condition. Moreover, from 
what we know of stamens which have been partially changed from 
staminal to purely floral organs, as in Cazza and in the pond lily, 
there is no such location of sporangia, it would seem. 

The cells of the hypodermal layer at л, хапа y, y, Fig. 1, di- 
vide by periclinal walls into two layers, as in Fig. 5. The inner of 
these layers rapidly becomes rich in protoplasm, the nucleus 
increases in size and the cell wall in thickness, and there results 
the primitive archesporium of about six or eight cells in each spor- 
angial region, in cross section. In the primitive archesporium the 
cells undergo no further periclinal divisions, and a single layer is 
maintained until maturity; but at a later period, when the cells 
have increased in size and peculiarity, a few radial divisions occur, 
as in Figs. 6 and 10, usually increasing the extent of the layer to 
about thirteen cells at the middle part. 

In the meantime the cells of the wall layer (secondary hypo- 
dermal) divide, forming on the inside a layer of cells soon differ- 
entiated as the outer tapetum, and on the outside the first true wall 
layer, Figs. 5 and 6. The next periclinal division throughout the 


Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 10: 275-316. 1876. Compare IV., ‘“ Uber die sogenannten in- 
trorsen und extrorsen Antheren, pp. 299-305.’ 


AND THE EMBRYO-SAC IN BIGNONIA VENUSTA 91 


side. However, around the ends of the boat-shaped archesporial 
masses, there is some irregularity. The cells equivalent to the 
general tapetum, as well as those of the outlying wall layer, usu- 
ally divide several times, Fig. 8, so that the terminal portions of 
the archesporial layer are sunk deeper into the general tissue. 

The layer of cells on the inner surface of the archesporium 
gradually differentiates itself into an inner tapetum, and here also 
there are no further tangential divisions. 

The two general wall layers persist, and there is no fibrillar de- 
velopment of the outer wall layer. At the time of dehiscence of 
the anther, these layers are compressed, and the epidermis some- 
what modified. According tothe early work of Purkinge,* Mirbel+ 
and others the endothecium of these writers (final wall layer) is 
always partially or wholly fibrous. The more extended study by 
Chatin $ upon developing, mature and dehiscing anthers in a large 
number of orders demonstrated that this generalization could 
not be made. Moreover, he found that the presence of fibrous 
structures is not at all dependent upon the natural position of the 
order, Chatin distinguished three general classes in which no 
fibrous layer occurred, as follows : 

“т. Que les cellules fibreuses manquent, en général, dans les 
anthéres á déhiscence poricide. 

“2. Que les cellules fibreuses sont défaut dans un certain nom- 
bre d'anthéres а déhiscense longitudinale. 

“3. Que dans quelques plantes dont les étames paraissent 
avoir subi un arret de développement, sinon morphologique du 
moins histologique, |’ absence de cellules fibreuses coincide avec la 
mauvaise conformation du pollen." 

Thus he found that among dicotyledons the fibrous tissue is 
entirely absent in Melastomaceae, Vacciniaceae, and Ericaceae. 
Again, it is absent in members of such widely separated orders as 
Tremandraceae (Zetratheca), Caesalpinaceae (Cassia), Ebenaceae 


*Purkinge, J. E. De cellulis antherarum fibrosis, Vratislaviae. 1830. [ Ref. 
Chatin 1. ] | 

T Mirbel, Complément des observations sur le Marchantia, suivi de recherches sur 
la métamorphose des utricles et sur l'origine, les développements et la structure de Pan- 
ете et du pollen dans les végétaux Phanérogames. Mém. de ľ Acad. royale des Sci. 
13: 1835. 

і Chatin, A. Del'Anthére, Paris. 1870. 


92 DucGAR: DEVELOPMENT OF THE PoLLEN GRAIN 


(Diospyros), Myrsinaceae (Badula), Solanaceae (Lycopersicum), 
Acanthaceae (Thunbergia), Asclepiadaceae (Gonolobus), and Com- 
positae (Chaetophora). Itis evident that he noted the absence of 
such fibrous tissue іп Bignonia, for he briefly refers to the large 
cells of the epidermis (see Fig. 11) as doubtless aiding in the de- 
hiscence of the anther, these cells increasing in size very rapidly 
when the pollen approaches naturity. 

During the growth of the archesporium, the tapetal cells may 
divide radially ; but they soon become considerably modified in 
appearance, and only nuclear divisions occur. The process of 
nuclear activity in the tapetum are much as Strasburger* has de- 
scribed. The nuclei divide karyokinetically, Fig. 9, but no cell 
plate is formed. In time the daughter nuclei may move together, 
touch, and become flattened against each other, thus appearing as 
if in the process of direct division. In Bignonia, however, the 
nuclei often remain apart throughout. 

It is of some interest to note the rate of growth in the cells of 
the archesporium, beginning even with the outer periblem layer 
which gives rise to the archesporium by its first periclinal divisions, 
measuring the time by the development of the archesporial invest- 
ments, etc. 

The following table indicates the measurements : 


| ARCHESPORIAL. 
TIME. | - 
Cell. Nucleus. | Nucleolus.. 

Periblem layer first differen- | 

NET НН АЭ КРЕ |^ 9.5-I3XII-13 И 5.57 и | 2.8 и 
After the outer tapetum s | | 

GENE son | II-I5XIÓ.5-I94 8-9.6 u 4-4.8 u 
Immediately after the final 

division of the wall layer.|  16.5-19X22-27.5 4 II-IA4 4 | 5.54 
During synapsis of the de- 

finitive archesporial cells, | 30-44Х44—бо и | 16.5-18x16.5-224 | 6.94 


After synapsis there is little growth in the pollen mother-cells 
until divisions begin, although during the spirem stage the nucleo- 
lus often attains a general diameter of 8 », and a long diameter 
even greater. 

Nucellus and [ntegument 

The ovule development conforms quite closely to that charac- 

teristic of most Gamopetalae. The protuberance arising from the 


* Strasburger, E. Theilungsvorginge der Zellkerne, 99-100. 1882. 


AND THE EMBRvO-sAC IN BIGNONIA VENUSTA 98 


placental tissue is a small mass of parenchymatous cells, and in this 
mass of tissue, growth is much more rapid on one side than on the 
other, consequently giving the anatropous ovule. In the nucellar 
mass a large hypodermal cell is soon differentiated as the primitive 
archesporium. It is readily distinguished by its greater size and 
by the richness of its protoplasm; see Fig. I2. As this arche- 
sporial cell elongates apically, it is enveloped in the epidermal layer 
alone, and there is no further nucellar development. The funicu- 
lus is considerably enlarged, and the cells beneath the archesporial 
cells are considerably elongated, as in Fig. 13. The single thick 
integument develops from below these elongated basal cells. Dur- 
ing the subsequent expansion of the archesporium into four cells, 
the nucellar cells are greatly compressed and stretched, as in Fig. 
16. Finally, the growth of the embryo-sac causes the complete 
disorganization of these apical nucellar cells, which disintegrate as 
the embryo-sac pushes itself out to such an extent as to encroach 
upon the cells of the integument. Meanwhile, the cells at the base 
of the embryo-sac become thick-walled and further elongated. 


Macrosporic Archesporium 

In the microsporangia, both of the divisions of the pollen 
mother-cells are complete before there is any differentiation in the 
macrosporangium of the primitive archesporium, or initial cell. 
When first recognizable as the primitive archesporium, this hypo- 
dermal cellis about 15 in length. No tapetum is cut off, and 
growth is rapid. At the time of synapsis in the nucleus of this 
archesporial cell, the latter is 45 / in length, and its size, when the 
spindle begins to form, is about 60 p. The cell is rich in proto- 
plasm, sometimes with a single vacuole in the vicinity of the nu- 
cleus. Owing to the narrow transverse diameter of the cell, the 
nucleus is often oblong in form. During the formation of the first 
spindle, the transverse diameter of the cell increases appreciably, 
Fig. 39. The two equivalent cells resulting from the first division 
rapidly divide again, usually synchronously in all details, Fig. 15, 
and there result the four highly differentiated and equivalent cells 
regarded as potential macrospores, as in Fig. 16. As a rule, the 
fourth cell of this axial row immediately begins to enlarge at the 
expense of the others, as shown in Fig. 17. I have noticed sev- 


um dis. d Z2 de 


94 DucGAR: DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLLEN GRAIN 


eral instances in which the third cell retained its normal appearance . 
later than the first two ; but ultimately the fourth cell develops the 
embryo-sac. 

In having a single axial row of four cells, and in possessing no 
tapetum, Bignonia agrees with such monocotyledons as Sisyrin- 
chium iridifolium and Hemerocallis fulva (usually), according to 
Strasburger * ; and among gamopetalous dicotyledons, so far as I 
have found from literature accessible, with all that have been studied, 
namely, with Compositae * and Labiatae * ; also with some Ranun- 
culaceae t and Berberidaceae. t и 


Limbryo-sac 


The embryo-sac develops by the immediate growth of the 
fourth or lowest macrospore in the axial row, as mentioned. Since 
reduction has already taken place, its nuclear divisions are of less. 
interest. The embryo-sac is late in developing, and it is not ma- 
ture when the flower is fully open. As a rule, it seems to become 
unhealthy in this conservatory material after the first or second di- 
vision. The nuclei are small, and divide rapidly. Generally, the 
embryo-sac became disorganized so readily, and latest ages were so 
difficult to sécure, that lack of effective pollination was suggested as 
a possible cause of the difficulty. Artificial pollination with pollen 
from the same plant was ineffective, and attempts were futile to secure 
in good condition pollen from other plants in distant greenhouses. 
Embryo-sacs with two and with four nuclei were more commonly 
seen, as in Fig. 18; but only in a single instance was a mature 
embryo-sac found, and this was perfectly normal, with the char- 
acteristic eight nuclei, as shown in Fig. 19. The three antipodals 
are free, with no indications of disintegration, the polar nuclei are 
beginning to fuse, and the sexual nucleus has taken up its position 
immediately below the two synergids. 


* Strasburger, E. Angiospermem und Gymnospermen. 
Та. Mann, L. E. The Embryo-sac of Myosurus minimus. Trans. and Proc. of 
Bot. Soc. Edinburgh, 29: 351. 1892. 0. Mottier, D. M. Contributions to the Em- 
brology of the Ranunculaceae. Bot. Gaz. 20: 241, 296. 1895. 
iAndrews, Е. M. Development of the Embryo-sac of Jeffersonia diphylla. Bot. 
Gaz. 20: 423. 1895. 


ww шы TOY dog di 
cis c 
; 


AND THE EMBRYO-SAC IN BIGNONIA VENUSTA 95 


DEVELOPMENT OF THE PoLLEN GRAIN AND OF THE DEFINITIVE 


ARCHESPORIUM. 


Development of the Pollen Grain 


Very early in the development of the microsporangium the de- 
finitive archesporium is differentiated, and the nuclei of the pollen 
mother-cells enter upon a considerable period of rest and growth. 
As previously mentioned, the few divisions which have occurred 
in the primitive archesporium are truly of the vegetative or homo- 
typic character, and very little of interest is connected with them. 
The chromosomes are then small, oval or oblong, and number 
about fifty, the full number of the sporophyte generation. 


The Resting archesporial Cell and its Nucleus 


In general, from the time of the last divisions in the primitive 
archesporium until synapsis of the definitive cells, the pollen 
mother-cells increase in size to at least twice their former diameter, 
the nucleus is about two-thirds larger, and the nucleolus approxi- 
mately one-half greater in diameter. The nucleolus, however, is 
now larger than the original nucleus of the early differentiated 
periblem layer. 

In the resting cell the cytoplasm is closely netted and the nu- 
clear membrane distinct. The nucleolus takes the gentian stain in 
the Flemming combination. It is a striking feature in these nuclei 
that there is very little chromatin on the reticulum, and the nucle- 
olus takes the chromatin stain constantly. In the early period of 
growth the nucleolus shows a deeper-strained outer zone. This 
is more evident in the early stages, but before the time of synapsis 
it is no longer noticeable. Small clear spaces in the nucleolus, 
which have been termed vacuoles, are present. I have generally 
been able to trace to these spaces linin strands of the nucleolus, 
as in some other plants studied later ; and it seems highly probable 
that the appearance of small vacuolations are often only projections 
on the surface. This occurs not only during the reticulum stage, , 
but also later. 

The reticulum is more closely interlaced in the periphery of 
the nucleolus, and upon it are found slight thickenings and gran- 
ules which give up their gentian readily. In addition, there are 


oS ала ie ДЕ 


96 DUGGAR : DEVELOPMENT ОЕ THE POLLEN GRAIN 


found a few spherical chromatic masses at definite points on the 
linin, staining deeply with the gentian. 

Under the lower powers the cytoplasm has a granular appear- 
ance, and under very high magnification it is very closely netted. In 
Bignonia the cytoplasm is very dense, and as a consequence kino- 
plasmic radiations or fibers are not so readily distinguished, and 
probably some effects, especially in later stages of division, are 
thus obscured. 


Synapsis 

On passing into the condition of synapsis, Fig. 20, the linin frame- 
work is somewhat thicker than in the resting condition. I have ob- 
served no double row of chromatic granules nor any indication of 
fission previous to the contraction of the thread. As usual, dur- 
ing synapsis the contracted linin mass stains poorly, taking the 
orange diffusely. The coils of the contracted mass are not en- 
tirely obscured by the density of the ball, but the diffuse staining 
renders problematical any full account of changes that may occur 
during this period. | 

The nucleolus is at one edge of the contracted thread, and 
from the optical periphery there are one or more projections on 
its surface. Several so-called vacuoles may be seen in the middle 
part, but these also often represent projections, sometimes swollen, 
leading to linin attachments. Sometimes these structures are re- 
fractive. In this stage the nucleolus of the tapetal cells shows 
some signs of disintegration, and upon its surface there appear very 
large and refractive clear spaces. These undoubtedly enclose air 
in some way, and by long treatment with xylol and alcohol, as sug- 
gested by Zimmermann,* or even with treatment by xylol alone, 
these vacuoles largely disappear. They disappear at least so far 
as the air present is concerned, but certain clear spaces remain as 
before, showing no special refractive.power. 


The Spirem Stage aud Segmentation 


No indication of a true spirem is seen until after synapsis, and 
the initiation of this spirem is marked by a stronger reaction to the 
stains. At first the spirem consists of a loose, slightly thickened 


* Zimmermann, A. Morphologie und Physiologie des Zellkernes, 41. 


AND THE EMBRYO-SAC IN BIGNONIA VENUSTA 97 


thread with many small granules, and a few larger ones. At this 
stage I have found no indication of distinct rows of granules. 
They are evidently rapidly formed, however, for somewhat later 
there is a general splitting of the ribbon with its numerous gran- 
ules (as in Fig. 21), the parts cf which may be adjacent for some 
distance, and separating widely in other places. The divided 
thread becomes greatly looped and twisted, apparently making 
definite bends upon itself in certain regions, but there does not 
seem to be segmentation in the sense that the entire ribbon falls 
into distinct segments, the whole extent of each segment entering 
into a single chromosome (see Fig. 22). Nevertheless, each bent 
or loop-like portion resulting is undoubtedly the basis of a chro- 
mosome, and in a certain view the loop formation is very evident. 
The figures indicate that we may have a process closely parallel to 
what is described in the Hepaticae.* The resulting chromosomes 
often appear spherical, with a few projecting edges. They may 
seem to be made up of two or three chromatic masses closely 
fused; and again, or from another view, there is an evident con- 
cavity on one- surface (Fig. 23). 

Throughout this period, also, minute linin attachments connect 
the chromosomes and the nucleolus, and the nucleolus is often 
drawn out into a fusiform condition. Some abnormal nuclei occur 
in which the nucleolus is actually drawn out into the form of a 
ribbon. 

In several anthers I have found two nuclei in many pollen 
mother-cells during the spirem stage. They are usually abnormal 
in form, but there has been no indication of how the division has 
been effected. ' 

The First Division 

On the disappearance of the nuclear membrane the kinoplasm 
of which it is composed opens into the nuclear hollow, the kino- 
plasmic threads of the membrane being apparently the first to be 
attached to the chromosomes. Soon, however, the kinoplasm 


enters from all directions, and it is drawn into the form of a truly 
multipolar spindle, as often described (see Fig. 24). The general 


.. * Farmer, J. B. On Spore-Formation and Nuclear Division in the Hepaticae. 
Ann. Bot. 9: 469-523. 1895. 


ктр т 


WADE КЕКЕ ГЕТ о а М 


98 DucGGAR: DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLLEN GRAIN 


axis of the spindle is finally determined ; so that it becomes multi- 
polar in one general plane, and then by a gradual contraction pro- 
cess it becomes bipolar. 

The chromosomes seem to increase in size just before the dis- 
appearance of the nuclear membrane. On this entrance of the 
kinoplasmic fibers there is no indication of the nucleolus, and I 
have no evidence of the manner of its disappearance. 

During the later stages of spindle formation the chromosomes 
seem to change their form, possibly the splitting having already 
begun. When they are finally brought into an equatorial region, 
the alignment is not perfect (Figs, 25, 26), and the chromosomes 
are much scattered. This is characteristic of all first divisions in 
the production of the reduced number of chromosomes. The 
dense cytoplasm is apparently repelled from the spindle region, 
and only the poles of the completed spindle reach into the denser 
zone (see Fig. 25), thus somewhat resembling the condition found 
in Hemerocallis fulva.* In Bignonia, however, the spindle fibers 
are very numerous, and they terminate in a more distinct apex. 
The spindle is very large for the total chromatin mass concerned. 
In this plant the nuclei are much larger than in others under study 
at the same time, but the chromosomes are much smaller. 

Details of reduction phenomena were not followed, since the 
plants were not suitable for this purpose, but some especially in- 
teresting nucleolar phenomena were observed. 

After the separation into the daughter segments the chromo- 
somes show a very slight indication of a V-form, by short projec- 
tions pointing towards the equator, as in Fig. 27. They pass to 
the poles in scattered and unaligned array, so that at this stage it 
is relatively an easy matter to estimate the number of chromo- 
somes. From several counts I have concluded that there are 
twenty five, although twenty four and twenty six have been 
counted. In the very thin sections necessary for the study of 
these divisions the knife usually passes through some of the chro- 
mosomes, and from this results the only difficulty in counting 
them accurately. 


* Juel, H. О, Die Kerntheilung in den Pollenmutterzellen von Hemerocallis fulva 
und die bei denselben auftretenden Unregelmassigkeiten. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 30: 205- 


226. 1897. 


AND THE EMBRYO-SAC IN BIGNONIA VENUSTA 99 


After the daughter nuclei are formed the dense cytoplasm rap- 
idly fills the original nuclear hollow, and a very delicate spindle 
remains. In the dispirem of the daughter nuclei the chromosomes 
become very irregular in outline, and gradually diminish in size, 
while there is being gradually formed a large nucleolar-like body 
with irregular outlines (see Fig. 28). This body takes the chro- 
matic dyes, as did the nucleolus generally before. Afterwards, it 
seems that this body resulting from the fusion of the chromatic 
masses is hardly fully differentiated as a nucleolus before the chro- 
matin is again rapidly deposited upon the linin, and the chromo- 
somes are again differentiated for the second division. Here there 
is evidence of an interesting connection between the chromatin 
content and the nucleolus. 


The Second Division 

With the disappearance of the nuclear membrane, the chromo- 
somes prepared for the second division are short and irregularly 
oblong, broader from one side view than from the other, appar- 
ently, and along the middle line of the broader side there is indica- 
tion of a fission. I have not observed all stages in the formation of 
the second spindle, but in general it seems to be the same as in 
the case of the first spindle, except that the second is much more 
rapidly formed. The second spindle is much narrower than the 
first, and it is composed of relatively few bundles of fibers, rather 
than of the loose network of the first division (see Fig. 26). The 
fibers are more in the form of compact bundles, however, than in 
the first division (see Fig. 29). In this division there is also a 
fairly distinct nuclear hollow remaining. Arranged on the nuclear 
plate, the chromosomes have their long diameter in the plane of 
the equator, and separation is along the line of fission previously 
indicated, so that the resulting daughter segments are small and 
oval in axial view, and somewhat bacilloidal in polar view. Con- 
trary to the condition in the anaphase of the first spindle, these 
daughter chromosomes move to the poles in a definite line, as in 
Fig. 30. The remaining central spindle is also composed of a 
small number of delicate fibers, and the spindle space is rapidly 
occupied by dense cytoplasm. With the formation of the nuclear 
membrane, a few polar radiations are evident, and the whole cyto- 


Wut. 


100 DuGGAR : DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLLEN GRAIN 


plasm shows the effect of a general radial arrangement, from which 
there is soon differentiated the complex spindle characteristic of 
dicotyledons (Fig. 31). 

In the daughter nuclei it is again evident that the chromosomes 
first become irregular and slightly fused, as in Fig. 31, and grad- 
ually the fusion continues, or by some process it is returned to one 
or to several chromatic masses. Where there are several large 
masses first formed, the fusion of these into a single mass is not 
always evident; but eventually one prominent nucleolus results, 
as in Fig. 32, thus agreeing with the condition found in the first 
division. This gradual mergence of the chromatin mass into 
characteristic forms has been carefully followed, and various stages 
in the return of the chromatin from the chromosome state to that 
of the large nuclear masses are shown in Fig. 33. This mass is 


at first irregular in outline, but in time this irregularity is lost. 


One or more linin attachments persist, and everything indicates 


that the nucleolus of the microspore nucleus has thus resulted 


from the direct or indirect fusion of chromatic material used in 
division. 
The Alicrospore 

The forming microspores become invested with walls of their 
own, even the cell plates of previous divisions disintegrating with 
the general wall of the mother-cell. When first set free, the micro- 
spore is somewhat elliptical in form, the nucleus small, and the 
nucleolus relatively large. It remains in the resting condition for 
some time, and undergoes a period of growth, during which time 
the tapetal cells disintegrate rapidly. Until the divisions in the 
pollen mother-cells are begun the tapetal cells have undergone no 
disintegration, although becoming granular in appearance and 
staining deeply. The mature microspore is invested with a very 
thick wall, and owing to lack of stages and some difficulties with 
fixing, I have not been able to study the division of the microspore 
nucleus. As a result of this division, however, the pollen grain 
contains a larger vegetative nucleus, and a smaller more chromatic 
generative nucleus. The latter is not separated in a daughter-cell 
by a permanent cell wall, for in the mature pollen grain it is a free 
nucleus. Division of the generative nucleus does not take place 
previous to germination. 


AND THE EMBRYO-SAC IN DIGNONIA VENUSTA 101 


DIVISIONS IN THE FORMATIONS OF THE AXIAL ROW OF THE 
NUCELLUS 


Dignonia has not proved a very favorable subject for the study 
of the axial row divisions in the ovule. Besides being very small, 
the ovules are not readily separated from the placental attach- 
ments, and it is almost necessary to section the entire ovary. 
Moreover, the developing ovules are bent, and it is difficult properly 
to orient them so as to have the archesporial axis in a desired plane. 
Innumerable sections have afforded me only some of the salient 
stages, sufficient, however, to demonstrate the general method of 
the reduction divisions. It was very manifest that the reduction 
divisions did not take place in the embryo-sac, owing to the ab- 
sence of the characteristic prophase appearance in its nucleus. 
Moreover, since all of the gamopetalous dicotyledons yet worked 
upon have no tapetum and only an axial row of four cells devel- 
oped from the archesporial cell,* in any of these plants where 
such uniformity seems to exist it seemed of interest to study the 
divisions in the formation of the axial row. Details of the general 
macrosporic development have already been given, and here only 
division phenomena will be briefly discussed. 

The resting nucleus of the initial cell is at first much like that 
of the underlying growing cells of the nucellus. The nucleolus is 
then relatively small and readily loses the gentian stain for the 
orange. There is a loose reticulum of linin threads, and upon 
this a considerable number of large granules taking the chromatin 
stain 

As in the nuclei of the pollen mother-cells, synapsis is mani- 
fest at an early prophase stage. It is marked by the usual con- 
traction of the linin ribbon, which is always in contact with the 
nucleolus on one side. The whole mass is usually in the center 
of the oval nucleus, the nucleolus in this case being in contact 
with the nuclear membrane, as in Fig. 34. 

` The archesporial cell has attained considerable length when the 
nucleus enters upon the spirem stage. The return from the con- 
dition of synapsis is especially marked by much better staining in 
the general ribbon. The ribbon is somewhat thicker than before, 


* Strasburger, Angiospermen und Gymnospermen. 


Taai 


Ja" N ЖАЙ 


РТУТИ 


109 DucGAR: DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLLEN GRAIN 


and the few large chromatic granules are replaced by a more 
chromatic ribbon, and by many more very evident granules, giv- 
ing tothe ribbon a nodulate appearance, as in Fig. 35. Moreover, 
the ribbon is coiled and looped in definite curves; and it may 
be readily seen that there are no anastomoses of the general 
thread. 

The process of chromosome formation seems to follow the 
general method outlined for the first division of the pollen mother- 
cell, except that here no such definite loops or rings have been 
observed. Radiating from the nuclear membrane in the direction 
of the axis, especially, аге kinoplasmic threads. The disappear- 
ance of the nuclear membrane initiates the formation of a loose 
spindle in every way equivalent to the one first formed in the 
pollen mother-cell. The chromosomes are again irregularly scat- 
tered in the region of the nuclear plate, and the characteristic 
heterotypic division of this plant is unmistakable (Fig. 38) In 
this case, however, there is no large space free from trophoplasm 
immediately surrounding the spindle. I have also been able to 
estimate the number of chromosomes in this division, and it cor- 
responds to the reduced number of the male archesporium, about 
twenty five. 

After the formation of the daughter nuclei, the chromosomes 
may be identified for a time (Fig. 39), but as no later telophase 
stages were found, I have no notes concerning the reappearance of 
the nucleolus, or the early stages in the formation of the second 
spindle. When the second spindle is complete (Fig. 40), a glistening 
cell wall separates the two daughter-cells, there is no indication of 
the former spindle fibers, and the cytoplasm is contracted or re- 
pelled from the newly-formed wall. The chromosomes are 
arranged at the nuclear plate in а definite plane, апа the charac- 
teristic homotypic division is evident. They separate longitudinally, 
and the bacilloidal daughter segments pass to the poles on a defi- 
nite alignment, as in the corresponding division in the microsporic 
development. 

There is every reason to believe that these divisions are truly 
homologous with the two divisions in the pollen mother-cell, and 
that here we have the reducing divisions preceding the formation 
of the female sexual nucleus. Of the monocotyledons yet pub- 


Tae ТУРМО a ee УУ ww т 
5 


AND THE EMBRYO-SAC IN BIGNONIA VENUSTA 103 


lished upon, species of A//ium* show reduction, or the indication 
of reduction, in the division of the initial cells ; and among dicoty- 
ledons Helleborus foetidus and Podophyllum  peltatumt. show the 
reduced number of chromosomes during the formation of the axial 
row. 


Notes on Material and on Methods 


Material of Bignonia venusta in quantity was secured from the 
botanical conservatories. A single cluster of flower buds will give 
many stages of development; but when it is desired to have ma- 
terial showing division in the pollen mother-cells, it is quite neces- 
sary to examine an anther from each bud in order to avoid loss of 
time in sectioning useless material. At first I experienced some 
difficulty in securing such stages from collections made during 
bright forenoons. On examining a number of buds it was easy 
roughly to locate the beginning of division by the bursting of the 
calyx lobes. By this means, during the early afternoon I located 
and marked about twenty buds apparently just preceding division. 
Half a dozen buds of the same stage were then examined as checks, 
and found to be just preceding the formation of the spindle. At 
ten o'clock the following morning the marked buds were examined 
and all of them had passed through both divisions of the pollen 
mother-cells. This one experiment, together with previous fail- 
ures, led me to suspect that these divisions were very rapid in this 
plant, and probably occurred at night. Material collected at night 
did yield many divisions, but at noon on a cloudy day I likewise 
secured all material desired of these stages. Nevertheless, it may 
be of interest that these divisions were never found during bright 
days. i 
Fixing, embedding, etc. In general, the material studied was 
fixed in Flemming's solution, as this proves so generally satisfactory 
in work with planttissues. The mixture is substantially Flemming's 
strong solution, and the formulae are given in percentages, and as 
made up for 17 gram osmic acid: 


* Strasburger, Ueber Kern und Zellteilung im Pflanzenreich, Histol. Beitr. H. I., 
243. 

T Mottier, D. M., Ueber das Verhalten der Kerne bei der Entwickelung des Em- 
bryosacks und die Vorgänge bei der Befruchtung. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 31: 125-158. 1897. 


104 DUGGAR : DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLLEN GRAIN 
16 c.c. 1% Chromic acid | 1% grams 
3.¢.c. 2% Osmic acid 22 1; grams 
Ie Glacial acetic acid 8 14 c.c. 
Water, about J 160 єс. 


The Flemming triple stain of safranin, gentian violet, and orange 
was used to some extent. After much experimentation, however, 
it was found advisable to leave out the safranin. Gentian of the 
full strength recommended gave good results in chromosome dif- 
ferentiation ; but the spindle structures were not then well stained. 
For spindle structures, and for the differentiation of the kino- 
plasm, best results were obtained by the use of a very weak gen- 


tian, in which the sections were stained from twelve to twenty-four 


E — ("9 


hours. 


Explanation of Plates. 
PLATE 352. 


All figures were drawn with the aid of an Abbé camera lucida, projection 30 cm., 
tube length 15.5 cm., Leitz oculars 3 and 8, and objectives 7 and у (hom. imm. ) were 
used. 

Fic, І. Cross section of young anther showing early differentiation of periblem 
layer, from which the archesporium and wall layers are eventually derived. 

Fic. 2. The four sporangial regions well differentiated ; later than Fig. 1. 

Fic. 3. Outline of mature anthers in cross section. 

Fic. 4. Division of the hypodermal layer forming primitive archesporium within. 

Fics. 5 and б. Formation of the first true wall layer without, and the outer tapetum 
within. 

Fic. 7. Development of the two wall layers. 

Fic. 8. Extra growth around the ends of the archesporial regions. 

Fic. 9. Nuclear division in the tapetal cells. 

Fic, Іо. Increase in extent of the archesporial layer by anticlinal divisions of the 
vegetative type. 

FiG. 11. Epidermis and wall layers at the maturity of the anthers. 

Fic. 12. Differentiation of the hypodermal cell as the initial cell of the macro- 
sporic archesporium. 

Fic. 13. Growth of the archesporium and development of the integument. 

Fic. 14. Archesporial cell immediately preceding the first division. 

PLATE 353. 

FiG. 15. Second division in the axial row. 

Fic. 16. The four cells of the axial row. 

Fic. 17. Development of the fourth cell in the axial row at the expense of the 
others. 

Fic. 18. Developing embryo-sac with two small nuclei. 

Fic. 19. Mature embryo-sac with synergids and egg-cell, fusing polar nuclei, and 
antipodals. 


AND THE EMBRYO-SAC IN BIGNONIA VENUSTA 105 


Fic. 20. Nucleus of the pollen mother-cell in synapsis. 
Fic. 21. Longitudinal division of the spirem thread. 


Fic. 22. An early stage in the differentiation of the chromosomes in the nucleus of 
the pollen mother-cell. 

Fic. 23. Nucleus with mature chromosomes. 

Fic. 24. Formation of the multipolar spindle. 

Fic. 25. The complete spindle of the pollen mother-cell showing scattered 
chromosomes and nuclear hollow. 

Fic, 26. An enlarged view of a spindle in the same stage as in the preceding 


figure. 


FiG. 27. A characteristic spindle in the anaphase of division. 
Fic. 28. A telophase of the first division in which the chromatic substance is 
largely fused into a nucleolar-like body. 


Fic. 29. 


PLATE 354. 


Compact second spindle of the pollen mother-cell. 


Fic. 30. An anaphase stage of the second division. 


Fic 


XE 


A telephase of division before the formation of a cell plate. 


Fic. 32. An early stage in the differentiation of the microspores. 


FIG. 33. 


Various appearances of the chromatin content in the dispirem of the 


second division, preceding the formation of a nucleolus. 


Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
EIG. 
FIG. 
FIG. 
Fic. 


34- 
35. 
36. 
37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 


Synapsis in the nucleus of the axial-row mother-cell. 

A spirem stage in the nucleus of the axial-row mother-cell. 

A nucleus showing longitudinal division of the spirem thread, 

A nucleus with chromosomes well formed. 

The first division in the macrosporic archesporium. 

A telephase stage in the same division. 

Complete spindles of the second division in the macrosporic archesporium. 


CORNELL UNIVERSITY, ITHACA, N. Y. 


aaa eee! Se ST ee сои 


ee ль ee 


ee ee ee ee ae ee ЧҮ! 


Studies in the Leguminosae.—1ll 


By ANNA MURRAY VAIL 
|, NOTES ON THE GENUS DOLICHOLUS (RHYNCHOSIA) IN THE UNITED STATES 


DOLICHOLUS Medik. Vorles. Chur. Phys. 2: 354. 1787. [Bot. 
Beob. des Jahres 1783: 211. 1784.] 


[ КнүхснозгА Lour. Fl. Cochin. 460.  1790.] 
[Аксүрнүтл0м Ell. Journ. Acad. Phila. 1: 371. 1818.] 
[Corisma E. Meyer, Com. Pl. Afric. Austr. 132. 1835-1837.]* 
Key to the Species 


CoPrsMA.—Twining, usually prostrate and trailing, or rarely 
more erect, perennial herbs: leaves 3-foliolate, the lateral leaflets in- 
equilateral : flowers in slender axillary. racemes or few-flowered 
clusters: calyx marcescent, not at all foliaceous, somewhat bi- 
labiate, deeply 4-cleft ; teeth subulate, the middle one the longest : 
corolla exceeding the calyx-teeth.—E. Meyer. 


Racemes very slender, many-flowered, exceeding the leaves; flowers and legumes re- 
flexed. I. 2. minimus. 
Racemes 2-6-flowered, as long as or shorter than the leaves. 2. D. parvifoltus. 

Flowers short-pedicelled, solitary, or several together in the axils of the leaves. 
3. D. Texensis. 
Racemes short-peduncled, 2-4-flowered ; bracts persistent. 4. D. Swartzii. 


ARCYPHYLLUM.—Slender, upright or elongated perennial, often 
twining herbs: leaves simple or 3-foliolate; lateral leaflets in- 
equilateral : flowers in short-peduncled, axillary, few-flowered or, 
crowded clusters, or rarely elongated racemes: calyx 4-parted 
nearly to the base, persistent, the foliaceous segments linear or ob- 
long-lanceolate, acuminate, nearly equal, the upper ones 2-toothed : 
corolla not exceeding the calyx-teeth.— Ell. Journ. Acad. Phila. 
ET 371. 1618, 


Prostrate or climbing perennial vines. 
Leaves unifoliolate or in D. Michauxii rarely the uppermost trifoliolate ; racemes 


axillary. 
Leaves reniform, cordate at base. 5. D. Americanus. 
Leaves reniform, truncate at base. 6. D. Michauxit. 


* The monotypic genus Pétcheria, Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 93. 1834, 
though difficult to distinguish from Dolicholus by any absolute characters, differs from it 
greatly in general appearance and habit. 


( 106 ) 


Ld 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE 107 


Leaves trifoliolate. 
Racemes very short-peduncled or sessile. 
Stems prostrate ; leaflets cinereous. 
Stems generally climbing. 
Leaflets thickish, entire, ovate-rhombic. 8. D. tomentosus. 
Leaflets thin, the margin with a few, broad rounded undulations. 
D. tomentosus undulatus. 


7. D. cinereus. 


Racemes peduncled or the uppermost short-peduncled, becoming elongated, 
Prostrate ; leaflets apiculate, 2.5-3.5 cm. long. 9. 2. Torreyt. 
Climbing vines. 

Leaflets obovate-orbicular, thin, rounded at the broad apex, narrowed 
at the subcordate base. 10. D. Lewtoni. 


Leaflets ovate or ovate-rhombic, thick, velvety-pubescent; racemes 


commonly much elongated. II. D. latifolius. 


Erect perennial herbs. 
Leaves unifoliolate, reniform. 
Leaves trifoliolate or some of the basal ones simple. 
Racemes terminal and axillary, never long-peduncled and elongated. 
Stems simple, 1—2 dm. high. I3. D. intermedius. 
Stems simple or branched. 
Racemes numerous, short, axillary ; leaflets thick, velvety-pubescent, 
I4. D. erectus. 


I2. D. simplicifoltus. 


acutish or obtuse. 
Racemes numerous, short, axillary ; leaflets densely velutinous, acute, 
15. D. Drummondit. 


Racemes terminal or a few of them axillary, commonly much elongated. 
16. D. mollissimus. 


1. Dolicholus minimus (L.) Medik. Vorles. Chur. Phys. 2: 354. 
1787. 

Dolichos. minimus L. Sp. Pl. 726. 1753. 

Glycine reflexa Nutt. Gen. 2: 115. 1818. 

Rhynchosia Caribaea. Nutt. Am. Journ. Sci. 5: 298. 1822. 
Not Glycine Caribaea Jacq. 1786. 

Glycine Lamarkti H.B.K. Nov. Gen. 6: 424. 1823. 

Glycine punctata DC. Мет. Leg. 365. 1823. 

Glycine littoralis Vahl.; DC. Prodr. 2: 385. 1825. 

Rhynchosia minima DC. Prodr. 2:385. 1825. 

Rhynchosia Caribaca DC. Prodr. 2: 386. 1823. 

Rhynchosia ervoidea DC. Prodr. 2: 386. 1825. 

Phaseolus Caribaeus Eat. & Wright. 353. 1840. 

* Rhynchosia Mexicana Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. 287. 


1841. 


* The synonymy given here is only that which can be applied to the American plant. 


108 VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE 


In pine woods, South Carolina to Florida, Texas and south- 
ward to Brazil. 

А common plant in tropical regions. Very variable. An ex- 
ceedingly small-leaved and flowered form occurs on the Florida 
Keys. 

Type in the Linnean Herbarium. 


2. Dolicholus parvifolius (DC.) 


Rhynchosia parvifolia DC. Mém. Leg. 367. 1823. 
Florida; West Indies. Apparently not common. 


3. Dolicholus Texensis (Torr. & Gr.) 


Rhynchosia Texana Torr. & Gray, Fl. №. Am. 1: 387. 1838. 

In dry soil, Texas to Arizona and North Mexico. Also in 
South Brazil and Argentina. 

Type in the Herbarium of Columbia University. 

This species has been reduced to Dolicholus Senna (Gillies) 


Kuntze (AAymehosia Senna Gill Н. & A. Bot. Misc. 3: 199. 


1844). I have kept them apart here as the latter species is not 
very well known and will probably need further study to determine 
its rightful position.* There are two or even three distinct forms, 
of which very luxuriant ones with elongated stems and lanceolate- 
oblong or even linear upper leaves are Dolicholus Texensis var. 
angustifolius (Rhynchosia Texana var. angustifolia t Engelm. Pl. 
Wright. 1:44. 1852). 

In Contribution à la Flore du Paraguay, by M. Micheli (Mem. 


Soc. Phys. Geneva, 28: 1883). Rhynchosia Texana is maintained 


as distinct from V. Senna and а new speciés is described as X, 
diversifolia which apparently is very closely related to the Doli- 
cholus Texensis var. angustifolius of North America. 


4. Dolicholus Swartzii 
Rhynchosia Caribaea Chapm. 104, 1860. Not Glycine Caribaea 
Jacquin. 1786. 
A slender, somewhat twining perennial or woody vine. Stems 


* Т am much indebted to Mr. J. Henry Burkill for valuable notes on some South 
American material of this species in the Herbarium of Kew Gardens. 
T Dolicholus angustifolius Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3: бо. 1808. 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE 109 


apparently branching at the base, slightly striate, pubescent, spar- 
ingly resinous-dotted : stipules 4 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, cil- 
iate, reflexed, at length caducous : petioles 2-6 cm. long, slender, 
channelled, pubescent: leaves 3-foliolate ; terminal petiolule 8—12 
mm. long; terminal leaflets 4-5 or 6 cm. long, ovate, long-acumi- 
nate, 3—4 cm. wide, rather thin, soft pubescent on both surfaces, 
resinous-dotted beneath; lateral leaflets smaller, inequilaterally 
ovate, commonly though not always long-acuminate: racemes 1—2 
cm. long or less, 2—3 (?)-flowered, the short peduncles very slen- 
der: pedicels filiform, 3-4 mm. long, puberulent: bracts very 
small, persisting : calyx 3 mm. long, resinous-dotted ; teeth shorter 
than the tube : corolla yellow, much exceeding the calyx ; vexillum 
obovate, 8 mm. long, minutely puberulent and dotted with ele- 
vated yellow resinous dots or glands on the outside: ovary resinous- 
dotted, pubescent or bearded along the apex: legume 2.5—3 cm. 
long, 5-7 mm. wide, falcate, acute at the apex, tapering to the 
petiole, dark brown and coriaceous, pubescent, resinous-dotted : 
mature seeds 5-6 mm. long, oblong-ovoid, bright red. 


South Florida ; Cuba. 

My attention was first called to this species two years ago bya 
fragment in the Chapman Collection in the Herbarium of Colum- 
bia University, which purported to be /?Ййулсйозїа Самбага DC. 
It was also labelled “South Florida, Blodgett.” Somewhat later 
in looking over a large bundle of miscellaneous leguminous and 
mostly unnamed material in the Torrey Collection, I found a good 
original specimen of Mr. Blodgett's from Key West, with the fol- 
lowing note: “Climbing high on trees. Flowers yellow, all sea- 
sons. Damp places." I concluded that it was an unnamed spe- 
cies, but owing to the uncertainty attached to the identity of 
Rhynchosia Caribaca (Glycine Caribaca Jacquin, Icon. Rar. t. 746. 
1786), I was unwilling to undertake the responsibility of giving it 
anew name. Since then I have had the opportunity of examin- 
ing the Jacquin plate, with which our Florida plant does not seem 
to have anything in common, except the shape of the legume. 

Besides these two specimens, I have seen the following : Rugel, 
no. 137, from Key West, February, 1846, ex-Herb. Shuttleworth 
in the Herbarium of the British Museum, where there are also two 
fragments labelled “ Hispaniola, Dr. Swartz" In the Kew Her- 
barium there is a specimen of it from Wright's collecting in Cuba, 

‚по. 2323, inscribed as Rhynchosia Caribaca ex-Griesb. Catal. PL 


E we 


sD Tx 


ей Д 


110 VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE 


Cubens. and another of the same extraction is in the Herbarium of 
the Missouri Botanic Garden. 

A duplicate of Rugel’s no. 137, an excellent complete speci- 
men, is also to be found in the Herbarium of the Museum at Paris. 
The Rugel specimen in the British Museum Collection bears notes 
to the effect that the plant climbs on shrubs and that it is rare. 

I have named the species in honor of Dr. Swartz, the eminent 
author of the Flora Indiae Occidentalis. 

As regards the true Rhynchosia Caribaea there is so much mis- 
understanding that it would be difficult to venture an opinion 
in regard to its identity. In the Index Kewensis A. Caribaca 
Auct. Plur. ex Benth. Mart. FI. Bras 15: part т. 205 is referred to 
К. minima, some broader-leaved forms of which certainly do re- 
semble the plate on which Æ. Caribaea was based. The next ref- 
erence іп the Index is to R. Caribaea DC. Prodr. 2: 384. Am. 
Bor. ; Ind. Occ. ; Afr. Trop. et austr. and in the same work such 


species as A. acuminatum Eckl. К. Zeyl., R. gibba Е. Meyer, 


К. inflata and R. malacophylla Boj. (Mauritius), R. intermedia 
Kotschy & Peyr. and others are referred to А. Caribaca. I have 
not been able to study most of these species very critically, but as 
regards К. gibda, judging from the large collection of that plant 
in the Herbarium of the British Museum and elsewhere, it seems 
very doubtful that it belongs to the American species. 

The description of R. Caribaea DC. agrees well with Jacquin’s 
plate, but the distribution of the species reads “ 20 ins. Caribaeis, 
ad ripam flum. Orinoct, ex Kunth, Nov. Gen. Am. 6. ‘725’ (425) et 
in Florida occidentali." This latter locality for the plant should 
refer to R. reflexa Nutt., then given as synonym, a species which 
is now rightfully reduced to A. minima (L.) DC., so that it is 
probable that the true Æ. Caribaea does not occur within the limits 
of the United States. Quite an extensive search in London and 
Paris for an authentic specimen of this species met with but scant 
success. In the Herbarium of the Museum of Paris there is a 
specimen which probably belongs to A. Caribaca. It has the fol- 
lowing inscription: “ Khynchosia Caribaea Willd. Jacq. Ic. t. 146." 
Pinned on the sheet after the fashion of the older herbaria is a 
small label with this note: “ Phaseolus Madrepotanis pubescens, 
siliquis brevibus hirsutis horti nostri sesei [?] Ray. vol. 3, appendix. 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE 111 


Herbier de Vaillant.” The writing on the label is supposed to be 
that of either Sherard or of Ray, and interlined and blurred so 
that a few of the words could only be guessed at. The “ Herbier 
de Vaillant" contains many’ West Indian plants, among others 
specimens from the Antillian collection figured by Plumier,* and 
this specimen might have had some such provenance. Inthe Her- 
barium of the British Museum a specimen of Triana's collection 
in New Grenada also fairly well agrees with the Jacquin plate, as do 
also the specimens collected by Dr. Palmer, no. 269, from the State 
of Jalisco, Mexico, with, perhaps, the exception of the somewhat 
smaller leaves; but the latter specimens certainly are not RA. 
phaseoloides, under which name they seem to have been distributed. 
Another plant, exactly matching Palmer's, was collected by Fred. 
Muller, no. 1768, in Mexico, in 1853. (Herb. Columbia Univ.) 
It has the very hirsute legume which is so marked a characteristic 
of the figure of R. Caribaea. 

In Hemsley, Biologia Centr. Am. 1: 310, the distribution of 
R. Caribaea is given as South Mexico, near Tantoyuca (Erven- 
berg, no. 35) and “ common in the West Indies and the northern 
part of South America; also in Tropical and South Africa.” 1 
have not seen the Ervenberg specimen, nor have I seen any South 
African specimens of A. gibba, which satisfied me as being iden- 
tical with the plant figured by Jacquin. It proves a most interest- 
ing species, and it is to be hoped that these very incomplete notes 
will call the attention of collectors to it and possibly bring about 
a better knowledge of it and of its geographical distribution. 


ѕ. Dolicholus Americanus (Miller) 


Lathyrus Americana Miller, Gardn. Dict. no. 19. 1768. 

Rhynchosia menispermoidea DC. Mém. Leg. 364. 1823. 

Phaseolus menispermoidea Eat. & Wright, N. Am. Bot. 353. 
1840. 

Texas to South Mexico. 


ж Plumier’s Herbarium of West Indian plants is preserved in the Herbarium of the 
Jardin des Plantes at Paris, where it is easily accessible to students. It consists of ten 
folio volumes, the specimens glued on the pages and numbered. They are in various 
stages of preservation and are especially valuable as being the originals of the figures 
in the Fasciculi Plantarum Americanum and of many Linnean types as well as the 
« Herb. Surian" of De Candolle's Prodromus. 


кт тр түүр 


112 VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE 


Type in the Herbarium of the British Museum. For the record 
of the identification of this species see the article on Houston's Cen- 
tral American Leguminosae by James Britten and E. G. Baker in 
Journal of Botany for June, 1897. 


6. Dolicholus Michauxii 


Rhynchosia Michauxii Vail, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 458. 
1895. 

Rhynchosia menispermoidea Chapm. Fl. 105. 1860. Not DC. 

Dry pine barrens, Florida. 

Type in the Herbarium of Columbia University. 


7. Dolicholus cinereus (Nash) 


Rhynchosta cinerea Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22:149. 1895. 
High pine lands, Lake County and Pelican Key, Florida. 
Type in the Herbarium of Columbia University. 


8. Dolicholus tomentosus (L.) 

Glycine tomentosa L, Sp. Pl. 754. 1 759, 

Glycine tomentosa volubilis Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:6 3. 1803. 

Glycine tomentosa Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 486. 1814. Ex- 
cluding var. 

Arcyphyllum difformis EM. Journ. Acad. Philad. 1 :371. 1818. 

Rhynchosia difformis DC. Prodr. 2: 384. 1825. ? 

Rhynchosia tomentosa Н. & Pl. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1:23. 18 35, 
Excluding the specimens. 

Rhynchosia volubilis Wood, Bot. & Fl. 96. 1873. Not K. 
volubilis Loureiro, 1793. 

The Linnean description of the species includes “ Ononis caule 
volubile” Gronov. 81 and “ Anonis phaseoloides scandens, floribus 
Jlavis sessilibus" Dill. Elth. 30 7. 26. f. 29, where the illustration is 
а good one of the plant as it is known on our eastern seaboard. The 
Clayton plants referred to are represented by two specimens in the 
Herbarium of the British Museum, one of Glycine tomentosa, the 
plant as figured by Dillenius, and one of the erect, oblong-leaved 
species described by Walter in 1788 as 77 rifolium erectum. 

A specimen of the twining Glycine tomentosa is also in the Lin- 
nean Herbarium, 


MOM К 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE 11$ 


In dry soil, Virginia to Florida, Mississippi and probably also 
in Texas. 


Dolicholus tomentosus undulatus n. var. 


Perennial. Stems slender, twining, angled and striate, minutely 
and retrorsely hirsute: petioles 2—4 cm. long, angled, hirsute : 
stipules ovate, 3—4 mm. long, ciliate, persisting: leaves 3-foliolate ; 
terminal petiolules 8 mm. to 5 cm. long; terminal leaflets oval or 
orbicular-oval, 2—4 cm. long, wide, obtuse or subacute, thinnish, 
minutely pubescent on both surfaces, with a few broad undula- 
tions on the margins ; lateral leaflets inequilaterally ovate, 2-4 cm. 
long: racemes subsessile, 1—4- or 5-flowered: calyx 8-9 mm. 
long, pubescent, ciliate, resinous-dotted ; lobes oblong, lanceolate, 
acuminate, foliaceous: corolla orange-yellow? nearly as long as 
the calyx or barely exceeding it when expanded; vexillum 
minutely puberulent near the apex and ciliate: legume 1.5- 1.8 
cm. long, oblong, obliquely acute, 5-7 mm. wide, minutely 
pubescent, resinous-dotted and hirsute with longer scattered hairs 
especially on the sutures, 2-seeded: seeds nearly 4 mm. long, 
semi-orbicular, shining, grayish with lighter and also dark brown 
markings. 

Thickets and fields near Jacksonville, Florida, Chapman, 1846. 
(Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.); №. Am. Pl. Curtiss, no. 660, July; 
Curtiss, no. 4256, July 6, 1893. (Distribution from the U. S, 


Nat. Herb.) ; Second Distr. Pl. Southern States, Curtiss, no. 4903. 
July 6-17, 1894. 
9. Dolicholus Torreyi 

Rhynchosia Torreyi Vail, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22:459. 1895. 

Rhynchosia latifolia В Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 285. 1838. 
Not X. latifolia Nutt. 

Sand hills, Texas, Dr. Leavenworth. Apparently not since 
collected. 

Type in the Herbarium of Columbia University. 


10. Dolicholus Lewtoni 


Rhynchosia reticulata ? Chapm. Fl. Ed. 3, 115. 1897. Not DC. 


Soft pubescent and minutely resinous-dotted throughout. Stem 
prostrate, 3—5 dm. long or more, 4-angled, spreading or obscurely 
retrorse hirsute-pubescent, apparently not twining at the summit: 
stipules obliquely lanceolate, 6-8 mm. long: petioles rather dis- 
tant, 4—6 cm. long, angled: terminal leaflets dilated or obovate- 


WI WV PINNAE түүлү ee eee т 


à 
"T. 


114 VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE 


orbicular, 4-6 cm. long, 4-8 cm. wide, commonly broadest above 
the middle, broadly rounded and sometimes slightly retuse at the 
apex, narrowly subcordate at the base; lateral leaflets obliquely 
obovate-oblong ; venation reticulated: upper racemes sessile, 2—4 
cm. long, the other on peduncles 2—4 cm. long: bracts lanceolate, 


3-4 mm. long, slender: calyx g-1c mm. long; segments foliace- 


ous, exceeding the glabrous yellow corolla. Legume not seen. 

Dry sandy soil, Orange County, Florida, F. L. Lewton, July 
7, 1894. 

Allied to D. Michauxii Vail, from which it differs in the trifo- 
liolate, abnormally large leaves, which are notably broadest above 
the middle and with narrow and less prominent subcordate bases. 
The calyx and corolla are also smaller than those of D. Michauait 
and the racemes are longer. 

Type in the Herbarium of Columbia University. 


11. Dolicholus latifolius (Nutt.) 


Rhynchosia latifolia Nutt.; Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. І: 285. 
1838. 

Phaseolus latifolius Eat. & Wright, N. Am. Bot. 353. 1840. 

In dry soil, Missouri to Texas and Louisiana. 

Very variable. A low erect or sub-erect form with short or 
sub-sessile racemes has been collected in Texas by Lindheimer 
and in Missouri by B. F. Bush and may possibly be distinct. 


12. Dolicholus simplicifolius (Walt.) 


Trifolium simplicifolium Walt. Fl. Car. 184. 1788. 

Glycine tomentosa var. monophylla Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 63. 
1803. | 

Glycine reniformis Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 486. 1814. 

Glycine monophylla Nutt. Gen. 2: 115. 1818. 

Areyphyllum simplicifoltum ЕЛ. Journ. Acad. Phila. x: 371. 
1818. 

Glycine simplicifolia EM. Sk. 2: 234. 1825. Not Н. B. К. 

Rhynchosia reniformis DC. Prodr. 2: 384. 1825. 

Rhynchosia tomentosa var. monophylla Torr. & Gray, 1: 284. 
1838. 

Phaseolus renifornus Eat. & Wright, N. Am. Bot. 353. 1840. 

Psoralea alnifolia Bert. Mem. Acad. Sci. Bolog. 2: 274. 1849. 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE LLS 


Rhynchosia simplicifolia Wood, Bot. & Fl. 96. 1873. 
In dry soil, Virginia to Florida, west to Louisiana. 
Type in the Herbarium of the British Museum. 


13. Dolicholus intermedius (Torr. & Gr.) 


Rhynchosia tomentosa В intermedia Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. І: 
285. 1838. i 

Psoralea alopecurina Bertol. Mem. Acad. Sci. Bolog. 2: 275. 
РУ. 2. 1849. 

Stems erect, simple or possibly with 1 or 2 branches, angled, 
soft pubescent-tomentose, especially on the angles, 1.2—3 dm. high; 
stipules obliquely lanceolate, 6-9 mm. long, striate, red-brown, 
persistent: petioles 2.5-5 cm. long, densely pubescent; basal 
leaves simple; blades nearly orbicular or rhombic-orbicular, obtuse 
or depressed ; upper leaves or only the uppermost 3-foliolate ; 
terminal leaflet 2.5—5 cm. long, oval to ovate-orbicular, obtuse, 
sparingly pubescent above, pubescent and rugosely veined beneath 
when old; lateral leaflets obliquely oval or oblong, 2—3 cm. 
long, mucronulate, some of them subcordate at base: racemes ter- 
minal and axillary, sessile or short-peduncled ; bracts lanceolate- 
linear, 1 cm. long, red-brown, pubescent outside, glabrous within : 
calyx 8-9 mm. long; teeth slender, veined, pubescent, resinous- 
dotted : corolla yellow ; vexillum glabrous, the teeth at the base 
much shorter than the claw : legume not seen. 

Allied to D. simplicifolius from which it differs in the 3-foliolate 
upper leaves, and generally taller and larger habit. 

Georgia to Florida and Alabama. May to June. 

Type in the Herbarium of Columbia University. 


14. Dolicholus erectus (Walt.) 


Trifolium erectum Walt. Fl. Car. 184. 1788. 

Glycine tomentosa var. erecta Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 63. 1803. 

Glycine erecta Nutt. Gen. 2: 114. 1818. ? 

Arcyphyllum erectum ЕП. Journ. Acad. Phila. I: 372. 1818. 

Rhynchosia erecta DC. Prodr. 2: 384. 1825. 

Glycine Caroliniana Spreng. Syst. 3: 197. 1826. 

In dry soil, Delaware to Florida, west to Tennessee and Lou- 
isiana. Very variable. 

Type apparently lost. 

An oblong-leaved, rather remarkable form of this species has 


116 VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE 


been collected by Hall in Louisiana, in Salisbury, Maryland [ Herb. 
Canby], and in Mississippi byW. L. McGee. 


15. Dolicholus Drummondii 


Rhynchosia tomentosa Hook. & Arn. Comp. Bot. Mag. І: 23. 
1835. Not Linn. 


Perennial, erect, densely velutinous-tomentose, 1.5-3 dm. high. 
Stems angled, a little undulate above: stipules lanceolate, acumi- 
nate, becoming reflexed, caducous ; petioles 3-5 cm. long, angled 
and velutinous : leaves 3-foliolate ; terminal leaflets oblong-lanceo- 
late or a few of them oblong, 3-6 cm. long, 2-3 cm. wide, acute, 
densely velutinous tomentose on both surfaces, silvery above, the 
whole lower surface dotted with numerous orange-colored glands 
beneath the tomentum and the prominent veins reticulated be- 
neath ; lateral leaflets narrower, inequilateral, acute ; racemes sub- 
sessile or very short peduncled: bracts 2.5 mm. long, linear- 
setaceous, caducous: calyx 6 mm. long, foliaceous, tomentulose 
and ciliate, resinous-dotted, the upper lobe 2-toothed to consider- 
ably below the middle: corolla included in the calyx, apparently 
a deep orange-yellow color; vexillum round-ovate, the auricles at 
the base rounded, minutely glandular-puberulent on the outer sur- 
faces: legumes not seen. 


Louisiana: Covington, Drummond, 1832; North Carolina : 
New Bern, Croom and Loomis, 1834. 

Very close to D. erectum from which it differs in the acute leaf- 
lets, dense tomentum and somewhat smaller flowers. 

Type specimens in the Herbarium of Columbia University. 


16. Dolicholus mollissimus (Ell.) 


Glycine mollissima ЕЛ. Bot. 2: 235. 1824. 

Rhynchosia tomentosa var. ? mollissima Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. 
Am. 1: 285. 1838. 

Rhynchosia mollissima S. Wats. Biblio. Ind. 1: 256. 1878. 

Rhynchosia tomentosa var. erecta Chapm. Fl. 105. 1884. In 
part. 


Stems erect, commonly simple, 3-6 dm. high, angled above, 
not flexuous, clothed with a close fine soft pubescence : stipules 6 
mm. long, red-brown, lanceolate, acuminate ; leaves rather remote, 
5-9 cm. long; petioles 2.5—5 cm. long; leaflets oval or oval-ob- 
long, acutish, 2.4—4.5 cm. long, 2-3.5 cm. wide, minutely apicu- 
late, obscurely emarginate, clothed with a short pubescence, es- 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE LEGUMINOSAE ДЫ, 


pecially on the reticulated, resinous-dotted under surface; terminal 
leaflet the largest, the others not conspicuously inequilateral ; 
racemes terminal, elongated, 6 cm.—1.8 dm. long, with often few, 
short racemes in the axils of the upper leaves: flowers scattered 
along the whole length of the often crowded rhachis: calyx 6-8 
mm. long, pubescent, resinous-dotted, 4-parted about two-thirds 
to the base ; teeth lanceolate: corolla yellow; vexillum glabrous, 
the spurs of the claw obtuse: legume oblong, 2 cm. long, 6 mm. 
wide, attenuated below, somewhat rounded on the ventral suture, 
with a short, acute, slightly curved acumination: seed nearly or- 
bicular, 2.5 mm. broad, flattened : seeds ovoid, 4 mm. long, brown, 
mottled. 


In pine barrens,*Florida. 


ll. NOTE ON PAROSELA 
The following species has been identified with Parosela Ari- 
sonica: 
Parosela Lumholtzii (Rob. & Fern.) 
Dalea Lumholtzii Rob. & Fern. Proc. Am. Acad. 30: 115. 1894. 
Parosela Arizonica Vail, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 14. 1897. 


Vicinity of Tucson, Arizona; Las Pinitos, Sonora, Mexico. 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, March, 1899. 


U.C PPP a a Е 


Notes on some new and little known Plants of the Alabama Flora 


By CHARLES MOHR 


Several forms of plums without flowers and mature fruit, but 
seemingly distinct, have been for years a source of perplexity. 
Later discoveries of several species undescribed before, made in 
other parts of the Southern States, render now the identification 
of these doubtful forms from this State possible. 


PRUNUS INJUCUNDA Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 149. 1898. 


A low unsightly shrub scarcely exceeding four feet in height, 
with short straggling branches and branchlets, was found on the 
sandstone cliffs, at the summit of the Alpine Mountains, Talladega 
County (near the signal station), alt. 1800 feet, in September, 
1892.. This shrub was recognized by Dr. Small to be identical 
with his Prunus injucunda from the mountains of northern Georgia. 


PRUNUS HORTULANA Bailey, Gard. & For. 5: 9o. 1892. 


A small tree about 15 feet, rarely more, in height, branching 
low, forming small thickets on the shell banks or shell heaps along 
the shores of the inlets of the sea in Mobile County (Westfowl 
River, Bayou Coden). Confounded by the writer with Prunus 
maritima until a specimen was submitted to Professor C. S. Sar- 
gent, who, declaring that it had nothing in common with the Sea- 
shore Plum, somewhat doubtfully referred the tree from the Ala- 
Бата shore to Bailey's species. 

The fruits received а few years ago were about the size of a 
small Chickasaw Plum, greenish, of a reddish blush and with a 
slight bloom, thus agreeing with the description of the fruit of 
Prunus hortulana. The fruit ripens in September. 

Prunus maritima in Chapman’s Flora S. States, Ed. 3, Alabama, 
Buckley, most probably belongs here. 


Prunus Alabamensis sp. nov. 


Tree below medium size, scarcely over 25 or 30 feet high, about 
6 inches in diameter with a rough bark : leaves thick, broadly ovate, 
rounded or slightly narrowed at the base, short acuminate, obtuse 


(118) 


Mour: PLANTS OF THE ALABAMA FLORA | 119 


or acutish at the apex, bluntly serrate with appressed glandular- 
tipped teeth, smooth and of a dull green color above, paler and 
finely pubescent on the lower surface with short simple or forked 
rusty hairs, which become longer and more dense along the midrib 
and principal veins, veinlets somewhat prominent: racemes elon- 
gated, 4 to 6 inches long, peduncled, strictly erect ; the rachis and 


. short pedicels like the calyx pubescent; petals small (judging 


from the withered petals clinging yet to the calyx in the specimens 
collected on Red Mountain, near Birmingham). 


As observed on the few fruiting specimens collected on the 
Chehawhaw Mountain (Talladega Co.), altitude about 2400 feet, 
the racemes become more spreading, drupes reddish to black and 
of the size of the fruit of the black wild cherry. 

Readily distinguished from the latter by the character of the 
leaves and of the inflorescence as described above. 

Not infrequent on the rocky summits (siliceous rocks) of the 
higher ridges in the Coosa Basin, Talladega County, Alpine 
Mountains. Clay: Chehawhaw Mountain in fruit, August 7th. 
Jefferson: Red Mountain, ledges of siliceous red iron ore, just 
past flowering, May ro, 1898. 


Physalis monticola sp. nov. 


Perennial from a horizontal rootstock ; 10-12 inches high. 
Stem slender, assurgent, like the branches, angled and roughish 
by reflexed hairs along the angles; branches erect, more or less 
flexuous, becoming more villous towards their extremity with flat 
jointed single hairs : leaves ovate to oblong ovate, tapering at both 
ends, oblique at the base and decurrent on the narrow winged 
petiole, repand or subentire: leaf blade 1 17 to 2 inches long, 34 to 
I inch wide, thin, sparsely strigose, more densely hairy along the 
midrib, and principal veins, roughish hairy below, ciliolate ; petioles 
16 to т inch long: peduncles slender, nodding : calyx densely hairy 
at the base and on the lanceolate lobes: corolla 34 inch wide, 
pubescent, dingy yellow with a dark brown center; anthers pale 
yellow: fruiting calyx deeply sunk at the base, ovate oblong, 
closed by the acuminate lobes, about 1% inches long and 34 inch 
wide at the base, not prominently angled. 


Resembles slightly smoother forms of Physalis heterophylla. De 
Kalb County on Lookout mountain near Mentone, borders of 
fields, woods and pastures. In flower May 30, 1892; fine fruit- 
ing specimens collected in the same locality September 10, 1808. 


UTE. 


120 Монк; PLANTS OF THE ALABAMA FLORA 


Flowering specimens in poor condition were submitted to Mr. 


Rydberg, who pronounced the plant to be most probably new, but 


which with the scanty material at the time at command he would 
not undertake to describe. 


EvrATORIUM LEPTOPHYLLUM DC. Prod. 5: 176. 1836 
Confounded by our botanists with Eupatorium capillifolium, 
with which it grows abundantly in the low flats of the Coast plain 
in old fields, pasture grounds and openings of the forest. 
Differs from the latter in the broader divisions of the linear, 
not filiform leaves, the stouter wide spreading branches and slightly 


larger flowering heads. 


Apparently confined to the Coast plain; eastward to Georgia. 
(Savannah, РС. loc. cit.) . 


Solidago pallescens sp. nov. 


Stem erect, 215 to 3 feet high, more or less sparsely branched 
about the middle, striate puberulent : radical leaves oblong lanceo- 
late, attenuated at the base, with a slender petiole: lower cauline 
leaves oblong-ovate, contracted into a petiole-like base or sessile, 
obtuse mucronulate, 277 to 3 inches long апат to r 9 inches 
wide, smooth, ciliolate, with several irregular sharp teeth above the 
middle ; upper cauline and rameal leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 
all with a prominent midrib, faintly veined, of a pale glaucous 
hue ; upper leaves reduced at the flowering branches to spatulate 
bractlets : racemes slender, erect, spreading : flowering heads single 
or few in a cluster, crowded, small, scarcely over ¥ inch long ; in- 
volucral bracts rigid, obtuse, slightly pubescent on the margin : 
akenes faintly ribbed, strigose hairy. 

Metamorphic hills. Auburn, Lee county, 800 to 1,000 feet 
altitude. Baker and Earle, October, 1897. 

A distinctly marked species resembling S. drachyphylla, from 
which it is readily distinguished by the obtuse mucronulate leaves, 
nearly all sessile and pale glaucescent, but smaller flowers and 
faintly ribbed akenes. 


GNAPHALIUM SPATHULATUM Lam. Encycl. 2: 758. 1786 

This winter annual strikes the observer in the field as clearly 
distinct from Graphalium purpureum, with which it has been con- 
founded. Specimens submitted to Professor E. L. Greene were de- 


Монк: PLANTS OF THE ALABAMA FLORA 1921 


clared to be identical with the allied species from tropical America. 
Gnaphalium spathulatum differs at once from the former by the 
simple stem, erect from the base like the leaves, greenish through- 
out every stage of growth, both covered loosely with a floccose 
woolly tomentum ; by the cauline leaves being all broadly spatu- 
late like the radical leaves; and further, by the racemose inflores- 
cence with the flowering heads in close clusters, on the lower part 
of the stem borne on axillary branchlets one inch and over in 
length, and sessile towards its extremity. 

© Common іп the southern part of the State from the Coast to 
the Prairie region in cultivated and waste-places, waysides, etc., 
flowering from the early spring to the close of the season. Al- 
ways found in the vicinity of dwellings, apparently a fully natural- 
ized introduction from the neighboring tropics ; frequent in Mexico 
and the West Indies ; Guaphaltum Americanum Mill. Dict. ? (Grise- 
bach, Flor. Br. W. Ind.) seems to be the same species. 


MOBILE, February 18, 1899. 


е T 


P 


New Plants from Wyoming.— VI 


Bv AvEN NELSON 


Ruppia curvicarpa 


Stems light green, 6 dm. or more in length, capillary and fra- 
gile at maturity : leaves variable in length, 3 cm. or more long: 
peduncles long ; pedicels several in a cluster, capillary, fragile, from 
3-6 cm. long: drupes black at maturity, oblong, 2 mm. in length, 
gibbous at base, hence appearing obliquely placed on the pedicel, 
increasing slightly in diameter upward to the abruptly bent beak 
which is tipped with a sharp acumination. 


Very abundant in the “alkali” lakes that occur at intervals on 
the Laramie Plains. It is no doubt most nearly related to Л. 
maritima L. from which its very characteristic fruits and long fra- 
gile pedicels seem to separate it. It differs also in its seasonal de- 
velopment as it does not appear to reach maturity until late in 
September. | 

Type specimen in Herb. University of Wyoming from Laramie 


Alkali Lakes, October 24, 1896. 


Salicornia rubra 


Annual with a strong taproot, erect, pyramidal in form, closely 
and divaricately branched from base to summit, the opposite 
branches regularly at right angles to the preceding pair and grad- 
ually shorter upward, the lower branches themselves similarly 
branched, rather stout, about 3 mm. in diameter when green, 
joints about as long as broad : scales short, approaching triangular, 
much wider than long, subacute: fruiting spikes 2—4 cm. long, 
very numerous, assuming a ruby red at maturity : middle flower 
higher than the lateral ones, reaching to the summit of the joint : 
the calyx broadly ovate, about 1.5 mm. long: utricle obscurely 
pubescent, oval, 1 mm. long. 

This well-marked species is, perhaps, nearest to S. herbacea L. 
under which name it has in fact been distributed by me under no. 
1162. Its very compact and stouter habit and short joints at once 
separate it from that species. It thrives best along the low banks 
of the “alkali " lakes of the plains. The soil in these situations is 
not simply impregnated with sodium chloride, but often thickly en- 


( 122 ) 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 123 


crusted with other salts, principally sodium sulphate. On these 
white stretches this is often the only plant and as it reddens under 
the September sun these patches present a singularly beautiful ap- 
pearance. 

Type specimen in Herb. University of Wyoming, no. 5284, 
Laramie, September 6, 1898. 


Arabis exilis 


Biennial, possibly more enduring, 3-5 dm. high (including the 
raceme): taproot vertical or rarely curved at the summit : stems 
single, rarely 2 or more, mostly strict but occasionally branched 
above, minutely stellate-pubescent, glabrate upward: radical leaves 
small, crowded on the crown, oblong, acute at both ends, 8—14 
mm. long, petioles mostly shorter than the blade; cauline some- 
what crowded, the lower petioled, the upper sessile but not auricu- 
late-clasping, minutely and closely stellate-pubescent as are the 
radical leaves, broadly linear or lanceolate, acute, 1—4 cm. long: 
raceme naked, glabrate, fully half the length of the plant, erect or 
the summit slightly nodding: sepals broadly linear, green or 
slightly tinged with purple, scarious-margined, 3-4 mm. long, 
pubescent as are the pedicels: petals white or purplish, linear- 
spatulate, nearly twice the length of the calyx: pods 4-6 cm. 
long, about 2 mm. wide, pendant on abruptly deflexed pedicels, 
5—8 mm. long: seeds in two rows, oval, about 1 mm. long. 


Its nearest ally seems to be A. pulchra Jones. Rather frequent 
and abundant on sage-brush plains in the southern part of the 
state. It seeks the rich, loose loam among the brush where it de- 
velops early. 

Type specimen in Herb. University of Wyoming, no. 4523, 
Evanston, June 4, 1898. 


Arabis lignifera 


Perennial from a branched, lignescent base surmounting a 
woody taproot, 2—4 dm. high: annual stems usually several, erect 
or decumbent at base, simple below, somewhat branched above, 
from minutely stellate-pubescent to glabrous: leaves finely stel- 
late-pubescent, entire, mostly basal, the conspicuous ones crowded 
on one or more short barren branches from the lignescent base, 
oblanceolate, 3—5 cm. long, tapering into a slender petiole as long 
or longer; those on the woody caudex oblong-oblanceolate, 10— 
20 mm. long, on slender petioles 2—3 times as long as the blade ; 
cauline leaves, all but the lowest, short-auriculate, acute, narrowly 


124 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


oblong below, lanceolate above, 2—4 cm. long: raceme from simple 
to paniculately branched, nearly or quite naked, glabrous or 
slightly pubescent on the pedicels: sepals oblong, obtuse, vein- 
less, scarious margined, about 4 mm. long: petals white to pinkish, 
spatulate, twice as long as the sepals: pods from widely divaricate 
to pendulous, 3—4 cm. long, nearly 2 mm. wide; valves I-nerved : 
seeds almost as broad as the valves, very narrowly winged, orbic- 
ular, at maturity in one irregular row. 


The woody perennial base allies it to A. suffrutescens Gray, 


but its leaf, floral and fruit characters are quite different. It may 


be considered somewhat doubtfully a member of the section Zur- 
ritis. lt occurs rather scatteringly in the draws among the Green 
River Cliffs where it seeks the protection of the sage-brush. Type 
specimen no. 4711, Green River, June 4, 1898. 


Lesquerella prostrata 


Perennial : pubescence stellate throughout, dense, appressed : 
taproot woody, vertical, crown simple or branched: stems several, 
5-20 from each crown, usually slender and flexuous-spreading, 
10-15 cm. long (including the raceme) sometimes shorter and 
ascending: leaves crowded on the crowns, rhomboidal, oval or 
oblong, 3-15 mm. long, on petioles 2—4 times as long: cauline 
leaves few, oblanceolate to linear : raceme in fruit half the length of 
the stem: pedicels ascending or somewhat recurved, 5-10 mm. 
long: flowers somewhat congested, medium size: sepals ovate, 
delicately veined, somewhat unequal, the alternate ones with a 
scarious inflexed margin, about 5 mm. long: petals obovate or 
broadly spatulate, а little less than twice the length of the sepals : 
pods broadly ovate, not compressed ; septum elliptic, mostly per- 
forate: the valves slightly gibbous at base: style hardly equaling 
the length of the pod: ovules few, seeds only 1 or 2 in each cell. 

The affinities of this plant seem to be with Z. spathulata Ryd- 
berg, though of this I have not seen a specimen. It was secured 
on stony, gravelly slopes of Unita Co.; not plentiful. Type speci- 


men in Herb. University of Wyoming, no. 4564, Piedmont, June 


7, 1898. 
Lepidium ramosissimum 


Biennial, 2—4 dm. high, obscurely pruinose-pubescent, pro- 
fusely branched, the branches either divaricate and crowded the 
whole length of an excurrent stem or diffusely spreading from the 
base, the branches also divaricately ramose: taproot stout, 
mostly perpendicular, only moderately long, producing but few, 


NEgrsoN: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 125 


slender, divaricate branches: first year's leaves crowded on the 
crown, pinnately coarsely toothed, the teeth simple or incisely 
cusped, oblanceolate in outline, 2-4 cm. long on petioles about 
equaling the blade, falling away during the winter and early part 
of the second season: second year's leaves cauline, smaller, 
numerous, sessile, the lower oblanceolate, laterally incisely few- 
toothed, three-toothed at apex, the middle tooth triangular and 
much the largest : upper leaves mostly entire, from linear to oblong : 
petals white, very small, narrowly spatulate, scarcely more than 
than half the length of the 1 mm. long oblong sepals: racemes 
very numerous, excessively crowded, the whole plant a relatively 
compact subglobose or conical mass of capsules from the ground 
up: capsules nearly smooth, broadly ovate, 3 mm. long on pedi- 
cels of about equal length, sinus relatively wide and shallow : seeds 
brown, subelliptic, not evidently margined : cotyledons incumbent. 


For some time it has seemed probable that the Lepidium so 
common on the Laramie plains was not to be included under any 
of the described species. The incumbent cotyledons separate it at 
once from Д. Virginicum L.; its undoubted biennial duration, 
short petals and bushy-branched habit separate it from both L. 
Virginicum and L. medium Greene, the only two to which it is 
closely allied. 

This species has been distributed by me under nos. 1424 and 


3356. 
Lepidium ramosum 


Biennial: taproot vertical, its rootlets slender and widely spread- 
ing : closely and corymbosely branched from the base, 15—20 cm. 
high, minutely granular-pubescent : leaves of the first season clus- 
tered on the crown, oblanceolate, serrate, or more rarely pinnatifid, 
petioled, falling away early the second season: cauline oblanceo- 
late. entire, or sparingly serrate, comparatively large (3-5 cm. 
long): racemes numerous, many-flowered, contracted near the 
summit: pedicels spreading after anthesis, about equaling the 
capsule: petals spatulate, about equaling the wider subacute 
sepals: stamens 2: capsule orbicular, 3 mm. in diameter, smooth, 
obscurely veined, narrowly winged around the summit, the sinus 
relatively deep and narrow: seeds broadly semi-ovate, straight 
edged on the side of the cotyledons, narrowly winged at summit 


and on the curved side: cotyledons incumbent. 


A few specimens of this species were distributed as L. medium 
Greene under no. 3092, Point of Rocks, June 1, 1897, but it will 
be seen from the foregoing description that it is closer to L. apet- 


a nee ee eee NUES S Vows 


А 
4 
P 
| 
1 
' 
P. 
ў 


е "уе 


126 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


alum Gray, except in the petals. Its bushy-branched habit and 
biennial duration easily distinguish it. It is common throughout 
the Red Desert region of Southern Wyoming where it was first 
observed in 1897. Closer examination in 1898 shows that it is 
exceedingly abundant and remarkably uniform in size and habit. 

Type specimen in Herb. University of Wyoming, no. 4682, 
Granger, June 13, 1898. 


. Streptanthus Wyomingensis 


Biennial or possibly of longer duration: stems single or more 
often several from the crown, each usually somewhat branched, 
2-5 dm. high (including the raceme), glabrous or nearly so 
throughout: leaves numerous, the radical laciniate-toothed, ob- 
ovate on short margined petioles, early deciduous the second 
season ; cauline (all except the lowest) clasping-auriculate, the 
lobes comparatively large and rounded, somewhat glaucous, the 
lowest coarsely dentate or nearly entire, oblong, 4—7 cm. long, the 
upper entire, gradually smaller upward : flowers large, ebracteate, 
congested during anthesis: calyx subcylindric; sepals oblong, 5 
mm. long, petaloid, midvein greenish, especially toward the tip : 
petals white, sometimes tinged with pink as are the sepals, 10-12 
mm. long, claw narrow, the limb spreading, nearly oval: stamens 
distinct, anthers nearly equaling the filament: pods slightly flat- 
tened, very variable in length, sometimes nearly 10 cm. long, only 
1—1.5 mm. in diameter, erect or spreading, usually somewhat curved, 
on short (8 mm. long), stout, divaricate pedicels: stigma nearly 
sessile, 2-lobed : cotyledons accumbent. 


A very distinct species of the dry desert region of south- 
central Wyoming where it occurs mostly as scattering specimens, 
Three collections of it have been secured, viz., at Green River in 
1897, no. 3034; near the same place in 1898, no 4722, and at 
Tipton, no. 4787. Plants are in their prime during the first weeks 
of June, which must be considered early in the season at this high 
altitude. | 


Thelepodium paniculatum 


Perennial, glabrous and somewhat glaucous throughout: tap- 
root woody, vertical, usually simple: rootlets few to numerous, 
spreading : stems single, rarely 2 or more from the crown, simple 
below, at length paniculately branched above: radical leaves ob- 
long, acute, tapéring gradually to both base and apex, very short 
petioled, 2-6 cm. long: cauline sagittate-clasping, auricles short, 


б. 


Netson: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 12T 


subacute, from oblong below to narrowly lanceolate above, the 
lower comparatively large (4-6 cm. long), diminishing upward : 
raceme closely corymbose during anthesis : sepals oblong-spatu- 
late, slightly hooded at the tip, tinged with purple, about 4 mm. 
long : petals white or purplish, fully twice the length of the sepals, 
claw narrow, the limb obovate with a rounded or nearly truncate 
summit : pod nearly erect, subterete, slightly narrowed into a short, 
stipe-like base, 20-30 mm. long: style short but evident: pedi- 
cels ascending, 8—12 mm. long. 

During the past few years specimens have been accumulated 
that have been doubtfully called 7: sagittatum Endl. but two re- 
cent collections make it quite evident that this Thelepodium of 
southern Wyoming is distinct. | 

It seems to prefer moist ground among the sage brush on 
low lands adjacent to streams. Type specimen, no. 4673, Fossil, 
Uinta Co., where it is common on Twin Creek bottoms, June 12, 


1898. 
Lupinus alpestris 


Perennial from stout, deep set roots : caudex woody, branched, 
producing one or more stems from each crown : stems annual but 
the subligneous bases often persistent, only moderately stout, 
nearly erect, 4-6 dm. high, striate, very short pubescent, simple, 
or corymbosely branched: leaflets 5—9, mostly 7, from narrowly 
oblong to spatulate or oblanceolate, narrowed or cuneate at base, 
apex obtuse and usually cusped, very variable in length (2—7 cm.), 
minutely appressed-pubescent, sometimes nearly glabrous above, 
whole plant appearing nearly green and smooth to the unaided 
eye: lower petioles much longer than the leaflets, gradually shorter 
upward so that the uppermost do not equal the leaflets : racemes 
terminal on the main stem and branches, at length rather loosely 
verticillately flowered: calyx but slightly saccate at base, silky- 
villous as are the pedicels; pedicels shorter than the small to 
medium sized flowers: corolla blue or light blue, the keel purple- 
tipped, standard about 10 mm. long: pod silky-hirsute, 2—3 cm. 
long when mature, about 8 mm. broad, 5-ovuled, usually fewer 
seeded : seeds very flat, oval, 4 mm. long. 

For the past three or four years this plant has been tentatively 
held as L. Sitgreavesii Wats. Opportunity, the present year, of 
examining authentic specimens has shown this plant to be quite dis- 
tinct from that. Z. Sitgreavesii is a coarser plant, hirsute-pubescent, 


flowers larger, leaflets and ovules usually more numerous ; its 


ee Te a eee ТШ ee ee eee S OM onu 


198 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


range is in the Southwest, scarcely within the Rocky Mountains. 
L. alpestris seems to belong to the middle Rockies and is almost 
alpine, for it occurs, so far as observation goes, near the limit 
of trees. Its habitat (in Wyoming) is the loose, moist soil of 
the spruce woods. It has been collected in the Wind River 
Mts. (896) ; in the Sierra Madre (4243), and in the Medicine Bow 
Mts. (5070). The latter, the type number, by Mr. Elias Nelson, 
Aug. 22, 1898. 


Viola vallicola 


Nearly glabrous or finely puberulent, low caulescent: caudex 
short, erect, simple or somewhat branched at the crown: roots fas- 
cicled, fleshy, few to several : the few stems and several leaves clus- 
tered on the crowns : stems slender, with 2—4 internodes, at first 
very short but in age sometimes 15 cm. long : leaves entire, from 
broadly to narrowly ovate or oblong, mostly obtuse, with rounded 
base or, in the broadest leaves, subcordate, 2-5 cm. long ; petioles 
very variable in length, about equaling the blade or in some of the 
radical twice as long, the uppermost cauline shorter than the blade : 
lower peduncles much elongated but scarcely surpassing the up- 
permost leaves: sepals lanceolate, glabrous: petals yellow, more 
or less streaked with purple, glabrous, 10-14 mm. long: pods 
large, oval, with numerous large ovoid, seeds, | 

Heretofore confounded with V praemorsa Dougl. which be- 
longs to a range much to the northwest of this. That species is 
a much smaller plant, is nearly stemless and with coarse distant 
teeth on the small leaves. 

The herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden contains but 
one specimen of this species beside those deposited by me, viz., Carl 
F. Baker’s from Cameron Pass, but that is not wholly typical, It 
occurs in open ground, on moist, rich soil on stream banks in moun- 
tain valleys. 

Collected in several places in the state, the following nos. well 


representing it: 43, 4340, 4345 and 4525. 


Pachylophus montanus (N utt.) 


Oenothera montana Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. І: 500. 1840. 
Root large, from 1 dm. in young plants to several dm. long in 
older ones, simple or somewhat branched, woody with a somewhat 
fleshy cortex, crowns І or more, strictly acaulescent: leaves from 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 129 


few to numerous on the crowns, the blade oblong or oblanceo- 
late, irregularly, coarsely, pinnately toothed, acute at apex, from 
sparsely hirsute to green and glabrous on the faces, canescently 
hirsute on the margins and midrib, 3—5 cm. long, on petioles of 
about equal length: flowers few, calyx-tube equaling or but little 
shorter than the leaves, hirsute-pubescent, calyx lobes pinkish, 
lanceolate, glabrous but for a pubescent line down the middle, 
2-2.5 cm. long : petals white, changing to pink (always drying 


pink), broadly obcordate, 2—3 cm. long ; stamens but slightly un- 


equal, the filaments but little longer than the anthers: capsule 
sessile, oblong or narrowly ovate, obscurely tubercled on the obtuse 
angles, 15-20 mm. long: seeds in two rows, crowded, brown or 
nearly black, irregularly obovate. 


That this is the suppressed Oerzothera montana there can be little 
doubt. Its distinctness was evident to Nuttall and must be to every 
one who sees it in the field. Though I have distributed it as О. 
caespitosa Nutt. (nos. 58 and 1221), the two species need never be 
confused. It was the evident distinctness of the two that led to 
the unfortunate distribution of the true О. caespitosa (nos. 926 and 
1274) also under the wrong name. 

In looking through this species cover in the Herb. Mo. Bot. 
Garden, I found some unnamed specimens as follows: By Hay- 
den, two near the mouth of Wind River, May 20, 1860; one, 
Wind River Valley, June 29, 1860; one, Jackson's Hole, June 12, 
1860 ; by Dr. C. M. Hines, two from the Valley of the Yellow- 
stone, Montana (?), 1860, all of which are, without doubt, good 
Pachylophus montanus. 

This plant differs strikingly from P. caespitosus (Nutt.) Raimann 
in its smaller size, its thicker, smaller leaves, smaller flowers, shorter 
calyx-tube, as well as in its root characters and habitat. It has 
been known to me for a number of years and I have never secured 
it except on the naked red, gravelly-clay slopes of the foothills. 
Here the large white flowers are very conspicuous against the red 
background to the night-flying insects which undoubtfully pollin- 
ate it. The changing to pink follows upon their fertilization and 
takes them out of competition with their neighbors. 

My collection, of this species, no. 1896, Laramie, June 3, 1896, 
may be cited as typical. 


- =~ 


Am 


130 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


Sphaerostigma minor 


A small annual, usually simple stemmed, sometimes 2 or more 
erect stems from the base, 3-10 cm. high, minutely puberulent or 
at length glabrous: leaves rather crowded below, from linear to 
oblong or broader, entire, subacute, 12-25 mm. long, mostly short 
petioled, the radical distinctly so : flowers yellowish, minute, axil- 
lary, mostly crowded near the end of the stems : calyx-tube very 
short, nearly cylindrical, slightly larger upward, about as long as 
the narrowly ovate, obtusish segments: petals oval with acutish 
ends, scarcely exceeding the sepals and equalled by the pistil and 
the longer stamens, about r.5 mm. long: capsule contorted or 
nearly straight, spreading or erect, linear, slightly attenuated up- 
ward, subcylindric, striate at maturity, obscurely puberulent : seeds 
in one row, oblong, subacute at the ends, smooth, about I mm. 
long. 

Probably most nearly related to Sphacrostigma strigulosa (T. 
& G.) in fruit and floral characters. 

An inconspicuous and scattering plant on the loose, shale cliffs 
bordering the Green and Platte Rivers. Type specimen in Herb. 


University of Wyoming no. 3047, Green River, May 31, 1897. 


Peucedanum megarrhiza 


Acaulescent, glabrous throughout: root enormous, semi- 
woody, deep-set, 1 m. (more or less) in length, 1 dm. (more or 
less) in diameter; caudex multicipital, very broadly caespitose, 
branches of caudex very numerous and crowded, thickly clothed 
with old leaf-sheaths: leaves few to several from each crown, 
rather rigidly erect, long petioled, pinnate ; leaflets few, 2—5 rather 
distant pairs, from simple and narrowly linear to pinnatifid, 2—4 
cm. long, when pinnatifd the segments few, linear or narrowly 
oblong, cuspidate as are the leaflets : scapes moderately stout, 1 5— 
25 cm. high, scarcely exceeding the leaves: umbel 8-12-rayed, 
rays widely spreading, some of them at length reflexed, nearly 
equal (shorter in the occasionally aborted umbellets), about 15 
mm. long; pedicels 1-2 mm. long; involucels of a few short- 
lanceolate bracts: calyx teeth very short: petals yellow: fruit 
elliptic-oblong, 6-8 mm. long, half as broad : seeds strongly flat- 
tened dorsally, plane on the commissural surface; lateral ribs 
winged, hardly half as wide as the body of the seed, the dorsal and 
intermediate filiform or almost none: oil tubes about 3 in the in- 
tervals, 6-10 on the commissural face. 

Certainly closely allied to P. Parzyz C. & К. but at once to be 


distinguished by its strongly tufted habit, the stoutish, erect scapes 


— 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 181. 


and leaves and by the linear leaflets and leaf segments. It occurs 
on dry, naked, clay ridges and slopes and on gully sides where its 
long, stout root anchors it, in spite of the torrents that occasionally 
pour over it. Two collections of it, no. 4769, Point of Rocks, 
June 16, 1898, and no. 4873, Chalk Mt., July 13, 1898, the latter 
by Mr. Elias Nelson. 


Dodecatheon salinum 


Crown very short, subglobose, 5-8 mm. in diameter : roots very 
numerous, fascicled, rather slender but somewhat fleshy : leaves 5— 
10 on the crown, widely spreading or merely ascending, glabrous, 
rather thin, in the older leaves distinctly reticulated, entire, usually 
elliptic, sometimes obovate or oblanceolate, obtuse, 2—4 cm. long, 
on slender (rarely margined) petioles from one fourth to one half 
as long, including the petiole about one fourth as long as the 
single erect scape : scape slender, 10-20 cm. high, purplish above, 
glabrous as is also the inflorescence: bracts few, short, oblong or 
spatulate, mostly obtusish: flowers from few to several (3-12), 
erect in bud on very short pedicels, nodding in anthesis, the erect 
fruiting pedicels much elongated (2-4 cm. long): segments of the 
corolla lilac-purple, the undivided part yellowish-white with an in- 
distinct purplish ring near the base: stamen ring yellowish-white, 
shorter than the anthers; anthers purple with whitish margins : 
style glabrous, surpassing the stamens ; capsule elliptic, probably 
when wholly mature somewhat exceeding the calyx, splitting from 
the obtuse summit into two equal valves: seeds very numerous. 


The nearest ally of this seems to be D. pauciflorum Greene 
from which its smaller size, different leaves, bracts, stamens and 
capsule readily distinguish it. Then, too, the habitat is different. 
D. pauciflorum is of wet or boggy, meadow-like bottom lands 
while this occurs оп moist, strongly saline flats where other vege- 
tation is scanty. | 

Type specimen in Herb. University of Wyoming, по 3012, 
May 29, 1897. Collected again in 1898 near the same place. 
Under the above number a few specimens were sent out as D. 
Jeffreyi Moore, to which it bears but little resemblance. 


Cuscuta Plattensis 


Stems yellowish-green, moderately slender, climbing the full 
length of the stems of the host: flowers in either loose or dense 
paniculate cymes, short pedicelled: calyx lobes obtuse, suborbic- 
ular, somewhat exceeding 1 mm. in length, the tube very short : 


ee ee = утте у Ye eee ea ae REFERT Үт omn 0 T NS = сүт 


152 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


| corolla marcescent at the base of the capsule, its lobes short-ovate, 
obtuse, about half the length of the broadly campanulate tube, at 
Ё first erect, but ultimately reflexed ; tube about 2 mm. long: scales 
| shorter than the tube, broadest at the truncate fringed summit : 
styles distinct, but slightly unequal, scarcely more than 1 mm. in 
length and not more than 14 the length of the mature capsule : 
capsule subglobose, 5 mm. in diameter when mature, indehiscent ; 
ovules 4, usually only one maturing, seeds broadly reniform. 
Though not very closely allied, this species falls into the 
same section with C. tenuiflora Engelm. It has been twice secured, 
both times on the upper Platte. The first time in 1896, Aug. 27, 
in the Сайоп of the Platte, no. 2768, and the past season by Mr. 
Elias Nelson, Horseshoe Park, July 13, no. 5053. Тһе host 
plants thus far observed are Grindelia, Solidago and Helianthus. 


Gilia spicata deserta var. nov. 


Habit of the species, but usually shorter-stemmed : stems one or 
more from a woody root with one or more swollen crowns, lanate : 
basal leaves crowded on the crowns, mostly simple, linear; the 
cauline pinnatifid, the divisions few (3—5), linear ; leaves and divi- 
sions shorter than in the species : inflorescence crowded-spicate, in 
dwarf plants approaching capitate: calyx closely and minutely 
glandular. 


To be distinguished from the species by the shorter, stouter, 
more woolly stems : the more crowded and glandular inflorescence ; 
the rosulate, crowded, nearly simple basal leaves ; the slender di- 
visions of the more pinnatifid stem leaves and its habitat. The 
species is of the sandy foothills in the Rocky Mountains in general 
while this variety has been secured only on the naked, red-clay 
slopes of the Red Desert region. Three collections of this variety 
are at hand: Point of Rocks, June 15, 1898, no. 4746; Fort 
Steele, June 18, 1898, no. 4832 ; Freezeout Hills, July ro, 1898, 
no. 4843, the latter by Mr. Elias Nelson. 


Phacelia biennis 


Diennial: root small, somewhat fleshy, conical, nearly straight 

and vertical, 5-8 cm. long, rarely much exceeding 10 mm. in di- 

. ameter at the crown: stems strict, a single main stem from the crown 
3-4 dm. high, with occasionally one or two smaller, erect accessory 
ones, closely canescent and slightly hispid with spreading hairs : 


А ср x 


NELSON: NEw PLANTS FROM WYOMING 133 


leaves rather numerous on the crowns, few and distant on the 
stems, simple or more generally with a pair of divergent, lanceo- 
late lobes on the petiole near the base of the blade, appressed-hir- 
sute, with a finer pubescence intermingled ; blade oblong, subacute, 
5-10 cm. long, 1-3 cm. wide: petioles broad, the lower about 
equaling the blade, shorter upwards, the upper leaves nearly ses- 
sile : inflorescence at first crowded, the cyme becoming more open 
with age as its short circinate spikes unroll and lengthen: sepals 
oblong-linear, in anthesis shorter than the corolla, lengthening 
with age, in fruit about 8 mm. long: corolla light blue, about 
5 mm. long, the lobes obtuse, entire or nearly so, half the length 
of the tube, appendages inconspicuous and thin, united at the base 
of the filament : the filaments exserted, distinctly hirsute ; style di- 
vided about half its length, glabrous. 

At once distinguished by its small, biennial root, its strict habit, 
its ample leaves and accessory leaflets and hirsute stamens. Из 
habitat too is quite different from the other species, as this occurs 
in the moist loam of mountain valleys. Type specimen in Herb. 


University of Wyoming, no. 1323, Pole Creek, June 27, 1895. 


Castilleia fasciculata 


Perennial : taproot short, more or less branched below: cau- 
dex very short, scarcely more than a woody enlarged crown on 
the taproot : stems from a few to several from the crown, simple 
or nearly so, moderately slender, somewhat spreading at the base, 
very strict and fascicled above, cinereous-pubescent as are also the 
leaves and inflorescence (pubescence somewhat unequal—from 
puberulent to subhispid), 2—3 dm. high: leaves very variable, 3— 
6 cm. long, from nearly linear-entire to much divided, the lobes 
short or the leaves divided much beyond the middle, usually 3- 
lobed, the lateral lobes linear, widely divergent and shorter than 
the middle : inflorescence early elongating into a close, rather slen- 
der spike, 8-18 cm. long, constituting half, or even more, of the 
length of the stem: bracts not conspicuously colored, light green 
or indistinctly reddish or yellowish, 14-18 mm. long, 3-cleft below 
the middle from a broad base, the middle lobes lanceolate, nearly 
as long as the corolla, the lateral lobes linear, divergent, shorter 
than the middle one: calyx equally cleft before and behind, the 
lobes short-bifid : corolla hardly exceeding calyx and bracts, galea 
short, not more than half as long as the tube, and twice as long as 
the lip: lip slightly ventricose but not callous,'its three teeth short- 
oblong, obtuse, as long as the ventricose portion : stamens mostly 
included in the galea ; style exserted. 


Ec TK RS 


184 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


Closely allied to C. cicius but lacking the viscidity and 
easily distinguished by the strict habit of the somewhat fascicled 
stems. Collected by Mr. Elias Nelson, at Indian Grove Moun- 
tains, on fertile soil, in a draw among the sage-brush, July 18, 
1898, no. 4998. 


oe ee Ам 


Some new Species from Washington 


By К. М. WIEGAND 
(PLATE 355) 


The several sets of Washington plants collected by Mr. J. B. 
Flett afford the following apparently undescribed species. Two of 
these are from the vicinity of Tacoma and are already represented 
in the larger herbaria under other names. Those from the Olym- 
pic Mountains I have never seen from elsewhere. 


Allium crenulatum 


Very low and dwarf (4-5 cm. high), from a small globose bulb, 
the latter not fibrillar : scape 2-edged (1.25 mm. wide), edges crenu- 
lately roughened: leaves 3-4 cm. long, narrow (1.5 mm. wide), re- 
curved,edges crenulate: umbel few-flowered : bracts two, large, scari- 
ous, ovate-oblong, acute (8-10 mm. long) : pedicels shorter than the 
flowers : perianth pink, segments (8 mm. long) lanceolate, acutish : 
stamens one-half the length of the perianth : anthers short-oblong : 
filaments naked : ovary six-crested at the summit but not horned : 
style 1 mm. long. [Plate 355. | 

Loose gravel near the summit of the Olympic Mountains in the 
vicinity of the headwaters of the Quilcene River. 

Related to A. pleinanthum Wats. but is smaller, with roughened 
angles to the scape, and has fewer flowers; the leaves are also 


much narrower. 


Lathyrus Torreyi tenellus var. nov. 


Very slender and weak, more or less decumbent at the base 
(10-25 cm. high) from a very slender rootstock, short-hirsute 
with crisp white hairs intermixed with a few sessile glands: 
leaves (4-5 cm. long) oblong: leaflets 5—7 pairs, small, thin, 
elliptical, acute at each end, mucronately pointed, light green 
(12-16 mm. long), sparingly hairy on both surfaces ; pulvinus 
strongly hirsute; stipules (8 mm. long) semi-ovate-lanceolate, 
acuminate and hastate, the lower lobe acute; rachis scarcely 
prolonged beyond the upper leaflet: flowers (15-17 mm. long) 
1—3 (mostly 2) on a slender hirsute peduncle 1-6 cm. long; pedi- 


( 135) 


Pe M t 


| 
; 


AS a — и ооа ва и 
a= * 
З 


136 WIEGAND: SOME NEW SPECIES FROM WASHINGTON 


cels scarcely any : calyx campanulate (6-7 mm. long), 5-toothed, 
the upper teeth deltoid ovate, acute, the three lower subulate and 
nearly twice as long, sparingly hairy : corolla showy. 

Oregon and Washington. The type is Flett's no. 276, col- 
lected at Tacoma ; other specimens studied are : 

Oregon, Hall, no. 117. 

Washington, Henderson, Cooper. 

The type of this species is stouter, less hirsute and has larger 
(15-20 mm. long) more oval leaves which are not so acute at the 
ends. The flowers are also smaller, commonly solitary and nearly 
sessile. The calyx is more deeply cleft, and the teeth longer, es- 
pecially the upper. It has a more southern range from Santa 
Cruz to Oregon. 


Hydrophyllum congestum 


Stem 20 30 cm. high, rather weak, pubescent with sparse crisp 
hairs, sparsely branched: the cauline leaves 2-3 in number (20 
cm. or less in length), pinnately s-foliate, on rather long petioles ; 
leaflets ovate-oblong, acute, the upper much larger and broadly 
ovate, all cleft incised and sharply toothed (3-5 cm. long) green 
and strigose above, crisp-pubescent and paler beneath: flowers 
in dense and nearly sessile clusters ; the peduncles very short (15- 
20 mm. long) ; pedicels slender (8 mm. long), finely and crisply 
pubescent with tawny hairs: calyx small (5 mm. long), cleft 
nearly to the base, sinuses rounded, naked; lobes linear, obtuse 
(rarely acutish), 1-nerved, margins and surfaces densely clothed 
with tawny hairs intermixed with shorter ones: corolla short (8 
mm. long) glabrous, cleft two-thirds of the way to the base, lobes 
oblong, rounded or slightly retuse at the appex ; folds extending 
two-thirds of the way up, rather narrow, cellular-striate and glandu- 
lar-ciliate : stamens with slender filaments 12 mm. long ; anthers 
oblong (2.35 x 1.25 mm.) cordate at the base, rounded and apiculate 
at the summit : style forked at the tip, 12 mm. long. 

Collected near Tacoma in 1896. 

This species resembled Æ. Virginicum but differs in the more 
numerous leaflets, in the brownish hirsute covering of the nearly 
sessile inflorescence, and the densely hirsute calyx lobes. It 
also resembles Æ. occidentale Gray and H. albifrons Heller from 
which it differs principally in the short peduncles and form of the 
leaflets. Z7. tenuipes Heller has very long peduncles, the calyx is 
merely ciliate, and the hairs are not distinctly tawny. 


b 


WIEGAND: SOME NEW SPECIES FROM WASHINGTON 137 


Senecio Flettii 


Slender (20 cm. high), entirely glabrous, apparently slightly 
fleshy : leaves mostly radical (8—12 cm. x 2 cm.), narrowly ob- 
long, pinnately incised and parted and somewhat lyrate ; divisions 
decurrent, oblong or more commonly obovate-cuneate, incisely 
toothed above, terminal portion of the leaf not enlarged, petioles 
as long as the blade, slender; cauline leaves 3—4, much smaller, 
upper quite small and with distant linear (6-8 mm. long) divi- 
sions: heads several in a capitate corymb, small (7 mm. high), 
on slender glabrous bracted pedicels: involucre narrowly cam- 
panulate ; bracts 10-12, linear-lanceolate, thin, mostly acute, 
1—2-nerved and green, whiter on the margins but scarcely scarious, 
calyculate outer bracts usually wanting : ray flowers only 2 or 4, 
longer than the disk, bright orange: achenes obovate, truncate, 
glabrous; pappus copious, white: tube of the corolla slender; 
limb elliptic (8 mm. long), the rounded apex 3-4-toothed: style 
slender : stigmas scarcely truncate: disk flowers numerous, orange : 
achenes апа pappus same as in the ray flowers : corolla slender, 
evenly funnel-form, narrow, glabrous; lobes 5, acute: stamen- 
tube rather short, apex of the stamens obtuse, cubical tissue of the 
filament not enlarged: stigmas truncate. [Plate 355.] 


Loose stones and gravel near the headwaters of the Quilcene 
river, Olympic Mountains. 

This species belongs to the group represented by S. Lolandert 
Gray, S. /Jaetifforus Greene, апа S. indecorus Greene, but differs 
from the known species in its peculiarly lobed leaves, naked stem, 
and small glabrous heads. The early root leaves in some cases 
show a tendency to become orbicular and merely crenate. 


| 
К 


ee eae a et ee алы е ^ Ш Бб rcm mST 


Some Northwestern Erysiphaceae 


By DAVID GRIFFITHS 


The following list is prepared from material which has been 
accumulating since 1892. It is based upon specimens from 
South Dakota, Wyoming and Montana. The species recorded 
from the two latter States are in the nature of incidental gatherings 
which were made while engaged in other work during the sum- 
mers of 1897 and 1898 in company with either Mr. L. W. 
Carter or Mr. T. A. Williams. Access has been had to the private 
herbarium and collections of Mr. Williams, and several hosts and 
one species are quoted from these collections. The list is by no 
means even approximately complete for the region covered. It 
is published simply as a preliminary list to which additions will 
doubtless be made when other localities are visited. 

As might be expected from a knowledge of the altitudinal and 
climatic variations of the states mentioned, the species are exceed- 
ingly variable in both macroscopic and microscopic characters. 
These variations have been quite thoroughly worked out by Pro- 
fessor T. J. Burrill in Ellis & Everhart, N. A. Pyrenomycetes, but 
the variations here are in many cases still greater than recorded by 
either him or Dr. Rehm in Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen Flora. I 
find my material variable, especially in the extent of mycelial de- 
velopment and the usual microscopic measurements. In the 
matter of appendages, character of the wall of the perithecium and 
number of spores and asci I find less variation from published de- 
scriptions. 

As to the identity of the species recorded here, there are two 
points regarding which there is some doubt. Lrysiphe cichor- 
acearum growing on Ligelovia, Lygodesmia and Grindelia appears 
to me to have some constant characters of its own. This I find to be 
the case in various exsiccatae which I have examined as well as 
in my own collections. Тһе characteristics which appear to be 
the most distinctive are the abundant development of mycelium 
which gives a different appearance from the forms on the other 


(138) 


GRIFFITHS : SOME NORTHWESTERN ERYSIPHACEAE 139 


composites even to the naked eye ; and the number of asci and the 
lighter colored appendages are also quite characteristic. Micro- 
sphaera diffusa and М. Raveneli are quite difficult of separation, 
especially in the immature condition. After careful examination 
of well authenticated specimens named by the describers, or dupli- 
cate specimens of the type material, I have referred my specimens 
on Lathyrus to M. Ravenelii and the forms on Vicia to M. diffusa. 
Attention might be called in passing to the necessity of good de- 
scriptions of the conidial stage of the Erysiphaceae as well as of the 
perithecial one. Some of my material shows good characters in 
the early condition of development. 

An interesting observation regarding the apparent sudden ap- 
pearance of Æ. communis on several species of Polygonum is worth 
recording. As stated before, the collection of fungi was begun in 
South Dakota in 1892, but no specimens of Æ. communis were 
found on Polygonum until 1895, when I found a few immature 
specimens in the northern part of the state, and Mr. Williams re- 
ported it from Brookings the same year. The next year more of 
it was found, and in 1897 and 1898 it was abundant everywhere. 
The fungus without doubt occurred on species of Polygonum long 
before we happened to find it; but that it occurred in small quan- 
tity previous to 1896 there can be no doubt. 

It is interesting to compare the vertical distribution of these 
species. This is governed mainly, no doubt, by the habits of the 
hosts ; but as some of the host plants recorded here are found at 
a much higher altitude and others at a much lower, the question 
naturally arises as to the extent of altitudinal influence. The fol- 
lowing upper limits will be instructive : 

EnvsiPHE COMMUNIS on Oenothera albicaulis, 6500 ft. 

ERYSIPHE CICHORACEARUM on Mertensia Sibirica, 8500 ft. 

ERYSIPHE GRAMINIS on Agropyron tenerum, 8500 ft. 

MICROSPHAERA VACCINII on Vaccinium Myrtillus microphyllum, 
8500 ft. 

SPHAEROTHECA CasrAGNEI on Arnica cordifolia, 9500 ft. 

SPHAEROTHECA HUMULI on Viola Canadensis, 7 500 ft. 

The altitudes are all given for localities on Clear Creek in the 
Big Horn Mountains in the vicinity of Buffalo, Wyo., where quite 
a complete collection was made from the base of the mountains to 


140 GRIFFITHS : SOME NORTHWESTERN ERYSIPHACEAE 


the snow line, which here is located at about 10500 ft. Sphaero- 
theca Castagnei was found at the highest level on Arnica cordifolia: 
This host is very abundant here at lower altitudes, but this was 
the only locality in which it was found affected with this fungus. 
Some attention has been paid to the distribution of the fungi on 
closely related hosts of the region. А study of the list will furnish 
the best general idea on this point. Æ. cichoracearum has been 
found, as usual, on a great number of hosts and in several instances 
widely separated ones. While its favorite habitat appears to be on 
the composites it is by no means confined to this group. When 
these facts are taken into consideration it is rather astonishing to 
find an entire absence of the fungus on hosts which are generically 
related. А striking illustration came under my observation at 
Sheridan, Wyo. In the corner of a garden three species of the 
genus Artemisia—A, Ludoviciana, A. tridentata and A. longifolia ` 
were growing in profusion. They were in such close proximity that 
their branches were actually intertwined. Being in partially cul- 
tivated ground the growth of each was much more luxuriant than 
usual. A. Ludoviciana was loaded with Æ. cichoracearum, but care- 
ful search failed to reveal any on the other two species. I am not 
aware that the fungus has ever been recorded on either of these 
two species. This is all the more astonishing when we consider 
the frequency with which A. Ludoviciana is affected. In the ab- 
sence of direct experimental evidence no positive reason can be 
given for the absence of this fungus on the two species in question 
under such apparently favorable conditions. Although closely 
related there is, however, a great difference in the aromatic prin- 
ciple and the development of trichomes in the two species, which 
may account for the phenomenon at least in part. А parallel case 
was observed in two other species of the same genus at Buffalo, 
Wyo. A. dracunculoides and A. Canadensis were growing together. 
The former had an abundance of Æ. céchoracearum upon it while 
the latter was entirely free. A directly opposite effect even in 
widely separated hosts was observed at Missoula, Mont. Неге 
Crataegus and Alnus were growing so that the branches over- 
lapped. The former was badly affected with Phyllactinia suffulta 
and the latter with Microsphaera alni. A small quantity of Р. 
suffulta was found on the Alnus also. | 


теч ee ҮҮ Р ЧЕРНИН үлү ут ae Fs үүтү т mA. ЧЧ, ТТ = оуу кетин a. т тнт 
27 8 


GRIFFITHS: SOME NORTHWESTERN ERYSIPHACEAE 141 


ERYSIPHE CICHORACEARUM DC. 


On Verbena stricta Vent., Oakwood, 5. D. 


Artemisia Ludoviciana Nutt., Missoula, Mont. ; Aberdeen, S. D. ; 
Sheridan, Wyo. ; Ft. McKinney, Wyo. 

Artemisia dracunculoides Pursh, Pierre, S. D.; Billings, Mont. ; 
Buffalo, Wyo. 

Achillea millefolium L., Sylvan Lake, S. D. 

Boltonia asteroides L' Her., Aberdeen, S. D. 

Rudbeckia hirta L., Sylvan Lake, S. D. 

Ambrosia trifida L., Pierre, S. D. 

Ambrosia psilostachya DC., Huron, S. D. ; Billings, Mont. 

Bigelovia graveolens albicaulis Gray, Merino, Wyo. ; Ft. Mc- 
Kinney, Wyo. 

Solidago nana Nutt., Inyan Kara Mt., Wyo. 

Solidago Canadensis L., Tacoma Park, S. D. 

Helianthus rigidus Desf., Aberdeen, S. D. 

Helianthus annuus L., Missoula, Mont. 

Helianthus tuberosus L., Redfield, S. D. 

Helianthus giganteus L., Big Horn, Wyo. 

Helianthus Maximilianus Schard., Aberdeen, S. D. 

Hydrophyllum Virginicum L., Big Stone Lake, S. D. 

Aster laevis L., Missoula, Mont. 

Chrysopsis villosa Nutt., Buffalo, Wyo. 

Helenium montanum Nutt., Missoula, Mont. 

Mertensia Sibirica Don., Buffalo, Wyo. 

Phacelia circinata Jacq., Missoula, Mont. 

Galium triflorum Michx., Missoula, Mont. 

Carduus altissimus L., Ft. McKinney, Wyo. 

Grindelia squarrosa Donal, “L. A. К.” Капен; 9. D.; 
Aberdeen, S. D. ; Ft. McKinney, Wyo. 

Balsamorrhiza sagittata Nutt., Buffalo, Wyo. 

Macrocalyx nyctalea (L.) Kuntze, Big Stone Lake, S.D 

Lygodesmia juncea Don., Buffalo, Wyo. 

Erigeron macranthus Nutt., Bear Lodge Mts., Wyo. 


ErysIPHE communis (Wallr.) Fr. 


On Polygonum ramosissimum prolificum Small, Rapid City, 5. Р. 


Polygonum ramosissimum Michx., Rapid City, S. D.; Pierre, 
S. D.; Billings, Mont. 


3 
$ 
3 
! 
i 


142 GRIFFITHS : SOME NORTHWESTERN ERYSIPHACEAE 


Polygonum littorale Link., Grindstone Buttes, S. D. 

Polygonum aviculare L., Buffalo, Wyo.; Rapid City, S. D. 

Lupinus sericeus Pursh, Inyan Kara Mt., Wyo. 

Thalictrum purpurascens L., Tacoma Park, S. D. 

Spresia Lamberti (Pursh) Kuntze, Grindstone Buttes, S. D.; 
Buffalo, Wyo. 

Ranunculus Pennsylvanica L., Little Mo. Buttes, Wyo. 

Homalobus cespitosus Nutt., Inyan Kara Mt., Wyo. 

Lotus Purshiana (Nutt.) Bisch., Belle Foursche, S. D. 

Oenothera albicaulis Nutt., Buffalo, Wyo. 

Trifolium varigatum Nutt., Lo Lo, Mont. 

Psoralea tenuiflora Pursh, Billings, Mont. 

Astragulus oroboides Americanus Gray, Buffalo, Wyo. 

Astragulus frigidus Americanus (Hook.) Watson, Buffalo, Wyo. 

Astragalus Canadensis L., Tacoma Park, S. D. 

Lespedeza striata Hook. & Arn., Brookings, S. D. 


ERYSIPHE GALEOPSIDIS DC. 


On Stachys palustris L., Missoula, Mont.; Aberdeen, S. D.; Ft. 
McKinney, Wyo.; Huron, S. D. 


ERYSIPHE GRAMINIS DC. 


Poa nemoralis L., Bear Lodge Mts., Wyo.; Hot Springs, S. D. 
Lake Hendricks, S. D. 

Роа serotina Ehr., Missoula, Mont. 

Poa pratensis L., Ft. McKinney, Wyo.; Brookings, S. D. 

Bromus unioloides Willd., Brookings, S. D. 

Bromus breviaristatus (Hook.) Buckl, Buffalo, Wyo.; Mis- 
soula, Mont. 

Agropyron tenerum Vasey, Buffalo, Wyo. 

Beckmannia erucaeformis Hort., Belle Foursche, S. D. 


SPHAEROTHECA CasTAGNEI Lev. 
On Lepargyraea argentea (Nutt.) Greene, Sheridan, Wyo.; Devil's 

Tower, Wyo. 

Lepargyraea Canadensis (L.) Greene, S. Fork Piney River, 
Wyo. 

Troximon officinalis Weber, Billings, Mont. 

Crepis runcinata T. & G., Buffalo, Wyo. 

Arnica cordifolia Hook., Buffalo, Wyo. 


Tees ИИҮҮ Уру. 


GRIFFITHS: SOME NORTHWESTERN ЕКҮЅІРНАСЕАЕ 143° 


Gillardia aristata Pursh, Missoula, Mont. 

Troximon glaucum Pursh, Buffalo, Wyo.; Red Lodge, Mont. 
Pedicularis Groenlandica Retz., Buffalo, Wyo. 

Fragaria glauca (Watson) Rydb., Missoula, Mont. 

Collomia linearis Nutt., S. Fork Piney River, Wyo. 

Senecio triangularis Hook., Red Lodge, Mont. 

Lophanthus anisatus Benth., Little, Mo.; Buttes, Wyo. 
Bidens frondosa L., Scatterwood, S. D. 


SpHAEROTHECA HUMULI (DC.) Burrill 
On Viola Canadensis L., Buffalo, Wyo. 
Geranium Richardsoni Fisch., Bear Lodge Mts., Wyo. 
Humulus Lupulus L., Buffalo, Wyo. 


SPHAEROTHECA EPILOBII (Link.) DeB. 
On Epilobium adenocaulon Hausskn., Sylvan Lake, S. D.; Buffalo, 
Wyo. 
SPHAEROTHECA MORS-UVAE (Schw.) В. & С. 
On Ribes lacustre Prior., Buffalo, Wyo. 


Ribes Hudsonianum Richards, Missoula, Mont. 
Ribes floridum L'Her., Rondell, 5. D. 


SPHAEROTHECA PANNOSA (Wallr.) Fr. 
On Rosa Woodsii Lindl., Ft. McKinney, Wyo. 


PODOSPHAERA OXYACANTHAE (DC.) DeB. 


On Spiraea lucida Dougl., S. Fork Piney River, Wyo. 
Prunus Americana Marshall, Redfield, S. D. 
Prunus Virginiana L., Bigstone Lake, S. D. 
Prunus demissa Walp., S. Fork Piney River, Wyo. 
Prunus pumila L., Brookings, 5. D. 

Crataegus rivularis Nutt., Little, Mo.; Buttes, Wyo. 


PHYLLACTINIA SUFFULTA (Reb.) Sacc. 
On Philadelphus Lewisti Pursh, Missoula, Mont. 
° Betula occidentalis Hook., Ft. McKinney, Wyo. 
Crataegus rivularis Nutt., Missoula, Mont. 
Cornus stolonifera Michx., Missoula, Mont.; Big Stone Lake, 
S. 1. 


144 GRIFFITHS : SOME NORTHWESTERN ERYSIPHACEAE 


" 
Alnus incana virescens Watson, Missoula, Mont. 
Negundo aceroides Moench., Brookings, S. D. 
Fraxinus viridis Michx., Brookings, S. D. 
Celastrus scandens L., Brookings, S. D. 


MICROSPHAERA SYMPHORICARPI E. C. Howe 


On Symphoricarpos occidentalis Hook., Tacoma Park, S. D. 
Symphoricarpos racemosus Michx., Missoula, Mont. 


MICROSPHAERA VACCINII С. & Р. 
On Vaccinium Myrtillus microphyllum Hook., Buffalo, Wyo. 


MicROsPHAERA ALNI (DC.) Wint. 
On Syringa vulgaris L., Brookings, S. D. 
Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq., Brookings, S. D. 
Alnus incana virescens Watson, Missoula, Mont. 
Lonicera glaucescens Rydb., Bear Lodge Mts., Wyo. 


MICROSPHAERA QUERCINA (Schw.) Burrill 
On Quercus macrocarpa Michx., Little, Mo.; Buttes, Wyo. 


MICROSPHAERA DIFFUSA С. & Р, 
On Vicia Americana truncata (Nutt.) Brewer, Snoma, S. D. 
Vicia linearis (Nutt.) Greene, Brookings, S. D. 
Vicia Americana Muhl., Buffalo, Wyo. 
Giycyrrhiza lepidota Pursh, Little Mo. Buttes, Wyo. 


MICROSPHAERA RAvENELII Berk. 
On Lathyrus vinosus Muhl., Sylvan Lake, S. D ; Bear Lodge Mts., 
Wyo. 
Uxcıxura salicis (DC.) Wint. 
On Salix cordata Muhl, Aberdeen, S. D. 
Salix sp., Little Mo. Buttes, Wyo. 
Populus tremuloides Michx., Sylvan Lake, S. D.; Red Lodge, 
Mont. 
Populus balsamifera L., Buffalo, Wyo. 


UNCINULA MACROSPORA Peck. 
On Ulmus Americana L., Brookings, S. D. 
UNCINULA NECATOR (Schw.) Burrill. 
On Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch, Brookings, S. D. 


COLU MBIA UNIVERSITY, March I, 1899. 


—————— ———" —— 


An Enumeration of the Plants collected by Dr. Н Н, Rusby in South 
America, 1885-1886, —X XVI 


By Н. Н. Воѕвү 


(Continued from Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 545. 15 О. 1898.) 


5-7 cm. long, branched, the branches elongated, very slender, 
spreading : leaves sessile by a broad base, those of the pair con- 
tiguous, 4—10 cm. long, .5-1.5 cm. broad, lance-linear, tapering 
from near the base and attenuate, strongly nerved, the principal 
nerves 5—7 : cymes terminal, rather dense, 3—5 cm. broad, closely 
subtended by leaves similar to the others, though smaller: pedi- 
cils 5-10 mm. long, stoutish, strongly angled; calyx-tube hemi- 


_spherical-campanulate, 3 mm. long, 4 mm. broad, the lobes 4 or 5 


mm. long, attenuate from a broad base, the sinuses broad and 
rounded: corolla (apparently yellow ), nearly 1 cm. long and 
broad, the lobes 7 mm. long, obovate, the apex rounded, minutely 
toothed: stamens inserted about 2 mm. from the base, 6 mm. 
long, the filaments broad, the anthers black, 1 mm. long and 
nearly as broad, attached by a very broad connective; stigmas 
broad, oval, exserted about 1 or 2 mm. 


Ingenio del Oro, 10000 ft., Mar., 1886 (nos. 672 and 673). 

Tetragonanthus gracilis ( Griseb.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl..431. 
Sorata and Unduavi, 10000 ft. ( nos. 669 and 670). Grows on wet 
hillsides, in clearings. 

Limnanthemum Humboldtianum ( H.B.K.) Griseb. Gen. et 
Sp. Gent. 347. (Villarsia Humboldtiana H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et 
Sp. 3: 187.) Reis, 1500 ft., June, 1886 (551). Grows in shal- 
low pools. 


HYDROPHYLLACEAE. 


Phacelia Peruviana (К. & P.) Spreng. Syst. 1: 584. Sorata, 
8000 ft., Apr., 1885 (1157). 


BORAGINACEAE. 
Cordia discolor C. & S. Linnaea 4: 482. 1829. Yungas, 
6000 ft., 1885 (2051 ). 
Cordia excelsa ( Mart.) A. DC. Prod. 9: 473. ( Gerasa- 
( 145 ) 


146 Козвү: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


canthus excelsa Mart. in Flora 21°: Beibl. 86. 1838). Reis, 1500 
ft., June, 1886 (тооз). 

Cordia Gerasacanthus L. Syst. 936. [10th ed.] Beni River, 
July, 1886 ( 1902). 

Cordia Guayaquilensis A. DC. Prod. 9: 496. Yungas, 4000 
ft., 1885 (2344 ). 

Cordia hispidissima А. DC. Prod. 9: 475. Марігі, 2500 ft., 
May, 1886 (no. 1901). The same as Blanchet's no. 995. 

Cordia laxiflora H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 3: 72(?) Junc- 
tion of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug., 1886 (no. 2054) 
and Falls of Madeira, Brazil, Oct. (no. 2053). The same as 
Spruce's no. 1695 and Bang’s no. 1394 and 1443, but not Glaz- 
iou's no. 11296. If not C. laxiflora, it is an undescribed species. 

Cordia multispicata Cham. Linnaea 4: 490. 1829. Var. fide 
Britton. To me it appears rather C. ferruginea К. & S. Syst. 4: 
458.  Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 2345). Apparently the 
same as F. Müller's no. 146 from Mexico. 

Cordia rotundifolia R. & P. Fl. Per. 2: 24. M. 748. f. а. Un- 
duavi, 8000 ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 1946). The same as Eggers’ no. 
14001. 


Cordia multicapitata Britton sp. nov. 


A shrub, strongly ferruginous-pubescent upon the branches, 
inflorescence, and veins of the lower leaf-surfaces: branches terete, 
rather slender: petioles 1—2 cm. long, broadly dilated at the in- 
sertion: blades 3—12 cm. long, 2-8 cm. broad, ovate, the base 
blunt to rounded, the apex abruptly short-acuminate and acute, 
the margin serrate-dentate with short sharp salient teeth, dark- 
green and shortly pubescent above, ferruginous underneath, the 
secondaries 7—10 irregular pairs, strongly upcurved, prominent 
underneath, obscure above, the secondaries and tertiaries suc- 
cessively connecting about midway: peduncles terminal but the 
lower appearing axillary, solitary, slender, erect, 2-6 cm. long, the 
heads globoidal, dense, 1—1.5 cm. broad: flowering calyx thick 
and rigid, about 4 mm. long and broad, somewhat larger in fruit, 
divided a little below the middle, the tube hemispherical to broader, 
the lobes triangular-ovate, acuminate to attenuate and acute: 
corolla nearly twice the length of the calyx, campanulate. 


Mapiri, 2,500 ft., May, 1886 (no. 1948). 
Related to C. ambigua, of Mexico. 


Russpy : SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 147 


Cordia umbrosa Spruce MS. sp. nov. 


Branches, peduncles and lower portions of the midribs under- 
neath very sparsely hispid with long, mostly reflexed hairs : peti- 
oles (only the uppermost seen) less than 1 cm. long, blackish- 
brown, stout: blades about 3 dm. long, 12-15 cm. broad, oval, 
the base blunt, the apex very short-acuminate and acute, glabrous 
except as stated, membranous but rigid, dark-green, the.venation 
slender but very prominent underneath, inconspicuous above, 
coarsely reticulate, the secondaries 10 or 12 on each side, mostly 
alternating, the base abruptly deflexed, then gradually merging 
into the midrib : peduncle (but one seen) terminal, 4 cm. long, the 
panicle cymose, loose, 2-5 cm. broad: pedicels short but dis- 
tinct, stout, articulate: flowering calyx membranous, 3 mm. long, 
somewhat broader, open-campanulate, the lobes short, broad and 
obtuse: corolla-tube 4-5 mm. long and broad, campanulate with 
the mouth slightly contracted, a dark line descending from each 
sinus, the lobes about 3 mm. long, broad and rounded, abruptly 
spreading : stamens equaling the corolla, inclusive of its lobes : 
the anthers 2.5 mm. long, the spreading bases as long as the 
united portion of the thecae, yellow: styles apparently about 
equalling the stamens, filiform: stigmas capitate, conspicuous. 


Junction of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug., 1896 (no. 
2608). The same as Spruce’s no. 3281, and collected by Pearce at 
Monterico, 3000-4000 ft. 


Cordia Caracasana velutina Britton var. nov. 

Softly ferruginous-tomentose throughout, the branches, peti- 
oles and peduncles stout, the spikes 2—4 cm. long, 1—2 cm. broad, 
the leaves finely reticulate, the veins impressed above, finely serrate. 

Reis, 1500 ft, June, 1886 (no. 2041) and Guanai, 2000 ft. 
May, 1886 (no. 2482). 


Saccellium Oliverii Britton sp. nov. 


Branches slender, somewhat flexuous, sparsely hispid-hairy, 
like the petioles and midrib: petioles 5 mm. long, stout and broad, 
blackish: blades 5-15 cm. long, 2-6 cm. broad, ovate, the base 
rounded, the apex short-acuminate and acute, membranous, ob- 
scurely strigose on both sides, the secondaries 0—12 on each side, 
the venation slender, reticulate, prominent on both sides, especially 
underneath : panicle small, terminal, short-peduncled : flowers not 
seen: fruit-pedicels scarcely any: fruiting calyx elliptical, about 
3.5 cm. long, 2 cm. wide, tipped with a blackish induration : fruit 


148 Козвү: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


blackish, shining, wrinkled, stoutly stipitate and beaked, oblong, 
slightly 4-lobed at apex, about 7 mm. long exclusive of stipe and 
beak, 5 mm. broad. i 


Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 2535). 

Coldenta dichotoma (К. & S.) Lehm. Asperifol. (Lithosper- 
mum dichotomum К. & P. Fl. Per. 2: 5. £ 3. f. 6) Vic. La Ta 
10,000 ft., Apr., 1885 (no. 1430). 

Tournefortia fuliginosa H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 3: 81. Un- 
duavi, 8000 ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 1923). 

Tournefortia laevigata Lam. Illust. 1: 416. Reis, 1500 ft., 


June, 1886 (no. 1427). 


Tournefortia obscura А. DC. Prod. 9: 517. Mapiri, 5000 
ft, Apr., 1886 (no. 1922). Grows in cinchona plantations, as a 
weed. The same as Spruce's 3886. 

Tournefortia Surinamensis A. DC. Prod. 9: 526. (No. 2049.) 


Tournefortia andina Britton sp. nov. 


Subglabrous, or the inflorescence, including the outer corolla 
surface, grayish-pubescent; branchlets stout, spreading : petioles 
.5—1 cm. long, slender: blades 4—8 cm. long by 1.5—4 cm. broad, 
oblong to lanceolate, acute at the base, acute or obtusish at apex, 
dark-green above with the veins impressed, pale yellowish-green 
underneath, the secondaries about 10 pairs, strongly upcurved, espe- 
cially toward the margin : terminal panicles sessile, widely branched, 
the branches 5-8 cm. long, slender, recurved, the flowers sessile, 
not crowded: calyx 2—4 mm. long, cleft nearly to the base, the 
lobes lanceolate, tapering, acutish : corolla 7-10 mm. long, cylin- 
draceous, dilated to one half broader about two thirds of the way 
to the summit, the lobes 1-2 mm. long, erect, on the apex some- 
what recurved: fruit 5 mm. long, 6 mm. broad, globoidal with 
broad, truncate base, blackish. brown, glabrous. 


Sorata, 8000 ft., Feb., 1886 (no. 1822). Bang’s no. 1775 has 
narrower and less pubescent corollas, while Mandon's 390 has 
broader and much more tomentose corollas, but I think both are 
of this species. 


Tournefortia graciliflora sp. nov. 


Glabrous, or the inflorescence and lower leaf-surfaces very 
minutely roughened: branches elongated, very slender, weak, 
angled: petioles 1.5-3 cm. long, rather stout: blades I-I.5 dm. 
long, 7—10 cm. broad, oval-ovate, somewhat inaequilateral, rounded 
or subtruncate at the base, abruptly short-pointed and acute at the 


LL&L Ан ЛА а — ee үтү" Teen a 


ЕКозвү: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 149 


apex, very thin, very dark-green, the weak and irregular venation 
prominent below, the secondaries 5 or 6 pairs, with short alterna- 
ting ones: panicle compound, very loose, the rachis flexuous, the 
branches 5-7 cm. long, very slender, horizontal or somewhat 
drooping : flowers about 3 mm. apart, on very short stout pedi- 
cels: calyx 1.5-2 mm. long, its alternate lobes erect: corolla 6 
mm. long, its cylindrical tube 4.5 mm. long,.5 mm. broad, ab- 
ruptly dilated into a hemispherical or campanulate summit nearly 
2 mm. broad, the erect-spreading dark teeth 1 mm. long ; mature 
fruit not seen. 


Falls of Madeira, Brazil, Oct., 1886 (no. 1428). 

Tournefortia sp.; the specimen in too young a state. Junction 
of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug., 1886 (no. 1440). 

Tournefortia 5р. unfit for determination. Guanai, 2000 ft., 
May, 1886 (no. 2464). 

Heliotropium inundatum Swz. Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 4o.  Mapiri, 
2500 ft, May, 1886 (no. 1435); Junction of Rivers Beni and 
Madre de Dios (no. 1438), and Falls of Madeira, Brazil (no. 1436), 
the same as Mandon's 385 and 386. 

Heliotropium Indicum L. Sp. 130. Beni River, July, 1886 
(no. 1433). 

HELIOTROPIUM BRACHYSTACHYUM (DC.). (Heliophytum brachy- 
stachyum DC. Prod. g: 554). Near La Paz, 10000 ft. alt., 
1885 (no. 2539). The same as Spruce's 5778. 

Heliotropium parvifforum L. Mant. 2: 201. Beni River, July, 
1886 (no. 1434). 

Heliotropium corymbosum К. & P. Fl. Per. 2: 2. £ 107. 
Yungas, 4000 ft. 1885 (no. 1437). 

Eretrichium  Walpersii (A. DC.) Wedd. Chlor. And. 2: 90 
(Antiphytum Walpersii А. DC. Prod. то: 122). Yungas, Bo- 
livia, 4000 ft., 1885 (no. 2581). 


CONVOLVULACEAE 


Ipomoea fastigiata (Roxb.) Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed. 1 288 ; ed. II: 
372 (Convolvulus fastigiatus Roxb. Hort. Beng. 13; Fl. Ind. 1: 
468). Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 1987). - 

Ipomoea floribunda Moric. Pl. Nouv. Am. 46.7. 37. Reis, 1500 
ft., June, 1886 (no. 1994). The same as Mathew's 1330. No. 
1995, from Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886, is probably of this species 
also. 


| 
| 
1 
| 
4 


150 Коѕвү : SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


Ipomoea macrocalyx R. & P. Choisy in DC. Prod. 9: 362. 
Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 2056), and Junc. Rivers Beni 
and Madre de Dios, August, 1886 (no. 205). The same as Math- 
ew's I332 from Mayobamba. 

Гротоса sidaefolia Choisy, in Mém. Soc. Phys. Genèv. 6: 459. 
1833. (If this is a synonym of Convolvulus domingensis Dess. in 
Lam. Encyc. 3: 554, of which I cannot satisfy myself, it should 
carry that specific name under /pomoca). Beni River, July, 1886 


(no. 1998). 

Ipomoea umbellata L. Syst. Ed. 10: 924. Сиапаі, 2000 ft., 
May, 1886 (no. 1991). 

Ipomoea carnea Jacq Enum. Pl. Carib. 13; Select. Am. 26. 
Unduavi, 8000 ft., October, 1885 (no. 1992). 


Ipomoea filipedunculata sp. nov. 


Glabrous, very slender: petioles 2 cm. long, very slender; 
blades 3-6 cm. long, 2-3.5 cm. broad, broadly ovate, shallowly 
cordate, abruptly acuminate ; entire, thin, dark-green : peduncles a 
little stouter than the petioles, 2.5—3 cm. long, about 6-flowered ; 
pedicels very slender, mostly 5 mm. long ; buds lance-ovate, acute : 
sepals broadly ovate, the outer acutish, 5 mm. long, the inner blunt 
and a little shorter: corolla 1.5-2 cm. long, apparently purplish, 
the mouth little expanded : material for dissection wanting. 


Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 1997). 


Ipomoea opulifolia sp. nov. 


Sericeous throughout, including the corollas in fruit, the leaves 
glabrous on the upper surface, and twice as large : branches stout 
or stoutish : petioles rather slender, in flower 3—6 cm., in fruit 7—10 
cm. long: blades, in flower, 7-10 cm. long, and about as broad, 
shallowly cordate with the base slightly intruded upon the sinus, 
deeply 3-lobed, the lateral lobes acuminate and acute, lightly fal- 
cate, entire or with one lobe upon the lower side, the terminal 
broadly ovate (apex not seen) entire or with a pair of lobes ; pedun- 
cles stout or stoutish, longer than the petioles, shorter than the 
leaves, about 5-flowered : pedicels 1-2 cm. long : calyx 1 cm. long, 
or in fruit 1.5 cm., the outer ovate, acutish, the inner oval, slightly 
mucronate, I-nerved: corolla (pale-red ?) 6 cm. long: fruit glo- 
boidal, 1.5 cm. in diameter, blackish-brown, nerved. 


Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 1999), in fruit. Description 
of flowering plant taken from Mr. Bang's no. 2506. 


Russy: SourH AMERICAN PLANTS 151 


Species near 7. argyreia. 

Batatas edulis Choisy Convolv. Or. 53. Марігі, 5000 ft., Apr., 
1886 (no. 1986). The same as Lechler's 2384. 

Quamoclita hederifolia (L.) G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4: 259: (pomoea 
hederifolia L. Syst. 925 [ed. 10]). Reis, 1500 ft., June, 1886 (no. 
1985). 

Calonyction Bona-nox (L.) Boj. Hort. Maurit. 227 (Ipomoea 
Bona-nox L. Sp. ed. 2, 228). Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 
1993) and Beni River, July, 1886 (no. 1990). 

Pharbites heterophylla (Orteg.) Choisy in DC. Prod. 9: 344 
(Ipomoea heterophylla Orteg. Hort. Matr., Dec. 9). Vic. La Dar 
10000 ft., Apr., 1885 (no. 1988) and Falls of Madeira, Brazil, Oct., 
1886 (no. 1989). 

Jacquemontia sphaerostigma (Cav.) (Convolvulus sphaero- 
stigma Cav. Ic. 5: 54. £. 481.—Jacquemontia hirsuta Choisy in 
Mém. Soc. Phys. Genèv. viii, 1 (1838) 63). Guanai, 2000 ft., 
May, 1886 (no. 1844). 

Jacquemontia nummularia (Vahl) Choisy Mém. Soc. Phys. 
Genèv. viii, 1 (no. 1838) 62 (Convolvulus nummularia Vahl. Eclog. 
Am. 2: 13). Tacna, Mar., 1885 (no. 2007). 


Jacquemontia densiflora sp. nov. 


Gray-puberulent throughout or the upper leaf-surfaces green : 
branchlets slender: petioles 1.5-3 cm. long: .blades 3-6 cm. 
long, 2—4 cm. broad, ovate, acuminate and acute, cordate, with 
broad or narrow sinus, entire, thin, the slender venation promi- 
nent underneath: peduncles mostly exceeding their leaves, the 
cymes 2—5 cm. broad, short-bifurcate, dense, exceedingly variable 
as to the number of flowers, bracted with linear attenuate bracts : 
pedicels very short, sepals ovate, 5-6 mm. long, including the 
long-attenuate tips: corollas (apparently purple) 1 cm. long, 
broadly campanulate with a short tube, the stamens barely in- 
cluded; fruit globoidal, 3 or 4 mm. in diameter, brown, the 
pericarp thin and delicate. 


Guanai, 2,000 feet, May, 1886 (no. 1845). Bang’s no. 2849 
is probably a more tomentellate form of the same. 

Convolvulus Bonartensis Cav. Ic. 5: 54. t. 480. f 2. Таспа, 
Mar., 1885 (no. 1996). 

Convolvulus laciniatus Desv. in Lam. Encyc. 3: 546. Yungas 
6000 ft., 1885 (no. 1851). 


159 Russpy: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


Evolvulus linifolius L. So. ed. 2, 392. Falls of Madeira, Brazil, 
Oct., 1886 (no. 2009). 

Dichondra argentea. Willd. Hort. Ber. 297. Vic. La Paz, 
10000 ft., April, 1885 (no. 2008), the same as Mandon's 1483, and 
Yungas, 4000 ft., 1885 (no. 1949). 

Alona carnosa Lindl. Bot. Reg. (1844), sub 2 46. Near 
Valparaiso, Chili, June, 1885 (no. 2565). 

Cuscuta Chilensis Ker-Gawl. in Bot. Reg. 4 605. Near Val- 
paraiso, Chili, June, 1885 (no. 2001). 

Cuscuta grossa Engelm. I have not been able to find the pub- 
lication of this name, which occurs upon the herbarium sheets at 
Kew. Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 2003), and vic. La Paz, 
10000 ft., April, 1885 (no. 2004). 

Cuscuta grandiflora H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 3: 123. Vic. 
La Paz, 10000 ft., April, 1885 (no. 2006); Sorata, 8000 ft., Feb., 
1886 (no. 2005), and Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 2002). 

Cuscuta sp. Near Valparaiso, Chili, June, 1885 (no. 2000). 


SOLANACEAE 


Solanum amaranthifolium Gill. MS. in Herb Kew (2). I can- 
not find that the name has been published. The foliage is not ex- 
actly the same, but it appears to be the same as Gillies’ species, 
collected at Buenos Ayres. Near Valparaiso, Chili, June, 1885 
(no. 2557). 

Solanum amblophyllum Hook. Bot. Misc. 2: 231. 1831. 
Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 806). The same as Mandon’s 396 
and apparently the same as Jameson’s 457. 

Solanum amplexicaule Sendt. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 10: тд. Falls 
of Madeira, Brazil, Oct., 1886 (no. 2606). 

Solanum asarifolium Kunth et Bouché Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol, 
(1845) 10.  Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 2631). 

Solanum asperum Vahl. Eclog. Am. 2: 17.  Mapiri, 5000 ft., 
April, 1886 (nos. 722 and 788). 

Solanum auriculatum Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. I., 1: 246. Unduavi, 
8000 ft., Oct., 1885 (nos. 771 and 780). | 

Solanum campylocladum Magdalense Dunal in DC. Prod. 13}: 
173. Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (nos. 784 and 798). It is 
certainly an error to class this asa Solanum. It is probably a 
Brachistus, but the specimens lack flowers. 


Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany 


Arthur, J. C. & Holway, E. D. W. Descriptions of American 
Uredineae.—II. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Iowa, 4: 377-402. pl. 4—12. 
D. 1398. 

Text for Fascicle 2 Uredineae exsiccatae et icones of same authors. 

Atkinson, G. F. Method of teaching Botany in the secondary 

Schools. Asa Gray Bull. 6: 102—106. D. 1898. 


Baker,J. G Fritillaria pluriflora. Curt. Bot. Mag. 54: pl. 7631. 
D. 1898. 


Native of Northern California. 


Beal, W. J. Seed Dispersal. 12mo, pp. 89. f. 7-65. Boston, 1898. 


Boyer, C. S. New Species of Diatoms. Proc. Phila. Acad. 1898 : 
468-470. pl. 24. 1898. 
New species in Rhabdonema and Biddulphia. 

Brandegee, T. S. New Species Plants of from Mexico. Erythea, 
7: 1-9. 5 Ja. 1899. 
New Species in Triumfetta, Dalea, Vernonia, Eupatorium, Erigeron, Alvordia, 


Leptosyne, Cordia, Cestrum, Nicotiana, Teucrium, Euphorbia, Acalypha, Phyllanthus 
and Hechtia. 


Campbell, D. Н. Lectures on the Evolution of Plants. 12mo, pp. 
319. f. Z-60. 1899. 

Chesnut, V. К. Thirty poisonous Plants of the United States. U. 
S. Dep. Agric., Farmer’s Bull. 86: 1-32. f. 7-24. 1898. 


Cratty, К. I. The Iowa Sedges. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Iowa, 4: 
313-375. 27. т-то. D. 1898. 


Davis, B. M. Kerntheilung in der Tetrasporenmutterzelle bei Cora/- 
lina officinalis L. var. mediterranea. Ber. deutsch. Bot. Ges. 16: 
266—272. pl. 16-17. М. 1898. 

Galbraith, S. J. Vanilla culture as practiced in the Seychelles Is- 
lands. Bull. U. S. Dep. Agric. (Div. Botany) 21: 1-24. //. т. 
f. 1-2. 1898. 

Gilbert, B. D. Revision of the Bermuda Ferns. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 25: 593-604. 16 D. 1898. 

Adiantum bellum Walsingense, var. nov. 

Greene, E. L. New western Species of Roses.  Pittonia, 4: 10-14. 
31 Ja. 1899. 

( 153 ) 


154 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Greene, E. L. New Choripetalous Exogens.  Pittonia, 4: 14—16. 
31 Ja. 1899 ; 17-21. 7 F. 1899. 
New species in Aguilegia, Ranunculus, Cleome, Draba, Thelypodium and Ame- 

lanchier. 

Gueguen, F. Recherches sur les organismes mycéliens des solutions 
pharmaceutiques. Etudes biologiques sur le Penicillium glaucum. 
Bull. Soc. Myc. France, 14: 201—255. /7. 13-16. 31 М. 1898. 


Halsted, B. D. Exposure and fungous Diseases. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 25: 622-625. 16 D. 1898. 


Hanausek, Т. Е. Vorläufige Mittheilung über den von A. Voge in 
der Frucht von Lolium temulentum entdeckten Pilz. Ber. deutch. 
Bot. Ges. 16: 203-207. М. 1898. 


Hasse, Н. E. New species of Lichens from Southern California, de- 
termined by Professor Nylander. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 632, 
633. 16 D. 1898. 

Lecanora praecrenata, Arthonia pruinosella, Thelopsis subporinella, Lecidea tri- 

phragmioides, sp. nov. А 

Heller, A. А. New and interesting Plants from Western North 
America. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club; 25: 626-629. 16 D. 1898. 
Fendlerella and Mac Dougalía, new genera, based respectively upon Whipplea Utah- 


ensis S. Wats. and Actinella Bigelovii A, Gray; new species and new names in Linum, 
Сайит and Erigeron. 


Hooker, J. D. Zewisia Tweedyi. Curt. Bot. Mag. 55: M. 7633. 


Ja. 1899. 
Native of Washington. 


Hooker, J.D. Meconopsis heterophylla. Curt. Bot. Mag. 55: pl. 7636. 
Ja. 1899. 


Native of California, 

Hollick, A. The Relation between Forestry and Geology in New 
Jersey. Am. Nat. 33: 1-14, A. Ja. 1899. 

Hollick, A. The Relation between Forestry and Geology in New 
Jersey, Part II. Historical Development of the Flora. Am. Nat. 
33: 109-116. F. 1899. 


Jenman, G. S. Ferns: Synoptical List LVII. Bull. Bot. Depart- 
ment, Jamaica, 5: 272—277. 30. Ja. 1899. 
Includes Salvineae and Gleichenieae. 

Jones, L. R. & Orton, W. A. Report of the Botanists. Rep. Vt. 
Agric. Exper. Sta. 11: 189-236. 1898. [Illust.] 


Contains among other matter, a partial list of Parasitic Fungi of Vermont, and Notes 
upon Vermont weeds. 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 155 


Lawson, A. A. Some Observations on the Development of the 
karyokinetic Spindle in the Pollen-Mother-Cells of Co£aea scandens 
Cav. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (Botany) 1: 169-188, A/. 33-36. 17 №. 
1898. 

Levier, E. Le cas du Docteur Otto Kuntze. 8уо. pp. 1-12. Flor- 
ence, 1898. 

Macoun, J. M. Notes on some Ottawa Violets. Ottawa Nat. 12: 
181-187. Ja. 1899. 

Maire, R. Note sur la développement saprophytique et sur la struct- 
ure cytologique des sporidies-levüres chez 1 Ustilago maydis. Bull. 
Soc. Myc. France, I4: 161-173. p/. 72. 31 N. 1898. 

Malme, б. О. А: ЇЧ. Die Xyridaceen Paraguays. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 
7: 75-78. 24 Ja. 1899. 

Meehan, T. Chimuphila maculata. Meehan’s Month. 9: 1-2, A. 7. 
Ja. 1899. 

Nestler, A. Ueber einen in der Frucht von Lolium temulentum L. 
vorkommenden Pilz. Ber. deutsch. Bot. Ges. 16: 207-214. pl. 13. 
N. 1898. 

Orcutt, С. R. Review of the Cactaceae of the United States. II. 
35-56. 20 Ja. 1899. 

Peck, C. H. Report of State Botanist, 1897. Rep. New York 


State Museum, 51: 267-321. AM. A. B. 50-56. 1898. 

New species in Lefiota, Clitocybe, Mycena, Omphalia (2), Marasmius (3), Leptonia, 
Pholiota (2), Inocybe (2), Flammula, Tubaria, Deconica, Gomphidius, Hygrophorus, 
Clavaria, Boletus, Poria, Isaria, E xoascus, Hypocrea, and Sphaerella. Quarto plates 
represent mostly edible fungi. 


Price, S. Е. Trees and Shrubs of Kentucky. 6 pp. 1898. 

Rothrock, J. T. Magnolia glauca. Forest Leaves, 7: 8-9. pl. 7-2. 
F. 1899. 

Small, J. К. Studies in the Botany of the Southern United States. — 


XV. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 605-621. 16 D. 1898. 
New species in Melanthium, Smilax, Gyrostachys, Oxalis, Physostegia, Euphorbia, 
Hypericum, Gaura, Verbena, Gerardia, Solidago, Doellingeria, and Aster ; the generic 


‘name Forcipfella Small, having proved untenable, is replaced by G2ddesia. 


Smith, J. D. An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Central 
America by Dr. W. C. Shannon. Intercontinental Railway Commis- 
sion, 1°: Appendix ПІ. 1-24. 1898. 

Sodiro, A. Plantae Ecuadorenses I. Bot. Jahrb. Engler, 25: 722—733. 
23 D. 1898. 

New species by Gilg, Schumann and Pilger. 


156 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Stevens, W.C. Ueber Chromosomentheilung bei der Sporenbildung 
der Farne. Ber. deutsch. Bot. Ges. 16: 261-265. pl. r5. N. 1898. 

Suksdorf, W. N. Washingtonische Pflanzen. Deutsche Monats. 14: 
220-222. D. 1898. 
Notes on C/aytonia and description of Geranium nemorale, sp. nov. 

Underwood, L. M. ‘Two recently named Genera of Basidiomycetes. 
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 630, 631. 16 D. 1898. 

Proposes Pycnodon as a substitute for the preoccupied Kneifia of Fries ( = Kneif- 
fella Underw., P. Henn., not of Karst. ), and holds to Boletinus Kalchbr. as the only 
tenable name for the recently proposed Boletopsis P. Henn. 

Van Wisselingh, C. Ueber den Nucleolus von Spirogyra. Bot. 
Zeitung, 56: 195-226. 2/. ro. 1 D. 1898. 

Warburg, O. Monographie der Myristicaceen. Abhandl. Leop.- 
Carol. Akad. 68: 1897. 

Warnstorf, C. Beiträge zur Kenntniss exotischer und europäischer 
Torfmoose. Bot. Centralb. 76: 385-390 ; 417-423. 1898. 

Westermaier, M. Historische Bemerkungen zur Lehre von der 
Bedeutung der Antipoden-Zellen. Ber. deutsch. Bot. Ges. 16: 214- 
216. N. 1898. 

Williams, Е. М.  Énumération provisoire des espéces du genre 
Cerastium. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 6: 893-904. N. 1898. 

Wieler, A. Die Function der Pneumathoden und des Aérenchyms. 
Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 32: 501-524. pl. 7. 1898. 

Winkler, Н. Untersuchungen über die Stárkebildung in den ver- 
schiedenartigen Chromatophoren, Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 32: 525-556. 
1898. 

Wulff, T. Studien über verstopfte Spaltóffnungen. Oster. Bot. 
Zeitschr. 48: 201-209; 252-258; 298-307. p/. 8. Je., Jl., Au. 
1898. 


[This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Company 
in card catalogue form. ] 


llc ae el, 


PL: 353. 


CLUB. 


Вил. Torr. Вот. 


SOM 


Vor Ai 


BIGNONIA VENUSTA. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON 


PL. ДЕ 


BuLL. Torr. Вот. Сгов. 


20 
уч 


Alice e 


а 


at 


еЗ 


м 


BIGNONIA VENUSTA. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON 


+ EN ск 


PL. 354. 


Burr. Torr. Вот. CLUB. 


ека 
? - 
К 


Nai 


ws. 


„' 


= 


— 


BIGNONIA VENUSTA. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON 


Buti. Torr. Вот. CLUB. 


ee өе ә е и чө о ә ә ә Ә mm TRUTH 


PL. 355. 


I. 
2. 


ALLIUM CRENULATUM Wiegand. 
SENECIO FLETTII Wiegand. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON 


LM т чє т ч» 89 ж АА ы „ЖӨ Уу Т^. _. 
* (Pa CN Ge cot . 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


t. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 

Vol. т. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. | 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00. 
Vol. з. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-(current). 


. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 

Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895—1896. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, N. Y. City. A list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Many 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 


4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896—1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1801—1896; Emeritus Professor 1896,—andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner's Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. Ву 
Lucien. Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York. Price $1.00. 


6. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


=o GLASS STUDS 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and ‘Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 
“Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 
baci Useful. to Botanists. 


MORE THAN FIFTY OF 


AMERICA’S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


THE PLANT VVOoRLD 


It contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 

Volume II. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. 


SUBSCRIPTIONS, $1.00 PER ANNUM. 


ADDRESS 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & & CO., Publishers, Binghamton, N. Y. 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia University. 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 zed. 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


. IST e EN УУУ К AF, 
7 SUE QR РУЧНА" 


JUST ISSUED 


Ehe Flora of the Upper Susquehanna 


WILLARD N. CLUTE 
This work is designed for all students of the plants in the region covered. 
It is founded upon the observations of many prominent botanists and 
includes a full list of the species with notes upon them. More than 
1500 common names are given. 


Small octavo, 172 pages and map. Strongly bound in cloth, $1.25. 
With a new subscription to The Plant World, $2.00. 


« Probably there exists no other region in the State of more interest to the student 
of ecology than this valley of the Upper Susquehanna, for it affords some siriking 
instances of northward extension in several typical southern species. It is this cir- 
cumstance which lends a peculiar interest to all local floras whose areas fall near the 
boundary line between two distinct life zones investing them with more than a mere 
local value. It is pleasing to note that the nomenclature of this volume follows modern 
lines, the equivalent of the names of Gray's Manual being cited in parenthesis for the 
sake of convenience. . . . In the introduction is given a comparison with related 
floras, a full discussion of the geology and geography of the area and a most interesting 
list of noteworthy sub-localities." —C. L. PoLLarp in Zhe Plant World. 

«In many respects it is the best we have seen; for it tells in a few brief words 
all that is needed by a collector to know, leaving the full description to the larger 
works which all advanced students possess. Indeed, it tells more by adding points of 
general history. These notes are so valuable that others besides those collecting in 
the Upper Susquehanna will find it a little book profitable to have on hand." 

—AMeehans Monthly. 


ADDRESS ALL ORDERS TO 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO., Publishers, Binghampton, N.Y. 


A Text-Book of General Lichenology 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N. Y. 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes. 


AN 


ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the тог Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 
Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 


With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and FIGURED. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the Synonymy, the REVISED NoMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLossARY, and a 
copious Ænglish Index, including the PopuLaR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For all 
tudents and lovers of plants. 


Vol. L, Royal 8vo, pp. xii--612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. IL, pp. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvit+588 ; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 
CHAS. SCRIBNER'S SONS, New York, 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering ro copies or more, 15 per cent. discount. 


„ез. А 


Labrador and 
Newfoundland Plants. 


Including Mosses, LICHENS, FUNGI, and ALGAE supplied by the 


Rev. Arthur ©, Waghorne, 
Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 
For $10 and $8 per Hundred. 


HERBARIUM FOR SALE. 


A collection containing about 10,000 species, 1,200 of which are foreign plants. Ferns, 
Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens, and Fungi are represented by 2,000 or more species, the 
remainder are North American phaenogamous plants. Messrs, Pringle, Curtiss, Lem- 
mon, Parry, Jones, Reverchon, Ellis, Underwood, Calkins nd other well known col- 
lectors of North American plants have supplied most of the specimens; a fine collec- 
tion and one worthy the attention of colleges or individuals desiring a cllection of the 
kind ; in addition to these is a large quantity of duplicates collected in Delaware and 
adjoining territory by the undersigned which contains à great many good specimens of 
Phaenogamous plants, Ferns, Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens and Fungi. 


ADDRESS: A, COMMONS, 


Wilmington. Delaware (тот S. Dupont St.). 


JUST ISSUED. 


MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 ze. 


A companion volume to Dr. John K. Small’s * Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus Folygcnum,” published іп 1895, which may be had at the 
same price. Address 


Professor L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


North American Pyrenomycetes 


To clear out the balance of the stock, copies of this 
publication, till further notice, will be sold for $6.00, 
or on orders accompanied by the cash for $5.00. 
Those wishing copies sent by mail please inclose 
35 cents additional for postage. 


Address 


J. B. ELLIS, 
NEWFIELD, N. J. 


ESTABLISHED 1851. 
IMER & AMEND, 
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave, 


Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. 


SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATE: 
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 


E Maich’s Szline Chemical Stone 
Ware. 

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 
Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- 
ters (Polariscopes) - 


Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Вак 


ances, etc. 


| Le Brun Е Desmontes & Co.. a 

Paris, Platinum. 

E. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. 

SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- 
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem 
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals foi 
Sugar Chemists. 


LABORATORY OUTI ITS 


FOR 
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES амр COLLEGES 
Cxass-Buowiuc, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. 


(r) BULLETIN. 

А monthly journal devoted to general botany. Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 
tained 650 pages of text and 29 full-page plates. Price $2.00 per annum. For 
Europe 10 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England. 

As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 
plete their files should apply at once, Yearly volumes 1-5 (1870-1874), апі vols. 
7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of One Dollar each, except vols. 
7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. 

Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at the subscription 
price of Five Dollars, 

Vols. 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols, 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged, 

"ingle copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS. - 


The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is fixed for each. Those 
emitted from this list cannot be had separately, 

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts 
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac С. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. Н.Н. Rusby in 
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, 
75 cents, 

: No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. 

Volume 2, No. r.—Om reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. By Вугор D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents, 

No. 2.— Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents, 

. №. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala, 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents, 

Vol. 3. No. r.—On the Flora of Western North Carolini and contiguous Ter. 
ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadaceæ with illustrations оѓ all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. 
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

Vol 4. No. 1.—Index ` Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. 
Underwood. Price, 75 cents, 

No 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John К. Small and Аппа Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. 

No.. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang— Il. 
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents 

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit, 
Price, 50 cents. 

No. 5.—Monograph of Physalis and related Genera. By Р, A. Rydberg. Price, 
75 cents, 

Я Vol. 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 


in Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. A. A, S 


Price, $3.00. 

Vol. 6. No, r—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang—III. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 

No, 2.—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia. 
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 


) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyt reported as 
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00, : 


Address: L, M. UNDERWOOD, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK City. 


x 


Pesto AN ORT a ч, GP SH 


Z I reed > EI 
logy ofthe ue Viola: Кени. 
РРО P. 
mon Pirate of the Роса еу Mil- 
Е 358) : David Gr fiths. E ` 


157; 
172 


| 


^ EC 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 


FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 
ANNA MURRAY VAIL 


An Enumeration of the Plants ‘collected by. 

т. Н. H Rusby in South America, 1885- 
1885, — XXVII: Н. Н. Rusby . + e 189: 

NDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE на 
TO AMERICAN BOTANY 


20r 


s E д . 
PUBLISHED FOR ТЧЕ CLUB 


тнв New Era Рита Comrany is 
LANCASTER, Pa, ! 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


„ OFFICERS FOR 1899 


President, 
* HON. ADDISON BROWN. 


Vice Presidents, 


T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.. 
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, : Dr. JOHN К. SMALL, 
Normal College, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 
Editor, Treasurer, 
L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, JR. 


Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 


Associate Editors, 


ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 


е, ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., CARLTON С. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL А. HOWE, Ph. D., PROF. FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 
Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D, . 


Committee on Finance. 
WM. E. DODGE. 
Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., 
319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City. 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. 
Committee on Library and Herbarium. 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L. SANIAL, 
` HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ALICE M. ISAACS. 
Committees on the Local Flora, 
Pror. N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., 
CRYPTOGAMIA, ; 
Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D. 
H. Н. RUSBY, M. D., MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., 
_ REV. GEO. D. HULST, Mrs. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 
Committee on Excursions. 
Dr. 1. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 
GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, 
MARIE L. SANIAL, W. A. BASTEDO. 
Committee оп Program. 
Dr. Н. Н. RUSBY, Dr. C. C. CURTIS, E 
Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 


j. I. КАМЕ. 


PHANEROGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, 


ly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, 
nd Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, +хсерї 
ock, р. м. Botanists are cordially invited 


The Club meets regular 
New York City, on the seco 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o’cl 
to attend. 


MEMBERS 
payable to Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., 


OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
Treasurer, 56 Liberty St, New York City. 


VoL. 26 No. 4 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


APRIL 1899 


` A Revision of the Genus Listera 
JY KARL M. WIEGAND 
(PLATES 356, 357) 


Few genera of North American plants in which the species 
are distinct, and hence not difficult to understand, have been so 
neglected as has the genus Listera. During the past few years, 
however, several new species have been discovered, so that only 
one remains to be described as new in this paper. Still the known 
facts are so scattered and some of the species are so little understood 
that the present paper has been prepared with the attempt to 
illustrate and describe each species very fully, besides providing 
an analytical key for easy identification. 

The genus has proved to be a very pleasant one upon which 
to work, owing to the distinct character of the species, and the 
confusion heretofore existing can be attributed only to the diffi- 
culty of recognizing types from the old descriptions. In addition 
to this the local and restricted distribution of all the species tended 
to make the solution still more difficult. 

Few more interesting examples of the misinterpretation of 
specific types are encountered than those met with in the treat- 
ment by different authors of the western members of the conval- 
larioides group. As a result of this, although numerous attempts 
were made to describe forms which even by the older authors 
were .recognized as clearly distinct, until recently only one 
species really received a tenable name. 


[Issued 12 April, 1899.] ( 157 ) 


D. EEE EE, a T ee E ТОИ 


NATA 


v до adii Mohr 1 ma- 


158 WiEGAND: А REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 


It soon became apparent that a study must be made of the 
Asiatic and European representatives of the genus before definite 
conclusions could be reached regarding the nomenclature of the 
forms found in North America. These results are included here 
although, owing to the relatively poor facilities for the study of 
foreign species at the writer's command, they may not be as com- 
plete as could be desired. 

From a historical standpoint the principal events may be 
summed up in a very few words. The two European forms were 
early recognized by Linnaeus, although they were referred to the 
genus Ophrys. Fifty years later Z. convallarioides, the next 
species, was described by Swartz from America, and a few years 
afterward {һе same one was renamed by Chamisso and Schlech- 
tendal. In 1840 several more species were described by Lindley 
but, with the exception of several synonyms, only one was Amer- 
ican, the rest Asiatic. A Japanese species was discovered by 
Blume in 1858, and a Chinese species, Z. puberula, by Maximo- 
wicz in 1883. In recent years several new species have been 
found in America. The first was the Z. Zorea/is of Morong from 
the northern Rocky Mountain region. Several years later Small 
described a new species from the Alleghany mountains ; and dur- 
ing the past year a third and still more western species has been 
separated by Piper. Besides the works of Linnaeus, Willdenow 
and Lindley no comprehensive monographs of the genus have 
ever been written, and the species of North America especially 
have received no detailed treatment. 

The genus Listera, although widely distributed over the tem- 
perate and arctic regions, is nevertheless a small one, and at the 
present time only about a dozen species are known. Very inter- 
esting in this connection is the fact that the individuals of each 
species are always rare or local, seeming to seek only the most 
secluded nooks in our damp mossy woods and largest peat bogs. 

The most widely distributed of all the species, and at the 
same time the smallest flowered, is ZL. cordata. It is, more- 
over, the only one found throughout the temperate zone. First 
described by Linnaeus under the name Op/rys, it was later one of 
the species upon which Brown founded the genus Listera. Тһе 
characters of the plants are so distinct and constant that but little 


WIEGAND: А REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 159 


confusion has arisen in regard to the type, although there are a few 
cases of error, the most notable of which were those of Bigelow, 
who mistook this species for Z. convallarioides, and of Nuttall in 
confusing it with Z. australis then unrecognized. As to the type 
of this species there can be little doubt. 

Another plant closely related to the above is the Z. australis of 
the Southern States, which is distinguished principally by the ab- 
sence of lateral teeth at the base of the lip. Ву the earlier botan- 
ists it was confused with the more northern Z. cordata, but was 
early recognized as distinct by Lindley and Hooker. Previously 
Elliott had confused it with Z. convallarioides, for which reason 
Hooker ventured the manuscript name LZ. ///oft?, There is in 
this species a typical case of the extreme local distribution of many 
orchids. The main distribution of Z. australis is along the south- 
ern Atlantic coast northward to the Pennsylvania line, but in 1877 
Wibbe * found it in a swamp near the eastern end of Lake On- 
tario. Since that time it has been found in several other deep 
sphagnous swamps in the same region. Between these swamps 
and the next station toward the south lie at least two hundred 
and fifty miles. The relation of this species to the Oswego flora 
has been discussed by Professor Rowlee + and needs no further 
mention here. Dr. Mellichamp{ thinks that in some cases, at 
least, Z. australis may be semi-parasitic on the rootstocks of Os- 
munda cinnamomea. The writer has not had an opportunity to 

investigate this point. 
| The Zzstera ovata of Europe is of the australis type although 
quite different in general appearance, and is the largest of all exist- 
ing species of Listera. It was recognized by Linneus but under the 
generic name Of/rys, and later, together with £L. cordata, formed 
the basis of Brown's characterization of the genus Zzszera. 

The one species of all others which has led to so much con- 
fusion is the Æpipactis convallarioides of Swartz. It is, indeed, 
true that the original description is quite brief and does not seem to 
accurately describe any known American plant. There is one, how- 
ever, with which it agrees better than with the others, and which from 


* Bull, Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 192. 1877. 
+ American Naturalist, 31: 798. 1898. 
{ Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 8: 47. 1881. 


ОО CERERI ee ama 
a TURNS Ww "TTE , A 
| 


160 WIEGAND: A REVISION OF THE GENUS LisTERA 


the locality must have been the one found by Torner “ e terra nova 
Ат. Sept.” The leaves are, however, rarely “ cordate-subrotund, 
acute," but the description of the labellum is sufficiently accurate. 
This species is more widely distributed through North America 
than others of this group, and is the type of the Z. convadlarioides of 
most American botanists. As has been shown by Morong* 
and Holzinger{, Nuttall's name so often cited for this species is 
merely a zomen nudum, по description being given; and since the 
first characterization under Listera was by Torrey, it follows that the 
latter should be cited as the author of the name. As will be seen 
from the synonomy given laterin this paper Z. conva//arioides has 
been by many authors confused with Z. cordata and L. australis. 
Next to Z. cordata this species has the widest distribution. 

The early botanists of the Northwest, however, found another 
form, namely, the Z. caurina of Piper, which, by them, was taken 
to be the typical Z. convallarioides. This species is well described 
and finely figured by Hooker in the Flora Bor. Am. where the 
illustration of the lip is especially characteristic. Meanwhile the 
true £L. convallariotdes had been obtained by Chamisso and Schlech- 
tendal from Alaska, and named by them Z. -schscholtzsiana. That 
this was the case may be inferred from the description which says, 
leaves orbicular-ovate, ovaries pubescent, column long, lip obcor- 
date, and there is no mention of lateral teeth ; besides this there is 
no other species of this section found in Alaska.  Lindley also 
seems not to have understood the Alaskan species, so that on re- 
ceiving a specimen of the true Г. convallarioides from Menzies col- 
lected on Banks Island he named it Z. Banksiana. The original 
description clearly shows that only this plant could have been in 
mind. 

The next American species was not described until 1893 when 
some plants collected by Miss Elizabeth Taylor in the Slave River 
region of Canada were recognized by Dr. Morong as distinct and 
named by him Z. £orea/zs. The range of this species has now 
been extended farther south. 

In July, 1897, Small described Z. reniformis from the southern 
Alleghanies. This very distinct species had hitherto been entirely 
overlooked, but unfortunately the name had already been used by 


i Mem. Torr. Bot. CL, 5: 124. 1894. 
* Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 252. 1895. 


ETHIC А, TS 


WIEGAND: А REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 161 


Don for an orchid of India. As a substitute for this name Z. 
Smalli has been employed in this paper. One of the most inter- 
esting facts encountered in the study was the discovery of this 
species again in eastern Asia. The two regions are as widely 
separated as can well be imagined, still it will. be seen that we 
have here only an illustration, and a very fine one, of Dr. Gray’s 
observation regarding the relation of the floras of eastern Asia and 
eastern North America. 

The last of the series of American forms to be described was 
L. caurina which Piper recently separated from the Z. conval- 
Jarioides as found on the Pacific coast. 

Another American species is here recognized for the first time, 
and has been given the name Z. auriculata. Only а few specimens 
have been seen and these were from a very restricted locality. 
It may be said to be peculiar to the mountainous regions of 
northern New Hampshire and Maine, but is closely related to the 
L. borealis of the Rocky Mountains. 

Of the five species from Eastern Asia, three were described by 
Lindley, viz., L. pinetorum, L. tenuis and Г. micrantha, of which 
the second seems scarcely distinct from the first. Z. puberula of 
Maximowicz is an elegant species from China and now reported 
also from Japan. ZL. Japonica, also of Japan, was first described by 
Blume and well figured in his Orchid. Japon. 

Regarding the relationship and phylogeny of the species little 
need be said. The usual difficulty was encountered in arranging 
them in a lineal series, although perhaps іп а more marked degree 
than is usual; consequently a few words of explanation may be 
necessary to express more clearly the writer’s views. It seems 
probable that the unbifurcated lip and basal leaves of Д. micrantha 
represent a primitive condition and perhaps a transition to other 
genera. Then starting with Z. micrantha and L. Japonica as repre- 
senting the more primitive type, two divergent lines of develop- 
ment may be traced. Through ZL. australis we pass to L. ovata, 
Г. auriculata and L. borealis, all with oblong lips and without 
basal teeth. From forms represented by Z. cordata, although the 
transition is not quite so clear, have descended through a type 
similar to Z. Small the reniform-leaved species, Z. puberula and 
Г. pinetorum ; and also from the type of Z. .Sma//i? along another 
line of development, Z. caurina and Г. convallarioides. 


ЭБ PT 4923 


= 


162 WIEGAND: A REVISION or THE GENUS LISTERA 


The following is a brief synopsis of the species followed by a 
detailed description of each. Thanks are due Dr. Robinson, of 
the Gray Herbarium, and Dr. Small, of Columbia University Her- 
barium, through whose kindness in loaning specimens this work 
was made possible. Professor Piper and Mr. Fernald have also 
very kindly loaned a large quantity of material. 


Synopsis of the Species. 
Column very short (.5 mm. or less); flowers mostly small; lip not dilated above; 
leaves, except in one species, deltoid-ovate or reniform. 
Lip not 2-cleft, auriculate, acute or acuminate, 
Lip weakly bidentate at the base, scarcely longer than the sepals; leaves 


basal. India. I. Z. micrantha. 
Lip not bidentate at the base, much longer than the sepals and very narrow ; 
leaves near the middle of the stem. Japan. 2. L. Japonica. 


Lip 2-cleft or lobed. 
Lateral teeth strongly developed, between them a transverse fold; lip no 
auriculate, lobes linear; raceme glabrous. Europe, Asia, North America. 
3. LZ. cordata. 
Lateral teeth none; raceme more or less glandular; pedicels glandular ; 
ovaries glabrous, 

Leaves ovate ; plant small (12-22 cm.); sepals minute ; petals recoiled ; 
lip auriculate, lobes almost setaceous, near the base a short transverse 
and longitudinal fold. Eastern United States. 4. Z. australis. 

Leaves oval; plant large (30-55 cm. ); sepals !4 length of lip, latter not 
auriculate, lobes oblong, a longitudinal fold on the midrib. Europe. 

5. L. ovata. 
Column of medium length or long (2-3 mm. ); flowers larger. 
Lip auriculate, oblong, more or less ciliate, а fold between the lateral nerves 
near the base, no lateral teeth, ovary and pedicels glabrous. 
Auricles very small, clasping; leaves large (35-50 mm.), broadly ovate or 
oval, often acutish ; plant of medium size. N. New England and Quebec. 
6. L. auriculata. 
Auricles large (1.5 mm.), divergent; leaves small (12-25 mm.), narrowly 
ovate, obtuse; plant small (7-15 cm.). Rocky Mountains. 
7. Г. borealis. 
Lip not auriculate, dilated above. 


Leaves oval, mostly obtuse ; pedicels glandular. 

Lip sessile, bidentate at the base, small (5 mm.), a papilla at the base of 
each tooth, abruptly dilated above and retuse, not ciliate; ovary 
glabrous. Oregon to British Columbia. 8. L. caurina. 

Lip unguiculate, lateral teeth almost obsolete, larger (9 mm. ), papillae 
none, evenly cuneate, shallowly lobed, ciliate ; ovary glandular. North 
America, trans. cont. 9. Г. convallarioides. 

Leaves ovate-reniform, often acute; pedicels glabrous except in No, 11; 
ovaries glabrous or nearly so; lip not ciliate, and without folds. 

Lip bidentate near the base, sessile, large (9 mm.), very much dilated 
and deeply lobed. Alleghany Mountains and Japan. 

Io. Г. Smallii. 


-—"——— ME 


and PEE A: TARERE, din anta a is iaia СИИР ОРУНА MET STT TER PIPETES TNT ТЕБЕ ЖУРТ ETN М йд йс 
К > 7 5 4 ч: 


ih 


WiEGAND: А REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 163 


Lip with no basal teeth. 
Stems multibracteolate below the raceme; flowers small, lip 7 mm. 
long, cuneate, deeply lobed, slightly dilated. China and Japan. 
її. L. puberula. 
Stems without bracts; flowers larger, lip 9 mm. long, broadly cune- 
ate and much dilated, rather deeply lobed. India. 
I2. L. pinetorum. 


I. LisTERA MICRANTHA Lindl. Journ. Linn. Soc. 1 : 176. 1857. 


Leaves subrotund-ovate, radical: raceme slender, bracts much 
shorter than the filiform pedicels: lip ovate, cucullate, scarcely as 
long as the sepals, at the base furnished with a pair of auricles, 
the middle lobe very acute and provided on each side with a single 
minute tooth. 

Sikkim Himalayas, alt. 10000 ft. 

No specimens of this species have been studied, and the above 
description was adapted from the original. It seems to be a 
transitional form connecting this genus with Neottia. 


2. LisrERA Japonica Blume, Orchid. Arch. Ind. 136. 1858. 


Slender (10-20 cm. high), stem terete, erect, glabrous below, 
more or less glandular-pubescent above the leaves; the latter 
(18-22 mm. long, 15-20 mm. wide) opposite, sessile, spreading, 
ovate, acute or subacuminate, membranous, obsoletely nervose, 
glabrous : raceme lax : flowers about 6-9, small, greenish-white : 
pedicels slender, glandular: ovary % shorter: bracts minute, 
ovate, obtuse: perianth segments spreading, exterior lanceolate, 
acute, interior scarcely shorter, linear, rather obtuse: lip (three 
times the length of the perianth) scarcely stout, at the base cor- 
date-sagittate, clasping the column, 3-nerved, linear-lanceolate, 
produced above into an elongated, declined, linear, undivided, 1- 
nerved limb, margins involute: column short, thick, not inclined. 

Japan (Kieske). From Nippon Island, locality not indicated. 
Dr. Savatier (no. 3092) (according to Franchet and Savatier). 

Specimens of this species not studied; the above description 


was adapted from the original by Blume. 


3. LISTERA CORDATA (L.) R. Br. Ait. Hort. Kew. 5: 201. 1813. 
Ophrys cordata L. Sp. Pl. 946. 1753. 
Epipactis cordata All. Fl. Pedem. 2: 152. 1785. Willd. Sp. 
PL- Pursh Bl Am, Sepe 
Epipactis convallarioides Bigelow. Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 323. 1824. 
Neottia cordata Rich. Mem. Mus. Paris 4: 59. 1818. 


164 WIEGAND: А REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 


Listera cordata Torr. Fl. N. U. S., Lindley, Gen. et Sp. 
Orchid. Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. Ledebour, Flora Ros. Blume, 
Orchid. Arch. Ind. 

Stem very slender (10-18, rarely 28 cm. high), glabrous be- 
low, glandular-pubescent just above the leaves but the raceme 
glabrous ; leaves of medium size (12-25 mm. long), inserted at 


‘the middle of the stem, broadly ovate, truncate at the base but 


abruptly contracted at the point of insertion, mucronate : raceme 
many-flowered, rather dense, very long peduncled : bracts minute 
(.5 mm. long), broadly ovate, obtuse : flowers very small, on short 
but slender (2-3 mm. long) ascending, glabrous pedicels which are 
several times longer than the bract but shorter than the ovary : 
the broadly ovate sepals and broadly oblong petals both shorter 
than the ovary (.5 length of the lip), spreading, obtuse: lip very 
small (4.5 mm. long), narrowly oblong, 3-nerved, cleft slightly over 
half way down into two linear acute erect lobes, no tooth in the 
sinus, midrib not excurrent, on each side near the base a long- 
spreading sulcate subulate papillose tooth (1.5 mm. long), between 
them a heavy fold : column very short, almost none. 


Mossy woods and swamps, Labrador to New Jersey, westward 
to Michigan, Colorado, and California, northward to the Arctic 
coast; also in Greenland, Iceland, central and northern Europe 
and Japan (Blume). 

The most widely distributed of all the species, but the speci- 
mens throughout this vast range are remarkably constant, and 
differ from each other only in size. A specimen in the Torrey 
herbarium is labeled as having been collected by Gray and Carey in 
the mountains of Virginia and South Carolina, July, 1841. The 
writer has seen no other specimen from farther south than New 
Jersey. 

Specimens examined from Labrador (Hale), Newfoundland, 
Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, New Jersey (Carey), Rhode 
Island, New York, Michigan, Colorado, Idaho, California, Oregon, 
Washington, British Columbia, Alaska, Greenland, Iceland, Eng- 
land, Lapland, Germany, France, Scandinavia, Switzerland. 


4. LisrERA AUSTRALIS Lindley, Gen. et Sp. Orchid. 456. 1840. 
Listera cordata Nutt. Gen. U. S. Pl. 2: 191. 1818. 
Listera convallarioides Ell. Sketch, 2: 494. 1824. 


Stem slender (12-22 cm. high), glabrous below, slightly red- 
glandular above the leaves ; the latter inserted at or above the mid- 


WIEGAND: A REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 165 


dle of the stem, small (in northern specmens 14—18 mm., in south- 
егп up to 25 mm. long), triangular-ovate, truncate or slightly 
cordate at the base, apiculate, primary veins three : raceme few- or 
many-flowered, open, rachis slender, slightly glandular : bracts min- 
ute, round-ovate, obtuse, very much shorter than the pedicels : 
flowers very small, on very slender glandular pedicels which equal 
or exceed the glabrous ovaries : petals short, oblong, recoiled : sepals 
round-ovate, minute, not over 14 the length of the lip : lip linear, 
long and slender (6-10 mm. long), cleft 11—24 the way down into 
two nearly filiform acute lobes, sinus tooth small, provided on each 
side at the sessile base with a small incurved auricle, an inversely T- 
shaped fold near the-base : column very short and thick (.5 mm. 
long). 

Shady woods and sphagnous swamps, Florida (Chapman) and 
Louisiana to New Jersey ; also in Oswego County, N. Y., where 
it is confined entirely to the large peat bogs. 

Some of Dr. Mellichamp's specimens show a tendency toward 
proliferation. Besides an increase in diameter of the stem many 
of the bracts are converted into leaves. 

Specimens examined: Louisiana, New Orleans, Drummond 
(1832) ;; South Carolina, Bluffton County, Mellichamp; North 
Carolina, Curtis, Garber; New York, Palermo, Oswego County, 
Wibbe, Sheldon, Rowlee; New York, Baldwinsville, Beauchamp, 
Underwood. 


5. LisrERA ОУАТА (L.) К. Br. Ait. Hort. Kew. 5:201, 1813, 
Ophrys ovata L. Sp. Pl. 946. 1753. 
Lpipactis ovata Crantz. Stirp. Austr. ed. II., 473. 1769. 
Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 87. 1805. 
Neottia latifolia Rich. Mem. Mus. Paris, 4: 59. 1818. 


Plant very large and stout (30-55 cm. high), glabrous below 
the leaves, densely pubescent above, with loose basal sheaths and 
several bracts below the raceme ; leaves borne below the middle of 
the stem, very large (7-12 cm. long), elliptic-oval, mucronate, many- 
nerved : raceme (15 cm. long), many-flowered, slender, but rather 
dense, very long peduncled : rachis pubescent : bracts of medium 
length, ovate, acuminate : flowers large, on short slightly glandu- 
lar pedicels which equal the glabrous ovaries, and are scarcely 
longer than the bract: the ovate obtuse sepals and broadly linear 
petals both as long as the ovary (1% length of lip) erect or spread- 
ing: lip large (10 mm. long), narrowly oblong-cuneate, sessile, 
without auricles or lateral teeth, cleft V/—17 way down by a nar- 


үүтү, лү теу 


UT с WO mcer 


aa. mS 


166 WiIEGAND: А REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 


row sinus, lobes narrowly oblong obtuse, not ciliate ; sinus tooth 
prominent; a longitudinal fold along the midrib: column very 
short and stout (1 mm. long). 


Damp woods ; central and northern Europe. 

The largest of all species of Léstera, and to a certain extent a 
transition to the group with longer columns. 

Specimens examined : Scandinavia, Ahlberg ; Alps, Reverchon ; 
France, Germany. 


6. Listera auriculata sp. nov. 


Stem slender (12-18 cm. high), glabrous below, glandular- 
pubescent above the leaves; bracts below the raceme absent : 
leaves large (35-50 mm. long), elliptic-oval or elliptic-ovate, 
acutish (rarely obtuse), inserted above the middle of the stem: 
raceme many-flowered but not dense: rachis pubescent: bracts 
not large, oblong-lanceolate, often obtuse, glabrous: flowers of 
medium size on stoutish glabrous pedicels which are mostly shorter 
than the glabrous ovaries, and scarcely exceed the bracts: sepals 
lance-ovate: petals oblong-linear, large (% length of lip), 
longer than the ovary, spreading, mostly obtuse: lip of medium 
size (6-8 mm. long), slightly ciliate, oblong, not dilated above, 
cleft 4-14 the way down by a narrow sinus, not contracted at 
the base and without projecting teeth, more or less auriculate, the 
auricles incurved-clasping, a fold between the lateral veins near the 
base: column rather stout, of medium length (2.5 mm. long). 


Cedar swamps and mossy banks, Quebec, New Hampshire and 
Maine. 

Specimens examined: Quebec, Miss Percival (Torr. Herb.). 
Notre Dame du Lac, Quebec, Northrop, 1889 (Columb. Herb.). 
White Mountains, N. H., Mann (Cornell Herb.) Maine, Fort 
Kent, Furbish ; Jerusalem, Fernald ; Woodstock, Parlin. 


7. LISTERA BOREALIS Morong, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 20: 31. 1893. 


Plant small but not slender (7-15 cm. high), pubescent above 
the leaves, no bracts below the raceme: leaves very small (12-25 
mm. long), elliptic-ovate, abruptly contracted at the base, obtuse 
at the apex and not mucronate, borne above the middle of the 
stem but one inserted slightly above the other: raceme few- 
flowered, open : rachis glandular-pubescent : bracts small, oblong, 
obtuse: flowers of medium size, on short rather stout glabrous 
pedicels, which equal the glabrous ovaries (3.5 mm. long), but are 
several times the length of the bract : the lanceolate sepals and ob- 


WIEGAND: А REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 167 


long-linear petals, both large, obtuse (34 length of the lip), longer 
than the ovary, spreading : lip short (7 mm. long), broadly oblong, 
deeply retuse at the apex, the sinus open, its tooth unusually 
large, lobes very obtuse but scarcely dilated, base sessile, expanded 
on each side into a large oblong divergent auricle (the latter 1 ГА 
mm. long, 114 mm. wide), a fold extending between the lateral 
veins near the base, lip strongly ciliate and cellular-papillose 
toward the apex : column long (3 mm.), and rather stout, arcuate. 


The long white hairs mentioned in the original description as 
borne in the inflorescence, although abundant on the type speci- 
men, are almost entirely wanting on the other specimens, which 
suggests that they may be foreign bodies. 

Rocky Mountains of Colorado, and northward to the Slave 
River British America. 

Specimens examined: Colorado, Sawatch Range (‘alpine ”) 
Brandegee. Rocky Mts., Drummond. Ft. Smith, Slave River, 
N. W. Ter., Miss E. Taylor (Columbia Herb., type). Ft. Simpson, 
Brit. Am. (Columbia Herb.). 


8. LisTERA CAURINA Piper, Erythea, 6: 32. 1898. 
Listera convallarioides Hooker Fl. Bor. Am. M. 205. 1840. 


Stem slender (12-30 cm. high), glabrous below, densely glan- 
dular-pubescent above the leaves, rarely a bract below the raceme, 
basal sheaths loose ; leaves rather large (35-70 mm. long), oval to 
elliptic-ovate, thin, slightly apiculate or often acute, borne near 
the middle of the stem, bright green : raceme many-flowered, open: 
rachis pubescent: bracts 2—5 mm. long, rhombic-ovate, acumi- 
nate, often slightly glandular, the lower sometimes two-flowered 
and bifurcate : flowers small, the long slender glandular pedicels 
(4-6 mm. long) longer than the bracts and exceeding the ovaries; 
the latter glabrous: sepals and petals both lanceolate or linear- 
lanceolate, acutish, 24 the length of the lip, slightly longer than 
the ovary, spreading : lip rather small (5 mm. long), slightly de- 
clined, narrowly oblong, abruptly dilated and rounded above, not 
ciliate, retuse, mucron in the sinus blunt, provided at the sessile 
base with a very slender, almost filiform, ascending glabrous nerve- 
less tooth on each side (1 mm. long), a papilla at the base of each 
tooth : column relatively short, not stout (1.5 mm. long) . 


Damp mossy woods, Oregon and Idaho to British Columbia. 
(Hooker). Occasionally one or two bracts are borne below the 
raceme. 

Specimens examined : Oregon, near Mt. Hood, Howell (1875); 


168 WIEGAND: А REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 


Spacious Bay, Gorman. Washington, Between Pend d' Oreille and 
Kootenai Rivers, Lyall (1861); Skamania Co., Suksdorf, no. 2326 
(1894); Chehalis Co., Lamb, no. 129 (1897) ; Tacoma, Flett, 
no. 145 (1895); Cascade Mts., Henderson. Idaho, Latah Co., 
Piper. 


9. LISTERA CONVALLARIOIDES (Swartz)Torr. Fl. №. U. S. 320. 1826. 


Epipactis convallarioides Swartz, Vet. Acad. Handl. Stock. 21: 
232. 1800. Willd. Sp. Pl. Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 

Listera Eschscholtziana Cham. & Schl. Linnaea, 3: 33. 1828. 

Listera Banksiana Lindl. Gen. et Sp. Orchid. 455. 1840. 

Stem slender (12—20 cm. high), glabrous below, densely gland- 
ular-pubescent above the leaves, rarely with a bract below the 
raceme ; leaves borne above the middle of the stem, rather large 
(30-50 mm. long), broadly oval, obtuse, very rarely apiculate, 
rounded at the base : raceme many-flowered, open : rachis densely 
glandular : bracts large (3-5 mm. long), rhombic-ovate, acute, often 
slightly glandular: flowers large, on very slender but rather short 
glandular pedicels which scarcely exceed the bracts and are slightly 
longer than the glandular ovary : the oblong-lanceolate sepals and 
narrowly linear petals both large (4.5-5 mm. long), longer than the 
ovary, reflexed, acutish : lip large (9 mm. long), narrowly cuneate, 
retuse, lobes rounded, minutely ciliate, 1% distance from. the base 
provided with a very short triangular tooth on each side, and below 
these contracted into a stalk-like portion, without folds on the 
upper surface: column long and slender (3 mm. long), nearly 
straight. 

In moist woods, Nova Scotia to Vermont, and from Michigan 
to California, northward to Alaska. 

The Maine specimens have more elliptic leaves which are 
often acute. 

Specimens examined: Nova Scotia, Macoun (1883) Nutt 
Mts.; New Brunswick, Fowler (1870), Bass River; Quebec, Allen 
(1881); Maine, Fernald (1893), nos. 102, etc.; New Hampshire, 
Oakes, Hitchcock; Vermont, Carey, Pringle, Eggleston; Mich- 
igan, Robbins, no. 154, Porter, Mann, Whiting, Atkinson; Wy- 
oming, Nelson, по. 1694 (1895); Nevada, Watson, no. 1157 
(1865); California, Plumas Co., Bolander, Ebbet Pass, Brewer, 
San Joaquin Riv. Muir, Lemmon ; Oregon, Union, Cusick (1875), 
Howell, no. 724 (1887), Galton Mts., Lyall (1861); Washington, 


WIEGAND: А REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 169 


Piper, Lamb; Idaho, Latah Co., Sandberg, no. 458, Quartzby, 
Mulford; Alaska, Gamisse ; Behring Island, Macoun, no. 231 


(1891). 
IO. Listera Smallii nom. nov. 


Listera reniformis Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24 : 334. 1897. 
Not of Don. Prod. Fl. Nep. 28. 1825. 

Stem slender (15—30 cm. high), glandular-pubescent above the 
leaves, usually with one or two ovate-subulate bracts below the 
raceme ; leaves borne at. or below the middle of the stem, rather 
small (15-25 mm. long), ovate-reniform, mucronate, often apicu- 
late: raceme few-flowered, open : rachis glandular : bracts small, 
narrowly rhombic-ovate, acute, glabrous: flowers large, on very 
slender glabrous pedicels which equal or exceed the glabrous 
ovary, twice as long as the bract : sepals lanceolate : petals lance- 
linear, acutish, longer than the ovary (15 length of lip), spreading 
ог reflexed : lip large (9 mm. long), not ciliate, broadly obovate and 
much dilated at the rounded apex, cleft 12— 17 way down by an 
open sinus, provided with a large and broad (1 mm. long) oblong 
or obovate, obtuse, 1-nerved, glabrous tooth on each side above 
the sessile base, many-nerved, folds wanting : column rather short 
(1.5 mm. long) and thick. 

Damp woods, mountains of southern Pennsylvania, Maryland, 
. Virginia, and North Carolina, also in Japan and the Amur region 
of Eastern Asia. 

This is the American representative of the Asiatic group of 
species having reniform leaves. The specimens from Asia and 
Japan differ from the type in having much smaller flowers with the 
lip only % as long as the sepals; and may possibly represent a 
distinct species. When dissected the outline of the lip is almost 
exactly the same in both cases. | 

Specimens examined: Pennsylvania, Porter; Virginia and 
North Carolina, Gray and Carey (1841); Roan Mountains, Gray 
(1879); North Carolina, LeRoy and,Ruger (1872), Curtiss, 
Beardslee and Kofoid (1891), Blowing Rock, Small and Heller, 
no. 251 (1891); Maryland, Gray (1843); Virginia, Britton and 
Vail (1892); Nixo, Japan, Maximowicz (1864), Gray Herb. Dis- 
tributed under the name Z. Japonica Bl; Amur Region, Maxi- 
mowicz, labeled Г. Eschscholtsiana Cham. Gray Herb. 


170 WIEGAND: A REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 


11. LISTERA PUBERULA Maxim. Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. 29 : 204. 
‘ 1883. 


Plant very slender (12-20 cm. high), glandular-pubescent above 
the leaves ; the latter inserted much below the middle of the stem, 
rather small (15-25 mm. long), deltoid-ovate, truncate or slightly 
cordate at the base, apex rounded or barely acute, the three pri- 
mary veins strong: raceme few-flowered, open, оп a very long 
(7-10 cm.) many-bracted peduncle: rachis very slender, pubescent : 
bracts rather small, subulate, acuminate: flowers very small, on 
slender glandular pedicels, the latter longer than the glabrous 
ovary and twice the length of the bract: petals and sepals linear, 
mostly obtuse, 14 the length of the lip, erect-spreading : lip small 
(7 mm. long), narrowly and regularly cuneate, without auricles or 
teeth toward the base, cleft 14 the way down, sinus narrow, lobes 
oblong, obtuse, not ciliate: column of medium length (1.5 mm,) 
stout, nearly straight. 

In mossy woods, Province Kansu, western China, Pszewalski 
1880 (according to Maximowicz); Nanokawa, Tosa, Japan (Wat- 
anabe, 1889). 

The above description was drawn from the Japanese specimen. 


12. LISTERA PINETORUM Lindl. Journ. Linn. Soc. I: 175. 1837. 


Plant rather stout (10-15 mm. long), glandular-pubescent 
above the leaves; the latter of medium size (15 mm. long), in- 
serted above the middle of the stem, broadly ovate, obtuse, acute, 
or even acuminate, truncate, the base many-nerved : raceme very 
short (3-6 cm. long) and few-flowered : rachis stout, glandular : 
bracts large (7-12 mm. long), lanceolate, acute, appressed : flowers 
very large, nearly sessile : ovary and pedicel nearly glabrous : sepals 
ovate-lanceolate, sulcate: petals linear, both acutish, spreading, 
one half as long as the lip : lip large (9 mm. long), obovate-cune- 
ate, tapering to a narrow base, thickened along the midrib but 
with no distinct fold, without auricles or lateral teeth, cleft one 
third the way down by a very narrow sinus, lobes broad and 
rounded, not ciliate: column long (3 mm.), rather slender, 
arcuate. 


In pine woods, Sikkim Himalayas, alt. 10000-12000 ft. 
(Hooker and Thomson). 

The above description was drawn from a portion of the original 
material. 

Listera tenuis Lindl. Jour. Linn. Soc. 1: 176, 1857, from the 
original description seems not to be distinct from L. pinetorum. 


WiEGAND: A REVISION OF THE GENUS LISTERA 171 


The specimen labeled this in the Gray herbarium and collected in 
Sikkim by Hooker and Thomson is identical with the one labeled 
Г. pinetorum. 


Explanation of Plates 356, 357 


Similar parts are drawn to the same scale, in all cases; a, entire plant; 4, flower, 
„side view ; с, labellum as seen from above; g, column, side view. 


I. Listera puberula Maxim. 6. Listera convallarioides (Swartz) Torr. 
2. * — auriculata sp. nov. Fa * — Smallit nom. nov, 

3. “pinetorum Lindl, 8. * — caurina Piper. 

4. ‘* ovata (L.) К. Br. 9.  ** cordata (L.) К. Br. 

5. * — borealis Morong. IO. * — australis Lindl. 


CORNELL UNIVERSITY, 


yr. te ҮН SY 


Е Pan ЖЧ 


Ge A e 


EE- NE VEU om ee ee РЈ 


B 
1 
: 


The Morphology of the Genus Viola* 


By HENRY KRAEMER 


A few years ago the author undertook, at the suggestion of: 


Professor Arthur Meyer, Marburg, Germany, the study of the two 
forms of Viola tricolor L., which are rather common in certain 
parts of Germany, with the view of this study forming the basis 
of a scientific monograph on the genus Miola. The great neces- 
sity for such a work is expressed in Engler and Prantl’s “ Die 
natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien " as a “ dringende Notwendigkeit." 

The writer has examined and compared certain parts of about 
30 species of this genus, most of which are found in the United 
States. Special attention has been devoted to the character of 
style and stigma, stamen, hairs upon stigma, stamens and petals, 
shape and size of pollen grains and bracts with mucilage-secreting 
hairs. The results of the study thus far made are given at this 
time with the reservation to change certain details as further study 
may suggest, since there is so much chaos in the genus that one 
hesitates to make positive statements with regard to the characters 
ofthe different species. 


CHARACTERS OF THE GENUS. 


The genus is characterized, so far as the writer's studies go, by 
herbaceous, annual, biennial or perennial plants, which are either 
caulescent or acaulescent. Stolons or rhizome-like products may 
be present or absent. Тһе arrangement of the leaves in the acau- 
lescent forms is basal, whereas in the caulescent, they are alter- 
nate, the disposition above the cotyledons varying from 4 and 
1 to 2. The leaves, apparently in all cases, consist of lamina, 
petiole and stipulae. The lamina, stipulae, bracts and calyx all 
appear to possess characteristic mucilage-secreting hairs at the 
apex and at the apices of the divisions. On the stem, lamina, 


* Read at the annual meeting of the Society for Plant Morphology and Physiology, 
Dec. 28, 1898. 
+ Already described in Inaugural- Dissertation on Viola tricolor L. Marburg, 1897. 


(172) 


тру UM 


EIS. 


KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY OF THE GENUS VIOLA 113 


stipulae, bracts and all parts of the flower excepting the stamens, 
characteristic sub-epidermal mucilage cells are to be found. 

The flowers are solitary and arise in the axils of the leaves, be- 
ginning normally with about the sixth node. The peduncle varies 
in length and bears at the summit the flower in a partly resupinate 
position. The length of peduncle increases from the development 
of the flower bud to the maturing of the fruit. Тһе position of 
the flowers varies from an erect (in the bud) to a partly resupinate 
(in the full grown flower) and finally in the maturing of the fruit 
resumes the erect position. Оп the peduncle are borne the bracts 
which vary in size and in position to some extent on the same 
plant. 

The flower consists of five sepals, five petals, five stamens and 
a one-celled ovary with three parietal placentae. There is an ir- 
regularity in form of stamens and petals and the flower is median 
zygomorphous. Тһе sepals are green, equal and are provided 
at the base with a slight auriculate appendage. They are united 
with the ovary for about a third of the length of the latter and are 
persistent with the mature fruit. 

The petals are of three kinds in shape, two above alike, two on 
each side alike and one that hasa spur or sac-like appendage at the 
base. The latter petal is situated on the under side of the flower in its 
more or less resupinate position and is adnate with two of the sepals. 
The side petals are erect at the lower portion and bent so as to 
form with the spurred petal the characteristic short tube of the 
corolla. The side and spurred petals may be provided on the 
upper surface with papillae or hairs or both but are in some cases 
free from the same. The uppermost petals are similar in shape, 
nearly erect and resemble the upper portion of the side petals. 
Hairs are wanting but papillae are sometimes present. 

In color the petals vary from a white (which may be streaked 
with purplish or brownish colored veins) to pale blue with darker 
colored veins, or deep blue or bluish-yellow or yellow color. 

The petals and stamens are inserted on the calyx. The sta- 
mens alternate with the petals and lie close upon the ovary. They 
are connivent and are all provided at the apex with a yellowish 
arrow-shaped appendage. The two on the side near the spurred 
or sac-like petal possess in addition a sac-like or spurred nectar 


ЮҮ са. 


ae эм he ee Wt 
Du 
ES. 


174 KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY OF THE GENUS VIOLA 


secreting appendage which projects into the petal. The anther 
cells are introrse and possess a characteristic collenchymatic thick- 
ened cell in the mesophyll. After fertilization and the develop- 
ment of the fruit the slight filament attaching the stamens to the 
calyx is ruptured. 

The ovary is half superior, about 3 to 4 mm. long and pos- 
sesses three parietal placentae on each of which 15 to 24 ovules 
are borne which are arranged in about four transverse rows. The 
odd one of the three carpels lies between the two spurred stamens. 
In some cases as in V. odorata and V. scabriuscula the ovary is 
covered with hairs. 

The style is hollow, is either bent or straight, of either nearly 
uniform thickness or becoming gradually of greater diameter to- 
wards the apex. It is persistent and scarcely projects above the 
appendages of the stamens. The stigma is more or less head- 
like and hollow, in some cases of scarcely greater diameter than 
the style. In most cases it is, however, much larger and provided 
with a beak-like extension which projects in the direction of the 
petals and stamens, that have a sac-like or spurred appendage, and 
possesses at the apex an opening for the entrance of the pollen 
grains. There is also in some cases a posterior projection which 
may be quite prominent as in V. palustris and V. primulaefolia. 

The fruit is a tricarpellary capsule discharging its seeds in dry 
weather by a sudden dehiscence. i 

The seeds are elliptical in shape (17 x 9 mm.) and when ripe 
of a yellowish-brown color; they possess a slight caruncle. 


STIGMA IN DETAIL. 


In the following species slight papillae are found on the outer 
surface of the stigma: V. arenaria, V. blanda, V. lanceolata, V. 
odorata, V. ovata, V. palustris, V. pedata, V. primulaefolia, V. ob- 
liqua, V. palmata, V. rostrata, V. rotundifolia, V. sagittata, V. Sel- 
kirku, V. sororia and V. striata. 

Both papillae and hairs are present on the outer surface of the 
stigma in the following: V. Canadensis, V. delphinifolia, V. 
heterophylla, V. hastata, V. Labradorica, V. lutea, V. Nuttallii, V. 
pubescens, V. scabriuscula, V. striata, V. tricolor and its varieties 
and V. tripartita. 


к. м 


KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY OF THE GENUS VIOLA 175 


A more or less developed lip-like appendage at the opening of 
the stigma is found in V. heterophylla, V. lutea and V. tricolor and 
its varieties. 

STYLE IN DETAIL. 

The length of style varies from 1.8 mm. (in V. иеа) to 3.9 

mm. (in V. pedata). In the following species there is a decided 


_ bend in the. style near the base: V. Canadensis, V. hastata, V. 


lutea, V. heterophylla, V. rotundifolia, V. Nuttallit, V. scabriuscula, 
V. tricolor and its varieties and V. tripartita. The following pos- 
sess a slight bend in style : V. arenaria, V. blanda, V. palustris, V. 
renifolia, V. delphinifolia, V. palmata, V. obliqua and V. odorata. 

In the following species the style is nearly straight : V. pedata, 
V. sororia, V. striata, V. Selkirki, V. Labradorica, V. rostrata, V. 
ovata, V. lanceolata, V. primulaefolia and V. sagittata. The shape 
of style and stigma of the species examined is given in the figures. 


STAMEN IN DETAIL, 


The length of sac-like or spurred nectar-secreting appendage 
is in the following species from 0.9 mm. to 1.3 mm. in size and 
less than anther cells: V. /anceolata, V. palustris, V. renifolia, V. 
blanda апі V. primulacfolia. 

In the following species the spur is from 1.8 to 2.6 mm. in 
width and same length as anther cells: V. hastata, V. Nuttalti, 
V. Canadensis, V. rotundifolia, V. scabriuscula, V. pubescens and 
V. tripartita. 

In the following species the spur extends below the anther to the 
distance in mm. indicated in the figures in parenthesis: V. tricolor 
arvensis (1.5), V. ovata (1.5), V. pedata (1.8), V. tricolor vulgaris 
(2.0), V. palmata (2.3), V. arenaria (2.6), V. heterophylla (2.6), V. 
Labradorica (2.6), V. sororia (2.6), V. striata (2.6), V. lutea (2.8), 
V. obliqua (2.8), V. sagittata (2.8), V. delphinifolia (3.0), V. Sel- 
kirkii (3.1), V. odorata (3.6), V. rostrata (9.3). 

In the following species papillae are not found on anther cells 
but only upon the nectar-secreting spur; V. arenaria, V. Canaden- 
sis, V. lanceolata, V. odorata. In addition to the presence of 
papillae on the spur the following possess long (100 x) hairs with 
a slight crook at the end on anther cells: V. heterophylla, V 
lutea, and V. tricolor and its varieties. The remaining possess only 
papillae in both spur and the anther cells. 


Wa "UMS .«.«WwA cS И 2, 


aA ee p a 


176 KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY OF THE GENUS VIOLA 


The pollen grains when dry are of a narrow elliptical shape and 
when examined in liquids are broadly elliptical or somewhat spher- 
ical. When viewed in section they are 4- or 5-sided. In the fol- 
lowing species they are about 70 win diameter: V. heterophylla, 
V. lutea and V. tricolor and its varieties. In the remaining species 
examined they vary from 30 to 42 p in diameter. 


PETALS IN DETAIL. 


Among writers there is considerable variance as to the presence 
or absence of hairs on the petals of the different species of this 
genus. This may be explained in part owing to the fact that at 
the portion of the petals where hairs are usually found (viz. at the 
opening of the corolla tube) large masses of germinating pollen 
grains, with their tubes matted together, are frequently seen and 
these might be easily mistaken for hairs without closer study. 
Hairs only occur upon the upper surface of the side and spurred 
petals and vary in form and size from minute ‘papillae to long 
straight or corkscrew-like forms. On the petal with a sac-like or 
spur appendage no hairs or papillae are found in the following 
species: V. striata, V. arenaria, V. blanda, V. hastata and V. 
Labradorica. In the following species straight hairs varying from 
3.5 to 5.2 mm. are found: V. delphinifolia, V. obliqua and V. 
ovata. In the following species characteristic corkscrew-shaped 
hairs, which vary in size from 2.5 to 5.2 mm., occur: Il”. hetero- 
phylla, V. lutea, and V. tricolor and its varieties. In the remain- 
ing species examined papillae are present. 

On the side petals no hairs or papillae are found in V. anda. 
In the following species papillae only are to be found : V. lanceolata, 
V. palustris, V. pedata, V. primulacfolia, V. renifolia, V. rostrata, 
and V. Se/kirkit. In а few species the papillae appear to be either 
wanting or minute, hairs being present: V. arenaria, V. Labradorica, 
V. odorata, V. ovata and V. sororia. In the remaining species ex- 
amined both papillae and hairs are to be found. 


MvuciLAGE CELLS. 
The sub-epidermal mucilage cells have been shown by the 
author (oc. cit.) to be characteristic for the genus Viola, and 
possibly for some other genera of the group Violeae of the 


P о ee TN ONMMS OS ee ee. 


{ ta 
мыгы O a ae к-к ААА SS 


KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY OF THE GENUS VIOLA 171 


Violaceae. This would distinguish the group from the Rinoreae 
and possibly Papayroleae, although of the latter no specimens have 
been examined. 

The peculiarity in shape of these mucilage cells was considered 
by the author for some time as having in themselves a diagnostic 
specific value. But in only a few instances is this the case and 
further study is necessary here. 


А CONSIDERATION OF SOME PROMINENT CHARACTERS OF THE 
GENUS. 

For the full comprehension of the significance of the various 
parts of the plants of a genus and the value to be given to their 
similarity or dissimilarity in structure, considerable study must 
necessarily be given to many plants from rather widely separated 
areas. 

I. As we look upon this genus we find that whether we are deal- 
ing with annuals, biennials or perennials, climatic influences play 
an important part, as Kerner has shown that where annuals do not 
have sufficient warmth to produce seeds (as in Alpine regions) the 
plants are transformed into perennials. 

2. As to whether plants are caulescent or acaulescent the re- 
sults of Kerner, as well as the author's own observations, would 
lead us to believe that they are dependent largely also on climatic 
conditions. Kerner found that the number and length of inter- 
nodes that plants produced are dependent on the climate in which 
they are growing. Some plants of Viola tricolor L., var. vulgaris 
Koch which were gathered in October, 1895, on the top of an ex- 
posed mountain near the Struth Forest in Germany, were exceed- 
ingly dwarfed in every particular and resembled but slightly cau- 
lescent plants. Оп planting them in garden soil they become a 
foot high and in every way showed a stronger development. 

3. Some species produce an addition to the spring flowers, 
cleistogamic flowers. It is not unusual for some plants in other 
orders to produce in the fall or late summer months cleistogamic 
flowers. These are produced when the grass and various other 
plants have grown up and the spring flowers would very likely, at 
this time, be passed unnoticed by the insects which might assist in 
their fertilization. This would correspond to the investigations of 


178 KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY OF THE GENUS VIOLA 


Kerner upon V. sepincola. Не found that this plant produced 
cleistogamic flowers only when growing in shaded woods and 
that the same plants when exposed to the sunshine produced 
beautiful blue and scented blossoms. This is possibly due to the 
fact, as he suggests, that when exposed to the sun bees will visit 
the flowers which they would not do if the plants were growing 
in dark woods. 

4. In some plants, as in V. astata, the rhizomes are frequently 
light-colored, approaching white. It would seem, further, accord- 
ing to Kerner, that such rhizomes were produced in these plants 
only when growing in dark recesses and well covered with soil, 
for if the plants are exposed to greater light these rhizomes become 
violet-colored. This would indicate that color of rhizome, like 
the previous characters, means simply a characteristic that is de- 
pendent upon situation or habitat. 

5. What value shall we place upon colors in flowers? Kerner 
has shown that when V. calcarata grows in the meadows of the 
western Central Alps that the flowers are of a blue color, whereas 
when growing in the Tyrolese Vintschigan they are yellow and 
when found on plants in the limestone mountains of Hungary 
they are violet-colored. It would seem from all observations that 
a number of factors are at work in producing colors in plants and 
that they are dependent upon conditions upon which we know 
very little. i 

6. The presence of hairs upon stigma, anther cells, side and 
spurred petals have possibly some significance when taken in con- 
nection with the shape of style (whether straight or with a knee- 
like bend) and length of spur of anther in assisting us to ascertain 
certain facts in the developmental history of this genus. Kerner 
considers that a style that is bent or deflexed is a device for imped- 
ing the progress of the insect into the flower so that all of the 
stamens are moved by the insect touching the 2-spurred ones and 
that the proboscis of the insect is thus covered with pollen. We 
would, therefore, conclude that in flowers with a straight style we 
have plants that are less differentiated and not so old in point of 
development. In this connection it is necessary, however, to con- 
sider also the development of hairs upon petals, stamens and 
stigma. Were these developed to impede, likewise, the progress 


«TT 


KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY OF THE GENUS VIOLA 179 


of beneficial insects or were they developed in the first place to 
keep out rain or injurious insects? The position of the flower 
(more or less resupinate) would indicate that the former is accom- 
plished by this means alone. As to whether the plant first per- 
fected all its parts for inducing cross fertilization and then pro- 
duced other developments for protection from injurious influences, 
etc., are questions upon which a further morphological study of 
the genus will undoubtedly throw some light. 


CLASSIFICATION OF THE GENUS. 


1. From the observations made by the author up to the present 
time it would appear that one group is distinguished from all 
others by possessing a nearly globular stigma with a more or less 
lip-like appendage; a style with a knee-like bend in the lower 
portion; long hairs on the stamens and corkscrew-shaped hairs 
upon the spurred petal; the spur of the stamen is 2.0—2.8 mm. in 
length. This group comprises V. heterophylla (Fig. 4), V. lutea 
(Fig. 3), V. tricolor vulgaris (Fig. 1), V. tricolor arvensis (Fig. 2). 


(ШЕ! qu "p" 
, A3 / 
b — 


П. The remaining species are characterized by a stigma 
that is slightly greater in diameter than the style or is somewhat 
globular with a beak-like projection at the apex of which the open- 
ing for the entrance of the pollen grains is located or there may 
be also a posterior but closed projection ; the style is either bent 
or straight, the stamens are free from long hairs, the length of 
spur of stamen varies in different species, and the hairs if present 
on the spurred petal are straight. This group comprises : 

А. Spur of stamen is of the same length as anther cells : |] yo- 


м. fe "P e P4 - жа aa dL Lou d 


CARTA ee WO 


180 


KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY OF THE GENUS VIOLA 


tundifolia (Fig. 5), V. Canadensis (Fig. 6), V. Nuttallii (Fig. у), 
V. hastata (Fig. 8), V. pubescens (Fig. 9), V. scabriuscula (Fig. 
10) and V. tripartita (Fig. 11 simple leaved plant ; Fig. 12, plant 
from moist woods). 


B. Spur of stamen is less than the anther cells in length; Г. 
blanda (Fig. 13), V. primulaefolia (Fig. 14), V. lanceolata (Fig. 
15), V. palustris (Fig. 16), and V. renifolia (Fig. 17). 


KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY or THE GENUS VIOLA 181 


C. Spur of stamen extends 1.5 to 1.8 mm. below anther cells: 
V. pedata (Fig. 18) апа V. ovata (Fig. 19). 
D. Spur of stamen extends 2.3 to 3.6 mm. below anther cells. 


oe ° 


17 


| 182 KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY or THE GENUS VIOLA 


This group may be further subdivided according to the width of 
ү spur at its widest portion into : | 
| (а) Spur .7 to.8 mm. wide at the widest portion: P. arenaria 
| (Fig. 20), V. Labradorica (Fig. 21), V. striata (Fig. 22) and V: 
Selkirku (Fig. 23). 


K і 

? 

y 

h 

2 

B: 

ў 

ч 

3 

; 

| | 
M 7 

v 

Н 29 20 \ 
E 

1 

E 


(фу Spur 1.5 to 1.8 mm. wide at its widest portion: V. del- 
phinifolia (Fig. 24), V. odorata (Fig. 25), V. obliqua (Fig. 26), 
V. palmata (Fig. 27), V. sagittata (Fig. 28) and V. sororia (Fig. 
29). 

E. In V. rostrata (Fig. 30) the length of spur is about 9 mm. 

It will be seen that we have in this consideration the grouping 
of species of the genus into a number of natural groups which 


К 
б 
Ё 
"T | 
E 
АШ 1, f " "^ 
En ва А, h y à 1 
D ка + " ESL. Z М ИИ ЗЛА АВИ ы 


KRAEMER: MORPHOLOGY OF THE GENUS VIOLA 183 


further study will no doubt justify. As to whether these groups 
include hybrids, or varieties of certain species, or each is deserv- 
ing of the specific rank assigned to it further study alone will 
demonstrate. It is to be hoped that no more species will be de- 
scribed without a consideration of the morphological features of 
the genus indicated in this paper. The study of this genus by 
the author will be continued and he desires to acknowledge his in- 
debtedness to Mr. C. D. Beadle, of Biltmore, N. C., and Mr. C. 
H. La Wall, of Philadelphia, for some of the material furnished 
for this investigation; and to Miss Florence Xaple, of Philadel- 
phia, for assistance in certain parts of the work. 


| 
| 
| 


The common Parasite of the Powdery Mildews 
By DAVID GRIFFITHS 
(PLATE 358) 


AMPELOMYCES QUISQUALIS Ces. Bot. Zeitung 10: 301. 1852. 
Cicinobolus florentinus Ehr. Bot. Zeitung I1: 16. 1853. 
Bassocystis textilis Riess. Bot. Zeitung тї: 236. 1853. 
Cicinobolus cesatii DeBary, Morph. und Phys. der Pilze, 3: 53- 
75. pl. 6, 7. 

Cicinobolus oidit Tuck, Rabenhorst, Fungi Europaei, No. 2215. 

Cicinobolus humuli Faut. Revue Mycol. 12: 37. 1890. 

Cicinobolus cotoneus Pass. Thuemen Mycotheca Universalis, 17 : 
No. 1668. 

Cicinobolus uncinulae Faut. Roumeguere Fungi Selecti Galliae 
43: No. 6208. 

Cicinobolus major Kell & Swingle, Herb. J. B. Ellis, 37: No. 84. 

This plant attracted my attention a number of years ago on 
account of its abundance ; a subsequent study of it in the field and 
laboratory has revealed some interesting facts. Its abundance on 
the forms of Erysiphe cichoracearum growing on Grindelia squar- 
rosa in the Northwest is very noticeable. Му first collection of it 
at Aberdeen, South Dakota, was made in 1893, but on account of 
the entire absence of fruit in the host (Erysiphe), I was unable to make 
any specific determinations. Although a careful search for fruit 
ing specimens was made in the same locality for the next five years 
none were found. The conidial stage occurred in abundance and 
it was almost invariably accompanied by the Ampelomyces. While 
in company with Mr. L. W. Carter in western South Dakota and 
northeastern Wyoming in 1897, I collected fine fruiting specimens 
of the Erysiphe at the “ L. A. K.” ranch in South Dakota and at 
Moorcroft, Wyoming. The former was unaffected by the fungus, 
while the latter had practically no perithecia in a healthy condition. 
The latter was as fine an illustration of parasitism as one could 
wish to see. There was at least one-half acre of the Grindelia on 
a small creek bottom growing as thick as it could well stand, and it 
would have been difficult to find any leaves in the whole patch 

(184) 


GRIFFITHS: COMMON PARASITE ОЕ Powpbery MirpEws 185 


that were unaffected with the Erysiphe ; but none of it was able to 
produce mature perithecia on account of the depredations of its para- 
site. It would be interesting to know whether the conidial stage of 
the Erysiphe carries the plant over the winter season or whether the 
Grindelia becomes inoculated by the same species growing on 
other composites in the same locality. It is also interesting to 
compare this case with the propagation of the conidial stage of the 
grape mildew in European countries year after year without the 
intervention of the perithecial stage. 

While in company with Mr. Т. A. Williams in Wyoming and 
Montana in 1898, an abundance of this plant was found on Griz- 
delia squarrosa and Lygodesmia juncea, especially in the vicinity 
of Buffalo, Wyoming, and Billings, Montana. The specimens col- 
lected at old Fort McKinney in Wyoming show the habits of the 
parasite the best of any which I have. The Erysiphe on the 
lower leaves is practically destroyed but that on the upper younger 
leaves produces perithecia in abundance. The Ampelomyces is 
easily recognized by its dusty appearance which gradually grades 
off into the characteristic white appearance of the mycelium of 
the host. In this intermediate region the pycnidia may be found 
in abundance which develop within the perithecia, and which con- 
sequently have a globular appearance. On the lower leaves the 
pycnidia are usually of the oval or pyriform type. This is easily 
accounted for from the fact that the Ampelomyces produced its 
pycnidia on the lower leaves at a time when there were no peri- 
thecia formed and did not spread as rapidly as the host. The same 
holds true in general of specimens collected near Buffalo, Wyoming, 
on Lygodesmia juncea, excepting that the areas affected by Ampelo- 
тусеѕ are more localized and scattered. 

Besides the synonymy given above two other species of this 
genus have been described, 7. e., Cicinobotus plantaginis Oud. and 
C. parasiticus (Cocc.) Sacc., specimens of which have not been seen 
and concerning which, consequently, no positive statements can be 
made. So far as the descriptions in Sylloge Fungorum are con- 
cerned, however, there is nothing to prevent both of these species 
being placed here. 

Having included some characteristics of this species which, so 
far I am aware, have not been noted before, it may not be out of 


«ur. 


улен t ae © 


186 GRIFFITHS: COMMON PARASITE OF PowpERY MILDEWS 


place to include the following description based on specimens from 
both Europe and America. 

Mycelium variable, hyaline to fuscous, within the mycelium of 
species of Erysiphaceae and occasionally in the tissues of the host 
plant (Fig. 16), 4 to 8 (usually 4 to 5) in diameter ; pycnidia 
very variable in size and form, membranous, oval, pyriform to 
globular, fuscous to brown, produced in horizontal mycelium 
(Fig. 8), conidophore (Fig. 1—7), or perithecium (Fig. 10-12); 
spores hyaline, oblong, often slightly inequilateral, biguttulate when 
mature, 67-1034 x 310-6 p (Fig. 15). 

There occurs in the various descriptions of this species, under 
different names, a wide variation in characteristics which in many 
groups would establish good species, and indeed might here were 
it not for the extreme variability of single specimens. In some 
cases the pycnidia have been described oval to pyriform and 
stipitate, and in other cases globular. The accompanying figures 
will clear away all doubt regarding the possibility of such a varia- 
tion and explain how it occurs. In my specimens on Grindelia a 
variation of fifty у in size of the perithecia may often be found in 
the same microscopic field. A great discrepancy also occurs 
in the measurement of spores by various observers ; when, how- 
ever, the specimens from which these measurements were made 
are compared with one micrometer scale they are reduced to the 
limits easily attained in any species. Descriptions vary also in 
the matter of guttulation of the spores, some being described as 
guttulate and others as continuous, My specimens оп Grindelia 
and Lygodesmia show both of these conditions in different stages 
of development. When mature the spores always show the char- 
acteristic guttulae. One may, by squeezing young pycnidia under 
the cover slip, see small, oval, globular or irregular continuous 
cells. A study of De Bary’s figures of the spore’ development 
will easily show that these are nothing more than the young 
spores imperfectly formed, or in some cases simply cells of the 
pycnidia. In examining some of the herbarium material at hand, 
especially European exsiccati, this phenomenon was often met with. 
Careful examination of my own material collected early in the 
season showed the same peculiarity ; and in some exsiccati, notably 
Cicinobolus cotoneus Pass., both mature and immature pycnidia 
were common. 


GRIFFITHS: COMMON PARASITE OF PowpEery MirpEews 187 


Hosts EXAMINED 


Oidium cydoniae Pass. parasitic on Cydoniae vulgaris Pers. 

Oidium erysiphoides Fr. (Sphacrotheca humuli (DC.) Burrill ?) 
parasitic on Humulus sp. 

Oidium Tuckeri Berk. (Uncinula necator (Schw.) Burrill ?) par- 
asitic on Vitis vinifera L. 

Sphaerotheca phytoptophila К. & S. parasitic on Celtis occiden- 
talis L. 

Sphaerotheca Castagnei Lev. parasitic on Bidens cernua L. 

Conidial stage of Erysiphaceae, parasitic on Cynoglossum sp. 

Erysiphe communis (Walk.) Fr. parasitic on Fisum sativum L. 

Erysiphe cichoracearum DC. parasitic on Grindelia squarrosa 
Dounal and Lygodesmia juncea Don. 

Sphaerotheca Castagnei Lev. parasitic on Collomia linearis Nutt. 
and Epüobium adenocaulon Haus. 

Phyllactinia suffulta (Reb.) Sacc. parasitic on Crataegus rivu- 
laris Nutt. 

Microphaera alni (DC.) Wint. parasitic on Lonicera glaucescens 


Rydb. 


REFERENCES 

Bot. Zeitung. I0: 301, 1852; II: 16, 236, 1853. DeBary, 
A. Morphologie und Biologie der Pilze, 3: 53-75, ft. 6, 7. De 
Bary, A. Morphology and Biology of the Fungi, Mycetozoa and 
Bacteria, 247, f. тг9. Saccardo, P. A. Syll. Fung. 3: 216, 10: 
220, II: 502. Flora, 35: 397. 1852. Schenk, Handbuch der 
Botanik 4: 324-327, 544. 1890. Ellis and Everhart, North 
American Pyrenomycetes 3, 4, 1892. Leunis and Frank, Synopsis 
der Pflanzenkunde, 3: 353, Z. 94. 1886. Tulasne, Selecti Fung. 
Carp. I. Oestr. Wochenb. 14: 126—128, 1888. Revue Mycol. 12: 
73, 176, 1890; 15: 16, бо, 1893. Hedwigia, 1 : 23, 1852. 


ExsiCCATI EXAMINED 
Roumeguere, Fungi Selecti Galliae, nos. 6107, 6108, 5461, 
6207, 6208. Sydow. Mycotheca Marchica, по. 1537. Raben- 
horst, Fungi Europae, no. 2215. Krieger, Fungi Saxon, no. 987. 
Thuemen. Mycotheca Universalis, no. 1668, 


КОЛУ IT we? а SM 


Pi et с ЖЕЕ S. 


vM к АМА 
А 


WV Lr 


er oe” uu mex. 03m Mem E 


188 GRIFFITHS: COMMON PARASITE OF POWDERY MILDEWS 


Explanation of Plate 358 

1. Pycnidium produced in conidiophore on Grindelia. АП remains of the conidio- 
phore have disappeared, but the mycelium of Ampelomyces can be seen within the 
mycelium of the Ærysiphe. 

2, The same with the remains of the conidiophore. 

3. Pycnidium of C. cotoneus Pass. (Thuemen, Mycotheca Universalis, no. 1668). 

4. Pyenidium on Grindelia. 

5. Pycnidium of C. дити Faut. from duplicate of the original material 
( Roumeguere, Fungi Sel. Gal. no. 5461). 

6. Pycnidium evidently developed in the upper part of a conidiophore on Lygodes- 
mia juncea. 

7. Pycnidium of C. uncinulae Faut. from duplicate of the original material 
( Roumeguere, Fungi Sel. Gal. no. 6208). 

8. Pycnidium developed within the horizontal mycelium threads on Grindelia. 

9. Young pycnidium on Lygodesmia juncea. 

то. Young pycnidium developing within a large perithecium on Grindelia. 

11. Pycnidium within a smaller perithecium. The wall of the perithecium has 
almost disappeared. Some of the appendages contain the mycelial threads of the 
fungus. 

12. Pycnidium developed within the perithecium, the perithecium having entirely 
disappeared. The appendages will be easily recognized as a development of the my- 
celium within the appendages as seen in 11. 

13 and 14. Mycelium of Ampelomyces within the mycelium of Ærysiphe cichorace- 
arum on Lygodesmia juncea, the mycelium of the former growing into the haustoria of 
the latter. 

15. Spores from specimen on Grindelia. 

16. Mycelium of Ampelomyces within the leaf hairs of Cydonia vulgaris Thue- 
men’s Myc. Univ. no. 1668). 

NoTE.—All drawings magnified 270 diameters except no. Io, which is magnified 
190 diameters. 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, I March, 1899. 


An Enumeration of the Plants collected by Dr. Н. Н. Rusby in South 
America, 1885-1886,.—X X VII 


Ву Н. Н. RUSBY 


(Continued from Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 152. 18 Mr. 1899. ) 


Solanum dibrachiatum Van Huerck & Muell.Arg. in Huerck 
Obs. Bot. 59 (no. 836). The same as Spruce's 4250 and 4051 
(sub “ S. monadelphum”). 

Solanum lycioides L. Mant. 1: 46. Sorata, 8000 ft., Feb- 
ruary, 1886 (no. 803). 

Solanum mammosum L. Sp. Pl. 187. 1753. Мари, 2500 ft., 
May, 1886 (no. 789). 

Solanum Mandonis Huerck et Muell.Arg. in Huerck Obs. 
Bot. 78. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no ./82). The same as Man- 
don's 425 and Bang's 2619. І 

Solanum nigrum L. Sp. 186. Tacna, March, 1885 (no. 832). 
and Unduavi, 8000 ft., October, 1885 (nos. 802 and 2642). 

Solanum nudum Н. & B. Dun. Solan. Syn. ed. 2, 20. pl. 107. 
Vic. La Paz, 10000 ft., Apr., 1885 (no. 785) and Yungas, 4000 ft. 
1885 (no. 769). 

Solanum ochrophyllum Nan Huerck et Muell. Arg. in Huerck 
Obs. Bot. 50. Unduavi, roooo ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 777). The 
same as Bang's 1630 and 1931. 

Solanum pallidum Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 4: 228. 
Sorata, 8000 ft., Feb., 1886 (nos. 787 and 811). 

Solanum Pearce Britton ex Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 
4: 227. Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 794). 
~ Solanum polytrichum Moric. Nouv. Amer. 32. pl. 22. Mapiri 
Apr. and May, 1886 (nos. 783 and 793). 

Solanum pterocladum Van Huerck et Muell. Arg. in Huerck 
Obs. Bot. 44. Sorata, 8000 ft., Feb., 1886 (no. 781). The same 
as Mandon's 415 and Bang's 2872. 

Solanum pulverulentum Pers. Syn. 1: 223. Vic. La Paz, 
10000 ft., Apr., 1885 (no. 797). 

Solanum pycnanthemum Mart. Flora 20 : 11 Beibl. 120. 1837. 
Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 785. 

(189 ) 


р n агы? н 


190 Козвү: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


Solanum radicans L. f. Dec. І: 19. pl. ro. Sorata, 8000 ft., 
Feb., 1886 (no. 808) and Vic. La Paz, 10000 ft., Apr., 1885 (no. 
807). Prostrate, widely branching. 

Solanum  sisymbrifolium Lam. Tabl. Encyc. 2:25. Yungas, 
6000 ft., 1885 (no. 768). 

Solanum sordidum Sendt. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 10: 53. X. 4. f. 
47—50. Unduavi, тоооо ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 801). 

Solanum ternatum R. & P. Fl. Per. 2: 38. 772. Junction of 
Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug., 1886 (no. 810). Speci- 
mens in an undeveloped state. 

Solanum Dunal ex DC. Prod. 13': 72. Sorata, 
8000 ft., Feb., 1886 (no. 808), and vic. La Paz, 10000 ft., April, 
1885 (no. 807). 

Solanum velutissimum Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 89. 
Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2587). 

Solanum violifolium Schott ex Spreng. Syst. 4, Cur Post, 103, 
n. 5. Mapiri, 2500 ft., May, 1886 (no. 2678). Creeping widely. 

Solanum Wrightit Benth. Flora Hongk. 243. | Guanai, 2000 
ft., May, 1886 (no. 791). 


(Species novae, Sect. Acu/eatac.) 


Solanum hyoscyamifolium sp. nov. 


Apparently herbaceous: prickles very few, yellow, I mm. 
long, stout, straight ; densely and very finely gray stellate-tomen- 
tose, the upper leaf-surfaces green, shortly rough stellate-hairy : 
branches slender, weak: petioles 2-6 cm. long, thickish but 
weak : blades 6-12 cm. long, 3-12 cm. broad, ovate from a broad 
truncate base, abruptly acuminate and very acute, the margin bear- 
ing one to three pairs of very large acute teeth or small lobes, the 
sinuses broad and rounded, very thin, the veins lightly prominent 
underneath, broad and low: cymes appearing as though lateral 
from the middle of the internodes, their peduncles 2 or 3 cm. long, 
the flowering portion 2—4 cm. broad, rather dense: pedicels .5—1 
cm. long in flower and young fruit, slender: calyx-bud ovoid, 
obtuse : corolla-bud 7 mm. long, 2 or 3 mm. broad, oblong-ovoid, 
blunt: calyx 3 or 4. mm. long, lobed two thirds of the way, the 
lobes ovate, acutish: corolla-tube short, the lobes 7 mm. long, 
ovate: anthers yellow, 6 mm. long, lance-linear, nearly straight, 
the pores looking upward and a very little inward: style 1 mm. 
їопдег than the stamens: the stigma of medium size: fruit not 
seen. 


Коѕвү: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 191 


Junction of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug., 1886 (no. 
767). 


Species very near S. torvum L. 


Solanum Rusbyi Britton, sp. nov. 


Strongly ferruginous : densely harsh-stellate, the upper leaf- 
surfaces less so, the fruit becoming glabrous : branchlets, petioles 
and peduncles densely prickly with long, slender, weak, rusty-red 
prickles, a few continued upon the principal veins on both surfaces : 
petioles 3 or 4 cm. long, very stout: blades 1—3 dm. long, .5—1.5 dm. 
broad, ovate, the rounded or sub-cordate base very inaequilateral, 
very short-pointed and acutish at the apex, very coarsely sinuate, 
thick, the venation sub-immersed above, prominent underneath ; 
stout, angled, peduncle, and at length its similar branches, 
erect; branchlets numerous and cymes dense: pedicels stout, 
.5-1 cm. long: calyx-tube 4 mm. long, 6 mm. broad, the lobes 
3 mm. long, nearly as broad, triangular-ovate, acute, the sinuses 
broad and rounded : corolla-bud 7 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, ovoid, 
the apex rounded : corolla-tube very short, the lobes 8 mm. long, 
3.5 mm. broad, ovate : anthers (drying blackish) 5 mm. long, lin- 
ear, nearly straight, the pores looking upward and a little inward: 
stigma but little exceeding the anthers : fruit purple-black, globose, 
more than І cm. in diameter. А stout shrub. 


Unduavi, 10000 ft., Oct., 1885 (по. 799). The same as Bang's 
по. 1881, and (fide Britton) Mandon's no. 421. 


Solanum myrianthum Britton, sp. nov. 


Densely and shortly stellate-tomentose and gray, except the 
upper leaf-surfaces, which are dark-green and shortly stellate-hairy, 
and the fruit which is glabrous and shining : branches and petioles 
sparsely prickly, the prickles about 1 mm. long, stout, straight, 
yellow : branches somewhat woody, clongated, slender, flexuous, 
terete : petioles 1.5—3 cm. long, stoutish : blades 5-10 cm. long, 
2—5 cm. broad, ovate, very inaequilateral at the base, somewhat 
acuminate and acutish at the apex, entire, thin: cymes short-pedun- 
cled, twice or thrice bifurcating, the branches at length 6—7 cm. 
long, slender, secund, loosely flowered, the pedicels horizontal or 
reflexed, in fruit 7—8 mm. long, little thickened upward : flowering 
calyx campanulate, 4 mm. long, the lobes 3 mm. long, ovate, 
acute, in fruit a little larger, mostly closely clasping the fruit : 
corolla-bud about 6 mm. long, 2.5 mm. broad, ovoid, the apex 
blunt: corolla (apparently violet) tube very short, the lanceolate 
lobes about 8 mm. long: anthers yellow, 5 mm. long, nearly 
straight, lance-limear, the pores looking inward, upward and 


oe T ‘bi aUa. cm ЛЕНЫ - "LT CMS a ы] дүп e bis Le У 


192 Russpy: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


slightly laterally : style decidedly longer than the anthers, thick- 
ened upward, the capitate stigma large: fruit red, globose, 6 mm. 
broad. 

Junction of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug., 1886 (no. 
776). No. 809, from Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886, is apparently 
the same as is Bang’s no. 2514. 

The species is near S. heterophyllum, and apparently includes 


Jenman’s no. 1125. 
(Sec. /nermes.) 


Solanum lilacinum sp. nov. 


Unarmed, apparently herbaceous, sparsely stellate-pubescent, 
the lower leaf surfaces softly pubescent, pale or grayish, the up- 
4 per strigose, roughish, dark-green: branchlets widely spreading, 
flexuous, angled : petioles 1—2 cm. long, narrowly margined above, 
weak ; blades .5-1 dm. long, 3—5 cm. broad, ovate, acute, the base 
rounded to sub-truncate, slightly produced into the petiole, inae- 
quilateral, entire-margined, thin: peduncles 2—4 cm. long: cymes 
6—8 cm. broad, rather dense : pedicels slender, .5-1 cm. long, re- 
flexed in fruit: calyx-tube turbinate, 2 mm. long and broad, 5- 
nerved, the lobes a little more than 1 mm. long, triangular-ovate, 
acutish, the sinuses larger, acute or obtuse: corolla light-blue, 
rotate or reflexed, 1—1.2 cm. broad, lobed about half way, the 
lobes triangular, acute : filaments slender, 1 mm. long, the anthers 
yellow, 3 mm. long, linear-oblong, straight, the pores large, look- 
ing inward and very slightly upward: style 2 mm. longer than 
stamens: the stigma slightly elongated : fruit dard-red (?) smooth, 
5—6 mm. in diameter. 


Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 779). Bang's no. 2023 
seems to be a smoother form of the same, and Mandon's no. 409 
appears to be of this species, though it differs greatly in the size of 
the leaves. 

The species is very near S. Gayanum (Remy) Phil. 


Solanum actaeabotrys sp. nov. 
Indumentum stellate-tomentose, very dense and short, rough- 


1 ish, the upper leaf surface stellate-scabrous, the fruit glabrous : 
branches woody, stout, terete, flexuous: petioles (the upper only 


seen) 2.5 cm. long, 5 mm. thick: blades 1.5-2.5 dm. long, I-1.5 
dm. broad, ovate to oval, inaequilateral, especially at the rounded 
or subcordate base, blunt or rounded at the apex, entire or ob- 
scurely repand at the margin, thick, gray-ferruginous underneath, 
above ferruginous when young, becoming dark-green: cyme 


Козвү: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 193 


short-peduncled, twice bifurcating, the fruiting branches at length 
1—1.5 dm. long, loosely fruited, in flower rather dense: pedicels 
stout, in flower very short, in fruit 1 cm. long and strongly thick- 
ened upward: calyx campanulate, 5-7 mm. long, the thick, trian- 
gular-ovate acute or acutish lobes appressed, 3 mm. long and 
broad, the sinuses of similar form and size: calyx-bud 6 mm. 
long, 4 mm. broad, obovoid with rounded apex : corolla-bud sub- 
globose: corolla-tube very short, the lobes ovate: anthers 7 mm. 
long, lanceolate, incurved at the apex: fruit depressed-globose, 
1.2 cm. broad in the dried and wrinkled condition, smooth and 
shining, apparently green at maturity. 

Mapiri, 5000 ft., April, 1886 (no. 773). 

А stout shrub, apparently in the Acwleatae, but prickles not 
found upon the specimen. 

Species near .S. decorum, also near to Lechler's no. 2118 from 
Peru and Mathew's no. 3252. 


Solanum Lechleri sp. nov. 


Unarmed, stellate-tomentose and gray, except the blackish 
fruits and the dark-green upper leaf-surfaces which are rather 
sparsely hairy, the hairs slightly stellate ; branches herbaceous: 
petioles 1-2 cm. long, weak, narrowly margined above: blades 
5-10 cm. long, 2.5—5 cm. broad, ovate from a broad, rounded to 
sub-truncate base, acuminate, acute, entire, thin, the venation 
sparse, slender and weak, crooked, pale, lightly prominent both 
sides: cymes terminal, on slender peduncles, in early flower 4 cm. 
broad, dense, the flowers drooping: pedicels 7-10 mm. long, 
weak and slender: calyx 4—5 mm. long, lobed two thirds of the 
way, the lobes herbaceous, ovate, acutish, the sinuses broadly 
triangular, acutish : corolla blue, a little more than 1 cm. broad 
when expanded, deeply lobed, the lobes broadly ovate, obtuse: 
anthers yellow, 3.5 mm. long, oblong, straight, the pores looking 
inward and slightly towards one another: style nearly twice the 
length of the anthers : the stigma small: fruit blackish, 7 mm. in 
diameter. 


Yungas, 4000 ft., 1885 (no. 790). Тһе same as Lechler's no. 
1939 and (fide Britton) Mandon's no. 1106. 


Solanum pseudo-lycioides sp. nov. 


Glabrous and unarmed; branches whitish, numerous, bearing 
many short, divaricate, rigid and spine-like, at first leafy, branch- 
lets an inch or two in length: leaves numerous, .5 to 2.5 cm. long, 
2.5 to 5 mm. broad, oblong to oblanceolate, tapering into a very 


ee ЖА 


194 Коѕвү: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


short petiole, obtuse, entire, pale, somewhat fleshy, r-nerved, the 
veins inconspicuous, finely much wrinkled in drying : pedicels sol- 
itary at the ends of the short branchlets, very slender, about т 
cm. long, enlarging upward, where the green wing-angles become 
continuous with the sepals: calyx-tube turbinate, 4 mm. long and 
broad, bluish, with five broad herbaceous angles continuous 
with the foliaceous, narrowly ovate lobes, which are 2 or 3 mm. 
long: corolla blue, nearly 2 cm. broad: anthers 2 mm. long, 
.6 mm. broad, elliptical oblong, straight, the pores looking 
inward and slightly upward: fruit depressed-globose, 7 to 8 mm. 
broad, smooth, apparently green at maturity, the closely appressed 
shallowly crateriform calyx-tube 6 mm. broad, the lobes recurved. 


Vic. La Paz, 10000 ft., Apr., 1885 (no. 833) and 12000 ft., 
Oct., 1885 (no. 835). The same as Bang's no. 32, published as 
S. lyctoides L. 

A rough much-branched shrub, abundant on the dry hills 
about La Paz. 


Solanum psidiifolium sp. nov. 


Branchlets and lower leaf-surfaces finely stellate-puberulent ; 
branches woody, very stout, the internodes about 5 cm. long: 
petioles 1 to 1.5 cm. long, very stout and broad: blades 1.5 to 2 
dm. long, .7 to 1 dm. broad, oval-ovate, the rounded base ab- 
ruptly contracted into the margined petiole, apex not seen, entire, 
thick and coriaceous, midrib and about 12 pairs of slender secon- 
daries lightly channelled above, prominent underneath : peduncles 
nearly 2 cm. long, stout, erect: cymes 2 or 3 cm. broad, loose : 
pedicels .5 to 1 cm. long, thickish but weak: calyx thick, 4 mm. 
long, 5 mm. broad, lobed about one third, the blackish tube hemi- 
spherical, the lobes nearly semicircular: corolla apparently white, 
very thick, nearly 1 cm. long, lobed nearly to the base, the lobes 
ovate: anthers 4 mm. long, broader at the summit, the very large 
pores looking laterally and inward: style stout, angled, 1 mm. 
longer than the stamens : fruit not seen. 


Yungas, 4000 ft., 1885 (no. 2641). Mr. Bang's no. 2250, 
with oval-obovate leaves, rounded at the apex, appears to be the 
same. 

Species near S. Lindenit. 


Solanum (?) volubilis sp. nov. 


Stellate-puberulent, the upper leaf surfaces granular; branches 
much elongated, slender, very flexuous, climbing by the curved 


Russpy: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 195 


petioles, which are 2-3 cm. long, stoutish, lightly channelled 
above: blades 4-8 cm. long, 2-6 cm. broad, ovate, cordate with 
a broad shallow sinus, short-pointed and acute, entire, thickish, 
pale-green, the venation slender, little prominent: cymes loosely 
panicled at the summit, long-peduncled, the branches sub-circinate, 
somewhat secund: pedicels about 3-5 mm. long, stout, thickened 
upward, lightly angled: calyx crateriform, loosely embracing the 
bud, 5 mm. broad, thickish, lobed about one third of the way, the 
lobes very broad and obtuse: corolla bud 1 cm. long, ovoid with 
rounded apex : corolla bluish, divided nearly to the base, the lobes 
linear-lanceolate, thickish, obtusish : anthers 8 mm. long, narrowly 
lanceolate, brown, the small pores looking inward and a little lat- 
erally : style pubescent, stout, a little longer than the stamens : the 
stigma rather small: fruit (dark-red ?) smooth, globose, about 6 
mm. in diameter. 


Junction of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, August, 1886 (no. 
839). 

The plant has the habit and general appearance of а Cypho- 
mandra but not the connectives. 

Cyphomandra Fraxinella Sendt. in Mart. Flor. Bras. 10: 122. 
Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 800). 

Cyphomandra betacea (Cav.) Sendt. in Flora 28: (1845) 172. 
(Solanum betacea Сау. Anal. Hist. Nat. 1: (1799) 44; Ic. 6: 
15 ¢. 524.). Falls of Maderia, Brazil, Oct., 1886 (no. 805). 


Cyphomandra Yungasense sp. nov. 


Inflorescence and younger portions minutely pubescent 
branches elongated, slender, strongly angled, apparently climbing 
by the twisted petioles, which are 2—3 cm. long, slender, chan- 
neled above: blades 1-1.5 dm. long, 5—7 cm. broad, ovate, lightly 
cordate, abruptly short-acuminate and acute, entire, very thin, 
deep green: inflorescence terminal, paniculate, the panicle open, 
loose, the flowers pendulous: pedicels about 1 cm. long, stout, 
angled, slightly ‘thickened upward: calyx 5 mm. long, about 7 
mm. broad, hemispherical-campanulate, thickish, shallowly 5- 
lobed, the lobes broad and rounded at the summit : corolla (violet ?) 
1.5-2 cm. long, deeply lobed: anthers yellow, 7 mm. long, the 
connectives little thickened, the pores very small, looking upward 
and inward. 

Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2475). 

Near C. floribunda Miers. 


196 Коѕвү: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


Cyphomandra acuminata sp. nov. 


Glabrate; branches much elongated, stout, terete, drying 
blackish ; petioles 2-3 cm. long, rather slender, sub-terete, nar- 
rowly channeled : blades 6-15 cm. long, 3.5-7 cm. broad, ovate, 
cordate, regularly acuminate and acute, entire, thickish, rigid, 
when young minutely puberulent, especially underneath, the vena- 
tion sparse and slender, secondaries about 7 irregular pairs: pe- 
duncles 4—6 cm. long, slender, dichotomous, the scorpioid branches 
simple, slender, .8—1.2 dm. long, strongly nodose from the fallen 
flowers, which are about 3-5 mm. apart : pedicels I—I.5 cm. long, 
slender: calyx 6 mm. long, slightly broader, campanulate-turbi- 
nate, shallowly 5-lobed, the lobes broad, rounded, abruptly short- 
pointed: corolla purple, 1.5 cm. long, lobed nearly to the base, 
thickish, the lobes lanceolate, acuminate and acute, strongly re- 
curved: anthers 5 or 6 mm. long, ovate, somewhat curved, pur- 
ple within, dark on the back, the large pores looking inward, up- 
ward and laterally: style little exceeding the stamens, very stout : 
the stigma peltate, 2 mm. broad: fruiting pedicel greatly thickened, 
especially at the summit: fruit (mature ?) subglobular, yellow, 
smooth, 4 cm. in diameter. 


Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2600). The same as Bang's no. 
2281, which has larger leaves. 


Cyphomandra Benense Britton, sp. nov. 


Closely puberulent ; branches rather short, pale green, terete 
or somewhat coarsely angled: petioles .5-1.5 cm. long, rather 
weak, sub-terete, narrowly channelled above: blades .5—1 dm. 
long, 2.5—5 cm. broad, ovate-oval, the base truncate or slightly 
cordate, acuminate and acute at the apex, entire, thin and flaccid, 
pale grayish-green, the venation weak and inconspicuous : cymes 
scorpioid-racemose, short-peduncled, .5—1 dm. long, simple and bi- 
furcated, slender, strongly nodose from the fallen flowers, which 
are 2 or 3 mm. apart: pedicels slender, about 1 cm. long: calyx 
about 4 mm. long, the tube very short, the lobes broadly ovate, 
acute, herbaceous: corolla (violet) 1 cm. long, deeply lobed, the 
lobes ovate, acuminate, acutish : anthers 4.5 mm. long, ovate, the 
connective rather narrowly thickened and backwardly arched, and 
slightly extended basally : style slightly exceeding the stamens, 
stout : stigma capitate, large : fruit not seen. 

Junction of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug., 1886 
(no.1840). 

Physalis Peruviana L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1670, Unduavi, 8000 ft., 
Oct., 1885 (no. 824). 


Козвү: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 197 


Physalis margaranthoides sp. nov. 


Glabrous ; stems weak, coarsely angled, flexuous, the branch- 
lets very slender, widely spreading : petioles .5-1 cm. long, very 
narrowly margined, weak: blades 2-5 cm. long, 1—2 cm. 
broad, ovate, slightly inequilateral, the base rounded but slightly 
produced into the petiole, short-pointed and acute at the apex, dis- 
tantly, irregularly and rather obscurely dentate, the short broad 
teeth mostly acute, very thin and flaccid, dark-green, the venation 
slender and inconspicuous both sides, the midrib slightly im- 
pressed above: pedicels in flower 3 mm., in fruit nearly I cm. 
long, very slender: calyx in flower 4 mm. long, lobed three 
fourths of the way, the lobes triangular-ovate, acuminate and acute, 
in fruit 2 to 2.5 cm. long, broadly ovate, little if at all pointed : 
corolla about 6 mm. long, light-yellow, almost equaled by the 
stamens : material for dissection wanting. 

Junction of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug., 1886 (no. 
823). The same collected by Holton at Puerto Ocafia, Sept. 6, 
1852. 

Species near Р. Lagascae R. & Р. 

Saracha diffusa Miers Illustr. So. Am. Pl. 2: L ЗОНЕ, 
8000 ft., Feb., 1886 (no. 831). The same as Mandon's 430. 

Bassovia inaequilatera Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 6!: 
90. Mapiri, 2500 ft., May, 1886 (no. 765). 

Bassovia anceps (К. & P.) (Solanum anceps К. & P. Fl. Per. 
2: 36.4 169. f. а). Yungas, 6000 ft, 1885 (no. 766). The 
same as Bang’s nos. 2513, 2526 and (?) 1210. 


Bassovia Fendleri sp. nov. 

Branches slender, flexuous, terete, grayish-brown or yellowish- 
brown, very sparingly hairy upon the younger portions, the 
branchlets recurved or drooping : principal leaves sub-petioled by 
the very short narrowed base, 8—18 cm. long, 3-6 cm. broad, very 
inequilateral, rhomboidally oblong-lanceolate, the base sub-cuneate 
and then abruptly short-produced, the apex abruptly contracted 
and then attenuate, thin and membranous, bright-green : principal 
veins 10—12 on the large side, sparsely strigose above, glabrous 
below, except the veins, which are appressed-hirsute both sides : 
reduced leaves of similar texture and form, or slightly broader and 
scarcely pointed, 2-3 cm. long, slightly reflexed : cymes 3—4- 
flowered, the pedicels unequal, the longer, in flower, I cm. 
long, slender, strongly thickened upward, mostly reflexed : calyx 
conical-campanulate, 4-5 mm. long, the truncate border bearing 


[er 


198 Russpy: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


10 linear subulate teeth one half to two thirds as long as the 
tube: corolla-lobes at length reflexed, 6-7 mm. long, lance- 
linear, acute : anthers 3 mm. long, ovate, straight, the base 
minutely caudate, one half longer than their filaments: style fili- 
form, 5—6 mm. long: stigma oblong: fruit not seen. 


Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 770). А 

Brachistus hebephyllus Miers in Am. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 
II, 3 (1849) 266. Yungas, 4000 ft., 1885 (no. 805). The same 
collected by Gondob in New Granada. 


Brachistus lasiophyllus (Humb. et Вопр.) (Solanum /asio- 
phyllum Humb. et Вопр. ex Dunal Solan. Syn. 25). Yungas, 6000 
ft, 1885 (no 2697). The same as Bang's no. 2617. 


Brachistus hispidus sp. nov. 


Hispid throughout, except the mature fruit (corolla not seen), 
with mostly scattered, long white hairs which are branched at the 
summit : petioles 2—3 cm. long, rather slender, broadly channelled 
above, blackish, dilated at the base : blades .6-1.2 cm. long, 4-6 
cm. broad, ovate, rounded at the base, abruptly short-acuminate 
and very acute at the apex, entire, thin, dark-green, below sparsely 
(except densely on the prominent principal veins), and above very 
sparsely hairy: flowers not seen: fruiting pedicels solitary, 3 cm. 
long, stoutish, angled, slightly thickened at the summit : fruiting 
calyx-tube 5 mm. long, 1 cm. or more broad, crateriform, the 
border sinuately 10-lobed and the lobes terminating in linear at- 
tenuate teeth nearly 1 cm. long: entire calyx strongly hispid: 
fruit (blackish) elongated globular, about 1 cm. long. 


Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 2524). 


Brachistus strigosus sp. nov. 


Strigose throughout, for the most part densely, including the 
outer surface of the corolla ; branches woody, elongated, flexuous : 
petioles proper 5 mm. long, margined, broad: blade 3-9 cm. 
long, 2—4 cm. broad, very inaequilateral, oblong or oval, acute at 
the base and narrowed into the petiole, narrowly acuminate and 
acute at apex, entire, thin, yellowish-green, the venation lightly 
prominent, both sides, indumentum light yellow : pedicels fascicled, 
about 1 cm. long, slender, slightly thickened upward : calyx-tube 
hemispherical in flower, 3.5 mm. broad, the narrowly linear dark 
teeth about 1.5 mm. long: corolla (violet?) nearly 1.5 cm. broad, 
the то lobes narrowly ovate, acuminate : anthers yellow, nearly 4 
mm. long, ovate, the back outwardly arched below, the base shortly 


РРР 


Rusnv: Sourn AMERICAN PLANTS 199 


and bluntly sagittate: style 2 mm. longer than stamens, dark, 
stout, gradually thickened into the lighter, rather small stigma : 
only very young fruit seen, this globular. 


Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 786). 


Brachistus leptocaulis sp. nov. 

Leaves and younger portions minutely stellate ; branches 
woody, elongated, slender, flexuous, whitish, angled, the branch- 
lets very short: petioles 2—3 mm. long, margined: blades 2-5 
cm. long, 1—2 cm. broad, lance-oblong or ovate-oblong to obovate, 
narrowed into the petiole, acute, entire, light-green, very thin and 
flaccid: pedicels solitary at the ends of the branchlets, 1 cm. or 
more long, weak: calyx-tube 4 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, hemi- 
spherical, the то linear lobes 4 mm. long, elongating with age: 
corolla nearly 1 cm. long, apparently yellowish-purple, narrowly 
5-costate: fruit not seen. 

Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 2657). 

Dunalia lycioides Miers in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 7: (1848) 
no. 338. Vic. La Pez, 11000 ft., Apr., 1885 (nos. 827 and 828) 
Sorata, 8000 ft, Feb., 1885 (no. 829). Also seen near Tacna, 
6000 ft. A densely growing shrub 6-10 ft. high, the flowers 
dark blue. 

Poecilochroma albescens Britton ех Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 6: 91. Unduavi, 10000 ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 2564). 

Poecilochroma punctata (R. & P.) Miers in Hook. Lond. Journ. 
Bot. 7: (1848) 324. Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 834). 
No. 2474 from Vic. La Pez, 10000 ft., Apr., 1885, may be the 
same, though the leaves are much smaller. 

Salpichora glandulosa Miers, Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 4: 
(1845) 325.  Unduavi, 10000 ft., Oct., 1885 (no. 1935). 

Salpichroa diffusa Walp. Ann. 3: 169. Vic. La Pez, 10000 

ft., Apr. 1885 (no. 830). 


Solandra Boliviana Britton, sp. nov. 


Glabrous; stems softly and weakly shrubby, procumbent in 
decaying forest material, much wrinkled in drying, pale, the branch- 
lets a few centimeters long, very thick, closely beset with the 
nodose bases from which the petioles have disarticulated, these 3 
or 4 mm. broad, slightly concave : petioles 5-8 mm. long, slender, 
slightly channelled: blades 4—7 cm. long, 1.5—3 cm. broad, regu- 
larly obovate, acute at the base, abruptly very short-pointed and 


Күлү pU MM TUM KETTEN Nem Vom 


200 Ruspv: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS 


obtuse at the apex, entire, thick, dark above, pale underneath : 
flowers solitary at the ends of the branchlets, sub-sessile: bracts 
nearly 5 cm. long, nearly 2 cm. broad, oval or obovate, narrowed 
at the base, acutish or obtuse, obscurely 3—5 -пегүса : narrow portion 
of the blue-purple corolla-tube about 6 cm. long, .5-1 cm. broad, the 
dilated portion about the same length, as pressed, 4 cm. broad at the 
summit, campanulate, the spreading or reflexed margin nearly 3 cm. 
broad, variously lacerate: stamens reaching the mouth of the 
corolla, the light-yellow anthers 1 cm. long, 4 mm. broad: style 
extending nearly 1.5 cm. beyond the stamens, gradually dilated at 
the summit into the 2-lobed stigma, which is 4 mm. broad : fruit 
not seen. 

Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 1155). Scarce and apparently 
flowering infrequently. 

I uanulloa Mexicana (Schlecht.) Miers in Ann. and Mag. Nat. 
Hist. Ser. IL, 4: (1849) 188 (Lauresia Mexicana Schlecht, in 
Linnaea 8: (1833) no. 513). Марігі, 2500 ft., May, 1886 (2598). 

Cestrum calycinum Willd. and Schlecht. in Linnaea 7: (1832) 
64. Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (nos. 815 and 817). 

Cestrum Parqui L' Her. Stirp. Nov. 73. Near Valparaiso, Chili, 
June, 1885 (no. 812). No. 820 from La Paz, 10000 ft., April, 
1885, and no. 819 from Sorata, 8000 ft., February, 1886, may be 
of this species, though more likely C. exanthes Schlecht. in Lin- 
naea ӯ: (1832) бо. 

Cestrum floribundum Britton ex Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 
6: 92, Junc. of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug., 1886 (no. 
818). 

Cestrum coriaceum Miers in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 5: 
(1846) 161. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 814). The same as 
Holton's no. 607, Bang's no. 2465, Burchell's no. 7262 and a speci- 
men collected by Triana at Bogota. | 


Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany 


Anderson, A. P. Diseases of plants. Bull. S. C. Exper. Sta. 36: 
1-16, f. r-14. S. 1898. 

Anderson, A. P. The Asparagus Rust in South Carolina. Bull. S. 
С. Agric. Exper. Sta. 38: 1-15. / 1-5. Е. 1899. 

Ashe, W. W. The dichotomous Group of Panicum in the Eastern 
United States. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 4: 22-62. Е. 1899. 
Includes new species. 

Averill, С. K. Stations for some of the rarer Plants of Connecticut. 
Rhodora, 1: 39, 4o. Е. 1899. 

Bessey, E. A. The comparative Morphology of the Pistils of the 
Ranunculaceae, Alismaceae, and Rosaceae. Bot. Gaz. 26: 297—312. 
pl. 25. М. 1898. 

Bissell, C. Н. Goodyera repens, var. ophivides, in Connecticut. Rho- 
dora, 1: 4o. Е. 1899. 

Bitter, G. Ueber das Verhalten der Krustenflechten beim Zusammen- 
treffen ihrer Rander. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 33: 47-127. f. 1-14. 1898. 

Bode, С. Zur Reindarstellung des Chlorophyls. Bot. Centralb. y» 
81-87. 13 Ja. 1899. 

Boirivant, M. A. Recherches sur les Organes de Remplacement 
chez les Plantes. Ann. Sc. Nat. VIII. 6: 309-400. A. 18-21. 1898. 

Brainerd, E. The Saniculas of western Vermont. Rhodora, 1: 
7-9. Ja. 1899. 

Campbell, О. Н. Recent Work upon the Development of the Arche- 
gonium. Bot. Gaz. 26: 428-431. D. 1898. 

Chamberlain, C. J. The Homology of the Blepharoplast. Bot. 
Gaz. 26: 431-435. D. 1898. 

Chester, F. D. Soil Bacteria in their Relation to Agriculture. 
Part I. Bull. Del. Exper. Sta. до: 1-16. 1898. 

Churchill J. R. Some Plants about Williamstown. Rhodora, 1: 
24-26. F. 1899. 

Collins, F. S. A case of Boletus poisoning. Rhodora, І: 21-23. 
Г. 1899. 

Poisoned by B. miniato-olivaceus sensibilis. 

Coombe, J. N. The Reproduction of Diatoms. Journ. Roy. Micros. 

Soc. 1899: 1-5. 2/. 7, 2. Е. 1899. 
( 201 ) 


202 Ixpex TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Copeland, E. B. А new self-registering ‘Transpiration Machine. 
Bot. Gaz. 26: 343-348. М№. 1898. 

Davis, J. J. A graminicolous Doassansia. Bot. Gaz. 26 : 353-354. 
N. 1898. . 
Doassansia Zizaniae sp. nov. 

Eriksson, J. Etude sur le Puccinia ribis DC. des groselliers rouges. 
Rev. Gen. de Bot. 10: 497—506. ^. 20. 15 D. 1898. 

Fernald, M. L. A spurless //а/елга from Maine. Rhodora, 1: 36, 
37. Е. 1899. 
Halenia deflexa heterantha, var. nov. 

Fernald, M. L. The Rattlesnake-Plantains of New. England. 
Rhodora, І: 2-7. 2/1 І. Ja. 1899. 
Includes 4 species. 

Guerin, P. A propos de la presence d'un Champignon dans l'Ivrarie 
(Lolium temulentum L.). Jour. de Bot. 12: 384-385. 1 D. 1898. 


Guerin, P. Structure particuliere du Fruit de quelques graminées. 
Jour. de Bot. 12: 365-374. 1 D. 1898. [Illust. ] 

Guignard, L. Les centres cinetiques chez les vegetaux. Ann. des 
Sc. Nat. 6: 177-215. M. 9-72. 1898. 


Henderson, L. F. Twelve of Idaho's Worst Weeds. Bull. Idaho 
Exper. Sta. 14: 90-136. 2/. 73. f. 5. 1898. 

Hennings, P. Die Gattung Dip/otheca Starb., sowie einige interes- 
sante und neue, уоп E. Ule gesammelte Pilze aus Brasilien. Bei- 
blatt zur Hedwigia, 37: (205, 206). 31 D. 1898. 

New species in Diflotheca, Aecidium and Credo. 

Hennings, P. Fungi Americani-boreales. Hedwigia, 37: 266-272. 
25 О. 1898; 273-276. 31 D. 1898. 

New species їп Ustilago, Uromyces, Puccinia, Phragmidium, Aecidium, Uredo 
7Zylostoma, Cyathus, Patellaria, Darluca, and Camarosporium. 

Hennings, P. Fungi Jamaicenses. Hedwigia, 37: 277-282. 31 
D. 1898. 

New species in Puccinia, Ravenelia, Uredo, Aecidium, Polyporus, Polystictus, 

Daedalea, Phyllosticta and Cercospora. 

Hough, W. Тһе environmental Interrelations in Arizona. Am. 
Anthropologist, It: 133-155. 1898. 

Ecology of Arizona; list of 173 species of plants utilized by the Hopi Indians, 

Hue, A. M. Revue des Travaux sur la Description et la Geographie 
des Lichens publies en 1894-1897. Rev. Gen. de Bot. 10: 125—128. 
15 Mar. 1898; 171-176, 15 Ap. 1898; 215-224, 15 My. 1898; 
267-272, 15 Je. 1898; 313-320, 15 Jl. 1898; 345-352, 15 Ag. 
1898 ; 381-384, 15 5. 1898. 


INDEX то RECENT LITERATURE 203 


Hyams, C. W. Medicinal Plants in North Carolina. Bull. N. C. 
Exper. Sta. 150: 330-410. Је. 1898. 


Janczewski, E.de. Etudes morphologiques sur le genre Anemone L. 
Chapitre quatrième: La Tige. Rev. Gen. de Bot. то: 433-446. pi. 
16, 17. 15 М. 1898; 507-518. pl. 18-го. 15 D. 1898. 

The preceding three chapters will be found in earlier volumes. 

Kirchner, W. C. G. Contribution to the fossil Flora of Florissant, 
Colorado. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 8: 161-188. gw. ІІ-І5. 
то D. 1898. 

Kolkwitz, R. Ueber den Einfluss des Lichtes auf die Athmung der 
niederen Pilze. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 33: 128-165. l. 7-2. 1898. 
Krasser, F. Zur Kenntniss des Lycopodium cernuum. Verhandl. 

К. К. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien. 48: 688-693. зо Ja. 1899. 

Le Jolis, A. Protestation contre le Revisio generum Plantarum. 
III". Jour. de Bot. 12: 320-330. І N. 1898. 

Magnus, P. Ueber die von O. Kuntze vorgenommenen Aender- 
ungen der Namen einigen Uredineen-Gattungen. Bot. Centralb. 
77: 2-10. 28 D. 1898. | 

Magnus, P. Ueber einen in Sudtirol aufgetretenen Mehlthau des 
Apfels. Ber. deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 16 : 331—334. pl. 27. 28D. 
1898. 

Manning, W. Н. Matricaria discoidea in Eastern Massachusetts. 
Rhodora, 1: 18. Ја. 1899. 

Meehan, T. Chimaphila maculata. Meehan's Month. 9: 1-2. pl 
I. Ja. 1899. 

Morse, W. F., & Howard, C. D.  Poisonous Properties of wild 
Cherry Leaves. Bull. N. H. Exper. Sta. 56: 112-123. f. 6. Au. 
1898. 

Nelson, A. The Trees of Wyoming and how to know them. Bull. 
Wyo. Exper. Sta. до: 59-110. Ја. 1899.  [Illust.] 

Lloyd, F. E. On hypertrophied Scale-Leaves in Pinus ponderosa. 
Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. тї: 45-51. 24 г. Ар. 1898. 

Minden, M. von Beiträge zur anatomischen und physiologischen 
Kenntniss Wasser-secernierender Organe. Bibliotheca Bot. 46: 1—76. 
pl. 1-7. 1899. 

Nordhausen, M. Beiträge zur Biologie parasitürer Pilze. Jahrb. f. 
wiss. Bot. 33: 1-46. 1898. 

Pollard, C. L. Further Observations on the Eastern acaulescent 
Violets. Bot. Gaz. 26: 325-342. М. 1898. 


Viola insignis sp. nov. figured. V. primulaefolia australis n. var. 


аы РОЦИТ ALI o ы е а аы Айы. нады ма адамдай em тти аы 


204 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Powell, G. H. The European and Japanese Chestnuts in the East- 
ern United States. Bull. Del. Exper. Sta. 42: 1-36. f. 1-72. D. 
1808. 

Prunet, М. А. Recherches sur le Black Rot dela Vigne. Rev. Gen. 
de Bot. 10: 129-141. 15 Ap. 1898; 404-422. f. ar. 15 O. 
1808. 

Rehm, Н. Beiträge zur Pilzflora von Sudamerika. V. Hysteriaceae. 
Hedwigia, 37: 296-302. 2/. 9. 31 D. 1899. 

New species in Schizothyrium, Aulographium, Glonium, HHysterium, Gloniella and 

H sterostomella. 

Rehm, Н. Beiträge zur Pilzflora von Sudamerika. VI. Microthy- 
riaceae. VII. Coryneliaceae. Hedwigia, 37: 321--328. f. 1-16. 31 
D. 1898. 

New species in Clypeolum, Seynesia and. Micropeltis. 

Rich, W. P. Amphicarpaea Pitcheri in New England. Rhodora, І: 
27, 28. Е. 1899. 

Riddle, L. C. Тһе Embryology of 4/vssum. Bot. Gaz. 26: 314- 
324. pl. 26-27. М. 1898. 

Robinson, B. L. A new wild Lettuce from Eastern Massachusetts. 
Rhodora, 1: 12, 13. //. 2. Ja. 1899. 

Lactuca Morssii sp. nov. 

Robinson, B. L. Fairy rings formed by Lycopodium inundatum. 
Rhodora, 1: 28-30. Е. 1899. 

Rolfs, P. H. Diseases of the Tomato. Bull. Fla. Exper. Sta. 47: 
117-153. pl. 2. 5. 1898. 


Rowlee, W. W., & Hastings, G. T. The Seeds and Seedlings of 
some Amentiferae. Bot. Gaz. 26: 349-353. 2/7. 29. N. 1898. 

Sablon, L du. Recherches sur les Reserves Hydrocarbonées des 
Bulbes et des Tubercules. Rev. Gen. de Bot. 10: 353-369. 15 5. 
1898. 385-403. 15 О. 1898; 447-482. 15 N. 1898; 519-538. 
15 D. 1898. 

Shaw, W. R. The Fertilization of Onoclea. Апп. Bot. 12: 261, 
pl. 10. S. 1898. 

Spegazzini, C. Una planta nueva de la flora Uruguaya, Ann. Soc. 
Cien. Argentine 47: 8-13. 1899. 
Arechavaletaia gen. nov. 

Stevens, F. L. The Effect of Aqueous Solutions upon the Germi- 
nation of Fungus Spores. Bot. Gaz. 26: 337-406. D. 1898. 


[This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Com- 
pany in card catalogue form. ] 


Вот. Torr. Вот. Crus. PEL. 250 


LISTERA. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON 


c" а ао а ч се + С ЫА И жы ИШ НААЛЫГАН ШЕ FUE. 


Burr. Torr. Вот. CLUB: Pr. 357. 


LISTERA. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON 


PL. 358. 


Burr. Torr. Bor. CLus. 


= 


AMPELOMYCES QUISQUALIS Ces. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING со., BOSTON 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


т. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 


Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895—1898. 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896—7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 3. Nos, 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 7. Nos. r51-(current). 


3. А Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895—1896. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, М. Y. City. A list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Many 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 


4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the rozd Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891—1896; Emeritus Professor 1896,—andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner's Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. Ву 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Daodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York. Price $1.00. 


6. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. 


аа 2 ы 


"o 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


FoR CLASS STUDY. 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 
«Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 
= e 
Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 


CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


Everything Useful to Botanists. 


MORE THAN FIFTY OF 


AMERICA’S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


THE PLANT VYORLD 


It contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 


Volume II. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. 


SUBSCRIPTIONS, $1.00 PER ANNUM. 
ADDRESS P ESS s 


WILLARD М. CLUTE & CO., Publishers, Binghamton, М. Y. 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia University. 


4 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 zed. 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


JUST ISSUED 


The Flora of the Upper Susquehanna 


WILLARD N. CLUTE 


This work is designed for all students of the plants in the region covered. 
It is founded upon the observations of many prominent botanists and 
includes a full list of the species with notes upon them. More than 
1500 common names are given. 


Small octavo, 172 pages and map. Strongly bound in cloth, $1.25. 
With a new subscription to The Plant World, $2.00. 


* Probably there exists no other region in the State of more interest to the student 
of ecology than this valley of the Upper Susquehanna, for it affords some striking 
instances of northward extension in several typical southern species. It is this cir- 
cumstance which lends a peculiar interest to all local floras whose areas fall near the 
boundary line between two distinct life zones investing them with more than a mere 
local value. It is pleasing to note that the nomenclature of this volume follows modern 
lines, the equivalent of the names of Gray's Manual being cited in parenthesis for the 
sake of convenience. . . . In the introduction is given а comparison with related 
floras, a full discussion of the geology and geography of the area and a most interesting 
list of noteworthy sub localities.|"—C. І. PuLLARD in 77е Plant World. 

* In many respects it is the best we have seen; for it tells in a few brief words 
all that is needed by a collector to know, leaving the full description to the larger 
works which all advanced students possess, Indeed, it tells more by adding points of 
general history. "These notes are so valuable that others besides those collecting in 
the Upper Susquehanna will find it a little book profitable to have on hand." 

—Meehans’ Monthly. 


ADDRESS ALL ORDERS TO 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO., Publishers, Bingham ai М.Ү. 


A Text- Boole " «cus di ES 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N.Y. 


mi: дА 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes. 


AN 


ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the 102d Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 


Prof, N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 


With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and FicuRED. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the Synonymy, the REVISED NOMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLossARv, and a 
copious Ænglish Index, including the PopuLaR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For all 
students and lovers of plants. 


Vol. L, Royal 8vo, pp. xii--612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. IL, рр. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi4- 588 ; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 
CHAS. SCRIBNER'S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering 10 copies or more, r5 per cent. discount. 


Labrador and 
Newfoundland Plants. 


Including Mosses, LICHENS, FUNGI. and ALGAE supplied by the 


Rev. Arthur €. Waghorne, 


Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 
For $10 and $8 per Hundred. 


HERBARIUM FOR SALE. 


A collection containing about 10,000 species, 1,200 of which are foreign plants. Ferns, 
Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens, and Fungi are represented by 2,000 or more species, the 
remainder are North American phaenogamous plants. Messrs, Pringle, Curtiss, Lem- 
mon, Parry, Jones, Reverchon, Ellis, Underwood, Calkins .nd other well known col- 
lectors of North American plants have supplied most of the specimens; a fine collec- 
tion and one worthy the attention of colleges or individuals desiring a collection of the 
kind ; in addition to these is a large quantity of duplicates collected in Delaware and 
adjoining territory by the undersigned which contains a great many good specimens of 
Phaenogamous plants, Ferns, Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens and Fungi. 


ADDRESS: A, COMMONS, 


Wilmington. Delaware (тот S. Dupont St.). 


JUST ISSUED. 


MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 zet. 


A companion volume to Dr. John K. Small's « Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus Puldyycnum,” published in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price. Address 


Professor L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


North American Pyrenomycetes. 


To clear out the balance of the stock, copies of this 
publication, till further notice, will be sold for $6.00, 
or on orders accompanied by the cash for $5.00. 
Those wishing copies sent by mail please inclose 
35 cents additional for postage. 


Address 


J. B. ELLIS, 


NEWFIELD, WN. J. 


PELLI dU m ICM 


Rew Vork Botanical Garden 


MEMOIRS 


The first volume of Memoirs of the New York 
Botanical Garden will be issued during 1899. It will 
contain “An annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana 
and the Yellowstone National Park,” written by Dr. Per 
Axel Rydberg. 

The Memoirs will be published in large octavo size, as 
matter for them becomes available. Volume I. will consist 
of about 400 pages, and will contain descriptions of a large 
number of new species of plants and critical notes on many 
others. 

Subscriptions to this first volume are now invited. 
The price will be two dollars per copy. 

N. L. BRITTON, 


DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF. 


ESTABLISHED 1931. 


EIMER & AMEND. 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals апа Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 207, 209 & 21 Third Ave, 


Corner of 18th Street. | NEW YORK. 


SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES 


OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 
E March’s Szline Chemical Ston! 
Ware. 


Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 
Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- 
ters (Polariscopes). 


Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bas 


ances, etc. 


1 Le Brun Е. Desmontes € Co.. a 
Paris, Platinum. 


Н. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. 


SPECIALTIES :— Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- 
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem 
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 
 Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals foi 
Sugar Chemists. 


LABORATORY OUTFITS 


FOR 


FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES anD COLLEGES 
Ctass-Btowinc, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING, 


bae ied 7 Ma 


Dob AS CREE at COPI RC RAP REESE UT e К 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. 


(r) BULLETIN. 

A monthly journal devoted to general botany. Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 
tained 650 pages of text and 29 full-page plates. Price $2 оо per annum. For 
Europe to shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England. 

As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 
plete their files should apply at once, Yearly volumes 1-5 (1870-1874), and vols. 
7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of One Dollar each, except vols. 
7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. 


Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at the subscription 
price of Five Dollars, 


Vols. 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols. 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged, 
single copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS. 

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is fixed for each. Those 
omitted from this list cannot be had separately. 

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algae hitherto observed on the Coasts 
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. Н. Н. Rusby in 
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, 
75 cents. 

No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. 

Volume 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, о cents. 

No. 2,—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna. 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents, 

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. 

Vol. 3. No. r.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- 
ritory. By John К. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, co cents. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. 
By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

Vol. 4. No. r—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. 
Underwood. Price, 75 cents. ; 

No 2.— Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John К. Small and Anna Murray Vail Price, 50 cents. 

No.. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang— Il. 
By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, о cents. 

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit. 
Price, 50 cents. 

No. 5.—Monograph of Physalis and related Genera. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 
75 cents, 

" Vol 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 
in Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S 
Price, $3.00. ; r 

Vol. 6. No, r.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang—III. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia. 
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyt reported as 
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00. 


Address: L. M. UNDERWOOD, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. 


еы E, А t MIT. А e “че Mg ЖС ИР 
CDU, > БУЛТУЯ чыз PU ee eee CER ЛЕУ ИНН, Ж USE RNC So Tm n EE ЛИЛ. UCET ues e no 0o „у. 


- American Ferns—II: 


VoL. 26 


‘BULLETIN 
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD 


ASSOCIATE EDITORS 
І 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS 
-BYRON DAVID HALSTED 
ARTHUR HOLLICK 


MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 
FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 
ANNA MURRAY VAIL 


CONTENTS 


The Genus Phaner- 
ophiebia (PLATES 359, 360): Lucien 
Marcus Underwood.. ........+. 

Studies in Sisyrinchium—I: Sixteen new 

- Species from the Southern States: Eugène 
P SENSIT... 4l... 

Revision of the Genus Guardiola: B. Г. 
РРС iw ждет ТО 232 

New Plants from Wyoming.—VII: Aven 
Nelson i 


205 


236 


ео * $9 » 9 0$ » $ * оо. e» а е 


Charles H. 


Lucien 


Elliot C. Howe, 1828-1899: 
Peck . 
А new Cantharedius from Maine: 


251 


254 


еен ESE PI DR КАС TE 256 
Proceedings of the Club. ......... 258 
INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING 

TO AMERICAN BOTANY ‚....,.., 266 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


Tue New Era PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER, Pa, 


IHE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 


President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN. 


Vice Presidents, 


T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, 
Normal College, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 
Editor, i Treasurer, 0 
Л. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, JR. 
Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 
Associate Editors, 
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., Pror. FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 
Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., 
Committee on Finance. 
J. I. KANE. | WM. E. DODGE. 


Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B, GREENE, M. D., 
319 Е. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City, 
. JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. 
Committee on Library and Herbarium. 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L, SANIAL, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ALICE M. ISAACS, 
Committees on the Local Flora, 
Pror. №. L. BRITTON, Ph. D, 


PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, Pror. L. М. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D. 
Н. Н. RUSBY, M. D., MARSHALL А, HOWE, Ph. D, 
Rev. GEO. D. HULST, Mns, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


Committee оп Excursions. 
Dr. L. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 


GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, 


MARIE L. SANIAL, W. A. BASTEDO, 
Committee on Program. 
Dr. H. H. RUSBY, . Dr. С, C. CURTIS, 


Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 


The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, except 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, Р. M. Botanists are cordially invited 
to attend. 

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
payable to Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St., New York City. 


VoL. 26 No. 5 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


' TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


American Ferns—ll, The Genus Phanerophlebia 
Bv LuciEN MArcus UNDERWOOD 


(PLATES 359, 360) 


~ 


During the past generation it has been customary for English 
and American botanists to refer to a single species, Asprdium 
‚ Juglandifolium, a long series of widely different ferns from Mexico, | 
Central America and Venezuela. The original Polypodium ju- 
&landifolium was described from Caripe, Venezuela, by Humboldt, 
and his type is in the Willdenow herbarium. The relation of our 
own flora to this species commenced with the discovery of a plant 
on the Mexican Boundary Survey * which was referred to this 
species although it specifically resembles the type almost as little as 
it does Polystichum acrostichoides or any one of a half dozen species. 

Several species have been separated from time to time by 
Schlectendal, by Martens and Galeotti, and later by Fournier. 
The latter in his list of the Ferns of Mexico Т distinguishes five 
species but his knowledge of the typical form appears to have 
been somewhat at fault. Later still, Mr. Hemsley ¢ following Mr, 
Baker, unites all these divergent plants under a single species and 
the forty-three specimens at Kew are included under a single cover. 


* Under the head of Aspidium juglandifolium in Eaton’s Ferns of North America, 
we have the curious anomaly of a description of one species, a figure drawn from a 
second, details of venation from a third, and the name of a fourth given to the aggre- 
gation. 

f Mexicanas Plantas, 1: 100. 1872. 

t Biologia Centrali-Americana, 3: 642. 1885. 


[Issued 15 May, 1899.] ( 205) 


Єч " «: E " 
b; EA ОМТ. t NER 


ae! ИИ ҮНҮ ҮҮ ee S 


206 UNpbERWOOD: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 


The genus Phanerophlebia (Presl, Tent. Pteridogr. 84. 1836) 
was established by Presl together with the genus Amdlia (Presl, 
Tent. Pteridogr. 184. 1836) the former founded on P. nobilis * and 
the latter оп P. juglandifolia, the genera differing only in the sup- 
posed absence of indusia in the latter genus. It represents a, 
somewhat natural group of plants of the Aspidieae with once pin- 
nate leaves, coriaceous or herbaceous habit and 3—4-forked veins 
which in some species unite more or less copiously in the outer 
portions of the pinnae and in others remain free. In the species 
with normally free veins, however, accidental areolae sometimes 
appear. John Smith (in his later writings) and Moore united this 
genus with Cyrtomium whose type is the common C. falcatum of 
cultivation, but in that species and its allies a widely different type 
of venation occurs which in our judgment is sufficient for generic 
distinction. The relations of this genus to other generic groups 
which have been united under Aspidium, Nephrodium, and other 
names will be discussed later in this series of papers. 

The genus PAanerophlebia has a limited distribution, ranging 
from the northern coast of South America to Arizona and New 
Mexico. There are at least eight species which may be easily 
separated as follows : 

Veins regularly and copiousl y anastomosing. 

Pinnae 5-11, 4—5 cm. wide; inner line of sori near the midrib. 

I. P. juglandifolia. 

Pinnae 16-20, 2-3 cm. or less wide; inner line of sori 3-5 mm. from the midrib. 

3. P. remotispora. 
Veins free or exceptionally anastomosing at rare intervals. 

Pinnae 3-5, cordate at base. 2. P. pumila. 

Pinnae 10-30, acute or obliquely obtuse at base. 

, Pinnae 7-15 cm. long, normally set at an angle of 50-759? with rachis. 
Pinnae mostly auricled on the upper side of the base. 


6. P. auriculata. 
Pinnae obtuse or acute at base, not auricled. 


Inner line of sori near the midrib ; rachises smooth. 

4. P. nobilis. 
Inner line of sori 4 mm. from midrib ; rachises scaly. 

5. P. umbonata. 


* While this genus is nominally founded on 2, nobilis, the description and figure of 
the venation show a plant with anastomosing veins and it is more than probable that 2. 
remotispora, a species not separated until over thirty years later, was the p'ant Presl 
had in hand. This point, which does not affect the establishment and validity of the 
genus, can probably be settled by an examination of Presl’s plant at Prag. 


* * d * 
Ме ee eee E "Vr күү a eee е тыу У 08 Ч УР v 


UxpEeRWOOD: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 207 


Pinnae 18-20 cm. or more long ; normally set at an angle of 30-40? with the 
rachis. 
Sori in a single row with two others incomplete, 2.5 mm. in diameter. 
7. Р. macrosora. 
Sori usually in four or less complete rows, small, 1.2 mm. wide. 
8. P. Guatemalensis. 


1. PHANEROPHLEBIA JUGLANDIFOLIA (Н. & B.) J. Sm. Hook. Jour. 
Bot. 4: 187. 1842. 


Polypodium juglandifolium Humb. & Bonp.; Willd. Sp. РІ. 


5: 195. 1810. 
Aspidium juglandifolium Kunze, Linnaea 20: 363. 1847. 


Cyrtomium juglandifolium Moore, Index Filicum, Ixxxiii. 1857. 
Amblya juglandifolia Presl. Tent. Pterid. 185. 7. 7. J-.3: 1836, 


Rootstock short, ascending, with few scales: stipes slender, 
rarely with a few straggling scales, stramineous, 30—40 cm. long: 
pinnae 5-11 (mostly 7—9), 3-5 cm. apart, often with a tuft of to- 
mentose scales in the axils, the terminal largest, 20x 5 cm., the 
lowest smallest, 12x 4.5 cm., often falcate; base obtuse; apex 
acute and often strongly acuminate; margin undulate below, be- 
coming more and more distinctly serrulate toward the apex ; tex- 
ture subcoriaceous with a cartilaginous margin which extends into 
short rigid teeth, 0.5 mm. long; veins anastomosing throughout, 
the first row of areolae elongate, 1.5 cm., mostly with a free in- 
cluded veinlet which bears the first sorus about a millimeter from 
the base, the outer areolae smaller: sori 1.5 mm. across, the inner 
series 2 mm. from the midrib, the second series 5-7 mm. further 


out, a partial third series 2 mm. still farther removed from the 


midrib. 

The type of this species is in Willdenow’s collection at Berlin 
and is marked 434 Caripe,* Humboldt. This is almost exactly 
matched by a considerable number of specimens in various collec- 
tions as follows :t 


* Caripe, not always shown on the maps, is near the north coast of Venezuela, 28 
kilometers S. S. E. from Cumana. 

f In the citation of specimens it is desirable to indicate in what collections speci- 
mens have been examined, both to convey information as to where specimens of any 
given species can be consulted and because of variations existing under the same num- 
ber of certain collectors. In this paper the herbaria are designated as follows :—В, 
Berlin ;—C, Columbia ;--D, Davenport (Massachusetts Horticultural Society); —E, 
D. C. Eaton, New Haven ;--G, Gray, Cambridge ;--K, Kew ;—N, United States 
National Museum, Washington ;—P, Philadelphia Academy of Sciences ;-—U, the 
writer's own collection. 


208 UNDERWOOD: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 


VENEZUELA: Humboldt, 434 (В); Miguel, 20 (К); Buschel, (K, 
E); Funcke, 211 (K); Otto, 644 (K); Linden, 164 (K); 
Fendler, 233, in part (Е, Р). 

[Согомвл : Andes Bogotenses, Triana. ] 


GUATEMALA: Salvin & Godman, 113 (G, K); J. Donnell Smith, 

1051 (К); 768 (К, С, С, Р). 

MExıco— Chiapas : Ghiesbreght, 414 (К, G, E). 

The typical forni of this species from Venezuela is well named 
Juglandifoltum, as the resemblance to walnut leaves is very striking. 
The Guatemalan specimens of Salvin and Godman are provided 
with slightly larger pinnae (terminal 20 x 6 cm., lower lateral 20 
x 5 cm. scarcely falcate) and with more pronounced bristle teeth ; 
the Mexican specimens have smaller pinnae, 12 x 2.5-3 cm., and 
also more pronounced bristle teeth. All agree in the basal and 
apical characters of the pinnae, venation, position of sori, the num- 
ber of pinnae and the general habit. 

Much is still to be desired regarding the odds. The 
2 Venezuelan specimens collected by Fendler and distributed under 
; no. 233 are quite different from each other. That of Eaton’s col- 
lection and the one in Short’s herbarium atthe Philadelphia Acad- 
emy are nearly normal, but those of the Kew and Gray herbaria 
are younger, show more scaly rootstock, longer stipes with quite 
large dark-brown scales, and with a larger number of sori, the 
outer rows being more irregular, particularly in the specimen in 
Herb. Gray. A second species is clearly involved under this 
number. 

The species is, however, very sharply circumscribed, its geo- 
graphical limits are clearly marked, and it is not to be confused 
with the very distinct species found farther north. 


2. PHANEROPHLEBIA PUMILA (Mart. & Galeotti) Fée, Gen. Filicum, 


| 282. 1852. 
1 Aspidium pumilum Martens & Galeotti, Mém. sur les Fougères 
| du Mexique, 64. M. 77. f. г. 1844. 


Aspidium juglandifolium D. C. Eaton, Ferns of North America, 


Bi. 79. f. o5, 
Rootstock so far as known short and compact : stipes clustered, 
5-11 cm. long, stramineous or brownish, densely scaly with nar- 


UxpEeRwOOD: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 209 


row slender lanceolate scales: pinnae 1-5 (in one rare case 10), 
the terminal much the largest, 6-10 cm. long, 2.5-2.8 cm. wide, 
the lateral 3-3.5 cm. long, 2-2.5 wide, all cordate at the base, 
the terminal normally acute, the lateral mostly obtuse except for 
the terminal spine; margins with projecting spines 1 mm. long: 
sori in two usually complete rows with occasionally scattering out- 
liers, the inner row 1-3 mm. from midrib, the second row 2-3 
mm. farther out: veins free, 2—4 times forked, the sori borne 
mostly on the middle of the alternating branches. 


Mexico [Oaxaca : Galeotti, 6251]. Chiapas: Ghiesbreght 
(К, С, Е, U); Linden, 1552 (К). 

There appears to be considerable variation in the number of 
pinnae though the predominating number is 3 as seen by the fol- 
lowing series examined : | 

Ghiesbreght (Hb. Eaton) 1, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,4; (Hb. Gray) 
3, 5, 5, I0 * ; (Hb. Underwood) 2, 4; (Nat. Herb.) 5; (Hb. Kew) 
зз 5, 56, 5; Linden (Hb. Kew), 3) 3, 3; 3 

The relation of this species to P. Lindeni is not clear. Of the 
latter I have seen only the Kew specimen (Chiapas, Linden, 1551) 
which is represented by two leaves with the following measure- 
ments: terminal pinnae 14 x 3 cm., lateral 9x 2.3 cm., the termi- 
nal remote (2.5-3 cm.) from the lateral, all the pinnae taper- 
pointed.t In one of the leaves there is an auriculate base on each 
lateral pinna. In Eaton's specimen of P. pumila there is a single 
leaf strikingly similar to Linden, 1551, but smaller and totally un- 
like any of the other specimens of the sheet. This leaf is discon- 
nected from the other specimens, so may belong to a different plant 
from the rooted specimen ; its dimensions are: stipe 17 cm., termi- 
nal 10x 2.3 cm., lateral 6.5x 1.7 cm. While there is no question 
that we have in P. pumila a species totally distinct from any other 
of the group, only field work will determine whether we do not 
also have two. In other words P. Lindeni may be a distinct species. 


3. PHANEROPHLEBIA REMOTISPORA Fourn. Mex. Plantas I: 100. 
1872. 
Rootstock unknown: stipes 35-40 cm. long, stramineous, 


* This leaf, which is separate from the other three which constitute the specimen, is 
also peculiar in showing broadly obtuse almost truncate bases to the lateral pinnae and 


an acute apex and with a falcate upper curve. 
fIt should be noticed that the pinnz of Linden's 1552 are more acute than in 
hiesbreght's specimens. 


210 UnbDERWOOD: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 


with broad brownish scales on the lower fourth, naked above: 
leaf 35—40 cm. long, with 16-20 pinnae which are 10 cm. or more 
long, 1.5—2.8 cm. wide, unequally obtuse or slightly acute at base, 
the apex tapering, slightly falcate; margin prickly, the spines 
more or less appressed near the base, more spreading at the apex ; 


terminal pinnae slightly larger: veins anastomosing, the first 


branch from each vein bearing a sorus above its middle, either 
ending as a free included veinlet or rarely uniting with some other 
vein: sori small, 1 mm. or less in diameter, in two or three rows, 
the innermost row 3—5 mm. from the midrib. 


The type of this plant was collected in Orizaba by Bourgeau, 
2349, and appears to extend from southeastern Mexico to Guate- 
mala. 

Mexico— lera Cruz г Orizaba, Bourgeau, 2349 (K, N, G, C, E), 
2348 (C); Mohr, 87 (E); Müller, 729 (C); Witmer, 99 (P). 
Xalapa, Coulter, 1712 (K). Cordoba, Schaffner, 23 (К); Kerber, 
69 (K). Mirador, Liebmann (K, G). . 

GUATEMALA : J. D. Smith, 3259 (K, N, C). 

The Guatemala specimens have narrower pinnae and fewer of 
slightly larger sori. Specimens are also in the Kew Herbarium 
from Mexico collected by Graham, 404, and from Zhuitlancella, 
2349. In the Gray collection is a single plant collected in 
Xalapa by Charles L. Smith, mounted on two shects, that has a 
lamina 75 cm. in length and witha stout stipe 65 cm. long. Except 

| for its greatly enlarged size, its relations are with this species. At 
$ least without more data we would not care to separate it. It 
has 36 pinnae, the lowest 18 x 3 cm. with four or more rows of 
| small sori on either side. It is more than probable that Fée's il- 
i lustration of P. juglandifolia Gen. Fil., pl. 22 B. f. r. is taken 
from this species rather than the one he attempts to illustrate. 


d 
Е. 
h 
pi 
1 
: » 
Ж 


4. PHANEROPHLEBIA NOBILIS (Schlecht.) Fée, Gen. Fil. 282. AM. 22 
B.E 18. 
Aspidium nobile Schlecht. Linnaea, 5: 610. 1830. 


Rootstock stout, creeping, the bases of the stipes with large 
shining brown scales: stipes 22-30 cm. long, pale brown: leaves 
40 cm. or more long, with 15-23 pinnae which are 12-15 cm. 
long, 2.3-2.8 cm. wide, with obliquely obtuse bases and tapering 
curved apices ; margins spiny, the spines more pronounced in the 
upper half of the pinna: veins free, about three times forked, the 
first branch bearing the sorus below the middle: sori small or 


Unxperwoop: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 211 


medium-sized, in about three rows, the innermost row less than 
2 mm. from the midrib. 


Apparently confined to central Southern Mexico. Specimens 
have been seen as follows : 

Mexico: San Nicolas, Bourgeau, 1049 (К, №, G, C ET. 
San Luis Potosi + Schaffner (К, U). Mexico: Circa urbem Mexici, 
Schmitz, 26 (К). Vera Cruz: Oaxaca, Galeotti, 6554 (К); 
[Laguna de la Haciendo, Schiede]. Canada, Bilemek, 474 (С, 
K); Orizaba? Müller, 48 (E); Cordoba, Bourgeau, 1645 (N). 

This species can be easily distinguished from P. remotispora, 
which it closely resembles in size and habit, by its free veins and 
its inner row of sori located near the midrib. The original was 
collected by Schiede and Deppe as noted above. 


s. Phanerophlebia umbonata sp. nov. 


Rootstock stout, solid : stipes 15-30 cm. long, pale brown with 
д few broader scattered scales in the lower portion, and a consid- 
erable number of narrow slender ones above which also appear 
throughout the rachis : leaves 35—50 cm. long, with 25—38 pinnae 
which are 9-16 cm. long, 2-2.5 cm. wide, with an acute or ob- 
tusish base and tapering apex ; margins bristly, the bristles scarcely 
projecting; veins free, very closely placed, usually three times 
forked, all the branches except the first extending to the margin : 
sori in about two rows, with a few scattering outliers, the inner- 
most row about 4 mm. from the midrib; indusia remaining flat, 
with a central depression, and the center elevated into a distinct 
umbo. 

Cool shaded cations near Monterey, State of Nueva Leon, Mex- 
ico. C. G. Pringle, 14 June, 1888. 

This plant was at first considered Бу Mr. Davenport as distinct 
from juglandifolium as indicated in our correspondence. The 
plant was issued in Mr. Pringle's sets without a specific name, but 
Mr. Davenport finally yielded his early impression and reported it 
under that convenient catch-all of the genus which juglandifolium 
has become through its treatment at Kew. American botanists of 
the past generation have regarded this treatment as authoritative, 
in spite of the vigorous protests of Moore, John Smith, Fee, 
Fournier, Mettenius and Kunze, variously expressed in the litera- 
ture of the past forty years. 


* Two pinnae ** ex herb Gray.” 


215 UNDERWOOD: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 


There is nothing in the extensive collection at Kew, which num- 
bers 43 specimens in this group, to match this species. Its re- 
lations are closest to P. nobilis and P. remotispora ; from the former 
it differs among other points in its remote sori; from the latter in 
its free veins ; from both in its larger number of pinnae, its scaly 
rachis and its very characteristic indusium. 

We have seen specimens of the distribution in the Kew, Gray, 
Columbia, National, Eaton, Davenport and Philadelphia Academy 
herbaria, besides our own specimens, and they show very little ten- 
dency to vary. 


6. Phanerophlebia auriculata sp. nov. 


Rootstock short, creeping, densely covered with the bases of 
the persistent stipes. pale greenish, stramineous, 10—18 cm. long, 
with abundant dark brown lanceolate scales which become nar- 
rower above and almost hair-like : pinnae 10-16, rarely exceeding 
this number, forming a leaf 15-30 cm. long, the terminal practi- 


cally the same size as the others, 5-7 cm. long, 2—2.5 cm. wide ; 


lateral pinnae unequal at base, the lower angle obliquely truncate, 
the upper usually developed into a well-marked auricle; margins 
strongly serrate, sometimes more deeply incised, the teeth ending 
in sharp prickles projecting from the margin at an angle of 309— 
40° ; texture thin; veins free, 1—3-forked: sori in 2 more or less 
clearly marked rows with scattering sori between them and beyond 
the outer row. 


This is the plant that has too long masqueraded as the repre- 
sentative of Aspidium juglandifolium from the Southwest, but has 
no close resemblance to that species, in habit, foliage, venation or 
texture. Although not the first collected, we shall assume 
Pringle, no. 831, from “cool damp cliffs, Mapula Mountains, 
Chihuahua, October, 1886,” as the type of the species since it is 
more widely represented in collections and more representative. 
The first collected plants of this species we have seen are in Kew 
labeled simply Mexico, Dr. Coulter, 1713, and though possessing 
a greater number of pinnae (20) than the type are clearly this 
species. The first collection within the limits of the United States 
was made in Western Texas on the Mexican Boundary Survey 
near “ Hueco Tanks and Van Horn’s Wells.” The only speci- 
men from this collection is in the Columbia Herbarium and is 
marked Aspidium juglandifolium Kze., D. C. Eaton, January, 1880.” 


СМОР Е. 
Ney 


UNDERWOOD: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 213 


It was next collected by Mr. and Mrs. Lemmon, August 12, 1882, 
in * Conservatory Cañon,” Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, and 
ten years later by Professor E. O. Wooton in the Organ Moun- 
tains, New Mexico. The range of the plant is quite circumscribed 
as it appears to be confined to northern Mexico and the adjacent 
portions of the United States. The following may be referred here. 

Mexico—Chihuahua : Pringle, 831 (К, С, N, C, P, U) Palmer, 
450 (K, E, N, P); Hartman, 578 (K, G) (plants mostly imma- 
ture). 

ARIZONA : Lemmon, August, 1882 (ЖУЛ UN 

New Mexico: Wooton, May, 1892 (U). 

Texas: Mexican Boundary Survey (C). 


7. Phanerophlebia macrosora (Baker) 

Aspidium juglandifoliuim, var. macrosorum Baker, Jour. of 
Bot. 25: 25. 1887. 

Rootstock unknown: stipes brownish, the color extending 
throughout the rachis: pinnae coriaceous, brownish in drying, 
2.5—3 cm. apart, 18-20 cm. long, 2.5 cm. wide, the apex tapering, 
the base unequally cuneate with a distinct cartilaginous margin 
and brownish spines throughout: veins free, 3 times forked, the 
primary branch rising from near the base, short, bearing the sorus 
near its middle: sori very large, hemispheric, 2.5 mm. in diameter, 
forming a continuous inner row 2 mm. from the midvein and one 
or two more or less irregular outer rows leaving a considerable 
bare space near the margin. 

Costa Rica: J. J. Cooper (K, G). 

This very distinct plant was distinguished by Mr. Baker as a 
variety but we can discover no close relation to jug/andifolium* 
to which he united it. It does not appear to be closely related to 
any of the described species of the group, but does show a striking 
affinity with the next species with which it forms a somewhat 
natural group. It is known only from its type locality unless the 
imperfect specimen at Kew collected by Skinner in Guatemala 
should belong here. There are no specimens in the U. S. National 
Herbarium, although the original material was sent thence to Mr. 
Baker. 


* Mr. Baker’s brief description is as follows : ** veins all free, conspicuously raised; 
sori much longer [s?c] than in the type ”’ 


ee See Ee ee Айыы ee ee S. UNES 


214 Unperwoop: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 


8. Phanerophlebia Guatemalensis sp. nov. 


Rootstock unknown: stipes pale brownish, smooth: pinnae 
20 X 3.5 cm., tapering at the apex, acute at base, with spinulose mar- 
gins ; veins free, prominent beneath in drying, four or more often 
five-forked : sori small, 1.2 mm. wide, mostly flattish in usually 
four rows either side the midvein, about equally distributed over 
the entire width of the pinnae : indusium small, withering. 


GUATEMALA : San Miguel Uspantán, Depart. Quiche, alt. 7000. 
.. J. Donnell Smith, 3241 (G, N, P). 
| The specimen under this number іп the Columbia Herbarium 
1 may be this species but more likely is something else. The plant 
is younger, the pinnae are smaller, the rachis is scaly, and its habit 
is quite different. There is a second Guatemalan plant in the Gray 
herbarium, collected by O. Salvin, that belongs here, as does an- 
other of the same collection at Kew. А tip of another specimen at 
Kew collected by Skinner is probably the same, although the pin- 
E пае are larger (27 х4 cm.). The species finds its nearest alliance 
with P. macrosora but is abundantly distinct. 
The geographic distribution of the known species may be com- 
pared more readily from the following map, in which the numbers 
of the stations correspond to the serial numbers of the species. 


Distribution of the species of. Phanerophebia: 1. Р. juglandifolta, 2. P. pumila, 
3. Р. remotispora, 4. Р. nobilis, 5. Р. umbonata, 6. P. auriculata, 7. P. macrosora, 
8. P. Guatemalensis. 


INCERTAE SEDIS 
1. Р. Lindeni Fournier, Mex. Plantas 1: 100. pl. 4. 1872. 


UNpERwOOD: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 215. 


As stated above there is considerable uncertainty regarding the 
relations of this species to P. pumila. Further collections will be 
necessary either to establish the validity of this species or reduce 
it to synonymy. Represented at Kew by Linden, 1551, collected 
in Chiapas. | 

2. In the Kew Herbarium is a specimen marked “ Popocatepec., 
Mexique" Schaffner, no. 277, which is represented by a single 
leaf nearly a meter long, of which 45 cm. is stipe. The stipe is 
blackish at base, brownish, and then stramineous with occasional 
scales: pinnae 21, approximate in pairs, strongly bristly through- 
out, with a series of scattered scales everywhere on the veins be- 
neath ; the veins are free and the sori are in three rows very much 
as іп P. nobilis which the plant resembles in many ways. Further 
material is here necessary to determine its position. 

3. The specimens in the Kew and Gray herbariums collected 
by Fendler in Venezuela and distributed under no. 233 are not 7 
juglandifolia but present material is insufficent to determine its 
relations. It will thus be seen that while much is known of the 
genus, much yet remains to learn regarding complete distribution 
of the species. 

The data presented by the above study illustrate several prin- 
ciples of wide application in the study of our flora, and particularly 
that portion of it which connects directly with the flora of Mexico 
and the West Indies, where, of necessity, the early types are found 
in the herbaria of the old world. 

I. The necessity for the American flora to be monographed by 
Americans in whom some conception of distribution is apparent 
from the better perspective inherent in natives of a large country. 

2. The coórdinate necessity for American monographers to 
consult the large European collections before completing their 
studies of relationship and distribution. Ап earlier examination of 
Willdenow's type in this instance would have prevented much of 
the difficulty which has resulted from the misinterpretations of 
both Europeans and Americans. Few European botanists have 
taken the trouble to consult types on their own continent out- 
side of the herbaria in which they work ; consequently, for the 
study of the American flora, Americans must do this and do it 
systematically. 


IK" 
ч 


т, 


‘ 
4 
x 


E 
1 
: 
d 
r. 
1 
1 
E 
У 


216 UNDERWOOD: THE GENUS PHANEROPHLEBIA 


3. The uncertainty of referring to collectors’ numbers unless 
the special herbaria in which the plant is consulted is also added. 
While the numbers of certain collectors are almost always homo- 
geneous and represent a single species, those of certain other col- 
lectors are notorious for the want of uniformity of the specimens, 
since the commercial rather than the scientific conception has gov- 
erned their distribution. 

4. The crying necessity for field workers to give more atten- 
tion to the subterranean portions of plants and their habits of 
growth. In all of the large collections of the species described 
above that have been examined in the best herbaria, we are still in 
practical ignorance of the rootstock and growth characters of 
nearly all the species. To understand -biological characters and 
relationships we must know more than the average specimens of a 
hortus siccus сап reveal. 


Explanation of Plates 


PLATE 359 


I. Lower pinna of P. juglandifolia; the outline drawn direct from Humboldt’ s 
plant in the Willdenow herbarium. 

2. P. pumila from Chiapas, Ghiesbreght. 

3, 4. P. auriculata from Chihuahua, Pringle, showing different development of 
the basal auricle. 

5. P. umbonata, Monterey, Pringle. 

All the figures are natural size. 


PLATE 360 
I. P. juglandifo ia from Humboldt's plant in the Willdenow herbarium. 
2. P. auriculata. 
3. P. remotispora. 
4. P. umbonata. 
5. P. nobilis. 
6. P. nobilis, from the same leaf as No. 5 but slightly more magnified. 


'The figures were drawn from the leaves by direct tracings with a Leitz projection 
apparatus, and are magnified about 212 diameters. : 

Both plates were drawn under my direction by Miss M Е, Baker. 

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, 4 April, 1899. 


Studies in Sisyrinchium—1: Sixteen new Species from the 
Southern States 


By EUGENE P. BICKNELL 


Only a few years ago our familiar Blue-eyed Grass was looked 
upon as a plant common to nearly all parts of North America 
and as being the only one of its genus occurring in all that wide 
extent of country except in the farthest west. 

The species—actually the extensive group of species—has thus 
been altogether misunderstood. 

Nearly ten years ago Dr. Watson, after a critical study of 
eastern plants, announced that two forms might fairly be regarded 
as distinct ; but this view was not generally understood, and Dr. 
Morong, who examined the problem in the interest of the A. A. 
A. S. “ List," published in 1893-4, ‘reached the conclusion that 
but one eastern species should be accepted. 

A familiar acquaintance with the forms occurring about New 


` York City enabled me, two years later, confidently to define three 


eastern species and to intimate that yet others awaited critical 
discrimination. It was then my hope that the subject would be 
taken up by some one having wider opportunity for study, but as 
no new word on blue-eyed grasses had been said up to the present 
year, while the need of a better understanding of them had been 
pressingly brought to my attention, the study of our speeies was 
resumed. It seems, however, that the group has not been so 
entirely neglected as had been believed. This appears from a re- 
cent signature of “ Pittonia," wherein Professor Greene adds five 
species to the number known from North America. Three of 
these are well known to me as excellent species. Two of them 
come within the scope of the present paper, one a strongly char- 
acterized Floridan plant, well named .S. aerophyllum, the other from 
Louisiana, S. Lazug/oisii, which from the description is evidently 
quite different from anything that has come under my notice. 

The present series of papers may be taken as preliminary to 
a general review of the genus in North America. 

My acknowledgments to many friends and correspondents for 


(217) 


s 


Mowe a Aa КУ ке, 
NUM ee xi 


218 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


the loan of indispensible material must be deferred to the final 
writing. 
Sisyrinchium corymbosum 


Tall and long-leaved, 30-62 cm. high, in scant tufts not fibrose 
at base, arising from distinct ascending rootstocks, the crowded 
roots becoming coarse and woody. Plant pale dull green and 
glaucescent, turning yellowish or brownish-green in drying, the 
spathes and bracts of the inflorescence sometimes purplish-tinged : 
leaves decidedly equitant at base in stout plants, stiffly erect and 
thickish, or becoming so, some of them usually surpassing the first 
node of the stem, closely striate, not rugulose, the edges smooth 
ог nearly so or upwardly ciliolate towards the very acute apex : 
stem 2—4 mm. wide, flattened, the stem proper often much broader 
than the firm wing-margins, the sharp edges smooth or nearly so : 
inflorescence long-branched, fastigiate-subcorymbose, two or three 
times compound, the second series of branches and the peduncles 
in clusters of two or three or more, arising from short sheathing 
bracts; branches 7—14 cm. long to the slender peduncles which 
are about as long and more or less serrulate : lowest bracteal leaf 
foliaceous, erect, 4—8 cm. long, those above much reduced and 
bract-like, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, usually clasping for about half their 
length and oppositely bi-carinate at base: spathes erect or de- 
flected, small and narrow, mostly 12-15 mm. long, the nearly 


equal bracts thin and membranous, delicately nerved, acute or 
subulate, the margins rather broadly white-hyaline, the outer one 


tubular-clasping for at least one third its length ; interior scales 
much shorter than the bracts : flowers blue, small, numerous, 8-11, 
on exserted, slightly spreading pedicels, 10-15 mm. long, becom- 
ing 15-22 mm. long in fruit; perianth delicate, apparently only 
8-10 mm. long ; stamineal column 3-4 mm. high : capsules broadly 


oblong, 3-5 mm. high, thick-walled, becoming dark brown ; seeds 


globose, 1 mm. in diameter, faintly pitted or nearly smooth. 
Florida: ‘Pine barrens near Jacksonville" A. Н. Curtiss, 

** no, 4584, Curtiss’ Second Distribution of plants of the southern 

United States," March 17, 1894, just in flower; June 1, 1894, 


over-ripe fruit. In Herb. U. S. National Museum. 


Alabama: Mobile, Dr. Chas. Mohr, “ Damp grassy banks :" 


just in flower April 5, 1897. In Herb. Dr. Chas. Mohr. Ap- 


parently a reduced form of the type, more slender and less 
branched, with elongated bracteal leaf. 
A fine species, when well developed much the largest of the 


genus in the eastern United States. It is well characterized by its 


"TT чтүү Ce Av + Ve 2 С. аена ee eee, See eee 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 219 


branched, sub-corymbose, bracteate inflorescence and long stiffly 
erect leaves. 


Sisyrinchium solstitiale 


Known only in its early-flowering stage.  Thinly tufted from 
erect woody rootstocks, the very slender roots long and wiry, the 
bases of the tufts clothed with chaffy and loosely fibrillose remains 
of decayed leaves. Stems and leaves pale dull green or glauces- 
cent, turning dull brownish-green in drying: leaves very straight 
and erect, 15-25 cm. long, about half the height of the plant, very 
narrow when young, becoming 4 mm. wide, evenly graduated to 
the stiff acicular apex, striate, the nerves mostly prominent and 
obscure in an alternating series, the intervals minutely transversely 
rugulose ; margins of the leaves for a width of about .5 mm. thinner 
and paler than the interior portion in evident contrast, at least in 
the dried plant, the extreme edge hyaline and minutely serrulate, 
becoming smooth; stems once or twice spirally twisted, forming 
an erect double curve, 20—46 cm. or more tall, becoming 3 mm. 
wide, the firm wings hyaline-margined and obscurely serrulate, 
becoming smooth: inflorescence elongated, narrow, from three 
rather remote nodes, each supporting an erect, foliaceous bracteal 
leaf and one or two peduncles, or the lower one bearing a slender 
branch having a bracteal leaf and two peduncles : spathes dull green, 
straight, 2—2.5 cm. long, the bracts stiff, closely striate-nerved, 
subequal, acute or aculeate, the outer one narrowly acuminate, 
its margins below white-hyaline, united around the inner for 
6-8 mm., or over one third of its length; interior scales acumi- 
nate, finally equaling the bracts: flowers blue, rather strongly 
veined, apparently few, about 12 mm. long, on erect slightly ex- 
serted pedicels. 


Collected by Mr. Geo. V. Nash in high pine land at Eustis, 
Lake Co., Florida, Aug. то, 1894, the first flowers just opened. 
Type in herbarium Geo. V. Nash. 

А very distinct species remarkable for its late flowering period. 
S. xerophyllum Greene, which occurs at the same locality, flowers 
in March, five months earlier in the season. 


SISYRINCHIUM XEROPHYLLUM Greene, Pittonia, 4: 32. 17 M. 1899. 


Tufts coarsely brown-fibrose at base from compound woody 
rootstocks, each separate stem arising from a short annular caudex : 
stem and leaves dull brownish-green, glaucescent, turning dark 
brown, stiff, closely striate, transversely rugulose or granulose be- 
` tween the nerves, the edges rough-serrulate or becoming nearly 


ЧОРУУ Л, мы чт түт 


= 
- 


220 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


smooth: leaves stiff and erect, becoming flexuous in withering, atten- 
uate-acute, 2-4 mm. wide, 25-45 cm. long: stems 15-35 cm. high, 
2-3 mm. wide, prominently winged, above passing into an erect, 
often elongated, bracteal-leaf subtending a lateral-appearing cluster 
of 2-6 short-peduncled spathes and rarely also a branch bearing 


"shorter peduncles; peduncles narrowly wing-margined, the edges 


obscurely roughened or becoming smooth, 2-6 cm. or even 10 cm. 
long, slightly curved, approximate and subequal, the outer two or 
three arising from a cluster of bracts borne on a very short pro- 
longation of the stem. At flowering time the spathes are contig- 
uous in a subsessile cluster: spathes erect or deflected, 14-19 
mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, dull green or slightly purplish, the 
bracts conspicuously hyaline-margined, subequal, stiff-herbaceous, 
striate-nerved,, somewhat carinate, rather rigidly acuminate, the 
outer one sheathing for 2—4 mm. at base : interior scales crowded, 
at maturity exserted : flowers numerous, 8—12, rather large, violet ; 
perianth delicate, becoming 12 mm. or more long ; stamineal column 
5-6 mm. high : capsules on pedicels 15-20 mm. long spreading or 
recurved from the tip of the spathe, 4-6 mm. high, trilobate- 
obovoid or subglobose, impressed at base and retuse, drying dark : 
seeds black, rugulose, becoming over 1 mm. in longer diameter. 


The type is Nash's no. 133, “ Plants of Central Peninsular 
Florida" collected in vicinity of Eustis, Lake County. This dis- 
tribution furnished many excellent specimens in flower and early 
fruit collected, ** March 20, 1894, in dry, sandy soil along road 
in high pine land region." 

The Philadelphia Academy Herbarium has a specimen just in 
flower collected March 5, 1888, at Okahumpka, Sumpter County, 
by Isaac Burke. 

The earliest collector of the plant would appear to have been 
Chapman, judging from an old sheet bearing his signature, now in 
the Herbarium of Columbia University, labeled ** Florida, on Sand 
Hills, 1842.” 

On the strength of this specimen I drew attention to the plant 
three years ago in the paper previously referred to and published a 
brief description. The present description, which was ready for the 
press when the plant received its recent christening by Professor 
Greene, is given in full, being based on fairly extensive material, 
including flowers and fruit which Professor Greene had not seen. 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 221 


Sisyrinchium tortum 


Stiff and erect in thin tufts coarsely fibrous at base arising from 
a dense cluster of rather stout fibrous roots ; 15-30 cm. high, not 
turning dark in drying ; leaves firm, the larger ones equaling the 
stems or nearly so, finally close-striate and faintly vermiculate-ru- 
gulose between the nerves, like the stems mostly 1.5-3 mm. wide 
with the edges smooth or obscurely denticulate-roughened; stem 
wing-flattened, usually one to four times spirally twisted and some- 
times forming a shallow sigmoid curve; node usually only one, 
bearing a short erect bracteal leaf subequal with the two peduncles 
or shorter ; occasionally a lower node bears two longer and more 
slender erect peduncles ; bracteal-leaf with a broad clasping base 
which is strongly striate and oppositely more or less bicarinate ; 
terminal peduncles two, rarely three, short, 2—5 cm. long, parallel 
or divergent, usually slightly unequal; spathes usually abruptly 
broader and thicker than the peduncles, 10-16 mm. long, becom- 
ing 3 mm. wide; bracts subequal or either one the longer, rather 
thin and membranous, striate-nerved, the outer one obtuse, or 
sometimes acute, the margins broadly hyaline, sometimes to the 
apex, united-clasping for 1—3 mm. at base; inner bract often 
broadly obtuse and scarious at apex ; interior scales narrow and 
attenuate, shorter than the bracts; flowers pale blue on slender, 
loosely erect, finally exserted pedicels 15-22 mm. long ; perianth 
8-10 mm. long, the rather broad segments very delicately nerved; 
stamineal column short, 2-4 mm. high. Capsule not seen. 


Mississippi and Florida: Biloxi, Miss. Professor S. M. Tracy, 
March 15 and 20, 1898, just in flower. St. John's River, Florida, 
in Herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, a single specimen on a sheet 
bearing also specimens of S. xeropAy//um Greene, and JS. Florida- 
num, the former collected by Isaac Burke in 1888. 

Apparently nearest ..S. rerophyllum Greene, but unmistakably 


distinct. 
Sisyrinchium Carolinianum 


In loose tufts fibrose-coated at base, arising from erect or as- 
cending rootstocks, the roots thickly clustered and rather coarsely 
fibrous, plant pale and glaucescent, often rather a bright yellowish 
green; leaves often much shorter than the stem, though some- 
times reaching the first node, rather thin and openly erect, rather 
weakly striate-nerved, mostly 2—3 mm. wide or a few much broader, 
even 5 mm, wide, acuminate, the margins usually distinctly serru- 
late: stems erect, 2-3 mm. wide, broadly winged, the edges 
mostly serrulate or even ciliolate ; nodes of stem one or two, each 
bearing a foliaceous bracteal leaf and two or three rather long 


299 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


more or less diverging peduncles ; prolongation of stem beyond 
the first node commonly 5-7 cm. long and somewhat outcurved ; 
peduncles 4—8 cm. long, often ciliolate-denticulate : spathes green 
or sometimes purplish, as a rule not at all deflected, 15-20 mm. 
long, thé bracts sub-equal or either one slightly the longer, vary- 
ing from herbaceous-attenuate to scarious-obtuse and mucronulate ; 
interior scales about half the length of the bracts: flowers 3—8, on 
very delicate slightly exserted, loosely erect pedicels ; perianth very 
delicate, pale violet-blue, 8-10 mm. long; stamineal column 4-5 
mm. long : fruit not seen. 


Western North Carolina and central South Carolina to Geor- 
gia, Alabama and Mississippi. Beginning to flower in the Caro- 
linas in early May, at its southern limit a month earlier. 

North Carolina : near Columbus, Polk Co., E. C. Townsend. 

South Carolina: Andersonville, Anderson Co., Professor 
Lewis R. Gibbes, 1886. Type, in Herbarium N. Y. Botanical 
Garden ; near Hamburg, Gibbes ; Camden. 

Georgia : Augusta, A. Cuthbert ; Stone Mountain, Dr. Small. 

Alabama: Auburn, F. S. Earle and C. F. Baker; Mobile, 
Dr. Chas. Mohr. 

Mississippi: E. Hilgard. 

Appearing somewhat intermediate between S. graminoides Bick- 
nell and S. Atlanticum Bicknell, but perfectly distinct from both. 

Dr. Mohr's specimens from Mobile and those from Mississippi 
are aberrant and may represent yet another species. 


Sisyrinchium Floridanum 


Tufts densely fibrillose at base, roots clustered, slender and 
wiry, stems and leaves 25—40 cm. high, pale dull green and 
glaucescent, not discoloring in drying, minutely crystalline-punc- 
ticulate; leaves numerous, equaling the stems or shorter, stiffly 
erect or ascending, becoming flexuous in withering, mostly 2—3 
mm. wide, rarely 4 mm., closely and firmly striate, attenuate to the 
terete or sub-terete slender-pointed apex, the edges smooth; 
stems sub-terete with narrow but firm wing-margins, 2-3 mm. 
wide, the edges smooth, bearing near the top a slender, erect 
bracteal leaf, shorter than the 2—3 usually erect peduncles, some- 
times erectly prolonged beyond the node and bearing a second 
cluster of three shorter peduncles; peduncles very slender, mostly 
less than .5 mm. wide, narrowly margined, smooth or sometimes 
obscurely denticulate, subequal, or usually so, 5-10 cm. long, 
transversely constricted below the spathe: spathes green or 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 298 


slightly purplish, mostly erect, narrow, 15-20 mm. long; bracts 
subequal, striate-nerved, hyaline margined, attenuate, mucronulate- 
acute or aculeolate, or the apex of the inner one apiculate from a 
narrowly scarious-obtuse or even bifid tip, the outer one clasping 
for 2—5 mm. at base ; interior scales about equaling the bracts or 
slightly exserted ; flowers 5-11, on slender exserted pedicels, pale 
blue, perianth delicate, about 10 mm. long: capsules pale green 
or purplish tinged, trigonous-subglobose or obovoid, abruptly con- 
tracted above and below, 3-4 mm. high, on pedicels 20-25 mm. 
long, exserted and slightly diverging for about quarter of their 
length : seeds not fully mature. 


Based chiefly on Nash's no. 13, “ Plants of Central Peninsular 
Florida"; collected ** near Lake Dot, Eustis, on dry sandy hillside, 
March 12, 1894.” In flower and fruit. 

The same plant was collected by Prof. Underwood, also at 
Eustis, in 1891, and further specimens have been examined as fol- 
lows: Hibernia, March, 1869, W. N. Canby ; Pine Barrens near 
Jacksonville, March 17, 1894, A. H. Curtiss. 


Sisyrinchium Nashii 


Nearly related to .S. Floridanum, but much smaller and 
slenderer, and flowering in June and July instead of March. 


Very slender and delicate, growing in thin wisps of a few stems 
and leaves sheathed with a dense fibrillose coating around the base, 
leaves few, erect, about half the height of the stem, .5—2 mm. wide, 
rather less closely and strongly striate than in S. Floridanum and 
frequently denticulate, especially towards the scarcely terete apex : 
. Stems few, erect, 20-30 cm. high, mostly 1 mm. or less wide, the 
very narrow margins often, or usually, minutely denticulate ; leaves, 
stems and peduncles sometimes obscurely roughened with minute 
points on the sides : bracteal leaf almost setaceously slender, much 
shorter than the peduncles; peduncles 1-3, almost filiform, often 
not perceptibly margined, more or less unequal, mostly 4-6 cm. 
long : spathes narrow, 13-15 mm. long, the bracts mostly thinner 
and less sharp-pointed than іп S. Floridanum, the inner one fre- 
quently surpassing the outer and scarious-obtuse at the apex ; 
flowers smaller than in S. Floridanum : capsules pale, 2—3 mm. high, 
subglobose or often broader than long on slenderly exserted sub- 
spreading pedicels 17-22 mm. long: seeds subglobose, black, 
finely rugulose-pitted, with a large umbilicus. 


Based on Nash's no. 1395, * Plants of Central Peninsular 
` Florida" collected near Lake Swatara, Eustis, in dry sandy soil of 


|] 


s 
b. 
P 


224 BickNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


low pine land region, July 24, 1894, in flower and mature fruit ; 
and Nash's no. 1914, collected at Eustis, June 11, 1895, in full 
flower and with very young fruit. 

So near to S. Floridanum that I should scarcely have thought 
of looking for specific differences between the two plants but for 
the wide difference in their flowering periods as shown by the 
labels. Mr. Nash is satisfied that the plants are distinct and recalls 
that in the field he regarded the smaller plant of low pine land as 
certainly different from the similar species collected in the same 
region, but in high pine land four months earlier in the season. 


Sisyrinchium rufipes 


Early flowering stage : Thinly tufted from ascending rootstocks, 
the old leaves disintegrating to form a loose coating of bright 
rufous-red fibers about the base of the plant. Stem and leaves 
rather bright pale green and glaucescent partly turning a dull 
brownish green ; leaves very slender, about the height of the stem, 
straight and erect but becoming widely flexuous in withering, 
I-1.25 mm. wide, slenderly attenuate, more or less granular- 
scabrous between the close nerves, the margins finely sharp-serru- 
late ; stems erect, about 1 mm. wide, narrowly margined, the edges 
closely appressed ciliolate-serrulate ; bracteal leaf slender and erect, 
subtending two short suberect or outcurved peduncles and some- 
times also a branch bearing a bracteal leaf and two short-peduncled 
spathes ; branches and peduncles hirsutulous-ciliolate on the edges 
and often roughened with minute points on the sides: spathes 
short, about 12 mm. long, the bracts somewhat divergent, sharp- 
acuminate or the inner one scarious-obtuse and apiculate, the 
outer one hyaline margined below and slightly sheathing at the 
base : flowers 2—5, small, blue, on delicate slenderly exserted pedi- 
cels 15-17 cm. long; perianth about 8 mm. long; stamineal col- 
umn 4 mm. high. 


Georgia: Augusta, A. Cuthbert, “dry sand hills," March 
24th. In herbarium J. K. Small. 

Imperfect specimens from Summerville, South Carolina, col- 
lected by Professor Lewis К. Gibbes, April 9, 1850, just in flower, 
are probably to be referred here. They are more slender than the 


type with flexuous stems and leaves, and are nearly smooth 


throughout, but with the bracts minutely granular-scabrous. 
In Herb. N. Y. Botanical Garden. 
A. specimen in Herb. U. S. Nat. Mus. no. 220, 346, wet pine 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 295 


barrens, Craven County, North Carolina, July 3d (G. McCarthy) 
doubtless also belongs here, but shows a mature plant of very dif- 
ferent aspect. The stems are tall, and about twice spirally 
twisted, the tallest 47 cm. high and bearing at the node two 
slender peduncles and a longer divergent branch terminating in a 
cluster of three peduncles; the spathes are slenderer and longer 
than in the type, with narrow stiffly attenuate slightly unequal 
bracts. The capsules are brown and thick-walled, ovoid subglo- 
bose, and 3.5 mm. high; the immature seeds are rugulose-pitted 
and about 1.25 mm. in diameter. The stem and leaves, slightly 
broader than in the type, have dried very dark, but they show the 
same character of densely ciliolate-serrulate margins and also indi- 
cations of granulose roughening on the sides; the fibrous tuft at 
the base of the plant is of much the same character as in the type 
but of a duller, more brownish color. 


Sisyrinchium fuscatum 


Growing in thin tufts, 15-50 cm. high, fibrose about the base, 
and arising from rather stout rootstocks and clustered widely 
spreading fibrous roots. Plant dull green and glaucescent, crys- 
talline puncticulate, discoloring in drying, sometimes becoming al- 
most black: leaves long and slender, but shorter than the stems, 
firm and erect, becoming flexuous, .5—2.5 mm. wide, acute or slen- 
derly subterete at the apex, strongly close-striate, the edges smooth 
or denticulate-roughened : stems long and slender, erect, .7 5—2 mm. 
wide, at least the wings distinctly striate, the edges minutely den- 
ticulate, becoming smooth ; bracteal leaf short, and erect, attenuate 
above, the broader basal portion strongly close-striate, surpassed 
by the two closely approximate and subequal, erect, slender 
peduncles, which are subterete and only 2—6 cm. long : spathes 
erect, narrow, but abruptly wider than the constricted peduncle, 
15-18 mm. long, the bracts equal or nearly so, stiffly herbaceous 
and firmly close-striate, closely approximate, cuspidate-acuminate, 
the outer one clasping for 2-4 mm. at base ; interior scales much 
shorter than the bracts: flowers 5—8, blue, on erect, more or less 
exserted pedicels, 18—25 mm. long; perianth about то mm. long, 
the segments narrow, rather closely and strongly nerved : capsules 
2.5-4 mm. high, broadly subglobose, drying dark. 

Western Florida to Mississippi. 

Flowering from March to May. 


Florida: Apalachicola, Chapman. 


E — 
MERERI V. LL o 


Ра Т i i ч ез Le eae eee Pe ee Ne ag eS ae, | Жы TITAN NOE NO. T 
diis nim heey ok CI ы Y S " M ^ A ч Ó 


226 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


Alabama : Flomaton, Escambia county, April 23, 1898, C. F. 
Baker. 

Mississippi : Biloxi, Prof. S. M. Tracy ; Ocean Springs, Miss 
Skehan. | 

I find two sheets of this species in Herb. Missouri Botanical 
Garden, “ ex coll. D. V. Dean," but without other record. 


Sisyrinchium flagellum 


Very slender and flexuous in thin tufts, not fibrose at the base, 
the roots becoming rather coarsely fibrous ; pale dull green and 
slightly giaucescent, darker in drying, 20-32 cm. high. Leaves 
as long as the stems or nearly so, narrow and flexuous, 5—1.5 mm. 
wide, distinctly rather few-striate, smooth-edged or serrulate at 
the attenuate acute apex: stems erect, usually more or less flex- 
uous, and geniculate at the nodes, .7 5—1.5 mm. wide, narrowly wing- 
margined, smooth-edged ; nodes one or two, remote, the lowest 
about midway in the stem or higher, supporting a long leaf and 
one or two long slender peduncles, the upper node bearing a 
shorter leaf and two or three peduncles ; peduncles very long and 
slender, 5-12 cm. long, mostly .5 mm. wide, smooth-margined, 
subequal, approximate or slightly divergent : spathes often ab- 
ruptly deflected, narrow, 15-20 mm. long, the bracts slightly 
keeled to the apex, subequal or the inner one longer, the outer 
one narrowly acuminate and sharp-pointed, hyaline-margined below 
and clasping for 5-7 mm. at base; the inner one often scarious 
margined to the abruptly mucronulate apex ; interior scales much 
shorter than the bracts : flowers not well made out, of some shade 
of blue and apparently of medium size: capsules 4—6 on erect 
slightly exserted pedicels 18-20 mm. long, trilobate-subglobose, 
retuse and impressed at base, about 4 mm. high, drying brown, the 
surface minutely rugulose : seeds globose, finely alveolate, 1 mm. 
or more in diameter. 


South and West Florida: “ Pine Key, Blodgett.” In Herba- 
rium of Columbia University. A 

Manatee County, Dr. J. T. Rothrock ; “ open glades," March 
5, 1887; in flower and fruit. Specimens in herbarium of College 
of Pharmacy, New York and Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci. 


Sisyrinchium Miamiense · 

About 20 cm. or more high, growing in small erect tufts from 
short descending rootstocks, the roots long, somewhat woody and 
nearly simple. Plant apparently dull green and glaucescent, dry- 
ing dark: leaves erect, about three quarters the height of the 


BickNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM ДЕЧ 


plant, 1-1.5 mm. wide, cuspidate-acute, with somewhat thickened 
corneous tips, rather strongly but not very closely striate-nerved, 
serrulate : stems rather loosely erect, about the width of the leaves, 
distinctly wing-margined, denticulate-serrulate, bearing two or three 
erect peduncles at the «op and sometimes an ascending branch 
lower down; pedunces approximate, 3-7 cm. long, their margins 
serrulate to smooth : spathes mostly erect, 13-15 mm. long, the 
bracts rather sharply keeled to the apex, the outer one stiffly acute, 
slightly hyaline-margined below and clasping for 1-4 mm. at base, 
slightly surpassing the inner, which is scarious-obtuse at the apex 
and apiculate ; flowers 5-8, blue, apparently of medium size ; cap- 
sules on exserted pedicels 15-18 mm. long, 3-5 mm. high, trig- 
onous-obovoid or somewhat pyriform, mucronulate, thick-walled, 
brown, minutely rugulose: seeds irregularly subglobose- and 
bluntly angled, 121.25 mm. in diameter, faintly rugulose- pitted, 
obscurely umbilicate. 

Southeast Florida; Miami, Dade County, Charles L. Pollard 
and С. N. Collins, April 4-7, 1898 ; Plants of subtropical Florida, 


no. 264; last flowers and mature fruit. 


Sisyrinchium scoparium 


Pale green and glaucous, growing in close tufts fibrose at base, 
from contracted rootstocks and rather coarsely fibrous roots, 15—50 
cm. high. Leaves erect and very slender, equaling the shorter stems 
of the tufts but much shorter than the longer ones, I mm. or less to 
1.75 mm. wide, very acute, the edges sometimes obscurely rough- 
ened ; stems equally narrow with the leaves, very smooth, the striate 
wing-margins sometimes obscurely roughened above on the edges ; 
inflorescence when well-developed appearing somewhat flabellately 
short-branched from two often approximate nodes of the stem, the 
lower node bearing one or two short, slender peduncles, the upper 
one two or three shorter peduncles ; the peduncles and short branch 
all slightly diverging ; bracteal leaves slender, rarely surpassing 
the spathes: peduncles 2-5 mm. long or the lower ones longer, 
denticulate on the margins ; sometimes the stems bear but one node 
and two short peduncles; spathes erect, 12-18 mm. long, the 
bracts rather strongly close-striate, acuminate, subequal, the tips 
finally spreading; outer one narrowly hyaline-margined below, 
clasping for 2-5 mm.; interior scales about three quarters the 
length of the bracts ; flowers 6-11, violet blue; perianth apparently 
with rather narrow segments, about 10 mm. long ; capsules clus- 
tered on fascicled distinctly margined pedicels 14-20 mm. long, 
somewhat obovate or oblong-subglobose, 2-5 mm. high, thick- 
walled and drying dark, remaining slightly puberulent at maturity : 
seeds globose, black, finely pitted, 1 mm. in diameter. 


lax nod a Le 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


Coast of Mississippi. Flowering from March to May. 

Biloxi, April 27, 1898, C. F. Baker. Type in Herb. Ala- 
bama Biological Survey, no. 1496, also Biloxi, April 2, 1898, S. 
M. Tracy. 

Sisyrinchium implicatum 

Growing in close tufts from contracted rootstocks and pro- 
ducing a dense entangled mass of slender fibrillate roots ; often 
assurgent at base, the numerous weak stems flexuous-erect or 
spreading ina loose entanglement, pale dull green, perhaps slightly 
glaucescent. Leaves very slender, weakly erect or flexuous, .5—1 
mm. wide, 5-15 cm. long, narrowly blunt-pointed or acute, finely 
close-striate, the edges smooth, or serrulate when young : stems 
equally slender with the leaves narrow-margined, the edges smooth 
or obscurely denticulate, geniculate near the top at the single node 
and bearing 1 or 2 short peduncles with deflected spathes; peduncles 
almost capillaceous, margined slightly curved or straight, approxi- 
mate, 2—4 cm. long, surpassing the slender bracteal leaf: spathes 
very small, the bracts somewhat membranous and finely nerved, 
equal, or either one slightly longer than the other; the outer one 
10-15 mm. long, contracted-clasping for 3-5 mm. at base, narrowly 
acute, hyaline-margined below ; inner bract acute or scarious-ob- 
tuse and apiculate : flowers 3—5, small, on pedicels slightly exserted 
or scarcely зо; perianth very delicate and faintly nerved, pale blue, 
apparently about 8 mm. long ; stamineal column about 5 mm. high. 

Mississippi: Calhoun Co., “Wet bottoms," April 1858, Е. 
Hilgard. In Herbarium Missouri Botanical Garden. 


Sisyrinchium rosulatum 


Prostrate or ascending in rosulate tufts, or sometimes nearly 
erect, pale dull green or glaucescent not turning dark in drying, 
the denser tufts from contractedly short-branched woody rootstocks, 
the roots delicate and fibrillate : tufts sometimes very small, be- 
coming 25 cm. in diameter: basal leaves short, 2—8 cm. long, 1-2 
mm. wide, the broadened base membranous and hyaline-margined, 
the weak nerves becoming rather distant, in larger leaves .5 mm. 
apart: apex of the leaf apiculate acute or sometimes more atten- 
uate, the margins denticulate to closely sharp-serrulate or even 
sub-ciliolate : stems of the smaller tufts very short, only 6-30 
mm. long, often concealed by the leaves, bearing one or two much 
longer peduncles: stouter plants may become 20 cm. high, the 
stems with two remote nodes each supporting an erect leaf and 
mostly two peduncles, or rarely the lower node developing a 
slender erect branch : stem slender, subterete, narrowly margined, 


Cua we, 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 229 


the edges denticulate-serrulate : stem leaves much shorter than the 
peduncles, rather broadly flat-sheathing for 10-15 mm. above the 
node: peduncles long and slender, approximate or diverging, 2.5—10 
ст. long, often more broadly margined than the stem, the edges 
aculeolate-denticulate : spathes relatively large, straight or deflected 
slightly transversely constricted at base, mostly about 2 cm. long, 
both bracts somewhat foliaceous, the outer one more attenuate and 
usually slightly the longer, rarely both bracts broadly foliaceous 
and prolonged, the inner one hyaline-margined nearly to the top, 
the outer one below the middle: flowers not seen, reported to me 
by Dr. Mohr as being of a reddish-purple or wine color: capsules 
3-5. broadly subglobose, 2.5- 3.5 mm. high on capillary flexuously 
spreading pedicels 2—3 cm. long, pale, but purplish-tinged along 
the sutures: seeds numerous, very small, .5—.75 mm. long, finely 


| alveolate, umbilicate, assymetrically cuneate and angled. 


Dry open places in sandy soil, coast of South Carolina and 
Alabama. 

South Carolina: Sullivan's Island, May 8, 1852, Professor 
Lewis К. Gibbes. In fruit. In Herb. N. Y. Botanical Garden. 

Alabama: Mobile, April 6, 1896, May 5, 1896, Dr. Charles 
Mohr. In fruit In Herb. Dr. Mohr and Missouri Botanical 
‘Garden. 

Very distinct from any of our eastern species, having its 
affinity with certain South American forms and a Mexican and 
Central American species which is perhaps unnamed. 


Sisyrinchium furcatum 


Loosely tufted, from rather stiff nearly simple fibrous roots, 
10—15 cm. high ; dull green, drying rather dark, mostly purplish 
about the nodes and bracts. Leaves about the height of the plant, 
erect, attenuate-acute, .5—1.5 mm. wide, rather thin, finely striate- 
nerved, the edges obscurely denticulate-roughened to smooth: 
stems I-I.5 mm. wide, the wing-margins distinctly several-striate 
and denticulate, casually simple but commonly forking into 2 or 
sometimes 3 peduncles 3-6 cm. long, subtended by a slender, erect, 
bracteal leaf of about equal length: spathes relatively broad, 
about 3 mm. wide across the middle, the bracts delicately nerved 
and thin membranous on the sides, with broadly hyaline margins, 
mostly acuminate, the outer one usually prolonged beyond the 
inner 3-6 mm. and clasping for 2-3 mm. at base, the inner one 
often emerging rather abruptly; interior scales rather broad, 
brownish-tinged, much shorter than the bracts : flowers 4-6, blue ; 
perianth very delicate and faintly nerved, 8—10 mm. long ; stami- 
neal column 4-5 mm. high : fruit not seen. 


280 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


Southeastern Louisiana : Hammond, Tangipahoa Со., Lewena 
Gallup, April 4, 1889, “ pine lands,” in full flower. In U. S. Nat. 


Herb. 
Sisyrinchium sagittiferum 

Thinly tufted and slightly fibrillose at base, apparently not 
glaucous, drying dark, 10-15 cm. high. Leaves about equaling 
the stems .5—1.5 mm. wide, thin, striate-nerved, acuminate, the edges 
serrulate to smooth: stems very slender, .5—.7 5 mm. wide, margined 
to narrowly winged, the wings distinctly striate, mostly denticulate- 
roughened or above cven papillose-aculeolate on the edges ; spathes 
small, erect, terminating the stems and four or five times as broad, 
subequal or the outer one prolonged : outer bract 11-27 mm. long, 
acuminate or attenuate, sometimes surpassing the inner bract 15 mm., 
the white-hyaline margins only slightly united at base ; inner bract 
10-12 mm. long, the margins broadly white-hyaline, the apex ab- 
ruptly acute or broadly scarious and truncate or emarginate with 
excurrent midvein : interior scales equaling the inner bract or nearly 
so: flowers 3-7, small, on almost hair-like flexuously exserted 
pedicels about 15 mm. long: perianth apparently about 8 mm. 
long, color faded out ; stamineal column 4 mm. high : capsules un- 
developed. 


Texas, May, 1839, Dr. Ridell. In Herb. Dr. Chas. Mohr. 


Sisyrinchium scabrellum 


Caespitose in close erect tufts, arising from a dense cluster of 
fibrous roots, 25-40 cm. high, slightly fibrillose at base; dull pale 
green and glaucescent, the spathes often yellowish green and pur- 
plish, the rather long sheathing bases of the leaves purplish-tinged. 
Leaves stiffly erect, three quarters the height of the stem, very 
narrow, 1—2 mm. wide, tapering and cuspidate-acute, closely striate, 
scabrous all over or even canescently incrustate with minute setu- 
lose papillae, less so or quite smooth above, sometimes nearly 
smooth throughout : stems simple, stiff and slender, 1-2 mm. wide, 
flattened, sometimes glabrate but usually scabrous, at least below, 
sometimes equally so with the leaves, the finely-striate wing-mar- 
gins roughened on the edges or even minutely hispidulous-aculeo- 
late: spathes geminate at the top of the stem (in one instance three 
together) sessile or the outer one short-stipitate, the bracts herba- 
ceous and striate, encrusted with minute whitish points or almost his- 
pidulous-scabrous ; primary bract stiff and erect, much elongated, 
3.5-11.5 cm. long, slenderly attenuate, or broadened and foliaceous 
above the spathe, usually smooth or nearly so above ; inferior outer 
bract attenuate, often slenderly prolonged, 1.2—3.8 cm. long, sur- 
passing the inner bracts, which are less herbaceous, scarious-mar- 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 281 


gined and acute or mucronulate ; interior scales shorter than the inner 
bracts: flowers 3-6, pale blue, on slender, loosely erect or flex- 
‚ uous, much exserted pedicels 1—2 cm. long; perianth delicately 

membranous, 8—12 mm. long; stamineal column 426 mm. high. 
Mature fruit not seen. 

North Carolina: Buncombe County, near Biltmore, May 10, 
1898, in full flower, ex. Biltmore Herbarium ; Stanley County, at 
the Falls of the Yadkin River, April 20-24, 1896, just in flower. 
John K. Small. 

_ Dr. Small's specimens are darker green and much less scab- 
rous than those from Biltmore, with larger and more foliaceous. 
primary bracts and thicker roots. 


I 


"ое чет Rar RM 


LA 


А 


ДТ ПЦ 


Т, ee ee NEN. 
МӨГЕ РЫ 


ыу OD I ENIM AM TIME 


WS 


: 
a 
А 
É 
1 
f 
A 
e 
1 
" 
3 


l 
1 
» 
: 


"a 


Revision of the Genus Guardiola 


Bv B. L. ROBINSON 


The smalland natural genus Guardiola extends from the moun- 
tains of southern Arizona to southern central Mexico. Its Mexi- 
can distribution is a peculiar one. Well represented in the 
northwestern states of Sonora, Chihuahua, and Tepic, it passes 
southeastward to the state of Vera Cruz on the Gulf, but is as yet 
unknown in northeastern Mexico and, what is more surprising, ap- 
pears to form no part of the rich and varied vegetation of the 
southwestern states of Oaxaca and Guerrero. The genus is well 
marked among the melampodioid Compositae by its peculiar habit, 
cylindrical heads, broad thin scarcely herbaceous much imbricated 
involucral scales, and characteristic columnar achenes. Mexican 
material of the genus has of late been accumulating rapidly at the 
Gray Herbarium and the impossibility of bringing the diverse 
forms satisfactorily under the four or five hitherto recognized 
species has led to the preparation of the present synopsis. 

The material of G. Zu/ecarpus now at hand shows that Dr. 
Gray’s varieties arguta and angustifolia are too remote to make 
intergradation likely, and they are accordingly here treated as in- 
dependent species. 

Synopsis of the Species 
*Involucral scales dorsally convex but not carinate: leaves broadly ovate to rotund, 
cordate at the base. 
+ Heads large (for the genus) and few, in terminal umbelliform cymes, these exceeded 
in length by the subtending foliaceous bracts : leaves suborbicular, closely sessile. 

т. С. ROTUNDIFOLIA Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. 29: 317. 

Hills near Tequila, Jalisco, Pringle, no. 4571. Туре in herb. 
Gray. 

+ + Heads of medium size, often numerous, the cymes exceeding the rather small 
subtending bracts: leaves ovate, sessile or subsessile, shallowly cordate. 
2. G. PLATYPHYLLA Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 9r. 

Arizona, by streams, Sta. Catalina Mountains, Pringle ; Wash 
of El Rialta, Lemmon; Sonora, Wright, no. 1236 (type, in herb. 
Gray); Thurber, no. 999; Schott ; Palmer, no. 280 (coll. of 1890); 

(932) 


Mo А о 


ROBINSON: REVISION OF THE GENUS GUARDIOLA. 233 


Hartman, nos. 124, 270; F. E. Lloyd, no. 420; S.W. Chihuahua. 
Falmer, no. 35 (coll. of 1885). 


+ + + Heads few and large, in umbelliform clusters at the ends of the branches, the 
subtending bracts almost as large as the foliar leaves: leaves petiolate, subreniform- 
ovate, deeply cordate. 


3. G. Rosei sp. nov. 


Slender glabrous and glaucous perennial, 3-4 dm. high : stems 
terete, striate; branches opposite : petioles 6-8 mm. long ; leaves 
subreniform-ovate, coarsely cuspidate-dentate, 3-nerved from the 
base, 4-5.5 cm. long, 3—4.8 cm. broad, bright green above, glau- 
cous beneath, acutish and cuspidate at the tip, cordate with a rather 
deep open sinus at the base; the floral leaves scarcely smaller ; 
3-headed terminal cymes surpassed by their subtending bracts ; 
pedicels glabrous, glaucous, 1-2 cm. long; involucral scales ob- 
long, obtuse, 1.3 cm. long, 5 mm. broad: ray-flowers about 3; 
ligules oblong, white, 4 mm. long, the slender tubes 6 mm. in 
length: achenes moderately compressed, upwardly villous under 
alens, at maturity 6 mm. long, fuscous, minutely mottled; disk 
flowers 4—5-parted. 

Collected between Sta. Gertrudis and Sta. Teresa, Tepic, 
Mexico, by Dr. J. N. Rose, 8 August, 1897, no. 2078, and 96 km. 
south of Guadalupe y Calvo, S. W. Chihuahua, altitude 2300- 
2600 m., by E. W. Nelson, August, 1898, no. 4806. Types in 
herb. Gray and herb. U. S. Nat. Museum. 


* * Outer involucral scales carinate. 


4. G. carinata sp. nov. 


Branched slightly lignescent perennial, finely ciliated upon the 
young petioles, otherwise glabrous : stem slender, terete, glaucous : 
petioles about 1.3 cm. long, glabrate : leaves lance-oblong, subhas- 
tately angled or toothed on either side the subcordate base, finely 
serrate with incurved cartilaginous-tipped teeth, scarcely pale be- 
neath, 3—4 cm. long, 1.8-2.2 cm. broad: pedicels 7-9 mm. long, 
axillary or cymose at the ends of the branches; involucres in an- 
thesis 1.1 cm. long ; scales ovate, obtuse to acuminate, the 3 outer 
ones strongly carinate: ray-flowers much later in their develop- 
ment than the disk-flowers, the heads thus proterandrous: ligules 
minute: achenes pale, subterete, 6 mm. long, upwardly villous 


. under a lens, minutely mottled. 


Collected by Dr. J. N. Rose at Acaponeta, Tepic, Mexico, 23 
June, 1897, no. 1498. Well marked by its carinate involucral 
scales, which are not found elsewhere in the genus. Types in 
herb. Gray and herb. U. S. Nat. Museum. 


A riae 


ea ee АМ Агы 


"NP. rd JT ATE = ТУСИНЕ ТТ" Ss DÉC.» 99 ae 3-1 v7 h 


'284 RoniNsoN: REVISION OF THE GENUS GUARDIOLA, 


* * * Involucral scales dorsally convex but not carinate; leaves lance-oblong to linear, 
petioled. 


+ Leaves cordate or subcordate at the hastately lobed base, coarsely toothed. 


5. G. odontophylla sp. nov. 


Glabrous, somewhat glaucous: stem terete, purple, striate, 
branched: petioles 8-10 mm. long ; leaves lance-oblong, coarsely 
and somewhat doubly dentate, 5 cm. long, 2.2 cm. broad at the has- 
tately bilobed base, green on both sides, the teeth rather broad, spread- 
ing, scarcely at all incurved, acutish to acuminate ; the floral leaves 
scarcely reduced, bearing elongated basal lobes : heads subumbel- 
late by 2's апа 3's at the ends of the branches ; pedicels 3-4 mm. 
long; involucral scales lance-oblong, acute, І cm. long : achenes 


ashy, punctate, upwardly villous under a lens, compressed, 7 mm. 


long. 

Collected by E. W. Nelson between Ramos and Inde, Du- 
rango, II to 14 August, 1898, no. 4683. Types in herb. Gray 
and herb. U. S. Nat. Museum. 

4— + Leaves cuneate or obtuse at the base. 


++ Heads relatively broad; involucres 4 mm. thick; pedicels 3-14 mm. long: leaves 
( with rare exceptions) hastately toothed at the base ; the floral leaves considerably 
exceeding the cymes. 


— Leaves serrate with close incurved teeth. 
6. G. Mexicana Humb. & Bonpl. Pl. Aeq. 1: 144, 4 47; НВК. 
Nov. Gen. et Spec. 4: 247; Gray, Pl. Wright, 1: 111. 
G. atriplicifolia Gray, l. c. 


Michoacan, Humboldt & Bonpland, Pringle, no. 4167 ; Jalisco, 


Palmer, no. 214 (coll. of 1886), Pringle, no. 3484; Zacatecas, 
Rose, no. 2737; Morelia, Galeotti, no. 2418 ; Mirador, Sartorius ; 
Morelos, Pringle, no. 6184; Volcano of Toluca, Heller, no. 443. 

A portion of Galeotti's no. 2418 (the type number of б. 


artiplicifolia Gray) in herb. Gray so closely matches the per-. 


ennial specimens of G. Mexicana that, although originally de- 
scribed as an annual, it seems undoubtedly this species, to which, 
in fact, Dr. Gray himself later reduced it (Proc. Am. Acad. 22: 


423). 


— — Leaves dentate ; teeth very sharp, spreading. 


7. G. arguta (Gray) 


G. Tulocarpus var. arguta Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 21: 387. 
Chihuahua, Pringle, rocky hills near the town of Chihuahua, 


RoniNsoN: REVISION OF THE GENUS GUARDIOLA. 285 


no. 678 (type in herb. Gray), also in foothills of the Sierra Madre, 
no. 1281. This species differs from G. 7ulecarpus in its large 


. heads and conspicuously elongated bracts, as well as in the 


differently toothed leaves. 
++ ++ Heads smaller, numerous ; involucres 2.7 to 3 mm. in thickness: leaves not has- 
tately toothed at the base : pedicels 1 to 2 (or rarely 4) mm. long. 


— Upper bracts of the inflorescence elongated, surpassing the heads: leaves narrowly 
lanceolate to linear. 


8. G. angustifolia (Gray) 


С. Tulocarpus var. angustifolia Gray in Wats. Proc. Am. 
Acad. 22: 423. 

Copiously and cymosely branched, 4-6 dm. high; petioles 8 
mm. long; leaves narrowly lanceolate to linear, scarcely paler be- 
neath, serrate with five incurved callous-tipped teeth, not hastately 
toothed at the cuneate base, 7—8 cm. long, 1.2-1.4 cm. broad; 
heads numerous in small umbelliform, about 5-headed cymes ; 
pedicels very short, 1-3 mm. long ; involucres 7 mm. long, less 
than 3 mm. in diameter ; scales acute: achenes gray, mottled, up- 
wardly villous under a lens, 6 mm. long including the sterile 
base. 

Jalisco, ravines near Tequila, Palmer, no 360 (type in herb. 
Gray), and on hillsides near Guadalajara, Pringle, no. 1737. 

Differs from G. Zwlocarpus not only in the form of the leaves but 


in the length ofthe bracts and general character of the inflorescence. 


== = Upper bracts very small, much shorter than the heads : leaves lance-oblong. 


9. С. TuLocanrus Gray, Pl. Wright, І: 111. 
Tulocarpus Mexicanus Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. 299, А 63. 
Tepic, Lay & Collie ; Zapelote, State of Tepic, Lamb, no. 580; 

between the city of Mexico and Mazatlan, Gregg, no. 585; Colima, 
Palmer, no. 1198 (coll. of 1891). 
Readily recognized by its numerous small heads in close com- 
pounded small-bracteal cy mes. | 
GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 


А 
| 
р 
E 
: 
; 
1 
{ 


е" V. sre 2 uta "Ps me AL В 
Tw TII. VP TENET TENE TET ҮКҮ "T UNT TNR Шын а =F," ee eoru eS ee 4 


New Plants from Wyoming. VII 


Bv AVEN NELSON 


For the past several years I have been observing the species of 
Paronychia with some care, and a large series of specimens have 
been secured to illustrate those credited to this region. Among 
those secured are authentic specimens of Paronychia depressa 
(T. & С.) Nutt. That Nuttall’s plant deserves specific rank I 
think can hardly be questioned by one familiar with it in the field. 


Nuttall, in selecting the name depressa, must have fully understood. 


its habit, but it seems that no one since has appreciated the ap- 
propriateness of the name. The descriptions of it that are current 
are all misleading. Height is assigned to the stems but they are 
absolutely prostrate-spreading, forming close mats upon the sur- 
face of the ground, a fact that herbarium specimens fail to show. 
This will at once separate it from that species with which it has 
been associated, though they are also otherwise very different. To 
place it on record a little more fully than has heretofore been done 
the following characters may be noted : 


Prostrate-spreading, forming close mats, the very numerous 
dichotomous stems springing in a cluster from the summit of a 
woody root, all but the herbaceous portion buried in the loose soil, 
silvery, this appearance due to the large scarious stipules and the 
short, silvery, scabrous pubescence: leaves linear, exceeding the 
internodes, cuspidate or mostly bristle pointed, the lanceolate 
stipules more conspicuous than the leaves (which they nearly 
equal) and with them closely clothing the short stems : flowers 
singly in the axils or in small cymes, nearly sessile, surpassed by 
the subtending leaves and bracts: sepals with a cone-shaped tip 
half as long as the rest of the sepal, awn about equaling the tip, 
at the base of which the arch at the inner face is borne: filaments 
very short, exceeded by the slender staminodia. 


This I have secured but once and I am sure it is not common. 
My no. 461 has been compared with the type in Torrey Herb. at 
Columbia, by Dr. Rydberg, who says it is a very close duplicate 
of Nuttall's specimen. 

Of frequent occurrence in Wyoming is Paronychia sessiliflora 


( 236 ) 


MT Г; 


NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING 237 


Nutt. but of this there are two or three forms, one of which seems 
sufficiently well marked to be constituted a variety. 


Paronychia sessiliflora brevicuspis 


Smaller than the species, more closely matted, the leaves 
shorter, the lower ones obtuse: the herbaceous part of the 
branches very short: flowers in numerous small cymes, clustered 


‘at the ends of the branches, nearly immersed in the leaves : calyx 


about 2 mm. long, with a swollen turbinate base: sepals closely 
valvate, forming a short cylindrical tube closed at the summit by 
their arched tips, the tip and awn very short. 

Not plentiful, but occurring occasionally on open, stony ridges 
in the hills. No. 349, Laramie Hills, July 7, 1894, well repre- 
sents this variety. 

Paronychia Jamesu Т. & С. has sometimes been reported from 
this range, but it seems probable that most of the specimens so- 
called belong rather to.the following species. 


Paronychia diffusa 


Allied to P. /amesz but wholly prostrate-spreading: the 
woody root vertical, the numerous branched stems crowded on its 
crown: stems widely spreading, their perennial portion buried in 
the soil, the herbaceous portion short, very leafy : leaves equaling 
or exceeding the internodes, narrowly linear, mostly acute and 
mucronate : stipules silvery, lanceolate, shorter than the leaves : 
influorescence contracted, the numerous small cymes congested at 
the ends of the short, brittle stems : flowers nearly sessile, exceed- 
ing the bracts and most of the leaves : sepals minutely puberulent 
as are also the leaves and stem, the short turbinate base of the 
calyx minutely hirsute: cusps short, arched within: filaments 
short, exceeding the staminodia. 

This is the commonest species in this genus in this range. 


The following numbers well represent it: 451, 1331, 2103 and 
2769. 

Besides the foregoing Г. pulvinata Gray occurs on some of 
the Alpine summits in our mountains. 


Draba surculifera 


Perennial, root short, bearing on its crown a few to several 
erect, simple stems and some short leafy stolons : stems slender, 
strict, 2-3 dm. high, pubescent with scattering, simple hairs and a 
closer branched puberulence: leaves of the crowns and the stolons 


ee E А Шы Аа ee vv. “ҮТ. eS Sl. с E E ТИР СОР UAM ҮТҮК, din Lo 
E 4 " Ч км р у T +: 
Е 


К 
: 
4 


238 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


crowded, oblanceolate, short-petioled or nearly sessile, 3-5 cm. 
long, 5-10 mm. broad, cinereous with a close stellate pubescence or 
glabrate : upper stem leaves ovate or broadly lanceolate, acuminate, 
sessile by a broad or partly clasping base, sub-glabrous, downward 
gradually passing into the basal leaves: fruiting raceme constitut- 
ing 14—16 of the whole length of the stem, naked above, the lower 
pods in the axils of the upper leaves: flowers yellow, rather small: 
sepals glabrous or nearly so, ovate: petals obovate, narrowed into 
a slender claw, nearly twice as long as the sepals: filaments ex- 
ceeding the sepals, rather stout, anthers small: pod lanceolate, 
8-12 mm. long, finely pubescent, usually flat but occasionally 
twisted : style rather thick, about 1 mm. long: pedicels slightly 
shorter than the pod: seeds 16—20. 


This species may possibly be found in some of the herbaria as 
one of the forms of the Rocky Mountain aggregate that has been 
called D. aurea Vahl. The true D. aurea, if figures and descrip- 
tions may be relied upon, has a single stem, corymbosely branched 
above: D. surculifera has several unbranched stems and some short, 
stoloniferous shoots. Of the several species recently published by 
Dr. Greene, only two are closely allied to this, viz. D. Neo-Mexi- 
cana (Pittonia, 4: 18) which is separated by its stellate-pubescent 
calyx, its glabrous, elliptical pods and its long style and probably 
other characters that would appear were that before me: D. spec- 
tabilis, which is separated from this by its showy flowers and differ- 
ences of fruit. In some respects, D. /7Ter/eriana resembles this but — 
its branching stems and narrow twisted pods make it impossible to 
unite the two. 

Type specimen no. 5125, La Plata Mines, Medicine Bow Mts., 
by Mr. Elias Nelson. 


Lesquerella condensata 


Perennial, the several branches of the caudex very short and 
crowded (in loose, sandy soil more open and sheathed by the dead 
leaf bases), the whole plant both in flower and fruit forming a 
small, dense, sub-globose tuft, 3-8 cm. in diameter, finely and 
densely stellate-pubescent throughout: leaves greatly crowded on 
the crowns, linear or narrowly oblanceolate, 1—4 cm. long: in- 
, - floresence a short, corymbose raceme, about equaling (rarely ex- 

ceeding) the leaves: petals broadly spatulate or with an elliptic 
| blade, 6-7 mm. long, about half exceeding the sepals, the claw 
P broad and margined: filaments slender, equaling the sepals, 
slightly enlarged at base: pod ovate, compressed at summit, 5 


Jy Р NEUSS 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 239 


mm. long, about equaling the slender style: ovules two in each 
cell, usually only one maturing ; septum generally perforated by a 
narrow slit. 


Probably most nearly allied to Z. alpina (Nutt.) S. Wats. 
which seems to be a very rare plant. From this its compact, 
tufted, stemless habit separates it, as does also its smaller flowers 
and short racemes and few-seeded pod. 

This is one of the first plants to come into blossom on the Lar- 
amie Plains, its bright yellow showing on some of the naked, rocky 
slopes of the foothills in mid April. It seems to occur in similar 
situations throughout the southern part of the state. Collected a 
number of times and, on the determination of others, distributed 
as Draba glacialis Adams., a most unaccountable error. Some of 
our collection numbers of it are 62, 1218, 3071, 4324 and 4797, 
the latter number unusually large in every way. 


Cerastium Buffumae 


Perennial (?), stems densely clustered on the crown of a slender 
root, closely leafy-matted and spreading, light or yellowish green : 
the numerous stems spreading or ascending, 7-15 cm. long, mi- 
nutely glandular-pubescent, the internodes gradually longer up- 
wards and less conspicuously leafy : leaves small, very numerous 
below, oblong to elliptic, sessile or tapering to a broad, petiole-like 
base, 5-12 mm. long : inflorescence strict and fascicled, the lower 
pedicels elongated : pedicels and calyx closely glandular-puberu- 
lent: sepals green, barely scarious margined at the tip, oblong, 
obtusish, 4-3 mm. long: petals one half exceeding the sepals 
(more or less), bifid: stamens ten: styles five: capsules when 
mature about twice as long as the sepals: seeds brown when ma- 
ture, closely but minutely papillate. 

In 1892 an extensive collection, mostly of grasses, was made 
by Professor B. C. Buffum for this University. Mrs. Buffum who 
accompanied the expedition collected most assiduously in other 
groups. Among the good things she secured was an abundant 
supply of this fine species from some locality in the Big Horn 
Mountains, the exact place not now known. It is with pleasure 
that I dedicate this species to its discoverer. Type specimen in 


Herbarium University of Wyoming. 
Thermopsis annulocarpa 


Perennial from horizontal rootstocks, silvery pubescent through- 
out with short, soft, appressed hairs : stems single, or two (possibly 


^ 
ч 


€ - NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


more) from the crown of each rhizome, 3—4 dm. high, simple below, 
branched above, the branches slender, leafy, barren, exceeding the 
single mature raceme : leaves elliptic, oblong or broadly oblanceo- 
late, mostly obtuse, 3-5 cm. long; stipules broadly ovate or 
rhombic below, narrower upward, the upper oblong, 2-3 cm. 
long ; petioles about as long as the stipules: raceme strictly ter- 
minal on the main axis : calyx-tube campanulate, somewhat nerved 
at the base, 5 mm. long, the lobes shorter: corolla unknown : 
mature pods pubescent, 12-15 cm. long, about 7 mm. broad, cir- 
cularly curved, usually forming a complete ring or the apex even 
overlapping the base: seeds 7-10; the ovules somewhat more 
numerous. 


. That it should be necessary to establish a third species in this 
genus, from this state within a year, is a little singular but this 
plant differs so radically that it can not be disposed of satis- 
factorily in any other manner. In habit and pubescence it sug- 
gests 7. argentata Greene but in fruit character it is nearer 7. rhom- 
bifolia Rich. though its circularly curved pod makes it distinct 
enough from that. Then too the habitat of this is exceptional. 
While not strictly alpine yet it is more than sub-alpine. It was 
secured in the Ferris Mountains, among the rocks on the naked 
slopes near their summits, at an altitude of fully 10,000 feet. 

Type no. 4971, by Mr. Elias Nelson, July 25, 1898. 


Anogra rhizomata 


Perennial: rhizome horizontal, long, semi-woody, moderately 
thick, giving rise at intervals to short, obliquely ascending 
branches: stems several, from the crowns of the branches of the 
rhizome, divaricate-ascending, 1—2 dm. long, from pinkish to light 
violet, puberulent: leaves from nearly entire to deeply pinnatifid, 
linear-oblong in outline, the lower somewhat petioled, 3-5 cm. 
long, more or less hispid-ciliate and puberulent: flowers axillary, 
congested at the summit of the stems ; buds acute at apex, some- 
times glabrate: calyx tips free, lobes shorter than the petals, usu- 
ally much shorter than the tube, throat not villous: petals white 
or pink, sub-orbicular: capsule linear, somewhat angled, scarcely 
tapering to the apex, 2—3 cm. long, divergent or becoming de- 
flexed. 

This and A. albicaulis resemble each other greatly in general 
aspect but the remarkable rhizome of the one is to be con- 
trasted with the slender, vertical taproot of the other. The 


obtuse buds and small, tapering capsule of the larger plant is to 


DR iss 


NELSON: NEw PLANTS FROM WYOMING 241 


be contrasted with the acute buds ‚апа long, prismatic-cylindrical 
capsules of the smaller, perennial plant. 


Cymopterus bulbosus 


Root large, clavate, increasing in diameter downward, the end 
usually bulbous, 10-15 cm. long, 2—4 cm. in diameter in thickest 
part : caudex very short, covered with the bases of the petioles of 
dead leaves : leaves 1 or more from the caudex and several on the 
stems (the former long petioled), glaucous, bipinnate, ovate in out- 
line, 4—7 cm. long ; the pinnae also ovate, pinnatifid or toothed, the 
ultimate segments oblong to ovate, 3-8 mm. long ; petioles with 
expanded membranous base: stems 1—2 from the crown, slender, 
3-5 cm. long, giving rise at their summits to several leaves and 
peduncles : peduncles moderately stout, at maturity 5-10 cm. long 
and equaling or exceeding the leaves : involucre and involucels of 
broad membranous bracts with broad greenish midrib, more or less 
united at base : rays unequal, 8-15 mm. long, those of the aborted 
umbellets very short ; pedicels 5-8 mm. long : fruit elliptic to oval, 
8-14 mm. long, 6-10 mm. wide ; wings broad and thin, equaling 
or narrower than the seed body, the dorsal or the two inter- 
mediates occasionally not developed: oil tubes mostly 3 in the 
intervals and 6 on the face, the two middle ones situated near the 
inner side of the integument : seed face concave. 

That this species may exist in the herbaria as C. montanus 
Nutt., is possible but no two related species are more easily dis- 
criminated. In C. montanus the peduncles are very short, shorter 
than the leaves in both flower and fruit; the leaf segments are 
rather distant while in C. bulbosus the segments are crowded. 
The large bulbous termination of the root will further distinguish 
the latter as do also the thin integument and thin wings (which 
are scarcely thickened at the base) in contrast with the conspicu- 
ously thickened integument and base of the wings of the other. 
If more points are needed the habitat is also discriminative. С. 
montanus is of the open plains of the Rocky Mountain region in 
general while the other seems to be confined to naked, clay soil, 
such as occurs in the ravines and slopes among the Green River 
shales. Type specimen in Herb. University of Wyoming, no. 


dico o шы uo uai e LER. Lac 


oy y Y eee Р ЧЕРРИ S MUN 


242 NELsoN: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


4709, June 14, 1898. Also collected in 1897 at Point of Rocks 
no. 3085. 
Pentstemon Utahensis (Wats.) 

Р. glaber Utahensis Wats. Bot. King, 217. 

Dr. Watson placed this as a variety because there were seem- 
ingly intermediate forms connecting this with related species. 
The several authentic specimens of it at hand from various parts 
of the Rocky Mountains show certainly as much constancy in 
characters as any of the recognized species. Its tall, strict stems, 
with long internodes and erect, relatively narrow leaves ; its rather 
crowded, long petioled basal leaves, and its greatly elongated in- 
florescence puts it in sharp contrast to P, glaber Pursh. 

Of the more recent collections that well illustrate its characters 
are Baker, Earle and Tracy's specimens from Mancos, Colo., no. 
405 and the writer's nos. 1093, 1559 and 4102, from various parts 
of Wyoming. 

Phacelia campestris 

Annual, minutely pubescent, scarcely glandular, branched from 
the base, the 2-6 main branches decumbently divaricate at base, 
these more or less branched and with ascending tips, main branches 
8—12 cm. long: leaves oblong in outline, 1.5—3 cm. long (includ- 
ing the short petiole), deeply pinnatifid, the 3—5 pairs of segments 
oblong, obtuse, entire; the terminal lobe usually three-toothed : 
raceme simple, at first short and crowded, later open, the few 
flowers (6-12) rather uniformly distributed on the 4-7 cm. long 
rachis: pedicels very short: sepals oblong or narrowly spatulate, 
minutely hispid on the margins, in anthesis a third longer than the 
corolla, lengthening slightly in fruit : corolla white, 2—3 mm. long, 
short tubular, the rounded lobes 2 of its whole length, appendages 
very narrow : filaments dilated downward, about the length of the 
corolla-tube, subequal: style equaling or shorter than the ovary, 
much shorter than the mature capsule, divided one half its length : 
capsule finely pubescent, oblong, obtuse, 3-4 mm. long, a little 
shorter than the sepals: seeds 10—14, elliptic, compressed, trans- 
versely ridged. 


To be compared with P. Jvesiana Torr. from which it differs in 
being much less glandular, in having a corolla shorter than the 
calyx, nearly equal stamens and fewer seeds. 

It was secured on the open plains, in loose sandy soil about 
the roots of sage-brush, near Granger, June 14, 1898, no. 4696. 


~~ T" 


AM 


iAd 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 243 


Lappula cenchrusoides 


Annual, rather intricately bushy-branched, 2-4 cm. high: 
stems and branches rather slender: pubesence moderately harsh, 
rather minute, that of the stems of short, appressed, whitish hairs 
with inconspicuous pustulate bases,—-of the leaves somewhat similar, 
scanty on the upper face, denser below with inordinately large 
pustulate bases: leaves numerous, small, oblong to ovate, 1—2 
cm. long: flowers in leafy-bracted spikes, very minute: the 
lobes of the corolla obtuse, suborbicular, slightly shorter than the 
tube which about equals the calyx: nutlets large, ovate-acute, 
nearly sessile, not deflexed, minutely papillose-tuberculate on the 
back, the larger of the tubercles in a median row, armed on the 
margins with a double row of bristles ; bristles glochidiate-barbed 
at the apex only, somewhat unequal, mostly distinct to the base. 


This was found in considerable abundance in a dry сайоп, 
among the rocks, mostly in clumps. The very abundant sandbur- 
like fruits at once attracted attention and closer examination shows 
many points of difference between this and Z. Terana (Scheele) 
Britt. which is so abundant in this range. 

Type specimen in Herb. University of Wyoming, no. 5339, 
Laramie Hills, September 14, 1898. 


Mertensia foliosa 


Rootstock vertical, short, thick, covered with dead brown 
bark, usually branched at summit, the 1-several crowns clothed 
with the bases of dead petioles : roots slender, fibrous, intermingled 
with a few large woody ones: stems 1 or more from each crown, 
simple, ascending or erect, striate, glabrous or minutely pruinose, 
2-3 dm. high, leaves thick, ample, glabrous, minutely scabrous on 
the margins: radical leaves numerous, elliptic to oblong, 4—7 cm. 
long, slender petioles once or twice as long: cauline crowded, 
sessile, oblanceolate or (upwardly) lanceolate and acute : the foliar 
bracts lanceolate : panicle rather crowded, the lower peduncles but 
little elongated : corolla rather large, about 15 mm. long, the tube 
slightly exceeding the limb, about twice the length of the lanceo- 
late sepals; the crests in the throat between the bases of the fila- 
ments conspicuous, a IO-toothed ring at the base of the tube, 
glabrous throughout: filaments as broad or broader than the 
anthers : anthers (in all specimens examined) exserted 7. e., outside 
of the tube. | 

Recently distributed under no. 2951 as M. oblongifolia which 


it is far from being. It is the prevailing species in southwest 


„+ 


Ut ЛА. T 
„АЙ. ^ 2 


CUP а^ л al мА ш А. DA C 


244 . NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


Wyoming on the sage-brush slopes in the foothills. The dense, 
leafy clumps are both numerous and conspicuous. Observed and 
collected in several localities, but the before mentioned number 
from Evanston, May 28, 1897, is designated as typical. 


Mertensia viridis 

M. lanceolata viridis Aven Nelson, First Rep. Fl. of Wyo. 158. 

Rootstocks woody, creeping in the crevices among the rocks ; 
the crowns sheathed by the dead petioles: stems one or more 
from each crown, glabrous or sparsely hispidulous, decumbent at 
base, slender and rather weak, 2-4 dm. long: leaves bright green, 
glabrous below, minutely hispidulous above : radical numerous, 
4-6 cm. long, from oblong to elliptic, on slender petioles about 
twice as long as the blade : cauline oblong, becoming smaller and 
acutish upward: panicle leafy bracteate, many-flowered : pe- 
duncles and pedicels slender, the former surpassing the foliose 
bracts : corolla about t cm. long, the tube exceeding the limb and 
about twice the length of the sepals: filaments narrower than 
the anthers. 


Since the publication of this plant as a variety of M. lanceolata 
DC. it has been collected once more, this time near Dome Lake 
at the summit of the Big Horn mountains, no. 2430. These 
latter plants show that it is a good species. It is strictly alpine. 
The original collection is no, 1608, Laramie Peak, 1895. 


Lithospermum asperum 


Perennial : root large, woody, deep-set, the dark bark exfoliat- 
ing in thin flakes : caudex rather numerously and slender branched, 
dark brown with scale-like leaves and exfoliating bark : herbaceous 
stems numerous, slender, rather brittle, simple or branched, 15— 
25 cm. long, hirsute, the short whitish hairs divaricate: leaves 
rather numerous, from oblong to linear, the broader tapering to a 
narrow base, all sessile or nearly so, 2—4 cm. long, rough hirsute, 
rather sparsely so, especially on the upper surface, the hairs short, 
tapering from a pustulate base : flowers on short, very hispid ped- 
icels, axillary : sepals linear, about 5 mm. long: corolla yellow, 
tube long, 2—3 cm., lobes oval, crenulate-erose, about 14 as long 
as the tube, crests rather small: stamens inserted about i the 
length of the tube below the throat: nutlets as in section Batschia 
Endl., not impressed-punctate (if at all sparingly and minutely so 
on the ventral side only). 

Having but one collection of this I am unable to state whether 


it produces more than one form of flowers or not. Since mature 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 245 


nutlets were secured on the same plants with the conspicuous 
flowers it seems probable that no cleistogamous ones are produced. 
That dimorphism, as to the insertion of stamens, probably exists 
here as in the rest of the section seems likely. 

The most nearly allied species is undoubtedly Z. angustifolium 
Michx., but in the rather numerous synonomy of that somewhat 
polymorphous species I find nothing to indicate that the plant now 
under consideration has ever been included. This will be dis- 
tinguished at once from that by the harsh pubescence, the root 
character, the non-punctate nutlets and its habitat. Though col- 
lected but once it was observed carefully in its locality where it 
was abundant : found only on abrupt, shelving slopes of sandstone. 
Type, no. 4737, Point of Rocks, June 13, 1898. 


Castilleia chromosa 


Stems usually numerous, clustered on the crown (or crowns) 
of a woody root, simple or sparingly branched, ascending or erect 
with somewhat decumbent base, 2-4 dm. long: pubescence of 
two kinds, a fine puberulence and more or less of whitish, crisped 
hairs : leaves variable; the lower entire or nearly so, lanceolate to 
linear, 3-7 cm. long; the upper pinnatifid, consisting of a lanceo- 
late blade proper, 3-5 cm. long, and 2—4 linear to lanceolate, 
widely divaricate or ascending lobes; the lobes subacute, somewhat 
paired, the upper pair short, the lower about equaling in length 
the blade proper: inflorescence at first short and dense, at length 
more open-spicate, 10-15 cm. long, more detsely crisped-hairy 
than the rest of the plant: bracts somewhat similar to the upper 
leaves, the lobes less divaricate, about equaling the corolla, from 
scarlet to yellowish-red : calyx about 20 mm. long, about equally 
cleft before and behind, the tube about twice as long as the bifid 
lobes: corolla more or less exserted, sometimes one fourth ex- 
ceeding the calyx, the galea a little longer than the tube, the lip 
very short and almost truncate, three narrow plicae extending from 
its margin nearly one third the length of the tube. 

At first I was inclined to think this merely a form of C. an- 
gustifolia Don. but after careful study of all the material at hand in 
the light of Mr. Fernald's excellent presentation of this and the 
allied species * I feel satisfied of the perfect distinctness of C. 
chromosa. lam even inclined to think that C. angustifolia will be 


found to belong to a range considerably to the northwest of this. 


* Erythea, 6 : 41. 


Р Lr 


246 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


C. chromosa is widely distributed in the desert region of south- 
central Wyoming and several collections of it show no remarkable 
variation. The following are some of the collections of it: Leroy, 
Uinta Co., no. 4577, June 7, 1898; Green River, Sweetwater Co. 
no. 4721, June 14, 1898; Ft. Steele, Carbon Co., no. 5380, June 
18, 1898. 

Erigeron pinnatisectus (Gray) 

E. compositus pinnatisectus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad., 16: 9o. 

To regard this longer as a variety of Æ. compositus is simply 
to keep up a cumbersome nomenclature that is neither necessary 
nor justified by the plant. There are sufficient forms that must of 
necessity be held as varieties of that species, without including a 
form so decidedly at variance with the others. Æ. pinnatisectus in 
its comparatively simple root-system ; its fewer, glabrate leaves and 
stems; its pinnately dissected leaves, and its numerous, long, 
purple rays is strongly in contrast with the tufted, compact habit ; 
the trifid or multifid leaves; the rather conspicuous pubescence, 
and the white rays of the other. | 

E. pinnatisectus mostly occurs at higher altitudes than Æ. com- 
positus and consequently is less frequently collected but, neverthe- 
less, it is fairly well represented in the herbaria. Professor C. 5. 
Crandall's specimens from the head waters of Beaver Creek, Colo., 
and the writer's no. 1816, LaPlata Mines, Medicine Bow Moun- 
tains, well illustrate it. 


Erigeron melanocephalus 


E. uniflorus L. of most American authors, in part; Æ. simplex 
Greene, Fl. Fran. 387, in part (2); Æ. uniflorus melanocephalus 
Aven Nelson, First Rep. Fl. Wyo. 131 and 206. 

Main root woody, more or less branched, giving rise to numer- 
ous fibrous ones: caudex thick and nearly simple or more or less 
branched, the branches short: stems few to several (often 10 or 
more), slender, erect, 5-15 cm. high, monocephalous, pubescent 
with purplish hairs : leaves numerous on the crowns, nearly sessile 
to long-petioled, blade elliptic to narrowly oblong, 2-5 cm. long 
(including the petiole), almost glabrous; stem leaves several, 
broadly linear, acuminate, 2-3 cm. long, pubescence similar to 
that of the stem: heads large, when fully expanded 3 cm. broad : 
involucral bracts involved in a dense, dark-purple wool, the hairs 
of which consist of purple and transparent cells alternately ar- 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 947 


ranged: rays 50-60, white or barely pinkish: disk flowers very 
numerous, all of them perfect. 

By separating the American forms from the Old World Æ. 
uniflorus, Dr. Greene has simplified the study of the American 
species. It seems to me that Æ. simplex is still an aggregate. As 
characterized by Dr. Greene, “Stem solitary, simple, involucre 
densely villous-hirsute," the form now proposed as a species is ex- 
cluded. Æ. melanocephalus shows a constant tendency to a caespi- 
tose habit and several stems : its dark, almost black, involucres are 
strongly in contrast to the light colored ones of Æ. simplex. The 
fact that the very numerous florets of the disk are all perfect seems 
also to be in disagreement with Æ. simplex, as it is most frequently 
described. Both species occur in the Rockies but the latter has 
the wider range and is, I believe, alpine while Æ. melanocephalus is 
mostly alpestrine, occurring in the small, grassy parks below or 
near the timber line. Undoubtedly many of the collections from 
the Rockies belong to this species. Our numbers, 1772 and 
5180 from the LaPlata Mines, Medicine Bow Mountains well il- 


lustrate it. 
Erigeron Engelmanni 


Root single, short, tapering rapidly, woody, more or less 
branched below : crown woody, from nearly simple to numerously 
but very short branched: leaves very numerous, crowded on the 
crowns, linear, on very slender petioles which about equal the 
blade, closely sub-cinereous, somewhat ciliolate on the petioles, 
from 2-6 cm. long (including the petioles): stems weak, decum- 
bent or prostrate, moderately leafy, pubescence similar to that of 
the leaves, 3-6 cm. long, monocephalous or with 2 or 3 heads: 
peduncles short, ascending, 1 or more bracted : heads rather small, 
involucre about 5 mm. high, its bracts equal, in two series, nar- 
rowly linear, acuminate, dark green with light margins, ciliolate : 
rays white, broadly linear, 40 (more or less), the ligules about 5 
mm. long, equal: achene small, obscurely pubescent. 

. In looking through the “inquirendi” sheet of Erigeron in 
Herb. Mo. Bot. Garden, I found just one specimen of this plant 
collected by Dr. Geo. E. Engelmann, June 26, 1880, at Evans- 
ton, Wyo. My no. 5389, which I cite as type, is from the same 
locality, June 19, 1898, and is a perfect duplicate of Engelmann's. 
The habitat of this species seems to be the stony slopes of the 
foothills where each plant forms a flat, spreading mat among the 
stones. Its affinities, I should think, are with / Eazoni. 


vo РЕТГЕ, 
35 1 


^u martin PS jd qo — eT. aa, =} se РЕТ NEANS Y үнтү Лү е о 
\ * 4 . 
3 


248 NEgLSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


Erigeron inamoenus 


Caespitose, the roots numerous, one or more short tap-roots 


and many fibrous ones: caudex of few to many short crowded 


branches : leaves numerous, fascicled on the crowns, linear-spatu- 
late, pubescent with short, stiffish hairs, 2-4 cm. long, including 
the slender, ciliolate petiole which is nearly twice the length of the 
blade: stems scapose, pubescent, 5-10 cm. long, the 3-5 basal 
leaves not apparent as they are concealed by the similar fascicled 
ones of the crowns, a single bract on the monocephalous pedun- 
cles: involucre broad-campanulate, about 6 mm. high, ciliolate- 
pubescent ; bracts linear, acuminate, with a dark green midrib and 
scarious margins : rays purple, 25 more or less, broadly linear to 
oblong, the ligule 7-10 mm. long, the tube short : pappus bristles 
slender, in one series, about equal : achenes pubescent. 


А beautiful species with a very characteristic root system and 
large (for the plant) handsome heads of flowers. Secured but 
once, when it was found in the greatest profusion, literally carpet- 
ing the whole rounded summits of low hills otherwise destitute of 
vegetation. The soil (?) was a red clay and pebbles as large as 
birds’ eggs, mostly pebbles. Type specimen in Herb. University 
of Wyoming, no. 4680, Kemerer, June 13, 1898. 


Erigeron Wyomingensis 


Root nearly simple, woody: caudex multicipal, the branches 
very short and crowded, covered with dead leaf-bases : stems sim- 
ple, numerous, one to several from each crown, rather closely pu- 
bescent with spreading unequal hairs, leafy below, naked-peduncu- 
late above, 7-15 cm. long: leaves crowded on the crowns, short 
hirsute all over, the margins stongly hirsute-ciliate especially on 
the petioles, linear-spatulate, on petioles exceeding the blades, 3—5 
cm. long (including petiole): stem leaves several, similar but be- 
coming smaller upward: peduncles naked or with a filiform bract, 
monocephalous : heads large, including the spreading rays 20-25 
mm. broad: involucral bracts narrow, in two rows, hirsute, long 
acuminate, with a dark green midrib, half as long as the rays: 
rays purple, 40-70, pappus of sparse, slender bristles, equaling’ 
the numerous disk corollas and a close ring of short, unequal, 
paleae-like hairs : achene pubescent, glabrate at maturity, oblong- 
spatulate, 2-3 mm. long. 

This species has much the habit and pubescence of Æ. pumilus 
Nutt. but its smaller size, simple, less leafy stems, long peduncled 


heads and purple rays at once distinguish it. 


NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING 249 


It is also to be compared to Æ. condensatus (Eaton) Greene, 
under which name some specimens were recently distributed, no. 
3088, Point of Rocks, June т, 1897. That is, however, a plant of 
a more southwestern range and seems to be a smaller plant, with 
shorter leaves, more coarsely hirsute, light colored rays and a very 
different pappus. 

E. Wyomingensis Y have seen so far from this state only. It 
occurs rather sparingly in the south-central portion of the state, on 
dry gravelly hillsides. Collected in 1898 also.. Type in Herb. 
University of Wyoming, no. 3088. | 


WYOMINGIA 


Perennials with woody, more or less branched roots and short, 
woody, caespitose, multicipital caudices whose branches are 
roughened or sheathed by the bases of the leaves of the previous 
years : stems simple, monocephalous, one or more from each crown, 
becoming naked and pedunculate above: leaves crowded on the 
crowns and on the bases of the stems: heads large, involucral 
bracts in 3—4 successively shorter rows, rigid with a thickened 
midrib: flowers Aster-like, rays broad, comparatively few, disk- 
flowers numerous : style appendages short, triangular-cuspidate : 
achenes short, densely pubescent, subterete. 


Wyomingia pulcherrima (Heller) 

Erigeron pulcherrimus Heller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 200, 
pl. 304. 

Mr. Heller's plant as the first published of the species upon 
which the genus now proposed as new is founded, may stand first. 
His species and the one collected by the writer (described below) 
are, so far as known at present, the only members of the genus. 
It may turn out, however, that with these are to be associated one 
or two others among which may be named Zrzgeron Montanensis 
Rydb. 

The generic description is drawn in particular from the follow- 
ing species, though an examination of Mr. Heller’s plant leaves 
no doubt whatever that the two are closely congeneric. To place 
these plants in the already diverse genus Evigeron would be very 
unsatisfactory as the characters show. 

The root and caudex systems are those of .Xy/orrhiza and the 
broad rays also suggest that genus. Wyomingia is further to be dis- 


ud MP С LM "t 


"PUT". (ee 


Ee ee ы eer с ДД: 
> E: ' 


NEUE NIU Y ATTINET TT ОО. TE ee ee 


250 NELSoN: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


tinguished from Ærigeron by its multiserial involucre and the 
thickened rigid bracts; by the short, strongly pubescent achenes, 
which are scarcely flattened, and by its uniserial pappus. І had 
thought to call the genus Heleria in honor of that indefatigable 


collector, A. A. Heller, but that name being preoccupied I call it 


Wyomingia in honor of my own state. 


Wyomingia cinerea 


Characters of the genus: stems erect, fascicled, somewhat 
striate with yellowish-green lines (possibly a generic distinction), 
about 2 dm. high, the upper part naked, pedunculate, usually with 
a single bract : leaves linear or some of the crown leaves spatulate, 
acute, cinereous (as are also the stems) with a short, close, ap- 
pressed pubescence : heads large, when fully open, 3 cm. or more 
across: involucre broadly hemispherical, about 1 cm. high, its 
bracts acute, cinereous with a spreading, crinkled pubescence ; rays 
30 (more or less), 5—7-nerved, white or pinkish, the tube finely 
pubescent as are also the disk florets, 3 mm. broad, 3-toothed at 
the rounded apex: pappus tawny, in a single series, about as long 
as the disk corollas, the bristles mostly abruptly flexed М their 
length below the apex: achene short, striately marked with 2—4 
greenish-yellow lines, densely pubescent : receptacle flat, alveolate. 

A handsome species and certainly rare. Collected on sterile, 
gravelly hillsides in the Platte River bluffs, near Ft. Steele, June 
18, 1898, no. 4828. Very similar and probably the same as this 
is Professor C. S. Crandall’s specimens from Grand Junction, Colo., 
distributed as Evigeron argentatus Gray. Туре in Herb. Univer- 


sity of Wyoming. 


Elliot C. Howe, 1828-1899 


Bv CHARLES Н, PECK 


Elliot C. Howe was born at Jamaica, Vermont, February 14, 
1828. Coming to New York in early life he received his academic 
education in the academies of Troy and Lansingburg. Early in 
life he gave indications of a love for natural science and turned his 
attention to the study of geology, zoólogy and botany. Music 
also received a share of his attention and pharmacy had attrac- 
tions for him. This soon led him to the broader field of physiol- 
ogy and medicine. He engaged in the study of medicine in 
New York City and while there did literary and reportorial work 
for the New York Tribune, then under the management of its cele- 
brated editor, Horace Greeley. After receiving the degree M.D. 
he returned to Troy and commenced the practice of medicine. 
Here he remained three years, giving in that time such attention 
as he could to music and botany. He was leader of the choir of 
the Fifth Avenue Methodist Church until he was induced to leave 
Troy and enter the large and flourishing Charlotteville seminary 
as teacher of music, physiology and botany. Charlotteville swamp 
was in the vicinity of the seminary and it was soon made famous 
by his discovery in it of the beautiful American Jacob's ladder, 
Polemontum Van Bruntiae Britton. This is the first known New 
York locality for this plant which then was thought to be the 
same as the European Polemonium coeruleum IL. The continua- 
tion of this school was abruptly terminated by the accidental burn- 
ing of the seminary building. Dr. Howe then accepted a position 
in the Fort Edward Institute, where he taught music, botany and 
German. Here he became acquainted with Miss Emily Z. Sloan 
who was also a teacher in the institute and who afterward became 
his wife. While here he made many friends and engaged vigor- 
ously in the study of mosses. He also began the study of my- 
cology and entered into correspondence with the late Rev. M. A. 
Curtis, of North Carolina, who at that time was the chief devotee 
and exponent of American mycology. Dr. Howe was the first 


(251 ) 


“ae wee a 


252 Peck: Error C. Howe 


New York botanist to take up this study with earnest activity. 
After seven years he left Fort Edward and renewed the practice of 
medicine at New Baltimore, N. Y., but the field here was limited 
and he soon went to Yonkers, N. Y., where he took a prominent 
position in his profession. He was secretary of the Westchester 
County Homoeopathic Society for six years and its presidert for 
two years. While here he was able to make large additions to his 
herbarium and to make many new botanical acquaintances. He 
also became a member of the Torrey Botanical Club. After 
thirteen years of great activity in Yonkers, failing health, long re- 
sisted, compelled him to relinquish the practice of medicine, and 
fourteen years ago he removed to Lansingburg. As long as his 
health and strength permitted he found enjoyment in his botanical 
excursions and in the study of the local flora. 

Seven years ago he lost the use of his limbs, and since that 
time he had been confined to the house а helpless invalid. All 
these years of affliction he found comfort in his family, a wife and 


four children, two sons and two daughters, and in his herbarium. | 


He kept up his botanical correspondence and exchanges even to 
the last month of his life. On the evening of March 2d he fell 
asleep and a varied and useful life was closed. 

He was the author of several pieces of musical composition, 
among which are “ Minnie Moore," his favorite ; “ The old Arm 
Chair," “ His pleasant Grave," “ The dying Drummer Boy” and 
« The Wanderer's Dream," a piece which was played by the 
musicians of both armies during the Civil War. He was a corre- 
spondent of the Troy Zimes and at one time the editor of the Fam- 
ily Journal. In an article in the Botanical Gazette, February, 
1881, he claimed the hybrid character of Carex Sullivantii Boott, 
which character is now generally admitted. In 1894, in connec- 
tion with Dr. Н. С. Gordinier, of Troy, he published the Flora о! 
Rensselaer county, a Record of the Phenogams and Vascular 
Cryptogams growing in the county independent of cultivation. 
In it they record 1345 species and varieties. He wrote the de- 
scriptive article on the New York species of Carex, published in 
the 48th State Museum Report. In this he describes a new spe- 
cies, Carex seorsa Howe, and two new varieties, C. lenticularis 
merens Howe and С. Emmonsii distincta Howe. This article rep- 


ee” eevee oe N Ба, рет 


Peck: Еліот C. Hower 258 


resents much patient and painstaking labor on the part of its au- 
thor, who gives very full and detailed measurements of different 
parts of the plant in each species. It shows what can be done 
by a.man of firm purpose and in love with his work, even when 
hampered by conditions that would generally be considered suffi- 
cient to incapacitate any one for all work. He was the author of 
several species of fungi, among which are Tricholoma Peckit, Hy- 
grophorus Peckianus, Puccinia curtipes, Р. Peckianus, Microsphaera 
menispermt, M. platani and M. symphoricarpi. 

He was a correspondent of Professors Gray, Wood, Lesque- 
reux, Dr. Vasey and many other prominent botanists of their day. 
He was also a correspondent of several European botanists of note. 
While at Fort Edward he directed the attention of the writer to 
the interesting features of mycology and induced him to enter this 
field of botanical investigation, which at that time was almost a 
terra incognita in this country. This was the beginning of a friend- 
ship that our botanical excursions, our correspondence, and per- 
sonal intercourse have served to make stronger and stronger. He 
was diffident to a fault, strongly sympathetic with the suffering, 
generous and honorable in his dealings with all and preéminent in 
his profession for the correctness of his diagnoses of disease. 

He has contributed many specimens to the state herbarium. 
These fine examples of flowering plants, mosses and fungi will 
continue silently, but effectively, to bear witness to his activity in 
collecting, his care and neatness in preparing, and his generosity 
in giving specimens of plants in the study of which he took so 
much pleasure. His name is fittingly commemorated by two 
fungi, Stropharia Howeana Pk. and Hypoxylon Howeanum РК. 


"d Mi Dé sri 


А new Cantharellus from Maine 


By Lucien M. UNDERWOOD 


Cantharellus multiplex 


Cespitose-multiplex from a compact base which is nearly black 
when dry ; pilei more or less flabellate, compound, 3—5 cm. wide, 
nearly as long, blackish above in drying, cinereous beneath and 
concolorous to the base of the stipe where it joins the blackish 
base ; stipe 2—4 cm. long, often deeply grooved above by the de- 
current margins of the pileus, occasionally somewhat tubular by 
their union along the outer edges ; hymenium radiately venulose- 
reticulate with irregular cross veinlets and frequent minute slit- 
like fissures and larger irregular depressions ; spores copious, 5—6 /4 
in diameter often appearing coarsely lobed when freshly moistened 
as though formed of united granules, 


On the ground in dense woods of spruce and fir, Seal Harbor, 
Mt. Desert, Maine, August, 1808. 


CANTHARELLUS MULTIPLEX sp. nov., about one-fourth natural size. 


The above description was taken from dried specimens which 
were sent me by Mrs. Elizabeth W. Woodworth, of White Plains, 
New York, who has also furnished the photograph from which the 
half-tone illustration was prepared. Mrs. Woodworth furnishes 
also the following data with reference to the plant in a fresh con- 
dition: ‘ Growing in a large irregular mass and weighing from 
опе to three pounds. * * * The color of the fresh pileus 
was dull purple or purplish lead color, the flesh was decidedly 


( 254 ) 


UNDERWOOD: A NEW CANTHARELLUS FROM MAINE 255 


purple, tender and brittle ; spores white or whitish, very abundant, 
dusting the entire plant ; height six to twelve inches ; taste mild, odor 
aromatic. The plant suggested to me curly cabbage. * * * 
every curly edge having a silvery line, perhaps from the light col- 
огей spores; * * * the leaf-like divisions are about a quarter 
of an inch in thickness, thinning out toward the edge. It breaks 
very easily when fresh. It is very rare in the Maine woods. I 
have found it for two years in the same place—two plants each 
year * * * It grew on dry bare ground (possibly from de- 
cayed wood beneath) in dense second growth woods of spruce and 
hr. 

The plant is a remarkable one and from its habit might well 
forma distinct genus since it has little in common with Cantharellus 
except its fold-like gills. It will perhaps be safer for the present 
to leave it in its present position. 


FEQ NUS Tm PEN 


- 


,P 5 H Р 
ee ee, ы! ocv 


New Plants from Colorado 


Bv GEORGE E. OsTERHOUT 


Potentilla rupincola 


Perennial from a branching caudex 2-3 dm. high, rather slen- 
der and paniculately branched, glabrous except for a few stiff, 
pointed hairs, and woolly pubescence at the base of the calyx and 
beneath it: the outer stems declined at base: numerous root 
leaves crowning the rootstock, 6-10 cm. long, slender-petioled, 
interruptedly pinnate with 5 to 7 leaflets which are narrowly cuneate, 
incised above with pointed teeth, glabrous except for a few stiff, 
pointed hairs on the midrib and margins: terminal leaflet petio- 
lulate, the two adjacent lateral leaflets somewhat decurrent on the 
rachis: stem leaves reduced in size and number upward : stipules 
lanceolate: cyme diffusely and paniculately branched: the calyx 
about 5 mm. long, the lobes woolly at base and acuminate, the 
linear bractlets but little more than half their length : petals yellow, 
very broadly obovate and retuse, about the length of the calyx 
lobes: stamens about 18-20: pistils about 6: achene glabrous 
but imbedded in the wool of the receptacle, somewhat ovate, the 
upper end turned inward : the filiform style longer than the achene, 
attached to the under side of the incurved end. 

This Potentilla belongs to the Leucophylla group as defined by 
Dr. Rydberg and is nearest to P. effusa Dougl. having much the 
same slender branching cyme and slender acuminate calyx lobes, 
but is readily distinguished from other members of the group by 
its glabrous character, and bright green crisp leaves. The speci- 
mens from which the description is drawn were collected at Dale 
Creek in Larimer Co., Colorado, July 20, 1898, where it grows 
in crevices of the high cliff on the east side of the creek and in seams 
of the outcropping rock on the west side. It was collected also in 
the сайоп of the upper Cache La Poudre in August, 1893. 

I wish to express my obligation to Dr. Rydberg's Monograph 
of the Potentilleae which makes a study of our Potentillae possible, 
and to Dr. Rydberg himself for the examination of specimens. 


Astragalus Hypoglottis bracteatus 


A slender usually branching perennial, from slender creeping 
rootstocks : stem about 2 dm. high, upright and slightly pubescent, 


( 256 ) 


OsrkERHOUT: NEW PLANTS FROM COLORADO 257 


a stout peduncle terminating the stem or branch and ending in an 
oblong head of white flowers: flowers upright, 2 cm. long, sub- 
tended by conspicuous, spatulate, green bracts: calyx pubescent 
with white hairs, 6—7 mm. long, the slender linear teeth of the 
same length: lower stipules small, sheathing the stem, the upper 
foliaceous and about 1 cm. long. The leaves and fruit are similar 
to the Astragalus Hypoglottis 1. of our Manuals and Floras. 


The variety is readily distinguished from the typical form by 
the white flowers and spatulate green bracts, even fruiting speci- 
mens being readily recognized by the latter. It is described from 
specimens collected in July, 1896, and again in 1898 along the 
Laramie river in Wyoming, about one half mile north of Colorado. 
It is referred to in Prof. Aven Nelson's First Report on the Flora 
of Wyoming under Astragalus Hypoglottis L. as “© specimens with 
ochroleucous flowers " no. 775. Prof. Nelson has also collected it 
at other stations in Wyoming. 


NEW WINDSOR, COLORADO. 


or BED xe 


Proceedings of the Club 


JANUARY 10, 1899, ANNUAL MEETING 


Vice-President Rusby presided ; 15 present. 
Nineteen new members were elected, as follows: 
Mr. Wm. E. Dodge, 11 Cliff Street. 
Mr. Walter S. Logan, 27 William Street. 
Professor Henry F. Osborn, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 
Mr. James B. Ford, 507 Fifth Avenue. 
Leon Labonde, M.D., Ph.D., 174 Lincoln Ave., Newark, N. ]. 
Dr. Ludwig H. Reuter, Merck Building. 
Very Rev. E. A. Hoffman, D.D., Chelsea Square. 
Rev. Haslett McKim, 33 West 2oth Street. 
| Mr. Samuel Sloan, 26 Exchange Place. 
! Mr. Frederick H. Comstock, 119 West 86th Street. 
Mr. John T. Willets, 303 Pearl Street. 
Mr. Samuel Thorne, 43 Cedar Street. 
Miss Margaret F. Jaggers, 18 West 58th Street. 
The above were nominated by Dr. Rusby, Chairman Com- 
mittee on membership. 
Also, Mrs. Horace See, 50 West oth Street, by the secretary, 
Ex-Chief Justice Charles P. Daly, 84 Clinton Place, by Dr. 
Britton. 
Mr. Joseph Epes Brown, 123 Remsen St, Brooklyn, New 
| York, by Dr. Rusby. 
| Mr. Joseph J. Arnaud, 409 East 78th St, by Frederick 
Ehrenberg. 

Mr. John Trumbull Marshall, 205 West 106th St., Summer 
address Metuchen, New Jersey, by Dr. Underwood. 

Professor Geo. Macloskie, Ph.D., University, Princeton, New 
Jersey, by Professor Lloyd. 

One resignation was made and accepted, that of Mr. Benjamin 
Heritage, Michleton, N. J. 

The second order of business was the presentation of annual 
| reports of the officers and of the standing committees, in the fol- 
1 lowing order : 
| ( 258 ) 


E 


Nox 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 259 


Reports of the Treasurer, Recording Secretary, Corresponding 
Secretary, Editor, Curator and Librarian. 

Reports of the Committees on Admissions, on Finance, on 
Herbarium, on Phanerogamic Local Flora, on Cryptogamic Local 
Flora, on Field Excursions, on Program and on Membership. 

The Treasurer, Mr. Delafield, reported the Buchanan fund un- 
changed, and a balance of $44.48 on hand in the general fund. 

The Recording Secretary, Professor Burgess, reported an aver- 
age attendance of 39 at the 15 meetings held during the year, 
one death, a present active membership of 193, corresponding 
membership 140, honorary membership 3, total 336. The 27 
scientific papers presented include 20 authors, among those non- 
resident being Dr. Radlkofer, of Munich, and Casimir De Candolle. 
About 30 new species have been described. Among the papers 
six related to cryptogams, two were on the nucleus, two were 
accompanied by lantern views and two by exhibitions of photo- 
graphs ; six were followed by symposia for which general discus- 
sions had been prepared. Special reports of collections and of 
botanical progress numbered 42. Two collations had marked 
the year's history, one tendered to the Club on March 8th, by the 
Teachers College, and one tendered by the Club to visiting 
botanists, especially to members of the Society of Plant Morphol- 
ogy, at Columbia University, December 29th. 

The editor, Prof. Underwood, reported the regular monthly 
issue of the BuLLETIN, including 640 pages and 29 plates, with a 
balance to the credit of the BurrETIN. Slight changes in the 
BULLETIN include the introduction of author and subject head- 
lines, the arrangement of matter to begin each new article with a 
new page, and the use of improved plates. By discontinuing book 
reviews and miscellaneous notes, more space has been gained for 
articles. The number of pages is itself fifty in excess of those of 
the preceding year. New numbers ofthe Memoirs are in prepara- 
tion. An endowment fund is greatly desired, by which secure 
provision may be made for prompt publication and superior illus- 
tration of American botanical researches. 

The report of the Field Committee, through its Chairman, Mr. 
W. A. Bastédo, enumerated thirty-six field meetings, all held in 
coóperation with the Brooklyn Institute; three of these were 


' : ` РЕР. TN 


260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 


three-day excursions in coóperation with the Philadelphia botan- 
ists, viz., Decoration Day to Point Pleasant, N. ]., the Fourth of 
July to Stroudsburg, Pa., and Labor Day to Whitings, N. J. 

In behalf of the Committee on Local Phanerogamic Flora, 
^ Dr. Britton referred to the work hitherto accomplished, as repre- 
* sented in Dr. Torrey's catalogue of 1819, and the two preliminary 
catalogues already published by this Club, by Mr. W. H. Leg- 
gett in 1875—6, and by Britton, Sterns and Poggenburg in 1888. 
Local catalogues within our range include those of Suffolk County, 
L. L, by Miller and Young, of Staten Island, by Dr. Hollick and 
others, of New Jersey by Dr. Britton, Dr. Rusby and others, of 
Long Island by Dr. Jelliffe. Special commendation should be 
given to Mr. Bicknell’s work on the Westchester county flora. 
It was suggested that the new committee continue апа combine 
the researches contributary to the ultimate publication of a com- 
prehensive Flora of the Metropolitan District, adding such details 
as possible as to ecological features and quantitative characters of 
the floral’ covering. 

In behalf of the Committee on Local Cryptogamic Flora, 
Mrs. E. G. Britton reported the continuance of work on mosses 
and other groups. A catalogue of the Mosses of the Botanical 
Garden at Bronx Park is about to be published in its annual re- 
port. 

The third order of business was the annual election of officers, 
resulting in the reélection of those of the previous year. 

The fourth order of business was the presentation of miscella- 
neous notes and brief reports of scientific progress. 

Dr. Britton read a letter which he had received that morning 
from Mr. A. A. Heller from Ponce, Porto Rico, announcing his 
arrival in health. He observed many interesting plants, as cro- 
tons, in the vicinity of Ponce. Mr. Henshaw is about to join him, 
for further collections, particularly of living material for the Botan- 
ical Garden. 

Dr. Britton also reported the formal breaking of the ground on 
January 3d for the range of Horticultural houses for the Botanica! 
Garden, which it is hoped may be ready: for installation in October. 

Dr. Rusby reported his possession of a Manuscript catalogue 
of the economic plants of Cuba and Porto Rico, giving the botanic 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 261 


names, uses, and common names, in about eight volumes of 200 
pages each. This is the work of our corresponding member Pro- 
fessor De la Maza, of the University of Havana, who, although 
but a young man, has formed a large collection of plants there, 
comparing them carefully with the Charles Wright collection of 
Cuban plants, a set of which is in the University of Havana. 

Recommendations made by the Editorial Board toward the se- 
curing of an endowment fund and an enlarged subscription list were 
approved and referred back to the editors with power. 


WEDNESDAY EVENING, JAN. 25, 1899. 


President Brown in the chair ; present, 20. 

The paper of the evening was by Dr. N. L. Britton, entitled, 
“ Report on the progress of the N. Y. Botanical Garden; with 
photographs.” 

Dr. Britton said that during 1898 the species cultivated in the 
Garden at Bronx Park have reached 2110, a gain of 700 on the 
previous year. The fruticetum, on the plain northeast of the Mu- 
seum building, was begun in October, and now includes 195 
species. Тһе arboretum has been increased to 178 species, іп- 
cluding those native to the tract. А viticetum is in preparation, 
to be planted this spring, including rock-ledges and a rustic arbor 
about 600 feet long, now nearly completed. An additional nur- 
sery space near the southern corner of the tract was prepared 
last spring, and planted partly with Siberian cuttings. Border 
‘screens are now planted around the entire tract except to the south. 
A complete record of all plants grown is kept by means of a card 
catalogue. From every plant which flowers on the grounds an 
herbarium specimen is made ; and these are classified in a special 
herbarium, useful already in satisfying inquiries. The use of the 
greenhouse on the Columbia University grounds at Morningside 
Heights was granted in 1896 and is still very important to the 
Garden. This is the old greenhouse built 1857 by Mr. S. Hen- 
shaw for the Bloomingdale Asylum, and is one of the oldest green- 
houses still standing in the United States. 

Progress on the Museum building has been active, and it is 
thought it will be ready to occupy by midsummer. The Power 
House is nearly ready to put into operation. A subway from this 


Бык 7 ср o ЛА. 
ЖӨ” 


TC UC eee cos 1 TNAM CRECEN. SS 


262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 


to the Museum is under construction. А stable, toolhouse, etc., 
have been built. The range of Horticultural Houses is planned 
to contain thirteen rooms; the contract for seven of these has 
been signed and ground was formally broken for them on Jan- 
uary 3, 1899. Important work has been done toward improving 
the drainage of the Herbaceous Grounds, and considerable grad- 
ing and the terraces about the Muscum have been begun. The 
Lorillard Mansion is now used as a police station house, occupied 
by more than sixty-five officers, making a new and wholesome 
water supply necessary. 

The Museum is planned to provide in the basement a lecture- 
room seating 900 ; on the first floor a collection of plant-products, 
with models and photographs: on the second, a scientific collec- 
tion including a mounted collection of the local flora on swinging 
panels ; followed by herbarium and laboratories on the top floor. 

The herbarium already includes 30,000 specimens besides the 
Ellis collection. Through the liberality of Mr. Cornelius Van- 
derbilt, Mr. and Mrs. A. A. Heller are now making collections in 
Porto Rico. Messrs. P. A. Rydberg and Ernest Bessey made col- 
lections in 1897 in Montana, through the liberality of Mr. W. E. 
Dodge. The results will soon appear as a Flora of Montana, forming 
the first volume of the Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. 

In discussion following it was stated that the deciduous trees 
planted are mainly on the east side of the Bronx River, about 5 of 
each species, allowing for survival of 2, 3 or 4, besides increased 
numbers of very rare trees and numerous trees planted for orna- 
ment. The stages of the bog-gardens will supply opportunity for 


comparative study of sub-aquatics by planting different examples of 


a species in varying conditions of moisture. The Bronx River has 
recently been occupying three different shallow channels, which 
would overflow when slightly obstructed. As a result, in April, 
1898, there was four inches of water standing in certain low 
grounds of the north meadow for parts of two days. Since then 
the main channel has been deepened 18 inches, and the others 
closed by a stone dam. This may prevent a recurrence. In its 
75 to 9o feet head of water-pressure, the Bronx Park Botanical 
Garden is very fortunate ; that at Kew has to pump its water to a 
water-tower. 
Adjournment followed. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 263. 


Turspav EvENiNG, FEBRUARY 26, 1899 


Dr. Rusby in the chair. 30 present. 

Prof. F. E. Lloyd, secretary pro tem. 

Prof. L. M. Underwood presented a paper on “ Species con- 
fused under Aspidium juglandifolium,” discussing the characters 
and geographical distribution of the forms regarded by him as dis- 
tinct species, eight in all, constituting the whole number attributed 
to the genus Phanerophlebia. Не remarked in concluding that it 
would be unsafe to describe new species without consulting the 
valuable collections of ferns in Europe, and especially at Kew. 
The paper appears in this number of the BULLETIN. 

Miss Alice Lounsberry then exhibited the valuable collections 
of flower paintings by Mrs. Ellis Rowan, which constitute the 
originals of the colored plates in Miss Lounsberry's forthcoming 
work, “ How to know the wild flowers." Selections which showed 
the character of the book were read, including the Introduction, 
written by Dr. Britton, and the Preface, which pointed out the fact 
that the distribution of plants according to soil was made the key- 
note of the work. 

Dr. Britton said that the book was interesting to him on two 
accounts, from the ecological basis of classification and the remark- 
able reproduction in color. 

In the absence of Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith, of Brooklyn, Mrs. 
E. G. Britton read for her the manuscript of a paper, entitled 
“The flora of the Adirondack Mountain Club area." 

Dr. Britton submitted a report of the Committee on “ Mate- 
rial for Nature Study in the Public Schools of New York City.” 
The report was adopted without discussion, and is as follows : 
“ To The Torrey Botanical Club : | 

“Your Committee, appointed to draft a statement relative to 
material for Nature Study in the Public Schools of New York 
City, for transmittal to the President of the Board of Education 
after approval by the Club, would respectfully report the following 
preamble and resolutions : 


‘“ WHEREAS: The observation and study of natural objects is the 
primary source of all knowledge, tends to broaden the mind, to 
quicken the perception, to develop habits of serious thought, to 
give pleasure and to excite interest, 


"eee TOIT ERE ee, eee ee зд Nee mST CREE үк a ee ae eee ы ГҮР 
А т : 2 a ү $ d - - * , 


264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 


* Resolved: That it is the opinion of this society that if the 
Public Schools of this City can be regularly supplied with speci- 
mens of living plants and animals, and with cabinets of minerals, 
rocks, shells and other natural objects judiciously selected, and . 
the children be properly taught to observe and study them, a 
most important educational feature will be added to the present 
courses of instruction, 

* Resolved: That the Honorable President of the Board of Edu- 
cation be and is hereby earnestly requested to take this sugges- 
tion into consideration for such action as he may deem desirable. 

“ Respectfully submitted, 


“ N. L. Britton, 
* MaRIE L. SANIAL, 
Р “Н. Н. RUSY, ! 
* Committee." 


Dr. Rusby read a letter from Miss Luella Agnes Owen, 306 
North oth Street, St. Joseph, Mo., expressing her interest in the 
Club, and enclosing a check for $10.00 to be added to its funds. 

On motion of Dr. Britton, the sum ($10.00) was made a nu- 
cleus of a publication fund. 

Dr. Britton stated that 3 boxes of plants had arrived from Mr. 
H. H. Smith, from the Santa Marta region, New Granada. 

Twelve new members were elected, on the nomination of Dr. 
H. H. Rusby as Chairman of Membership Committee, viz.: 

Paton, Wm. Agnew, room 32, 7 Nassau Street. 

Pryor, Charles, New Rochelle, N. Y. 

Sackett, Henry W., Tribune Building. 

Blodgett, Mrs. Wm. T., 24 West 12th Street. 

Fellowes, Frank Wayland, New Haven, Ct. 

.Marc, Theophilus H., 359 Produce Exchange. 

Emerson, Miss Julia T., 81 Madison Ave. 

Watson, Rev. J. Henry, 355 West 2oth Street. 

Chamberlain, Rev. L. T., 222 West 23d Street. 

Hinton, M. H., M.D., 41 West 32d Street. 

Sturgis, Miss F. K., 3 West 36th Street. 

Volney, C. W., 173 West 81st Street. 


TurspaAv Eventnc, MARCH 14, 1899 


President Brown in the chair; 27 were present. 
Five resignations were read and accepted. 


' 
ке чү 
Re 

a 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 265 


The Secretary laid before the Society the announcement of the 
annual grant for the encouragement of research given from the 
Newberry fund, and open this year to work in botany or in 
zoology. | 

The paper of the evening by Mrs. Caroline A. Creevy, on 
“ Plant Juices and their Commercial Values," described the secre- 
tions, oils, gums, resins and other products of plants, with exhibi- 
tion of numerous specimens. Juices of value are most largely de- 
veloped in the tropics. The history and present condition of the 
India-rubber industry was discussed, and that of gutta percha. 

Dr. Underwood exhibited a series of photographs of the 
Fleshy Fungi by Mr. J. A. Anderson, of Lambertville, N. J., 
colored from the living specimens by his daughter, Miss H. C. 
Anderson. They illustrate а new process for preserving illustra- 
tions of fleshy fungi. 

Dr. Britton reported a brief communication from Mr. A. A. 
Heller, sent from Porto Rico, February 18th, reporting collec- 
tions made about Ponce, Ibonito, Coamo, etc., now reaching 564 
numbers after six weeks’ work. On the north side of the island 
many species occur on the shore which are montane species when 
growing on the south side. 

Dr. Britton also read from a letter of February 26th, just re- 
ceived from Mr. S. Henshaw, from San Juan, describing the sugar 
plantations, now in the midst of cutting and boiling. He finds the 
flora not so varied as in Trinidad; the woods are few ; in 100 
miles he did not see a single large tree. — 

Epwarp S. BurGEss, 
Secretary. 


Ma a c uh cades 


Index of Recent Literature Relating to American Botany 


Bastedo, W. A. The Botany of Sassafras. Pharm. Era: 741-743. 


1 D. 1898. | 

Bourquelot, E. & Herissey, Н. Sur la présence d'un ferment 
soluble protéo-hydrolytique dans les Champignons. Bull. Soc. 
Mycol. de France, 15: 60-67. 31 Ja. 1899. 

Britton, E. G. A new Tertiary Fossil Moss. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 
26: 79-81. 18 F. 1899. 


Britten, J. Notes on Saxifraga. Jour. Bot. 37: 66-70. Е. 1899. 
Burgerstein, A. Beiträge zur Xylotomie der Pruneen. Verhandl. 


К. К. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 49: 28-32. 27 F. 1899. 


Cheney, L. S. Notes on the Flora of Wisconsin. Pharm. Archives, 
2: 41-49. Mr. 1899. 


Clute, УУ. М. The Making of an Herbarium. First paper—Col- 


lecting. Plant World, 2: 92-95. f. 7-2. Mr. 1899. 


‘Cowan, К. Н. Rhododendron maximum in Somerset County, Maine. 


Rhodora, 1: 55. Mr. 1899. 

Coville, Е. V. Bemerkungen zu Aufsatze von Е. Buchenau über 
einige Nomenclaturfragen. Engler Bot. Jahrb. 26: Beibl. no. бт. 
1-2. 24 Ja. 1899. 

‘Collins, J. Е. Rhode Island Plant-Notes. І. Wastes. Rhodora, І: 
46-48. Mr. 1899. 

Cogniaux, A. Une Orchidée nouvelle du Brésil. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 


7: 120. тб К. 1899. 
Bulbophyllum cryptanthum Cogn sp. nov. 


Deane, W. The Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club. 
Rhodora, І: 56, 57. Mr. 1899. 

Duggar, B. M. Peach Leaf-curl and Notes on the Shot-hole effects 
of Peaches and Plums. Bull. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. 164: 
369-388. f. 64-72. Е. 1899. 

Duggar, B. M. On the Development of the Pollen Grain and the 
Embryo-sac in Bignonia venusta. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 89- 
105. pl. 352—354. 18 Mr. 1899. 

Duggar, B. M. Тһе shot-hole Effect on the Foliage of the genus 
Prunus. Proc. Soc. Promotion Agric. Sci. 19 :—( 1-7). 1899. 


( 966 ) 


INpex TO RECENT LITERATURE 267 


Duggar, B. M. Three important Diseases of the Sugar Beet. Bull. 
Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. 163: 337-363. f. 49-63. Е. 1899. 


Earle, F. S. Cotton Rust. Bull. Ala. Exper. Sta. 99: 281—309. 
D. 1898. 

Finet, A. Notes sur les Orchidées. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 7: 121-123. 
34 3. 16 Е. 1899. | 


Hormidium pseudo-hygmaeum sp. nov., and notes from Costa Кіса on а cleistogamous 
form of Epidendrum bicornutum Hooker. 


Evans, A. W. List of Hepaticae collected along the International 
Boundary by J. M. Holzinger, 1897. Minn. Bot. Studies, 2: 193. 

22 Е. 1899. 

Farlow, W. G. Poisoning by Agaricus illudens. Rhodora, 1: 43- 
45. Mr. 1899. 

Fernald, M. L. Two plants of the Crowfoot Family. Rhodora, І: 
48—52. AM. 3. Mr. 1899. 
Anemone riparia sp. nov. and Ranunculus abortivus eucyclus var. nov. 

Freeman, E. M. Observations on Constantinea. Minn. Bot. 
Studies, 2: 175-190. 2/. 77, 16. 22 Е. 189g. 


Fink, B. Contribution to the Life-history of Rumex. Minn. Bot. 
Studies, 2: 137-153. 2/ 9-12. 22 Е. 1899. 


Graebner, P. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Sud- und Centralameri- 
kanischen Valerianaceae. Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 26: 423-436. 31i 


Ja. 1899. 


New species are described in Valeriana. 

Grout, А. J. An annotated List of rare or otherwise interesting 
Mosses occurring in or near Plymouth, New Hampshire. Rhodora, 
I: 53-55. Mr. 1899. 

Grout, A. J. Supplement to the List of the Mosses growing in the 
State of Vermont. 41-44. Ja. 1899. 


Greene, E. L. Early specific types in Chamaecrista. Pittonia, 4: 
25-32. 17 Mr. 1899. 
Greene, E. L. New Species of Sisyrinchium. Pittonia, 4: 32-34 
17 Mr. 1899. | 
S. Langlotsii, S. xerophyllum, S. littorale, S. montanum and S. halophilum, new 
species. 
Greene, E. L. New or Noteworthy Species. —XXIV.  Pittonia, 4: 
35-40. 17 Mr. 1899. 
New species in Ribes, Arnica, Agoseris, Lactuca, Campanula, Pyrola, Phacelia, 
and Antennaria. 


TOP MED SOR а= 


MAR ЫЕЕЕ ee. OR TTE 


268 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Greene, E. L. New Species of Caste//eía.  Pittonia, 4: 1, 2. 5 Ja. 
1899. 
C. confusa, C. remota, С. subinclusa and C. Haydeni sp. nov. the latter raised from 
C. pallida var. Haydeni Gray. 
Greene, E. L. А Fascicle of new Violets. Pittonia, 4: 3-9. 5 


Ja. 1899. 

V. falcata, V. conjugens, V. subsinuata, V. Mistassinica, V. Watsoni, V. retusa 
and F. cyclophylla, sp. nov. V. alsophila substituted for V. amoena Le C., V. semper- 
virens for V. sarmentosa Dougl., V. Жа/пезуий for V. bicolor Pursh, апа V. vici- 
nalis for V. insignis Pollard. 

Gueguen, F. Recherches sur les organismes myceliens des solutions 
pharmaceutiques. Bull. Soc. Mycol. de France, 15: 15-36. 2/. Т. 
31 Ja. 1899. 

Cytological and antiseptic studies of Penzcilium. 

Griffiths, D. Some Northwestern Erysiphaceae. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 26: 138-144. 18 Mr. 1899. 


Howe, С. О. A preliminary List of the Hepaticae of Vermont. 
Contrib. Bot. Vt. 3: 1-10. Ja. 1899. 


Hansen, G. The Lilies of the Sierra Nevada. Erythea, 7: 21-23. 
1 Mr. 1899. 


Hansen, G. Calochorti in the Sierra Nevada. Erythea, 7: 13-15. 
6 F. 1899. 


Huber, J. Dipterosiphon spelaercola nov. gen. et spec. eine hóhlen- 
bewohnende Burmanniacee aus brasilianisch Guyana. Buil. Herb. 
Boiss. 7: 124-128. pl. у. 16 Е. 1899. 


Halsted, B. D. Mycological Notes .IV Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 
26: 12-20. 16 Ја. 1899. [Illust.] ; V—26: 72-78. 18 Е. 1899. 


Hope, C. W. Note on Asplenium Glenniet Baker in Synopsis Fili- 
cum, 2d ed. p. 488. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 58-62. 18 F. 
1899. 

Hooker, J. D. Gynopleura humilis. Curt. Bot. Mag. 55: A. 7645. 
Mr. 1899. 

Native of Chili. 

Hooker, J. D. Passiflora prunosa. Curt. Bot. Mag. 55: pl 7643. 
Mr. 1899. 

Native of British Guiana. 

Ноокег, J.D. Zpilodium obcordatum. Curt. Bot. Mag. 55: pl. 7641. 
F. 1899. 


Native of California. 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 269 


Hooker, J. D. Ceanothus integerrimus. Curt. Bot. Mag. 55: f. 
7640. Е. 1899. 
Native of California. 

Harper, R. M. Additions to the Flora of Worcester County, Massa- 
chusetts I. Rhodora, 1: 42, 43. Mr. 1899. 


Harshberger, J. W. The Names of the Big Tree of California. 
Forest Leaves, 7: 25, 26. Ap. 1899. 


Halsted, B. D. Report of the Botanical Department of the New 
Jersey Agricultural College Experiment Station for the year 1898. 
Rep. N. J. Agric. Exper. Sta. 289-370. 1899. 


Halsted, B. D. The poisonous Plants of New Jersey. Bull. N. J. 
Agric. Exper. Sta. 135: 1-28. f. z-ro. 8 Е. 1899. 


Hitchcock, A. S. Studies on Subterranean Organs. I. Compositae 
of the Vicinity of Manhattan, Kansas. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 
D. ges Nr. 35 FF. 1899. 

Hoffman, В. L/ifactis Helleborine at Stockbridge, Massachusetts. 
Rhodora, 1: 52, 53. Mr. 1899. 

Holm, T. Studies in the Cyperaceae. VIII. On the Anatomy of 
some North American Species of Sc/ería; IX. The Genus Lifo- 
carpha R. Br. Am. Jour. Sci. 7: 5-12. f. 1—6. Ja. 1899 ; 171-183. 
f. 1-9. Mr. 1899. 

Hough, W. Tuna and its Uses. Plant World, 2: 98-100. Mr. 
1899. 

Hunnewell, J. M. Chrysanthemum segetum L. at Marion, Massa- 
chusetts. Rhodora, 1: 57. Mr. 1899. 

jackson, B. D. А Review of the Latin Terms in Botany to denote 
Color. Jour. Bot. 37: 97-106. Mr. 1899. 

Klebahn, Н. Ein Beitrag zur Getreiderostfrage. Zeitschr. für 
Pflanzenkr. 8: 321-342. //. 6. 4 Е. 1899. 

Kozlowski, W. M. The primary Synthesis of Proteids in Plants. 
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 35-57. 18 Е. 1899. 

Knowlton, F. H. Fossil Wood and how it is studied. Plant 
World, 2: 95-98. A. 6. Мг. 1899. 

Lloyd, C. б. Mycological Notes. 9-16. Е. 1899. 

Notes on Volvaria with V. umbonata, sp. nov , Calvatia aurea and the genus Pluteus. 

MacDougal, D. T. Seed Dissemination and Distribution of /tas- 
oumofskya robusta (Engelm.) Kuntze, Minn. Bot. Studies, 2: 169— 
173. pl. 15-16. 22 Е. 1899. 


270 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Masters, M. T. The Bermuda Juniper and its Allies. Jour. Bot. 
37: I-11. Ja. 1899. 

Mohr, C. Notes on some new and little known Plants of the Ala- 
bama Flora. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 118-121. 18 Mr. 1899. 
Prunus Alabamensis, Physalis monticola and Solidago pallescens, sp. nov. 

Moyer, L. R. Extension of Plant Ranges in the upper Minnesota 
Valley. Minn. Bot. Studies, 2: 191-192. 22 К. 1899. 


Ness, Н. A new Species of Zacinarta. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 
21—22. pl. 351. 16 Ja. 1899. 
Lacinaria cymosa Ness. 

Niedenzu, Е. De genere Malpighia. (Dissertation.)  4to. 1-22. 
Brunsbergae 1899. 


M. nummulariafolia sp. nov. from Cuba. 


Olsen, M. E. Observations on Gigartina. Minn. Bot. Studies, 2: 154- 
168. M. 173, 14. 22 Е. 1899. 


Pammel, L. Н. ‘The Histology of the Caryopsis and Endosperm of 
some Grasses. ‘Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 8: 199-220. pl. 77-79. 
29 D. 1898. 


Peck, C. Н. New Species of Fungi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 63- 

71. 18 Е. 1899. 

New species in Lefiota, Tricholoma, Hygrophorus, Volvaria, Clitopilus, Leptonia, 
Flammula, Galera, Crepidotus, Agaricus, Psathyra, Coprinus, Polyporus, Craterellus, 
Fistulina, Helvella, and Microg/lossum. 

Ramaley, F. Seedlings of certain woody Plants. Minn. Bot. Studies, 

2: 69-86. pl. 1-4. 22 Е. 1899. 

Ramaley, F. Comparative Anatomy of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl in 

woody Plants. Minn. Bot. Studies, 2: 87-136. pl. 5-8. f. 1-23. 

22 F. 1899. 


Rashleigh, J. Pinus Montezumae. Gardn. Chron. 25: 146. f. 53. 
11 Mr. 1899. 

Rendle, A. B. Steudel's ‘Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum.' 
Jour. Bot. 37: 33, 34. Ja. 1899. 

Rothrock, J. T. Big White Oaks. Forest Leaves, 7: 24. f/. Ap. 
1899. 

Rothrock, J. T. А Pennsylvania .Segwo/a. Forest Leaves, 7: 24. 
pl. Ap. 1899. 

von Rother. Ueber die Nomenclature der Phyllocacteen. Monats- 
schr. für Kakteenkunde, 9: 25. 15 F. 1899. 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 271 


Rydberg, P. A. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae. 
Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2: 1-221. fV. r—-rr2. 25 М. 
1898. 

Three new genera are proposed: .SzeZariopsis ( Potentilla $ Stellariopsis, Baillon), 
founded on /vesta santalinoides Gray, Comarella founded on Horkelia ? multifoliata 
Torr. and Potentilla sabulosa Jones ; and Sibbaldiopsis, founded on Potentilla tridentata 
Soland. Many new species, varieties, and names in Potentilla, Horkelia, Argentina, 
Fragaria, Dasiphora and Drymocallis. 

Saunders, DeA. Four siphoneous Algae of the Pacific Coast. Bull. 
Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 1-4. l. 350. 16 Ја. 1899. 


Schmidle, W.  Algologische Notizen. All. Bot. Zeitsch. 5: 2. Ja. 
1899. 
Description of a new genus and species, Phy/loplax candelabrum from Ecuador. 

Scribner, F. L. & Williams, T. A. New Species of North Amer- 
ican Grasses. Circ. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Div. Agrost.) 9: 1-7. 
24 F. 1899. 
New species in Pua, Eragrostis and Elymus. 

Schumann, К. Die Frucht von Cereus hamatus Scheidw. Monats- 
schr. für Kakteenkunde, 9: 22-25. 2/7 15 Е. 1899. 


Schumann, К. Echinocereus inermis Fr. Ad. Ное. oder Echinocereus 
Knippelianus Liebn. Monatsschr. für Kakteenkunde, 0: 25-27. 15 
F. 1899. 

Setchell, W. A. Directions for collecting and preserving Marine 
Algae. Erythea, 7: 24-34. І Mr. 1899. 

Smith, E. F. The Second Annual Meeting of the Society for Plant 
Morphology and Physiology. Ат. Nat. 33: 199-217. Mr. 1899. 


Stone, G. E., & Smith, R. E. Nematode Worms. Bull. Mass. 
Exper. Sta. 55: 1-68, 2/ 1-12. N. 1898. 
Prepared by botanists and contains much that is botanical. 

Sturgis, W. C. Report of Mycologist. Rept. Conn. Exper. Sta. 
21: 159-222. 1898. 
Gives literature of fungous diseases. 

Toy, C. Н. Etymology of Anemone. Rhodora, І: 41, 42. Mr. 
1899. 

True, R. Н. The physiological Action of certain plasmolyzing 
Agents. Bot. Gaz. 26: 407-416. D. 1898. 

Vail, A. M. Studies in the Leguminosae.—III. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 26: 106-117. 18 Mr. 1899. 


Notes on the genus Dolicholus ( Rhynchosia) in the United States, with new names, 
species, and varieties, and note on Parosela Lumholtzii (Rob. & Fern. ). 


UT CU сае 
PETTA 


i 
A 
E 
{к 
b^. 
7. 
р 
"m 
B 
у 
A 
» 


212 InpEx To Recent LITERATURE 


Van Tieghem, P. Avicenniacées et Symphoremacées. Place de 
ces deux nouvelles Familles dans la classification. Jour. de Bot. 12: 
345-352. 16 №. 1898; 353-365. Ір. 1898. 

Waugh, F. A. ‘The early botanical Views of Prunus domestica. 
Bot. Gaz. 26: 417-427. D. 1898. 

Webster, Н. Notes on Calostoma. Rhodora, 1: 30-33. Е. 1899. 

Webster, Н. Notes on some fleshy Fungi found near Boston. Rho- 
dora, 1: 13-18. Ja. 1899. 

Webster, Н. Fungus Notes. Rhodora, 1: 57-58. Mr. 1899. 

Wiegand, К. M. Some new Species from Washington. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 26: 135-137. 2/. 355. 18 Mr. 1899. 


Allium crenulatum, Lathyrus Torreyi tenellus, Hydrophyllum congestum, and Senecio _ 
еі. 


Williams, Е. Е. The New England Botanical Club. Rhodora, 1: 
37-39. F. 1899. | 

Zeiler, К. Revue des Travaux de Paleontologie végétale, publies 
dans le cours des années, 1893-1896. Rev. Gen. de Bot. 9: 324- 
336. 1897; 360-384. 1897; 399-416. M. 20-27. 1897; 449-462. 
1897 ; 26—32. 15 Ja. 1898 ; 69-80. 15 Е. 1898. 


[This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Com- 
pany in card catalogue form.] 


Burr. Torr. Вот. CLUB. PL. 359. 


? 696506 


@®® 


96 


L 


$®®® 


TOU 


ФФ Фо oo 


999995 owt 


г 
*? ят * 
TE oe SHES $9999 — ——— 7 


PHANEROPHLEBIA. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO.. BOSTON 


Burr. Torr. Вот. CLUB. Pr. 360. 


PHANEROPHLEBIA. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


t. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 


Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895—1898. 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51—75. 1894-1895.: Price $5.00. 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-(current). 


3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895—1896. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, N. Y. City. A list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Many 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 


4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896,—andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner's Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. By 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York. Price $1.00. 


6. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations, Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes. 


AN 


ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the 102d Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 


- Prof, N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 


With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and FicuRED. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the SyNonymy, the REVISED NOMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLossary, and a 
copious zg/sh Index, including the PopuLAR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For all 
students and lovers of plants. 


Vol. I., Royal 8vo, pp. xii+612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. IL, pp. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi+588; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 


CHAS. SCRIBNER'S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering 1o copies or more, 15 per cent. discount. 


| 


ПЕ —— — a Ene желе a 
The undersigned is preparing a new edition of his | 


BOTANIST'S DIRECTORY 


(Botaniker-Adressbuch—Almanach des Botanistes) 


| and politely requests communicationof addresses of Botanists, as well as alterations 
|| in addresses. | 
| Short communications are requested to be sent on pictorial post-cards. | 
| The new catalogue of the Vienna Botanical Exchange Office, comprising | 
|| 5000 Species of Herbarium Plants, will be forwarded franco on receipt of two 
| pictorial post-cards with address. | 


| J. DORFLER, | 
|| III. Barichgasse 36, Wien (Vienna, Austria). | 


Labrador and 
Newfoundland Plants. 


Including Mosses, LICHENS, FUNGI, and ALGAE supplied by the 


Rev. Arthur ©, Waghorne, 
Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 
For $10 and $8 per Hundred. 


HERBARIUM FOR SALE. 


A collection containing about 10,000 species, 1,200 of which are foreign plants. Ferns, 
Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens, and Fungi are represented by 2,000 or more species, the 
remainder are North American phaenogamous plants. Messrs, Pringle, Curtiss, Lem- 
mon, Parry, Jones, Reverchon, Ellis, Underwood, Calkins and other well known col- 
lectors of North American plants have supplied most of the specimens; a fine collec- 
tion and one worthy the attention of colleges or individuals desiring a collection of the 
kind ; in addition to these is a large quantity of duplicates collected in Delaware and 
adjoining territory by the undersigned which contains а great many good specimens of 
Phaenogamous plants, Ferns, Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens and Fungi. 


ADDRESS: A, COMMONS, 
Wilmington, Delaware (ror S. Dupont St.). 


JUST ISSUED. 


MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 zet. 


A companion volume to Dr. John К. Small’s “ Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus /olyycnum,” published in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price. Address 


Professor L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


TROU EVE NW TIERRA 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


Fon CLASS STUDS- 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 
* Laboratory Note Book" of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 
Everything Useful to Botanists. 


— — - -ont 


MORE THAN FIFTY OF 


AMERICA’S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


LHE PLANT VYORLO 


Tt contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 


Volume II. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. 


SUBSCRIPTIONS, $1.00 PER ANNUM. 
ADDRESS = : —— 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO0., Publishers, Binghamton, N. Y. 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia University. 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 zed. 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


еш Vork Botanical Garden 


MEMOIRS 


The first volume of Memoirs of the New York 
Botanical Garden will be issued during 1899. lt will 
contain *An annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana 
and the Yellowstone National Park," written by Dr. Per 
Axel Rydberg. 

The Memoirs will be published in large octavo size, as 
matter for them becomes available. Volume I. will consist 
of about 400 pages, and will contain descriptions of a large 
number of new species of plants and critical notes on many 
others. | 

Subscriptions to this first volume are now invited. 
The price will be two dollars per copy. 


N. L. BRITTON, 


DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF. 


A 'Text-Book of General Lichenology 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. 8S., M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N.Y. 


ESTABLISHED 185 i. 


EIMER & AMEND. 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 207, 209 & an Third Ave,, 


Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. 


SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES 
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 


E March’s Saline Chemical Ston’ 
Ware. ; jis 


Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 
Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor С. Scheibler’s Saccharome. 
ters (Polariscopes). 


Prof, Jolly’s Specific Gravity Ba 
ances, etc. ; 


Le Brun Е. Desmontes & Co.. a 
Paris, Platinum. 
Н. Tronesdorff’s C, P. Chemicals. 
SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- 
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem 
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’ 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals foi 
Sugar Chemists. 


LABORATORY OUTI ITS 


FOR 
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES anD COLLEGES 
Ctass-BLowinc, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING 


жел ы ini d Aer a a 


DE Ta eoa ee ter ЕР io Cc aH o e cae, 
x1 a guy d NE elem PAR A D { TS 
аА: ПИТЕР d à J 
\ 1795/5 M жул Рк А й 7: 


КЕ RIS: 
MW “ДҮ 


Pe “ba. ARTIN ЧУ 


enn T Diu ee eee T ub ME | ee 


bá, Th duas: ro a deco de NAE bah тул T терү? ENT РСЧА РУСИЕ РИ Га TP 2 
E - AE ei У DUET КУУ Жазз [ Т УРЕК УУ er 


еер 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. 


(r) BULLETIN. 

1 monthly journal devoted to general botany. Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 
tained 650 pages of text and 29 fullpage plates. Price $2.00 per annum. For 
Europe 10 shillings. Dulau & Со,, 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England. 

As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 
pléte their files should apply at once, Yearly volumes 1-5 (1870-1874), and vols 
7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of One Dollar each, except vols. 
7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. 

Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at the subscription 
price of Five Dollars, 

Vols. 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols. 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged. 
single copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS. 


The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is fixed for each. Those 
omitted from this list cannot be had separately. : 

Volume 1, No. 2.—А List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed оп the Coasts 
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. Н. Н. Rusby in 
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, . 
75 cents, 

: No, 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. 

Volume 9, No. r.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. 

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. 

Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- 
ritory. By John К. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. 
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. ; 

Vol 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien М. 
Underwood. Price, 75 cents. 

No 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John К. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. 

No.. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang— 1l. 
By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit, 
Price, 50 cents. t l 

No. 5.—Monograph of Physalis and related Genera. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 
75 cents. 

a Vol. 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 
in Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. А.А, S 
Price, $3.00. 

Vol. 6. No, r.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang—III. By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia. 
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyt reported as 
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00. 


Address: L, M. UNDERWOOD, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY.. 


VoL. 26 JUNE, 1899 | No. 6 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL 


EDITOR 


LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD 


"ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS 
BYRON DAVID HALSTED 
ARTHUR HOLLICK 


MARSHALL AVERY HOWE. 


FRANCIS ERNEST. LLOYD 
ANNA MURRAY VAIL 


CONTENTS 


Observations on Nereocystis (PLATES 361, 
362): Conway MacMillan... . 273 

Studies in Sisyrinchium—Il: Four new 
Species from Michigan: Eugene P. Bick- 


POS PC EES УЫ RSS ED ieee er ria aria Qe 297 
Notes on Covi/ea and Fagonia; Anna 

P CL il а", КОДО 
Notes on Plants of the Chicago District: Æ 

УТКАН Дә mou. Rig SOS 
New and interesting Plants from Western 


North America—V: A. A. Heller . 312 


Two new Polypodia from New Zealand: 


Benjamin D. Gilbert. oo. К. 316 
Acrostichum lomarioides Jenman: George 
Е Davenport. . . . .. ; 


Contributions to a Knowledge of the Myxo- | 
gasters of Maine—III: F. L. Harvey . 320 
A Bryological Memorial Meeting at Columbus, 


Olio: Ле Soie ERU Paris V ALTER CVM 325 
Proceedings of the Club. ..,....... 327 
INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING 

TO AMERICAN BOTANY ..... «+e + 332 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


THE New Era PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER, PA. 


CLUB 


318 


es M DCN ve ere 


мы аы 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 


President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN. 


Vice Presidents, 
Т. Е. ALLEN, M. D. . HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 


Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
Ркоғ. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr.. JOHN K. SMALL, 
Normal College, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 
Editor, Treasurer, 
L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D,, MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, JR. 
Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 
Associate Editors, 


ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 


ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D, Prot. FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 
Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., 


Committee on Finance. 
WM. E. DODGE. 
Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D, 
319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 415% Street, New York City. 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. 
Committee on Library and Herbarium. 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L. SANIAL, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ALICE M. ISAACS. 
Committees on the Local Flora, 


Pror. N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., 
CRYPTOGAMIA, 


J. I. KANE, 


PHANEROGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D. 


H. H. RUSBY, M. D., - MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D, 
Rey. GEO. D. HULST, Mrs. ELIZABETH G, BRITTON. 


Committee on Excursions. 
Dr, L. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 
GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, 
г MARIE L, SANIAL, W. A. BASTEDO. 
Committee on Program, 


Dr. H. H. RUSBY, Dr. С. С. CURTIS, 
Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 


The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, éxcept 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, P. M. Botanists are cordially invited 
to attend, 

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
payable to Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St., New York City. 


Vor. 29 , No. 6 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


JUNE 1899 


Observations оп Nereocystis 
By Conway MACMILLAN 
(WITH PLATES 361, 362) 


Introductory and Historical. —The bladder-kelp of the northern 
Pacific coast, first described by Mertens in 1829 under the name 
of Fucus Liitkeanus and afterwards made the type of the genus 
Nereocystis by Postels and Ruprecht, has never received the study 
that its great size and abundance would have led one to expect. А 
brief and incomplete account of its anatomy is given by Postels 
and Ruprecht in their ///wstratioues Algarum, in which Plate 
XXXIX., Figs. 24-30 are of the histology of the mature stipe, 
pneumatocyst and lamina. The most extended anatomical study 
is that by Oliver in his paper оп the Obliteration of the steve-tubes 
in Laminariaceae, published eleven years ago in the Annals of 
Botany, while some isolated references may be found scattered 
through the literature of the Laminariaceae and that of West 
American algae. 

I have had the unusual opportunity of examining some hun- 
dreds of specimens of Nereocystis Lüt&eana collected at Puget 
Sound during 1897 and 1898 by Miss Josephine E. Tilden. The 


. series includes undoubted specimens from one-half of a millimeter 


in length to eighty feet and serves to illustrate many points of the 

anatomy and development which have not hitherto been described. 

Still younger forms carrying the series back close to the germinat- 

ing spore are probably in the collection but I am not yet prepared 
[Issued June 17] (273 ) 


274 MacMirrAx: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


to speak with absolute certainty of any plant under one-half milli- 
meter in length. The reason for this is that the youngest plants, 
collected in two feet of water off San Juan Island at то A. M., 
June 5, 1898, during the lowest low tide of the year, are mingled 
with young Costaria Mertensi, Laminaria saccharina and Alaria. 
It is difficult to distinguish the young stages of Laminariaceae 
from each other and this difficulty increases inversely with the 
age of specimens. Yet a careful comparison of sections shows 
structural peculiarities which enable one to speak with some degree 
of certainty. 

The first published reference to young Nereocystis plants and 
the first descriptions of their fruiting structures are those of Ares- 
choug in a paper in the Swedish journal, Bot. Notiser of 1876, pp. 
65—73 and in Observationes Phycologicae. In the first paper Ares- 
choug describes his Pelagophycus giganteus under the name of 
Nereocystis gigantea. In this article he describes the young uni- 
laminate plant and explains how the lamina is split vertically and 
how each half is repeatedly split. He describes the change in 
shape of the pneumatocyst as it develops and makes some anatom- 
ical observations upon the mucilage ducts which are quoted later 
by Guignard. The resemblance of the young Nereocystis plant to 
young Laminariae was apparent to him. 

The only previous American reference that I have found to 
young Nereocystis plants—in which, I have been unable to dis- 
cover. any addition to the facts set down by Areschoug thirteen 
years before—is in one of the more recent papers of Professor 
W. G. Farlow of Harvard University who, in the BULLETIN of the 
Torrey Botanical Club for 1889, comments upon a series of young 
plants presented to him by Miss Lennebacker, concerning which, 
however, I have not learned that he ever published further. The 
smallest plant he mentions was four inches in length and he states 
that the “bladders begin to show themselves when the plants are 
about eight inches long." It is possible, however, by the sense of 
touch to distinguish the pneumatocyst in material but three centi- 
meters in length and the organ becomes visible as a slight expan- 
sion of the stipe shortly after. Professor Farlow, with Areschoug, 
observed the resemblance of the immature plants to young Lami- 
nariaceae of the digitate section, possibly basing his statement 


MacMiLLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 275 


upon Foslie’s plates. It is certainly striking and even more so 
when still younger material is compared. I do not know what 
precautions Miss Lennebacker took in the selection of her series, 
but from Professor Farlow’s observation that the stipe is slender 
and short I should think that possibly some Laminaria sporelings 
might have been included. My own researches have shown that 
in Nereocystis plants only one millimeter in length the stipe is 
nearly as long as the lamina while in plants three centimeters long 
the stipe is five millimeters in length, showing an early, rapid 
elongation of the lamina. 

General Structure.— The general organography of Nereocystis 
may be best explained by describing the plant as made up of two 
principal areas—a proximal, affixed portion and a distal free por- 
tion. At first when the plants are merely elongated pear-shaped 
bodies less than .1 mm. in length (as probable from the examina- 
tion of material that I am yet compelled to consider doubtful) the 
holdfast or proximal portion is spread out as a disc-shaped foot 
from the under side of which numerous rhizoid-protuberances are 
affixed to the substratum, while the distal portion enlarging apically 
is still of a generally cylindrical shape. This primitive holdfast or 
** primitive disc” recalls the similar structure described for young 
specimens of Saccorhiza dermatodea by Professor Setchell and for 


` Laminaria by Foslie. As in Saccorhiza the primitive disc is pro- 


vided with a crenate margin which becomes lobed and the lobes 
develop into protuberances which may be termed the primitive 
hapteres. Later when the plant is a centimeter or more in height, 
but sometimes not until four or five times as long, the secondary 
hapteres begin to show themselves as rows of emergences just 
above the point where the primitive disc passes over into the 
distal portion of the plant. These secondary marginal hapteres 
flatten themselves where they come in contact with the substratum 
and the whole primitive disc develops into a sucker-shaped cup. 
Above the first secondary hapteres others commonly develop, the 
number of emergences in the broken whorls being somewhat 
variable, but in general each emergence stands over an emer- 
gence of the whorl below. In this way, finally, a large hapteric 
area, the ** holdfast," is developed consisting of hundreds of dicho- 
tomously branched cylinders and forming a ramose body more 
than a foot in diameter. 


216 MacMiLLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


The primitive disc finally stands near the center of the great 
fixation-organ made up of the hapteres progressively developed 
from above. If growing upon a flat surface, the ends of the hap- 
teres originating from higher whorls on the stipe stand concen- 
trically outside of those belonging to hapteres of lower whorls and 
the whole apparatus is to be diagrammed as a series of superposed 
cones very much flattened and split. 

In old material of Vereocystis a great many confluent callosities 
may occur along the stipe. These originate from emergences 
precisely similar to those which produce hapteric branches and 
probably the callosities may be regarded as homologous with un- 
attached hapteres. I have not observed dichotomy in any of the 
callosities nor need I discuss at length their probable function. It 
suffices to indicate their great similarity of origin to the secondary 
hapteres, suggesting that the whole stipe is capable of forming 
holdfast organs from the base to the pneumatocyst. The callosi- 
ties are sometimes as large as one's finger and spirally disposed 
around the slender stipe reminding one a very little of a loose 
growth of Cuscuta on the stem of a flowering plant. This posi- 
tion I regard as indicating torsions of growth in the stipe and it 
has been clearly observed that while the elongated callosities are 
in some cases confluences, in others they originate from single ori- 
ginal hemispherical protuberances. On the stems of young plants 
a foot or two in length the callosities are extremely rare, but they 
progressively develop and increase in number and size until old 
stems are abundantly provided with them along much of their ex- 
tent. They are particularly in evidence when two or more plants 
growing close together have twined about each other as they often 
do. On the stipes of such the callosities are developed as a con- 
tinuous cushion where the stems are in contact. Although really 
organs of the stipe, I have mentioned these callosities at this point 
because of their evident homology with the hapteres. 

The distal end of the Nereocystis plant finally differentiates it- 
self into three areas, stipe, pneumatocyst and lamina. When very 
young no distinction between these areas is visible, but in the smallest 
plants I have seen—and they may possibly be Costaria, Laminaria 
or Alaria sporelings rather than those of JVereocystis—the stipe is 
marked off by a sharp constriction from the primitive disc and 


MacMiLLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS ТТ 


gradually enlarges distally into a portion which afterwards under- 
goes a lateral flattening into lamina. The pneumatocyst originates 
asa swelling in the stipe just below the lamina and is the last of 
the three distal members to come into existence as such. At first 
the lamina is single and uncleft, of a rather narrow, lanceolate 
shape and becoming narrowly ovate with acute tip as it grows older. 
The first longitudinal slit which separates the lamina into two 
halves right and left appears near the base of the lamina (accord- 
ing to my series of young forms) when the length of the whole 
plant has reached about 13 cm. This cleft is the only one which 
reaches clear to the surface of the pneumatocyst though the second 
cleft comes very close and divides the two laminae into four. Oli- 
ver's statement, no doubt based upon an incorrect figure of Postels 
and Ruprecht, that as a rule five petioles are borne upon the pneu- 
matocyst is quite unconfirmed by any of the plants which I have 
examined. On the contrary as pointed out by Areschoug there 
are but two main distinct laminae each of which is cleft almost to 
the base by the secondary longitudinal furrows and tertiary and 
successive furrows cleave these laminae almost to the base, so that 
a hasty examination suggests the presence of two tufts of leaves. 
In each tuft there may be twenty-five or more lobes or leaves. 
The resemblance of the leaf arrangement to that in Areschoug's 
Pelagophycus giganteus, a plant of the Californian coast and by some 
American students still maintained to be congeneric with JVereo- 
cystis Lütkeana, is certainly very demonstrable. 

The origin of the clefts and of the pneumatocyst is better dis- 
cussed in the histological portion of my paper but the primitive 
differentiation of lamina and stipe, since it arises simply by the 
lateral flattening of a primitive piriform distal bulb, may be noted 
here. At first the lamina is shorter than the stipe but after the 
plant has become about a tenth of a millimeter in length the lamina 
begins to elongate relatively faster for a time, but when the plant 
has reached a length of twelve or thirteen centimeters the elonga- 
tion of the stipe becomes relatively more rapid and this ratio con- 
tinues so that in a plant eighty feet long the stipe measures forty 
feet, from hapteres to pneumatocyst, and another forty to the tips 
of the slender ribbon-shaped lobes of the two great leaves. But 
in longer plants the stipe is proportionately more extended while 


278 MacMILLAN: OBssERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


the leaves rarely come to exceed fifty feet in length. This meas- 
urement of the leaves much exceeds that given by Mertens in his 
letter to his father published by von Chamisso in the 1829 volume 
of Linnaea. Mertens gives twenty-seven feet as the extreme leaf- 
length and Oliver, quoting no doubt from this original account by 
the discoverer places the leaf-length at eight meters. We have, 
however, leaves nearer fifteen meters in length than eight. A 
hundred meters as the extreme length of a mature individual, the 
figures given by Kjellman in the Engler-Prantl Natürpflanzenfami- 
lien, is not at all excessive. Of this at least eighty meters would 
belong to the stipe, two or three meters to the elongated retort- 
shaped pneumatocyst and the remainder to the laminae. ` 

The breadth of mature lobes of the lamina is from 8 to 12 cm., 
the diameter of the stipe is from 8 mm. to 2 cm. just under the 
pneumatocyst area, the pneumatocyst is sometimes 15 cehtimeters 
in diameter just below the attachment of the lamina and the 
branches of the haptere-cluster range from 3-5 millimeters in 
diameter. These measurements are all conservative and larger in- 
dividuals may no doubt be found. 

When first formed the pneumatocyst is spherical and retains 
this shape in plants 30 cm. long. Later it becomes ovoid and 
then piriform. In a plant 30 cm. long the pneumatocyst is one 
centimeter in diameter. In a plant 50 cm. long the pneumatocyst 
is 2.5 cm. in diameter and 3 cm. in length. After the plant has 
attained a length of 3 or 4 meters the pneumatocyst begins to 
elongate and from that stage until maturity maintains the charac- 
teristic retort-shaped appearance finally becoming 2 or even 3 
meters in length, in which condition, as long ago noted by 
Mertens, it is employed by the Aleutians to siphon water from 
their canoes. Ву the same tribes, Mertens also observed that the 
stipe is employed for fishing lines. As learned by Miss Tilden 
such lines are still preserved as curiosities by a few native fisher- 
women, but ordinary tackle is generally in use. 

Reproductive Area.—The only functional reproductive bodies 
known to occur in Nereocystis are the spores, formed in sporangia. 
Together with the paraphyses these sporangia produce large soral 
patches on both sides of the leaf. А sorus may be as much as a 
meter in length, from 3—7 cm. in width, and on a single leaf three 


MacMILLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 279 


or four such sori may occur, their ends separated by but a few 
centimeters of sterile tissue. The leaves which bear the sori are 
rather broader than the sterile leaves. Fruiting patches are very 
conspicuous on account of their slightly lighter color than the 
sterile tissues. Oliver writing in 1887 states categorically that 
nothing is known of the reproduction of Nereocystis, but Areschoug 
in 1876 observed the sporangia and paraphyses together with some 
young forms, as indicated in his paper in Bot. Notiser, and after- 
wards in 1884 returned to the subject in his Odservationes Phyco- 
logicae where a brief systematic description is given. My own 
researches have cleared up the origin of the sporangia and para- 
physes and I have been able to follow the development of the 
sorus from its first inception. 

Ecology.— he habit of mature Nereocystis plants is to attach 
themselves in channels where the tides are swift and beds of the 
plant are to be looked for in tide-ways. 1 think that plants which 
are adapted to life in strong tide-ways and tide-rips should be dis- 
tinguished as a special ecological sub-class of hydrophytes distinct 
from such plants as Fontinalis which grow in river- channels and 
may be termed rheophytes. Previously I have noted the adapta- 
tion of certain limnetic plants to withstand the impact of surf and 
proposed for them the name of cumaphytes. I now venture to 
suggest that plants like Nereocystis or Alaria be regarded as typ- 
ical of the tide-way habitat and be known as palirheophytes. When 
the tide'is not running the pneumatocysts float more nearly per- 
pendicular and show as round bulbs at the surface of the sea, but 
when the tide begins to run tension is exerted on the stipe and 
holdfast and the long retort-shaped pneumatocysts lie lengthwise 
with the current. The leaves are always somewhat submerged ; 
especially is this true when the tide is running—a habit which 
protects their more delicate bodies from the destructive friction and 
impact of the surface. When the tide changes the shifting of the 
great pneumatocysts is sufficient in force to overturn small skiffs 
which may be caught among them. But larger boats find a 
Nereocystis bed a safe anchorage if a storm overtakes them while 
near the rocks of a leeshore, and Puget Sound fishermen often 
anchor their boats to a dozen of the Nereocystis pneumatocysts and 
have no fear of being blown upon the rocks, so firmly are the 


280 MacMirLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


hapteres attached to the bottom and so strong are the stipes. In 
the late autumn the Nerzozystis dies, for, as long ago noted by 
Mertens, while one of the largest of the algae it is an annual. 

Histology.—The intimate structure of the Laminariaceae has 
commanded the attention of many careful observers. Among the 
more important papers that I have consulted may be mentioned 
those of Postels and Ruprecht (1840), Ruprecht (1848), Thuret 
(1850), Le Jolis (1855), Agardh (1868 and 1873), Reinke (1875), 
Janczewski (1875), Areschoug (1876), Foslie (1884), Will (1884), 
Wille (1885, 1897), Kjellman (1883, 1893), Grabendórfer (1885), 
Oliver (1887), Rosenthal (1890), Setchell (1891), Guignard (1892), 
Murray (1893). Few of these make any mention of Nereocystis, 
but since in details of structure the genera of the Laminariaceae 
are rather similar, all these papers and several others have been of 
assistance. 

In general, as particularly demonstrated by Reinke and Wille, 
the Laminariaceae have well-marked tissue-areas which may be re- 
garded as in a degree physiologically equivalent to those of higher 
plants. Cortex and central cylinder are distinguishable in stipes 
and laminae. Mestome, stereome, tegumentary and photosyn- 
thetic areas are well differentiated although the second, to which 
Setchell’s sclerenchyma of Saccorhiza may belong, is poorly de- 
veloped as in most hydrophytes. 

The primitive Disc.— Longitudinal sections of a primitive disc 
belonging to a plant 18 mm. in length showed it to be irregularly 
circular in shape, .8 mm. in diameter, .1 mm. high. Near the 
center of the upper side arises the stipe with a diameter of 75 mic. 
The primitive disc consists of parenchymatous tissue of approxi- 
mately isodiametrical polyedral thin-walled cells about 12 mic. in 
diameter. The superficial layer is made up of much smaller epi- 
dermal cells similar to those which occur over the stipe and lamina. 
The layer of cells which is appressed to the substratum—in this 
case the surface of a Zostera leaf—are for the most part similar in 
shape to the general fundamental tissue of the disc but not much 
more than half as large. Some of these appressed cells are pro- 
longed into stocking-shaped rhizoids the flat surfaces of which lie 
very close against the epidermis of the eel-grass. Measurements 
of some of these stocking-cells showed them to be 7 mic. in diam- 


“Ree WRITE rg 


MacMILLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 281 


eter, the leg and foot of the stocking each being 15 mic. in length. 
just above the area of affixation numerous transverse partitions 
are visible in the fundamental tissue of the disc and apparently 
there is here а layer.somewhat similar to the cambial zone of 
higher plants and by it the primitive disc becomes thicker. At the 
same time divisions in various planes cross the more internal cells 
of the fundamental tissue and the epidermal cells increase in num- 
ber by vertical divisions. As elsewhere in the plant the epidermal 
layer of the primitive disc is abundantly provided with chromato- 
phores, which in my aniline-water-safranin preparations are stained 
deeply, while the fundamental tissue cells are given a pink hue by 
the staining of their thin walls. At this age the margin of the 
primitive disc has not yet become crenate, although the slight 
irregularities of its circular form will in older material bring about 
the crenations of the margin which eventually protrude themselves 
as the primitive hapteres. While the primitive disc is in the con- 
dition just described, the medulla of the stipe is sharply distin- 
guished from the cortex by its longer and narrower cells, but the 
differentiation of sieve-tubes and pith-web has not yet taken place. 
Rather is the whole area of the stipe made up of prosenchymatous 
prismatic cells without intercellular spaces and the cortex consists 
of cells quite similar but considerably shorter. I am not able to 
distinguish any differences between the epidermal cells of different 
parts of the plant in this stage of its growth. 
Origin of the secondary Hapteres.—Longitudinal sections 
through the stipe of a plant 12 cm. in length just above the primitive 
` disc which has now increased in diameter to 5 mm.,show the origin of 
the first secondary hapteres. І am not able to make a distinction 
between a rhizogenous area of the stipe and the rest of that organ, 
for as has been previously said, callosities which I consider equiva- 
lent to secondary hapteres may, under favorable conditions, be 
produced all the way up the stipe to the pneumatocyst. Those 
hemispherical emergences of the cortex which are produced close 
to the primitive disc develop as hapteric branches. The first ap- 
earance of the hapteres is as a slight swelling of the cortex and 
it will be found that this swelling is due to the more active divis- 
ions of a cambial layer lying between the central cylinder, now 
very distinct, and the epidermis. Soon this swelling becomes 


282 MacMirLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


hemispherical and now the cells of its central portion are elongated 
in a direction parallel with the axis of the emergence. There is 
not any definite development of a central cylinder in the haptere, 
but the whole organ is made up of thin-walled somewhat prosen- 
chymatous cells, covered with the characteristic epidermis, just be- 
low which the cells are short and flattened and in a state of rapid 
division concentrically with the surface of the emergence. In the 
hemispherical stage of the secondary haptere the central cells ly- 
ing near the base of the emergence are many of them 150 mic. in 
length by 45 mic. in breadth, while the cambial cells three or four 
layers underneath the epidermis are 10 mic. in length and 15 mic. 
in breadth. 

Dichotomy of the secondary Hapteres.— The primary hapteres do 
not commonly show dichotomy, but remain as crenations of the 
disc-margin. As the disc enlarges these crenations sometimes be- 
come indented and this indentation is equivalent to the sharp char- 
acteristic dichotomy of the secondary hapteres. In the latter 
after the first emergence has elongated into a cylinder with rounded 
end, the densely protoplasmic character of the apical region where 
the cambial cells, or meristem, is located, gives а darker appear- 
ance to the apex of the haptere. Gradually this apex becomes 
laterally compressed and an indentation appears at the summit 
separating two meristematic areas. Longitudinal sections through 
such apical areas show that the meristem of the exact apex ceases 
its active concentric divisions, while right and left of this region 
the divisions continue, thus forming two new apical cones, which 
continue to develop as before. Forking of the haptere originating 
in this manner may be repeated a number of times, and thus the 
much-branched later hapteres of the plant are developed. The 
cambial zone of the apex extends down the sides of the hapteric 
branch and is utilized in the progressive thickening of the organ. 
The haptere may then be regarded as a conic-cylindrical organ 
surrounded by an epidermal layer concentrically underneath which 
is a general cambial zone. Ву the division of the apical region of 
this zone the haptere increases in length ; by longitudinal divisions 
in the lateral portions of the zone the haptere increases in thick- 
ness. Even in the most mature hapteric branches the lateral 
cambium is still visible as such and I have not been able to dis- 


MacMiLLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 283 


cover that the growth in thickness is definitely terminated except 
by the cold of the autumn, when the growth of the whole plant 
ceases and later the individual perishes. 

Fixation of the Haptere.—lf the end of an hapteric branch 
comes in contact with the surface of a rock or other object which 
gives the necessary resistance, a fixation-area is developed. The 
epidermal cells of the tip lose their chromatophores and the layers 
just within remain small but thicken their walls.. The general 
shape of the cell-cavities throughout the fixation-area remains very 
similar to that of the cambial cells from which they were developed. 
Growth in length is now terminated, but growth in thickness con- 
tinues. Sometimes one haptere affixes itself to a neighboring 
haptere, in which case the ordinary fixation-area arises precisely as 
if the organ had been affixed to a rock, but this obviously cannot 
be a common occurrence ; yet in every holdfast that is fully de- 
veloped several such fixations of one haptere to another are likely 
to be met with. 

Callosities of the Stipe.— The characteristic verrucose confluent 
or elongated callosities of the stipe originate from emergences 
precisely similar to those which in the holdfast region produce the 
hapteric branches. І have not observed dichotomy in these cal- 
losities, nor do their surfaces become modified into definite fixation- 
areas. Where two long stipes of adjacent plants have become en- 
twined as frequently happens, the callosities are well developed 
all along the area of contact. Their structure is altogether 
equivalent to that of the bapteric branches, and as previously 
noted, I consider them homologous with hapteres. They may be 
regarded as cushions to prevent abrasion when two or more stipes 
have become intertwined. 

Structure of the mature Haptere.—When full-grown the haptere 
consists of but four readily distinguishable tissue areas, the epi- 
dermis, the lateral cambium, the rather thick-walled fundamental 
tissue, and the fixation-area. Chromatophores are not so abund- 
ant nor deeply stained in the epidermis as in the same layer of the 
pneumatocyst or laminae, hence the hapteric region is of a much 
lighter green than the portions of the plant exposed to stronger 
illumination. The same is true of the epidermal region on the 
lower portion of the stipe. The cambial area in the mature hap- 


284 MacMILLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


tere is still definitely differentiated as such and consists of the 
characteristic flattened cells with thinner walls than those of the 
fundamental tissue. The central fundamental tissue making up 
the great bulk of the organ is composed of rather thick-walled 
approximately isodiametrical parenchyma. The fixation-area con- 
sists of much smaller thick-walled cells shaped like those of the 
cambium. 

Structure of Stipe-—In a young plant 18 mm. in length the 
stipe was .25 mm. in diameter midway between the primitive disc 
and the laminar expansion. Cross sections and vertical sections 
showed a central cylinder .o8 mm. in diameter already sharply 
differentiated. It could be recognized in cross section by the 
smaller diameter of the cells and in longitudinal section by the 
greater comparative length. All the cells, however, within the 
clearly marked epidermal layer could be described as thin-walled 
parenchyma or prosenchyma. In material of this age mucilage- 
ducts were not seen, nor had the intercellular spaces of the pith- 
web begun to originate. The whole stipe was solid and approxi- 
mately homogeneous. The cells throughout were strongly stained 
and many of the nuclei showed sharp and distinct mitotic figures. 

In slightly older material than that just described the first in- 
tercellular spaces begin to appear as clefts between the lateral 
walls of the central pith cells, and a little later the layer of cells 
immediately surrounding the primitive pith develops the first sieve 
tubes, while at the same time the cortex rapidly increases in thick- 
ness. Ina plant 12 cm. in length the stipe was I mm. in diam- 
eter and the central cylinder measured .25 mm. across, Іп this 
stage the pith-web made up of loose, anastomosing, branching, 
septate filaments is well established. The filaments of the pith- 
web at this time measured about 10 mic. in diameter. Between 
the meshes of the loose network an abundance of slime was pres- 
ent. At the periphery of the pith-web lay the “ sieve-tubes,” as 
they have been termed, the development of which from ordinary 
cortical cells was not difficult to follow. Most of the centrally 
disposed sieve-tubes appeared very much smaller and thicker 
walled in the cross section than did the peripheral elements. This 
was due to the longitudinal stretching of the inner and older 
tubes. In most of the cross sections through this material the 


MacMILLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 285 


sieve-tubes stood in radiating lines of three or four to each group. 
Although the trumpet-hyphae, reserving this term for the sieve- 
tube-like elements of the pith-web in contradistinction to those 
developed from the cortex, were not yet apparent in my 12 cm. 
material there were some perforated transverse walls visible in the 
ordinary anastomosing filaments of the web. Although my stains 
have not been nuclear some excellent mitotic figures were visible 
in this preparation. 

Longitudinal sections through the 12 cm. material show the 
cortex to consist in general of thin-walled parenchymatous tissue 
made up of cells about twice as long as broad in the layers close 
to the epidermis but becoming progressively longer and slenderer 
towards the central cylinder, until those cells bounding the pith- 
web become transformed into the sieve-tubes. The pith-web cells 


are attached to the sieve-tube cells and to the undifferentiated lay- 


ers just outside of the sieve-tube zone. The young sieve-tube is 
indistinguishable from an ordinary prosenchymatous cell of the 
inner cortex. The nuclei of some inner cortex cells undergo 
fragmentation and then these cells are greatly elongated as the 
stipe grows in length. As one elongates it becomes much nar- 
rower, so that while the diameter of the cell from which a sieve- 
tube originates may be 12 mic. and the length 80 mic. the diame- 
ter of the sieve-tube which arises from it may in its thinnest portion 
be scarcely more than 1 mic. while the length may exceed a 
millimeter! Cross sections through the slenderest part of such a 
sieve-tube show its wall to be thickened like a thermometer tube, 
while the cell contents, deeply stainable with aniline blue, fill the 
extremely delicate capillary cavity. 

Observation of a series of longitudinal sections makes it seem 
probable that the first sieve-tubes formed, and many of the suc- 
cessive tubes, are elongated to such tenuity that they finally pull 
apart in the middle and then the free ends of the tube deliquesce 
into the common gelatinous slime of the pith-web leaving only the 
thickened so-called callus patches attached to the remnants of the 
tube and even these may disappear. The centrifugal production 
of sieve-tubes continues vigorously while the stipe is young, but in 
old material not so large a number proportionately are to be found. 
The stretching of the sieve-tube has all the appearance of a passive 


286 МАСМ ПЛА: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


extension of the cell, while cross partitions are still being formed in 
the cortical region outside of the sieve-tube area. I believe that 
the fragmentation of the nucleus preventing the regular development 
of cross partitions in the mother-cell of the sieve-tube is the occa- 
sion of its failure to divide further and of its consequent passive 
elongation. 

It was in this 12 cm. material that the best examples of cryp- 
tostomata were discovered. I shall return to their discussion later 
while considering the lamina. It suffices to mention at this point 
that these peculiar piliferous organs of doubtful morphological 
significance are present upon young stipe as well as upon young 
lamina, but in mature plants I have not seen them. 

Origin of the Pneumatocyst.—2^. continuous ribbon of 3 mic. 
sections was taken across the area of the pneumatocyst. The series 
begins in definite stipe area, traverses the pneumatocyst and ends 
in the base of the lamina. The plant measured 12 cm. in length. 
In the undoubted stipe area the pith-web is seen to have its meshes 
filled with gelatine and the first appearance of the pneumatocyst is 
a small rift in the jelly near the center of the pith-web. As the 
series passes over through the pneumatocyst this first rift is seen 
to increase in size and others appear near it. At the same time a 
distinct flattening of the stipe takes place and it is worth noting 
that the primitive pneumatocyst is clearly elliptical in cross section 
rather than spherical. As the series continues across the pneu- 
matocyst area rifts in the jelly of the pith network become smaller. 
The flattening of the whole area becomes more marked and in the 
base of the lamina the section has become five or six times as long 
as it is broad and shows the undoubted lamina characters. The 
pneumatocyst, stipe and lamina are essentially the same in struc- 
ture, but the bubble which forms in the pith-web of the pneumato- 
cyst area increases very rapidly in size and the vesicle thus formed 
becomes finally the greater retort-shaped organ of the mature 
plant. 

Structure of older Stipes —As the plant increases in ‘size the 
stipe continues to thicken by concentric walls which appear in 
several of the sub-epidermal layers of the cortex. A plant 12 dm. 
in length showed a stipe 5 mm. in diameter of which the central 
cylinder occupied 1.5 mm. In material of this age the cortical 


Te ee ЛҮ, СҮ, 


MacMiLLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 287 


cells have not yet developed the characteristically thick walls of 


mature stages, but mucilage canals are now in evidence, a circle of 
them appearing subepidermally. І am able to confirm Will's and 
Guignard’s account of their development. They originate by 
vertical radial partitions of certain cortical cells in the cambium re- 
gion. Just outside of the two cells thus formed a cleft appears and 
this cleft increases in size while the two small cells within divide by 
other vertical and transverse partitions finally coming to line the 
half of the canal which faces the central cylinder. These small 
cells are the secretion-cells. They do not persist but after a time 
break down so that in mature portions of the stipe the mucilage- 
duct in cross section appears merely as a circular-outlined inter- 
cellular space. 

It is in material of the same age or younger that one finds 
well-developed trumpet-hyphae intermingled with the ordinary 
anastomosing filaments of the pith-web. While these cells do not 
become nearly so attenuated as the sieve-tubes, they are neverthe- 


| less slenderer and three or four times as long as the ordinary cells 


of the pith-web. Their ends, where two come in contact, are 
much swollen. I have not been able to discover whether frag- 
mentation of the nucleus precedes the formation of a trumpet- 
hypha as it does that of the sieve-tube. Neither my Russow's 
callus reagent nor corallin-soda gave results such as those which 
Oliver obtained, nor have I been able by microchemical methods 
to demonstrate the presence of true callus, such as has been an- 
nounced for the sieve-tubes. This is possibly owing to the pre- 
servatives which have been applied to the tissues, or their age, but 
I am inclined to accept rather the views of Wille regarding the 
callus than those of Oliver. No evidence of protoplasmic connec- 
tions between adjacent sieve-tubes or trumpet-hyphae has been 
obtained. At this point it is well to state definitely that the 
materia I have examined seems to show clearly that there are 
two very different kinds of tubular cells with perforated end parti- 
tions. "Wille, in criticising the results of Oliver, who made a dis- 
tinction between trumpet-hyphae and sieve-tubes, seems to suggest 
that there is only one category of such cells and that differences 
are of degree and not of kind. According to my observations the 
trumpet-hypha does not become extremely attenuated nor does it 


288 MacMirLLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


develop the thermometer-tube cell with capillary lumen such as 
characterizes the sieve-tube. Since the morphological position of 
the two kinds of cells in the stipe is different, since their origin is 
different, and on account of their very easily distinguishable struc- 
ture, I can but follow Oliver and maintain them as separate 
structural elements not to be confused on account of their similar 
perforated end-plates. They are abundant in older material but 
the relative proportion of the two varieties of cells changes. 
While in young material an abundance of sieve-tubes is character- 
istic, in old material the trumpet-hyphae are abundant and but few 
sieve-tubes remain, most of them having undergone extreme at- 
tenuation and subsequent degeneration. 

Structure of mature Stipe.—Cross sections through the stipe of 
a plant 25 meters in length showed its diameter to be 10 mm., of 
which the central cylinder comprised 2.5 mm. In this material 
the cambium zone lying four or five layers within the epidermis is 
still distinct. Numerous mucilage canals are present, most of them 
lying in the concentric circle first developed and now separated 
from the periphery of the stipe by numerous layers of cortex 
developed after their formation from the cambium. The average 
size of cortical cells in cross section is about 25 mic. Their walls, 
however, are now distinctly thicker than at first and at the angles 
between the cells the thickening is sometimes increased giving to 
the tissue a collenchymatous appearance. By the thickening of 
the walls great elasticity and strength is given to the stipe. Inter- 
mingled with the large cortical cells are many smaller ones averag- 
ing 10 mic. in diameter. The central cylinder in the mature stipe 
consists of a loose pith-web of anastomosing filaments, imbedded 
in gelatine, among which abundant large trumpet-hyphae are ap- 
parent. Many of the trumpet-hyphae connect by lateral proc- 
esses with the ordinary filaments which are not more than half as 
great in diameter. In material of this age the sieve-tubes are very 
difficult to find, almost all of them having been destroyed. This is 
not what Oliver means by his phrase “obliteration of sieve-tubes" 
for he applied that term to the closing of the plates by his callus- 
like substance, nor can I learn that the fact has previously been 
recorded. Oliver mentions that the true sieve-tubes are abund- 
antly branched. In my opinion this is a mistake. Anastomoses 


MacMILLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 289 


occur between sieve-tubes and the formative layer of the cortex 
from which they arise, but I have seen no true anastomoses be- 
tween the sieve-tubes and the hyphae of the pith-web, nor have I 
observed any branching of the sieve-tubes by the formation of 
lateral emergences such as are so common in the trumpet-hyphae. 
The great abundance of the trumpet-hyphae and their peripheral 
position, as well as central, in the pith-web may easily have given 
rise to a misconception. 

Structure of the Pneumatocyst Walf.—Sections of a pneumatocyst 
wall taken from a plant 12 dm. in length in which the pneumato- 
cyst was approximately spherical and 4 cm. in diameter showed the 
wall of the cyst to be 4.5 mm. thick. The epidermis is not essen- 
tially different from other epidermal tissue and in the subepidermal 
regions a cambial layer is present by divisions of which the wall is 
thickened. The older cortical cells throughout the pneumatocyst 
wall have their long diameters parallel with the radii of the organ, 
until an inner cambial zone is reached close to the cavity of the 
cyst. Here the cells become tabellar in form with their long axes 
parallel with the surface. The pith-web is altogether destroyed, 
but in this material characteristic elongated sieve tubes with narrow 
lumina are present. The presence of such an inner cambial zone 
seems to be peculiar to the pneumatocyst area and in this. zone 
numerous transverse as well as concentric walls are constantly 
being formed. The intermediate area between the inner and outer 
cambium, as the pneumatocyst matures into the retort-shaped 
body, finally comes to consist of cells elongated іп the axis of 
growth rather than as at first perpendicular to this axis. 

Structure of the young Lamina.—The basal structure of the 
lamina is identical with that of the stipe. Like the latter it must be 
considered to consist of central cylinder—in this case a verythin plate 
of cells—of cortex and of epidermis. My serial sections through 
stipe, pneumatocyst and young lamina show the progressive change 
from the cylindrical through the oval and elongated-oval to the 
thin ribbon-shaped section and enable the homologies of the vari- 
ous areas of the lamina and stipe to be exactly determined. Cross 
sections through the lamina of a plant 18 mm. in height showed 
the thickness of the lamina to be a little over .1 mm. while from 
edge to edge the lamina measured 4 mm. The most marked dif- 


290 MacMirLtAN: OssERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


ference between young lamina and stipe is the early development 
in the former-of'mucilage canals: which lie in rows just within the 
epidermis. Тһе cortex in this stage. consists .of about мо Јауегѕ 
of cells, those just under the epidermis being generally larger than 
the ones which abut upon the plate of cells regarded here as cen- 
tral cylinder. The secretion cells of mucilage ducts in this ma- 
terial seem to line the canal not only along the inner side but 
along the outer as well. They stain deeply with aniline-water- 
safranin. The cells of the central plate are narrow, much thicker- 
walled than those of the pith-web in the stipe and packed together 
in such a way as to leave only very small intercellular spaces. 
Many of them run crosswise of the leaf while others run length- 
wise. Тһе result of this is to make this area not dissimilar to the 
same area in longitudinal section, but as the leaf matures the pith- 
web character of the middle lamella becomes more marked and 
trumpet-hyphae are present in longitudinal sections of the lamina 
ofa 12 cm. plant. In a leaf of this size the cortex consists of five 
or six layers of cells, the inner larger than the outer, but along the 
middle lamella the cortical cells are smaller and elongated in the 
axis of the leaf. Where they abut on the middle lamella they pass 
over into the character of pith-web tissue. By the time the leaf 
has acquired this size the secretion-cells of the mucilage ducts have 
for the most part broken down and cryptostomata have developed 
in the furrows which lay over the mucilage ducts of the younger 
leaf. The epidermal cells in young leaves are about three times as 
broad as they are high, are densely protoplasmic and stain vividly. 
Interesting rows of short cylindrical cells are found in the pith- 
web, their diameter sometimes exceeding their height. Such cells 
finally become elongated into the ordinary hyphae of the web. 
Cross sections of the leaf of a 12 centimeter plant show some sieve- 
tubes still present and more abundant in the growing region of the 
„leaf which is essentially basal. 
Towards the tip of the leaf the lamina is thinner in the 12 cm. 
, material, the epidermal cells are more nearly square in outline, the 
cortical cells are very large and approximately isodiametrical, while 


a the central lamella is reduced to about two layers of thick-walled 


cells of elongated shape with few intercellular spaces. From this 
region mucilage ducts and sieve-tubes are absent for it was formed 


А лын лу ы ТА АНШЫ ЧИТ жо аный OS TN DI 


MacMirLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 291 


before the time of their differentiation, nor are cryptostomata abun- 
dant toward the tip of the leaf. 

Splitting of the Lamina.—From а series of sections taken 
through young laminae of a plant їп which the first cleft is begin- 
ning to appear I have been able to determine the origin and oc- 
casion of the cleft. In Nereocystis the cleft does not appear to be 
of the nature of a wound as said by Professor Setchell of the similar 
phenomenon in Saccorhiza dermatodea, but it seems to take place 
in this way : A single row of cortical cells immediately below the 
epidermis deliquesces or collapses and the epidermis furrows along 
the depression. The deliquescence is propagated to adjacent cells 
right and left of the furrow and continues down to the middle 
lamella. This furrowing may take place along one surface of the 
leaf or along both surfaces until the epidermal cells come to lie 
against the middle lamella. The latter then breaks down and the 
two epidermises at the bases of the furrows are contiguous. The 
split takes place along the base of the furrow and leaves the two 
halves of the lamina with apparently normal unwounded edges. 
In some cases the cortex cells come down together over the edge 
of the deliquescing central lamina so that it is extremely difficult 
to distinguish between the original edge of the lamina and the edge 
of the cleft. The epidermis suffers no disintegration during the 
process. The actual cleavage of the lamina may be due, as Pro- 
fessor Setchell suggests for Saccorhiza, purely to the impact of the 
waves upon the weakened structure, but it may also be due to a 
definite separation of the epidermal cells from each other by a 
chemical change in their walls. The furrow of the epidermis seems 
to deepen, destroying the inner cells of the lamina as it progresses. 
The split takes place first in the more complex basal portion of the 
leaf and is perpetuated to the tip. I have not been able to de- 
termine whether the cleft is propagated in this manner clear to the 
simpler primitive-tip end of the leaf, or whether it becomes a 
mechanical cleft of the nature of a wound when it reaches the distal 
end of the lamina. 

No evidence has been secured to indicate that there is any 
renovation of the lamina in Nereocystis such as is well known to 
take place in some of the Laminariaceae. 

Structure of the Cryptostomata.—The organs of the young stipe 


292 MacMirLtAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


and lamina which are with some hesitation termed cryptostomata 
appear as short, irregular furrows from the surface of which tufts 
of two- or three-celled hairs are produced. They are not so con- 
spicuous in Nereocystis material that I have examined as those of 
Adenocystis, Аата and Saccorhiza described by Kjellman апа 
Murray. І have failed to find them save on young plants less than 
half a meter in height. Various suggestions have been made by 
different students of the Phaeophyceae regarding their significance. 
By some they are regarded as vestigial reproductive tracts, but it 
will be unnecessary to go into this further than to make the sug- 
gestion that the areas classed as cryptostomata in different genera 
of brown algae are not by any means necessarily to be considered 
as everywhere the same. Indeed it is quite clear that in the 
Splachnidiaceae and Laminariaceae they are probably of different 
significance from those of Fucaceae. They stain deeply with 
aniline dyes in Nereocystis and І suspect from this fact that I have 
not seen mature stages of the hairs. There is a possibility that the 
mucilage canals are invaginated furrows and that the so-called 
cryptostomata are developmental stages of these, but I have not 
satisfied myself upon this point. 

Primitive Furrows of the Lamina.—An interesting character 
which is to be noted in very young plants is a longitudinal furrowing 
of the lamina by parallel grooves which occur on both sides, each 
groove lying over a mucilage canal. In the primitive tip where mu- 
cilage canals are absent the furrows also are absent and leaves two or 
three centimeters in length have lost these furrows as may be seen 
in cross section, but in plants 1—2 cm. in height a deep furrow lies 
over each longitudinal mucilage canal just within the epidermis. 
Something of an appearance similar to that of young Costaria 
plants is given by these longitudinal furrows. But in Costaria the 
striation of the lamina arises, as shown by cross sections, from 
ridges which structurally belong to the cortex and over which the 
epidermis is elevated by the growth of inner portions of the lamina. 
Nor in Costaria do the ridges bear the same relation to mucilage 
ducts that is borne by the primitive furrows in the Nereocystis 
sporeling. Indeed I have not observed mucilage ducts in young 
Costaria laminae. 

Origin of Secretion-cells in the Lamina.—It has already been 


i ла = a scm — А = ТӨЛГӨН a UA 
т ars. UY PP c 


MACMILLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 298 


noted that the secretion-cells seem to line all sides of the mucilage 
duct in young lamina while in young stipe they occur only on the 
side of the duct which is toward the central cylinder. The occa- 
sion for this seems to be explained by some of my sections which 
show the first division-wall of the primitive secretion-cell parallel 
with the face of the lamina instead of perpendicular to the surface 
as in the stipe. The cleft then arises between these two small 
cells, one lying peripherally and one centrally. But in the stipe 
the first cleft appears in a plane perpendicular to the surface and 
not between the two primitive secretion-cells, but between the cells 
just peripheral to them. I do not like to speak with positiveness 
upon this point since it is at variance with the results of previous 
investigations upon other genera, and but a few of my sections are 
helpful. 

Growth of ‘the Lamina in Length and Thickness.—As in other 
Laminariaceae each lamina of Nereocystis grows by a generally 
basal area which lengthens in both directions, so that the elonga- 
tion of the lamina is neither strictly basipetal or acropetal. The 
thickening of the lamina, which finally, in old leaves, comes to con- 
sist of from five to ten cortical layers on each side of the central 
lamella which is itself made up of a rather compact pith-web tis- 
sue eight or more layers across, goes on in the general basal area 
of growth. Old laminae are of a mature type of structure from 
base to tip since the original thinner primitive tip area has been 
worn away by the action of the waves and the disappearance of 
the primitive tip is often to be noted even in very young plants 
less than 12 cm. in length. 

Origin of the Sorus.—The sorus of Nereocystis in its structure 
and origin is altogether typical of the family. The first evidence 
of the sorus is marked by transverse divisions in the epidermal 
cells parallel to the surface of the lamina. In this way a double 
layer of somewhat larger deeper-stained superficial cells and smaller 
cubical more dimly-stained sub-epidermal cells comes into exis- 
tence. The superficial cells elongate into the club-shaped para- 
physes which finally come to be 30-40 mic. in length, about 7 mic. 
in diameter at the capitate tip and 2 mic. or even less where they 
join the basal cells. The sporangium originates as ап hemispher- 
ical bud on the basal cell beside the paraphysis. Ву the attenuation 


294 MacMiLLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


of the paraphyses as they elongate space is afforded the sporangia 
for their development. In half-mature sori in which the para- 
physes were 20 mic. in height the sporangia could be seen as 
ellipsoid cells about half as long and of quite different shape from 
the already club-shaped paraphyseal cells. In mature sori, how- 
ever, when the spores have been formed in the sporangia the dif- 
ference in the height of the two cells is not so great and the para- 
physes overtop the sporangia by but about 10 mic. or even less. 
The distal end wall of the paraphyses is thickened as in other 
genera of the same subdivision of the family. 

Free zoospores have not been seen but sporangia ready to open 
have been found and the spores appear as hyaline cells close ta” 1 
mic. in the short diameter and a very little longer transverse to 
this. The sporangia doubtless open at the tip to discharge the 
hundred or more spores contained in each. The end wall of the 
sporangium, like that of the paraphysis is often considerably thick- 
ened. Iam able to confirm upon JVereocystis material the results 
of Thuret who noted in 1850 the separation of a thin cuticular 
pellicle from the surface of sori in Scytosiphon, Laminaria and some 
Fucaceae. This pellicle retains the partition-markings of the 
original epidermal cells quite as figured by Thuret for Laminaria 
saccharina and Scytosiphon lomentarius. The exact manner in 
which this pellicle is separated does not yet appear to be clearly 
understood, nor am I able to say more about it at this time than 
that the wall of the soral surface when young seems to be lamel- 
lose and the separation of the cuticular pellicle seems to take place 
by the dissolving of one of the lamellae. Before the separation a 
few very small bodies, red-stained in aniline-safranin preparations 
are seen lying against the inner face of the distal wall of each 
paraphysis. It is possible that they assist in the secretion of the 
thick pellicle which is finally sloughed off. Sometimes two trans- 
verse divisions precede the formation of the paraphysis in which 
case two layers of floor-cells are produced in the sorus. One or 
two jointed paraphyses have been seen. The paraphysis seems 
never to consist of more than two cells and the two-celled condi- 
tion is extremely rare. 

I am under obligation to Miss Josephine E. Tilden for putting 
at my disposal an abundance of carefully preserved material and 


MacMirrtAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 295 


to Mr. Harold Lyon for assistance in the tedious routine of mi- 
crotomy. The drawings were made by Miss Tilden under my di- 
rection. 


Explanation of P'la' es. 
PLATE 361 

Fic. 1. Plant .1 mm. in length. Shows primary differentiation of holdfast and 
stipe-laminar region. Enlarged. 

Fic. 2. Plant 1 mm. in length. Stipe is already elongated. Тір of lamina is re- 
moved. Enlarged. 

Fic, 3. Three young plants, each one-half natural size. The smallest was 6 mm. 
in length, the next 18 mm. and the largest 4.5 cm. These plants show the early rapid 
enlargement of the laminar area. 

Fic. 4. A plant 14 cm. in length, reduced one-half, showing the origin of the 
first c'eft near the base. The stipe is proportionally undergoing more rapid elongation 
in this stage 

Fic. 5. Pneumatocyst and laminar bases from a plant 50 cm. in length. Re- 
duced one-half. Showing how only the first cleft reaches the surface of the pneuma- 
tocyst. 

Fic. 6. Vertical section of primary fixation-area, showing rhizoid cells. From 
plant 18 mm. long. ЖХ 335. 

Fic. 7. Diagrammatic cross section of stipe. Sieve-tubes represented as dots. 
Plant I2 cm. in length. X 25. 

Fic. 8. Diagrammatic cross section through pneumatocyst of plant 12 cm. in length. 
Black spaces in central cylinder represent clefts in the gelatinous matrix. 25. 

Fic. 9. Diagrammatic cross section through base of primary lamina, Plant 12 cm. 
in length. ^ 25. 

Fic. 10. Cross section through pneumatocyst of 12 cm. plant. Peripheral region. 
X 335. 

Fic. 11. Cross-section through pneumatocyst of 12 cm. plant. Sieve-tube re- 
gion. > 335. 

Fic. 12. Diagrammatic cross section of lamina in 18 mm. plant. Mucilage ducts 
and grooves are indicated ЖХ 25. 

Fic. 13. Detail of laminar structure. Cross-section 25 mm. above the top of the 
pneumatocyst in I2 cm. plant. > 335. 

PLATE 362 

Fic. 14. Cross section. through base of lamina in 12 cm. plant showing groove, 
which initiates the longitudinal division of the laminae. 25 mm. above top of pneu- 
matocyst. X 335. 

Fic. 15. Cryptostomatal area. Cross section immediately above pneumatocyst 
of plant 12 cm. in length. 

Fic. 16. Sieve-tube from stipe. 12 cm. plant. Shows the fragmented nuclei in 
the capillary cavity of the cell. >< 335. 

Fic. 17. Trumpet-hypha from pith-web of plant 12 dm. in length. Shows gela- 
tinous thickening of inner wall. > 335. 

Fic. 18. Origin of sieve-tubes. Longitudinal section through area bounding the 
pith-web. Plant 12 cm. long. Cells to the left with several nuclei become passively 
elongated into the sieve-tubes. >< 335. 


kid diris de ala. tx So Re HM NOR NORRIS de we dh at ited bee eed түнү сете | —_ d SR 
4 ! 
| 


i tats Р 


-—— Ч 


"dai 


296 MacMirLAN: OBSERVATIONS ON NEREOCYSTIS 


Fic. 19. Cross section of mucilage duct in the lamina. Section made immedi- 
ately above pneumatocyst. Plant 12 cm. long. > 335. Should be compared with 
Fig. 15 and indicates a possible relation between the structures classed as cryptostomata 
and the mucilage ducts. 

Fic, 20. Cross section of old mucilage duct in stipe. Planti2 cm. long. Secre- 
tion-cells not shown. 335. 

Fic, 21. Cross section of pneumatocyst wall. Mucilage duct in center. >< 335. 

Fic. 22. Origin of paraphyses in sorus. Mature plant. X 335. 

Fic, 23. Origin of sporangia in sorus. Mature plant. X 521. 

Fic, 24. Cross section through mature sorus showing paraphyses and sporangia. 
In the latter spores are indicated. X 335. 


Mueren mit. < as Par Maite АО 0. 71 4 
> 


Studies in Sisyrinchium, 11:—Роиг new Species from Michigan. 


Bv EuGENE P. BICKNELL 


As represented in Michigan the genus Sisyrinchium presents 
some altogether unexpected features. As many as eight species 
occur in the state, that is to say, eight species are included among 
several small collections of Michigan Blue-eyed Grasses which 
have been sent to me ; it is quite probable that the actual num- 
ber of species belonging to the state flora is even in excess of 
this. Two of the species are the now well known S. angustifolium 
and S. graminoides, common in the eastern states; two are long 
discredited species which must be restored to good standing—the 
S. mucronatum of Michaux, described in 1803, and the S: albidum 
of Rafinesque, published in 1832 ; about these I shall have more 
to say on another occasion ; the remaining four species are here 
described. 

It does not yet appear which are the prevailing species in the 
state. S. graminoides seems to have been the most frequently 
collected, occurring both north and south, but it is apparently 
quite wanting in certain sections. S. albidum, which is common 
further south, seems to prevail in the southern part of the state, 
where it has been collected by Professor Wheeler, Mr. Farwell 
and the Misses Camp ; Mr. Farwell has also obtained it in Kee- 
weenaw County in the extreme north. S. angustifolium, common 
eastward, and also to the north and west, appears to occur only 
sparingly. The four new species must be regarded for the pres- 
ent as rare, each having been collected only at a single station. 


Sisyrinchium hastile: 

Very slender and rigidly erect, apparently little if at all tufted, 
30-40 cm. high, dull green becoming brownish in drying. 
Leaves very narrow and stiff, thickened, 1 mm. or less wide but 
becoming over 30 cm. long, tapering into a very slender, obtusely 
pointed, sometimes terete apex, very closely striate-nerved, granu- 
lose-roughened throughout with minute whitish points, except the 
broadened and membranous sheathing base ; stems resembling the 
leaves, equally slender and granulose, rigid and very straight, or 

(297 ) 


298 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


sometimes twisted and undulate, strongly striate, not at all winged 
but subterete and bluntly two-edged or obscurely margined : spathes 
in a conjugate pair at the top of the stem, or sometimes solitary, 
the outer one stoutly short-stipitate within the base of the com- 
mon outer bract, each spathe consisting of two opposite pairs of 
closely imbricated bracts 2—3 cm. long which are attenuate-lanceo- 
late, stiff-membranous and striate, with hyaline margins, the inner 
pair tapering into weak white-scarious acuminations, all glabrous or 
the outermost obscurely roughened, the common outer bract very 
slenderly prolonged for half its length and surpassing the inner 
ones 1—5 cm.; interior scales ample, sometimes slightly exserted, 
the larger ones even appearing like inferior bracts: flowers appar- 
ently only 1—3 in each spathe, on erect, scarcely exserted pedicels 
1.5—2.3 cm. long, mature flower not seen ; a dried and brown bud 
from within a spathe showed unusually long and narrow anthers (4.5 
mm, long) cleft for the insertion of the short, partly free filaments, 
and slender styles about 2 mm. long not, however, surpassing the 
stamens: young capsule obovate-oblong, dark, rugulose. 


Described from a few imperfect specimens communicated by 
Mr. O. A. Farwell, who collected them June 6, 1896, on “sandy 
shores of Belle Isle, in the Detroit River, Michigan." 

A remarkable plant not closely related to any of our species, 
but showing a number of striking peculiarities and even possessing 
claims to generic distinction. 


Sisyrinchium Farwellii 


Thinly tufted from a cluster of very slender wiry roots which 
are dark and finely striate when dried, the bases of the tufts. 
sheathed with a coating of coarse dull-brown fibers. Leaves 
and stems rather light dull-green and slightly glaucescent, not 
blackening in drying, the spathes paler yellowish-green: leaves 
apparently not more than half the height of the stem, becoming 
3 mm. wide, firm in texture though rather thin and membranous, 
finely nerved, attenuate-acute, the edges smooth or serrulate : stems. 
flexuous-erect, 20-30 cm. high, 1-2 mm. wide, the wings thin and 
finely nerved, minutely aculeolate-serrulate or sometimes smooth 
below ; Eracteal leaf shorter than the two or three peduncles, slen- 
derly attenuate, below rather abruptly broadened and loosely clasp- 
ing, the membranous sheathing base striate-nerved, the keel some- 
times very rough-serrulate, stem sometimes bearing two rather 
distant nodes each with its leaf and peduncles : peduncles 4—11 cm. 
long, somewhat curved, approximate, very slender, mostly less. 
than .5 mm. wide, narrowly thin-margined, smooth to ciliolate- 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 299 


serrulate, sometimes serrulate. only on one side: spathes narrow 
but abruptly broader than the peduncles, erect or slightly bent, 
17-20 mm. long, bracts sub-equal or the outer one slightly pro- 
longed, thin and membranous, narrowly hyaline margined finely 
or sometimes obscurely nerved, narrow and attenuate, slender- 
pointed or sub-aristulate, or the inner one mucronate from a 
scarious apex, the outer one clasping for 2-3 mm. at base: 
interior scales about half the length of the bracts: flowers 5-0, 
pale-blue, very small ; perianth appearing to be only about 6 mm. 
long, very delicate and faintly-nerved: capsules pale and thin- 
walled, 3-5 mm. high, on slender, somewhat flexuously-erect, ex- 
serted pedicels, 17-25 mm. long. 
Southeastern Michigan, Birmingham, Oakland County, Sep- 
tember 27, 1898, O. A. Farwell. 
Very distinct from any species of the Eastern States, appearing 
to group more naturally with the fibrous-based S. ZZoridanum and 


allied species of the South. 


Sisyrinchium strictum 


About 30 cm. high in close tufts not fibrous-coated at base, 
pale, bright green and glaucous, keeping its color when dried, the 
spathes often purple and sometimes the entire plant purplish- 
tinged. Leaves over half the height of the stems, closely erect, 
rather thin, but firm and closely striate-nerved, 1—2 mm. wide, 
slenderly acute, the edges minutely serrulate to smooth ; stems 
about 1.5 mm. wide, the wing-margins rather thin, mostly serru- 
late ; node only one, bearing a sleader erect bracteal-leaf, shorter or 
longerthan the mostly two short, erect, approximate peduncles which 
are narrowly wing-margined with denticulate edges : spathes erect, 
narrowed into the peduncle, 16-20 mm. long, 1.5-3 mm. wide, 
the bracts subequal, but usually the inner one slightly surpassing 
the outer and obviously the broader above, acute or mucronulate, 
rather openly fine-nerved, almost carinate, the dorsal line of the 
outer bract usually showing a more or less abrupt descent into the 
acuminate apical part, the margins below slightly hyaline, 
united for about 5 mm. above the base ; interior scales small, half 
the length of the bracts or less: flowers 3—6 on erect, slightly 
exserted pedicels 20-23 mm. long ; perianth deep blue-purple, ap- 
parently about 10mm. long ; stamineal column about 5 mm. high ; 
pedicels distinctly margined. or even winged, the exserted tips be- 
coming purple: a single capsule is truncate obovate, pale and 
thin-walled over 4 mm. high: seeds not quite mature, oblong, 
dark and rugulose-pitted, 171.25 mm. in longer diameter. 


800 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


Vestaburg, Montcalm County, Michigan, collected by Professor 
C. Е. Wheeler, June 22, 1898, “in sandy soil well in the southern. 
limits of the white pine country." 

Appearing somewhat intermediate between forms of S. Atanti- 
cum and S. mucronatum Michx., but unmistakably distinct from 
either. 


Sisyrinchium apiculatum 


Loosely tufted from contractedly branched rootstocks and 
slender wiry roots, pale green and glaucescent not turning dark 
when dry, about 40 cm. high. Leaves loosely erect, appar- 
ently few and less than half the height of the stems, 1.5-2 mm. or 
more wide, acute, thin but firm, closely striate-nerved, very smooth- 
edged, somewhat withering-persistent and becoming loosely flexu- 
ous and fibrillose about the base of the tufts ; stems erect, 1-2 mm. 
wide, narrowly winged; nodes mostly two, separated by an in- 
terval of 4-6 cm., the lower bearing a fóliaceous erect bracteal- 
leaf and one or two peduncles often much surpassing the second 
node, which supports a short bracteal leaf and two or three pedun- 
cles; peduncles very slender, narrowly margined, smooth or finely 
denticulate, distinctly constricted at the base of the spathe, erect 
or divergent, those from the first node sometimes 8 cm. long, the 
upper ones shorter: spathes often deflected, short and relatively 
broad, 10-13 mm. long, 2—3 mm. wide, the bracts subequal, 
mostly incurved above, acute, or the inner one sometimes obtuse, 
prominently striate, broadly hyaline-margined, convex and sharp- 
edged, the inner one emerging rather abruptly above the clasping 
base (3-4 mm. long) of the outer опе; interior scales rather broad 
and blunt, much shorter than the bracts, flowers about 6, blue, 
rather small; perianth about 8 mm. long ; stamineal column about 
4 mm. high; ovary glandular-puberulent: capsule dark, broadly 
subglobose, apiculate, sparsely puberulent, on loosely erect, dis- 
tinctly margined pedicels, 13-17 mm. long. 

Muskegon, Muskegon Co., Michigan, June, 1898, communi- 
cated by Professor W. J. Beal. 

In appearance perhaps most suggestive of S. Atlanticum, but 


not at all that species. 


Notes on Covillea and Fagonia 


Bv ANNA MURRAY VAIL 


Dr. B. L. Robinson (Syn. Fl. 1: 356) has pointed out that 
the leaflets of Larrea divaricata Cav. are more narrowly oblong, 
more widely spreading and are less inclined to be falcate as well as 
more decidedly connate than are those of Larrea Mexicana. Mr. 
F. V. Coville recently (in litt.) also claims that however closely 
related, the southwestern species is distinct from the Chilian 
species. The plant on which I based my examination of Larrea 
divaricata was a duplicate of the “ Macrae’’ specimen mentioned 
by Dr. Robinson and it is undoubtedly Z. Mexicana. Since then 
I have seen the following specimens from South America (Her- 
barium of the British Museum) purporting to be Larrea divaricata г 
Lorenz, no. 105 ; Cordoba, С. Hieronymus, “ 5, 6, 1877”; South 
Am., Pearce; Chili, Bridges, 1843, and a specimen from Раќа- 
gonia which is identical with one from Rio Negro, North Pata- 
gonia, from the Wilkes expedition in the Herbarium of Columbia 
University. They all agree with the differences referred to by Dr. 
Robinson and in addition I will add that they do not appear to be 
quite so resinous as the North American plant and the fine silky 
pubescence of the young leaves seems to be more abundant and 
to persist longer; the venation is also more distinct. There are 
some North American specimens, however, which approach very 
closely to Г. divaricata and among them I noted one collected at 
« E] Paso, New Mexico," by Н. Carruthers, Nov. 10, 1884, in the 
Herbarium of the British Museum and a specimen without flowers 
or fruit collected by Frémont on his expedition to California in 
1849 (Herb. Torrey). 

The synonymy of these two species should therefore stand as 
follows: 


CovILLEA DIVARICATA (Cav.) Vail, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 
229. 1895 : 
Larrea divaricata Cav. Ann. Hist. Nat. 2: 122. 1800. Cav. 


Ic. 6: 40. pl. 560, f. I. 1801. 
(801 ) 


302 VAIL: NOTES ON COVILLEA AND FAGONIA 


Covillea tridentata (DC.) 


Zygophyllum tridentatum Mog. & Sessé; DC. Prodr. 1: 706. 
1824; A. DC. Calque$ des Dess. AX. 759. 

Larrea Mexicana Moric. Pl. Nouv. Am. 71. pl. 48. 1833-46. 

Larrea glutinosa Engelm. Wisliz. Rep. 9. 1848. 

Zygophyllum Californicum Torr. & Frém.; Frém. Rep. 257. 
1845. 

Fagonia CALIFORNICA Benth. Bot. Sulp. 10. 1844. 

A type specimen of F. Californica var. Barclayana Benth.* in 
the Herbarium of the British Museum is puberulous as described, 
but does not show the very marked and conspicuous gold-colored 
glands of Fagonia Californica var. glutinosa Vail (Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 22: 229) The species is very variable and it is 
doubtful whether any of the forms described deserve varietal rank. 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, May 19, 1899. 


* Syn; Fl. 1 : 355. 


РИТ УГА ЛИ ГГ ү Т ^ 07 | 
Жүр Uae Pee РА: | 


Notes on Plants of the Chicago District 


Бү Е. HICE 


In studying the flora of a restricted region, no matter how саге- 
fully it seems to have been explored, one is frequently surprised 
by finding new things. It almost seems as if such plants ought to 
be classed with those which are known to be introduced, like many 
migrants along the railways or escapes from gardens. But they are 
really old residents that had failed to be detected. No region can 
be regarded as thoroughly explored till every acre of its wild areas at 
least has been examined. Then some plantsare so rare or local or 
grow under such peculiar conditions that a few square rods or 
even feet may comprise their range. This is said of the flowering 
plants and the vascular cryptogams. When we come to the lower 
orders of plants the space occupied by a given species may be still 
more restricted. I have in mind a single elm tree to a hollow knot 
of which I must go to get a little moss, Anacamptodon splachnoides 
Brid., though I do not suppose it is confined to that one knot of 
all the like hollows which may be found in the region traversed. 
But the problem is to find the other places, something I should 
value in its bearings on work pertaining to the geographical dis- 
tribution of the mosses of the Chicago region. Yet eight years 
have passed without additions to that hollow space, fortunately so 
low down on the trunk as to be in easy reach of eye апа hand. 
Bearing this in mind, together with the purpose of extending the 
range of some, plants: well known elsewhere, ог more particularly, 
indicating their presence here if within their general range as 
hitherto given, the following notes have been prepared. They are 
mostly plants detected in the Chicago area during the past two 
seasons, and such remarks are added as may serve to elucidate 
their character. The plants are also largely from the dune region 
at the south end of Lake Michigan, a tract with a remarkably 
varied flora, whose sand hills, hollows and swamps are an unfailing 
delight to botanists. They are arranged in groups the better to 
compare and indicate their range. 

The most striking of these are such as have ascribed to them 

( 303 ) 


304 Hitt: Nores on PLANTS OF THE CHICAGO DISTRICT 


an Atlantic coast range or occur eastward of the Alleghanies, ех- 
tending in some cases along the coast to the southwest to Louis- 
iana, Texas and Mexico. I have ceased to be surprised at this 
since first meeting with such plants in 1870 growing on the sandy 
terraces or the bordering wettish lands along the Kankakee river 
in Illinois. All of these have since been traced to the dune region 
of Lake Michigan, or have had their range extended to other parts. 
But some of them have not yet had intermediate stations recorded 
for them till the Atlantic slope is reached, like Rynchospora cy- 
mosa, Eleocharis capitata and Е. melanocarpa, unless they occur 
inland farther to the south. To these may now be added Pani- 
cum verrucosum Muhl., P. lanuginosum Ell., Scleria Torreyana 
Walp., Psilocarya nitens Wood, Xyris Caroliniana Walt., with a 
range from Massachusetts or New Jersey south to Florida, or 
along the gulf to Louisiana and Texas, and, in the case of S. Tor- 
reyana, to Mexico. Psilocarya scirpoides Torr. occurs with P. 
nitens but has a more restricted range along the coast, “ eastern 
Massachusetts and Rhode Island." Perhaps there should be 
added to these Rynchospora macrostachya Torr., which is made a 
variety of R. corniculata A. Gray and given the same range as the 
type in Britton and Brown's “Illustrated Flora," but in the older 
books is confined to the coast region. It is well marked, its long 
slender spikelets erect or but slightly spreading. It is remarkably 
abundant where it occurs, like grass in a meadow, and very strik- 
ing with its prominent brown spikes. Xyris Caroliniana spreads 
over considerable areas making masses of yellow beds in the less 
grassy portions of desiccated or partially desiccated sloughs in the 
summer season. The two Psilocaryae аге specially noteworthy, 
growing in company in the muddy borders of sloughs, usually in 
dense masses, so that a single handful will show specimens of 
both kinds, but so distinct that a little practice enables. the eye to 
separate them without resort to a lens to examine their achenia, 
which is the final test. Though so close together it is hard to find 
a specimen that is intermediate in character or classed without dif- 
ficulty with its appropriate type. І know few plants of any. genus 
so intimately associated that maintain their characters so uniformly 
and so plainly show that they are specifically distinct. Though 
frequently intermingled in the same ground-bed they usually oc- 


ACT P. ae secs LEA A 4s Ай ME SM. TA COM 2 EWS c * 
umm “ee. a dnd т фы Ё dE MEN. CT Y КЧР N ESA > 
Шы" ^ , " 


Hitt: Nores ом PLANTS or THE СнісАСО District 305 . 


сиру in mass different areas whose borders overlap, P. scirpoides 
more abundant, taller and stouter. It is interesting to note also 
that the spikelets are often much changed in appearance by a rust, 
probably the same which . Torrey mentions in the original descrip- 
tion of P. scirpoides in his ** Monograph of North American Cy- 
peraceae."* “ The flowers are frequently affected with a species of 
Uredo, insomuch that during one season Mr. Green [of New Bed- 
ford, Mass., who seems to have sent Torrey the first specimens of 
the plant] was unable to find a single specimen that was not 
diseased.” 

Fuirena squarrosa Michx. nearly ranks with this group, having 
one locality north of Detroit, Mich., accorded it, and occurring 
also in northern Ohio. West it appears again in Nebraska. Last 
summer it was found in a single locality in the dune region. 

These plants generally grow in proximity in the same sloughs, 
being plants of wet ground, with the exception of Panicum lanu- 
ginosui which frequents the slopes of neighboring sand hills and 
comes down to the sloughs at their base. It occurs also in local- 
ities outside of the dunes proper. They have been obtained near 
Dune Park, Porter County, Ind., all but Sc/erta Torreyana in а 
section of the dune area I had not visited until 1897, and am not 
aware of its having been explored by others previously. 

Some plants from the same section which have had an east- 
ward or a southern range assigned them can be added to the list. 
Eleocharis Robbinsii Oakes, not given farther west than Clinton 
County in Central Michigan, the only known locality in the State 
(Beal and Wheeler’s Michigan Flora, 1892); Scleria reticularis 
Michx. and S. pauciflora Muhl., south of this along our meridian. 
By finding the last the past season there are given to the dune re- 
gion five of the six species of Sc/eria within the range of the Man- 
ual region, S. /rig/omerata and S. veritcillata being known from 
here before and quite general in their occurrence. They can all 
be obtained in a limited area at Dune Park, together with the plants 
heretofore mentioned, and within a circle of scarcely more than a 
mile radius. To this group may be added Panicum sphaerocarpon 
Ell., a plant of dry sand hills; Leva striatum Walt., in open wet 
or wettish ground, both from Dune Park ; Cassia nictitans L. from 


*Ann, Lye. N. Y. 3: 361. 1836. 


8306 Hitt: МотЕкз ох PLANTS or THE CuicAco DISTRICT 


the sand hills and ridges of Tolleston, Ind.; and Aristida gracilis 
Ell., from Pine near the lake shore. The latter grows іп ground 
that can hardly be called dry, for it occurs in sand bordering 
sloughs dry at the time of flowering. Yet one can reach out and 
get Utricularia cornuta and U. gibba with one hand while taking 
the Aristida with the other, so that its spring or early summer con- 
dition must be quite moist or even wet. Panicum flexile and P. 
pubescens are grasses commonly growing with it showing the com- 
posite ecological character of the soil conditions often seen in the 
dune flora, baffling one sometimes to determine whether they are 
xerophytic or hydrophytic, since they are both at different times 
ofthe year. The wettish sands of the spring and early summer 
provide the seeds of these annual grasses with better means of 
germination than the drier ridges subject to the wind and where 
the vegetation is scantier, the ground more bare, so that they grow 
` more abundantly and luxuriantly in ground that becomes dry and 
suits a xerophytic plant when near its maturity. The westward 
distribution of Vitis Labrusca, which was obtained in the dune re- 
gion Іп 1897, was discussed at large in an article in the BULLETIN 
of the Torrey Botanical Club in October, 1897. 

Among the drift hills near Mokena, south of Chicago, two 
Carices occur which have a southern range for this meridian, C. 
Shortiana Dewey, in wet meadows, and C. triceps Michx. in oak 
woods. The latter has a single station given it farther north in 
the central part of southern Michigan, and both range in Illinois 
from Peoria south. Cyperus acuminatus Torr. and Hook., a sedge 
with a southwestward extension, was found last year by the Des- 
plaines River at Lockport, Ill. It has been known hitherto in the 
state as a plant of the valley of the Illinois River and towards the 
Mississippi. The three are still plants of the Illinois valley for 
our region as they are beyond the divide which separates the lake 
region from streams flowing toward the Mississippi. 

Some plants with a general northern range or adapted to colder 
conditions have been added to our flora. Carex oligosperma 
Michx. comes into the dune region from the north, being found 
in sphagnous swamps and in cranberry marshes at Miller, Ind. 
The little bitter cress, Cardamine parviflora L., was obtained in 
the oak woods with Carex triceps though I have. occasionally met 


Ка саа C LST с” d | 


HILL: Notes oN PLANTS OF THE CHiCcAGO District 807 


with it before. Perhaps there should be added to this northern 
list Spiranthes latifolia Torr., two specimens of which were found 
by Mrs. Agnes Chase of Chicago, growing on the bogs of springy 
ground near Carex Shortiana. І am not aware of its occurrence else- 
where in this state except in Menard County, a station farther south, 
In a pond in the same neighborhood an abundance of Callitriche 
heterophylla Pursh was secured, a plant of a wider range, mostly 
southward, but new to our region. Another rare plant was found 
twice by Mrs. Chase in the season of 1897, Ophioglossum vulgatum 
L., first in the damp, sandy borders of a slough at Miller, and again 
in the boggy border of Wolf Lake at Roby, Ind. I have seen it 
once before during the time of my botanical work, nearly forty 
years ago in western New York, where I also knew the Adder- 
tongue Fern in boyhood as a curious plant of the wet meadows. 
To meet with it twice after so long a time wasarare treat. It had 
been seen in Illinois so rarely that when Patterson published his 
* Catalogue of Illinois Plants" in 1876, but a single specimen was 
reported, obtained by Dr. Schneck in Wabash County. 

Some plants have been recently added to our flora which are 
readily confounded with others that are similar and thus are easily 
overlooked. Cyperus Houghtonii Torr. does not greatly differ 
from some forms of C. Schweinitsii Torr., but is generally a lower 
plant with a more compact inflorescence, and may also, when the 
two are neighbors, grow higher up on the sand hills; it is also 
earlier by nearly a month. It has been in my herbarium since 
1881 on the same sheet with its congener, collected in the dune 
region, but had failed to be separated, perhaps not without cause. 
In 1878, while studying the flora of Michigan at Petoskey and 
vicinity, a Cyperus was found on the sand hills at Indian River 
which I identified as C. Houghtonii from the description given in 
Torrey's Cyperaceae, as it was not in the Manual. To be better 
satisfied some were sent, together with C. Schweinitsit, to a well 
known botanist for verification. They were both pronounced C. 
filiculmis Vahl. This plant has been a familiar one for some time 
as well as C. Schweinitzii. I rested somewhat uneasily under the 
weight of authority, but finally concluded that jilicu/mis and 
Schweinitsii were different and Houghtonii might be a form of the 
latter, since it was not recognized in our handbooks. The Mich- 


808 Hitt: NOTES on PLANTS OF THE CHICAGO DISTRICT 


igan plant was quite remote from the place where those described 
by Torrey were obtained, “ Lake of the Isles, Northwest Terri- 
tory,” but it has since been reported from the same locality by C. 
F. Wheeler, as well as from other parts of Michigan. Another of 
these plants is Scirpus Smithii A. Gray, quite closely resembling 
small forms of S. debilis Pursh. Both grow in the muddy borders 
of sloughs in the sand region, the former as yet seen only at 
Whiting, Ind. Growing with these, but of wider range, is Juncus 
articulatus L., which may be overlooked on account of its resem- 
blance to /. Richardsonii Schult., a very common species here. 
J. scirpoides Lam. may be included with them, in general appearance 
like some forms of J. Torreyi Coville. It is not assigned to the 
west by Britton and Brown, but I have known it here since 1876 
and have since identified it as collected at an earlier date at Kan- 
kakee, Ill. 

Ledges of rock not being common in our area, plants which 
require or may seek such a habitat are not expected in much 
variety. Conditions of this kind exist to some extent along the 
Desplaines river from Lamont to Joliet, where the Niagara Lime- 
stone has been scarped out by glacial action, and low cliffs border- 
ing the flood plain are formed with a talus of rocks at their base. 
The excavation of the Drainage Canal through this valley, requir- 
ing much rock cutting, may in time increase these conditions, for 
crevices above the waterline will be likely to furnish a foothold for 
such plants, as the rock faces of unused quarries now do. The 
most interesting plant of this kind is the little fern, Pe//aea atro- 
purpurea, which clings in abundance to the face of such a cliff at 
Lamont. Silene antirrhina divaricata Robinson grows with it, its 
slender sprawling habit making it look quite different from the up- 
right and stiffer form common in dry ground especially by road- 
sides. I found it the second time the past season growing under 
somewhat different conditions on bluffs of clay which border a 
small stream near Thornton, south of this city, but of the same 
weak, sprawling character, its branches widely spreading. This 
adds two more stations in Illinois to the one already reported, 
Rockford. It was also found last season near Peoria. Pentstemon 
pubescens Solander is another denizen of the cliffs as well as of the 
thin soil spread over the rocks which form the glaciated floor of 


ЫЕ 1 К стр и E T CAP RENTES ME 


Нил: М№отеѕ oN PLANTS OF THE CHICAGO Districr 809 


the river valley. The cliff also furnishes me the only station 
for a pretty liverwort, Grimaldia barbifrons Bisch., its forking 
thallus forming little patches on the thin soil of crevices. Pogy- 
gonum exsertum Small may be mentioned in this connection, 
like Pentstemon pubescens frequenting the rocky soil of the valley 
floor both here and at Lockport. 

In the field of introduced plants novelties may continually be 
expected. It is well to note their arrival as nearly as possible, for 
the migration of plants becomes important in giving some idea of 
their habits and rate of spreading. As an example the Yellow 
Cress (Nasturtium sylvestre) may be cited. In 1890 it was found 
near Western Springs, west of Chicago. It had not been reported 
from our region before and seemed quite local, growing along the 
wet banks of Salt Creek and by roadsides and in neighboring 
meadows. Now it is exceedingly abundant along the Desplaines 
from Riverside to Lamont or beyond. Salt Creek enters the Des- 
plaines near Riverside,and another stream, Flag Creek, heads near 
Western Springs, but a short distance from Salt Creek, and enters 
the Desplaines above Lamont. Either route makes an easy path 
for the spreading of such a plant, but its habits show that it is also 
provided with other means of migrating. It is a hardy plant and 
adapts itself to quite a range of conditions: it will grow with its 
stems half buried in mud and water, and seems equally at home by 
the roadside where the wagon wheels may bruise it. On railway 
embankments it spreads beside the rails and even roots in the ballast. 
Under these dryer conditions it is more branching and bushy, or it 
may be procumbent, leaning on the ground for support. The rail- 
ways are in fact responsible for most of our introduced plants as 
well as their dispersion when once established. Some of these 
plants are weeds which could well be spared, others are harmless 
or may be desirable acquisitions. 

Coming from the east may be mentioned Bromus tectorum L., 
small and softly hairy, which appears along the railroads east of 
the city in Indiana. It was first detected in 1897. At the same 
time Centaurea Јасеа L. was obtained. Reseda alba L. was col- 
lected last year in the streets of Morgan Park south of the city. 
Artemisia annua L. was obtained the first time last season from 
roadsides at Lamont. 


310 Hitt: NOTES on PLANTS ОЕ THE CHICAGO DISTRICT 


But most of our introduced plants came to us from the west 
or southwest. In 1897 Agropyron glaucum К. & S. was found 
well established in the dry sand at Clarke, Ind. Whether it 
would prove as troublesome as the real Couch-grass, A. repens, 
of which it is considered a variety by some, remains to be seen 
should it persist and spread. It was spreading thickly in soil 
where such grasses as Stipa spartea, Calamagrostis longifolia, Era- 
grostis pectinacea, E. Purshii and Panicum virgatum usually grow. 
Its subterranean stems did not seem as abundant or formidable as 
those of 4. repens, but in richer cultivated fields might be different. 
As the Blue-joint or Blue-stem of the western stockman, highly 
praised when it is said of it that “no richer hay can be made 
from anything known," it might have value as a grass for 
sand dunes. Helianthus petiolaris Nutt., of the dry plains of the 
west, is becoming frequent by railroads both east and west of the 
city. It is quite ornamental along their roadbeds, blooming when 
but eight or ten inches high and rarely exceeding a couple of feet. 
Allionia linearis also comes from west of the Mississippi and was 
taken last summer from street sides at Morgan Park not far from 
the Rock Island railroad. In a ditch by the same railroad at 
South Englewood in the city is a patch of Bidens involucrata Brit- 
ton, its large yellow flowers rather handsome. It comes into the 
western part of Illinois where it may be native, though its range 
is westward. It was not given in Patterson's catalogue in 1876 
and plainly seems to be adventive here. Coreopsis tinctoria Nutt 
was likewise found in strect-side lawns and parkways at Morgan 
Park, perhaps an escape from gardens, though it may have come 
by the same route as the A//ionia, being indigenous to the same 
region. Plantago aristata Michx., a low plant with long, stout and 
prominent spikes, which are rather abundant, appears in the stiff 
blue clay taken out of the Drainage Canal and on railway embank- 
ments near by. It was doubtless discovered more than a century 
ago by Michaux “іп pratensibus lIinoensium," in the autumn of 
1795, when he travelled in the southern part of the state, though 
he makes no mention of the discovery in his journal. Dr. Mead 
reported it from the vicinity of Quincy, farther north than Michaux 
came. It is interesting to find that it has migrated to the neigh- 
borhood of this city, flourishing under somewhat different con- 


Hitt: Nores oN PLANTS OF THE CHICAGO Distrricr 311 


ditions from those in prairies and meadows. Aristida oligantha 
Michx. was collected in the same place, a grass with about the 
same range in this state as the antago aristata. Sporobolus ne- 
glectus Nash appears like an introduced grass. I met with it first 
in 1895 by the Wabash railroad in Will county and again the past 
season at Lake Zurich, Lake county, where it grows by roadsides 
with Panicum proliferum and Sporobolus vaginaeflorus, a frequent 
grass in dry grounds and waste places where it generally grows 
in dense patches. Both of them have a different habit when grow- 
ing by roadsides or in places ‘where they are not crowded, forming 
stools with the much stouter stems semi-prostrate or ascending. 
Panicum proliferum has a similar habit, becoming a good sized 
weed in dry grounds, though smaller than in its native swamps or 
wetlands. The three seem well adapted to endure the wear and 
trampling to which such plants as grow by highways are more ог 
less subjected. 


New and interesting Plants from Western North America.—V 


Bv A. A. HELLER 


Lepidium Idahoense sp. nov. 

Apparently annual; stem 20-50 cm. high, smooth to the 
naked eye, but sparingly puberulent under a lense, somewhat 
shining, purplish below, much branched above, forming a. corym- 
bose top: basal leaves not seen; lower cauline obovate-oblong, 
about 6 cm. long, on margined petioles of 2 cm., laciniately 
dentate, the divisions ascending, sparingly covered on the margins 
and veins with whitish, curved bristles ; upper cauline short- 
petioled or sessile, entire or nearly so, and finally reduced to linear 
bracts: inflorescence glabrous; pedicels slender, divaricate, or 
somewhat ascending, 4 mm. long; petals white, prominent, obovate 
cuneiform, slender clawed, about 2 mm. long; pods neatly orbicu- 
lar, glabrous, 2 mm. or slightly more in diameter, notched; style 
very short, stout. 


Our no. 3044, collected on the right bank of the Snake River, 
near Lewiston, Nez Perces County, Idaho, May її, 1896, altitude 
about 800 feet. Later older and taller specimens were collected 
in gravelly ground along Hatwai creek, six miles east of Lewiston. 
The type is in my private herbarium. 

To Lepidium Idahoense belongs no. 145 of Sandberg, Mac- 
Dougal and Heller, collected along the Clearwater river, about 
eight miles east of Lewiston, in May, 1892. Their specimens 
were referred by Mr. Holzinger to Lepiarum alyssoides A. Gray, a 
species with which it has no particular affinity. 


Lepidium simile sp. nov. 


Annual; stem 30-35 cm. high, strongly puberulent below, less 
so above, corymbosely branched above, basal leaves 3-4 cm. long, 
obovate-oblong, pinnately lobed or parted in the lower half, the 
upper almost entire, bluntish, puberulent; lower cauline leaves 
much like the basal but narrower and more acute; upper cauline 
entire or nearly so, lanceolate or linear lanceolate: inflorescence 
puberulent; pedicels slender, 3 mm. long, ascending ; petals 
greenish-white, inconspicuous, spatulate, about 1 mm. long: pods 
about 2 mm. wide, a little longer than broad, slightly notched, 
puberulent, especially on the margins; stigma sessile or nearly so. 

(312) 


ДУМАЕТ Sk 77 0 AEN RENI C T | 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 818 


Our no. 3044a, collected on the right bank of the Snake 
River, near Lewiston, Nez Perces county, Idaho, May 11, 1896, 
altitude about 800 feet. This species was associated with Z epidium 
[dahoense, which it resembles in manner of growth and appearance 
of herbage. The principal differences are found in the inflores- 
cence, as will be seen by comparing the two descriptions. ZL. simile 
is also less inclined to branch, and the branches ascending at an 
acuter angle. The type is in my private herbarium. 


Ptelea rhombifolia sp. nov. 


A shrub, about 2.5 meters high, branching above, the branches 
spreading, light brown, or grayish, the older ones usually smooth, 
those of the season’s growth pubescent with short curved hairs ; 
leaves trifoliolate, the petioles and lower surfaces covered with 
tomentose hairs, the upper surfaces also pubescent, but less so, 


and greener ; petioles about 5 cm. long ; leaflets somewhat rhom- 


bic ovate, or rhombic orbicular, the largest about 5 cm. long, and 
4 cm. wide, their apices either rounded or slightly pointed, midrib 
yellowish, prominent, as are also the pinnate veins : inflorescence 


strongly pubescent, including the petals and the bases of the sta- 


mens; petals creamy white, obovate-oblong, about 4 mm. long ; 


:samara almost orbicular, about 1.4 cm. in diameter, reticulate. 


My no. 1582, collected at San Antonio, Bexar county, Texas, 
April 27, 1894, altitude 600 feet. The specimens were collected 
in a wooded tract lying between the right bank of the river and 


the Southern Pacific railroad track. Specimens were distributed 


under the name “Ptelea trifoliata mollis,” but can hardly be referred 
to that species, which has a more eastern distribution. Тһе type 
is in my private herbarium. 

To Ptelea rhombifolia І would also refer Dr. D. T. Mac- 
Dougal’s no. 139, collected in Walnut Сайоп, near Flagstaff, 
Arizona, June 18, 1898. 


Microsteris diffusa sp. nov. 


Diffusely branched from the base, 15-25 cm. high, often 30 


‘ст. broad, pubescent throughout with chaffy, spreading or twisted 


hairs, those on the upper portion of the plant glandular : leaves all 
sessile, the lowest ones oblong-oval, nearly glabrous, the others 
lanceolate, acute, usually about 4 cm. long, and from 5 mm. to r 
cm. wide ; flowers rather numerous ; calyx 1 cm. long, the tubular 


314 HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 


portion united by a membrane, the lobes about 1 mm. wide at the 
base, gradually attenuate to the mucronate apex, erect in anthesis, 
spreading, and more or less recurved at maturity; corolla pale 
violet, the slender tube barely the length of the calyx, the lobes 
very small: seeds straw-color. 


Our no. 3098, collected near the mouth of the Potlatch river, 
Nez Perces county, Idaho, May 20, 1896, altitude about 1200 
feet. The plants grew in rich, stony basalt formation in a thinly 
wooded tract on the right bank of a small stream which empties 
into the Potlatch just above the junction of that stream with the 
Clearwater. 

Our specimens were distributed either as “ Phlox gracilis” or 
Collomia gracilis, and are near to that species in most particulars. 
The corolla lobes, however, are much smaller, the sepals broader 
at the base, and the seeds straw-color, instead of light brown, and 
it is of totally different habit, being more liké Microsteris humilis 
in that respect. The type is in my private herbarium. 


CASTILLEJA LUTEA Heller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25:268. 1898 


In describing this species, I referred to its possible relationship 
with C. desertorum Geyer, and through oversight in reading 
Hooker's reference to this name, made the following inexcusable 
statement: “ As he gives no description whatever, and does not 
even mention the color, which is said to be the sole difference, the 
name is zomen nudum, and we have no other clue than that of local- 
ity. 
as yellow and scarlet variegated. I have now no doubt as to the 


The color is mentioned, however, for the bracts are described 


distinctness of my species. In the herbarium of Columbia Uni- 
versity there is now a single specimen besides my own C. /utea 
collected by Professor C. V. Piper of Pullman, Wash. 


Crepis atrabarba sp. nov. 


Perennial from an ascending rootstock ; stems 4—5 dm. high, 
rather stout, covered with more or less deciduous wool, especially 
below, branched above : basal leaves lanceolate, about 20 cm. long, 
including the margined petiole, which is 5—6 cm. long, lower part 
of blade 5-6 cm. wide, deeply pinnately lobed or runcinately 
toothed, the divisions lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, some of them 
bearing slender teeth, the upper part of the blade forming a slender, 
linear-lanceolate, acuminate tip, 5-5 cm. long ; cauline leaves usu- 


poem T ЖО НОЛ E ca a 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN Моктн AMERICA 315 


ally of the same shape as the basal, but short-petioled, or the up- 
permost reduced to linear bracts : anthodia about ten, fastigiately 
corymbose : involucre 10—14 mm. long, wooly, the divisions linear, 
green whitish margins, costa not prominent, clothed with spread- 
ing, minutely glandular, black bristles; corollas evenly notched 
with five very short, blunt teeth; immature achenes light brown, 
apparently of almost even width ; pappus longer than the achenes. 


Our no. 3302, collected on the slope below Lake Waha, Nez 
Perces County, Idaho, June 22, 1896, altitude about 1800 feet. 
The plants were growing in rich, stony, basalt formation. In 
shape and cut of leaf, this species resembles C. barbigera Leiberg, 
but in no other respect. The type is in my private herbarium. 


Grindelia Brownii sp. nov. 


Perennial; stems clustered from a stout, ligneous root, 35—60 
cm. high, slightly chaffy, red or purplish, branching above, leafy 
throughout: leaves sessile, spatulate-lanceolate, acute, the lower 
about 5 cm. long, and little more than 1 cm. wide at the widest 
part, serrate with spreading teeth; upper shorter and narrower in 
proportion, and often entire: heads 1 cm. high, and little broader ; 
bracts of the involucre lanceolate or linear, the outer shorter and 
narrower, recurved; achenes short, obovate, truncate, several 
ribbed, two of these wing-like ; pappus of two awns. 


Our no. 3418, collected on the “ breaks ” of the Salmon River, 
near the mouth of Maloney Creek (about Forest on labels), Nez 
Perces County, Idaho, July 14, 1896, altitude about 2000 feet. 
The plants were growing on a precipitous grassy slope, in granite 
formation. Specimens were, perhaps, distributed without specific 
name, or as Grindelia squarrosa, under which species it can hardly 
be placed. 

Named in honor of Mr. H. E. Brown, who acted as guide 
during the day on which the species was collected, and greatly as- 
sisted my wife and myself in our work. The type is in my 
private herbarium. 


411 WEST WALNUT STREET, LANCASTER, РА. 


Two new Polypodia from New Zealand 


Bv BENJAMIN D. GILBERT 


When the Transit-of-Venus expedition was sent to New Zea- 
land, in 1874, the party landed at Dunedin, on the southeast 
coast of the middle island. But the fogs of that part of the island 
obscured the sky too much to suit an astronomer and after inves- 
tigation it was decided to go inland about roo miles to a place 
called Queenstown, on or near Waikatipu Lake, where the land 
was much higher and fogs did not exist. 

Dr. C. H. F. Peters, who was the astronomer-in-chief, had 
promised me before leaving home that he would procure for me 
such ferns as he might be able to find. While his temporary ob- 
servatory was being built he took many walks about the adjacent 
country; and during these rambles he picked up a considerable 
number of species that were really desirable. Among the Lo- 
marias that abound there he secured Z. vulcanica, Г. alpina, L. 
fluviatilis, L. Fraseri and, of course, Г. procera, and one of its 
most interesting varieties, Z. imbricata. Не brought two fine 
species of the beautiful Todea as well as endemic species of Cyathea, 
Hymenophyllum, Trichomanes, Gleichenia, Dryopteris and Polypo- 
dium. In this last genus there were specimens of a fern which 
Dr. Hooker does not give in his Flora of New Zealand and which 
has seldom been found in the southern hemisphere, viz., Ро/уро- 
dium vulgare. There is enough peculiarity about it to constitute 
a distinct variety, but if all the forms from different parts of the 
world that have been placed under this species really belong there, 
then this form also must be included. 

There was also another Polypod allied to this, but so distinct 
that, after having it under occasional observation for 25 years, I 
have decided to describe it as an entirely new species. The de- 
scription is as follows : 


Polypodium viride sp. nov. 


Rhizome the size of small whip cord, the growing end densely 
clothed with bright brown narrow-lanceolate scales, their filiform 


( 816 ) 


выка ЧАИР; аах 


GILBERT: Two NEW PoLYPODIA FROM NEw ZEALAND 817 


apices often twisted: stipules slender, close together but hardly 
clustered, 34 to 11% in. long, greenish or greenish-brown, naked, 
slightly margined at base: mature fronds 134 to 277 in. long, 31 
to I in. wide, pinnate with a yellowish pellucid callosity in the 
sinus between pinnae: color bright green on upper side, paler 
beneath, rachis green with a few minute scattered scales as іп Z. 
Plumula : largest pinnae 17 in. long, strictly alternate, 8 to 9 pairs 
with a similar terminal pinna that is slightly pinnatifid below lower 
pinnae not reduced, each pinna expanded at base on both sides 
and adherent: veins free, only once forked semi-pellucid, clavate 
within the margin: sori in two rows, 4 to 6 on each side of costa 
and extending on to terminal pinna, chiefly on upper half of frond, 
large, borne at extremity of anterior branch of veins midway be- 
tween costa and margin, but filling the entire width of pinna, papillose 
on upper side of frond: texture firm, subcoriaceous. 


This beautiful little fern is intermediate between P. pellucidum 
and P. vulgare. It differs from its two allies in its smaller size, 
in having the veins only once forked like those of a Cyathea, in 
the fine black wavy costae, in the slender green stipes and rachis 
and in the metallic green color of its fronds. Although it is 25 
years since it was gathered, it retains its greenness as brilliant as 
ever. 

Polypodium vulgare auritum var. nov. 


General features and venation same as in species : texture very 
thick and opaque, but veins raised enough to show venation: cut 
down close to rachis and lowest pair of pinnae fully separated : 
texture so thick that surface is corrugated and pitted on upper 
side, especially the ends of veinlets : edges of pinnae wavy : stipites 
very thick and stout but stramineous as in typical P. vulgare, 
lowest pair of pinnae generally auricled at base on lower side only, 
the auricle being sometimes one-third the length of pinna. These 
auricles are not always present even on fronds from the same root- 
stock, but they seem to be the rule and give a definite character 
to the variety. Our eastern P. vulgare stands midway between 
this and the thin sharp pointed form that grows in Japan and is 
known as var. /apontcum. 


ЫЕ 


Acrostichum lomarioides Jenman* 


Bv GEORGE E. DAVENPORT 


Attention having been called to this new species through Mr. 
Gilbert's recent revision of the Bermuda Feras in the BULLETIN of 
the Torrey Botanical Club for December, 1898, and Jenman hav- 
ing credited it to Florida, I venture to offer some comments 
upon it. 

A. lomarioides is described in the Synoptical List of Jamaica 
Ferns, being published by G. S. Jenman in the Bulletin of the 
Botanical Department of Jamaica, and is said by him to have long 
been confused with A. aureum L., from which species he now sep- 
arates it as distinct. 

The basis for this separation rests primarily upon the follow- 
ing differences as described by Jenman himself—the greater size 
of the new fern, a greater difference in the relative size of the fertile 
and sterile fronds ; the uniformly separate barren and fertile fronds 
—all the pinnae of the one being barren, and all of the other fer- 
tile; the much more sessile leaflets (turned transversely with the 
rachis, the plane to the sky like the blades of a step ladder) ; the 
intestiniform translucent, pale colored corpuscles covering the spo- 
rangia, which give a pale pruinose color to the soriferous under 
surfaces, and, according to Gilbert, a difference in the meshes of 
the venation, and the direction of the areoles. 

None of these characters, however, seem to me to have spe- 
cific value, and the greater number of them are more or less un- 
important, as they constitute only such varying characters of a 
secondary nature as are found in a great many other ferns. 

The force of Jenman's statement that the new fern is greater in 
size than the old one is neutralized by his own descriptions, which 
give the fronds of A. aureum as being “2 to 4 ft. tall, 1 to 177 
ft. wide"; and those of A. /omarioides as being only “2 to 4 ft. 
tall, but 174 to 2 ft. wide," a difference in the breadth only, surely 
a character of no consequence whatever. 


* Read before the New England Botanical Club, March 3, 1899. 
( 318) 


DAVENPORT: ACROSTICHUM LOMARIOIDES JENMAN 819 


Mr. Gilbert describes his Bermuda plants as “ being magnificent 
in size, reaching far above the head of any man, sometimes to the 
height of eight or nine feet." But J. Donnell Smith found plants 
of A. aureum in Florida growing to the height of eleven feet. 

Pteris aquilina ordinarily averages from two to four feet in 
height, yet in Florida it has been known to reach the height of 
twelve and fourteen feet. 

As for the uniformly fertile and sterile fronds, here again the 
force of Jenman's description of “ all the pinnae of the one being 
barren, and all of the other fertile, 
nate citation of Professor Eaton's figure in Ferns of North America 
2: pl. 58, for an illustration, as that figure does not represent a 
frond with all of the pinnae fertile, but one with only the upper 


” 


is neutralized by his unfortu- 


half fertile, as in normal A. aureum. 

I do not wish to be understood as calling in question the valid- 
ity of Jenman’s species so far as it relates to his Jamaica plants, 
which I have not seen, and if there should exist a form there with 
uniformly dimorphous fronds in the same sense as we have them 
in Onoclea, Osmunda, and some other genera—with the tissue of 
the lamina transformed into sporangiferous receptacles, as, for ex- 
ample, in Acrostichum (Polybotrya) apufolium—it would be en- 
titled to recognition, but no such fern has as yet been recorded 
from Florida. 


Contribution to a Knowledge of the Myxogasters of Maine.—1ll 


Bv F. L. HARVEY 


Since my last article on the Myxogasters of Maine in this 
journal, February, 1897, specimens have been collected by Mr. 
E. D. Merrill, my assistant, and myself, which extend consider- 
ably the list of Maine species. They are recorded below to- 
gether with new localities for species reported in previous con- 
tributions. Monmouth, where Mr. Merrill’s specimens were 
taken, is on a tributary of Lake Cobbosseccontee, the location of 
one of the fish hatcheries of Maine. We have followed Lister in 
the order of presentation so far as possible. Numbers above 115 
are accessions to the State list. Those below refer to species men- 
tioned in previous articles. We are under obligations to Mr. A. 
P. Morgan, who has kindly given his opinion on specimens sub- 
mitted to him. 


116. Physarum leucopus Link. 

Monmouth, July, 1897 (E. D. Merrill. This species is rare 
in America. Lister in his Mycetozoa gives Ohio as the only 
American locality. То find it so far east is interesting. The 
plasmodia were small but typical. Found on grass and blackberry 
leaves on the ground. 


117. P. citrinum Schum. 

Oldtown, 1898. Growing on a charred log at Kukunsook 
landing, Pushaw Lake (Harvey). Specimens in fine development. 
This is Cytidium citrinum Morgan. (Мух. M. V.) 


118. P. tenerum Rex. 


Orono, Me., 1898 (Harvey). This is the P. oórasseum B. & C. 
of Morgan's papers (Мух. M. V.) Specimens scanty and poor. 


119. P. compactum Lister. 

Birch log on moss, Oldtown, Me., August, 1898 (Harvey). 
This was found in woods on the border of Pushaw Lake at the 
Kukunsook landing. This is 77/;iadochte compactum Wingate. 

(320 ) 


HARVEY: MyxoGASTERS OF MAINE 321 


120. P. psittacinum Ditmar. 


Monmouth, July, 1897 (Merrill). This is Leocarpus psittaci- 
num in Morgan's Мух. M. V. Our specimens are fine. 


121. P. viride Pers. var. aurantiacum. 

On decaying pine logs, Orono, 1897 (Harvey). This is Phy- 
sarum aureum Pers. On weathering, this form loses its orange 
color and then cannot be distinguished from P. nutans, the stalks 
of both species being always alike. 


122. P. albipes Link. 

Orono, 1897 (Harvey). We sent a specimen to Mr. Morgan 
who says: “ Rostafinski included this species in 77//adoche nu- 
tans. The stipe is long as in Physarum nutans, but the base is 
notumbilicate." The capillitium is like that of P. eucophaeum Fr. 
and I should prefer to label your specimen as you have it rather 
than P. nutans Pers. 


123. P. leucophacum violaceus Rost. 

Orono, 1896 (Harvey). Mr. Morgan says: “ Your specimen 
is very beautiful ; sporangia almost destitute of lime and scarcely 
any in the capillitium. It is Rostafinski's var. wolaceus. You 
seem to have all the forms of this species in Maine." 


124. Р. Columbinum obovatum А. & S. 

. Orono, Me., 1896 (Harvey). Mr. Morgan made the following 
note on specimens sent him: “This is a puzzle. Lister would 
promptly refer it to Lamproderma physarioides А. & S., but it is 
not what I understand to be that species, which is perfectly globose 
and has a silvery sheen. I should call it Physarum Columbinum 
obovatum in the Conspectus of A. & S.” 


II. Р. sinuosum Fr. 


Monmouth, Me., July, 1897 (Merrill). In fine development. 
This is P. bivalve Pers. in Lister's Monograph. 


17. Fuligo rufa Pers. 

Monmouth, Me., July, 1897 (Merrill). These specimens have 
a grayish fragile cortex and appear different from ordinary forms 
of Fuligo ѕеріса. Mr. Morgan named the specimens and we do 


322 HARVEY: MYXOGASTERS ОЕ MAINE 


not know whether the /. rufa of his writings is regarded by him 
as different from. septica. If the same, it has been reported from 
Maine, no. 17. If not, it should be added. 


20. Chondrioderma testaceum (Rost.) Versuch. 


Monmouth, Me., July, 1897 (Merrill). A single small specimen. 


125. Chondrioderma reticulatum Rost. 


Monmouth, Me., July, 1897 (Merrill. Abundant on fallen 
leaves. 


23. Diachea elegans Fries. 


Monmouth, Me., July, i897. Mr. Morgan calls this D. Zeu- 
copoda Rost. Cooke and Lister referred it to the above. 


34. Stemonitis microspora Lister. 

Monmouth, Me., July, 1397 (Merrill This is S. ferruginea 
Ehr. but not of Fries. An abundant species in Maine maturing 
early. 


37. Comatriche aequalis Peck. 

Oldtown, Pushaw Lake. Abundant in August on charred 
logs (Harvey). Lister includes this under C. obtusata. Mr. Mor- 
gan thinks it rather resembles S. typhoides Rost. If S. obtusata, 
then it was reported as no. 37. 


126. Lamproderma arcyrionema Rost. 


Orono, Me., 1897 (Harvey). On rotten wood. Mr. Morgan 
says regarding my specimens, “ І have no doubt this is Stemonitis 
obtusata Fr. S. M. and I am surer yet that it is Stemonitis reticulata 
Trentepohl. | 


127. Lindbladia effusa si nds Rex. 


Orono, 1897 (Harvey). Monmouth, July, 1897. Mr. Mer- 
rill’s specimen was nearly three inches across. The Orono speci- 
men less than an inch. This is Peck's Zicea caespitosa = Mor- 
gan's Zubulina caespitosa. The plasmodium of this is olive black. 


128. Crtbraria argillacea Pers. 


Monmouth, Me., July, 1897 (Merrill. Growing. in moss on 
the ground. 


EE К ОРСОК 


HARVEY: MyxoGASTERS OF MAINE 323 


129. C. aurantiaca Schrader. 


Bradley, Me., 1898 (Harvey). On rotten wood. Our speci- 
ments are C. vulgaris Schrad., which Lister refers to the above. 
130. Arcyria irregularis Racib. 

Orono, Me., 1896 (Harvey). Mr. Morgan says “these speci- 
mens puzzled me greatly. It is possible I have overlooked it in 
previous specimens, confounding it with ZZemiarcyria stipata Schw. 
This I am confident Lister has done, which accounts for his 4. 
stipata. There is the appearance of something abnormal about it, 
but the capillitium and spores appear all right. I can see no 
spirals on the threads ; they are thickly set with prominences or 
blunt spines in some places. The threads do not appear to be at- 
tached to the wall but arise out of the stipe. I think it is an 
Arcyria. I cannot refer it to Hemiarcyria stipata Schw. though 
superficially it looks like it. A. irregularis Racib. describes it very 
well.” 


Arcyria minor Schw. 


An abundant species in Maine was always referred to A. incar- 
nata Pers. by Dr. Rex. Mr. Morgan thinks A. affinis Rost. the 
same thing, and that is the same as A. vermicularis Schum. an 
older name that should be restored. 


131. Lycogala repletum Morgan. 


Pea Cove, October, 1898, (Harvey). А single cluster of sev- 
eral specimens varying in size from a half inch to an inch and a 
half. Growing on a live elm about a foot from the ground in the 
edge of a hollow in the tree. This is a larger species than Z. 
plavo-fuscum and the tubules are branches of broad flat mem- 
branes, instead of cylindrical outgrowths directly from the walls. 
The type specimens were collected by Mr. Parish in California. 
It is remarkable to find the species so far east. 

Mr. Morgan says that “І am disposed to think this form 
equal to Lycogala testaceum (Wallr.), described in Flora Germanica." 
This is referred to Lycogala flavo-fuscum in Saccardo, but is prob- 
ably distinct. 


132. Fuligo laevis Pers. Pea Cove, Oct. 1898, F. L. Harvey. 
A specimen sent Mr. Morgan was named as above. There is 


824 HARVEY: MvyxocasrERS OF MAINE 


great confusion in this group, several apparently distinct forms 
being referred to Fuligo varians. Mr. Morgan says of our speci- 
mens, “I have a specimen just like yours from Iowa, collected by 
McBride. The sporangial walls are greatly developed and per- 
sistent, the capillitium extremely scanty, the bladder- же vesicles 
being about all there is of it.” 

Remarks: We collected Arcyria punicea and Physarum leuco- 
pacum on Mt. Ktaadn, in September, 1898, the former in the south 
basin at an altitude of 2,500 feet, and the latter on the edge of 
the plateau 3,500 feet. The sporangia of the latter were dwarfed. 
At Foxcroft we found Ceratiomyxa mucida in fine development. 


A Bryological Memorial Meeting at Columbus, Ohio. 


Columbus was the home for many years of William S. Sullivant 
and Leo Lesquereux, two names which will always awaken love 
and reverence from all students of North American mosses and 
hepatics. It is twenty-six years since Sullivant died, and this last 
quarter of the century has seen a marked extension of the limits of 
bryological study and a large increase in the number of students. 
It seems a fitting time and place to take a survey of the field, re- 
view the past and make plans for the future, hence it is proposed 
to make the coming meeting of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, which is to be held at Columbus, the 
occasion for a Memorial Day in honor of the Nestors in American 
Byrology and to call on all botanists and botanical journals to help 
make the occasion a memorable success. It is proposed to present 
a series of papers, illustrated by photographs, specimens and mi- 
croscopical exhibits under the following topics : Historical papers 
and collections illustrating the bryological work of Hedwig, Palisot 
de Beauvois, Michaux, Muhlenberg, Bridel, Torrey, Drummond, 
Hooker and Wilson, Greville, Sullivant and Lesquereux, James 
and Watson, Austin, Ravenel, Wolle, Bolander, Eaton and Faxon, 
and Müller. Supplementing these there will be shown collections 
of specimens, macroscopic and microscopic, illustrating the mono- 
graphic work of recent American students. 

If foreign students who have worked on North American byro- 
phytes can be persuaded to coóperate with us, the following will 
be asked to contribute : Bescherelle, Brotherus, Cardot, Dixon, 
Kindberg, Mitten, Pearson, КОП, Stephani, and Warnstorf. 

An effort will be made to secure the loan of type specimens 
and illustrations from the following sources: Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, Academy of Sciences of New York, Col- 
umbia University, Geological and Natural History Survey of 
Canada, Harvard University, National Museum, Ohio State Uni- 
versity, University of Wisconsin, and Yale University, as well as 
from private herbaria and collections. It is also requested that 
any portraits, autograph letters and type specimens and drawings 

(325) 


826 A BRYOLOGICAL MEMORIAL MEETING 


of special interest be loaned for the occasion, as well as presenta- 
tion copies of books and pamphlets. 

The following committee of organization will gladly answer 
any questions and give assistance to those wishing to contribute : 

Mrs. N. L. Britton, New York Botanical Garden. 

Professor W. A. Kellerman, Ohio State University. 

Dr. George G. Kennedy, Readville, Mass. 

Professor Charles R. Barnes, University of Chicago. 

Professor Lucien M. Underwood, Columbia University. 


Proc-edings of the Club 


DECEMBER 13, 1898.* 


Vice-President Allen in the chair, thirty-five persons present. 
Three new members were elected; two new nominations for 
membership were made: Mrs. Horace See, 50 W. oth Street, and 
Ex-Chief Justice Charles P. Daly. 
The paper of the evening was by Miss Marie L. Sanial on Na- 
ture Study in the Public Schools. The following is an abstract : 
« The introduction of nature study in the lower 'grades of the 
public school is a new departure in elementary education. Of 
course, it is not intended to teach natural history as a science to 
children of a tender age. The purpose in view is simply to draw 
from nature certain object lessons calculated to aid in the orderly 
development of the perceptive and reasoning faculties. The 
method of instruction should rest upon two fundamental principles 
fully established by the observed facts of psychology. One is 
the fascinating power of visible motion upon the child's mind. 
The second, intimately connected with the first, is the natural proc- 
ess of mental development. This process, consisting as it does 
in observation and comparison, is essentially analytical and is, 
therefore, the very reverse of the constructive or synthetical pro- 
cess of nature herself. While nature proceeds in her work from 
the low and apparently motionless forms to gradually higher ones 
gifted with increasing powers of displacement, the human mind 
proceeds in its observation from the highest and most active to 
the lowest and most passive. The first object lesson should, there- 
fore, be taken from the animal world and from those plants which , 
by their bright colors, rapid development and other striking 
features, are most suggestive of motion. If her material be taken 
from the vegetable world, for instance, the teacher. should make 
such use of it or devise such artifices as will enable the pupils to 
see, follow and observe “ the plant in action," so that their inter- 
est may steadily increase as they successively and spontaneously 


* Omitted by mistake from its proper sequence in the last number. 


(397 ) 


828 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 


discover that the apparently lifeless thing before them actually 
feeds, drinks and breathes, grows and moves, feels and acts, likes 
and dislikes, enjoys and suffers, lives and dies. 

“In the examination of parts the following order, when prac- 
ticable, will best conform with our fundamental principles: r. The 
fruit; 2. The flower; both presenting qualities of color, form, 
taste and smell, which, together or singly, first commend them to 
the child's attention on the threshold of plant life investigation ; 
qualities which correspond in some respect to the phenomena of 
visible motion in animal life. 

“ Descending by degrees from these upper and last products 
of vegetable development, will be observed in succession, the leaf, 
the stem and last the root. 

“In other words we must begin with facts of a primary order, 
tending to develop attention, perception and observation. These 
first facts, simple and detached, apparently unrelated, will of them- 
selves lead to the observation of other facts, more complex, more 
and more intertwined and at last obviously related ; that is, facts 
of a higher order, tending to the exercise of judgment by com- 
parison and consequent classification. When we shall have reached 
this point, our minds will be ready for the discovery, by induction, 
of still higher facts, imperceptible to our senses without the power- 
ful aid of human reason, fully developed; we shall be ready for 
generalization. The whole philosophy of nature study—and we 
may say the whole philosophy of teaching—lies in the observance 
of this order. 

“It is essentially the work of the teacher, who has reached the 
point of developed reason, to classify her facts, so that her pupils 
may without feeling her hand or her influence, be made to look 
for just such facts as are suited to their own intellectual stage. 
Not so much on the variety or brilliancy of her illustrations, as 
upon the natural, logical order in which she will imperceptibly 
compel their observation of facts will depend her success." 

Miss Sanial added also an account of her experience as super- 
visor of nature study in the vacation schools of New York City, 
and indicated the difficulty at present confronting the subject on 
account of lack of provision for supply of material. 

Miss Sanial's paper was followed by an extended discussion of 


E ERATEN TIN. УК t 
Mead е AM. AA 


PROcEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 829 


the needs of further provision for nature study in the public 
schools, participated in by Mr. Hyatt, Mr. Wade, Mr. Conroy, 
Mrs. Britton, the secretary and others, and followed by the adop- 
tion of the following resolution offered by Dr. Britton : 

Resolved, That a committee of five members be appointed by 
the chair to prepare a presentation of the desirability of a sys- 
tematic supply of nature study material to the public schools for 
submittal to the President of the Board of Education after approval 
by the club. 

Miss Sanial exhibited an interesting series of mounts and cards 
showing the admirable work done in nature study in the vacation 
schools. 

A large collection of photographs of wild flowers was exhibited 
by Mrs. Britton, displayed upon the wall facing the club. These 
photographs, the work of Mr. Henry Trott, of Philadelphia, are 
excellent for school or other illustrations. Mrs. Britton also com- 
mented upon the good beginnings made in New York and Brook- 
lyn in hanging nature pictures in schools. 


WEDNESDAY EVENING, MARCH 29, 1899. 


Meeting held in the large hall of the College of Pharmacy. 

Dr. Rusby in the chair. 60 present. 

Four new members were elected: Hr. W. H. Lewis, Jr., 11 
East 35th Street, nominated by Dr. Н. Н. Rusby ; Miss Marion 
Shutes, 168 West 120th street, nominated by Miss Marie L. 
Sanial ; Miss Elizabeth Anne Jacobs (Public School 117), 117 E. 
82d Street; Miss Nellie Geraty (Public School 96), 39 E. 76th 
Street. 

Dr. Britton reported as chairman of committee on nature 
study, that finding it impracticable to get the members of the 
committee together to call on the President of the Board of Edu- 
cation, he had transmitted the committee's report to President 
Little by mail. The report of the committee was accepted and 
the committee discharged. 

The first paper was by Professor Francis E. Lloyd, on the 
Functions of the Suspensor, and was illustrated by drawings and 
by a series of microscopes exhibiting slides. 


880 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 


Mr. Lloyd described the structure of the suspensor typical of 
the genera Galium, Asperula, Vaillantia, etc., and showed that 
haustoria are formed which absorb food from the endosperm. The 
large basal cell of Capsella was shown also to possess a function 
quite similar, because, as the preparations showed, the basal cell 
destroys the tissue of the inner integument in its vicinity and thus 
becomes embedded in it. 

The second paper was by Mrs. E. G. Britton, on the Ferns of 
the Eastern United States, illustrated by the stereopticon. 

Mrs. Britton exhibited mounted specimens of all the rarer 
ferns of the Eastern States, many of them of her own collection, 
giving the range of each species. She also exhibited lantern 
slides made from photographs of these ferns taken as they grow. ` 
Those of the maiden-hair, hart's tongue and beech-fern were 
taken from the fernery in the New York Botanical Garden ; five of. 
them were views from the Catskill Mountains taken by Mr. Van 
Brunt; Mr. Hulst contributed one from Lake George, and Mr. 
Lorenz five from Willoughby Lake, Vermont. Others were Adi- 
rondack views taken by Stoddard. Mrs. Britton stated that she 
would continue to fill in the omissions where she had not been able 
to obtain photographs, and hoped to complete her collection in the 
future. She expressed the hope that as the interest in ferns in- 
creases the love of them would likewise grow, and that the rarer 
ones would not be exterminated by useless transplanting to locations 
where they will not survive. It was stated that thus far Rutland 
County, Vermont, shows the greatest number of ferns of any of 
the Eastern States, having 42 species and ten varieties. There 
are seldom more than 20 species in any locality, unless there 
should be a great variety of soil and habitat as at Jamesville, N. 
Y., where Prof. Underwood has found 34 species. Long Island 
has 25, and Staten Island 23 species. 

In further illustration, the Torrey Club collection of ferns and 
many sheets from the Columbia collection, were exhibited, and a 
series of photographs from Professor Atkinson, showing the varia- 
tions produced by cultivation of Onoclea sensibilis. 

An exhibit to illustrate Onoclea sensibilis in the fossil state was 
also furnished by Dr. Hollick, the same being of special interest 
as the only living species which is actually found fossil. 


1 ыа A 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 331 


Mr. Wm. A. Lorenz, of Hartford, Conn., was introduced by 
Dr. Rusby as one who had collected 34 species of ferns about 
Willoughby Lake, Vermont. Mr. Lorenz described the lake and 
neighboring cliffs with the illustration of lantern slides, and spoke 
of the hundreds of plants of Woodsia glabella flourishing there 
close together, fruiting at 1 inch orat 6 inches. In the sunshine 
it becomes more leathery as if passing into W. hyperborea. Mr. 
Lorenz also finds Dryopteris spinulosa dilatata. reverting there to 
the type of the species. 

Mr. W. N. Clute exhibited several fronds of Dryopteris simu- 
lata, collected by him at Babylon, L. I., last summer, and pointed 
out a distinction from D. Thelypteris in the fact that each pinna of 


` D. simulata is not of uniform breadth but broader near the middle ; 


it fruits chiefly in the shade, and D. Thelypteris in the sun. 

Dr. Rusby spoke of the beauty of the ferns on the mountain 
slopes near Plainfield, N. J., and at localities near there for Asp/e- 
nium ebenoides, Cystopteris fragilis, and Cheilanthes lanosa. 

Mr. Clute remarked that he had collected 16 species of ferns 
within a mile of Fort Lee, and 59 species are now growing at the 
Botanical Garden. 

Adjournment followed. 

EDWARD S. BURGESS, 
Secretary. 


Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. 


Baker, J. б. Yucca e/ata. Curt. Bot. Mag. 55: AM. 765. Ар. 1899. 


Bessey, E. Another station for Zhorea ramosissima. Bot. Gaz. 27: 
71. 1899. 

Bigelow, C. E. А trip to Mt. Mansfield in June. Plant World, 
2:105-107. Ар. 1899. 

Britton, N. L. Report of Director-in-Chief of the New York Botan- 
ical Garden for 1898. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 1: 171-242. 13 Ap. 
1899. 

Contains among other matter a list of plants growing in Bronx Park. 

Britton, ЇЧ. L. Description of a new Stonecrop from Mexico. Bull. 
N. Y. Bot. Garden, 1:257. 13 Ap. 1899. 

Sedum Mexicanum sp. nov. | 
Britton, E. С. Fossil Mosses. Plant World, 2:108, 109. Ap. 1899. 
Caldwell, O. W. On the Life History of Zemna minor. Bot. Gaz. 

27 : 37—66. f. 1-59. J. 1899. 

Campbell, D. H. Vacation Notes. I. Notes on the Flora of Cali- 
fornia. II. The Northern Pacific Coast. Am. Nat. 33 : 299-311; 
391-401. Ap. My. 1899. 

Canby, W. М. A new Siiphium. Bot. Gaz. 27: 139, 140. Е. 
1899. 

Clute, W. N. The Making of an Herbarium. Plant World, 2: 111— 
113. Ap. 1899. 

Clute, W. N. The Making of an Herbarium. Mounting. Plant 
World, 2: 131-133. Му. 1899. 

Cook, О. F. Four Categories of Species. Am. Nat. 33: 287-297. 
Ap. 1899. 

Cowles, H. C. Geographical Relations of the Dune Floras. Bot. 
Gaz. 27: 95-117. f. 1-26. Е. 1899. 

Dietel, P. & Neger, Е. W.  Uredinaceae chilenses III. Engler 
Bot. Jakrb. 27: 1-16. 7 Ap. 1899. 

Duggar, B. M. Notes on the maximum thermal Death-Point of 
Sporotrichum globuliferum. Bot. Gaz. 27: 131-136. Е. 1899. 
Fitzpatrick, T. J. & M. F. L. Asclepias Meadii Torrey. Plant 

World, 8: 107. Ap. 1899. 

( 332 ) 


a 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 333. 


Goetz, G. Ueber die Entwickelung der Eiknopse bei den Characeen. 
Bot. Zeit. 57!: 1-13. Р/ г. Е. 1899. 


Greene, E. L. Neglected generic Types, I. Pittonia, 4: 45—51. 11 
Ap. 1899. 
Phyla, Sieversia, Vanclevia adopted with transfer of species. 

Greene, E. L. Two new Gerardias. Pittonia, 4: 51—52, A. 9, ТО. 
II Ар. 1899. 
С. decemloba and С. Holmiana sp. nov. 


Greene, E. L. New or noteworthy Species, XXIV.  Pittonia, 4: 
35-45. 17 Mr. 1599. 


New species in Aides, Arnica, Agoseris, Lactuca, Campanula, Pyrola, Phacelia, 
Antennaria, Chrysothamnus, Grindelia, Hymenopappus, and Silphium. 


Griffiths, D. The Blights or Powdery Mildews. Asa Gray Bull. 7: 
25-30. l. 3. Ар. 1899. 

Grout, A.J. A Botanist's Day on Mt. Washington. Plant World, 2: 
116-118. Ap. 1899. | 

Halsted, B. D. Relative Rate of Growth of Peas and Beans. Asa 
Gray Bull. 7: 38. Ар. 1899. 

Halsted, B. D. А Experiment with Sex in Hemp Plants. Plant 
World, 2: 110. Ap. 1899. 

Halsted, B. D. What are the Habitats of Scutellaria parvula of 
Michaux? Plant World, 2: 128. Mr. 1899. 

Hemsley, W. B. Hevea similis. Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: pl. 2576. Mr. 
1899. 


A native of Brazil. 

Hemsley, W. B. Hevea discolor. Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: A. 2577. 
Mr. 1899. 

Hemsley, W. B. Eryngium Rosei, E. tenuissimum, Ё. nasturti- 
folium. | Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: M. 7579; 7560; 7581. Mr. 1899. 

Hill E. J. Carduus НИЙ perennial. Plant World, 2: 127. My. 
1899. 

Hooker, J.D. Cereus Paxtonianus. Curt. Bot. Mag. 55: A. 7648. 


Ap. 1899. 
Native of Brazil. 


Jordan, E. The Production of fluorescent Pigment by Bacteria. 

. Bot. Gaz. 27: 19-36. J. 1899. 

Kindberg, N. C. Studien über die Systematik der pleurokarpischen 
Laubmoose. Bot. Centralbl. 77: 49-55. 4Ja., 1899. 77: 385- 
395. 8 Mr., 1899. 


884 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Langworthy, С. Е. Mushrooms as Food. Plant World, 2: 134- 
136. My. 1899. 

Lutz, M. L. Recherches sur la nutrition des végétaux a l'aide de 
substances azotées de nature organique. Ann. Sc. Nat. Bot. VIII. 
7: 1-80. F. 1899. 


MacDougal, D. T. Light and Vegetation. Pop. Sci. Month. 
54: 193-201. D. 1898. 


MacDougal, D. T. Studies in Plant Physiology. III. Asa Gray 
Bull. 7: 30-34. Ap. 1899. 

MacDougal, D. T. Copper in Plants. Bot. Gaz. 27: 68,69. J. 
1899. 

MacDougal, D. T. Frost Formations. Bot. Gaz. 27: 69-71. J. 
1899. 

MacDougal, D. T. Symbiotic Saprophytism. Ann. Bot. 13: 1—46, 
pl. 1-2. Mr. 1899. 

McDonald, F. E. Geographical Range of Ыла Meadii and 
Hypericum Kalmianum. Plant World, 2: 126, 127. Му. 1899. 

Morse, A. P. A new Method of pressing Plants. Plant World, 
2: 114, IIS. Ар. 1899. 

Murray, G. & Whiting, F. G. New Peridiniaceae from the At- 
lantic. Trans. Linn. Soc. 5: 321-342, pl. 27-33. Е. 1899. 

Nash, G. V. New Southern Grasses. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 1: 
290-294. 13 Ap. 1899. 

New species in Paspalum, Diplachne, Tricuspis. 

Newcombe, Е. C. Cellulose Enzymes. Апп. Bot. 13: 49-81. 
Mr. 1899. 

Nemec, B. Ueber die karyokinetische Kerntheilung in der Wurzel- 
spitze von Alum Cepa. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 33: 213-334. Pl 3. 
1899. 

Nemec, B. Zur Physiologie der Kern- und Zelltheilung. Bot. 
Centralbl. 77: 241-251, f. z-7. Е. 1899. 

Noack, F. Rebkrankheiten, in Brasilien beobachtet. Zeitschr. für 

= Pflanzenkrankheiten, 9: 1-10. f. 7—4. 31 Мг. 1899. 

Overton, E. Beobachtungen und Versuche über das Auftreten von 
rothem Zellsaft bei Pflanzen. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 33: 171-231. 1899. 


[ This index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Company 
in card catalogue form. ] 


(655609 


OUSCS Тус САС 


NEREOCYSTIS LÜTKEANA. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO.. BOSTON 


NEREOCYSTIS LÜTKEANA. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON 


^ Im 


ЧИ VA 


Oe CARON E er YT 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


т. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT: 


Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1848. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 7. Nos. r51—(current). 


3. A Textbook of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, №. Y. Сиу. © A list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Мапу 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 


4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the ro2d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896,—andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating. every 
species described. _ 

Published by Charles Scribner's Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. By 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York, Price $1.00. 


6. A Text-book of General Botany (1847). Ву Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; ‘Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, збо pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co. New York. Price $3 oo. 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes, 


AN 


ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the 102d Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 


With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and FIGURED. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the SyNonymy, the REVISED NOMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLossary, and a 
copious English Index, including the PoPuLAR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For all 
students and lovers of plants. 


Vol. I., Royal 8vo, pp. xii+612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. IL, pp. ivt-643; figures 1426 to 2892; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi4- 588 ; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 
CHAS. SCRIBNER'S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering 10 copies or more, 15 per cent. discount. 


DEN ЛЄ МГ. ^ TERETE АЫ. acc Ka 
1 + Y QE ZA 


The undersigned is preparing a new edition of his | 
BOTANIST’S DIRECTORY | 


(Botaniker-Adressbuch—Almanach des Botanistes) 


and politely requests communicationof addresses of Botanists, as well as alterations || 
in addresses. | 
Short communications are requested to be sent on pictorial post-cards. | 
The new catalogue of the Vienna Botanical Exchange Office, comprising | 
5000 Species of Herbarium Plants, will be forwarded franco on receipt of two | 
pictorial post-cards with address. | 
J. DORFLER, | 

|| 


| III. Barichgasse 36, Wien (Vienna, Austria). | 


— Labrador and 
Newfoundland Plants. 


Including Mosses, LICHENS, FuNGI, and ALGAE supplied by the 


Rev. Arthur @. Waghorne, 
Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 


ADDRESS: A. COMMONS, 


Wilmington, Delaware (тот S. Dupont St.). 


JUST ISSUED. 


MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 mez. 


A companion volume to Dr. John К. Small’s “ Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus /olyycnum,” published in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price. Address 


Professor L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 
“Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 
Everything Useful to Botanists. 


MORE THAN FIFTY OF 


AMERICA’S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


ІНЕ PLANT VVOoRBLID. 


It contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 

Volume II. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. 


SUBSCRIPTIONS, $1.00 PER ANNUM. 


ADDRESS 


WILLARD М. OLUTE & CO., Publishers, Binghamton, N. Y. 


À Text-Book of Genera] Botany 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia University. 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 xed. 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 
Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


aoai ra c io а Oe Г, 
к GY H "T 1% 


е York Botanical Garden 


MEMOIRS 


The first volume of Memoirs of the New York 
Botanical Garden will be issued during 1899. It will 
contain “An annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana 
and the Yellowstone Nationalark,” written by Dr. Per 
Axel Rydberg. 

The Memoirs will be published in large octavo size, as 
matter for them becomes available. Volume I. will consist 
of about 400 pages, and will contain descriptions of a large 
number of new species of plants and critical notes on many 
others, 

Subscriptions to this first volume are now invited. 
The price will be two dollars per copy. 

N. L. BRITTON, 


DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF. 


A Text-Book of General Lichenology 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 


Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 


Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N. Y. 


EIMER & AMEND. 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 267, 209 & 2п Third Аүе, 


Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. 


SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES 
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 


E March’s Szline Chemical Stonc 
Ware. 


Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 
Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- 
ters (Polariscopes). 


Prof, Jolly’s Specific Gravity Ba» 


ances, etc. 


Le Brun Е Desmontes & Co.. а 
Paris, Platinum. 


Н. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. 


SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- 
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem 
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Аррага‹ 2з and Chemicals for 
Sugar Chemists. 


LABORATORY OUTFITS 


FOR 
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES амр COLLEGES 
C:tass-BLowING, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. 


"C Ln Pe Basil: tu 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. · 


(r) BULLETIN. 
^ monthly journal devoted to general botany. Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 
tained 650 pages of text and 29 full-page plates. Price $2 00 per annum. For 
Europe 10 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England. 
As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 
plete their files should apply at once, Yearly volumes 1-5 (1870-1874), and vols. 
7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of Опе Dollar each, except vols. 
7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. 
Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at the subscription 
price of Five Dollars, 
Vols. 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols, 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged, 
` ^ingle copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


k 

: (2) MEMOIRS. 

E The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
E can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is fixed for each. Those 
I omitted from this list cannot be had separately. 

$ Volume 1, No. 2.—4 List of the Marine Algae hitherto observed on the Coasts 
ё of New Jersey and Staten Island. Ву Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. 

А No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepaticæ collected by Dr. Н. Н. Rusby in 
f | South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, 


75 cents, 
Ў ` No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. Ву E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 7 5 cents. 

Volume 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents, 

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. 

Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- 
ritory. By John К. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. | 

No. 2.—4A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. 
t By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. ? 
1 Vol 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. 
52 Underwood. Price, 75 cents. ; 

Ко 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John К. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, о cents. 
No.. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—I1. 

Bu By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, о cents. 
ES No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit, 


| Price, 50 cents. 4 
Б: No. 5.—Mon h of Physalis and related Genera. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 
к 5 овтар 24 у 
75 cents, 


CES Vol. 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 
in Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. A. A. 5 

Price, $3.00. | MER 

LOS Vol. 6. No. 1.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 

E Bang—III. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 

: No. 2.—4 Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia. 

By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyt reported as 
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888., Price, $1.00. 


Address: -L, М. UNDERWOOD, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. 


ДТЧ Р ОРА ; » Р Bs 2 = " p "JE КОЕ 
LESION РА ЫБ ЫСЫК», EI. VIS ISO ИРИ QAM CONCRA "uerum meto Noi TVs кА У ra UY uy > n 


uod dj . JULY, 1899. A E POENA Y 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


EDITOR 


LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD 


ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS = MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 
BYRON DAVID HALSTED FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 
ARTHUR HOLLICK ANNA MURRAY VAIL 


CONTENTS 


Studies in Sisyréinchium—1llI: S. angustifolium | A little-known Mildew of the Apple{PLATE 364): 
and some related Species new and old: Eugene | А. X. Grout... ... wee ee eee 373 
Doom Te genu E MA е тА oU 335 | Nomenclatural Notes—II: Yohn Hendley Barn- 

New Plants from Myomiuge-IX : Avis: Nel): hart oV. M DE QT 376 
ROM I XOU C eom e Con erm olo 350 | The Influence of wet Weather upon parasitic 

uncus repens Michx. —A Morphologicaland An- | Fungi: Byron D. Halsted. ee... . 381 
atomical Study (PLATE 363): Theo. Holm 359 | Proceedings of theClub.......... 390 

The Genus Achillea in North America: Charles | INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING 
Louis Pollard |... ae 365|. TO AMERICAN BOTANY ......4.+. . 395 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB · 


' Tue New Era Printinc COMPANY 
LANCASTER, Pa, 


ee tar ee 


| 

: 

| 
= 
3 

E 
1 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 


President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN, 
Vice Presidents, 


T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN К, SMALL, 
Normal College, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 
Eaitor, Treasurer, 
L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, JR. 
Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 
Associate Editors, 4 
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL А. HOWE, Ph. D, Pror. FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 
Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., 
Committee on Finance. 
J. 1. KANE. WM. E. DODGE. 


Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., 
319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City. 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. 
Committee on Library and Herbarium. 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L, SANIAL, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ALICE М. ISAACS. 
Committees on. the Local Flora, 
Pror. №, L. BRITTON, Ph. D., 


PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D. 
Н. Н. RUSBY, M. D., MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D, 
Rev. GEO. D. HULST, Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 


Committee on Excursions. 
Dr. 1. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 


“~~ GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, 
MARIE L, SANIAL, ` W. А. BASTEDO. 
Committee on Program. 
Dr. H. H. RUSBY, Dr. C. C. CURTIS, - 


Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 


The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, except 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, P. M. Botanists are cordially invited 
to attend. 

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
payable to Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St, New York City. 


VoL. 26 | Мо. 7 X 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


JULY 1899 


Studies in Sisyrinchium.—ll1: S, angustifolium and some related 
Species new and old, 


By EUGENE P. BICKNELL. 


The common Blue-eyed Grass of the eastern states, Szsyrin- 
chium angustifolium Miller, may be taken as representative of a sec- 
tion of the genus Sisyrinchium, embracing those species having 
simple leafless stems with terminal spathes. The group of species 
50 characterized, if not strictly a natural one, forms, nevertheless, a 
well-marked assemblage in the genus which it is altogether conve- 
nient to recognize. Nor is this subdivision entirely without natural 
Status, for, taking the genus in North America as a whole, the degree 
of branching shown by the different species is seen to be correlated 
to some extent with their distribution. Thus the simple-stemmed 
species are, as a group, of more northern and alpine distribution 
than those which develop pedunculate spathes from one or more 
leaf-bearing nodes, while, on the other hand, the species having a 
definitely compound system of branching are all distinctively 
southern, 

Little inconvenience appears to have resulted from our imper- 
fect knowledge of this particular group of Blue-eyed Grasses, for 
long-established practice in the matter of identification has re- 
ferred the simple-stemmed plants, one and all, to the species S. 
engustifolium, under whatever name designated. А very inter- 

sting series of distinct species has thus been overlooked. 

No account is here taken of the northwestern S. grandiflorum 


- [Issued 18 July. j ( 335 ) 


886 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


Dougl., which forms a genus clearly distinct from Sisyrinchium, 
nor of the yellow-flowered California species, 5. Californicum 
Dryand and S. E/meri Greene, which again are not of the same 


generic type as our blue-flowered species. This matter will be 
discussed in a subsequent paper. 


SIsyRINCHIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Miller, Dict. ed. VII. 1759. 


S. Bermudiana L. Sp. Pl. 954. In part. (?) 1753. 
S. gramineum Lam. Encyc. 1: 408. 1783. 


S. anceps Cav. Diss. 6: 345. pl. тоо, f. 2. 1788. 
S. montanum Greene, Pittonia, 4: 33. 1899. 


Tufted, or sometimes of scattered habit, commonly 20-30 cm. 
high (8-56 cm.) stiff and erect, more or less glaucous. Leaves 
usually 14 to 34 the height of the stem and 1.5-2.5 mm. wide 
(1-3.5 mm.) linear and attenuate or sometimes slightly broadened 
upwards and acuminate, the edges usually serrulate-roughened : 
stems simple and leafless, or occasionally bearing a single leaf sub- 
tending one or two branches 5-12 cm. long, 1—2 mm. or even 
`3 mm. wide, wing-margined, the wings equaling or broader than 
the width of the proper stem, rarely narrower, more or less serru- 
late or denticulate-roughened, apparently never wholly smooth in 
the eastern plant: spathes erect, green or sometimes purplish- 
tinged ; outer bract 2—6 cm. long, surpassing the inner one 1.574 
cm., rarely less than twice its length, slenderly attenuate or broader 
апа more abruptly acute, obscurely hyaline-margined, clasping for 
2-6 mm. at base; inner bract 1.5—3 cm. long, hyaline-margined, 
acute to narrowly attenuate ; interior scales silvery white, narrow, 
usually about half the length of the inner bract: flowers 1—8, 
violet-blue ; perianth 10-12 mm. long; stamineal column 4-6 mm. 
high; pedicels erect or nearly so, 17-25 mm. long, shorter or 
slightly longer than the inner bract: capsules 4-6 mm. high, 


mostly oblong-subglobose and only obscurely trigonous pale, but 
often clouded with brownish-purple. 


This species is far more widely distributed than any other опе 
of its genus, ranging from Newfoundland and New Jersey to Sas- 
katchewan and Montana and southward along the eastern moun- 
tains to Virginia and in the west to southern Colorado. I have 
seen no specimens from west of the Rocky Mountains. 

It is scarcely to be thought that the species holds true through- 
out this wide range and indications are that, even as here limited, 


it is still something of an aggregate and will be found to include 
at least several geographical races. 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN. SISYRINCHIUM 887 


The more eastern plant must, of course, be taken as typical of 
the species. It ranges from Newfoundland and Quebec south to 
New Jersey and in the Alleghanies to Virginia. Specimens from 
this general region show more or less discoloration from drying, 
but not nearly to the same extent as in S. graminoldes. Speci- 


mens from Ontario to Saskatchewan and Colorado show little 


change of color on the herbarium sheet and differ further from the 
more eastern plant in being more glaucous and stiffer with leaves 
of rather thicker texture. Several specimens from British America 
are unusually slender and apparently small-flowered. Others from 
Minnesota are unusually stout and glaucous, and with some uni- 
formity have the spathes brightly colored with red-purple quite in 
contrast with anything seen from elsewhere, although the eastern 
plant sometimes has the spathes tinged with dull purple. Still 
other specimens from Minnesota are tall and slender and apparently 
scarcely glaucous, the spathes long and narrow, the flowers on very 
slender pedicels and with delicately membranous perianth. 

Several collections from Nebraska, well illustrated by Ryd- 

berg’s по. 373 from Banner Co. and no. 1251, “ Flora of the Sand 
Hills," are noteworthy by reason of stout central stem with rela- 
tively narrow and smooth-edged wing-margins, rather long pedicels 
and subglobose, corrugated capsules. Several of these specimens 
are branched. І have little doubt that this plant is entitled to a 
distinctive name. 
. Specimens collected in Newfoundland by Dr. Robinson and 
Mr. Schrenk are very small throughout with thin broadly winged 
Stem and thin leaves, the capsules only 2 mm. high or less and on 
Somewhat spreading pedicels ; these specimens show quite as much 
discoloration as .S. graminoides. Specimens from Mt. Desert 
Island, Maine, collected by Rand and Redfield are well developed 
*xamples of the usual eastern plant, and New Brunswick and Prince 
Edward Island specimens are similar. : 

The species comes into flower in most sections of its range from 
the middle of May till the middle of June, or later at high eleva- 
tions. In the neighborhood of New York flowering is sometimes 
Over in the second week of June. Аз far east as Newfoundland 
the flowering period is much later, from the end of June until late 
August, as shown by the collections of Waghorne and Robinson 


and Schrenk, 


888 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


SPECIMENS EXAMINED. 

Virginia: Mountain Lake, 4,000 ft. alt. Britton. 

Pennsylvania: Pike Co., E. P. B. 

New-York: N. Y. Co., E. P. B. ; Westchester Co., Mrs. Е. G, 
Britton ; Greene Co., Miss A. M. Vail ; Chemung Co., Lucy ; Che- 
ango Co., Stewart ; Tompkins Co., Rowlee, Kilbourne ; Onondaga 
Co., Brower ; Oswego Co., DeForest; Otsego Co. ; Washington 
Co., Fitch. 

Massachusetts : Berkshire Co., “1828”; Hampden Co., Rusby; 
Bristol Co., Sturtevant; Middlesex Co., Underwood; Essex Co., 
Oakes. 

New Hampshire: Cheshire Co., Churchill, 

Maine: York Co., Hill, E. P. B.; Mt. Desert, Redfield, E. P. B. 

New Brunswick : Goodwin. 

Prince Edward Island: Macoun. 

Newfoundland: Robinson and Schrenk, Waghorne. 

Quebec: Danville, Berg ; Montreal, Kelly. 

Ontario: Lambton Co., Dodge ; Jones Falls, Fowler; Toronto 


Island, Armstrong ; Casselman, Macoun; Lincoln and Welland 
McCalla. 


Michigan: Jackson Co., Camp. 
Assinoboia: Crane Lake, Macoun. 
Saskatchewan: Bourgeau, 1858. 
British America : Dr. Richardson. 


Minnesota: Aitken Co.; Cass Co., Anderson; Cook Co. 
Cheney; Crow Wing Co., Sheldon; Lake Co., Sandberg ; Mille 
Lacs, Sheldon; Pipestone Co., Menzel; St. Louis Co., Arthur. 

North Dakota: Grand Forks Co., Bannon. 


South Dakota: Black Hills, Rydberg, W. S. Rusby; Beadle 
Co., Douglass. 

Montana: Park Co., Tweedy; Belt River, Williams; Custer, 
Blankinship ; Madison and Gallatin Cos., Rydberg. 

Nebraska: Ft. Union and Badland Creek, Hayden, 1853-4; 
Sheridan Co., J. G. Smith and Pound; Sioux Co., Williams ; Ban- 
ner Co., Rydberg ; Cherry Co., Wilcox. 

Colorado: North Boulder Peak, 6,500 ft, Pinard; Canyon 
City, Brandegee; Pike’s Peak, Trelease; Ft. Collins, 5,000. ft» - 
Baker; Table Rock, Crandall: Clear Creek, Englemann ; South 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SIsyRINCHIUM 339 


Park, Wolf and Rothrock; Lorimer Co., 9,000 ft., Crandall; La 
Plata Mts., 9,000 ft., Baker, Earle and Tracy. 


SISYRINCHIUM MUCRONATUM Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 33. - 1802. 


Caespitose in close tufts often loosely invested below with the 
_tangled and fibrillose remains of withered leaves ; roots numerous 
and matted, very slender. Leaves and stems dull-green to 
glaucescent, slender, the leaves commonly half the height ot 
the stem, but sometimes equaling it, varying from capillaceous to 2 
mm. wide, taper-pointed, smooth-edged or minutely denticulate or 
serrulate. Stems numerous, 10—46 cm. tall, varying from capilla- 
-ccous and merely margined to 1.5 mm. wide and narrowly winged, 
the edges very smooth to denticulate-roughened, simple or occa- 
sionally short-branched at the top; spathes straight or slightly 
bent, the thin bracts smooth or, exceptionally, obscurely scabrous, 
usually or often bright red-purple, but varying to green, narrowly 
lryaline-margined, the outer опе 1.8—5.7 cm. long, united-clasping 
for 1—4 mm. at base, the slender prolongation surpassing the in- 
пег bract 4—28 mm.; inner bract emerging gradually from the 
outer one, 10-16 mm. long, herbaceous, attenuate and acute, or 
the apex obtuse and scarious or even bifid ; interior scales narrow 
and attenuate, mostly about half the length of the inner bract. 
Flowers 2—7, mostly deep purple-blue, sometimes white; perianth 
6-14 mm. long; stamineal-column 4-5 mm. high: capsules on 
slender somewhat spreading pedicels 1—2 cm. long, 2-4 mm. high, 
trigonous, subglobose, broadly oblong, or somewhat obovate, not 
impressed at base, sometimes even narrowed into the pedicel, thin- 
walled, pale but usually purplish-tinged at maturity ; seeds sub- 
globose, black, pitted and prominently umbilicate, 1—1.2 mm. in 
diameter, 

Southeastern Michigan and Ontario to eastern Pennsylvania, 
Washington, D. C., and Virginia, in meadows and grassy places or 
Sometimes in dry soil. Flowers in May and June, beginning about 
the middle of May in the neighborhood of Washington ; fruit ripe 


early in July in the Alleghany region of east Pennsylvania. 
аа. St. Clair Co., С. К. Dodge; Ontario: Lambton 
Co., C. K. Dodge, Wingham, J. A. Morton; New Tee Ithaca, 
Herb. Cornell Univ.; Pennsylvania: Union Co., H. R. Noll i Mon- 
roe Co., N. L. Britton, E. P. B.; Pike Co., E. P. B.; Philadelphia, 
A. B. Monoy ; Isaac P. Martendale (1872); Washington, р. С: 
Lester Е. Ward, С. McCarthy ; Virginia : Dyke, T. H. Kearney, Jr. 
It is at last possible to understand this long misdoubted species 


840 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


of Michaux and to dispel the uncertainty which has always attached 
to the exact application of its name. The species is a perfectly 
authentic one and has failed of recognition evidently because never 
properly distinguished from the commoner and far more wide- 
spread .S. angustifolium, a plant of similar habit, but stouter and 
more glaucous and differing especially in its much larger fruit. 

While the distinctness of these two plants is not at all a matter 
of doubt, the variation of S. mucronatum is so considerable that, 
in order to define that species understandingly it will be well to 
give sharper definition to the type as contrasted with certain stouter 
forms of the plant which take on more the likeness of S. angusti- 
folium. Michaux’s description can no longer be misunderstood and 
the type of S. mucronatum may be confidently taken as the smallest 
form of the plant markedly set apart by almost capillaceous stem 
and leaves, small flowers and conspicuously red-purple spathes. 
This is an exceedingly delicate and attractive little plant ren- 
dered especially striking by its close and numerous capillary ap- 
pearing stems tipped with the bright-colored spathes. In this 
extreme form of the plant the tufts are but 10-20 cm. high and 
the leaves and stems only .5-1 mm. wide, the latter merely mar- 
gined and with the edges mostly very smooth. The leaves, com- 
monly about one half the height of the stems, аге erect and almost 
setaceous, the edges sometimes obscurely roughened at the apex. 
The narrow spathes have the outer bract 12-24 mm. long and 
aristulate-prolonged for 5-12 mm. beyond the inner one which is 
scarious-obtuse or bifid at the apex and apiculate from the mid- 
nerve ; the flowers are few and small, the perianth appearing to be 
only 6-8 mm. long, on capillary, exserted, somewhat spreading 
pedicels 10-16 mm. long, fruit not seen. 

In this typical state the plant cannot possibly be confused with 
any other species ; nevertheless it appears to pass into an every Way 
larger form the extreme state of which simulates forms of S. an- 
gustifolium from which, however, the smaller, more globose fruit 
readily distinguishes it. The stoutest example seen, from Washing- 
ton, D. C., has larger flowers than occur in any other eastern 
species the perianth being 12-14 mm. long. 

A form of the plant found by Dr. Britton and myself fruiting 
in abundance in а damp meadow near Tannersville, Pa., July 4 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 841 


` 1896, is tall and slender the numerous leaves nearly as long as the 
stems, many of which bear a bracteal leaf near the top subtending 
one or two peduncles. The plants were pale in color and the 
more branched forms bore rather a close resemblance to forms of 
S. Atlanticum. 

In two or three of many specimens the bracts of the spathe 
are very obscurely scabrous. 

The forms of the plant here referred to look remarkably differ- 
ent from the type, but the extremes appear to intergrade and the 
expediency of recognizing any of them as varieties does not clearly 
appear from the material at present before me. 


' Sisyrinchium campestre sp. nov. 


Closely caespitose, commonly 15-20 cm..high (10-30 cm. or 
More) erect, stiff, glaucous or glaucescent. Leaves half the height 
of the stem or longer, sometimes surpassing the stem, I-I.5 mm., 
rarely 2 mm. wide, the edges smooth, the bases tinged with pale 
dull purple: stem .$—1.$ mm. wide, narrowly wing-margined, the 
Wings finely close-striate, often obscurely scabrous on the sides, 
especially above, the edges smooth; spathe pale dull purple to 
Sreen, the bracts minutely roughened with somewhat glandulose 
Points to canescently scabrous-puberulent, or sometimes glabrous, 
primary bract 2.5—4. 5 cm. long, narrowly attenuate, often setace- 
ously slender, stiff and straight or slightly incurved, obtuse or 
acute, surpassing the inner bract 1—2.$ cm., the margins narrowly 
hyaline below, not at all united-clasping at the base or but slightly 
30; base of inner bract usually rounding out rather abruptly from 

* primary one, especially at full maturity, giving the spathe a 
Somewhat gibbous character, the bract 1.2-2 cm. long, narrowed 
or slenderly attenuate to the acute apex, the edges noticeably 
White-hyaline ; interior scales commonly broader than in S. mucro- 
natum - flowers 4—9, pale blue to white ; perianth delicate, 8-14 
mm. long ; stamineal column 3-5 mm. high ; pedicels 10-16 mm. 
long, usually not surpassing the inner bract and little spreading : 

_ ©арзшез pale at maturity, 2-4 mm. high, trigonous-subglobose, 
en depressed, and impressed at base but sometimes cuneate-obo- 
vate, sparsely puberulent, minutely rugulose, sometimes also 
Venose-reticulated ; seeds few in each cell 1—1.25 in longer di- 
ameter, irregularly obovoid-subglobose or oblong, somewhat 
angled, black, at full maturity, only faintly pitted umbilicate. 
_ Wisconsin to North Dakota, south to Louisiana, Oklohoma 
and the mountains of New Mexico, on prairies, in meadows and in 


Tocky open woods, flowering in May and June. 


342 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


Wisconsin : Madison, Trelease. 

Minnesota: Chicago Co., Taylor; Goodhue Co., Sandberg; 
Hennepin Co., many collectors; Meeker Co., Frost; McLeod 
Co., McElligott; Nicollet Co., Ballard; Ramsey Co., Sheldon ; 
Swift Co., Payne ; Waseca Co., Taylor. 

. North Dakota: Geyer (1839). 

South Dakota: Clay Co., Geyer; Lincoln Co., Redfield. 

Nebraska: Lancaster Co., Webber; Saline Co., Siegreist, 
Hayden (1853). : 

Missouri ; Atchison Co., Bush; Jackson Co., Bush ; Jefferson 
Co., Englemann (1862). 

Kansas: Riley Co., Bassler, Norton. 

Arkansas: Nuttall. 

Oklahoma: Waugh. 

New Mexico: Hermit's Peak, Snow. 

Illinois : Menard Co., Hall. 

Iowa: Fayette Co., Fink; Pottawattamie Co., Hayden ; Story 
Co., Hitchcock ; Winneshiek Co., Collett. 

Louisiana: Natchitoches Co., Hale. 

Nearly allied to S. mucronatum Michx. certain forms of the 
two plants even appearing scarcely different—always a logical ex- 
pectation from conditions of close relationship between plants, how- 
ever distinct. Notwithstanding such dubious forms, the normal 
development of the two plants takes place along obviously different 
lines. In its typical state .S. campestre is mostly a more glaucous 
plant than S. mucronatum, of stiffer habit, with smooth-edged stem 
and leaves, and paler blue or frequently white flowers on rather 
less exserted pedicels ; the spathe is relatively larger with stiffer 
primary bract, and though often of a dull pink-purple shade never 
develops the bright red-purple color so conspicuous in typical 5. 
mucronatum ; its bracts are also usually less membranous than in 
S. mucronatum, the outer one scarcely if at all united-clasping a. 
the base permitting a more abrupt protrusion of the inner one 
Which tends to be more broadly hyaline along the margins. 
_ The close relationship of the species to S. mucronatum would 
lead to an expectation of somewhat parallel lines of variation 10 
the two plants. These, indeed, prove to exist. Furthermore, 5. | 
campestre is nearly related to the twin-spathed species, S. albidum — 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 343 


Raf., just as S. mucronatum is nearly related to the twin-spathed 
S. scabrellum, only with this reversal in the terms of the relation- 
Ship that, in the one case the rough-bracted plant is the one with 
the solitary spathe, in the other case the one with the spathes 
geminate, 

Several more or less well-defined strains of variation may be 
traced running through herbarium material of .S. campestre, but 
there is no sufficient evidence that these represent anything more 
than mere states of the species, any one of which might appear 
under the appropriate conditions of soil and situation. 

The form taken as typical has the stem 1-1.5 mm. wide, 
commonly much surpassing the slightly broader leaves, and 
densely scabrous-puberulent spathes often of a pale purple color, 
the primary bract acute or obtusely pointed and surpassing the 
inner bract 1—2 cm., the inner bract 1—2 cm. long, herbaceous at- 
tenuate or hyaline-margined to the acute apex, the flowers usually 
light-blue and about то mm. long on slender pedicels subequal 
with the inner bract. 

This plant is common in Minnesota, extending west to the Da- 
kotas and south to Missouri and Kansas. 

A few specimens from Minnesota are unusually stiff and glau- 
cous, with the perianth sometimes 14 mm. long. SE 

Certain other specimens are greener, the spathes showing little 
or no purplish tinge, the inner bract often broader and having the 
more scarious margins somewhat abruptly narrowed to the shorter 
tip. i 
A small proportion of specimens have the bracts quite smooth. 
Such plants seem to be rare as far north as Minnesota, but more 
frequent further south; they show a tendency to a slightly 
broader stem than the type, especially near the base of the spathe, 
and broader inner bract, and are frequently white-flowered, appa- 
rently representing a transition to the variety Kansanum described 
below, Specimens of this smooth-bracted plant are, on technical 
, characters, sometimes with difficulty separable from S. mucrona- 
tum, but as a rule are rather stouter, with smooth-edged stem, 
Stiffer leaves, broader inner bract and less united outer one. 

3 Differing strikingly from the type when extreme forms. are 
. Compared but appearing to intergrade with it is a very slender form 


844 BickNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


which is frequent or common in Minnesota and Missouri. The 
leaves are relatively long and with the stems mostly less than t 
mm. wide, the spathes small and slender in proportion, the outer 
bract and frequently the inner one very slenderly attenuate. Сег- 
tain of these slender specimens from Minnesota have numerous 
unusually elongated leaves considerably surpassing the stems, very 
short spathes and pedicels and capsules only 1.5-2.5 mm. high; 
some of these specimens have no purplish tinge in the bracts and 


appear to be scarcely glaucescent; rarely their bracts are quite 
glabrous. 


Sisyrinchium campestre Kansanum var. nov. 


Pale and glaucous, rarely showing any purple tinge in the 
bracts, 15-30 cm. high. Leaves stiff and erect, straight or falcate, 
often equaling the stem, 1-2.5 mm. wide, closely striate, mostly 
cuspidate-acute, smooth-edged, sometimes when: young roughened 
on the sides with minute points: stems 1—2 mm. wide, the wings 
mostly wider than the proper stem and perceptibly broadened into 
the base of the spathe, striate, the edges smooth; sides of the 
stem sometimes minutely roughened especially near the top: 
spathes stiffly erect, the broad base appearing abruptly transverse 
across the top of the stem, the bracts herbaceous and striate, 
smooth or rarely obscurely scabrous ; primary bract stiff, erect or 
curved, slenderly prolonged, 2.5—6.5 cm. long, surpassing the in- 
ner bract 1.2—3.0 cm., blunt-pointed ог slenderly acute, the mar- 
gins below narrowly white-hyaline, usually not at all united at the 
base; inner bract 1.5-2.7 cm. long, broad below and abruptly 
emerging from the outer one, keeled, herbaceous-attenuate or the 
broad white-scarious margins abruptly narrowed to the obtuse or 
merely acute apex. Flowers white, large, the perianth delicate, 
sometimes over 14 mm. long, its divisions obovate-oblong, appar- 
ently not emarginate and very short aristulate ; stamineal column 
4 mm. high; pedicels 12—17 mm. long, shorter than the inner 
bract, more or less margined : capsules apparently not larger than 
in S. campestre, trilobulate-subglobose, 3-5 mm. high, glandular 
puberulent when young; mature seeds not seen: roots stronger, 
darker and less fibrillose than in S. campestre. 

Eastern and middle Kansas and Oklahoma, doubtfully from 
southeastern Nebraska and western Missouri, occurring on prairies 
and flowering from the middle of April into June. Kansas + 
Davis Co., Ft. Riley, April 27, 1892, type, in Herb. Columbia 
University ; Riley Co., J. B. Norton, T. Bassler; McPherson Co., 
J. E. Bodin; Douglas Co., “J. С. В.” Oklahoma: “ Waugh.” 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 345 


In its fully developed state this plant presents so striking a 
contrast with usual forms of S. campestre that there would seem 
to be little doubt of its being a distinct species; nevertheless, 
forms apparently intermediate between the two occur with them. 
It is evidently impossible to determine the exact status of the plant 
from present material. 3 


Sisyrinchium flaviflorum sp. nov. 


Tufted, about 25 cm. high, dull green and glaucescent ; older 
roots coarse and simple or nearly so. Leaves about three-quar- 
ters the height of the stems, 1-2 mm. wide, the larger ones 
broadened upwards, acute, striate, the edges nearly or quite smooth : 
stems 1.25-2 mm. wide, stiff and erect or sometimes curved, 
broadened into the base of the spathe, the wings prominently 
Striate, smooth-edged ; spathes green, 4-5 mm. wide near the 
base ; primary bract very large and foliaceous, often curved, about 
б cm. long, obtusely pointed, surpassing the second bract 3-4 cm., 
very narrowly hyaline below, the margins free to the base; inner 
| fact 2—2.5 cm. long, hyaline-margined, herbaceous attenuate to 
| the obtuse apex, emerging rather abruptly from the base of the 
| 3pathe: flowers apparently few on pedicels ro-15 mm. long, 
much shorter than the inner bract; perianth clear lemon yel- 
low, about 12 mm. long, apparently of rather thick texture and 
minutely granulose-glandular, the divisions abruptly rounded or 
truncate at the tip, very short aristulate; column about 5 mm. 
ugh; anthers rather large, 2-2.5 mm. long, apparently less con- 
üguous than in allied species with the filaments less coherent at 
the top ; young capsules obovate-oblong, glandular-puberulent. ; 

Missouri : Courtney, B. F. Bush. Type in Herb. Missouri 


t. Gard., June 7, 1892, just in flower. 

Similar in general appearance to large examples of 5. campestre 
Kansanum but of a peculiar dull green color with larger spathes 
and especially larger and more foliaceous primary bract “The 
| flowers, however, afford the most distinctive feature of the plant 
and appear to be peculiar in texture as well as in color, and in 
arger anthers as compared with related forms. 
. Mr. B. Е. Bush, of Courtney, Missouri, the discoverer of this 
Mieresting plant appears to be the only person who has ever met 

with it. Specimens sent by him some years ago to the Gray 
Herbarium were referred to by Dr. Watson as being probably a 


form of S. angustifolium (Gray's Manual, ed. 6, 7 35)- 


846 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


Mr. Bush writes me in regard to this plant that it grows 1n 
open Black Jack woods on the borders of prairies, while 5. angus- 
tifolium (S. campestre) grows on bare prairies and S. graminoides 
in wet meadows. It does not occur with either of the other two 


species and only occurs in two or three localities near here, Court- 
ney, Mo. 


‚ SISYRINCHIUM ALBIDUM Raf. Atl. Jour. 17. 1832. 


Dull or rather bright green, the spathes often tinged with dull 
red-purple, glaucous or glaucescent, commonly 30 cm. or less 
high (15-46 cm.). Leaves about half the height of the NC 
mostly 1.5 mm. wide (.5—3.5 mm.), very acute, smooth-edged, bu 
often serrulate above or sometimes throughout: stems commonly 
1.5 mm. wide (1—3 mm.), often very flat, the wings thin and striate, 
usually broader than the proper stem, serrulate or hispidulous d 
the edges or sometimes smooth: spathes two, contiguous ап 
sessile at the top of the stem or rarely the outer one pedunc i 
on a short divergent branch, each two-bracted; primary brac 
2.5-7 cm. long, foliaceous or slenderly attenuate, acute or obtuse, 
surpassing the inner bracts 1.2-5 cm. the edges free to the base 
and scarcely hyaline; outer bract of second spathe 1.3—2.7 ee 
long, hyaline-margined, the tip herbaceous, sometimes obtuse, 2 
usually acute or attenuate, subequal with its fellow or surpassins 
it by as much as 12 mm.; keels of inner bracts often ciliolate ; 
interior scales about three quarters the length of the shorter bracts : 
flowers varying from clear white to violet-blue, sometimes a 
many as nine in each spathe ; perianth 8—12 mm. long ; E 
column 4-5 mm. high: capsules pale, rather thick walled, a 
pressed-subglobose, 2—3 mm. high on slender, erect, or Si 
spreading pedicels 10-22 mm. long, little if at all longer than t! j 
shorter bracts : seeds black, globose, prominently umbilicate, dis 
tinctly pitted .75—1 mm. in diameter. 7 

Alabama and Louisiana to Missouri and Michigan ; North e 
lina. Flowering in early April in the extreme south, in April an 
early May as far north as southern Illinois, in late May and early 
June in northern Illinois and Michigan. 


Alabama : Tuscaloosa Co., Dr. E. A. Smith. 
Mississippi : Oktibbeha Co., S. M. Tracy. 
Louisiana: Dr. Hale. 

Tennessee : Sewanee, E. Kirby Smith. 
North Carolina: Stanly Co., W. W. Ashe. 


Kentucky : Dr. C. W. Short (1840); Warren Co., Miss Sadie 
F. Price. 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 847 


Missouri: St. Louis Co., Dr. Englemann (1838-1865). 

Illinois: Hancock Co., S. B. Mead (1842); Cook Co., Dr. W. 
Moffat. 

Indiana: Tippecanoe Co., A Н. Young, 

Michigan: Cass Co. C. Е. Wheeler; Jackson Со. C. Е. 
Wheeler, S. H. & D. R. Camp; Ingham Co., C. Е. Wheeler ; 
Livingston Co., C. F. Wheeler, Belle Isle, Detroit River, O. A. 
Farwell; Keeweenaw Co., O. A. Farwell. 

It is difficult to frame an exact definition of this plant from 
present material which, while fully attesting the distinctness of the 
species from the old .S. angustifolium and the more nearly related 
x campestre, appears to point to a still further problem in segrega- 
tion while not permitting its solution. In appearance the plant is 
‘similar to S, angustifolium or, in its more slender forms, to S. 
campestre but differs from both in its uniformly twin spathes and 
from the former in mostly white or pale blue flowers and smaller 
fruit. 

The type locality for the species is West Kentucky and speci- 
mens from this general region have been more particularly held in 
view in the foregoing description. бо far as specimens and notes 
on labels indicate the plant is here uniformly white-flowered. 
Specimens from prairies near Chicago have large very pale blue 
flowers and unusually long bracts, which on a few of the plants 
аге obscurely scabrous on the sides, a feature shown only by one 
other specimen of my series, also from Illinois. 

From Sewanee, Tenn., comes a specimen having apparently 
Very small blue flowers and capsules but 1 mm. or less high. 
The only specimen seen from Louisiana is very pale in color and 
has stout spathes with long, slenderly attenuate primary bracts ; 
the apparently small flowers are white on somewhat slenderly = 
Serted pedicels. Specimens collected in Mississippi by Prof. S. M. 
Tracy are noteworthy from their large size and broad leaves and 
Stems, the former becoming 3.5 mm. wide; the spathes are un- 
Usually stout, the pale blue flowers seemingly of medium size. 
Contrasting so markedly with these as to seem quite distinct yet 
. apparently connected by intermediate forms, are certain specimens 
from Michigan communicated by Professor C. F. Wheeler and 
Mr. О. А, Farwell. These are extremely slender, the stems and 


848 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


leaves from .78-1.5 mm. wide, the spathes abruptly broader than 
the stems and with the outer bracts unusually slender and elon- 
gated; the blue flowers are rather small and delicate. Some of 
these specimens seem to be scarcely if at all glaucous and with 
thinner leaves and bracts than other forms ; the stems are mostly 
only narrowly winged. 


Sisyrinchium heterocarpum sp. nov. 


Apparently but little tufted, bright green or yellowish green, 
glaucous, stiff and erect, 20-30 cm. high ; roots pale, fleshy, taper- 
ing from thickened bases sometimes 2 mm. wide. Leaves half the 
height of the stem or longer, 1—2 mm. wide, tapering, acute, the 
edges smooth: stem 1-1.5 mm. wide, narrowly winged, the edges 
smooth or bearing some minute harsh points towards the base: 
spathes sometimes slightly purplish tinged, erect, narrow, some- 
times scarcely exceeding the width of the stem, sometimes becom- 
ing 2—3 mm. wide about the middle ; inner bract often weakly de- 
veloped or inconspicuous, 1.5-2 cm. long, scarious-margined 
usually to the acute apex; outer bract 2.5—4.5 cm. long, above 
slender and acute, surpassing the inner bract 1—2.5 cm., the lower 
margins hyaline, united for 3-5 mm. at base: perianth violet- 
purple, about 10 mm. long; stamineal column 5 mm. high: cap- 
sules of two kinds, terminal and basal, the latter more or less con- 
cealed among the bases of the leaves, those from the terminal 
spathes few, 1-4, pale, subglobose or sometimes obovoid, rather 
large, 5-7 mm. high on erect scarcely exserted pedicels only 10—20 
mm. long; basal capsules 2—4, on slender erect pedicels 2.5—3:5 
cm. long, obovoid-pyriform, 7-10 mm. long from the narrowe 
base, 4-5 mm. wide, rather thinner walled than the terminal ones 
and more or less transversely corrugate conformably with the post- 
tion of the seeds, a feature less evident in the terminal capsules: 
seeds (not quite mature) black, obovoid-subglobose, angled and 
rugulose-pitted, stipitate, 1 mm. in diameter. 

Wyoming: Cummins, July 30, 1895, in full flower and with 
immature fruit; Table Mountain, June 30, 1895, in full flower 
and with immature fruit; Dubois, August 10, 1894, nearly ma- 
ture fruit and immature flower buds. 


An interesting plant known only from the collections of Pro- 
fessor Aven Nelson. In general aspect of leaf and stem it closely 
matches slender forms of S. angustifolium to which species it is 
evidently nearly allied. / 


The development of basal flowers and fruit is an unexpected 


* 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 349 


character in the genus and were it shown by a single specimen 
only might reasonably be referred to an abnormal condition. It is 
however exhibited by five perfectly healthy examples collected at 
different times in three distinct localities. 

The origin of these basal flowers may perhaps be referred to 
suppressed development of the usual stem. They occur either in 
Separate leaf clusters or among the leaves about the bases of 
normal stems, but in the latter case although enclosed by the same 
outer leaves as the stem they nevertheless belong to an inner tuft 
of leaves which arises from a separate point of the axis. 

Some plants show no indications of these radical flowers and 
are then with difficulty sepqrable from S. angustifolium. The 
plant appears to need comparison with no other species than this. 
It differs in narrower mostly smooth-edged leaves and stem, smal- 
ler and narrower spathes, less developed inner bract, shorter pedi- 
cels and larger. more globose or pyriform paler capsules, often 
transversely corrugate. The thickened roots are a further note- 
worthy character. The few flowers seen are rather smaller than 
those of S. angustifolium, the divisions of the perianth less rounded 
at the apex and more distinctly aristulate, the yellow eye also ap- 
pears to be larger. 

In some specimens the basal and terminal capsules are of about 
equal age ; others show at the same time basal capsules nearly ma- 
ture, and upper spathes still tightly enclosing their flower buds. 
The successive opening of the flowers appears to be remarkably 
Prolonged or irregular for several spathes which bear nearly ma- 
ture capsules also enclose very immature flower buds. 

Mounted on seweral sheets among fruiting specimens are a 
few plants just in flower which are larger, stouter and broader 
leaved with longer pedicels ; these are apparently not distinguish- 
able from 5, angustifolium and may be referable to that species. 
They are, however, of the same bright, pale-green hue of S. hetero- 
carpum, with smooth-edged stems, and their time of first-flowering, 
August, is hard to reconcile with what is known of the flowering 
Period of S. angustifolium. А few of the specimens of S. hetero- 
carpum show some stems stouter than the others and somewhat 
approaching these. Evidently the plant in all its phases cannot be 
fully understood from present material and its exact relationship 
| fo S, angustifolium must remain a subject for future study. 


New Plants from Wyoming.—IX 
Bv AvEN NELSON 


^ Ranunculus alpeophilus 


Similar to Ranunculus Eschscholtzii in habit, usually larger, 
bright green, nearly glabrous throughout : leaves sparsely and ob- 
scurely ciliolate on the margins; the radical orbicular-flabelliform 
to nearly reniform, some of them coarsely crenately toothed, others 
incisely lobed, the middle lobe lingulate, the lateral ones unequally 
toothed, more rarely divided nearly to the base ; stem leaves few, 
near the summit and somewhat involucrate, divided nearly to the 
base into oblong lobes, the lateral lobes sometimes again lobed or 
toothed : flowers mostly 3, surpassed by the leaves, the pedicels 
elongating in fruit: calyx glabrous or nearly so: akenes broadly 
oval or obovate. ! 


To be distinguished from R. Eschscholtzii by being nearly 
glabrous even as to the calyx, by the broader and less divided 
radical leaves, by the long lobes (3-5 cm.) of the upper leaves and 
by the broader summit of the akenes. 

It is probable that much, if not all, of the material from the 
middle Rockies, that has been distributed as R. Eschscholtsti, be- 
longs to this species. Several collections of it have been secured, 
from nearly alpine stations in this State, growing in moist, rich 


soil. Nos. 1780 and 4211 by the writer, and no. 5252 by Mr. 
Elias Nelson may be cited as typical. 


"Arenaria pinetorum 
Root and caudex woody, the latter freely branched, its slender » 
branches clothed with the dead leaves and partly buried in the 
loose soil : stems singly from the crowns, minutely glandular -puber- 
ulent, 6-15 cm. high, of several internodes: leaves smooth ОГ 
nearly so, linear, 2—5 cm. long, somewhat crowded on the crowns, 
rigid and needle-pointed ; those of the stems exceeding the inter- 
nodes (often twice as long), the uppermost becoming scarious an 
passing into the scarious, lanceolate bracts : cyme short and dense, 
the bracts conspicuous: sepals rigid, linear-lanceolate, scarious 
margined, pungent, about 7 mm. long: petals narrowly oblong, 
distinctly exceeding the sepals (about 10 mm. long). 
This species is to be compared with А. Hookeri Nutt. from 


(350) 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 351 


which it is clearly separated by 1. Habitat: A. Hookeri forms 
broad cespitose tufts on open ground, mostly on naked, clay, saline 
soils, as I have observed it throughout the breadth of Wyoming ; 
this forms single, compact clumps in the shaded woods, growing 
in the pine and spruce needles: 2. Characters: A. pinetorum is 
larger than the other in every way ; the branches of the caudex 
longer, the leaves longer and more slenderly pungent, exceeding 
(even twice as long as) the internodes, while in A. Hooker? the leaves 
are shorter than the internodes. 

While it resembles A. Hookeri in its inflorescence, yet the cyme 
is more open, the flowers are larger and the petals distinctly exceed 
the sepals. As seen in the field they can never be confused, the 
bushy clumps of this and the cespitose mats of A. Hookeri being 
markedly distinct. Type specimen in Herb. University of Wy- 
oming, no. 1595, Laramie Peak, Aug. 7, 1895. It has been dis- 
tributed under the above number as 4. Hookeri. 


Cheiranthus aridus 


Biennial, possibly more enduring, bushy branched, usually 
many stemmed from the crown of the vertical taproot, sometimes 
with an excurrent stem with several divaricate branches, mostly 
low, rarely 3 dm. high : leaves oblanceolate, acute, entire or nearly 
so, 4-8 cm. long, green in appearance but rather closely pubes- 
cent with small, 2-parted appressed hairs: sepals narrowly ob- 
long; corolla large; the petals 16-20 mm. long, blade narrowly 
obovate or broadly spatulate, shorter than the slender claw : com- 
mencing to flower when small and fruiting copiously ; pods long 
(8—12 cm.), sub-terete or elliptic in cross-section, not taper-pointed 
but abruptly contracted into a short style; valves distinctly 1- 
nerved. 

Since the publication of Dr. Greene's paper on Cheiranthus 
(Pittonia, 3: 128) any one who has tried to arrange a considerable 
amount of material in this genus according to the specific limits 
there proposed has not only found it feasible, but has found the 
disposition of material in this group much simplified. It was to 
be expected that the breaking up of the aggregate, Erysimum as- 
perum, into its species would disclose forms that now cannot be 
united with any of those species, though they might have found 
oblivion among the miscellany of the old Æ. asperum. Such is 
the species now proposed which, though allied both to C. asper 


859 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


and C. asperimus, species of this range, is quite distinct from them, 
by its bushy branched habit, its greener aspect, its profusion of 
flowers and fruit, the sub-teretish pod which is curved-ascending 
and witha distinct style. As is well known, C. asper has a simple 
stem, the pods are straight and strongly divaricate : in C. asperimus 
the pubescence is harsh and cinereous and the pods strikingly 
“flatly 4-sided." 

This species has not been secured except in the desert region 
of south-central Wyoming. Here it is greatly abundant and, as 
observed throughout a large area there, it maintains its habits and 
characters as before given. In the eastern part of the state and 
again in the western, in soils very different from those of the desert, 
C. asper is the prevailing form. 

Type specimen in Herbarium University of Wyoming, no. 
4731, Green River, June 13, 1898. 


Draba andina 
D. oligosperma Hook. var. 2? andina Nutt. T. & G. Fl. N. A. І: 

104. ; 

That this very rare plant has again been secured there сап be 
litle doubt. Again it is only in fruit, but the fruit characters 
are sufficiently distinctive so that no violence is done in establish- 
ing it as a species on habit, leaf and fruit characters only. Then, 
too, it appears that it should not be associated with D. oligosperma. 
It has the same habit, but the branches of the caudex are shorter, 
leaves shorter and more closely imbricated and the fruiting raceme 
(scape) shorter. The pods are oval to orbicular, about 3 mm. long 
and the cells mostly 2-seeded: style about half as long as the 
pod; stigma disk-shaped. 

The original locality for this is given as “ summits of lofty hills 
toward the source of the Platte." These specimens were collected 
in the Freezeout Hills, in the drainage basin of the upper Platte, 
on naked clay ridges, a very different habitat from that of D. 
oligosperma. Type no. 4487, collected by Mr. Elias Nelson. 


Arenaria verna equicaulis 


Perennial from a very slender woody root ; intricately branched 
at the base, finely viscid pubescent throughout: stems filiform, 
very numerous, erect from a decumbent base, nearly uniform in 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 858 


length on the same plant, differing considerably in different plants 
(3-5 cm. long): leaves crowded at the base, few and much re- 
duced above, linear subulate, not pungent, thick, semi-cylindric, 
three-nerved, nearly glabrous: floral characters nearly those of . 
the species but for the nearly uniform length of peduncles and 
pedicels. 

No doubt others have felt that the specimens occasionally dis- 
tributed from this portion of the Rocky Mountains as Æ. verna 
hirta Wats. were very different from the Arctic plant of that name. 
Since the difference lies largely in habit and leaf character it may 
be considered less fundamental than if floral or fruit characters 
were involved. However, on comparing these plants, which so 
constantly form sub-spherical individual tufts of compactly grown 
stems and semi-terete leaves, with the flat leaves and lax stems and 
the inflorescence of the other it seems that they ought to be segre- 
gated.. This plant is not at all rare, specimens of it having been 
secured in the Big Horn Mountains, in the Laramie Hills and in 
the Medicine Bow Mountains. It must be considered alpine, 
though occasionally it descends to sub-alpine stations. The last 
collection was at about 12,000 feet. Excellent specimens of it 
were distributed as A. verna hirta from Estes Park, Colo., by Mr. 
C. E. Osterhout in 1897. 


Polemomium Haydeni 


Root large, woody, more or less branched, surmounted by а 
short, woody, branched caudex : stems several, one or more from 
each crown, corymbosely few branched above, a somewhat reduced 
leaf at each node, 2-3 dm. high, the minute puberulence becoming 
glandular above : leaves crowded on the crowns, more than half as 
long as the stems; leaflets 15-25, oval, oblong or oblanceolate, 
mostly very small, rarely exceeding 1 cm. in length, glabrous or 
nearly so, flowers numerous aad rather crowded, drooping or sub- 

erect, on slender pedicels: calyx narrowly campanulate, about as 
long as the corolla tube : corolla blue, tubular-campanulate, 12-16 
mm. long, the broadly elliptic lobes a little longer than the calyx: 
filaments very slender, the base slightly dilated and sparsely pilose: 
seeds 2—3 in each cell. 


A beautiful species, probably most nearly related to P. humile 
pulchellum but much larger and more tufted ; to be at once sepa- 
rated by its large, woody root and caudex. Three perfect speci- 
mens of this are found in the Herbarium of the Mo. Bot. Garden, 


354 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


collected by Dr. F. V. Hayden, on Capt. Raynold's expedition, 
on Snake River, in Jackson's Hole, Wyo., June 15, 1860. These 
are cited as the types. 


Polemonium mellitum 


P. confertum mellitum Gray, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1863 931^ 
Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 280. 

This plant is so well known that it does not seem necessary to 
redraw the description but some of the differences between it and 
P. confertum Gray, which seem to entitle it to specific rank, may 
be pointed out. 

P. mellitum is larger, more spreading, usually in large clumps, 
leafy above, the leaves lax, those of the stems nearly equalling the 
inflorescence ; leaflets larger, thin (almost membranous) ; flowers 
larger, white or cream white, conspicuously green-bracteate. In 
strong contrast to this is the strict habit, erect leaves, small, thick, 
crowded leaflets, rather scapose stems and deep blue flowers of P. 
confertum. 

P. mellitum inhabits sub-alpine stations, its dense tufts clinging 
in the crevices of rocky ledges. P confertum occurs from sub- 
alpine to alpine heights, often on open slopes and mostly as single 
specimens. Though the two may occur together yet in several 
collections of each, I have never found them so. 


Pentstemon Crandallii 


Densely cespitose; the caudex intricately branched; roots 
numerous, coarsely fibrous, fascicled ; stems numerous, tufted, 
ascending or erect, slender, 6-12 cm. long, obscurely grandular- 
puberulent, toward the summit and on the pedicels glandular-pu- 
berulent: leaves dense, glabrous or nearly so, green, slightly 
wrinkled on the surface when dry, linear, or generally narrowly 
oblanceolate, acute, slender petioled (sometimes with a broadish 
base) 15—25 mm. long: bracts similar to the leaves, but much 
smaller, only 8-10 mm. long : flowers axillary, borne singly or 2-3 
in a cluster, erect, even the uppermost overtopped by the upper 
leaves: sepals about 7 mm. long, slightly exceeding the proper 
tupe of the corolla, ovate as to the base, long acuminate, basal por- 
tion scarious margined : corolla about 2 cm. long, tube short, not 
strongly dilated above, the short lobes nearly erect, lower lip 
nearly glabrous within: sterile filament yellow-bearded for one- 
half of its length : anther cells dehiscent through the junction of 
the two cells, but not explanate. 


BOOTE NIA TEXTES. "aca ж тҮ чтүү CK. se ee) Гм LL 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 355 


The nearest ally of this strongly-marked species is P. caespitosus 
Nutt. From this it is distinguished at once by its more intricately 
branched caudex and root system ; its longer, tufted, erect stems ; 
its larger, acute leaves, and its green, glabrate aspect. The 
matted, cinereous appearance of the other is in strong contrast to 
this species. 

I am indebted to Professor C. S. Crandall for specimens of this 
plant, collected by him near Como, Park County, Colorado, July 
23, 1897. 

Pentstemon Coloradoensis 

Tufted, with woody roots and woody, multicipital caudex, mi- 
nutely but closely cinereous-pubescent throughout : stems slender, 
numerous and somewhat fascicled on the bases of the stems of the 
previous years, erect or nearly so, developing unequally, many 
merely small, leafy shoots, the longer ones 2—3 dm. high (includ- 
ing the inflorescence): leaves crowded on the bases of the stems 
and on the sterile shoots, nearly linear, acute, tapering slightly to 
the base, 10-25 mm. long: floral leaves gradually reduced, the 
uppermost subulate bracts: inflorescence secund, mostly strictly 
so, the lower peduncles about 4-flowered, shorter and fewer flow- 
ered upward: sepals ovate, acuminate, scarious margined, about 
as long as the corolla tube proper: corolla blue, tubular-funnel- 
form, about 15 mm. long, not strongly bilabiate, the lobes moder- 
ately spreading, sparsely bearded on the lower lip: sterile filament 
short, with a close, short, yellow pubescence: anther cells dehis- 
cent through the junction of the two cells. 


Of this species I have before me specimens from two collec- 
tions made near Mancos, Colo., by Messrs. Baker, Earle and 
Tracy, 1898 and distributed as P. caespitosus Nutt. Also from. 
two collections by Professor Crandall, from Hotchkiss, Colo., 
1892, and from Durango, 1898, both distributed as P. “narioides 
SuUeri Gray. This latter is the species to which P. Coloradoensis is 
most closely allied, but is to be distinguished by its different habit, 
its fascicled, virgate stems, the acute (not mucronate) leaves, the 
secund inflorescence, the blue corolla and the sparse beard on the 
lower lip. | 
Grindelia perennis 
Root woody, usually with numerous, slender secondary 


ones: stems severa! to many from the crown (single in young 
plants), simple and decumbent at base, paniculately-corymbose 


856 NELsON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


branched above, 3-5 dm. high, glabrous as are also the leaves : 
rather leafy above, more sparsely so downward, the basal early 
deciduous : leaves entire or remotely denticulate, the basal and 
lowest cauline short-petioled, oblanceolate, becoming sessile and 
even auriculate-clasping upward, the middle cauline oblanceolate, 
4-7 cm. long, the uppermost oblong or reduced to mere bracts : 
heads rather numerous, 2 cm. broad in anthesis, the rays numer- 
ous (20-30), about 1 cm. long: involucral bracts glutinous, 
strongly recurved in young undeveloped heads, only slightly 
squarrose at maturity: pappus slender, barbellulate under the 
compound lens, 2—6, when more than 2 somewhat unequal. 


The decumbent, spreading bases of the otherwise erect stems 
with their corymbose summits is thoroughly characteristic of this 
species. Its slender, nearly entire leaves also strongly mark it. 
Its habitat is in strongly saline ground, on low, clay flats adjacent 
to lakes and streams. Its root is decidedly woody and probably 
of several years duration. 

Type specimen in the Herbarium, University of Wyoming, no. 
4988, by Mr. Elias Nelson, from Sweetwater River, July 27, 1898. 
Also collected by the writer оп Wind River in 1894, and dis- 
tributed as C. squarrosa Dunal, under no. 777. 


Grindelia erecta 


Biennial, stem single from the enlarged crown of a strong tap- 
root, erect, glabrous throughout, simple below, corymbose-panicu- 
lately branched above, 4-8 dm. high: leaves ample, serrate, the 
teeth short, acute: radical leaves early deciduous the second 
season, oblanceolate, on slender petioles which equal or exceed the 
blade, the base of the petiole gradually expanded to a broadish 
base; the lower cauline similar and also petioled but becoming 
sessile upward, 6-10 cm. long; uppermost smaller, oblong, ses- 
sile by a broad clasping base; heads large, subglobose, usually 
leafy bracteate ; involucral bracts numerous, moderately glutinous, 
appressed, with slender recurved tips; rays slender, numerous 
(15—30), 14-18 mm. long: pappus bristles 2—6, mostly 4, slender, 
minutely but closely barbellulate. 

In habit suggesting G. grandiflora Hook., of which it is prob- 
ably the northern representative. It occurs in the cañons among 
the hills, especially in rocky, sandy dry creek beds. 


Type no. 5306, Laramie Hills, Sept. 11, 1898. 


+ uu. Тү 


Netson: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING. 857 


Nacrea 


Perennial from horizontal rootstocks : stems stoutish, erect, 
permanently lanate as are also the leaves : heads discoid, congested 
in a cymose corymb : involucral bracts thin, pearly white, pluri- 
serially imbricated : flowers all hermaphrodite : pappus bristles 
capillary, thickened at the apex : corolla inserted below the sum- 
mit of the akene which projects into the tube of the corolla as a 
short, cylindrical base supporting the style: akene constricted at the 
point where the corolla is inserted, basal portion (akene proper ?) 
obconical: receptacle plane, alveolate. Name in allusion to the 
pearly-white involucral bracts. 


Nacrea lanata 


Rootstocks long, slender, giving rise to numerous fibrous 
roots: stems singly from the crowns, very strict, leafy, 2—4 dm. 
high: leaves (like the stem) densely white lanate, thick, rather 
rigid, erect or somewhat appressed to the stem, sessile or clasping, 
all nearly similar, narrowly oblong, the rounded-tapering apex 
sub-acute, 4-8 cm. long, the floral much reduced: heads about 
6 mm. high, bracts wanting except for a few foliar ones at the 
lower pedicels: involucral bracts from ovate to narrowly obovate, 
the inner ones with a narrowed base: corolla tube slender, the 
limb slightly expanded, yellow: pappus bristles barbellulate, the 
unicellular barbules becoming large and obtuse toward the thick- 
ened apex of the bristle: akenes (immature in these specimens) 
roughened with upwardly pointed papillae. 

After holding this plant for more than two years without find- 
ing a genus for it, I now propose the above to receive it. Its ap- 
pearance suggests Anaphalis but the floral characters exclude it 
from not only that, but, as at present characterized, from the sec- 
tion Gnaphalieae. I think, however, that the limits of that section 
must be so enlarged as to admit this genus next to Anaphalis. 

This plant was collected at a sub-alpine station in the Big Horn 
mountains, on Little Goose creek, in 1896, July 18. Type speci- 
men in Herbarium University of Wyoming, no. 2391. 


Gnaphalium angustifolium 


Low annual, branching from the base, the two to several slen- 
der stems decumbent-spreading or assurgent, 8—12 cm. long, 
loosely floccose on the stems and involucres, appressed pubescent 
on the leaves: leaves numerous, from narrowly to broadly linear, 
2—4 cm. long, the floral leaves not reduced and bract-like : the 


858 NELsON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


small heads glomerate in the axils, the upper internodes very short 
forming a congested, leafy cluster : heads moderately involved in 
wool, about 3 mm. high : involucral bracts lanceolate, acutish, the 
scarious tips white, brownish below : pappus bristles barbellulate 
under the compound lens, exceeding the flowers: akene roughened 
with short, cylindrical papillae. 

This falls into the section in which G. palustre Nutt. is the con- 
spicuous member but is very distinct from that and the related 
species. Its spreading habit and its slender, merely soft-pubescent 
leaves are characteristic. It is a plant of sub-alpine stations, 
growing in loose, loam soil on the dry sides of recently broken 
down ravine banks. Type no. 2077, head of Wood's Creek, 
Medicine Bow Mountains, Aug. 11, 1896. Also collected in 
Centennial Valley, Aug. 1895, no. 1751. 


Juncus repens Michx.—A Morphological and Anatomical Study 
Bv THEO. Horm 
(WITH PLATE 363) 


Botanical literature already possesses a number of valuable 
contributions to a knowledge of the Juncaceae from the writings 
of Buchenau, Engelmann and Kunth, and the laborious works of 
these authors have furnished botanists not only with diagnoses af 
a number of species and varieties, but also with data relating to 
the natural history of this order of plants. The Monographia 


JSuncacearum is a work so complete and exact, that it is difficult 


even for the field-botanist to detect any additional facts that are 
worthy of being recorded. Therefore, in presenting some obser- 
vations upon Juncus repens, we wish them to be considered only 
as supplemental to the diagnosis already given, and we desire be- 
sides to show some peculiarities in the structure, which we no- 
ticed contemporarily with our résearches on the North American 
species of Fimbristylis. 

In a morphological respect Juncus repens affords several points 
of interest, and occurs under two forms, terrestrial and aquatic, 
the first representing the most typical growth of the species. 
Characteristic of both forms is, however, the profuse development 
of vegetative shoots, especially in the latter, where vegetative propa- 
gation predominates. Flowers develop, nevertheless, in both forms, 
even when the plant is submerged, but the typical floral shoots are 
to be found only on terrestrial specimens. 

Although the rhizome is very short and cespitose, the plant 
is, nevertheless, able to cover a large area by means of its vege- 
tative shoots borne on prostrate stems with long internodes and by 
rooting very freely. The structure of these prostrate stems is so 
much like the flower-bearing ones, that they might be considered as 
modified floral shoots. They both are distinctly compressed and 
provided with typical leaves having sheaths and blades, but on 
the vegetative branches the flowers are replaced by fascicles of 
shoots. The number of flowers and leafy shoots varies very 

(359) 


360 Ном: JUNCUS REPENS MICHX. 


much and it is not uncommon to find only a few sessile flowers 
developed among purely vegetative shoots; however, in no in- 
stance have we been able to detect flowers that were partly trans- 
formed into leaves. The flower-bearing stem consists of several, 
four or five, stretched internodes, while in the prostrate, vegeta- 
tive shoots the basal internode is commonly the only one that is 
visible; specimens in which two or three very distinct internodes 
are developed are not infrequent however. When two or three 
long internodes are developed they alternate with a series of short 
ones each bearing a leaf with axillary shoots. In this manner the 
species well deserves to be termed as * repeatedly proliferous."' 
None of these vegetative shoots become freed, however, from the 
mother-plant so as to form new individuals in any other way than 
by the gradual dying away of the long stem internode. Hence ` 
the vegetative propagation is different from what Buchenau has 
described as characteristic of Juncus pelocarpus, where similar 
small shoots develop in the inflorescence but drop off, producing 
new individuals. 

By examining the flower-bearing stems, we find them similar 
to the vegetative branches, very strongly compressed but narrower, 
and they occur as axillary or as terminal; in the first case, they 
begin with a periphyllon, bicarinate and membranous. The flower- 
bearing stems are, furthermore, leafy, possessing usually two 
or three leaves at the base and several some distance above, each 
supporting a minor inflorescence of a few, nearly sessile flowers, 
borne on a peduncle of various length. Contrary to our expecta- 
tion these axillary peduncles are destitute of prophylla at their 
base even in cases where they have attained a considerable length. 

In passing to examine the leaves, our plant demonstrates the 
singular fact of possessing ‘‘distichous leaves with compressed 
sheaths and broadly linear, flat blades, which turn the one margin 
towards the stem." Viewed superficially the leaf-blades remind 
one of the ensiform leaves of /ris, but it is readily seen by closer 
examination that it is merely a twisting of the blade, that has taken 
place. The flattened stems correspond well with this peculiar 
structure of the leaf-sheaths and with the partial twist of the 
blade. It isa structure which we have, furthermore, observed in 
one of our native species of /imbristylis, F. autumnalis R. & S., 


Кы к EE 


Ном: JUNCUS REPENS MICHX. 361 


besides in its southern ally F. complanata Link. It seems to be 
rare in the Juncaceae, but is evidently characteristic of Juncus ob- 
tusatus Engelm. and of J. falcatus E. Mey. judging from the diag- 
noses in Buchenau's monograph: “lamina interdum oblique ad 
latus deflexa, inde falcata.” 

The shoots of Juncus repens are hence very strongly flattened 
throughout, and similar to what we have observed in /imébrisiylis 
the leaves are truly distichous, besides turning the blades alter- 
nately to right and left, thus all the blades on the one side of the 
shoot point in an opposite direction to those on the other side. 
This peculiar position of the leaf-blade in Juncus repens has not, 
however, resulted in acquiring the same internal structure as is 
characteristic of the two species of /Zmibrist) lis, mentioned above, 
In this respect our Juncus agrees nevertheless, better with its nearest 
relatives among the ** Junci graminifolii” than with the exceptional 
case among the Cyperaceae, cited from Zzmbristylis. 

Let us examine the structure in both in order to draw the 
comparison as precise as possible. A leaf, or rather the half of a 
leaf-blade of Juncus repens (Plate 363, Fig. 1) shows, as far as 
concerns the epidermis, a dorsiventral blade with the cells some- 
what larger on the upper than on the lower face. Moreover the 
upper epidermis is developed as thin-walled bulliform-cells in the 
entire width of the blade, in which respect it agrees with both 
species of Fimbristylis. The structure of the mesophyll, however, 
is very different, being in Juncus differentiated into а palisade- and 
a pneumatic-tissue, while in Zzmristylis only the palisade-tissue is 
developed. The palisade-tissue in Juncus repens consists, further- 
more, of shorter cells, which are not arranged as regularly radiat- 
ing around the mestome-bundles as is the case with /imbristylis. 
Large lacunes traverse the mesophyll in Juncus and are interrupted 
only by obliquely placed diaphragms, accompanied by mestome- 
anastomoses, small mestome-bundles which pass from the mestome 
of the larger bundles through the interior of the diaphragms 
and finally connect with the mestome of another bundle. Similar 
lacunes are characteristic of Juncaceae, but were not observed in 
the two species of Fimbristylis. Considering the stereome our 
Juncus possesses no sub-epidermal groups of this tissue and there 
is none in the leaf-margins either. But bordering immediately on 


862 HOLM: JUNCUS REPENS MICHX. 


the mestome-sheath of the ribs are small stereome-groups to be 
observed of relatively thin-walled cells, separated from epidermis 
by mesophyll. In /¢mérzsty/is on the other hand the stereome is 
sub-epidermal and is not in contact with the ribs, these being 
"pure mestome-bundles." The mestome-bundles (Plate 363, 
Fig. 3) are surrounded by a colorless, thin-walled parenchyma- 
sheath, which, on the leptome- and hadrome-side, is interrupted by 
stereome. Inside of this sheath follows a mestome-sheath of dis- 
tinctly porose and thick-walled cells, which is perfectly closed and 
directly surrounds the leptome and hadrome. If we examine the 
smallest bundles in the same leaf we notice a similar structure, but 
the mestome-sheath is less conspicuous since only a few of its 
cells are thick-walled. The drawing (Plate 363, Fig. 4) shows only 
one slightly thick-walled cell on the hadrome-side and three on 
the leptome, the other part of the mestome-sheath being thin- 
walled similar to the parenchyma-sheath outside. 

In comparing this structure of the mestome-bundles in our 
Juncus with those of Fimbristylis, we notice the total absence of 
the inner chlorophyll-bearing sheath in Juncus. This sheath which 
we have described and figured in a paper оп Fiméristylis (Amer. 
Jour. of Science, 1899) seems characteristic of a number of Cyper- 
aceae, but its development does not appear to depend on any 
certain shape or position of the leaf-blade. In Juncus repens the 
linear leaf-blade, as described above, is held in exactly the same 
position as that of Fimbristylis autumnalis, besides that these plants 
inhabit much the same localities, yet the leaf-structure is differ- 
ent in both. It is evident that the inner chlorophyll-bearing 
sheath is characteristic only of certain Cyperaceae, and perhaps 
only of those in the leaves of which the mesophyll is restricted to 
palisade sheaths around each individual mestome-bundle. 

The leaf of Juncus repens, in the terrestrial form, is as we have 
seen from the above bifacial and shows a rather open structure on 
account of the wide lacunes. If we examine the submerged form we 
observe the same structure and a similar position occupied by the 
. leaf-blade, but the lacunes are much wider and the cells of epider- 
mis of the upper face are not much larger than those of the lower. 

In regard to the internal structure of the prostrate stem (Plate 
363, Fig. 5), this corresponds in most particulars with that of the 
erect, flower-bearing one. The prostrate stem, however, is broader 


„үг Кау Леле 


Ном: Juncus REPENS Micux. 868 


and somewhat more compressed than the other. The outer cell- 
wall of epidermis is slightly thickened and the cells are sometimes 
developed as bulliform, especially outside the lacunes. The bark- 
parenchyma contains chlorophyll and consists of palisades. Simi- 
lar to the leaf the mechanical tissue is poorly represented in the 
stem and occurs only as small groups on both faces óf the mes- 
tome-bundles, but without being in contact with epidermis, and 
without forming any closed ring around the inner part of the stem. 
The mestome-bundles, the large and small ones, form only one 
peripheral band and their structure corresponds exactly to that of 
the leaf-bundles. There is a starch-bearing pith, which occupies 
the inner part of the stem ; it is, together with the bark, interrupted 
by lacunes, which are somewhat larger in the prostrate, than in the 
erect, flower-bearing stem. This structure of the stem does not 
seem different from that of other species of Juncus, examined so 
far, with the exception of the arrangement of the mestome-bundles 
in two nearly parallel planes on account of the compressed outline. 
In the cylindric stems the mestome-bundles lie in one concentric 
band, and the pith occupies the innermost part of the central 
cylinder, interrupted by a single or several concentric lacunes. 

As very little is known of the root-structure in North Amer- 
ican Juncaceae, we might state, that there is a persisting hypoderm 
of only one stratum and that the bark-parenchyma collapses radi- 
ally with the exception of the innermost two layers, which border 
on the endodermis. The inner cell-walls of endodermis are very 
much thickened (Plate 363, Fig. 6) and show a number of layers. 
The pericambium is thin-walled and very regularly interrupted by 
the proto-hadrome vessels, there being invariably only two peri- 
cambium-cells outside the leptome. А large vessel occupies the 
center of the root, and is surrounded by two strata of thick-walled 
conjunctive-tissue. The interruption of the pericambium by the rays 
of the hadrome, the proto-hadrome vessels, is a character which the 
Juncaceae, at least a number of species, have in common with sev- 
eral genera of Gramineae, Cyperaceae, Centrolepideae, etc. Besides 
this the presence of a mestome-sheath is another character which 
is known to occur in all the Cyperaceae examined, but not in all 
the. Gramineae ; according to Schwendener it has not been ob- 
served in any of the Andropogoneae or Maydeae, or in several 
genera of Paniceae. Considered from an anatomical view point 


864 Ном: JUNCUS REPENS MICHX. 


Juncus repens shows no character by which it can be considered . 
generically distinct from any Juncus. Neither does its morpho- 
logical characters taken from the vegetative organs warrant any 
separation, and the peculiar septifragal dehiscence of its capsule, 
upon which Desvaux established Cephaloxys flabellata is not with- 
out intergradating forms within the genus. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Buchenau, Franz. Monographià Juncacearum. (Engler’s bot. 
Jarb. Vol. 12. Leipzig. 1890.) 

Buchenau, Franz. Kleinere Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der 
Juncaceen. (Abhdl. d. naturw. Verein. Bremen. 2: 392. 1870.) 

Desvaux, N. A. Observations sur trois nouveaux genres de 
la famille des Joncinées. (Journ.de Botanique. 1: 321. 1808. 
Paris.) 

Engelmann, Georg. A revision of the North American species 
of Juncus with a description of new or imperfectly known species. 
(Trans, St. Louis Acad. Sci. 2: 424. 1865.) 

Kunth, C. S. Enumeratio plantanum. Stuttgart. 3: 346. 
1841. 

Michaux, A. Flora Boreali-Americana. I: 191. Paris. 1803. 

Schwendener, S. Die Mestomscheiden der Gramineenblatter. 
(Sitzungsber. d. k. Acad. Wiss. Berlin. 1890: 305.). 

Van Tieghem, Ph. Recherches sur la symétrie de structure 
des plantes vasculaires. (Ann. sc. nat. Botanique. 13: Paris. 
1870.) See also Journal de Botanique. I: 305. Paris. 

BROOKLAND, D. C., March, 1899. 


Explanation of Plate 363. 

Fic. I. Transverse section of half of the leaf-blade of Juncus repens. Ep., epi- 
dermis of upper face; Z, lacune; vcf., epidermis of lower surface, X 75. 

Fic. 2. Stoma from the leaf; Æ., epidermis of lower surface ; Px., pneumatic 
tissue, X 320. 

Fic. 3. Large mestome-bundle from leaf, transverse section ; 7, palisades ; .5/., 
stereome ; Pa., parenchyma-sheath ; M. S., mestome-sheath ; Z/., epidermis of lower 
surface, 560. 

Fic. 4. Small mestome-bundle from leaf, transverse section ; letters as in Fig. 3, 
X 560. 

Fic. 5. Stem-part, transverse section; £/., epidermis; Z., bark; Z., lacune; 
Ж“ Wb, 0675; 

Fic. 6. Transverse section of a part of the root; S., bark; 2., pericambium ; 
Р. L., proto-leptome; P. H., proto-hadrome ; V., vessel; C. Z., conjunctive tissue ; 
End., endodermis, X 400. 


The Genus Achillea in North America. 


Bv CHARLES Lovis POLLARD. 


This genus, as now generally understood, consists of from 
eighty to one hundred species, confined almost entirely to the tem- 
perate regions of the Old World. Its critical study has been ne- 
glected by American botanists, owing probably to the fact that its 
representation on this continent was believed to be restricted to two 
or three species, even these being supposedly introduced from 
abroad. 

The Tournefortian genus Prarmica, which was accepted by De 
Candolle in the Prodromus, has usually been regarded as scarcely 
more than a subgenus of Achilea. Тһе heads of both are radiate 
as well as discoid, and in both the achenes are more or less mar- 
gined. The chief points of distinction lie in the shape of the in- 
volucre and the degree of convexity which the receptacle exhibits, 
while there are few or no habital differences. In this paper, there- 
fore, Achillea is accepted as outlined by Hoffman in “ Die natür- 
lichen Pflanzenfamilien.” 

It is an odd coincidence that the type species of both Prarmica 
and Euachillea should occur in North America. A. Ptarmica L. 
is introduced in various portions of the northeastern states, and 
also in Newfoundland and British Columbia. A. MiUlefolium L., 
the familiar yarrow, occurs likewise as an introduced weed in 
meadows, pastures, etc., throughout the Atlantic states from Nova 
Scotia to Florida, and westward to the Rocky Mountains ; it is 
also occasionally found on the Pacific coast. The fact, however, 
that the yarrow, of one form or another, extends not only through 
the West, but northward as well through British Columbia and 
Alaska, and southward into Mexico, has induced most botanists 
of the present century to consider the plant a circumpolar type 
with a well-nigh world-wide distribution. Yet from the earliest 
pilgrimages of western pioneers, long before the region was pene- 
trated by railroads, Achillea has been equally as abundant, and 
equally at home under conditions that absolutely preclude the as- 


* Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


(365 


866 PoLLARD: THE GENUS ACHILLEA IN NORTH AMERICA 


sumption that it is not indigenous.* Тһе theory of range-exten- 
sion explains this circumstance, but fails to take cognizance of the 
manifest differences of structure existing between eastern and west- 
ern individuals, and again between western and northern types— 
differences too marked to find explanations in ordinary circum- 
stances. Moreover, very few modern taxonomists would admit 
that a single species can occur unchanged throughout so vast a 
territory as Europe, northern Asia and North America, under such 
varied conditions of soil, temperature and environment. 

The extensive travels of Nuttall convinced that keen-eyed 
botanist that the yarrow of the western plateau was not only in- 
digenous, but specifically distinct from the eastern A. Millefotium. 
He therefore published it as A. /az/osa, a name which was soon 
thereafter relegated to synonymy by Hooker. Pursh had previ- 
ously identified as A. tomentosa of Willdenow a plant collected by 
Lewis in Oregon, the rays of which were stated to be yellow. . 
Nuttall cites /omentosa as a synonym, the fact being that Willde- 
now's name was applied originally by Linnaeus to a species ot 
south Europe known to possess yellow rays. Pursh’s error can 
accordingly be accounted for on the basis of transposed or mis- 
taken labels, scarcely, as Dr. Gray suggested, because the rays of 
his specimen turned yellow in drying, a phenomenon which, as 
Professor Greene has remarked to me, never occurs in this genus. 

The yarrow found abundantly in Alaska and northern British 
Columbia was described by Bongard as A. borealis, a name which 
promptly met the same fate as /azu/osa in Hooker's Flora Boreali- 
Americana. The species extends southward to the Cascades and 
Sierras, penetrating even into Mexico, but it is doubtful if it occurs 
below an altitude of 8000 feet in the southern half of its range. 
Another species, growing also at high elevations, is found in 
Mexico. California furnishes two new species, one of the coast, 
distinguished by its peculiar foliage, which is harsh and scabous, 
one from the San Joaquin valley, remarkable for its large stature, 
branching habit, and smallrays. These latter forms are manifestly 
members of the subgenus ZacA/]/ea, and therefore might logically 


* Mr. Coville, in discussing the use made of the yarrow by the Klamath Indians 
of Oregon, remarks that it is ** from the evidence of its occurrence even in very remote 
and unsettled parts of the plains and from the statements of the Indians, unquestionably 
native in our Northwest." (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 105. 1897.) 


PoLLARD: THE GENUS ACHILLEA IN NORTH AMERICA 367 


be reduced to the aggregate A. Mi//efolium by botanists of con- 
servative tendencies; but it is difficult to comprehend why 4. 
borealis, which belongs to Ptarmica and was placed there by De 
Candolle should have been transferred to the other division of the 
genus and combined with the type species thereof. 

The great mass of our American yarrows may be regarded as 
belonging to two species. Those of the East seem to be referable 
to the true European A. Millefolitum, having the same inflores- 
cence, the same rather diminutive rays and much dissected glabrate 
foliage. In the Rocky Mountain region there is apparently a 
commingling and an intergradation with A. /anulosa, which al- 
though extremely polymorphous, is usually distinguished by its 
much larger rays and more or less lanate pubescence. I have made 
a careful dissection of the heads of thirty specimens from widely 
separated localities in the West, and while there are often differences 
in the involucral bracts, the measurement of the rays and the ap- 
pearance of the foliage, these differences cannot be correlated. I 
am therefore convinced that in the present state of our knowledge 
it is better to leave the species as an aggregate which we may per- 
haps regard as already in a process of differentiation. Future 
collections and observations, particularly with respect to altitudinal 
distribution, will undoubtedly enable us to make a more satisfac- 
tory disposal of these forms. 

Specimens of Achillea having pink or even rose-red rays are 
not uncommon, particularly east of the Mississippi. One of these 
was described by Ventenat, under the name of 4. asplenifolia, from 
a garden-grown individual, the seeds of which were brought from 
Carolina by Bosc; but De Candolle observes that the plant had 
been well known in European gardens long before Bosc's time. 
My first impression was that Ventenat's description applied only to 
the ordinary pink-rayed form of A. Millefolium ; but having ex- 
amined his illustration in connection with some very interesting 
herbarium material, I am now convinced that 4. asplenifolia is a 
cultivated plant only, the origin of which is uncertain. The shape 
and position of the leaf-segments is entirely different from any form 
of Millefolium, and the only specimens matching figure and descrip- 
tion that have come within my observation were from cultivated 
individuals. All wild yarrows with red or pink rays will be found 


Ку V 


"T 9 2249 


868 PoLLARD: THE GENUS ACHILLEA IN NORTH AMERICA 


to agree perfectly with the white-flowered forms, and are found 
growing under similiar conditions, so that they are scarcely worthy 
of even varietal rank. 

I append a key to the species discussed in detail below. 


Involucre campanulate, its bracts fuscous-margined ; receptacle nearly flat; ray-flowers 
usually numerous (10-20) ; achenes rather broadly wing-margined. PTARMICA. 
Leaves bipinnate. I. A. borealis. 
Leaves simple or pinnatifid. 
Corymbs loosely few-flowered ; rays exceeding the bracts. 
2. А. Ptarmica. 
Corymbs densely many-flowered ; rays shorter than the bracts. 
3. A. multiflora. 
Involucre oblong, the bracts scarcely fuscous-margined ; receptacle convex ; ray- 


flowers few (5-10); achenes narrowly margined. EUACHILLEA. 
Rays usually more than 4 mm. in diameter. 
Leaves with finely divided crowded segments. 4. A. lanulosa. 
Leaves with coarser, distinct segments. 
Rays white. 5. А. Californica. 
Rays red. 6. A. asplenifolia. 
Rays less than 4 mm. in diameter. 
Plant very tall and branching. 7. A, gigantea, 
Plant simple or slightly branched at summit. 
Ultimate leaf-divisions filiform. 8. А. Pecten- Veneris. 
Ultimate leaf-divisions linear. 
Corymbs dense. 9. A. Millefolium. 
Corymbs loose. IO. А. ligustica. 


I. ACHILLEA BOREALIS Bona. Veg. Ins. Sitch. 149. 1831. 


Plant very variable in size, rarely exceeding 4 dm. in height; 
stem and leaves usually more or less lanate, the latter bipinnate 
with numerous crowded segments, the ultimate divisions minute 
and acicular: corymb densely circinate, the heads 4-8 mm. in 
height with large white or pink rays 5 mm. in diameter: involu- 
cral bracts somewhat scarious, with a conspicuous dark fuscous 
margin : achenes slender, prominently winged. 


From Labrador and northern British Columbia to Alaska and 
adjacent Siberia, southward in the higher mountain ranges of the 
Pacific slope to Central Mexico. Easily distinguished by its re- 
markably handsome heads. The lower leaves are sometimes of 
very large proportions, similar to those of A. Californica. 


2. A, PrARMICA L. Sp. Pl. 898... 1932. 


From Newfoundland and Canada to New England, and 
Michigan. 


MEME ou cor РРО 


PoLLARD: THE GENUS ACHILLEA IN NORTH AMERICA 869 


3. A. MULTIFLORA Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. І: 318. 1834. 

Northern British Columbia. 

These two species have been generally recognized in our floras. 
They are well characterized by the simple or merely pinnatifid 
leaves. 


4. ACHILLEA LANULOSA Nutt. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 
(18345-7536. 18534 

A. tomentosa Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2:563. 1814. Not L. 

A. setacea Schwein. in Long's 24 Exp. 2:119. 1823. Not 
Waldst. & Kit. 

A. Millefolium y occidentale DC. Prodr. 6:24. 1837. 

Plant varying greatly in stature, usually from 3-5 dm. high, 
the whole surface densely lunate, or sometimes nearly glabrate : 
leaves all finely bipinnatifid, the segments closely approximate, the 
ultimate divisions minute and acicular, sometimes even spinulose : 
corymb usually circinate, in age becoming flat-topped : involucral 
bracts stramineous with greenish keels and brown apical margins : 
rays usually large (4-6 mm.): achenes elliptical, rather broadly 
margined. 

From British Columbia to the Mexican boundary, eastward to 
South Dakota, Nebraska and Kansas ; possibly also introduced as 
a ballast weed in the East. An immensely variable species of the 
plains, growing naturally under a great variety of conditions and 
in various situations. I have already referred to the difficulty at- 
tending any satisfactory disposal of this type. There is less need 
of additional material than of carefully tabulated field notes giving 
full altitudinal and climatic data. 


5. Achillea Californica sp. nov. 


Plant robust, inclined to branch at the summit, 6-8 dm. or 
more high: stem somewhat sulcate, villous with long appressed 
hairs: leaves very numerous, 6-10 cm. in length, or the basal even 
exceeding these figures, all bipinnatifid with coarse, rather crowded 
segments, general outline linear-lanceolate, the pinnae scarcely 
reduced toward the sessile base ; surface of the foliage glabrate, 
the tips of the ultimate segments harsh and spinulose: corymb 
very compound, inclined to be flat-topped, the branchlets pubes- 
cent: heads 5-6 mm. in height, the involucral bracts stramineous, 
with greenish keels and slightly fuscous margins ; rays large and 
conspicuous (3-5 mm.): achenes linear narrowly margined. 


910 POLLARD: THE GENUS ACHILLEA IN NORTH AMERICA 


Type in the U. 5. National Herbarium (no. 238094) collected 
by Mr. H. W. Henshaw on the Californian sea coast at Santa 
Ysabel, May, 1893. The same plant is found at other points on 
the coast line, notably at Santa Barbara. In many respects this 
species exhibits the characters of a true halophyte. 


б. ACHILLEA ASPLENIFOLIA Vent. Hort. Cels. 4 95. 1800 


A. rosea Desf. Tabl. Hort. Par. ed. 1: 105. 1804. 

Stem villous, usually simple : leaves glabrate, regularly bipin- 
nate or even tripinnatifid, the rachis slightly margined : segments di- 
varicately spreading, their divisions more or less lobed, linear and 
acute : petiole with dilated margined base, the pinnae little reduced 
below : corymb dense: involucral scales very sparsely hairy, with 
green centers and scarious, ciliate margins, often somewhat rufous 
at apex: rays 2—4 mm. in diameter, rose-purple: achenes linear, 
very slightly winged. 

Occurring only in cultivation, the original habitat unknown. 

There are two specimens of this remarkable species in the 
National Herbarium ; one collected at the Botanical Garden by 
Schott, and one obtained from a garden at Oneida, N. Y., by Mr. 
William R. Maxon. I have also noted a plant in the Harvard 
Herbarium, collected by Sartwell at Penn Yan, №. Y., which, al- 
though the label does not indicate it, was doubtless from a culti- 
vated individual. It is frequent in European gardens, thus giving 
color to the supposition that it originated as a horticultural variety ; 
at present, however, it is abundantly distinct from any rose-rayed 
form of the wild yarrow. 


7. Achillea gigantea sp. nov. 


Plant robust and much branched, nearly 1 m. in height. the 
main stem I cm. in diameter, sulcate and densely clothed like the 
foliage, with long villous hairs; leaves on the main stem 8-10 cm. 
long, those on the branches 4 cm. long, linear lanceolate in outline, 
biipnnatifid with coarse closely approximate pinnae, these scarcely 
at all reduced toward the sessile, almost auricled base: ultimate 
segments from linear to ovate, usually obtuse: corymb many- 
branched, long-stalked, circinate, the branchlets densely pubescent : 
heads 5-6 mm. in height, the involucral bracts carinate, greenish 
throughout: rays very small, scarcely exceeding 1 mm : achene 
elliptical, obscurely winged : style but little exserted. 


Type in the U. S. National Herbarium (no. 279104) collected 


ООРДУ E T к 


POLLARD: THE GENUS ACHILLEA IN NORTH America 871 


by Dr. Edward Palmer near Tulare Lake, Tulare Co., California, 
August, 1892. The specimen includesa portion of the main stem 
with two side branches, and the dimensions given above are those of 
the entire plant as nearly as Dr. Palmer recollects them. І have 
observed no other specimen of this remarkable Achillea. 


8. Achillea Pecten-Veneris sp. nov. 


Plant of slender habit, 4 dm. or more in height, simple, the 
stem markedly sulcate, loosely pubescent or villous ; leaves 8—12 
cm. in length, oblanceolate in general outline, regularly and finely 
bipinnatifid or bipinnate, the segments as well as the ultimate divi- 
sions filiform, gradually reduced toward the base of the rachis ; 
surface of the foliage obscurely pubescent with scattered hairs, the 
somewhat clasping base of the petiole usually villous: corymb 
many-branched, inclined to be flat-topped, the branches and 
branchlets puberulent: heads 4—5 mm. in height, the bracts of the 
involucre stramineous, carinate, each with a dorsal greenish stripe : 
rays white, scarcely exceeding 2 mm. in length : achenes narrowly 
elliptical, rather more broadly margined than in other members of 
the subgenus: style much exserted. 

Type in the herbarium of Harvard University, collected by А; 
Duges at Guanajuato, Mexico (no. 421). Mr. Seaton's no. 354, 
in the Herbarium of Columbia University, collected on Mt. Orizaba 


at an altitude of 8000 feet, is also to be referred here.* 


9. AcHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. Sp. Pl. 899. 1753. 


Plant of variable stature, usually 3-6 dm. high, sparsely vil- 
lous or glabrate; leaves of thin texture, evenly bipinnatifid, the 
petiole with dilated clasping base; segments not closely approxi- 
mated, the ultimate divisions linear : corymb generally flat-topped, 
very compound, the branchlets glabrate: involucral bracts pale 
stramineous with greenish keels: rays usually small (2—3 mm.), 
white or pink : achenes linear, scarcely margined. 

Newfoundland and Canada to Florida, westward to the foot- 
hills of the Rocky Mountains. Specimens selected at random 
from various parts of this range were found to agree perfectly with 
European material. It should be noted here that although Lin- 
naeus cites no figure for his type, there are numerous illustrations 
of A. Millefolium among the works of older authors, all of which 
point to the same plant. 


* Since writing the above, I have been informed by Dr. J. №. Rose that this spe- 
cies is exceedingly abundant throughout Central Mexico, where he is now collecting. 


872 РоггАкр: THE Genus ACHILLEA IN NORTH AMERICA 


IO. ACHILLEA LIGUSTICA All. Fl. Pedem. т: 181, £ 52. f. 2. 
1785. 

Plant robust and branching, pubescent or puberulent : leaves 
coarsely bipinnatifid, the rachis broadly margined : segments com- 
paratively few, ovate or oblong in outline, irregularly incised : 
corymb rather slender, flat-topped: involucral bracts greenish, 
carinate : rays white, 2-3 mm. in diameter ; achenes linear, wing- 
less. 


This plant must be added to our list of European waifs, two 
specimens having been collected at Onteora, N. Y., in 1891 by 
Miss Anna Murray Vail. The plant has also been collected on the 
Massachusetts coast. 

In conclusion, I wish to express my grateful acknowledgements 
to Dr. N. L. Britton, Prof. L. M. Underwood and Dr. B. L. Rob- 
inson for the loan of material, and to Prof. Edward L. Greene for 
the privilege of using his invaluable library. To Mr. William R. 
Maxon, of the National Museum, I am also indebted for assistance 
in many critical comparisons and verifications. 


NR И 


LS es a 


A little-known Mildew of the Apple 


By A. J. GROUT 


(WITH PLATE 364) 


Late in the antumn of 1892 (November) a mildew was ob- 
served on a few belated leaves clinging to the adventitious shoots 
from the stump of a young apple tree in Newfane, Vt. The shoots 
were gathered and the leaves closely examined for perithecia, but 
none could be found. An accidental examination of the twigs 
showed that the mycelium had spread over the upper portions 
and here and there were darker spots covered with more closely 
matted mycelium. Under the microscope these spots were found 
to contain abundant perithecia, like those figured in plate 364, figs. 
rand 2. At that time I found no one in New England who 
knew this mildew. It was, however, described in Ellis and Ever- 
hart’s North American Pyrenomycetes (then recently issued) as 
Sphaerotheca mali (Duby) Burrill. Prof. Burrill there remarked 
that he had not had access to any European material of this fun- 
gus that was at all satisfactory, but from the description and the 
fact that it was scarcely possible that the introduced Pyrus Malus 
should have an exclusively American parasite of this kind, he 
concluded that the American plant was the one described as Ery- 
siphe mali Duby, Botan. Gall. 1: 869. 1830. 

A careful examination of the exsiccati in the Harvard and 
Columbia herbaria, including the Ellis herbarium, failed to bring 
to light any European material of Erysiphe mali Duby which con- 
tained perithecia in condition to be of any use. The European 
exsiccati contained leaves only, while the perithecia in the Amer- 
can plant were invariably found on the young twigs. 

In November, 1898, Dr. Magnus, of Berlin, published in the 
Berichte der Deutschen botanischen Gesellschaft a historical and 
descriptive account “ Ueber einen in Siidtirol aufgetretenen Mel- 
thau des Apfels"" in which Professor Magnus completely confirms 
Professor Burrill’s conclusions. As his article and plate will be 
accessible to comparatively few in America, this article and an en- 

(373) 


TT Two ra ҮЧ 
= 


IY 


if 


ee ee ce ee n 


874 Grout: A LITTLE-KNOWN MILDEW OF THE APPLE 


tirely new drawing by Prof. F. E. Lloyd, of the Teachers Col- 


lege, New York City, have been prepared to interest eastern col- 
lectors in this little known fungus. 

In 1895 this mildew was again collected in Newfane, on ad- 
ventitious shoots from a tree growing about fifty rods from the 
place of its first collection. This was distributed as no. 926 of 
Ellis & Everhart's Fungi Columbiani. It had previously been 
distributed as no. 3213 in their N. Am. Fungi, collected in Ames, 
Towa, by Prof. Pammel. In the Ellis herbarium it is further rep- 
resented from Missouri (Demetrio) and Kansas (Kellerman and 
Swingle). Prof. Burrill remarks of its distribution,“ Not appar- 
ently very frequent but exceedingly abundant at times. Mississippi 
Valley and probably eastward.” 

It seems probable that this mildew is not uncommon but is 
rarely collected because its perithecia are on the shoots instead of 
the leaves and also because the perithecia do not mature until very 
late in autumn when no one thinks of collecting mildews. The above 
mentioned peculiarities belong to the European plant also accord- 
ing to Professor Magnus and probably furnish the explanation of 
the poor European exsiccati and the comparative ignorance ofthe 
plant among European botanists. 


- SPHAEROTHECA MALI (Duby) Burrill ; Ellis & Everhart, N. Am. 


Pyreno. 7. 1892. 


Mycelium growing on young shoots and upper side of leaves : 
g g g ; 


perithecia seldom or never found on the leaves. Mycelium on the - 


leaves thin; fruiting mycelium more dense. Perithecia densely 
aggregated in small dark brown patches, 7 5-95 ^^, reticulations 
evident, appearing to be raised but in profile seen to be sunken ; 
appendages 4-12, clustered at the summit of the perithecia, sep- 
tate, colored nearly the whole length, frequently nodulosely swollen 
near the tips, length 4—8 times the diameter of the perithecium, 
easily detached ; perithecia bearing on the under side an abundance 
of short irregular rhizoidal appendages the nature of which is 
doubtful. Asci single, almost globose, 42-48 x 50-66 и. Spores 
8, elliptical, 13-21 n. 

On the upper parts of young twigs of Pyrus Malus, especially 
in nurseries of young trees, and on suckers or adventitious shoots 
from old branches. 


‘eee 


Grout: A LITTLE-KNOWN MILDEW ОЕ THE APPLE 875 


The stiff rigid appendages are totally unlike {һе appendages of 
any other Sphacrotheca known to me and seem to me to constitute 
as good a generic distinction as the number of asci in a perithecium. 


DESCRIPTION OF PLATE 364. 


Figs. т and 2, camera lucida drawings of the perithecia, 45 and 812, respectively ; 
3, 4, 5, 7 and 8, tips of appendages; 6, basal part of appendage to show the propor- 
tions of cells; 9, ends of two adjoining cells; 10, junction of basal and neighboring 
ce]ls ; 11, ascus and spores, ?1?; 12, walls of exosporic cells-reticulum ; 13 and 14, 
rhizoidal appendages, 6090, 


GL C HEC SERENO RO а ТУГ EC TU p. 


Nomenclatural Notes.—1l 


Bv JouN HENDLEY BARNHART 


1. /Iysanthes gratioloides (L.) Benth. The first edition of Lin- 
naeus' Species Plantarum is no longer regarded as favorable terri- 
tory for the nomenclatural explorer, yet the fact seems to have 
escaped entirely the attention of our American botanists that the 
Gratiola dubia of that work is identical with Capraria gratioloides 
of the second edition. The name of this species should Бе: 


Ilysanthes dubia (L.) 


Gratiola dubia L. Sp. Pl. 17. 1753. 

Capraria gratioloides L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 876. 1763. 

Ilysanthes gratioloides Benth.; DC. Prodr. 10: 419. 1846. 

2. Monotropsis Schwein. No one appears to have noted the 
fact that Elliott, in publishing Schweinitz’ name Monotropsis, not 
only expresses a desire that the genus should be called Se/rvernitzia, 
but does so in such a way that the latter name enjoys the priority 
of position. As Schzveinitsia is accompanied by the description of 
Monotropsis and its species M. odorata, its due publication seems 
unquestionable. It is strange that Elliott, who proposed Schwein- 
itzia, and Nuttall, who adopted it in the following year, both failed 
to combine any specific name with it. This omission, however, 
was promptly rectified by Rafinesque. The synonomy of this 
genus thus standsas follows : 


SCHWEINITZIA Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 478. 1817 
[Monorropsis Schwein.; Ell. Bot. S. C. & Са. 1: 478. 1817.] 
ScHWEINITZIA ODORATA (Ell.) Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. 3: 99. 1818 
Monotropsis odorata Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 479. 1817. 
Schweinitzia Caroliniana Don, Gard. Dict. 3: 867. 1834. 


ScHWEINITZIA REYNOLDSIAE А. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 
301. 1884. 
Monotropsis Reynoldsiae Heller, Cat. N. Am. Pl. 5. 1898. 
3. Trientalis Americana. From all recent botanical works it 
would appear as if this species were first distinguished from 77zen- 
(376) 


BARNHART: NOMENCLATURAL NOTES 877 


talis Europaea by Pursh, іп 1814. It was actually separated as a 
variety by Persoon, in 1805, and as a distinct species by Rafinesque 
in 1808. Its synonomy should therefore appear : 


TRIENTALIS AMERICANA (Pers.) Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 254. 1814 


Trientalis Europaca Americana Pers. Syn. 1: 402. 1805. 

Trientalis borealis Raf. Med. Rep. П. 5: 354. 1808. 
А Trientalis Europaea angustifolia Torr. Fl. N. U. S. 1: 383. Je. 
1824. 

4. Elatinoides Wettst. This name, proposed іп 1891 in Engler 
& Prantl's great work, is obviously identical with Dumortier's 
Kickata, published in 1827 (at which time this latter name was un- 
preoccupied, although since used as Avzvia or Kickxia, for an en- 
tirely different genus). When the writer first noticed this in his 
own copy of the Florula Belgia, he thought that it might have been 
overlooked, but it is cited in De Candolle's Prodromus, Pfeiffer's 
Nomenclator and Synonyma, and the Index Kewensis; in fact. 
about everywhere where it would be looked for. Our two species, 
both introduced, are the ones which constituted the genus as orig- 
inally published by Dumortier. 


КІСКХІА Dumort. Fl. Belg. 35. 1827 


[EraTiNE Hill, Brit. Herb. 113. 1756. Not L. 1753.] 

[Linaria $ EraATINOIDES Chav. Mon. Antirrh. 103. 1833.] 

[ErariNorpEs Wettst.; E. & P. Nat. Pfl. 4?: 58. 1891.] 
KickxiA ErarINE (L.) Dumort. Fl. Belg. 35. 1827 

Antirrhiuum Elatine L. Sp. Pl. 612. 1753. 

Linaria Elatine Mill. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, no. 16. 1768. 

Elatine hastata Moench, Meth. 524. 1794. 

Elatinoides Elatine Wettst.; E. & P. Nat. РЯ. 4%: 58. 189r. 

KICKXIA SPURIA (L.) Dumort. Fl. Belg. 35. 1827 

Antirrhinum spurium L. Sp. Pl. бїз. 1753. 

Linaria spuria Mill. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, no. 15. 1768. 

Elatine ovata Moench, Meth. Suppl. 171. 1802. 

Elatinoides spuria Wettst.; E. & P. Nat. Pl. 4": 58. 1891. 

5. Wulfenia Houghtoniana (Benth.) Greene. This plant was 
described by Bentham as a new species in 1846, under the name 
Syuthyris Houghtoniana. It is perfectly clear, however, that this 
is the same plant intended by Eaton, six years earlier, in his de- 


Se ee ee ш re S M nM 


TN 


ИИН" РУМ 


878 BARNHART: NOMENCLATURAL NOTES 


scription of. Gymnandra Bulli. Strangely enough this name has 
been overlooked or ignored by all subsequent writers, and is not 
mentioned by any of them even asa synonym. The nomencla- 
tural history of this species thus appears to be : 


Wulfenia Bullii (Eat.) 
Gymnandra Bulli Eat.; Eat. & Wr. N. Am. Bot. 259. 1840. 


Synthyris Houghtoniana Benth.; DC. Prodr. 10: 454. 1846. ` 


Wulfenia Houghtoniana Greene, Erythea 2: 83. 1894. 

6. Lonicera ciliata Muhl. This is undoubtedly the Z. Cana- 
densis of Marshall, although the latter does not seem to have been 
cited by any recent writer. 


LoNICERA CANADENSIS Marsh. Arb. Am. 81. 1785 


Lonicera ciliata Muhl. Cat. 23. 1813. 

7. Cuscuta glomerata Choisy. In Britton & Brown's Illus- 
trated Flora, Choisy's name has been replaced by C. paradoxa 
Raf. (1820). But this was not Rafinesque's first name for the 


` plant. In reporting his ‘‘ Western Discoveries” in the American 


Monthly Magazine, in 1818, he described it under the name C. 


 aphylla ; a somewhat inappropriate name, considering that all the 


species of Cuscuta are practically leafless, and this is doubtless why 
Rafinesque afterward changed it. By the description, ‘ stems 
evanescent,” “flowers in large and thick glomerules round the 
stems of other plants," and especially the “two long filiform 
styles "; by the habit, “it surrounds the stems of many singenesous 
[2. e., syngenesious] plants ;" and by the range “in the prairies of 
Indiana and Illinois, near the Wabash, and in the barrens of Ken- 
tucky," this Cuscuta aphylla is as unmistakable in its identity as 
any plant ever described by Rafinesque. Its synonymy is : 


CuscUTA APHYLLA Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. 4: 40. N. 1818 

Cuscuta paradoxa Raf. Ann. Nat. 13. 1820. 

Cuscuta glomerata Choisy, Mem. Soc. Gren. 9: 184, X. 4. 
X X. 1841. 

Lepidanche compositarum Engelm. Am. Jour. Sci. 43: 344, pL 
б. f. 30—35. 1842. 

8. Generic names wrongly credited. It would Бе well if bota- 
nists would exercise a little more care in referring generic names 


EN 


NUM IDE NOT T. 


BARNHART: NOMENCLATURAL NOTES 379 


to their correct source. This is true especially of pre-Linnaean 
names ‘‘revived”’ since 1753. Even in Britton & Brown's Illus- 
trated Flora we have Abies, Malus, and Linaria referred to Jus- 
sieu's Genera Plantarum (1789), while species under each are 
credited to Miller's Gardener's Dictionary (Ed. 8, 1768) ; “ Meli- 
lotus, Juss. 1789," but “ Melilotus officinalis Lam. 1778; “ Heli- 
anthemum Pers. 1807," but two species credited to Michaux 
(1803) ; and other similar cases. 

A much-neglected work, perhaps because so rare, is Hill's 
British Herbal, published in 1756. Among the pre-Linnaean 
names here used, we find the following, usually referred to a much 
later date: Aes, Alnus, Castanea, Cymbalaria, Fagopyrum, Hypo- 
pitys, Linaria, Malus, Melilotus, Ostrya and Ulmaria. The generic 
and specific descriptions in this work are clear and accurate. It is 
true that the binominal system of Linnaeus is not adopted, but 
this is also true of P. Browne's History of Jamaica, Haller's His- 
toria Stirpium Helvetiae, the first edition of Scopoli’s Flora Carni- 
olica, Necker's Elementa Botanica, and many other works which 
are constantly cited for generic names. Most of the names in this 
book, which might otherwise replace those now in use, are com- 
pound, and likely to be avoided on that account, although such 
names as /iltx-mas, Bursa-pastoris, and Dens-leonis in themselves 
appear to the writer to be no more objectionable than JZesembry- 
anthemum, Dactyloctenium, and Kosteletzkya, and far preferable to 
the specific name Carolinae-septentrionalis recently perpetrated by 
a Southern contemporary. 

9. Dates of Publication. In the recently issued Part 3? of his 
Revisio Generum Plantarum, Dr. Kuntze maintains* that Barton's 
Compendium Florae Philadephicae was issued in January, 1818, and 
is the original place of publication of some of Nuttall's names, 
such as Æpifagus. Іп fact, the title of Barton's Compendium was 
not deposited to secure copyright until July 9, 1818; the preface 
is dated July 11, 1818; the true date of the publication must have 
been later than the former. Nuttall’s Genera was published later 
than the middle of May, 1818 ; possibly later than Barton's Com- 
pendium (as suggested by the writer in a former papert), but prob- 
ably not. 


* Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 32: ‘160. 1898. 
T Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 409. 1897. 


[INPS CMT КАС TURON se 


^ 


Li 
380 BARNHART: NOMENCLATURAL NOTES 


As Dr. Kuntze starts with wrong premises, it is but natural that 
he should reach incorrect conclusions. Не indicates very plainly 
how he came to be led astray in this matter, for he says: “ Al- 
ready in February, 1818, Rafinesque corrected Nuttallian names, 
e. g., Leptamnium Raf., proposed for Epifagus Nutt." Evidently 
he is not familiar with the pages of the American Monthly Maga- 
zine. The paper published by Rafinesque in February, 1818, is 
the second of two devoted to the criticism of Pursh’s Flora (1814). 
Leptamnium was not proposed as a substitute for Epifagus Nutt. 
It was published as follows: “ Orobanche Virginiana and О. uni- 
flora, must form two peculiar genera, Leptamnium and Thalesia, 
Raf" Inthe American Monthly Magazine Rafinesque made no 
mention of any of Nuttall's names until January, 1819, when he 
indulged in an extended criticism of Nuttall's Genera. 


TARRYTOWN-ON-Hupson, November, 1898. 


ТУ НИИ 


The Influence of wet Weather upon parasitic Fungi* 


By Byron D. HALSTED 


April and May of the present year were interesting to both the 
meteorologist and mycologist. There is doubtless some vital con- 
nection between the weather and the development of parasitic fungi, 
and it is the province of this paper to record some observations, 
with the hope that it may help to furnish data of value both to 
science and crop growing. 

The following facts are gathered from the New Jersey Weather 
Service. For April the average precipitation for the whole state 
was 3.77 inches, or .40 inch above the normal. It rained on 12 
days, 22 were cloudy and 8 were clear. In short, it was an over- 
cast, but not a very wet month. 

For May the average precipitation was 7.00 inches, or 2.82 
inches above the normal. It rained on 17 days, and there were 
only 7 clear days out of the 31. In the language of the report, 
**'The precipitation during the month of May, 1898, will long be 
remembered as one of the greatest on record." 

The following are some of the notes upon fungi for the spring 
of the present year : | 

The hollyhock rust, Puccinia malvacearum Mont., has been much 
more abundant and destructive this season than ever before. It 
came into spore production early and ruined many beds of plants. 
Leaves of the ordinary size sometimes had hundreds of spore sori 
that quickly became coated over with the promycelia and sporidia. 

Early in May the cedar apples in the southern part of the state 
were abundant and resembled modern chrysanthemums in their 
large size. Many trees were seen where Gyxosporangium ma- 
cropus Link., covered the branches and main stem of the trees 
(Juniperus Virginiana L.) with the gelatinous horns. 

Upon May 28 it was reported to me by a local botanist that 
the Azalea apples (хораз аит azaliae Peck.) were unusually 
abundant upon Asalia nudiflora (L.) and upon the same date the 
writer inspected many  paeonia plants that while pushing their 


* Read before Section С. of the A. A. A. S. at its Boston meeting, August 23, 
1898. 
(381) 


-—— - ар зыла Ьа, 


in ee ee 


ATSE 


EERE" T lal | at 


382 HALSTED: INFLUENCE OF WET WEATHER 


flower stalks had all the inner leaves of the bushes overrun and 
blighted by a dense growth of Botrytis vulgaris Fr. It was a 
clear case of the fungus flourishing as a parasite upon the spring 
herbage. 

Among wild plants the large succulent foliage of the man- 
drake proved especially susceptible. As early as May 15th a 
Ramularia was found producing large brown patches, and soon 
after the rust (Puccinia podophyllii Schr.) appeared in great abun- 
dance, and within two weeks scarcely a plant could be found with 
the leaves not covered with the telentospore form of the rust. 

A very large per cent. of the plants of Claytonia Virginica 


L. were ruined by Aecidium Mariae-Wilsont Clint., and the smut - 


(Ustilago ornithogali Schm.) ravaged Erythrontum Virginicum 
Sm. 

Some plants of Onagra biennis (L.) were affected with Syxchy- 
trium fulgens Schr., covering leaves and stem alike completely. 
The same was true of Aecidium epilobii DC. The rust Puccinia 
curtipes Howe on Saxifraga Virginiana Michx. was very abundant 
and Plasmopara gerant (Pk.), and Peronospora parasitica (Pers.) 
were largely in evidence upon their respective hosts. Cystopus 
candidus was very common on shepherds’ purse, while Cerastium 
vulgatum was literally overrun by /sariopsis pusilla Fr. 

In the fruit garden the blackberries suffered unusually from the 
rust, Cacoma nitens Schw., in May and June; Лота fructigena 
secured the cherry crop, and in the grain fields the rye showed 
much Urocystis occulta Wallr., and a still larger percentage of 
wheat was destroyed by Ustilago tritici P., while some fields of 
oats were ruined by Ustilago avenae (Pers.). 

In the orchards the members of the genus /-veascus have been 
remarkably abundant, upon the cherry trees ; and never before, to 
my knowledge, has there been any such wide-spread outbreak of 
peach curl (/voascus deformans (Berk.)) in this country as during 
the spring of 1898. In some orchards every leaf was more or 
less affected, and young trees recently set were similarly diseased. 
In the ** Rural New Yorker," under date of June 18th, there is an 
editorial upon the subject in which it is stated that “ The peach 
orchards have never before received such a visitation of curl as 
this year.” 


ais 


oe 


TE EY ч re aS a a ОРЕ ЧЕРЫД 


UPON PARASITIC FUNGI 983 


It may be assumed that the weather of one season affects the 
vegetation of the next, and it should be borne in mind that the 
summer of 1897 was a very wet one. In the six months of the 
growing season, namely : April, May, June, July, August and Sep- 
tember, all except September had a rainfall above the average. In 
short, in place of the 25.01 inches for the normal there were 30.31 
inches, more than a third (11.42 inches) of which fell in July. This 
is the heaviest rainfall for any month during the ten years that the 
writer has been connected with the New Jersey Experiment Station. 
The season that was most nearly like that of last year is that of 
1889, in which five out of the six months of the growing season 
were above the normal in rainfall and the total was 36.87 inches. 
It was during this season that the precipitation for July was 10.19 
inches, giving the month the second rank for rainfall for the past 
nine years. 

As 1889 and 1897 were the two wet years of the last ten, and 
agree in having the heaviest precipitation during July, it will be to 
our purpose to note here some observations upon fungi recorded 
for those two years and return later to any consideration of the 
relation of the weather of one season to the mycological develop- 
ments in the next. 

In 1889 the writer spent a large fraction of his time in the 
study of crops by personal visitation throughout the state. It be- 
ing his first year at the Experiment Station, there was no means 
of making any comparisons, but the mid-summer was characterized 
by the extensive development of parasitic fungi of various species. 
There was, for example, a phenomenal outbreak of the potato rot 
and both Phytophthora infestans De By. and the bacterial disease, 
working alone or together, carried off the main portion of the crop. 
Large growers throughout whole sections of the country did not 
harvest their potatoes, while others dug and placed them in heaps 
where they rotted. 

The mildew of the lima bean, Phytophthora phaseoli Thax., was 
described by Dr. Thaxter in 1889 and figured in the Annual Re- 
port of the Connecticut Experiment Station for that year, where it 
is stated that it was first observed in September and in some cases 
the bean crop was greatly injured. Particular stress is laid upon 
the year of discovery, and its abundance because in the hree 


884 HALSTED : INFLUENCE OF WET WEATHER 


months of July, August and September for 1889 the total rainfall 


for New Jersey was 23.73 inches, or nearly ten inches above the ` 


average, and presumably it was as wet in Connecticut. 

Of other fungi the writer calls to mind the destruction of the 
grape crop by Black Rot (Physalospora Bidwellii (Ell.)) and not 
trusting to memory the following is taken from the Experiment 
Station report for 1889 “It is no exaggeration to say that in some 
parts of the State it (grape crop) has been a complete failure. For 
example, * * * at Egg Harbor recently the writer was informed 
that in all that section, famous not only for the number, but for the 
fine quality of its grapes, the vineyards had yielded no marketable 
fruit," | 

It was the same year that the writer found for the first time 
Plasmopora Cubensis (В. & C.) in abundance upon pumpkin, squash 
and field cucumber, and he will never forget the impression made 
upon him of a large hillside apple orchard having an orange color 
from one end to the other due to the roestelia of the Gymnospor- 
angium macropus that infested nearly every leaf and many of the 
twigs and fruits. 

There is no question but that 1889 was a remarkable year for 
the abundance of rain and also for the prevalence of destructive 
fungi. 

Coming now to 1897 it is recorded that the same potato sections 
were visited as in 1889 and the same story of destructive decay 


.was listened to as related by the disappointed potato growers. 


Phytophthora infestans was so abundant in some fields that scarcely 
a leaf escaped its attack. 

In a similar manner the bean Phytophthora was particularly 
destructive in 1897 and the list is a long one of those fungi that 
were pestiferous. Through а large part of the State the grapes 
rotted so badly that they were in some places removed by tons 
and burned as a check upon future ravages. 

There is no question in the minds of the crop growers, but that 
1897 was a year remarkable for its losses due to the ravages of 
fungi. 

The two years we have been considering, namely, 1889 and 
1897, are remarkable meteorologically for the heavy precipitation 
in July and for the fact that the whole growing season was wet. 


UPON PARASITIC FUNGI 385 


In 1890 it is seen from the record there were four out of the 
six months above the normal, but the excess in each case was 
small and the total rainfall 25.75 was but little above the average: 
25.01. The record shows to quote from the report for that year 
that ‘This has been a year of trouble with potatoes * * * decays 
of various sorts have been destructive * * * Farmers were plow- 
ing the ground for wheat paying no attention to the large crop of 
decayed potatoes in the soil." 

It was the season that the bacterial disease came prominently 
into notice in New Jersey. It is in cases like this one of 1890 that 
one needs to remember that the fungous troubles of one season 
may be entailed upon the next should the conditions be at all fav- 
orable. There was a rainfall above the average for all the months 
except April and May and while not excessive this season followed 
one phenomenal for a wet July and the prevalence of fungi. 

The years 1891 and 1892 were dry ones in which there was 
no outbreak of fungous troubles. The same is true of 1895 and 
1896. 

The year 1894 while not a particularly wet one is peculiar for 
the heavy fall of rain in May, 7.72 inches, and in September 7.46, 
amounts about doubling the average for those months, while the 
other four months were below the normal. It was a dry summer. 

From the mycological standpoint the year was remarkable for 
the most wide-spread and destructive attack of fire blight that the 
writer has ever seen. Personal visitations to various fruit-growing 
sections of the State confirmed the written reports received that 
scarcely an apple or quince tree had escaped and a large percent- 
age of pear orchards were injured. 

Rainfall does not express all the meteorological conditions that 
need to be taken into consideration and in this connection it should 
be stated that the precipitation from May ist to June 7th was dou- 
ble that of the average and from June 7th to 17th there were ten 
days following directly upon the heavy rains when the temperature 
in the day was unusually high with remarkably cool nights alter- 
nating. In short there was a long period of cloudy, rainy weather 
followed by a superheated period as above mentioned. 

It was in the wake of these phenomenal meteorological changes 
that the blight came. This was the beginning of an entire loss of 


386 HarsrED: INFLUENCE OF wET WEATHER 


faith in the “iron clad” nature of the “ Keiffer” pear and the 
year when many fruit growers determined that the “ Smith's cider ” 
apple was a variety no longer profitable simply because of its sus- 
ceptibility to the blight. Orchards of pears were so badly crippled 
in 1894 that their recovery has been slow where ruin was not 
complete. 

Turning to the printed notes for other fruits for the same year 
it is found under the Cherry leaf spot fungus (Cy/ndrosporium padi 
Karst.) that “ never before has the writer seen such an abundance 
of this destructive parasite. It was impossible to find a single 
tree that was not more or less affected by this fungus and in hun- 
dreds of instances whole orchards were strikingly reddened by it.” 

Peaches were spotting badly with the Cladosporium carpophilum 
Thüm., as early as June 1oth and particularly abundant upon the 
foliage, giving it a very distressing appearance. 

The heavy September rains came late in the growing season 
and did not seem to have any marked effect upon the health of the 
ordinary crop plants for that autumn. 

The next season, however, was one in which blight prevailed, 
but to a less extent than in 1894. The rains were somewhat ex- 
cessive in April, 4.88 inches, followed by five months that in rain- 
fall were below the average. 

In connection with a bacterial disease like the fire blight, one 
is not yet able to decide how much of the progress of the disease 
may be ascribed to the previous rainy autumn and the wet early 
spring and we must not forget that the year before was remarkable 
for blight, thereby leaving a vast stock of germs on hand for future 
development. 

It remains to consider in brief the year 1896, which, as a whole, 
was a dry one with a rainy June and July. It was during this 
time that the asparagus rust Puccinia asparagi DC., made its 
appearance in the Eastern United States to an alarming extent. 
The records show that the same disease reappeared in 1897 in even 
greater abundance, at least їп New Jersey, and the wet season 
closed with the asparagus beds literally brown from the ravages of 
the rust. 

Itis too soon to predict in more than in a general way the 
outcome of a crop when the main features of the weather are given. 


UPON PARASITIC FUNGI 387 


(More clear than any other are the possibilities of forecasting for 
the downy mildews.) The potato Phytopthora is quite. likely to 
come when there is a wet June, July and August, as shown by the 
experience of 1889 and 1897. 

The observed facts in connection with Peronospora and a dry 
season may not be amiss. During 1887, while in Iowa, it was 
recorded that from March to August there was only 8.32 inches 
of rainfall, followed by nearly ten inches in September. A study 
was made of the downy mildews and the following note was re- 
corded in a bulletin of the Botanical Department of the Iowa 
Agricultural College for the year: ‘ These observed facts show 
that with the Peronosporeae there is no doubt that the species are 
best suited to a moist season. The members of the genus Perono- 
spora have in no instance been so abundant during the last two dry 
years as beforethe drought came. There wasa decided decrease of 
the mildews the past year until the September rains came, and after 
that a few weeks of warm weather followed, during which seed- 
lings of various kinds sprung up, and on these, in some instances, 
Peronosporae made their appearance. In general the mildews were 
found in early spring and after this, through the long dry summer, 
in limited quantities, upon plants growing in moist places along 
streams and edges of pools." 

The genus Cystopus seems less influenced by drought, but as 
a rule there was less of the species and the infested specimens 
were those best situated for obtaining moisture. In all cases where 
Peronosporeae flourished they were upon succulent hosts, and 
even with these there were probably less growth of parasites but 
greater manifestation of disease due to lack of vitality in the 
hosts. These instances, therefore, form no exception to the gen- 
eral rule, that dry weather is not advantageous for the develop- 
ment of the Peronosporeae. The apple rust and the black rot of 
the grape come in the same category with the potato rot. 

With the twig blights due to bacteria that spread most largely 
in early summer from flower to flower by means of bees or to the 
tender opening leaf buds the case is different. This would seem 
to be favored by a wet early spring as evidenced by the remarkable 
outbreak in 1894, when, in May, 7.72 inches of rain fell, the third 
largest monthly precipitation during the nine years. 


388 HarsrED: INFLUENCE OF wET WEATHER 


There are no extensive data in connection with the asparagus 
rust as it was unknown here until 1896, but during the two 
years it has appeared the midsummers have been wet, but only 
slightly so in 1896 and not at all comparable with 1889 and 1897, 
when the July rains attained to 10.19 and 11.42 inches respectively 
and potato rot and bean Phytophthora prevailed. 

The observations thus far made are not sufficient for any gen- 
eralization, but the evidence points to the opinion that a wet April 
and May will prepare the way for an abundance of fungi that come 
in early June. This will include particularly the bacterial troubles 
of the orchard and fruit garden. 

A wet June and July is apt to bring a failure, whole or partial, 
of the potato crop almost as certainly as the decay of stone fruits 
with Monilia. And should August be rainy in addition the 
chances of a grape crop become very small. 

As has been suggested, the rain gauge does not tell the whole 
story. There may be cloudy weather without rainfall and great 
humidity without precipitation. Therefore guiding principles are 
far to seek so long as the several meteorological factors admit of 
infinite combinations. 

The problem as it lies before us does not lend itself easily to 
the experimental method, simply because climate cannot be varied 
at will and applied locally as the student may desire. Something 
may be done in supplying water artificially in the various ways of 
modern irrigation; but this does not affect the atmosphere that 
plays in far reaching breezes, blowing for days at a time and from 
long distances. However, something has been attempted in this 
direction at the New Jersey Experiment Station and the following 
is gathered from the notes upon the subject. With turnips the 
irrigation experiments in 1896 showed that water may be applied 
to advantage in a dry season, ‘provided the ground was not in- 
fested with club-root, in which case the additional water only in- 
creased the virulence of the root malady." 

The same printed report shows that for tomatoes the larger 
amount of fruit decay is upon the irrigated land, partly due to 
their being a larger percentage of those that cracked and became 
worthless. The irrigated plants presented a somewhat better ap- 
pearance than those not receiving water, because there was more 


M d E us 


UPON PARASITIC FUNGI 389 


new growth; but not from any lack of the blight Septoria [yco- 
persict Speg. 

With the beans the report reads “ The anthracnose Co//etotri- 
chum lagenarum (Pass.) was more than twice as abundant upon the 
irrigate than upon the check belt, but with the bacterial disease 
the amounts were reversed.” In another field where beans had 
not been previously grown the irrigated land gave nearly double the 
anthracnose found upon the check and here also the bacteriosis 
was less than where the plants were not watered. 

With potatoes and beets the results were negative, that is, there 
was no marked difference between the irrigated and non-irrigated 
in the amount of scab or leaf blights. With celery there was con- 
siderable gain in crop and an apparent decrease of the blight. 

Another line of experimentation upon the general subject of 
weather versus fungus growth is by shading the plants partially as 
if in imitation of an overcast sky. During 1897 several garden 
crops were partially shaded by placing lath frames over the plants 
and cutting off one-half of the direct sun. 

No striking results were obtained concerning the development 
of fungi and as the experiments are still running no report will be 


made for them here. 
RUTGERS COLLEGE. 


Twv METTE 
т * 
; E 

E 


Proceedings of the Club 


TurspaAv EVENING, APRIL тт, 1899 

President Brown in the chair, 23 present. 

An invitation was extended to Club members to be present at 
the tea given by the Barnard Botanical Club from 4 to 6 P. M., 
April 28th, at Barnard Botanical Laboratory. On motion, the 
club sent its acceptance with thanks, through the secretary., 

Another invitation was presented, from the Washington Bo- 
tanical Club, and seeking a joint Decoration Day excursion at 
Washington. On account of distance and the date of the holiday 
in the week, it was not deemed possible to accept as a club, but it 
was recommended that those attend as individuals whose engage- 
ments may permit. On motion, the thanks of the club were trans- 
mitted through the secretary. 

Another invitation was discussed favorably as within practicable 
distance, being that of the Philadelphia Botanical Club, asking that 
the Torrey Club join in a Decoration Day excursion to Tullytown. 

One new member was elected on nomination of Dr. Rusby : 

Dr. Jerome B. Thomas, Jr., Irving St., Brooklyn, N. Y. 

The first paper, by Mr. Eugene P. Bicknell, on * Our Blue- 
eyed Grasses,” described the character and habits of five local 
species of Sisyrinchium occurring within the hundred-mile limit. 
Three of these were distinguished by Mr. Bicknell three years ago 
in an article in the BULLETIN. More recently he has re-discovered 
the obscure S. mucronatum Michaux, which seems to be a rather 
local species. It imparted to the meadows a beautiful blue as seen 
during an excursion'of the Torrey Club to Bushkill, Pa., in 1898. 

Mr. Nash said that three of these species are growing at the 
New York Botanical Garden side by side in the same soil and 
conditions ; and each continues clearly distinct. 

The second paper, by Dr. N. L. Britton, was entitled ** Notes 
on North American Cyperaceae," and was accompanied by the ex- 
hibition of sheets showing numerous critical species. The distri- 
bution of Fimbristylis castanea, which grows both in Atlantic salt 
marshes and in the interior, was remarked upon. А number of 

(390) 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 391 


other salt marsh species occur both on the coast and in the in- 
terior; due perhaps to different former geographical conditions 
with presence of masses of salt water in the interior. Such are 
Chenopodium leptophyllum and Glaux maritima. 

President Brown exhibited a recent collection of Prabavema in 
blossom. 

Attention was called to the address by Professor Underwood, 
on the Kew Gardens, at the Museum of Natural History on April 
I 3th. | 

Professor Britton announced the return of Mr. S. Henshaw 
from Porto Rico, bringing a very interesting collection of woods 
used by the people of that island, soon to be made the subject of 
an illustrated lecture before the Club. 

On motion of Dr. Underwood, seconded by Dr. Britton, it was 
declared that the Club nominates E. S. Burgess as candidate for 
the Newberry grant for this year, for the furtherance of botanical 
research. 

Adjournment followed. 


WEDNESDAY EVENING, APRIL 26, 1899 


Meeting held in the large hall of the College of Pharmacy. 

President Brown in the chair; 60 present. 

A letter was read from Mr. C. L. Pollard, Secretary of the 
Washington Botanical Club, offering entertainment to any of the 
Torrey Club who will join in the Decoration Day excursion from 
Georgetown, and who will notify him by May 2oth. 

Two new members were elected to the Club: Mr. Wm. 5. 
Opdyke, 20 Nassau street, proposed by Dr. Rusby; and Mr. 
André Mali, 93 Willow street, Brooklyn, proposed by the 
Secretary. 

The evening was devoted to an illustrated lecture by Mr. Cor- 
nelius Van Brunt, on “The Glaciers and Flowers of the Selkirks 
and Rockies," with numerous colored lantern slides. Mr. Van 
Brunt took up his narrative at Lake Louise, which he had just 
reached in the similar lecture given to the Club the previous win- 
ter. About 60 new views were shown, colored by Mrs. Van 
Brunt, exhibiting the glacier and rock surfaces with remarkable 
distinctness, and with beautiful mountain meadows of pink and 


892 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 


yellow, clear lakes, and mossy bogs. Among the flowers which 
produce masses of color, yellow Arnica is most abundant and 
Erigeron glabellus next so. Valeriana Sitchensis and Saxifraga 
Van-Bruntiae are among the most beautiful. The mountain forget- 
me-not, Linnaea borealis, and Cassiope tetragonum occurred in great 
abundance. 

Besides beautiful scenes about the Lake of the Clouds and 
Lake Agnes, the Kicking Horse River, and among glacier ascents 
and crevasses, Mr. Van Brunt exhibited views of the railway con- 
struction, snowsheds, hotels, guides and ponies, introduced a party 
from the Appalachian Mountain Club with their Swiss guide, and 
finished with а number of representative flowers of the eastern 
slope of the Rockies. 

Adjournment followed. 


Tugespay EvENING, May 9, 1899 

President Brown was in the chair. — 

32 persons were present. 

A letter was read from an absent member, Dr. A. Emil 
Schmidt, now Chief of the Medical and Sanitary Department, Nile 
Reservoir Works, Assouan, Egypt. This letter, dated March 23, 
1899, mentioning the present sterility of Assouan and the lack of 
any vegetation except the date-palm and sycamore, offered con- 
tributions in the future should anything of botanical interest de- 
velcp during his expected seven years’ residence. Dr. Schmidt 
also tendered his resignation as an active member, which was ac- 
cepted, and, on motion of Dr. Britton, his name was transferred to 
the list of corresponding members. 

Announcement was made of the Sixth Annual Flower Show 
at the Normal College, May rith, 12th and 13th, being an ex- 
hibit of wild flowers of New York and vicinity, arranged by ladies 
of the Normal College Alumnae. 

The Secretary made reference to his recent meeting with the 
New England Botanical Club and the expression of interest in the 
Torrey Club which was then made. Не also alluded to the recent 
good fortune of the Harvard Herbarium in receiving those manu- 
scripts of the botanist Manasseh Cutler, which had been in the 
hands of Oakes and of T. W. Harris, and until recently, of the 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 393 


Tuckerman family. These include descriptions of many of the 
plants of eastern Massachusetts, written 1787—1804. 

Dr. Britton made announcement of receiving at the N. Y. 
Botanical Garden a remarkable small-flowered form apparently of 
Syndesmon thalictroides with the flowers pink within and without, 
which is now planted. 

The regular program of the evening consisted of an address 
by Mr. Samuel Henshaw, “ Notes on the Flora of Porto Rico,” 
giving an account of the people, customs, climate, and present. 
conditions of that island. Не exhibited numerous specimens of 
Porto Rican utensils and articles of household use of vegetable 
manufacture, including many applications of the calabash gourd, 
from spoons to chopping-bowls, many ways of using palm leaves, 
etc., etc. He referred to the immense growths of Bougainvillea, 
of Crotons in the open sun, of Fourcroya, Lantana, etc. He 
showed many photographs, portions of large tree-fern and bamboo 
trunks, a tall wooden mortar and dumbbell-shaped wooden pestle, 
musical instruments made from gourds and other sources. 
Orchids were few, the reports of their occurrence proving to be 
founded chiefly on Aroids and Tradescantias. By one coming 
from the North the most singular sensation is experienced on find- 
ing every common weed under foot to be what would have been a 
greenhouse plant at home. 

After examination of specimens, the Club was adjourned. 


WEDNESDAY EVENING, May 31, 1899 


Twenty-four present. Dr. Underwood presided in absence of 
officers. 

On the part of the committee on nature study, Miss Sanial de- 
scribed briefly the use of plant material in the vacation schools of 
New York City, and the need of donations of fresh flowers and 
other natural objects. Many of the children have never seen any 
wild flowers whatever. Any one who writes to the Board of Edu- 
cation, labelling the communication ** For Vacation Schools," will 
receive the necessary blanks for forwarding: 

Dr. Arthur Hollick's paper, “ A Comparison between Geolog- 
ical Sequence and Biological Development in the Vegetable King- 
dom," was to have been illustrated by lantern-slides, but was de- 


; 
E 
J 
E 


aa УЕ 


894 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB · 


ferred. Dr. Hollick presented instead a short descriptive abstract 
of the subject, comparing the taxonomic series of vegetable life as 
it now exists and the phylogenetic series of the past, consecutive 
from Azoic to Neozoic time. Не alluded to the first occurrence 
of modern genera in the Mesozoic, and of modern species in the 
Tertiary, and to the vigorous growth made by lower forms of 
algae in the hot waters of Yellowstone Park, suggesting that 
similar algal life was probably characteristic of the earlier heated 
waters of the globe. He stated that many of the Cambrian casts 
claimed to represent algae are undoubtedly rightly interpreted ; 
and then sketched the successive appearances of the earliest known 
gymnosperms in the Devonian, monocotyledons in the Triassic, 
and dicotyledons in the Cretaceous, by the middle of which period 
many modern genera are recognized. Ferns and Lycopods of 
modern families appeared in the Devonian, the first known Musci, 
Hepaticae, and Fungi in the Tertiary. Plant remains in glacial 
deposits are exactly the same as species now living a little further 
to the north. The Carboniferous fern-species which have been 
figured and named outnumber those of the whole world now liv- 
ing. The coal flora was probably practically identical all over the 
world. Every time a new horizon is opened up, even down to the 
Tertiary, there are many new fossil ferns discovered in it. 

The second subject presented was the exhibition and descrip- 
tion of a hygroscopic plant-specimen by Dr. C. J. Eames. The 
specimen was originally described in an article entitled ‘ The 
Resurrection Flower" in Harper's Monthly, April, 1857, p. 619. 
Dr. Eames' specimen seemed to be the ripened circle of ovaries of 
some malvaceous flower, and displayed very marked hygroscopic 
movement, expanding completely within fifteen minutes after moist- 
ening. Dr. Eames, a chemist, obtained his specimen in 1860 from 
Dr. I. Beck, who said that he had secured this, and one other like 
it, about 1849 when in Upper Egypt. The other specimen passed 
into the possession of Humboldt. Dr. Eames exhibited specimens 
of Astraeus and Anastatica for comparison, their hygroscopic 


movement being less perfect. 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, 


Secretary. 


Index to Recent Literature relating to American Botany. 


Arber, E. A. N. Relationships of the Indefinite Inflorescences. 
Jour. Bot. 37: 160-167. Ap. 1899. 


Bicknell, E. P. Studies in Sésyrinchium—I: Sixteen new Species 
from the Southern States. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 217-231. 
15 My. 1899. 

Author proposes new species under the following names: Sisyrinchium corymbosum, 

S. solstitiale, SS. tortum, S. Carolinianum, S. Floridanum, S. Nashii, S. rufipes, S. 

fuscatum, S. flagellum, S. Miamiense, S. scoparium, S. implicatum, S. rosulatum, SS. 

furcatum, S. sagittiferum, and S. scabrellum. 

Biffen, R. H. On the Biology of Agaricus velutipes Curt. ( Collybia 
velutipes P. Karst.). Jour. Linn. Soc. 34: 147-162. pl. 2-4. 1 Ap. 
1899. 

Buchenau, К. E. Ule's brasilianische Juncaceen. Engler, Bot. 
Jahrb. 26: 573-579. 18 Ap. 1899. 

New species are described іп Zuzula and Juncus. 


Davy, J. B. Concerning Sapfa Davy. Erythea, 7: 43. І Ap. 


1899. 
Substitutes /Veoszaf/fa Davy for the preoccupied generic name Stapfia Davy, Erythea, 
6: тла. —N.-1898. 


Engler, А. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Araceae IX.—16. Revision 
der Gattung Philodendron Schott. Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 26: 509- 
564. 18 Ap. 1899. 17. Revision der Gattung Dieffenbachia, Engler, 
Bot. Jahrb. 26: 564-572. 18 Ap. 1899. 


Ganong, W. F. Advances in Methods of Teaching Botany. Science 
II. 9: 96-100. 20 Ja. 1899. 

Griffiths, D. The common Parasite of the Powdery Mildews. Bull. 
Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 184-188. 2/. 358. 12 Ар. 1899. 

Discusses and figures Ampelomyces quisqualis Ces. 

Hazen, T. E. The Life History of Sphaerella lacustris (Haematococ- 
cus pluvialis). Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 211-244. pl. 86, 87. 
8 Je. 1899. 

Heckel, E. Sur quelques phénomènes morphologiques de la germina- 
tion dans Ximenia Americana L. Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 45: 438- 
441. Mr. 1899. 

Kraemer, Н. The Morphology of the genus Vro/a. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 26: 172-183. 12 Ap. 1899.  [Illust.] 

(395) 


896 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 
Kranzlin, Е. Orchidaceae Lehmannianae in Guatemala, etc. Engler, 


Bot. Jahrb. 26: 449-502. 18 Ap. 1899. 

New species are described in Mardevallia, Bolbophyllum, Epidendrum, Liparis, 
Pinelia, Chrysocyenis, Sigmatostatrix, Maxillari1, Ornithidium, Camaridium, Ro- 
driguezia, Diothonaca, P'terostemma, Odontoglossum, Oncidium, Goodyera, Gom- 
phichis, Pelagia and Prescottia. Two new genera, Olopetalum and Neolehmannia are 
established. 

Lidforss, B. Weitere Beiträge zur Biologie des Pollens. Jahrb. 

wiss. Bot. 33: 232-312. 1899. 

Lister, А. Notes on Mycetozoa. Jour. Bot. 37 : 145-152. //. 396. 

Ap. 1899. 1 

Deals with various American specimens; Physarum echinosporum sp nov. from 
Antigua. 

Loew, О. What is the cause of the so-called tobacco fermentation ? 

Science II. 9: 376-377. 10 Mr. 1899. 

Malme, С. О. А. Bemerkungen über einige im Herbarium Müller 

Arg. auf bewahrte Species der Gattung Pyxine (Fr.) Nyl, Bull. 

Herb. Boiss. 7: 226-228. 25 Mr. 1899. 


Moore, S. Le M. Alabastra Diversa.—Part IV. Jour. Bot. 37: 

168-175. Ар. 1899. 

Contains diagnosis of Centaurea (4 Plectocephalus) Bridgesii sp. nov. from Chili. 
Nelson, A. New Plants from Wyoming.—V. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 

26: 5-11. 16]a.1899; VL, 26: 122-134. 18 Mr. 1899; VIL, 

26: 236-250. 15 My. 1899. 

New species and varieties in Scirpus, Sagittaria, Lilium, Abronia, Arenaria, Aconi- 
tum, Astragalus, Ruppia, Salicornia, Arabis, Lesquerella, Lepidium, Streptanthus, 
Thelvpodium, Lupinus, Viola, Pachylophus, Sphaerostigma, Peucedanum, Dodecatheon, 
Cuscuta, Gilia, Phacelia, Castilleia, Paronychia, Draba, Cerastium, Thermopsis, 
Anogra, Cynmpterus, Tentstemon, Lappuia, Mertensia, Lithospermum and Erigeron ; 
Wyomingia, gen. nov., with two species. 

Osterhout, G. E. New Plants from Colorado. Bull. Torr. Bot. 

Club, 26: 256, 257. 15 My. 1899. 

Potentilla rupincola sp. nov, and Astragalus Hypoglottis bracteatus var. nov. 

Pax, E. Plantae Lehmannianae in Columbia et Ecuador collectae. 

Euphorbiaceae. Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 26: 503-508. 18 Ap. 1899. 

New species are described in Phyllanthus, Croton, Acalypha and Euphorbai. 


Peck, С. Н. Elliot С. Howe, 1828-1899. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 
26: 251-253. 15 My. 1899. 
Pilger, R. Gramineae Lehmannianae et Stiibelianae Austro-Ameri- 


canae additis quibusdam ab aliis collectoribus ibi collectis deter- 
minatae et descriptae. Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 27: 17-36. 7 Ap. 1899. 


du м с М pU FPO Oo) as АА dia! 
x wey ees, VER SY DO M Uy 2 "d I 
Sy S k е 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 897 


Purpus, C. A. Eine Succulententour nach Baja California ( Mexiko). 
Monatssch. für Kakteenkund, 9: 33-38. 15 Mr. 1899. 

Robinson, B. L. Revision of the Genus Guardiola. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 26: 232-235. 15 My. 1899. 

Author proposes as new Guardiola Roset, С. carinata and G. odontophylla, and 
gives specific rank to С. Tulocarpus arguta Gray and С. Tulocarpus angustifolia Gray. 
Perrot, M.E. Anatomie comparée des Gentianacées. Ann. Sc. Nat. 

Bot. VIII. 7: 105-292. 2/ 7-9. 1899. 

Putnam, B.L. Awhite form of Carduus arvensis. Asa Gray Bull. 
7:37. Ар. 1899. 

Ricome, М. Н. Recherches expérimentales sur la symétrie des Ra- 
meaux Floraux. Ann. Sc. Nat. Bot. VIII. 9: 293-396. pl. 10-13. 
1899. 

Rowlee, W. W. Historic Trees of North America. 1. The Wash- 
ington Elm. Plant World, 2: 125, 126. 1899. 

Rowlee, W. W. Description of two Willows from Central Mexico. 
Bot. Gaz. 27: 136-138. f. т-2. Е. 1898. 

Rydberg, P. A. The cespitose Willows of Arctic America and the 
Rocky Mountains. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 1: 257-278. 13 Ap. 


1899. 
ы palaconeura, S. petrophila, S. Macounii, S. Waghornei, S. niphoctada, 5. 

Labradorica and S. Dodgeana, sp. nov. 

Salmon, E. S. Notes on the Genus Manomitrium Lindb. Jour. 
Linn. Soc. 34: 163-170. M. 5. І Ap. 1899. 

Sargent, C. S. New or little-known North American Trees. Bot. 
Gaz. 27: 81-94. Е. 1899. 

Saunders, C. Е. Listera reniformis. Plant World, 2: 129. My. 
1899. 

Saunders, De A. New and little-known brown Algae of the Pacific 
Coast. Erythea, 7: 37-40. M. т. І Ap. 1899. 
Hapalospongidion gelatinosum gen. et sp. nov.; notes on Leptonema fasciculatum 

Reinke. 

Schumann, K. Zwei neue Arten von Echinocactus aus Paraguay. 
Monatssch. für Kakteenkunde, 9: 44-46. 15 Mr. 1899. 
E. Grossei and E. nigrispinus sp. nov. 

Selby, Н. D. Additional host Plants of Plasmopara Cubensis. Bot. 
Gaz. 27: 67, 68. J. 1899. 

-Setchell, W. A. Notes on Cyanophyceae, Ш. Erythea, 7: 45-55. 
pl. 2,3. І My. 1899. 


Scytonema caldarium, S. occidentale, and Nostoc amplissimum, sp. nov. 


7 А "l4 WI ae 4 CN "y АЫ: "ч T ATA 


398 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Small, J. K. Undescribed Species from the Southern United States. 
Bull. №. Y. Bot. Garden, 1: 278-290. 13 Ap. 1899. 

New species in 24/2/77, Allium, Dondia, Aquilegia, Aypericum, Callirrhoe, Passi- 
flora, Leucothoé, Evolvulus, Dasystoma, Physostegia, Hedeoma, Teucrium, Plantago, 
Floustonia, and Гоа. 

Solms-Laubach, H. Die Marchantiaceae Cleveideae und ihre Ver- 
breitung. Bot. Zeit. 57! : 14-35. Е. 1899. 

Sturch, Н. Н. Aarveyella mirabilis. Ann. Bot. 13: 83-102. pl. 
3, 4 Mr. 1899. 

Stevens, F. L. A peculiar Case of Spore Distribution. Bot. Gaz. 
27: 138. fig. F. 1899. 

Toumey, J. W. Sensitive Stamens in the Genus Opuntia, Asa Gray 
Bull. 7: 35-37. Ap. 1899. 

Underwood, L. М. American Ferns—II: The Genus Phanero- 
phlebia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 205-216. A. 359, 360. 15 
My. 1899. 

Phanerophlebia umbonata, P. auriculata, P. macrosora and Р. Guatemalensis sp. 
nov. 


Underwood, L. М. A new Cantharellus from Maine. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 26: 254, 255. 15 My. 1899.  [Illust.]: 
Warming, E. On the Vegetation of Tropical America. Bot. Gaz. 
27: 1-18. J. 1899. 
Wiegand, K. M. A Revision of the Genus Zéstera. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 26: 157-171. 2/. 356, 357. 12 Ap. 1899. 
Listera auriculata sp. nov. and 2. Smallii ( L. reniformis Small) nom. nov. 
Woods, А. Е. Brunissure of the vine and other plants. Science II. 
9: 508-510. 7 Ар. 1899. 
[ This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Company 
in card catalogue form. ] 


(on оте Б, ч ES НАНЫ COUTE. N оне. А а кл айй 


BULL, Torr. Вот. CLUB. Pr. 303. 


ront aud vat uto 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON. 


A B 
ыы э. RUPEE Ала 


S 2 "TET | 


"NO1SOS “OD SNILNIMd 3dALOTIT3H JHL 


Teme (ma) тту V OGHLLOPEVHdS 


B 
E 


А Кос — ‘вату ‘Log 0340 [ ‘Ting 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


t. MEMoIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 


Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895—1898. 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2 Nos,.26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101—125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. 
Vol. ;. Nos. r51-(current). 


. А Textbook of General Lichenology (1896). Ву Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895—1896. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, N. Y. City. A list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Many 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 


4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the тога Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891—1896; Emeritus Professor 1896,—andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. г, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner's Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. Ву 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York, Price $1.00. 


6. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1802—1895; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, збо pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co. New York. Price $3.oo. 


ee T E T 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes, 


AN 
ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the тога Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 


With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and FIGURED. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the SyNonyMy, the REVISED NOMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLossary, and a 
copious English Index, including the PopuLAR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For all 
students and lovers of plants. 


Vol. L, Royal 8vo, pp. xii--612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. П., pp. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi+588; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 
CHAS. SCRIBNER’S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering 10 copies or more, 15 per cent, discount. 


- ee 


WAT 


QUUD GT T m7 N P. EL as Le ilL, 
, TENUES 


UNDERWOOD'S 


Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. 


A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetoz»a and their 
Literature. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By 
Lucien M. UNDERWOOD. 


12mo. Рр. 200. Price $1.50 ze Ready August rst. 


Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with 
historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious 
references to the literature of the subject 

Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the 
novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of 
fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. 


HENRY HOLT & CO., 
29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. 


JUST ISSUED. 


MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Potentitveae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 wet. 


A companion volume to Dr. John К. Small’s “ Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus Polyycnum,” published in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price. Address 


Professor L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


dubi 


GA Saar "TOU а оь А (NEP 


WET AND DRY 


x я 
Cryptogamic апа Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 
TOR GLASS STUDA: 

Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 


* Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 
Everything Usefui to Botanists. 


MORE THAN FIFTY oF 
AMERICA’S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


THE PLANT УУР 


It contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. , Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 

Volume Il. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. i 


SUBSCRIPTIONS, $1.00 PER ANNUM. 
ADDR ESS | к 


WILLARD М. CLUTE & CO., Publishers, Binghamton, N. Y. 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia University. 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
7 Price, $3.00 zet 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


ДЧ Ак г ТОЛИ EEUU 4 Lu indio. asd 


Hew York Botanical Garden 


MEMOIRS 


The first volume of Memoirs of the New York 
Botanical Garden will be issued during 1899. It will 
contain “An annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana 
and the Yellowstone National Park," written by Dr. Per 
Axel Rydberg. 

The Memoirs will be published in large octavo size, as 
matter for them becomes available. Volume I. will consist 
of about 400 pages, and will contain descriptions of a large 
number of new species of plants and critical notes on many 
others, 

Subscriptions to this first volume are now invited. 
The price will be two dollars per copy. 

N. L. BRITTON, 


DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF. 


A 'Text-Book of General Lichenology 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full.page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N. Y. 


ESTABLISHED 1851. 


EIMER & AMEND, 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 207, 209 & au Third Ате, 


Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. 


SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES 
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 


E. March's Saline Chemical Stone 
Ware. 

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 
Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- 
ters (Polariscopes). 


Prof. Jolly's Specific Gravity Bas 


.ances, etc. 


Le Brun Е. Desmontes & Co.. o 

` Paris, Platinum. 

Н. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. 

SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- 
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem 

` jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 

Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals foi 
Sugar Chemists. : 


LABORATORY OUTFITS 


FOR 
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES амо COLLEGES 
CGtass-BLowiInc, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. 


1 
4 
4 
Е 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. 


(r) BULLETIN. 

A monthly journal devoted to general botany. Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 
tained 650 pages of text and 29 full-page plates. Price $2.00 perannum. For 
Europe 10 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England. 

As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 


` plete their files should apply at once, Yedrly volumes 1-5 (1870-1874), and vols. 
.. 7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of One Dollar each, except vols. 


7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. CRM 

Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at- the subscription 
price of Five Dollars, 

Vols. 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols, 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged, 

single copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS. 


The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is fixed for each. Those 
omitted from this list cannot be had separately. 

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts 
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. Н. Н. Rusby in 
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, 
75 cents. | 

: No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. 

Volume 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of. Virginia, with two plates. By Anna 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. 

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. 

Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- 
ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—4 Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. ' 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. 
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

Vol 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. 
Underwood. Price, 75 cents. 

No 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John К. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. 

No.. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang— 1l. 
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit. 
Price, 50 cents. : 

No. 5.—Monograph of Physalis and related Genera, By P. A, Rydberg. Price, 
75 cents, 

Vol. 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 
in Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S 
Price, $3.00. ; ; 

Vol. 6. No, 1.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang—III. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia. 
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 


3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyt reported as 
rowing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00. à 


Address: L., M. UNDERWOOD, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. 


Vor 26 _ AUGUST, 1899 “Мов 


BULLETIN 


ToRREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD 


ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS .— MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 
BYRON DAVID HALSTED FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 
ARTHUR HOLLICK ANNA MURRAY VAIL 


CONTENTS 


Some Species of Bidens found in the United States cies (PLATES 365, 366): David Griffiths. 432 


| 


апа Canada: K. M. Wiegand., .... 399 | Studies of Sisyrinchium—IV : S. angustifolium 


Studies in the Asclepiadaceae—IV : Anna Mur- | and related Species of the West and Northwest: 
LP ac LAC NT er OCDE (93 Eugene P. Bicknell... . . .7445 

Contributions to а better сесара of the Py- | INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING 
renomycetes—I : A Study of Miscellaneous Spe- TO AMERICAN DOTANY ... . ..... 458 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


THe New Era PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER, Pa, 


E 
r 
^ 
‚Ж 
wy 
Z 
23 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 


President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN. 


Vice Presidents, 


T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, 
. Normal College, New. York City Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 
Editor, Treasurer, 
L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, Jr. 
Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 
Associate Editors, 
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc.. D. 
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D, Pror. FRANCIS Е, LLOYD. 
Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., 
Committee on Finance, 
J. L KANE, WM. E. DODGE. 


Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., 
319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City. 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph, D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, 
Committee on Library and Herbarium, 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L, SANIAL, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ALICE.M. ISAACS. 
Committees on the Local Flora, 
Pror. ЇЧ. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., 


PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D. 
Н. H. RUSBY, M. D, MARSHALL А. HOWE, Ph. D., 
Rev. GEO. D. HULST, Mrs. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


Committee on Excursions. 
Dr. L. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 


GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, 
MARIE L. SANIAL, W. A. BASTEDO. 
Committee on Program. 
Dr. Н. Н. RUSBY, Dr. C. C. CURTIS, 


Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 


The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, except 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, P. M. Botanists are cordially invited 
to attend. 

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
payable to Mr. Maturin І, Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St., New York City. 


VoL. 26 | | No. 8 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


AUGUST 1899 


Some Species of Bidens found in the United States and Canada 


By К. М. WIEGAND 


Several years ago, while collecting in the vicinity of Ithaca, 
N. Y., the writer found a number of specimens of Bidens connata, 
on which the awns were upwardly barbed. Until recently * such 
specimens have been considered to be hybrids with some species 
of Coreopsis, but in the plants in question there were no characters 
to warrant such an assumption further than the mere fact of the 
difference in direction of the barbs. It was thought best, there- 
fore, to attempt a study of this group to determine, if possible, 
the exact affinities of the various forms and the constancy of some 
of the more important characters. B. cernua and P. laevis, in 
Central New York, have also been much confused, mainly, how- 
ever, because of the presence of the form here distinguished as 7. 
cernua intermedia, It was decided on this account to include 
these two species also in the proposed study. 

Since that time a large mass of material has been collected and 
many field notes have been made from plants growing in various 
portions of New York State. To supplement this, specimens have 
been examined from many other localities throughout the United 
States and portions of Europe and Asia. In September, 1897, the 
writer was able to separate the 4. connata comosa Gray as a dis- 
tinct species, and now the study has reached such a stage as to 
warrant the publication of all the results. | 


* Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 20: 280. 1893. 
[Issued 17 August. ] (399) 


400 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 


The value of the different characters from a taxonomic stand- 
point has, in general, been found to agree with that placed upon 
them by previous authors. The most important of all is, of 
course, the achene, and by this one character alone most of the 
species may be recognized. Very much dependence cannot be 
placed upon the leaves, because of the unusually great variation 
produced by environment, through which influence both the size 
and the incisions are modified. Two other structures, the in- 
volucre and the corolla, have, however, been used much more 
than by previous writers. | 

The involucre varies principally in the size and number of 
bracts, and is important for specific distinction rather than to show 
lines or strains of variation. In this respect it differs from the 
corolla, in which the pale yellow, 4-toothed character is found 
practically constant among a number of related species, while the 
orange, 5-toothed type represents another group, both evidently 
distinct lines of development. But the corolla does not show all 
the lines of variation or even the primary ones. То determine 
these one must look to the achene. The number of awns is found 
to be much more constant than was before supposed. Only one 
species, B. /aevis, really shows a variation in number without a 
corresponding change in other characters. Some allowance must, 
of course, be made for the fact that the outer achenes usually 
show a shortening of the awns which process is often carried so 
far that some are entirely obliterated. 

In determining specific differences the direction of the barbs 
upon the margins of the achene seems to be of more importance 
than upon the awns. So far as known, no specimens of species 
having truly downwardly barbed achenes have been found with 
upwardly barbed awns ; moreover, it seems possible that when erect 
barbs are found in B. melanocarpa and В. connata they are to be con- 
sidered as a continuation of the hairs of the achene out upon the 
awns, thus excluding the real barbs, and not as a reversal of the 
barbsthemselves. Whether this is really the case has not as yet been 
definitely settled. In some cases the erect barbs are nearly as slender 
as the hairs on the achene, but more often they are stouter. The 
hairs and warts upon the achenes, although more or less charac- 
teristic in some species, are not of special diagnostic value. 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES ОЕ BIDENS 401 


There has in the past been considerable discussion regarding 
the occurrence of hybrids among species of Bidens and Coreopsis. 
Every specimen, however, which the writer has seen labeled as 
such differs from one or the other of the supposed parents only in 
the direction of the barbs upon the awns. Although hybrids 
might be expected among these annual plants their occurrence is 
very doubtful. 

If the direction of the barbs is not constant among the indi- 
viduals of one species this character can obviously not be used for 
the separation of the genera Coreopsis and Bidens, a fact which has 
already been strongly emphasized by Dr. Britton. Indeed, a num- 
ber of species of Coreopsis are evidently Bidens except for their 
barbs. The transferrence of these species to the genus Bidens 
becomes therefore necessary for a correct interpretation of the two 
genera. 

The section PraATYCARPAE, the principal members of which are 
here treated, should therefore consist of the following species in 
northern North America: B. frondosa, B. melanocarpa, В. dis- 
coidea, B. connata, P. comosa, B. bidentoides, D. dentata, D. cernua, 
| B. laevis, В. Nashii, B. coronata, D. trichosperma, В. aristosa, and 
D. involucrata. 

The writer wishes to thank Dr. Robinson for kindly loaning 
the material in the Gray Herbarium, and Dr. Small for loaning 
that in the Herbarium of Columbia University ; also the New 
England Botanical Club for the opportunity of studying a large 
amount of material from the vicinity of Boston ; and especially Mr. 
E. P. Bicknell, a critical student of this group, who has generously 
furnished valuable suggestions and extensive notes upon many of 
the species. 


Synopsis of the Species 

` А. Achenes upwardly barbed cn the margins; corolla 4-5-toothed ; awns 2; rays small 

or none. 

Outer involucral bracts 4-8, inner oblong, equaling the disk or longer; ovaries of 
the ray-flowers hairy, minutely awned ; achenes narrow, nearly black, hairy, 
papillose or tuberculate, rarely smooth, margins upwardly barbed to base of 
awns. 

Corolla stramineous, 4-toothed ; achenes long and very narrow, awns filiform, 
upwardly barbed ; leaves simple ; outer involucral bracts 4—5, inner longer 
than the achenes. I. B. bidentoides. 

Corolla orange, 5-toothed ; achenes of ordinary form ; leaves pinnate; inner 
involucre equaling the achene. 


402 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 


Leaves 3-foliolate, leaflets long-acuminate; heads very small (9 mm. 
broad), on very short peduncles; achenes very small (4.5 mm. ),thickish, 
awns scarcely longer than the breadth of the achene, upwardly barbed ; 
outer involucral bracts 4. 2. B. discoidea. 

Leaves larger, 3-5-pinnate, leaflets acute to acuminate; heads larger ; 
achenes 6 mm. long; awns half as long as the achenes or more, com- 
monly downwardly barbed ; outer involucral bracts 6-8. 

3. B. melanocarpa, 
Outer involucral bracts 10-16; inner ovate-triangular, short; corolla stramineous ; 
* heads long-peduncled ; ovaries of the ray-flowers glabrous, awnless; achenes 
broad and flat ( 14 as broad as long) brown, nearly glabrous and smooth (rarely 
papillose) ; margins on the upper one-fourth downwardly barbed. 
4. В. frondosa. 

B. Achenes downwardly barbed, flat or flattish, brown, glabrous or nearly so, not 
tuberculate, slightly contracted at the top, awns 2-4 ; corolla usually stramineous, 
funnelform ; outer involucral bracts 6-8 ; leaves except in no. 6 more or less 
petioled. 

Rays wanting (or at least not exceeding the disk) ; corolla 4-toothed. 
Achenes of small or medium size (8 mm. or less) ; awns 2 (except in one 
var.), % the length of the achene or less ; leaves incised or parted. 
[B. трата. ] 
Achenes large (8-11 mm.; in var. 5-7 mm.) ; awns 3, over опе half the 


length of the achene ; leaves serrate. 5. B. comosa. 
Ray flowers present, ligule one half longer than the disk ; corolla 5-toothed ; awns 
4 (rarely 2) ; leaves deeply serrate or incised. 6. B. dentata. 


C. Achenes usually both upwardly and downwardly barbed on the same margin, 4- 
angled, tuberculate; awns 4 (rarely 3); corolla orange, 5-toothed, abruptly con- 
tracted ; leaves simple (sometimes deeply lobed) ; outer involucral bracts 4-7 ; heads 
commonly rayless. 7. B. connata. 

D. Achenes downwardly barbed, biconvex or 4-angled, nearly glabrous, tuberculate on 
the angles, often striate, dark-green or blackish ; awns 2-4 ; corolla deep yellow, 
5-toothed, abruptly contracted; outer involucral bracts 8; heads large, often. 
cernuous in fruit ; rays commonly long and showy ; leaves sessile. 

Outer involucral bracts exceeding the disk, unequal, spreading, foliaceous ; rays 
twice the length of the disk or less; leaves long (8-16 cm. ), more or less clasp- 
ing and conhate, teeth distant ; achenes 4-angled, slightly dilated at the summit. 

8. B. cernua. 
Outer involucral bracts rarely exceeding the disk, nearly equal and seldom con- 
spicuously foliaceous, slightly fleshy ; rays 2-4 times the length of the disk ; 
achenes not dilated above, flat, 1-nerved on the outer face ; plant sparingly 
branched above or simple, helianthoid in appearance ; leaves shorter, rarely 
connate (5-12 cm.), teeth closer. 

Leaves lanceolate, acute or shortacuminate, sharply serrate, not fleshy, 
usually tapering at the base; branches spreading; margin of the achene 
straight from awns to base. 9. B. laevis. 

Leaves elliptic or oblanceolate-oblong, acute, minutely serrate or almost entire 
somewhat fleshy, some of the upper often very broad at the base, but rarely 
clasping ; branches strict, erect ; achenes slightly contracted at the summit. 

10. B. Nashii. 


Ма. „от "CT PERO, ҮЧҮЛҮК ҮҮ йилы |: 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 403 


1. BIDENS BIDENTOIDES (Nutt.) Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 20: 
281. 1893 


Diodonta bidentoides Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 7: 361. 
1841. 

Coreopsis bidentoides Т. & С. Fl. N. A. 2: 339. 1842. 

Erect and stout (20-80 cm.), stramineous, glabrous: branches 
short and spreading: leaves pale, undivided, lanceolate to linear- 
lanceolate (blade 6-10 cm.), on more or less margined petioles 
(2-5 cm.), regularly tapering to the acuminate apex, coarsely and 
distantly serrate-dentate, attenuate at the base, upper leaves 
shorter and on more margined petioles: heads on rather slender 
peduncles which are mostly shorter than the leaves, longer than 
broad (15-18 x 10-12 mm.), stramineous ; outer involucral bracts 
4-5, linear or linear-spatulate, 1-3 times the length of the disk, 
not ciliate, entire, erect ; inner bracts 5, oblong-linear, barely acute 
(15 mm.) and with the chaff much longer than the flowers: ray 
flowers rarely present, ligule strap-shaped, not exceeding the 
head; the ovaries similar to those of the disk: corolla of the disk 
flowers pale-yellow, large (5 mm. long, % length of awns), 
funnelform, 4-toothed, basal portion equaling the upper: stamens 
rarely exserted : mature achenes very slender, linear-cuneate, convex 
(8-10 mm.), dark-brown, not papillose, hairy, margins upwardly 
hairy : awns 2 (rarely a third very short one) very slender and nearly 
as long as the achene, upwardly barbed. 

Muddy shores of the Delaware River and Bay, Pennsylvania 
to Maryland. | 

Specimens examined from :—Pennsylvania: Philadelphia, Du- 
rand. New Jersey: Camden, Parker, Diffenbach ; Salem, Com- 
mons. Delaware: New Castle, Candy; Wilmington, Candy, 
Commons (with rays). Maryland: Bush River, Candy. 

Of all the species of Bidens within our limits this is the most 
limited in distribution. It is, so far as known, confined entirely to 
the shores of the Delaware River and Bay, where it may be found 
growing in the mud at tide-water. The species is very constant in 
its characters as well as very unique, and must be considered as 
representing a line of development by itself. With B. discoidea it 
agrees only in having upwardly barbed awns and hairy achenes, 
but is remarkably distinct in the form of the achene and in the 
corolla. The foliage on the contrary resembles quite closely B. 
comosa. Its affinity seems not to be with any of the species dis- 


404 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 


cussed in this paper. The flowering period is from Sept. 1 to 


Oct. 15. 


2. BipeNs piscoipEA (T. & G.) Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 
20: 281. 1893. 


Coreopsis discoidea Т. & С. Fl. №. A. 2: 339. 1842. 

Stem tall and much branched, slender, reddish: leaves 3- 
foliolate, small, glabrous, petioles very slender (3 cm.), marginless ; 
leaflets lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, short (4—9 cm.), long-acumi- 
nate, sharply and coarsely serrate below the entire point, abruptly 
contracted at the base, the terminal on a long slender stalk (5-15 
mm.), lateral slightly smaller on shorter stalks, uppermost leaves 
sometimes undivided, dark-green: heads very small and numerous 
(8-10 mm. broad), on very short peduncles (1—4 cm.), globular ; 
outer involucral bracts linear to spatulate-linear, rarely longer than 
the disk, commonly 4, not ciliate, glabrous; inner bracts oblong 
or elliptic-oblong, obtuse (6-7 mm.), brownish, equaling the disk ; 
chaff commonly reddish tipped: ray flowers none: corolla of the 
disk flowers very small (1.75-2 mm.), orange, equaling or slightly : 
longer than the awns, campanulate-oblong above, 5-toothed, con- 
tracted into a basal portion shorter than the upper : stamens slightly 
exserted : mature achenes very small (4—5.5 mm.), rather narrow, 
cuneate, contracted at the summit, biconvex, black, hairy, tuber- 
culate-papillose or nearly smooth, margins upwardly hairy, sum- 
mit truncate, awns 2, very short (scarcely longer than the breadth 
of the achene), upwardly hairy. i 

Massachusetts to North Carolina (Chapman) and westward to 
Ohio, Louisiana and Texas. 

Specimens examined from :—Massachusetts : Stony Brook Res., 
Rich. Connecticut, Wright, 1879. New York : Ithaca (many speci- 
mens); Oswego Co., Wibbe, Rowlee. New Jersey, Morris Co., 
Porter. Pennsylvania: Luzerne Co., Heller, по. бо. Delaware, 
Canby. Maryland, Candy. Ohio, Sw//ivant, 1839. Missouri, 
Engelmann. Arkansas, Letterman. Louisiana, Hale, 1842. 
Texas, Lindhetmer, Drummond. 

This species is on the whole less common in the eastern por- 
tion of its range than are most of the others, and judging from the. 
specimens cited above it must be quite rare in New England. In 
New York and Pennsylvania it is found only near sphagnous bogs 
and mountain lakes, selecting preferably old logs and stumps that 
project out into the water. So far as observed it is quite constant 


ТАИ РИИ р ыа аш) 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 405 


in its characters, and although some cases of retrorse awns have 
been reported* none have been observed by the writer. Its 
only close relative is 2. melanocarpa from which it is often very 
difficult to distinguish some of the smaller forms. The smaller, 
more acuminate leaves, and smaller achenes with upwardly barbed 
awns are the only reliable distinguishing characters. Some of the 
western specimens are often quite robust. The flowering period is 
September and October. 


3. Bidens melanocarpa sp. nov. 
В. frondosa Torr. Fl. №. Y.; Darl. Fl. Cest. Not L. 


Stem 50-70 cm. high or more, slender, bushy-branched, the 
branches mostly spreading : leaves pinnately 3—-5-foliolate, glabrous 
or nearly so except the scabrous margins, petioles very slender, 
scarcely margined (3-4 cm. long); terminal leaflet (4-8 cm. long) 
lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, tapering into a long 
stalk (10-15 mm.), occasionally 3-lobed at base, sharply and sali- 
-ently serrate with either medium or coarse teeth; lateral leaflets 
about !4 shorter, less acuminate, more truncate and often very 
oblique at the base: heads on slender ascending peduncles of 
medium length, rather small (largest about 15 mm. diameter), hem- 
ispherical or globular ; outer involucral bracts 6-8, spatulate-linear, 
mucronate, entire, sparsely ciliate, equaling the disk or sometimes 
twice as long (10-15 mm.); inner bracts brownish, 8—12, oblong, 
scarcely acute (8 mm. long), apex slightly pubescent ; chaff often 
reddish-tipped: ray flowers usually present, ligule broadly oval, 
equaling the disk, golden yellow, caducous, the ovaries narrowly 
and evenly cuneate, hairy, hairs on the margins in clusters and 
directed upward, summit convex, awns 2, divergent, scarcely longer 
than the breadth of the ovary, downwardly barbed: corolla of the 
disk flowers small (2.5-3 mm.), shorter than the awns, 5-toothed, 
orange, campanulate-oblong, slightly contracted below, basal por- 
tion shorter than the upper: stamens exserted : achenes in fruit 
(6 x 3.25 mm.) cuneate, slightly contracted at the summit, flattish, 
costate, nearly black, tuberculate, sparsely hairy, margins upwardly 
hairy to base of awns, summit truncate : awns short (1-2,2 length 
of achene), slender, slightly divergent, strongly downwardly barbed 
(rarely barbs erect). 


New Brunswick to Florida, westward to Texas and Nebraska. 
Specimens examined from :—New Brunswick: Chalmers (ex 
Macoun). Maine: Parlin; M. E. Hill по. 93. New Hampshire : 


* Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 20: 280. 1893. 


406 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES ОЕ BIDENS 


W. Deane ; Robinson, no. 361. Massachusetts : Boott; Collins ; 
Rich; French; Young. Rhode Island: Thurber. New York: 4. 
M. Vail; Kearney; Britton ; Rowlee, etal. New Jersey : Torrey; 
Commons ; Halsted, no. 36. Pennsylvania : Smith (upwardy barbed 
awns). West Virginia: Л рано, no. 778. Florida: Chapman. 
Alabama: Buckley. Louisiana: Hale. Texas: Lindhetmer x 
Reverchon. Missouri: Bush, по. 167 ; S. Weller. Illinois : Wolf ; 
DeForest. Nebraska: Rydberg, no. 1707 ; Clements, no. 2894. 


Bidens melanocarpa pallida var. nov. 


Slightly glaucous, branches all ascending or erect, conspicu- 
ously overtopping the terminal shoot: leaves smaller, on shorter 
more margined petioles (3-4 cm. long), dull, veins inconspicuous, 
the lower ternate, the upper undivided ; leaflets shorter, ovate-lan- 
ceolate, short-acuminate, the terminal contracted at the base into a 
winged stalk and more or less confluent with the lateral, coarsely 
and sharply few-toothed : heads longer than in the type, on longer 
peduncles; outer involucre erect, foliaceous (2-4 times length of 
head), rarely ciliate; inner bracts oblong lanceolate: corolla of 
disk flowers larger (3-4 mm.), often 4-toothed, more nearly yellow, 
shorter than the awns : achenes (3-10 mm.), not papillose : awns 
longer (about 14 length of achene). 


Nova Scotia to New York and Illinois. 

Specimens examined from :—Nova Scotia: Halifax, Brother 
Peter, 1896. Illinois: Wolf New York: Ithaca (many speci- 
mens). 

This species is quite widely distributed throughout the eastern 
portion of North America, and is everywhere very abundant. In 
the New England states it seems to be the most common type of 
the frondosa group, but in New York State and farther westward 
B. frondosa, with which it has so long been confused, is equally 
abundant. It usually prefers rich damp soil and forms a large part 
of the vegetation along roadsides, in waste places, and on the mar- 
gins of rivers and ponds during the autumn months. Іа struc- 
tural characters it is more distinct than are B. cernua and Ё. laevis, 
but has nevertheless never been separated from Д. Jrondosa. It is 
however much more closely related to B. discoidea. | 

B. melanocarpa 15 exceedingly variable. When growing in ex- 
posed localities it often has much narrower leaflets and is 5-pinnate, 
but when in shaded places the leaves are usually only 3-pinnate 


КЕ a ETTEN Амыз) 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES ОЕ BIDENS 401 


and leaflets very broad. In the vicinity of sphagnous bogs it often 
becomes more bushy, with smaller leaves and more acuminate 
leaflets, in which condition it resembles B. discoidea very closely. 
The specimens with upwardly barbed awns collected by various 
botanists and thought to be hybrids between this species and 7. 
discoidea or B. bidentoides can scarcely be considered as such since 
they do not show the necessary intermediate condition of other 
characters. In fact, with the exception of the barbs, all the char- 
acters are identical with those of this species. It seems better for 
the present to consider them as accidental forms of B. melanocarpa. 

D. melanocarpa cannot be distinguished from the other species 
of North America by any one character. From B. frondosa it 
differs by its fewer involucral bracts, narrower upwardly barbed 
achenes and orange flowers; from P. connata by its 2-awned 
achenes and pinnate leaves; from Д. discoidea by the larger, less 
acuminate leaflets, and larger more tuberculate and longer-awned 
achenes and more numerous involucral bracts. It is very closely 
related to B. tripartita of the Old World, some of the broader 
leaved forms of which differ only in having blunter teeth and 
downwardly barbed achenes with yellow corollas. It seems to 
form a transition between P. /rzpartita and B. connata on the one 
hand and between B. discoidea and B. connata on the other. 

The var. pallida although widely distributed, judging from the 
specimens representing it in the larger herbaria, seems not to be 
very common. In the vicinity of Ithaca, N. Y., however, it is 
abundant along the shores of Cayuga Lake, where its habit makes 
it quite conspicuous. In many respects the reduction of the leaves 
and lengthening of the peduncles suggests a condition similar to 
that which in 2, connata and P. comosa was determined to be a 
< second growth,” but here the plants seem to be perfectly normal 
and healthy. Moreover they differ in some important structural 
characters regarding the head and achenes, and in the long 
branches overtopping the terminal head. Considering the charac- 
ter of the heads and achenes alone, it might almost be taken for a 
hybrid with Z. comosa, but the leaves and general habit are not at 
all intermediate. It seems best at present to consider these forms 
as forming a distinct variety. The flowering period of P. melano- 
carpa is from Aug. 15th to Sept. 25th. 


408 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES ОЕ BIDENS 


4. BIDENS FRONDOSA L. Sp. Pl. 832. 1753. 


Also of Willd. (in part); Torr. Fl. №. U. S. (in part); Bige- 
low Fl. Bost.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 


Stem tall and branching, glabrous, furrowed, reddish, branches 
spreading : leaves pinnately 3—5-foliolate (commonly 5-) on slender 
marginless petioles (2—4 cm. long), scarcely paler beneath, glab- 
rous or nearly so, the straight veins prominent; leaflets lanceo- 
late, tapering evenly to the very acute apex, serrate, with numer- 
ous sharp or bluntish regular teeth, all abruptly contracted at the 
base and short-stalked, the lateral oblique; rachis narrowly mar- 
gined: heads large (15-25 mm. broad), broader than high, on long 
stout peduncles (3-16 cm.) ; outer involucral bracts linear or nar- 
rowly spatulate, unequal, numerous (10-16), scarcely exceeding 
the disk (rarely twice as long), conspicuously ciliate, entire; inner 
bracts brownish-olive, 14—18, mostly ovate or narrowly triangular, 
often abruptly contracted at the pubescent apex, mostly shorter 
than the disk: ray flowers usually present, ligule elliptic-oval, 
equaling the disk, pale yellow or often whitish, caducous, the ovaries 
(5-6 mm. x 112-2 mm.), cuneate, broader and shorter than in 2. 
melanocarpa, slightly contracted at the summit, truncate, awnless, 
entirely glabrous except occasionally a few upward barbs on the 
margins near the summit: corolla of the disk flowers of medium 
size (2.5—4 mm.), funnelform, pale yellow, 4—5-toothed, not con- 
spicuously contracted below, two thirds length of awns, basal 
portion shorter than the upper : stamens usually included : achenes 
in fruit large, very flat and broad (7.5-9 mm. x 4.5-5 mm.), 
cuneate, slightly contracted at the summit, brown or olivaceous, 
smooth or merely papillose, nearly glabrous, r-nerved on each 
face, margins downwardly barbed on the upper fourth, hairs erect 
below, summit truncate, awns 2, erect or divaricate, % length of 
the achene or more, strongly downwardly barbed. 


Ontario to North Carolina, Missouri and westward to Cali- 
fornia and British Columbia. 

Specimens examined froni :—Ontario: Hull, Macoun, 1889. 
New York: Barrett, Britton, DuBois, Townsend, Wiegand, et al. 
Pennsylvania : Moser. Kentucky : Short. Virginia: Curtiss. Illi- 
nois: Deforest. Wyoming: Nelson, no. 2749. Upper Platte, 
Torr. Herb. California: Bidwell, no. 328. Washington : Col- 
umbia River, 5045027, nos. 412 and 159r. 


Bidens frondosa puberula var. nov. 


Branches, leaves and involucre more or less finely crisp-pubes- 
cent, with whitish hairs, the last often densely so; inner bracts 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 409 


pubescent on the back ; leaves somewhat more finely and bluntly 
serrate. 


Wisconsin and Missouri to the Saskatchewan. 

Wisconsin: Green Bay, /. H. Shutte ; Devils Lake, Morgan. 
Nebraska : Webber, 1886; Clements, no. 2894, 1893. Missouri : 
Courtney, Bush, no. 29, 1892. Saskatchewan, Bourgeau, 1857. 

Bidens frondosa is common throughout the Middle and West- 
ern States, but does not seem to appear іп New England. In late 
autumn it forms a very conspicuous part of the vegetation along 
roadsides and in waste places, especially where the soil is rich and 
damp, and may be found in flower from Aug. 15 to Sept. 15 or 
rarely until Oct. r. 

The plants produce ray flowers in considerable abundance in 
the earlier heads. They are, however, very caducous, and mostly 
absent altogether in the later heads; as a result of which a patch 
bearing rays early in the season may appear entirely rayle$s at a 
later period. Very few plants, if any, are entirely destitute of rays. 

Considerable difficulty has been experienced in deciding 
whether Linnaeus' plant was of this species or the preceding. The 
original description which is rather longer than usual character- 
izes the leaves as pinnate and linear, seeds one half narrower than 
long, peduncles longer than the leaves ; all of which indicate this 
species rather than P. melanocarpa. 

Bidens frondosa is perhaps the most distinct of all the species 
in structural characters, although not in general appearance. Its 
two nearest relatives are P. melanocarpa and P. tripartita, from 
the former of which it may be distinguished by the longer pe- 
duncles, larger number of involucral bracts, the deltoid inner ones, 
the pale yellow corolla, form of the sterile ovaries of the ray 
flowers, and the broad, smooth, brown achenes, and from the lat- 
ter by the pinnate leaves, long peduncles, outer and inner in- 
volucre, 5-toothed corolla and broad achenes. 

Bidens tripartita L. of the Old World properly belongs here. 
It is closely related to B. melanocarpa and somewhat intermediate 
between that species and Л. frondosa. Through it also B. melano- 
carpa is connected with Л. connata, P. comosa and B. cernua. The 
typical form has 3-parted leaves and coarsely serrate divisions with 
the teeth usually rather blunt; but the variations are very great 


410 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 


and without doubt several species are now aggregated under one 
name. А simple-leaved pale form from central Europe with often 
only 3 awns and large foliaceous involucre is difficult to distinguish 
from some forms of P. comosa, and is probably the P. tripartita 
integra of Koch. Another simple-leaved form with small heads and 
corky-thickened 2-awned achenes from southern Europe and Asia 
is D. tripartita tenuis DC. A third form with comose often cernuous 
heads, incised sessile leaves and two awns connects this species 
with P. cernua and has been separated as B. platycephala Oersted. 

В. tripartita is found throughout Europe, Asia and Japan, but 
so far has not been found in North America (Addison Brown re- 
ported it as a ballast plant at Hunter's Point in the vicinity of New 
York City, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 357. 1879). 


5. BipENS comosa (A. Gray) Wiegand, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24 : 


436. 1897. 
B. connata DC. Prod.; T. & G. Fl. N. A; Torr. Fl. N. U. S. 
(in part); Darl. Fl. Cest. 
D. connata comosa A. Gray Man. 261. 1867 [ed. 5]. 


Pale throughout: stem stout, erect (30-80 cm.), glabrous, 
stramineous or sometimes reddish, internodes rather short ; branches 
short, spreading: leaves undivided (8 cm. long), pale green, nar- 
rowly elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate, acute, attenuate at the base into 
a short strongly margined petiole, serrate with rather small regular 
teeth (rarely coarser ones, and the upper nearly entire): heads not 
numerous, large (12 mm. high x 12-18 mm. broad) nearly globu- 
lar or broader, on short stout peduncles thus often appearing clus- 
tered, erect; outer involucral bracts 6—8, linear or linear-lanceolate, 
mucronate, usually entire, very large, conspicuous and unequal, 2—5 
times the length of the disk (30-50 mm. long), nearly erect; inner 
bracts oblong-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acutish, stramineous, about 
8 in number: ray flowers wanting : corolla of the disk flowers 
large (5 mm.), narrow funnelform, pale yellow, 4-toothed, gradu- 
ally contracted into a basal portion which is longer than the upper, 
equaling the awns: stamens and style included: mature achenes 
large and flat (8-10 mm. x 3 mm.) scarcely carinate, cuneate with а 
broad base, slightly contracted at the summit, dark olive-green or 
brownish, not papillose and glabrous or nearly so, often dark- 
punctate, margins strongly retrorsely barbed, summit convex ; awns 
3, long and conspicuous (two long ones 245-34 length of achene, 
third shorter, rarely я fourth very minute), erect, retrorsely barbed. 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 411 


Maine to West Virginia, westward to Minnesota and Colorado 
and from Western Georgia (Chapman), Louisiana. 

Specimens examined from :—Maine: Orono, Fernald. Massa- 
chusetts : Revere, H. A. Young. New York: Torrey, Britton, Hulst 
(many from central N. Y.) New Jersey: Parker, Nash. West 
Virginia : near Bucklin, Pollock. Tennessee: Ruth, no. 32. Ken- 
tucky : Short. Ohio: Werner, Lea, no. 167 (Torr. Herb.).  Illi- 
nois: Chapman, DeForest. Minnesota: Holsinger. Kansas: Nor- 
ton, no. 281, Riley Co. Missouri: Bush, no. 167 (in part). 
Louisiana : Male. Colorado: Lincoln Co., Rydberg, no. 190. 


Bidens comosa acuta var. nov. 


Habit as in the type, but leaves sessile or nearly so: heads 
much broader (broader than high, 10-20 mm. broad) and achenes 
more spreading ; outer involucral bracts only twice the length of 
the disk or less, conspicuously spreading, lanceolate, acute and 
apiculate ; inner narrowly triangular-lanceolate, acute. 

Kansas and Missouri. 


Specimens examined :—Kansas: Manhattan, Norton, 1892. 
Missouri: Engelmann, St. Louis, 1866. Missouri: Bush, no. 164, 
Jackson Co.; nos. 31 and 49, Courtney Co. 

Bidens comosais common throughout the Middle States and 
Mississippi Valley growing preferably in rather dry soil. Its usual 
habitat is along roadsides where the soil is rich, or on the sandy 
margins of lakes and rivers. 

When growing undisturbed it often becomes so numerous as 
to form dense patches to which the pale upright stems and short 
branches give a characteristic appearance. (Certain specimens 
however from widely separated localities (the Short, Hale and 
Werner specimens cited above, and others) present an entirely dif- 
ferent aspect. The stems are decumbent at the base; the leaves 
are shorter, blunter, more sparsely and bluntly toothed or the 
upper entire; and the involucre of the long-peduncled heads is 
very foliaceous, with broad obtuse bracts. At first it seemed 
proper to separate this form as a distinct variety, but in the study 
of specimens from the vicinity of Ithaca similar plants were found 
but apparently always as a second growth after the main stem had 
been injured or cut away by the mower. It may be possible that 
the similar variation in P. connata is froma like cause. The same 
variation also occurs in the var. acuta. 


412 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 


В. comosa is distinguished from all other American representa- 
tives of the genus by its broad, 3-awned, retrorsely margined 
achene ; from P. connata it differs also by its short branches, stout 
peduncles, pale leaves, very foliaceous involucre of usually more 
numerous bracts, and long pale 4-toothed corolla with included 
stamens; from P. didentoides by the three downward-barbed awns 
апа flat retrorse achenes; and from P. cernuus by the 5-toothed 
corolla, included stamens, 4-awned and angled achene, and by the 
erect heads. The flowering period is from September Ist to Oc- 
tober Ist. 

Its closest affinity is however with B. рала integra Koch 
(3-awned) a native of central Europe. This variety can be distin- 
guished from the “ second growth" American plants only by the 
slightly shorter involucre, smaller, slightly narrower, and thicker 
achenes with shorter awns. Through P. tripartita the American 
plant is connected with B. frondosa and P. connata, and through 
B. platycephala of Europe with B. cernua. 


6. Bidens dentata (Nutt.) 


В. chrysanthemotdes Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 314. 1833. 
(According to T. & G.) Not of Michx. 

D. quadriaristata dentata Nutt. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 7: 
368. 1841. 

В. cernua elata T. б. Fl. N. A. 2: 352. 1842. 


Stem very stout (40-100 cm.), glabrous or sparsely hirsute, 
branches short or the upper longer and ascending: leaves pale, 
often very large (8—18 cm. long), broadly lanceolate, oblanceolate, 
or oval, acute or short acuminate, contracted at the nearly sessile 
base, coarsely serrate, incised or rarely even parted, upper leaves 
nearly as large : heads few (1—3), large and nearly sessile, broader 
than high (20 mm. diam.) ; outer involucral bracts about 8, linear to 
oblanceolate, usually longer than the head, very unequal, some 
often very foliaceous and incised, conspicuously ciliate below ; 
inner bracts elliptic-ovate, acutish : ray flowers present, ligule one 
half longer than the disk, oval, pale yellow, the ovary broadly 
oblong, glabrous except the strongly retrorse margins, awnless : 
corolla of the disk flowers large (4-5 mm.) funnelform, gradually 
contracted below, 5-toothed, deep yellow : achenes large and rather 
broad (3 x 8 mm.), flat, glabrous, brownish, broadly cuneate, slightly 
contracted at the summit ; margins sparsely retrorse with small 
barbs the lowermost of which are often erect, summit concave: 


WIEGAND: SoME SPECIES OF BIDENS 413 


awns 4 (rarely 2) unequal, about one half the length of achene, 
retrorsely barbed. 


British Columbia near Vancouver. 

Specimens examined :— Ре Fuca, Scouler. N. W. Coast, in 
Gray Herb. from Hooker. Vancouver Island, Macoun, no. 73. 

This very distinct species, although collected for the first time 
many years ago, is represented in the herbaria by only a very few 
specimens. The three cited above are quite similar in general 
appearance and are characterized by the numerous large pale 
leaves which are often conspicuously incised, and among which at 
the summit of the stem the one to three broad and nearly sessile 
heads are borne. These in form are much like those of B. cernua, 
but they are erect, the rays are pale and very short, and the invo- 
lucre is more foliaceous. The achenes are however quite unlike 
those of B. cernua, but are so similar to those of B. comosa as to 
sometimes render it difficult to distinguish the two species from 
this character alone. In structural characters this species seems 
to stand almost intermediate between B. cernua and B. comosa on 
the one hand and between 7. cernua and P. frondosa on the other. 
It resembles the B. фи айа L. of Europe which however has ray- 
less heads, hairy stem and leaves and always two-awned achenes. 


7. BibENS coNNATA Muhl. Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 1718. 1804. Pursh 
E mm Sept: or. Fl, МОО 


D. tripartita Bigelow, Fl. Bost. 294 [ed. 2]. 

D. petiolata Nutt. Jour. Acad. Philad. 7: 99. 

D. tripartitus var. fallax Warnstorf, Verh. d. Bot. Verein d. 
Prov. Brand. 21: 157. 1879. 

D. decipiens Warnstorf, Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 10: 392. 1895. 

Stems tall and moderately branched (5-14 dm. high), glabrous 
and purplish, internodes rather long, branches usually spreading : 
leaves undivided or some of the lower ones deeply parted near the 
base, lanceolate, elliptic-lanceolate, or elliptical, large (12-35 mm. x 
70-130 mm.), acuminate, tapering. at the base, coarsely and sali- 
ently serrate with sharp teeth, bright-green, the petiole slender (2—4 
cm. long), scarcely margined, or sometimes short and margined : 
heads of medium size, slightly broader than high (broadest 15 
mm.), on rather short peduncles; outer involucral bracts 4—5, lin- 
ear or spatulate, rarely much exceeding the disk, not ciliate ; inner 
bracts about 8, brownish, oblong-ovate to elliptic-oblong, mostly 


— "a 


414 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 


obtuse (7-8 mm. long): ray flowers rarely present, ligule golden- 
yellow, oblong, one half longer than the disk, ovary short and 
broad, awnless, hairy: corolla of the disk flowers of medium size 
(2.5-3.5 mm.), equaling the awns, upper portion oblong, 5- 
toothed, abruptly contracted into a lower portion which is as long 
as the upper: stamens exserted : mature achenes (4-6 mm. long), 
cuneate, very slightly contracted at the top, outer 3-angled and 
often 3-awned, inner 4-angled and 4-awned, dark-green or black, 
covered with brcwn or yellow warts, slightly hairy, barbs on the 
margins either erect or retrorse even upon the same achene, sum- 
mit slightly convex ; awns !4—7; the length of the achene, down- 
wardly (rarely upwardly) barbed. 

Massachusetts and New Hampshire to Virginia and westward to 
Missouri and Minnesota. 

Specimens examined from :— Massachusetts : ich, Collins, 
Boott, Williams, et al. New Hampshire: Deane. Rhode Island : 
Providence, Thurber. Connecticut: Jafo& (with rays) New 
York: Townsend, Vail, et al. (many from Ithaca). Ontario: Lake 
Erie, Macoun; St. Catharines, McCalla. New Jersey: Torrey; 
Nash. Virginia: Curtiss. Ohio: Selby, no. 6 (up-barbed). Illi- 
nois: Wolf, no. 155; Hall. Missouri: Bush, по. 36. Minne- 
sota: Taylor. | 


BIDENS CONNATA PINNATA Watson, А. Gray, Man. Bot. 284. 1890 
[ed. 6]. 


Stem rather stout (40-70 cm.), much branched from near the 
base : leaves pinnately divided into from 4 to 6 pairs of narrowly 
linear (10-20 mm. long), acute, entire or incised distant divisions : 
heads numerous, similar to the type; chaff reddish tipped: 
achenes small, blackish, nearly smooth ; awns slender, downwardly 
barbed as are also the margins of the achenes. 


Vicinity of St. Paul, Minnesota. 

Specimen examined: Richfield, Minn., Couillard, (type). 
(Also Ramsey Co., Sandberg, Minn. Bot. Stud., p. 572.) 

Bidens connata is apparently confined entirely to the Northern 
States and is not found in the South as has heretofore been sup- 
posed. The southern plant seems in all case to be 7. comosa in- 
stead. Д. connata is very common throughout New England, the 
Middle States and the Mississippi valley, growing preferably in very 
wet soil, and is characteristic of ditches and wet swamps. 


ey Уу DP ОЧУ Ч ы, zd 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 415 


This species is one of the most variable of the whole group 
almost all portions of the plant being subject to change. In New 
England the leaves are shorter petioled, while in the West the 
petioles are often very long (4 ст.). Some specimens from the 


Eastern and Middle States have much narrower, nearly sessile 


leaves. Specimens from Ithaca, N. Y., and Ohio (Selby) as well 
as one in the National Herbarium collected by Dr. Vasey near 
Washington have upwardly barbed awns but other characters the 
same as in the type. At Ithaca these upwardly barbed plants 
grow over a considerable area almost to the exclusion of the nor- 
mal form ; but many transitional specimens were found in which 
the awns bore barbs extending in either direction. In addition to 
these variations one often finds in sphagnous bogs and especially 
on decaying logs along the borders of lakes, pools and slow-flow- 
ing streams a very small form (5—20 cm.) bearing one or two few- 
flowered oblong heads, and small, spatulate-oblong, petioled, 
nearly entire leaves. However, when the place of growth becomes 
more congenial it seems to pass directly into the normal form. 

A very interesting form is the var. pinnata Wats. from Minne- 
sota. It seems to have a very limited range, being confined to 
two or three localities in the vicinity of St. Paul. The pinnate 
finely divided leaves and smoothish achenes make it a very con- 
spicuous plant and almost specifically distinct, The limited distri- 
bution at first suggested its being a hybrid ; but no other species 
is known that could give such a combination of characters with B. 
connata. It should be looked for in other districts of the West. 

The question as to whether Muhlenberg's type was really this 
species or P. comosa is a somewhat perplexing one. It seems, 
however, to be now quite definitely settled that the present interpre- 
tation is correct, both from a study of the original description, and 
from specimens which Prof Ascherson has compared with the 
Muhlenberg material at Berlin, and which the writer has had an 
opportunity to examine through the kindness of Dr. Robinson. 

D. connata* has in recent years found its way into Europe. 


* The literature upon the occurrence of B. connata in Europe is as follows : 

Warnstorf, Verhand. d. Bot. Verein. d. Prov. Brandenb. 21 : .I57. 1879. Oes- 
terr. Bot. Zeitschr. 10: 392. 1895; 12:475. 1895. Bot. Gaz. 25 : 58. 1898. 

Ascherson, Verhand. d. Bot. Verein. d. Prov. Brandenb. 37: L. 1895; 38: 
LIII. 1896. 39: XC. 1897. 


MEM uo s 


416 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 


First reported in 1879 by Warnstorf from a locality in Germany 
(as B. tripartita fallax), it was later found in other localities by the 
same person, and is now known to be widely spread over Central 
Europe. Along with it was found another Bidens identified as P. 
frondosa, then a novelty for Germany, but having many years pre- 
viously been introduced into Italy. From the description given it 
is not quite clear whether this is our P. frondosa or D. melanocarpa, 
but probably the latter. 

Bidens connata is closely related to P. tripartita of Europe and 
more remotely with B. /aevis. In North America it is one of the 
most distinct of all species of Bidens. From B. tripartita it may 
be distinguished by its 4-awned and angled, tuberculate achenia, 
and orange flowers ; from 7. /aevis by the tuberculate achenia, ab- 
sence of rays and more petioled leaves ; and from B. melanocarpa 
by the 4-awned achenia and usually simple leaves. The flow- 
ering period of this species is from September 1 to October r. 


8. BIDENS cERNUA L. Sp. Pl. 832. 1753 


Also Willd. Sp. Pl.; Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept.; Bigelow, Fl. Bost.; 
Eh Dan. M. 447; DC. Prod; Тов: Fl. NU. 8; 108 G- FIN 
A.; Gray, Synop. Fl. N. A.; Macoun, Cat. Can. PI. 

В. cernua minima Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 1717. 1804. 

B. minima Huds. Fl. Ang. 310. 1762; L. Sp. РІ. 1165, ed. 
2; Fl. Dan. X. 322. 

Pale throughout : stem rather low (20-70 cm., rarely a meter), 
erect, glabrous, stramineous or reddish, sometimes sparsely hispid ; 
branches short, rarely exceeding the subtending leaves, decreasing 
in length down the stem: leaves long and narrow, undivided, 
lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, sessile and more or less connate by 
a broad base, only slightly contracted below the middle, acuminate, 
serrate with coarse acute spreading distant teeth (or in coast plants, 
with smaller teeth) (6-16 cm. long): heads very large especially in 
fruit (disk 1.5—2.5 cm. broad), broader than high, before anthesis 
erect, becoming strongly cernuous in fruit, on short rather stout 
peduncles (2-4 cm.), often appearing clustered; outer involucre 
about 114-3 times the length of the disk, bracts 7—8, obtusish, un- 
equal, entire, linear or linear-lanceolate, spreading or reflexed ; 
inner bracts about 8, ovate-oblong or oval, acutish, olive-yellow ; 
chaff rarely if ever colored: ray flowers usually present, ligule 
pale or bright yellow, about 17 longer than the disk, narrowly 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES ОЕ BIDENS 417 


elliptic, obtuse, caducous, ovaries short and broadly-oblong, 
glabrous except the strongly retrorse margins, summit truncate 
and without awns: corolla of the disk flowers large (4-5 mm.), 
pale or deep yellow, longer than the awns, campanulate-oval above, 
very abruptly contracted into a lower portion which is longer than 
the upper, 5-toothed: stamens slightly exserted : achenes small 
(5-6 mm.), olive, narrowly cuneate, slightly dilated at the summit, 
glabrous, margins strongly, almost serrately retrorse-barbed, rarely 
tuberculate except on the margins, strongly carinate on both faces 
(almost 4-angled), carinae retrorse, summit convex ; awns 4 (14 
length of achene), straight, retrorsely barbed. 


Nova Scotia (Macoun) and Canada to North Carolina, Mis- 
souri and westward to the Pacific coast. 

Specimens examined from :—Maine : Fernald (bog form); M. E. 
Hil, Parlin. Canada: Port Arthur, Britton; P. E. L, Macoun ; 
Quebec, Berg; Ont., MeCalla, Scott. New Hampshire: Deane, 
Robinson, no. 400. Massachusetts: Rich, Collins. Rhode Island: 
Thurber, Olney. New York: Kearney, Dudley, DeForest, Du- 
Bois, Townsend, Schrenk. New Jersey: Parker, Britton. Dela- 
ware (? Zatnall, awns 2). Virginia: Curtiss. Maryland: Shriver. 
North Carolina : Huger (Waynesville). Tennessee : Ruth. Illinois: 
Chapman, DeForest. Missouri: Engelman. Lake Superior: Lor- 
ing. Wisconsin: Gilman. “Wyoming: Nelson, по. 1707. Mon- 
tana: Scribner, no. 108. Saskatchewan : Bourgeau. Oregon: 
Lyall, Washington: Szksdorf, no. 1592. British Columbia: 
Macoun, по. 458. California: Michener and Bioletti. 


Bidens cernua elliptica var. nov. 


B. cernua, in part, of many authors. 

D. chrysanthemoides Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept.; Torr. Fl. N. Y. (in 
part); Darl. Fl. Cest.; Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. 

B. chrysanthemoides var. д T. & С. Fl. № A. 2: 353. 1842. 

? B. cernua Coreopsis Willd. Sp. Pl. 1716. 1804; Pursh, FI. 
Am. Sept. 

? Coreopsis Bidens L. Sp. Pl. 908. 1753. In part. 

Plant much larger than the type (.5—1.5 m.), and more bushy- 
branched, the branches often exceeding the leaves, those at the 
middle of the stem longest: leaves larger (10-18 cm. x 2—4 cm.), 
elliptic-lanceolate or elliptical, acuminate, conspicuously tapering 
toward the base which is but slightly connate, more evenly and 


Кк 


418 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 


closely serrate: heads as in the type but more numerous: rays 
variable but commonly longer than in the type (1%-2 times 
length of disk). 

Massachusetts to Kentucky, and westward to Kansas and the 
Pacific coast. 

Specimens examined from : — Massachusetts : Zuckerman, 
Faxon, Chambers, Swan, Collins, Young, Frohock. Connecticut: 
Eaton. New York: Stewart, Wiegand. New Jersey: Haxamer 
and Maier. Pennsylvania: Brinton. Kentucky: Short, Kearney - 
no. 475. Illinois: Bebb, Kansas, Riley Co., Carleton. Wyoming : 
Nelson, no. 2724. British Columbia: Macoun, no. 457. Wash- 
ington: Swksdorf, no. 932, 933. Oregon: Cusick. 


Bidens cernua integra var. nov. 


Large and stout, resembling var. (рса, but the large leaves 
are not so much narrowed at the broad connate base, and are 
minutely serrate or nearly entire. 

Missouri and Nebraska. 

Specimens examined :—Missouri : Jackson Co., Bush, по. 165 
and no. 34. Nebraska: Hooker Co., Rydberg, no. 1697; at 
Ainsworth, Clements, no. 2920. 

Bidens cernua is one of the most widely distributed species of 
the genus, and is found throughout Europe and Asia as well as 
across the entire northern portion of North America. It grows 
preferably in very damp situations or in water, and in most 
parts of the eastern United States may be found abundant in 
ditches, along the borders of wet swamps, and especially on the 
muddy banks of lakes and rivers. 

It is exceedingly variable in stature, foliage and length of in- 
volucre and rays.  Nnumerous specimens also connect the 
type with 4. /aevis by an almost complete chain of intermediate 
forms. The essential characters of these two species are almost 
exactly the same, and one must depend for specific distinction on 
those characters to which is due the difference їп general appear- 
ance. However, certain lines сап be drawn which are fairly dis- 
tinct, and in the interest of clearness it seems much better to break 
up the group as has here been done. 

The specimens representing the typical form resemble very 


ЕУ a RN geo АА ~~ > A NETT oe a КМУ „Аа ТЮ "Y "TIPP ANT Wa Vi eee. ME |l a „мА RS Ra 4d | 


4 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES ОЕ BIDENS 419 


closely those of Europe, although more commonly radiate. 
They are all plants of low or medium stature, having large, more or 
less clustered heads with rays scarcely longer than the disk, some- 
times entirely wanting ; and what is more important, long, linear- 
lanceolate leaves, broad at the base and acuminate, with distant 
teeth. The heads are somewhat paler in color and the lower are 
on short branches close to the stem. 

The plants may flower when very small and dwarf. Such 
specimens usually have a large involucre and shorter more entire 
leaves. In addition, there is a bog form analogous to the one 
described under B. connata. These plants grow on floating logs 
and in Sphagnum, and are very dwarf (4-14 cm.), with very small 
(2-4 cm.) spatulate entire leaves. On the other end of the log, 
however, may be larger specimens easily recognized as normal. 
This form is possibly the Æ. лла of Hudson, but in this coun- 
try at least it is evidently not to be distinguished from the type. 

A comparatively distinct form has been separated as var. 
elliptica. The large size of the plant, the broader leaves tapering 
at the base and closer serratures together with the longer rays has 
led to its being included often with the next species, but a com- 
parison of the specimens shows that it is much more closely re- 
lated to P. cernua. The shorter rays and foliaceous involucre are 
the best characters by which it may be separated from P. laevis. 

D. cernua, like many other species of the genus which enter 
the confines of Missouri, has undergone variation. The form 
here described as var. zzfegra is very distinct in appearance, and 
constant enough to warrant its separation. The flowering period 
of B. cernua is from Aug. то to Oct. 15. 


9. BibENs LaEVis (L) B.S.P. Prelim. Cat. N. Y. 29. 1888. 

Helianthus laevis L. Sp. Pl. 90б. 1753. PI. Gronov. 

Bidens chrysanthemoides Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 136. 1803. 
Also of Willd. Sp. Pl.; DC. Prod.; Elliot, Fl. S. C.; Torr. Fl. N. 
DS T € Go Fl М. А. var. a and у. 

Bidens quadriaristata DC. Prod. 5: 595. 1836. 

Coreopsis Bidens Walt. Fl. Car. 215. 1788. 

? Coreopsis perfoliata Walt. Fl. Car. 

Stem (.5—1 m. tall) glabrous, tinged with purple, erect, branches 


490 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES or BIDENS 


ascending, longer than the leaves and all borne above the middle 
of the stem : leaves simple, small or of medium size (7-13 cm.) 
lanceolate or more commonly elliptic-lanceolate, glabrous, scarcely 
paler beneath, more or less contracted toward the sessile base, 
rarely clasping, acute or short acuminate, serrate with small incon- 
spicuous teeth, rarely the upper slightly connate : heads of medium 
size (disk 15-22 mm. broad) on long (3-10 cm.) slender pedicels, 
globular or rarely in fruit broader than high; outer involucral 
bracts 7-8, equaling or but slightly longer than the disk, bracts 
linear to spatulate-linear, slightly ciliate or glabrous, nearly equal, 
slightly fleshy, obtusish, appressed or spreading, often crisp-wavy 
in drying; inner bracts about 8, oval, stramineous, equaling the 
disk ; chaff usually reddish-tipped : ray flowers present, the ligule 
very large (2-3 cm. x 8—14 mm .), elliptical or oval, rounded at 
the apex, golden-yellow : ovaries short-oblong, glabrous except 
the retrorse margin, summit truncate, awnless : corolla of the disk 
flowers deep- yellow, large (4.5-5 mm. long), equaling or exceed- 
ing the awns, campanulate-oval above, very abruptly contracted 
into a basal portion which is slightly longer than the upper, lobes 
5, spreading : stamens long-exserted: achenes in fruit (6-9 mm. 
long) evenly cuneate from the summit, not dilated at the top, 
glabrous, flattish or rarely slightly carinate on one face, strongly 
and almost serrately retrorse on the margins, olive-green, convex 
at the summit : awns 2—4, 17—24 the length of the achene, down- 
wardly barbed. 

Massachusetts to Georgia (?) along the coast, and in Central 
New York. Possibly also in Mexico. 

Specimens examined from :—Massachusetts : Боо ; Essex Co., 
Oakes; Dedham, Harris; Acton, Swan; Andover, Young ; 
Rhode Island: Zhurber. New York : Cayuga Marshes, (лоп; 
Oswego Co., Rowlee ; Torr. Herb. (№. Y. ?). New Jersey: Pog- 
genburg (?) ; Hudson Co., Hexamer and Maier (anomalous); Brin- 
ton. Delaware: Britton, Тапай. Virginia: Hollick and Britton. 
North Carolina, Dinwiddee at Raleigh. 

D. laevis as here limited contains a group of very similar forms. 
They are characterized by a more slender habit than 2. cernua, 
and more ascending branches all near the summit of the stem ; 
the leaves are smaller, the involucral bracts decidedly shorter and 
thicker, and the achenes are less strongly carinate; but what is 
still more important, the whole plant when in flower has a dis- 
tinctly helianthoid appearance quite distinct from Æ. cernua. The 
character as to whether the heads are cernuous or not is of some- 


Tw ДИ rmm "ww = - "wa eer. Ss Б 6 аы —H— E m "m ч w | 


WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES ОЕ BIDENS " 491 


what questionable value. In the present species they are often 
slightly nodding in fruit. Many specimens named 7. /aevis in the 
herbaria are simply plants of 4. cernua just coming into flower at 
which time the heads of that species may also be erect. 

Recent botanists have substituted the name 7. /aevis L. for 
the Д. chrysanthemoides of Michaux. Whether this should be 
done or not depends on one's attitude regarding the interpretation 
of Linnaean names. The recent practice has been to interpret the 
species of Linnaeus as far as possible by his citation of the older 
authors ; and indeed in many cases this is the only way in which 
the species can be recognized. But in this case it is found that 
while the unusually long description of Helianthus laevis is contra- 
dictory to a conception of Bidens, the figure of Gronovius there 
cited represents without doubt the B. crysanthemordes Mx. How- 
ever, notwithstanding this contradiction, it seems preferable even 
here to apply the custom of interpretation by citation, and conse- 
quently the name 7. /aevis has been used in this paper. 

B. laevis is really a coast plant and except in one or two in- 
stances seems never to penetrate far inland. The New York. 
specimens indicate that this species also is a member of the little 
community of coast plants growing isolated in Central New-York, 
and of which Listera australis is a member. The most southerly 
specimens examined were from North Carolina, but it seems prob- 
able that the species extends even as far as Georgia. The flower- 
ing period is from August 15th to October 5th. 

Although this species normally has an involucre scarcely ex- 
ceeding the disk, two or three large coarse plants with leaves 16 
cm. long from New Jersey (Centre Square, Brinton), and Dela- 
ware (Wilmington, Tattnall) have bracts approaching those of 2. 
cernua in length and foliaceous character; but the achenes are of 
B. laevis. 


IO. BipENs Nasu Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 481. 1898 
B. chrysanthemoides var. 3, T. & С. Fl. N. A. 2: 353. 1842. 


Plant tall and rather stout (30-80 cm.), glabrous and more or 
less succulent, simple or with a few short erect branches near the 
summit; internodes often long: leaves ascending thickish (5-12 
cm. x 20-35 mm.), oblong-lanceolate to oblanceolate-oblong, 
broader than in Д. /aevis, from barely acute to acuminate at the 


422 WIEGAND: SOME SPECIES OF BIDENS 


apex, slightly contracted toward the broad sessile, but scarcely 
connate base which in the upper leaves is very broad ; veins incon- 
spicuous, margins serrate with very fine teeth or nearly entire : 
heads few or often solitary (disk 15-20 mm. broad), erect or 
slightly nodding on long erect peduncles (2-7 cm.); outer involu- 
cral bracts 8, nearly equal, not exceeding the disk, fleshy, linear to 
linear-spatulate obtuse, glabrous, appressed or spreading ; inner 
bracts oval acutish ; chaff yellow : ray flowers present, ligules very 
large (15-35 mm. long x 10-12 mm. wide), elliptic, obtuse, deep- 
yellow; ovaries oblong, glabrous except the retrorse margins, 
truncate and. without awns: corolla of the disk flowers large (4 
mm.), deep yellow, equaling the awns, oblong-campanulate above, 
abruptly contracted into a slender basal portion, 5-toothed: stamens 
long-exserted ; achenes in fruit small (5-6 mm.) narrow, cuneate, 
slightly contracted at the truncate or concave summit, flat, 1-nerved 
on outer face, margins retrorse, almost serrate : awns 2-3 (24-34 
length of achene), erect, retrorsely barbed. 

Florida to Southern California. 

Specimens examined from :— Florida : Chapman, Nash, Leon 
Co., no. 2336. Louisiana: Hale, no. 403 (type of T. & С. var.), 
Carpenter. Texas: Lindheimer, no. 435; Rio Grande, Schott. 
California : San Bernardino, Wright ; Los Angeles, Brewer, no. 91 ; 
San Francisco, Bolander, no. 2405. 

The three specimens of this species cited by Dr. Small in the 
original description, from Florida and Louisiana, differ from the 
Californian and Texan plants only in the less acute leaves, while 
the essential characters remain the same. 

As appearing in the herbarium this species is quite different 
from B. /aevis in general appearance, due mostly to its fleshy char- 
acter, small serratures and broad leaf base. The achenes also seem 
to be slightly narrowed at the top and truncate after the manner of 
В. connata. The differences seem constant enough to warrant its 
recognition as a species. 


CORNELL UNIVERSITY, 


PCM Ma NE uns. c lr PRECARI ea RR ЗРО res ТТ 


Studies in the Asclepiadaceae.—lV 
By ANNA MURRAY VAIL | 
1. NOTES ON SOME OLD TYPES, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN SPECIES 


ASCLEPIAS SCAPOSA Vail, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 171. 1898 
On a specimen of this species in Wright's New Mexican col- 
lection, no. 1683 in part, preserved in the Herbarium of the British 
Museum, I was fortunate to find a somewhat mature but complete 
flower, which through the courtesy of Mr. James Britten I was 
permitted to examine closely, so that to my former description I 
am able to add the following : 


Corolla-segments 5 mm. long, apparently white ; column short 
and broad; hoods of the corona barely exceeding the anthers, 
2—2.5 mm. high, white or whitish, slightly pendulous or saccate 
at base, 5-dentate at the apex ; central tooth rounded, the inter- 
mediate teeth acutish, the two ventral ones infolded, erect, slender, 
attenuated, nearly twice as long ; horn arising from about the middle 
of the hood, slender, exserted ; anther-wings salient and somewhat 
rounded at the base, apparently entire. 


In floral structure allied to A. guinguedentata Gray and to A. 
Palmeri Vail, but its low habit and solitary terminal peduncle are, 
with few exceptions, rather unusual in the genus. I have seen 
only four specimens of it, the one in the Herbarium of Columbia 
University (Wright, no. 1684 in part), a fragment in Herb. Gray 
from the same collection (no. 1683 in part), the specimen men- 
tioned above, and the one referred to below. In the first three 
cases it has been distributed with A. /ongicornu Benth. and А. 
parviffora Willd. (A. perennis parvula Gray). The fourth speci- 
men is in the Herbarium of the Missouri Botanic Garden and is on 
a sheet with a specimen of (probably) A. /ongicornu Benth. in fruit 
only, the label bearing the following inscription: “ No. 7, sc. 
longicornu, Wright, 1851." 


Asclepias parvula (A. Gray) 
Asclepias parvifolia Willd.» Torr. Mex. Bound. Surv. 164. 
1859. Not Ait. 1789. 
(423) 


494 VAIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 


Asclepias perennis var. parvula (A. Gray) Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 
70. 1876. 

Asclepias nivea Hemsl. Biol. Centr. Am. 2: 325 and 4: 69. 
1881-2. Not Linn. 1753. 


Pale gray-green throughout. Stem woody at the base, 3 dm. 
high, or more, erect, pubescent, often branched above: leaves 
short-petioled ; blades lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, tapering at 
each end, 4—6 cm. long, rather thick and coriaceous, glabrous or 
minutely puberulent above, puberulent beneath on the veins and 
revolute margins: peduncles 3-9, terminal and lateral, 1—4 cm. 
long; umbels 10—20-flowered: corolla white, small; column 
slender ; hoods hastately sagittate at the base, not exceeding the 
anthers; horn falcate, thin, exserted, inflexed over the anthers: 
anther-wings narrow, entire at the salient base : follicles slender- 
fusiform, tapering to each end, 7-9 cm. long, glabrous: seeds 7 
mm. long, red-brown, very thin, glabrous; coma 2-3 cm. long, 
abundant. 


Mexican Boundary Survey, Head of Rock Creek, Bigelow, 
July 7, 1852; “ New Mexico,’ Wright; Texas: Havard, Neally ; 
Mexico: Palmer, no. 812. 

The Wright specimen [no. 1684 in part] enumerated here is 
in the Herbarium of Columbia University. No. 1683, also of 
Wright's collection, contains besides A. parvula some specimens 
of A. longicornu Benth. (the plant since described as Podostemma 
Emoryi Greene, Pitt. 3: 237), and some specimens of A. scaposa 
Vail. 

Stelmagonum ? Holtonii 


A low perennial herb. Root slender, vertical: stems slender, 
twining above, granular-puberulent and thinly hirsute with stiff 
spreading hairs, the lower portion with small corky-barked ridges : 
leaves opposite, on slender, granulose-puberulent and hirsute, 
1.5-2.5 cm. long petioles ; blades ovate-cordate, 3—4 cm. long, 
1.5-2 cm. wide, acuminate at the apex, basal lobes rounded with 
narrow open sinus, granular-puberulent and with a few scat- 
tered short stiff hairs above, granular-puberulent and with 
more numerous stiff hairs beneath, especially on the veins, mar- 
gins ciliate: flowers 4—7 in short-peduncled bracteolate cymes : 
peduncles axillary, 3 cm. long; pedicels 4-5 mm. long, the brac- 
teoles subulate, very small, persistent: calyx 5-parted to below 
the middle, 2-3 mm. long, granular-puberulent and ciliate ; 
segments acuminate, with an erect subulate gland in each sinus: 
corolla campanulate, 7-8 mm. long ? or more, 5-parted to a 


Ажы ААА, л! 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 425 


little below the middle, minutely granular-puberulent on the 
outer surface; segments oblong, obtuse, glabrous within; crown 
cohering to the corolla and to the raised gynostegium, cup- 
shaped, 5-lobed, each lobe abruptly contracted into a slender, linear 
r mm. long, erect ligule: stigma rounded, scarcely depressed : 
pollinia orbicular, horizontal or ascending on rather broad, winged 
caudicles ; corpuscle nearly rhombic. Follicles not seen. 


New Grenada: Goudot ; Flora Neogranadina-Magdalena, І. Е. 
Holton, Opia, no. 461, Dec., 1852. 

Both of these specimens are in the Kew Herbarium and a 
duplicate of the Holton number is in the Herbarium of Columbia 
University. 

| Mellichampia ligulata (Benth.) 

Enslenia ligulata Benth. Pl. Hartw. 290. 1848. 

Mellichampia rubescens A. Gray ; S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 22: 
437. 1887. 

For some time past I have suspected the identity of Meli- 
champia with Enslenia ligulata and through the courtesy of the 
Director of the Royal Gardens at Kew, I have obtained a tracing 
of the type of the latter plant which confirms the suspicion. Be- 
sides the type from Aguas Calientes, South Mexico, it has been col- 
lected in the State of Jalisco, at Guadalajara, by Dr. Palmer, no. 
280, July-October, 1886, and by C. G. Pringle, in copses near 
Guadalajara, no. 5432, Aug., 1893. Мг. Hemsley (Biol. Centr. 
Am. 2: 358) also quotes a specimen without locality from Herb. . 
Pavon as belonging to this species. The specimens distributed as 
Enslenia ligulata by Pringle (no. 4494) and Ampelanus ligulata by 
A. A. Heller (no. 1899) are species of Roulinia. 


I, THE TYPES OF GONOLOBUS MICHAUX AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES IN 
VINCETOXICUM WALTER 


The types of the three species of Gonolobus (Michx. Fl. Bor. 
Am. I: 119) are preserved in the Herbarium of the Museum in 
the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, where they are represented by several | 
specimens each, all in a somewhat fragmentary condition, though 
quite recognizable and agreeing with the descriptions. In the 
Richard Herbarium (Herbarium of M. Drake del Castillo, Paris) 
the actual specimens owned and described by Richard in the ЕІ. 
Bor. Am. can be seen and they are in every way exact duplicates 


Lie a. a GJ 


426 VAIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 


of the plants in the Michaux Herbarium proper, but are appar- 
ently more carefully labeled and named than those in the Museum. 
These last were annotated by Dr. Gray. The first sheet there has as 
inscription “Cynanchum macrophyllum capsulis angulosis " and is ap- 
parently the plant previously named Vincetoxicum gonocarpos Walt. 
and the plant which Dr. Gray (Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 75) recog- 
nized as Gonolobus laevis var. macrophyllus. The specimen in the 
Richard Herbarium has the name “ G. macrophyllus” and habitat 
“ In silvis Caroliniae’’ on the sheet and is the same plant as the one 
in the Herb. Michaux. > 

The second species, Gonolobus hirsutus, is more difficult of de- 
termination as of course I was not able to make a dissection of the 
flower and the species is not so readily recognized as the first. 
There are muricate follicles in both collections and in Herb. Rich- 
ard two racemes, one dark purple and the other very faded, dull 
greenish and shrunken; the leaves are large and the plant could 
be referred as readily to G. Carolinensis as to G. hirsutus. It is 
apparently identical with the plants that have been named G. %ir- 
sutus var. flavidulus. (See plants collected by Dr. Mellichamp at 
Bluffton, S.C., and so named by Dr. Gray). Since seeing these types, 
I have examined a long series of the G. hirsutus and var. flavidu- 
lus and also G. Carolinensis and have come to the conclusion that 
it will take very critical study and much more material, especially 
fresh material, to determine whether there are really two species 
there or only one. The coronal characters are difficult to reach in 
the dried plants and in the specimens which have passed through my 
hands I have found every form of crenation, both regular and ir- 
regular and great variation in the thickness of the crown-margin 
and also numerous instances in which the thickened alternate cre- 
nations have a very pronounced horn-like process within. Some- 
times these last characters showed themselves in all stages of 


. development from a faint obscure ridge near the apex of the crown- 


segment to a sharply incurved tooth. These again were to be 
found on one or two of the segments and again on every one of 
them. So far as I have been able to note, these characters are 
constant on the same plant. In some specimens the crown is 
uniformly thin, entirely lacking the alternate thickened divisions 
of the descriptions, others again have the thin geminate teeth 


АКЕ УЛЕА КОА АКК CURRUS CHRIS TATUR e IE T ERES 
ES abes VS x y bur IT * a 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 427 


claimed for G. Carolinensis and the quadrate alternate divisions 
belonging to G. hirsutus. It seemed entirely impossible with the 
material at hand to draw any fast or hard line between them. The 
pollinia that have very marked characters in the other species seem 
to be about the same in these two species and I could not find any 
differences between those of the flowers labeled G. /ursutus and of 
those called С. Carolinensis. 

These two Michauxian species constituted the older genus 
Vincetoxicum of Walter which leaves the third species G. /aevis 
as the type of the genus Gonolobus. 

The type of Gonolobus laevis is somewhat of a curiosity. 
There is quite a good deal of it, small pieces mostly, but all 
of the specimens in the two collections agree and point unmis- 
takably to the plant since called Zs/ema albida Nutt. (Am- 
pelanus albida Britt., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 314). In the 
Michaux Herbarium there are on a sheet a small specimen of G. 
suberosus? (the name and query are in Dr. Gray's* handwriting), 
one angled follicle and one raceme, noted as G. /aevis, also by 
Dr. Gray, and two more leaves and two follicles. The old labels 
" and “Gonolobus laevis, Пито.” 
In the Richard Herbarium the specimens, consisting of some 


read “Cynanchum capsulis laevis 


leaves and one angled follicle, are much worm-eaten. They are 
all, except the fragment of G. suberosus, Enslenia albida. This 
will clear up the discrepancy of the original description of б. 
laevis with the plants that have passed as such. “ Folits quasi 
conoideo-cordatis, sensim acutis nervis tautum minutissime puberulis” 
describes certainly the leaves of Eus/enia albida, but scarcely ac- 
curately those of the so-called Gonolobus laevis. The synonymy 
of this plant should therefore be as follows : 


GOoNOLOBUS LAEVIS Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. I: 119. 1803 


Enslenia albida Nutt. Gen. Am. I: 164. 1818. 
Ampelanus albidus Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 314. 


1894. 


* Gonolobus suberosus and С. macropAy//us are very close in general appearance, 
though the former has commonly yellowish-green leaves, with truncate base, and the 
latter darker green leaves that have notably large rounded basal and often overlapping 
lobes. 


Ls. rebas nd adi "| E Uc 


un ur - 


а "8 


428 VAIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 


The type of this species is from Illinois, where it is not infre- 
quently met with on river-banks and in thickets. It has.a wide 
range, eastward and southward. The specimen quoted from 
Washington, D. C., as Vincetoxicum gonocarpos laevis in Britton & 
Brown, Illustrated Flora, 3: 18, is in fruit and is the true Gonolo- 
bus laevis. Michx. (Herb. Columbia University). 

A second species Gonolobus volubilis (Mematuris volubilis 
Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Imp. Mosc. 21: 254. 1848.  Ewslenia 
volubilis Karst. Fl. Columb. 2: 117. Pl. 162. 1866) occurs 
near Pt. Cabello, U. S. of Colombia. 


VINCETOXICUM sUBEROsUM (L.) Britt, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 5: 
266. 1894. 


Cynanchum suberosum L. Sp. Pl. 212. 1753. Dill. Hort. Elth. 
300. pl. 229. f. 296, excluding Hort. Cliff and Gron. 27. 

Gonolobus suberosus К. Br. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2, 82. 1811. 

Dr. Gray * has written the history of this species and in addition 
to his notes it may be of interest to point out that the plant 
* Apocynum scandens fruticosum fungoso cortice Brastlianum.” 
Herm. Parad. 53 is probably the plant since referred to /éatia, and 
is not the specimen of the Hortus Cliffortianus which resembles it 
only as to the corky, ridged bark of the stems. The Cliffort plant 
can be seen in the Herbarium of the British Museum and is diffi- 
cult to identify as it is a mere fragment, but the character of the 
stem should make it easily recognizable were there more available 
material of the same species for comparison. 

I venture to describe the following species as new. 


Vincetoxicum Floridanum. 


Puberulent throughout. Stems very slender, hirsute with few 
short, scattered hairs: leaves opposite ; petioles 5-20 mm. long, 
angled ; blades ovate, 2—5 cm. long, cordate, tapering to the acumi- 
nate apex, the basal lobes rounded, with open sinus, about equally 
puberulent with a fine soft pubescence on both surfaces; midvein ob- 
scurely bi-glandulose at the base above : racemes about the length 
of the petioles; pedicels 12 mm. long: calyx very small; seg- 
ments 2 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, with a subulate gland in each 
sinus : corolla dull greenish-purple, 5-parted to a little below the 


* Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 75. 1876. 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 429 


middle ; segments linear-lanceolate, acute, 3-5 m. long, somewhat 
fleshy, minutely puberulent, on the outer surface, glabrous within ; 
crown red-purple, saucer-shaped, with 5 broad undulations each 
bidentate at the callous thickened apex, and a smaller tooth on 
each side below the middle : stigma depressed, not 5-angled: pol- 
linia oblong, the caudicles broad and apparently not twisted? Fol- 
licles not seen. 


East Florida : Dr. Leavenworth. 

The specimen from which this description has been drawn is. 
in the Herbarium of Columbia University and was labeled by Dr. 
"  ]t was seen by Dr. Gray 
when he was working on the Asclepiadaceae for the Synoptical 
Flora and bears his note to the effect that it has “ short denticu- 
late lobes ” and on the Synoptical Flora label the doubtful one of 
“seemingly Gonolobus Carolineusis." It differs however from 


Torrey, Gonolobus “ macrophyllus. 


that species, as elsewhere ticketed by Dr. Gray in its much smaller, 
greenish flowers, and the crown which has not the regular divisions 
of that of Vincetoxicum Carolinensis, but especially in the inflores- 
cence which is irregularly racemose, whereas that of V. Carolinensis 
is more cymose and much longer pedicelled. 


Vincetoxicum crenatum 


A twining vine. Stems somewhat angled, papillose-puberulent 
and retrorsely hirsute with scattered short hairs: leaves opposite, 
on slender, striate, 3—5 cm. long petioles ; blades yellowish-green, 
6—9 cm. long, ovate, rather long-acuminate at the apex, cordate, 
basal lobes rounded with open or closed sinus, papillose-puberu- 
lent on both surfaces, paler beneath : inflorescence sub-corymbose ; 
peduncles 5-8 cm. long, 4-10-flowered; pedicels slender, 8—1 5 
mm. long, 1—2 bracteolate at base : calyx-segments ovate, acutish, 
puberulent outside, ciliate, glabrous, and with a subulate gland in 
each sinus within: corolla 13-14 mm. long, dull yellowish pur- 
ple, rotately spreading, ovate-conic in bud ; segments linear-ob- 
long, acutish, puberulent outside, glabrate within and vertically 
reticulated, sparingly and minutely hirsute below the sinus, trans- 
versely wrinkled and glabrous in the short tube: crown shallow, 
saucer-shaped, 5-сгепаќе ; lobes rounded, not exceeding the an- 
thers, each with a short, barely free internal process or appendage 
at about the middle ; process truncate at the apex : stigma 5-an- 
gled, not depressed: anther-appendages small, fleshy ; pollinia 
obliquely semi-orbicular, saccate and broader at the summit, 
dented at the angled base, caudicles and corpuscles short. Follicles 
not seen. 


480 VAIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 


Mexico: Barranca near Cuernavaca, State of Morelos, Pringle, 
no. 6388, July 27, 1895. 

Distributed as Gonolobus pilosus Benth. Resembling in habit 
Gonolobus angustilobus Rob. & Greenm. (Proc. Am. Acad, 29: 
388. 1894) from the State of Jalisco, but differing in its yellow- 
ish-green foliage, the more numerous flowers and the curiously 
reticulated character of the corolla. The leaves of G, angustilobus 
are grayish-green, the flower appears to be solitary and the corolla 
is not at all reticulated. Detailed floral characters of this last spe- 
cies, owing to lack of material, are not accurately known. 

In regard to the true Gonolobus pilosus Benth. (Pl. Hartw. 
289. 1848) it is perhaps worth noting that a specimen collected 
by Dr. Coulter, in Mexico, no. 975, is preserved in the Herbarium 
of Columbia University. This number is quoted by Hemsley 
(Biol. Centr. Am. 2 : 333) as belonging to Gonolobus pilosus Benth. 
It coincides in every respect with the description of that species. 
The flowers are at least 3.5 cm. in diameter when open, and are 
of a dark, dull reddish-purple. The calyx-segments and bracte- 
oles are over 13 mm, long, ovate, acutish and foliaceous. The 
crown is barely 5-parted, lacerate-denticulate along the whole 
margin, each division with an adnate, thickened internal appendage 
which is laciniate апа barely free at the broadly quadrate summit. 
The pollinia are remarkably large, obliquely oblong, rounded at 
the base and somewhat saccate, slightly tapering to the curved 
caudicles ; corpuscle broadly obovate at the apex, abruptly con- 
tracted to the much narrower rounded base. The hyaline anther- 
tips are conspicuously large. 


Vincetoxicum Greggii 


Gonolobus productus Torr. Mex. Bound. Surv, 165. 1859. In 
part. a 


A slender, twining vine. Stems minutely puberulent and hir- 
sute with short scattered hairs : leaves opposite ; petioles 5-15 mm. 
long; blades 1.5-3 cm. long, or more, ovate-hastate, long- 
acuminate at the apex, the basal lobes rounded with open sinus, 
rather thick, papillose-puberulent on both surfaces : inflorescence 
subcorymbose ; peduncles 1.2 cm. long, 5-8-flowered : calyx 2 (?) 
mm. long, minutely hirsute ; segments ovate-triangular, acute, with 
a subulate gland in each sinus: corolla subrotate, 6-7 mm. long ; 


VAIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 431 


crown 5-parted, to below the middle ; segments thick and fleshy, 
broadly rounded at the apex, each with an internal ligulate horn 
or process arising from near the base, exceeding the anthers and 
incurved over them: stigma 5-angled: pollinia quadrate on 
slender, winged caudicles, corpuscle narrowly oblong.  Follicles 
not seen. 


“ Slender vine-like plant, flower purplish,” Cadena, Mexico, 
Dr. Gregg, May 8, 1847. 

The specimen described here is in the Herbarium of Columbia 
University and was included by Dr. Torrey in his description of 
Gonolobus productus and was ticketed under that name by Dr. 
Gray when he revised the Torrey Collection for the Synoptical 
Flora. It is closely allied to Vincetoxicum acuminatum (Gonolo- 
bus acuminatus A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 21: 399. 1888-6) as well 
as to V. productum (Gonolobus productus Torr.) All three species 


belong in Dr. Gray's section Chthamala and without careful dis- ` 


section could scarcely be distinguished one from the other, except 
that V. Greggz has a more rotately spreading corolla than its con- 
geners. 

There are marked differences in the pollinia of the three species. 
In V. productum the pollinia are spreading and perhaps subpendu- 
lous, obliquely oblong, twisted (?) and somewhat bent or dented 
at the middle; the caudicles are apparently winged and the cor- 
puscle is oblong, also appearing as if winged. The pollinia of V. 
acuminatum are more truly horizontal, subovoid, rounded on one 
side and straight on the other, on broad caudicles, with a broad 
corpuscle. V. Greggz has ovoid-quadrate pollinia, with very 
slender, somewhat twisted caudicles and a slender oblong cor- 
puscle. In this last species the leaves are smaller than in the two 
others, the corolla is more rotately spreading, the crown is more 
deeply parted and the internal ligules are free and incurved over 
the anthers. The pollinia and crown characters of V. Greggii are 
also nearly those of Gonolobus bifidus Hemsley, but in that species 
the corolla is much smaller and truly rotate. In V. acumina- 
tum the crown-segments are quadrate at the apex and the internal 
processes are short, barely free at the apex. 


моь " 
Ke 


Contributions to a better Knowledge of the Pyrenomycetes—l: 
A Study of Miscellaneous Species. 


By Davip GRIFFITHS 


(WirH PLATES 365, 366) 


The following paper results from a study of a portion of my 
recent collections in this interesting group of fungi, and consists 
mainly of species from the Northwest, where the greater part of 
my collecting has been done. Of the species discussed 7»remato- 
sphaera caryophaga alone was collected east of South Dakota. 
The other species were either collected in South Dakota, Wyo- 
ming, or Montana, or cultivated upon herbage which was obtained 
from these states. 

During my investigations several species have been cultivated 
which are not recorded here, because of their extreme peculiarity 
and consequent necessity of obtaining more information regarding 
them. Some very peculiar modifications have been found in spe- 
cies of the genus Г/еоѕроға, developed under artificial conditions. 
In one instance a small quantity of an evident species of this 
genus developed perfectly superficial perithecia having radiating 
septate appendages, the whole having much the appearance ex- 
ternall of a perithecium of AErysibe. І find that some species 
of this genus develop very satisfactorily at times after being dried 
for several months. Опе immature species collected on dead 
culms of Poa Nevadensis in the Big Horn Mountains in August, 
1898, grew nicely on being placed in a moist chamber for a few 
weeks in March and April, 1899. If some method of inducing 
more of the Pyrenomycetes to become mature could be devised 
it would be a boon to the collector, for, if the experience of 
others in the least resembles mine they find about one half of their 
collections in this group either sterile or immature. 

The species of Sordaria recorded here are of special interest for 
several reasons. So far as I am aware, four of them have not been 
recorded before for this country. If once found they can be culti- 
vated very easily and made use of by the teacher in demonstra- 


(432) 


ТОЧИ 7. 


GRIFFITHS: PYRENOMYCETES 433 


tions. I know from experience that it is difficult for the young 
student to form a clear conception of how the asci and spores look 
within the perithecium although he actually sees them escape from 
it when it ruptures under the cover glass. With a good condenser 
one can make out the shape of the asci in these species quite well 
without rupturing the perithecium at all. This is especially true 
of such а polysporous form as S. curvicolla. I have in several in- 
stances been able to secure the perithecia of this species, before 
they were yet mature, showing one or two large asci protruding 
above the other younger ones, and having mature spores, while 
the others had only very young and imperfectly outlined ones 
within them. Аз the younger asci develop, the older ones rup- 
ture, and their spores escape through the ostiolum, forming a 
black globule on the top of the perithecium. This is also true, to 
a less degree, of the two species of Melanospora. 


Melanospora Poae sp. nov. 


Perithecia scattered or gregarious, superficial, thin, membran- 
ous, white turning to black and opaque, prolonged above into 
a curved or twisted beak once to twice the length of the perithe- 
cium, covered with. long delicate flexuous sparingly septate hairs, 
140-180 и x 500—600 pz: asci broadly clavate, short stipitate, evan- 
escent, without paraphyses, 10-13 4x 26-30 4: spores very vari- 
able, oblong or cuboidal with an apical grove and often flattened 
parallel to it, 4.5—5 и x 5.5-6.5 p. Pl. 336. f. 24-26. 

This species has been cultivated on dead culms and leaves of 
Poa Nevadensis collected in the Big Horn Mts., near Buffalo, 
Wyo., Aug., 1898 (Williams and Griffiths). The culms and 
leaves were thoroughly moistened and placed in a moist chamber 
on the r4th of March. Mature perithecia were found on the 29th 
of the same month—a remarkably short time for the develop- 
ment of this class of fungi. In order to make certain that the 
perithecia were not already partly developed before the material 
was placed in the moist chamber, two other cultures were made in 
April. This time the material was carefully examined, moistened 
and placed on sterilized filter paper in a Petri dish. Quite a growth 
of mycelium extended from the culms and leaves over the paper, 
and the perithecia were again developed entirely distinct from the 
dead herbage. In neither culture have I been able to find conidia. 


484 GRIFFITHS: PYRENOMYCETES 


There are plenty of Hyphomycetous conidia, especially those of 
Cladosporium and Alternaria, but no connection has been traced 
with any conidial form found on the herbage used. Attempts 
have been made to germinate the ascospores without success. It 
is hoped that they will grow later in the season and that pure cul- 
tures can then be made. 


Melanospora Townei sp. nov. 


Perithecia superficial, scattered, thin, membranous, transpar- 
ent, globular, covered uniformly with long straight or slightly 
wavy irregularly outlined hairs and surmounted by a cylindrical 
beak which terminates in a loose aggregation of straight or slightly 
wavy hairs of unequal length, white turning to light transparent 
umber and finally black, 225—300 y in diameter ; beak about equal ` 
to the diameter of the perithecium and 60 p in cross-section : 
asci very evanescent, broadly clavate to obovate, short-stipitate, 
8-spored, 30-40 и x 60-75 t: spores crowded, olivaceous, becom- 
ing dark and opaque, elliptical, 15-17 4 x 20-25 4; the slightly 
projecting truncate apices, when viewed endwise, are seen to have 
a relatively large hyaline pore in the flat truncate ends. 2/. 365. 
f. 19—22. 

At my request, Mr. J. R. Towne, of Aberdeen, S. D., sent me 
fresh material of Salsola kali tragus which was affected with vari- 
ous species of /Zyphomycetes. This material reached me on the 
19th of March, when it was placed immediately in a damp cham- 
ber and kept thoroughly moistened until the first of June. On 
the oth of May the beautiful white perithecia of the above species 
appeared in abundance. 

In about three days after the material was placed in culture 
there occurred a very luxuriant growth of a species of Alternaria. 
This completely covered the twigs with a dense black layer of 
spores and hyphae which promised to choke out anything else 
that might develop. About the rst of May this ceased to grow 
and all of the twigs were then covered with a layer of dormant 
Alternaria spores. When the perithecia appeared they were pro- 
duced perfectly superficial and loose on the top of these masses of 
spores. I was unable to trace any connection between them and 
any conidia or distinct mycelium, although some of them grew on 
the surface of the glass in close proximity to the twigs. All attempts 
to germinate these ascospores have thus far proved futile. 


GRIFFITHS: PyRENOMYCETES 435 


This species resembles M. leucotricha Cda. very much out- 
wardly, except that the perithecia are less hairy and the ostiolum 
less fimbriated. The spores and asci are, however, decidedly differ- 
ent although about equal in size. Specimens from Rehm’s Ascomy- 
cetes have slightly inequilateral spores with acute hyaline apiculi. 
I have not been able to find asci with mature spores in my speci- 
mens, but they are common in the European ones. The illustra- 
tion of the ascus in this paper was made from one in which the 
spores were just beginning to change color, because of my in- 
ability to get the asci with perfectly mature spores out of the 
perithecia without rupturing them. In fact the asci of this species 
are much like those of .Sordaria curvicolla as regards persistency. 
I have often found immature asci in perithecia which had a globu- 
lar mass of mature spores on the ostiolum, showing that there is 
a succession of development correlated, I judge, with the large size 
of the fully formed asci as compared with that of the perithecium. 
Some of the asci become mature, rupture, and allow their spores 
to escape, thereby giving room for other younger asci to develop. 


SORDARIA MINUTA Fckl. 


Perithecia superficial, scattered, thin, membranous, white to 
fuscous, and so transparent that the spore-bearing area which oc- 
cupies rather less than half the length of the perithecium can be 
readily distinguished, covered with short septate agglutinated hairs 
which are more prominent around the smooth, black, naked, conical, 
erect or curved apex, 140-180 x 360—510 m : asci paraphyseate, 
cylindrical, with a contracted stipe one half the length of spore- 
bearing portion, 4-spored, 15-18 4 x 100-110 j: spores monoseri- 
ate, elliptical, acutely pointed, olivaceous to black and opaque when 
mature, 13-144 x 16-22 y, terminating below in a hyaline straight 
or slightly curved gelatinous appendage one half the length of the 
spore. Z7. 365. f. 10-12. 

The asci are without exception 4-spored and uniseriate. Dr. 
Winter (Die deutschen Sordarien, Abhand. der Naturforsch. Gesell. 
zu Halle, 13 : 67—107. 1887) characterizes this species as having 
4- or 8-spored asci. But he also finds in many of his collections 
and cultures of German specimens that one or the other form is 
quite constant, while in still other material the two forms are 
mixed. 

Dead culms and leaves of Poa Nevadensis having on them 


486 GRIFFITHS: PYRENOMYCETES 


imperfectly developed perithecia of some of the Sphaeriales, prob- 
ably a Pleospora, were collected in the Big Horn Mts., near Buffalo, 
Wyo., at an altitude of about 8000 ft. in August, 1898 (Williams 
and Griffiths). On the 14th of April, 1899, this material was 
thoroughly soaked and placed in a moist chamber. On the 3d of 
May mature perithecia of the above were present in considerable 
numbers. They continued to develop for two weeks longer 
when the material became dry. No precautions were taken re- 
garding heat and moisture, the culms and leaves being cut into 
appropriate lengths to fit in an ordinary 3 %-inch Petri dish, thor- 
oughly moistened, and kept at laboratory temperature of about 
21? in another Petri dish of larger size. 


SORDARIA CURVULA DeB. 


Perithecia scattered, superficial but firmly attached by the base, 
conical, truncate, curved and blackened at the apex, thin, mem- 
branous, sparingly covered with septate fasciculated hairs which are 
more prominent around the base of the blackened apex, 275-375 & 
х 500-700 j^, spore-bearing area easily distinguished by trans- 
mitted light, asci paraphyseate, cylindrical-clavate, stipitate, 8- 
spored, 25-35 и x 160-200 и: spores biseriate with the two 
lower spores of the upper series overlapping the two upper spores 
of the lower series in the center of the spore-bearing portion of the 


| ascus, oval, 19-21 их 24—28 p, abruptly but acutely pointed, oliva- 


ceous to black with a gelatinous hyaline appendage at the lower 
end varying from one half to once the length of the spore. 7. 


365. f. 1-5. 

This differs in several particulars from S. curvula aloides Wint. 
as recorded for this country by Messrs. Ellis & Everhart in N. A. 
Pyreno. 129, and corresponds more closely with the typical Euro- 
pean species. The main differences occur in the characteristics of 
the hairs and the serial character of the spores. When the asci 
escape from the perithecium under the microscope they often ap- 
pear distorted, becoming inflated so as to render the ascus more 
or less oval in outline, but leaving the arrangement of the spores 
undisturbed. І have had this phenomenon occur in water, 2 % 
chrome-alum, and 5 45 caustic potash. Юг. Winter describes and 
figures a similar phenomenon in his specimens. 

Dead stems of Sa/sola kali tragus affected with a species of Ophio- 
bolus were collected at Aberdeen, S. D., in March, 1898. On the 


DOM AUC V ЖОЛ. Т 4 d be: Md. Е дА с У РТУТЬ сл. 6  — Е 
E s Ў : - mS 


GRIFFITHS : PYRENOMYCETES 437 


1oth of March, 1899, these stems were placed in a moist chamber 
under conditions similar to those described above for Poa Nevadensis. 
Mature perithecia of this species were first observed on April 7th. 
Subsequent cultures from the same material show the perithecia 
to develop in about three weeks. It appears to thrive best in an 
abundance of moisture. I have succeeded in getting the best 
growth of it when the herbage was not only thoroughly moist but 
when the chamber in which they were placed had water standing in 
the bottom of it. This species has also been cultivated in small 
quantity on dead scapes and leaves of Adium from the Big Horn 
Mountains of Wyoming, treated in the same way. 


SORDARIA CURVICOLLA Wint. 


Perithecia scattered, semi-immersed, pyriform, thin, mem- 
branaceous, about 600 » in diameter, outline of asci plainly dis- 
tinguishable by transmitted light, the conical truncate black apex 
clothed with short, delicate, simple, brown hairs, asci broadly cla- 
vate, polysporous with few evanescent paraphyses, 100-120 Хх 
270-300 и: spores oval, 10-11x 14-15 54 olivaceous to dark 
and opaque with a hyaline appendage at the lower end about 
24 the length of the spore. PI. 565. f. 13-15. 

This species developed on Sa/so/a kali tragus with Sordaria 
curvula, but I found none of it for about five weeks after the cul- 
ture was started. 

This differs from European specimens principally in the larger 
number of spores and their occasionally darkened apiculi. The 
latter is not invariable in my specimens and I apprehend that 
the former may be very variable in the species. Dr, Winter, after 
isolating an ascus in one of his specimens and rupturing it, counted 
.128 spores, but my specimens contain as many as 150 spores, a 
variation which I consider of minor importance. In other respects 
my specimens correspond very well with European specimens 
in Kriegers Fungi Saxonici, no. 33, as they do also with Dr. 
Winter's descriptions and figures. 

I would not be surprised to know that this and the two pre- 
viously described species are very common in this country although 
they have not been recorded before so far as I am aware. They 
are very liable to be overlooked by the collector. Indeed, it is 
with difficulty that I am able to find the perithecia in my cultures 
after they have become dry, although they are very numerous. 


488 GRIFFITHS : PYRENOMYCETES 


SORDARIA PLEIOSPORA Wint. 


Perithecia scattered, with base slightly sunken in the soft sub- 
stratum, covered especially above with the characteristic cellular 
agglutinated hairs of this group, together with a few long, delicate, 
simple, slightly flexuous, sparingly septate, brown hairs, and ter- 
minating in a curved, black, rounded or truncate beak, 450 и х 600 pi: 
asci 28—32-spored, cylindrical-clavate, short-stipitate, 30-40 x 
175-200 p: spores oval, 12-15 и x 18-21 p, black and opaque 
with hyaline evanescent gelatinous appendage at lower end, about 
% the length of the spore. //. 365. f. 6-9. 

The measurements of spores and asci given above are consid- 
erably at variance with the published descriptions of European 
forms. The species is also described with gelatinous apiculus 
at each end of the spore. The number of spores in an ascus is 
said to vary from 16—64, but my specimens vary within the much 
narrower limits quoted above. The gravest variations, there- 
fore, are in spore measurements which are given by Winter as 
16-1954 x 24-34 9. The variation in the size of the ascus is not 
so important in my estimation since the number of spores is so 
variable. 

Associated with these species developed on .Sa/so/a stems I 
find ап abundance of conidial forms resembling those which 
Winter found in his cultures. He, however, was unable to trace 
any connection between these conidial forms and the species of 
Sordaria with which it was associated and simply mentions it as a 
probable conidial form. He describes the hyphae as short, hyaline, 
continuous, with a bifurcate apex ; and the spores as fusiform with 
attenuate base and rounded apex, continuous or obscurely uni- 
septate. In my material the spores are of two distinct forms both 
of which are evidently polyseptate. One form resembles those 
described above in everything but the septation of the spores while 
the other has long spindle-form spores resembling the former but 
pointed at both ends. Thus far I have found nothing that enables 
me to make any statement regarding their probable affinities, 


SORDARIA FIMICOLA (Rob.) Ces. & DeNot. 

This species developed on dead Eleocharis culms affected with 
Pleospora aquatica placed in moist chamber for 18 days. As it 
is described by Messrs. Ellis & Everhart in N. A. Pyreno., 127, it 
need only be mentioned here. PZ. 365. f. 16-18. 


ТҮҮ. ШҮП ИКУ Pr атаа MAN Lb т Ж sl "pN ИАА E TA ут Se ee R ҮЧ ҮКҮНҮ E TET 
Te A CRT LEA ees d 
н as К ] 4 


GRIFFITHS: PyRENOMYCETES 439 


PERISPORIUM VULGARE Cda. 


Perithecia superficial, scattered or gregarious and more or less 
angular from mutual compression, subglobose, carbonaceous, brit- 
tle, black and: shining when mature, covered at first with a white 
tomentum which soon disappears, about % mm. in diameter: 
asci evanescent, broadly clavate, long-stipitate, 8-spored, 15— 
20 4X 90-105 и: spores 4-celled, 6-8 и х 24—28 uw, brown, opaque, 
with the two end cells subconical and the two middle ones 
oblong-cubical, easily separating into separate cells. //. 366. 


f. 15-19. 

This species is described and figured here for several reasons 
So far as I am aware, it has not been recorded before from this 
country, although figured and described by Messrs. Ellis & Ever- 
hart from European specimens. The specimens, which I have in 
good quantity, were collected by Mr. C. W. Williams, one of my 
former students, at Aberdeen, S. D., on sticks and straw in an old 
rubbish heap, March, 1808. 

The ascospores germinate very readily and grow vigorously. 
The specimens from which the accompanying figures were made 
were cultivated from the ascospores of the material cited above. 
Ordinary filter paper was sterilized, placed in a Petri dish and 
moistened with a sterile decoction of ash leaves, and then inocu- 
lated with the ascospores. A delicate white mycelium was pro- 
duced in abundance in a very few days, but careful search failed 
to discover any conidia. The perithecia became mature in six 
weeks. The spores (cells of ascospores) apparently have no 
regular method of germination, like those of the Sordariaceae or 
Chactomiaceae for instance, but crack open irregularly to allow the 
promycelium to develop. Although the conditions were apparently 
favorable for mycelial development the perithecia were few and 
scattering in my cultures. 


Pocosphaeria Allii sp. nov. 


Conidial hyphae arising from a much branched torulous, 
knotted, brown, subepidermal mycelium, variously bent and 
knotted, 6-8 и x 150-200 4: conidia oval, 1—3-septate, brown, 
minutely echinulate, 11-14 4 x 24-30 ^: perithecia subglobose 
to hemispherical, 100-125 y in diameter, erumpent, membranous, 
dark-colored with a thickened darker ring around the ostiolum ; 
bristles around the thickened ostiolum black, smooth, straight to 


440 GRIFFITHS: PYRENOMYCETES 


recurved : asci cylindrical, contracted below, sessile, usually more 
or less curved or inequilateral, 12-15 и x 50-60 p: spores 3-sep- 
tate, constricted at the septa, fusiform, brown, 5-8 и x 16-20 y. 
Pl. 366. f. 1-9. 

On dead scapes and leaves of A//ium brevistylum in Big Horn 
Mts., near Buffalo, Wyo., Aug., 1898. (Williams and Griffiths.) 

The method of development of the perithecia in this species is 
of interest. The conidial hyphae usually protrude through the 
stomata in tufts of 2-5, and the perithecia are developed as а 
proliferation of the cells at their bases. At first the hyphae 
arise directly from the hypodermal mycelium which can be 
easily seen in tangential sections, but the proliferation of cells at 
their bases soon gives them the appearance of arising from a 
pseudo-parenchymatous mass of fungous cells. The hyphae are 
carried upward by this mass of cells, and the stoma and surround- 
ing tissues become much distorted. The hyphae appear to pro- 
‘duce conidia for some time after the beginning of perithecial 
development as shown in the figures. These, however, finally 
disappear before the perithecium becomes mature, and bristles de- 
velop surrounding the central ostiolum. Unfortunately mature 
material is rather rare, but the conidial and transitional stages have 
been collected in good quantity. 


Pyrenophora Salsolae sp. nov. 


Perithecia aggregated, subepidermal, early erumpent, subglo- 
bose to flattened, black, carbonaceous, brittle, about 300 у in diam- 
eter, covered uniformly above with short, brown to black, septate, 
slightly wavy fugaceous bristles: asci cylindrical, contracted below 
into a short-stipitate base, 3-8-spored: spores one- or two-seriate, 
ovate, muriform, 4—5-septate with two longitudinal septa, slightly 
flattened, yellow, 6-11 4 x 20-26 и. Pl. 366. f. 30-34. 


The method of spore dissemination in this species is very inter- 
esting. There is near the middle of the ascus a transverse mark- 
ing which is usually plainly visible. Sometimes it is simply a 
transverse line on the ascus wall, but more often it appears as a 
spiral of 114 turns. When pressure is put upon the cover glass, 
the asci rupture on these markings, the top of the ascus shooting 
out for some distance, leaving in its wake the spores more or less 
deranged, but always in a long string imbedded in a gelatinous 
matrix, which does not remain attached to them when they are 


GRIFFITHS: PYRENOMYCETES 441 


isolated. Often one may find in the field the top and bottom of 
an ascus separated by twice its original length, and the two parts 
connected by a string of spores imbedded in their matrix. The 
rupture of the ascus is brought about doubtless here as in many 
other ascomycetes by the tension within it, for the gelatinous 
material with its contained spores occupies two or three times its 
original volume when set free by the rupturing: of the ascus. 

This was cultivated on dead stems of Salsola kali tragus with 
the species of Sordaria described above. It developed in rather 
small quantity in eight weeks’ time. 


Trematosphaera caryophaga (Schw.) 


Perithecia superficial with their bases slightly sunken in the 
thin, black, carbonaceous crust which covers the nut more or less 
uniformly, rough, black, carbonaceous, brittle, hemispherical, with 
papilliform ostiolum, 350/ in diameter, asci evanescent, subcylin- 
drical with filiform paraphyses, 10-12 (x 55-75 4: spores biseriate, 
oblong, narrowed and round at the ends, slightly inequilateral or 
curved, 3-septate with a darkened band surrounding the middle 
septum, 4-64 x 10-16 p. PI. 366. f. 12-14. 

This species described by Schweinitz, Syn. N. Am. Fungi, 
no. 1594 Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. Phila., 215, 1831, has been 
included by Messrs. Ellis and Everhart, North American Pyreno. 
207, with T. nuclearia (DeNot) Sacc., published in Micr. Ital. 9 : 
462, f. 4; but a very little study of the specimens from dif- 
ferent localities is necessary to convince one that the American form 
growing on decaying shells of hickory nuts, is very different from 
the European form growing on olive pits. Had I but one speci- 
men I might consider the species variable enough to produce the . 
differences which are observable ; but the Pennsylvania specimens 
collected by Mr. Everhart and my own collected in the burrow of 
some rodent at Fort Lee, New Jersey, are remarkably constant in 
all their characters, even to the coloration of the spores. The 
main differences are those of size which are brought out in my 
figures (то and 11, A. 366) of these two species. Тһе European 
species is larger throughout than the American—the perithecia 
measuring about 525 ys, the spores 6-8 и x 18-21 и. І have been 
unable to get out complete asci from the European specimens at 
hand (Roumeguére Fungi Selecti Gallici, no. 4783). The colora- 


449 GRIFFITHS: PYRENOMYCETES 


tion of the spores differs markedly also. In the European speci- 
mens the spores are darker in color and the central band extends 
over all of the two central cells, while in the American ones there 
is a light streak between the dark band and the outside septa. 
The paraphyses are much less abundant in the European species. 

In both species the dark band obscures the middle septum so 
that it is often difficult to determine whether the spores are really 
3-septate or not. I find, however, that after soaking in glycerine 
for some time the central septum becomes more apparent. Its 
presence is sometimes indicated by a very slight constriction ; in 
young spores it can be very distinctly seen. 


Dothidea conspicua sp. nov. 


Stroma immersed, irrumpent, surrounded by the lacerated re- 
mains of the ruptured epidermis, circular or oval, seldom confluent, 
flat, rough, black, 14—24 mm. in diameter: ascigerous cavities 
sunken, oval to conical and more or less angular from mutual com- 
pression, 50-60 # x 100: asci cylindrical-clavate, with a short, 
stout, blunt stipe, without paraphyses, 65-85 и х 12-144: spores 
sub-biseriate, unequally uniseptate, constricted, at first yellow, but 
finally dark and opaque, 5-6 p x 13-189. PL 366. f. 19-23. 

On Yucca angustifolia at Billings, Mont., August, 1808. 
(Williams & Griffiths.) 

Mr. J. B. Ellis described a Phyllachora ? Yuccae on Yucca 
angustifolia (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 440. 1895) collected by 
Dr. Egeling at Matamoras, Mexico. I thought at first that my 
specimen must be the fully developed condition of the immature 
species which he there describes; but the characteristics of the 
stroma alone are enough to separate it from the Mexican speci- 
men, which also appears to me to be a Dothidea. The absence 
of paraphyses and the method in which the epidermis becomes 
ruptured and lacerated are also good characteristics which would 
separate the above described species from that described by 
Mr. Ellis. The nearest relative, however, of this species appears 
to be Didymosphaeria yuccaegena (Cke.) Sacc., Sylloge Fungorum, 
I: 708. This was originally described as Sphaeria yuccaegena 
Cooke, in Grevillea, 7 : 12. 1878, from specimens collected by Dr. 
Harkness on Yucca communis, at Sacramento, California. After 
the change in name made by Saccardo, cited above, Cooke in 


Т TEN xd: MEN УЕР" ТАРУ CPE tee, 7. 2 AENT DEC HERR Sali IA T 
p Fes S * Y ` poA TY X ET 


GRIFFITHS: PYRENOMYCETES 443 


Grevillea 18: 28 wrote the species as Didymosphaerella yuccogena 
Ске. This species also may be a Dothidca. It certainly ap- 
pears to have its asci produced in stromatic cavities without peri- 
thecia the same as the species here described ; and the spores 
have the typical unequal septation of the genus Dothidea when 
young, but they become more nearly equal when mature. In the 
general appearance of asci and spores there is but little differ- 
ence between this species and the one which is described above. 
A specimen in the Ellis Herbarium from Dr. Harkness shows the 
spores to be larger and the asci nearly twice the width at the base. 
These are the only differences in the microscopic characters. The 
method of growth is, however, decidedly different. The stromatic 
areas in my species are two to three times as large, prominently 
erumpent and surrounded by the lacerated remains of the ruptured 
epidermis ; while in the other case the epidermis is unruptured 
although the specimens appear to be as fully developed as mine. 


Pleospora aquatica sp. nov. 


Perithecia scattered, subglobose to hemispherical, 140—180 x 
in diameter, flattened when dry, subepidermal, remaining cov- 
ered, membranous, black and smooth with flat indistinct ostiolum : 
asci cylindrical-clavate, curved, and often bent into a u shape, short- 
stipitate, without paraphyses, 22-29 4 x 95-1254: spores oval, 
10-12 и x 28-30 m, slightly flattened, with 5 transverse and 2 to 
4 longitudinal septa, constricted at all transverse septa and sur- 
rounded by a gelatinous hyaline covering which is prolonged into 
a short thick blunt appendage at either end. Pl. 366. f. 27-29. 


This species was collected at Aberdeen, S. D., in May, 1896, 
on dead stems of Eleocharis palustris under water. The pond in 
which the collection was made, had been filled with artesian well 
water together with that obtained from natural drainage to a depth 
of not less than a foot since the previous season. I first dis- 
covered the fungus in April when it was immature. About a 
month later I visited the same locality again and found an abundance 
of it in the best condition possible. The pond contained from 2 
to 214 feet of water during the spring months and the culms of 
the previous year upon which the fungus grew were entirely sub- 
merged. 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, I July, 1899. 


444 GRIFFITHS: PYRENOMYCETES 


Explanation of Plate 365 

1-3. Sordaria curvula DeB. — Perithecium, ascus and spore. 

4 and 5. Sordaria curvula DeB. Two germinating spores after 24 hours in 
water. 

6-8. Sordaria pleiospora Wint.  Perithecium, ascus and spore. Spores in ascus 
slightly deranged. 

9. Hair from perithecium of <. pleospora. 

10-12. Sordaria minuta Fckl. — Perithecium, ascus and spore. 

13-15. Sordaria curvicolla Wint.  Perithecium, ascus and spore. 

16-18. Sordaria fimicola (Rob.) Ces. & DeNot.  Perithecium, ascus and spore. 

19-21. AMelanospora Townei sp. nov. Perithecium, ascus and spore. 

22. Hair from perithecium of M. Townei. 

NoTE.—All perithecia X 35, asci 230, and spores 315. Figs. 4 and 5 X 230; 9 
and 22 X 315. 


Explanation of Plate 366 

I-9. Pocosphaeria Alli? sp. nov. 

I. Mature perithecia, X 50. 

2. Young perithecium crowned with the conidial hyphae, X 230. 

3. Conidial hyphae showing a slight proliferation of cells at their bases, X 230. 

4. A single hypha projecting through a stoma, 230. 

5. Ascus, Х 230. 

6. Spore, X 315. 

7. Conidiospores, X 315. 

8 and 9. Mycelium as seen through the transparent epidermis, X 230. 

Io and I1. Zrematosphaera nucleiara (DeNot.) Sacc. from Roumeguére Fungi 
Selecti Gallici, no. 4783. 

IO. Perithecium, 35. 11. Spores, X 16. 

12-14. Trematosphaera caryophaga (Schw.). 

I2. Perithecium, X 35. 13. Ascus, X 230. 14. Spores, У 315. 

15-18. Perisporium vulgare Сда. 

I5. Perithecium grown on paper in Petri dish, X 75. 

I6. Ascus, X 230. 17. Spores, X 315. 18. A single cell of ascospore after 24 
hours’ growth in water. 

19-23. Dothidea conspicua sp. nov. 

I9. Portion of affected Yucca leaf, >< 12. 20. Ascus, жй. 

21. Portion of a stoma, X 35. 22. Spore, X 315. 23. A stromatic cavity show- 
ing cellular structure, 230. 

24-26. Melanospora Poae sp. nov. 

24. Perithecium, X 50. 25. Ascus, X 315. 28. Spores, >< 480. 

27-29 Pleospora aquatica sp. nov. 

27. Perithecium, X 35. 28. Ascus, X 230. 29. Spores, 315. 

30-34. Pyrenophora Salsolae sp. nov. 

30. Perithecium, X 35. 31. Two asci, one of which shows the spiral line of 
dehiscence. 32. An ascus slightly extended after rupturing. 33. Two asci, one of 
which shows a straight line of dehiscence. АП X 230. 34. Spores, X 315. 


DEN WT ы ТУ" P М, оаа рда а, 


Studies in Sisyrinchium—IV : S. angustifolium and related Species of 
the West and Northwest 


Bv EucGENE P. BICKNELL 


The simple-stemmed blue-flowered Sisyrinchia of the far west 
and northwest which have hitherto been referred mostly to S. 
angustifolium Miller in reality represent a group of distinct spe- 
cies. This appears unmistakably from a considerable collection 
of specimens brought together from various sources ; but it is fur- 
ther evident from this same material that, largely by reason of its 
general deficiency in specimens with mature fruit, it forms a wholly 
inadequate basis for the confident segregation of the various forms. 

The problem presented therefore is the reduction of this in- 
choate mass into some approach to natural order under conditions 
which make impossible a final and satisfactory result. In order to 
take any forward step in these circumstances it is necessary to pro- 
ceed in great part on the individual judgment pending the final 
proof which a sufficient series of specimens can alone afford. 
Under the risk of error involved in thus attempting the dis- 
entanglement of the species, I have aimed rather to avoid the 
creation of any mere synonym than to define the exact nature of 
the differences between the forms recognized, whether varietal 
or fully specific. And a number of forms have been passed over 
entirely as appearing to have too uncertain claims to possible 
specific rank. 


Sisyrinchium Idahoense sp. nov. 


From 20-45 cm. high, pale green and glaucous, usually show- 
ing some discoloration in drying. Leaves from half to three quar- 
ters the height of the stem, grass-like, varying from thin and some- 
what lax to firm and closely erect, and from 1—3.5 mm. in width, 
attenuate to somewhat abruptly acute, the edges serrulate or 
smooth: stem straight and erect or somewhat flexuously curved, 
frequently twisted, simple or occasionally bearing a leaf near the 
top subtending one or two short branches, 1-3 mm. wide, winged, 
the edges sometimes smooth but usually distinctly serrulate, or 
even hispidulous-aculeolate: spathes often deflected, green or 
faintly purplish, long and relatively narrow, the keels of one or 

(445) 


446 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


both bracts often serrulate or hispidulous; outer bract 3-6 cm. 
long, commonly 1/—!4 longer than the inner one, rarely twice its 
length, foliaceous and abruptly pointed or more slender and atten- 
uate, the margins below narrowly hyaline, united for about 4 mm. 
at base; inner bract 2—3.5 cm. long, herbaceous, the margins nar- 
rowly hyaline, obtusely pointed or acute; interior scales mostly 
about 34 the length of the inner bract; the spathes, when borne 
on branches, are shorter with less prolonged outer bract than when 
terminating the main stem : flowers 3—6 on erect pedicels 1.5-3 cm. 
long, deep violet-blue, with rather small yellow eye, large, peri- 
anth 12-18 mm. long, indicating an extreme spread of over 3.5 
cm. ; stamineal column 5-8 mm. high; ovary glandular puberu- 
lent: capsules globose or ovoid, 4-6 mm. high, rather thick- 
walled, turning dark ; seeds (immature) irregularly obovoid, angled, 
rugulose, stipitate, about 1 mm. in longer diameter. 


Idaho, Washington, Oregon and California. Meadows and 
moist grassy places, flowering in northern Idaho from the middle 
of May into July, in western Oregon about a month earlier. 

Idaho: Kootenai Co., J. B. Leiberg, Geo. B. Aiton; Latah 
Co., L. Е. Henderson ; Nez Perces Co., J. Н. Sandberg. 

Washington: Whitman Co., A. D. E. Elmer, C. V. Piper; 
Chehalis Co., A. A. & E. Gertrude Heller. 

Oregon: “ Eastern Oregon," L. Е. Henderson ; Crook Co., J. 
B. Leiberg ; Benton Co., A. Isabel Mulford. 

California: Mt. Shasta, 6000 ft. alt., Geo. Engelmann ; Yose- 
mite Valley, H. Mann. 

I find the labels on specimens of this plant variously inscribed 
with the names, 5, angustifolium, S. anceps, 5. mucronatum and 
S. bellum. Оп one sheet all four names appear in different hand- 
writings, well illustrating the confusion that has prevailed in regard 
to the plant. 

The species may be taken as the northwestern representative 
of S. angustifolium to which it is nearly related, differing in its 
typical state mainly in more ciliolate-serrulate stems, longer spathes 
with less unequal, more foliaceous bracts and much larger flowers; 
it is also, as a rule, less stiff and straight, the stems often some- 
what curved ; the spathes frequently deflected and enclosing longer 
membranous scales than in S. angustifolium. In the usual state 
of the latter the wings of the stem are manifestly widened into the 
base of the spathe; in S. /dahoense they are scarcely, if at all, so 


es ИД КАЛАА a аА а ee ee Ы ги —" М 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 447 


widened, but may be even slightly narrowed conformably with a 
joint-like transverse constriction where the raised line of the stem 
disappears as if pinched out below the base of the spathe. Sug- 
gestions of this character casually appear in S. angustifolium in 
which, however, as a rule, the raised line of the stem passes unin- 
terruptedly into the stiff erect spathe. 

Stouter, broader-leaved forms of S. /dahoense appear somewhat 
intermediate in aspect between S. angustifolium and S. littorale 
Greene, of Alaska. From the latter, however, the species differs 
essentially in its larger flowers and smaller fruit; it is also less 
stout, paler and more glaucous, with narrower leaves of thicker 
texture and less foliaceous and differently shaped inner bract. 

The type specimens from northern Idaho, Nez Perces Co., have 
rather long and broad thin leaves, long foliaceous bracts and very 
large flowers. The capsules are 4-6 mm. high, and mostly obo- 
vate-subglobose often contracted to a substipitate base. Most 
specimens from Idaho and some from Washington agree closely 
with these, although other specimens are much slenderer and with 
smaller flowers. Some specimens from Oregon and Washington, 
somewhat doubtfully referred here, bear two peduncled spathes 
and have stiffer leaves, shorter often purplish spathes, apparently 
smaller flowers and rather larger more globose fruit on slightly 
more exserted pedicels. Other specimens, from western Oregon 
are noteworthy from having dried uniformly dark and for their 
long often flexuous and branched stems, and rather small some- 
what obovate fruit. The specimens cited from California are both 
in poor condition, and though appearing somewhat aberrant are 
certainly nearer to .S. /dahoense than to any other species now 


known. 
Sisyrinchium occidentale sp. nov. 


Mostly over 20 cm. high (15-35 ст.), stiff and erect, glau- 
cescent to pale glaucous green, usually with a yellowish tinge, dis- 
coloring slightly in drying ; roots clustered, usually coarsely fibrous. 
Leaves 1-2.5 mm. wide, -firm and erect or sometimes thinnish, 
strongly or rather weakly close-nerved, very acute, the extreme 
tip often hardened in age, the basal remains of older leaves fre- 
quently becoming bleached and silvery : stems stiffly erect, usually 
much longer than the leaves, 1-2 mm. wide, wing-margined, the 
wings usually closely few-striate, the edges like those of the leaves 


317 ид 
ADOS 


448 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


very smooth, a slight transverse constriction just below the spathe : 
spathes erect or slightly deflected, green or faintly dull purplish, 
the bracts often thin and rather weak-nerved, the outer one mostly 
straight, the inner one more or less convex in outline ; outer bract 
surpassing the inner 2-15 mm., mostly 2—3 cm. long, attenuate- 
acute, hyaline-margined below and united-clasping for 2.5 mm. at 
base; inner bract rather broadly hyaline-margined nearly to the 
apex, sometimes acuminate but usually broad above and abruptly 
acute or even scarious obtuse ; interior scales rather broad, often 
nearly equaling the inner bract: flowers 3—6, medium to large, 
deep violet-blue on erect exserted pedicels ; perianth 10-14 mm. 
long ; stamineal column 4-6 mm. high ; capsules (not fully mature) 
subglobose, brown, about 4 mm. high, apparently rather few- 
seeded, and glabrate or nearly so at maturity. 


Idaho апа Nevada to Colorado and North Dakota, flowering 
in June and July. 

Idaho: Arco, June 18, 1893, Dr. Edward Palmer; Pleasant 
Valley, June 25-30, 1891, С. №. Allen. 

Nevada: Pleasant Valley, May, 1865. 

Utah: Supply Creek, July 29, 1875, gooo ft., L. F. Ward ;. 
Salt Lake Valley, July, 1888, J. H. Paul; Bear River Cañon, 
Aug., 1869, S. Watson. 

Colorado: Hot Sulphur Springs, Middle Park, Aug. 1, 1881, 
Geo. Engelmann ; Twin Lakes, July 6, 1896, Biltmore Herb. 

Montana: West Gallatin River, June 9, 1883, F. Lamson- 
Scribner, no. 271, ‘moist banks"; Helena, June, 1888, Е. D. 
Kelsey. 

Wyoming: F. Tweedy; Yellowstone National Park, Mrs. 
Moore, 1894; Mammoth Hot Springs, 6000-7000 ft., June 4, 
1894, F. Н. Burglehaus; May, 1889, 6600 ft., F. W. Dewart ; 
North Platte, “wet sandy bottom," July 25, 1858; Jackson's Hole 
on Snake River, June 18, 1860, F. V. Hayden, “gravelly bottoms. 
6000 ft. ;" Ft. Bridger, July, 1873, T. C. Porter. 

A species resembling forms of S. augustifolium but evidently 
distinct, and probably not distantly related to S. halophilum but 
usually much stouter and taller and with much larger flowers. It 
differs from S. angustifolium mainly in much less elongated outer 
bract and larger interior scales, more narrowly winged stem, con- 
stricted below the frequently deflected spathes, larger flowers and 
apparently smaller fewer-seeded capsules. The material at hand, 


BickNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 449 


however, is inconclusive as to the exact character of the mature 
capsule and seeds. 

Certain small specimens, imperfect as to flowers and fruit, 
appear somewhat intermediate with S. halophilum, but the fully 
developed states of the two plants show them to be distinct. 
From S. halophilum the present species differs in brighter green 
color, less thickened roots, broader leaves and stem, the latter 
more decidedly winged, larger spathes with more unequal and 
acute bracts, larger flowers on more slender pedicels, larger and 
darker glabrate capsules. 

Several small specimens from the Mammoth Hot Springs with 
mostly curved stems, and leaves very variable in length and breadth 
are referred here with some hesitation. A single specimen from 
North Dakota is old and fragmentary but at present can be placed 
with no other species than this. In fact I am obliged to make this 
species for the present a repository for a somewhat ill-assorted 
series of specimens which may represent more than one species 
but which it is impossible to place satisfactorily wanting a better 
knowledge of their flowers and mature fruit. 


Sisyrinchium segetum sp. nov. 


Duller green and less glaucous than .S. occidentale, even 
scarcely glaucescent, with narrower and thinner leaves and more 
numerous and narrower stems apparently growing close together 
in dense masses rather than tufted: leaves mostly setaceous and 
I mm. wide (.5-1.5 mm.), not very close-nerved except when 
young, sometimes roughish toward the tapering aculeate often bent 
apex: stems mostly 1 mm. or less wide, the narrow wings thin, 
with almost hyaline edges : spathes mostly purplish to red-purple, 
sometimes nearly green, stiffly erect, the outer bract very slenderly 
attenuate sometimes for fully half its length, tapering acute, 18— 
38 mm. long, subequal with the inner bract or surpassing it by 
12 mm., or even more, the inner bract narrower, more slenderly 
attenuate and less hyaline-margined than in S. occidentale: flowers 
on very slender often subspreading pedicels, very large and deep 
violet-blue, the perianth 12-17 mm. long indicating an extreme 
spread of over 3 cm., the segments slenderly aristulate ; stamineal 
column 5-7 mm. high; capsules broadly oblong, 5-6 mm. high, 
brown, transversely corrugate, many-seeded, seeds irregularly 
obovate, I mm. in longer diameter, black, faintly pitted to smooth. 


Washington: Seattle, May, 1892, in full flower, Chas. V. 


E 


450 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


Piper, ex Herb. Young Naturalist's Society, Herb. Columbia Uni- 
versity ; Yakima region, T. S. Brandegee, 1882, mature fruit, 
Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard. 

Oregon : “ Prairies Western Oregon," May, 1880, in full 
flower, Thomas J. Howell; distributed as S. belum Watson in 
Howell's “ Pacific Coast Plants," U. S. Nat. Herb. 

Nevada: Washoe Co., alt. 1500 m., July 21, 1896, mature 
fruit, Е. V. Coville and J. B. Leiberg, U. 5. Nat. Herb. 

An attractive plant evidently with close affinity to S. occiden- 
tale ; though not actually proved to be distinct by the few speci- 
mens before me I feel little hesitation in giving it a name. It ap- 
pears to be less glaucous than S. occidentale with narrower more 
numerous and crowded leaves and stems of thinner texture, 
slenderer roots, larger often red-purple spathes and narrower 
mostly more unequal bracts, the inner one especially more attenu- 
ate and acute. The highly colored spathes give the plant much 
the aspect of forms of S. mucronatum of the East. 

The sheet of specimens cited from Nevada shows fruiting plants 
which differ strikingly from the other examples, yet for the present 
I can refer them nowhere else than here. They are very slender 
with long somewhat flexuous stems and very narrow deflected 
spathes having the lower part for about 5 mm. scarcely or not at 
all broader than the stem. 


SISYRINCHIUM HALOPHILUM Greene, Pittonia 4: 34. 17 Mr. 1899 


Very pale dull green and white glaucous, mostly low, 10-20 
cm. high, stiff and erect or nearly so, the thickened roots densely 
clustered: leaves half the height of the stem or longer, stiff 
and thickish, often slightly curved, 1-3 mm. wide, strongly close- 
striate, smooth-edged, attenuate, acute, in age developing hard- 
pointed tips : stem from less than 1 mm. to 2 mm. wide, wiry, as- 
cending or outcurved, margined to narrowly winged, the wings thick 
and firm, smooth-edged : spathes erect, green, rather flat and sharp- 
edged, 2-4 mm. wide, the bracts striate, subequal or the outer 
one slightly prolonged; outer bract 15-22 mm. long, usually 
somewhat convex, acuminate to a short-pointed mostly obtuse 
often incurved apex, hyaline-margined, united clasping for 3—4 
mm. at base ; inner bract more broadly hyaline, abruptly acute to 
obtuse; interior scales more than half the length of the inner 
bract: flowers 4-8, small to medium-sized, perianth apparently 


A ee, ee Уч 1 Оре tia lly ie 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 451 


becoming 10 mm. long, violet-blue ; capsules 2—3.5 mm. high, 
subglobose, often broader than long, strongly trigonous, or even 
trilobulate around an impressed base, pale, scabrous-puberulent, on 
erect, slightly exserted pedicels: seeds few, 1—3 in each cell, large, 
becoming 1.5 mm. long, rugulose-pitted. 


Nevada: Humboldt Wells, July 25, 1893, Edw. L. Greene, 
Herb. E. L. G.; Diamond Valley, July, 1868; 5500 ft. alt., S. 
Watson, Torrey Herb. and Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard. | 

California: Bishop, Owen's Valley, alt. 5000 ft, May 15, 
1897, M. E. Jones, U. S. Nat. Herb. 

Type specimens from Humboldt Wells, Nevada, which have 
been kindly sent me by Professor Greene are not closely matched 
by anything else I have seen and may perhaps тием a special- 
ized halophilous type. 


Sisyrinchium leptocaulon sp. nov. 


Growing in erect narrow tufts from coarse fibrous roots, rather 
bright pale green and glaucescent, the spathes mostly dull pur- 
plish: stems numerous, very slender, 20—38 cm. high: I mm. 
or less wide, wiry and subterete, slightly constricted just below 
the spathe, the almost membranous margins very narrow or 
even obsolete: leaves about half the height of the stem or less, 
equally slender or sometimes the shorter ones becoming 2 mm. 
wide, smooth-edged, attenuate, the apex often linear with a thick- 
ened corneous tip, which is obtuse or acute: spathes very small 
and narrow, the base less flattened and more narrowed than in .S. 
halophilum, the bracts subequal or the outer one rarely surpassing 
the inner 8 mm.; outer bract 12-22 mm. long, hyaline-mar- 
gined to the short and rigid, linear, obtuse prolongation, closely 
united clasping for 2—4 mm. at base; inner bract hyaline-mar- ` 
gined to the very obtuse or truncate scarious apex ; longer interior 
scales sometimes nearly equaling the inner bract, longer and nar- 
rower than in S. falophilum: flowers 3—9, blue or violet, small, 
the perianth apparently only 7-9 mm. long, the stamineal-column 
3-6 mm. high; pedicels 13-22 mm. long, erect and exserted for 
about one quarter of their length, usually flattened and margined : 
capsules very small, 1.5-3 mm. high, often distinctly pyriform 
though sometimes abruptly contracted at both ends, finely sca- 
brous-rugulose and sparsely puberulent, pale but much purplish- 
tinged, thinner-walled than in S. halophilum and less strongly 
trigonous: seeds few, only 1—3 in each cell, subglobose or 
broadly oblong, finely rugulose, 1-1.5 mm. in longer diameter. 


452 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


California: Near Lake Tahoe, July 20, 1889, J. Ball, Herb. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 

Nevada: Deeth, July 14, 1896, E. L. Greene; Ruby Valley, 
July, 1868, 6000 ft., S. Watson, ex Torrey Herb. and Herb. U. S. 
Nat. Mus. 

Utah: Parley's Peak, 6000 ft., June, 1869, S. Watson, ex Tor- 
rey Herb. 

Nearly allied to S. halophilum Greene, and possibly a vari- 
ety of that species, although I am inclined to regard it as quite 
distinct. It is a taller, and more slender plant than S. halophilum, 
of a very perceptibly brighter and more yellowish shade of green 
and with straighter and more clustered stems ; these are long and 
exceedingly slender with the wings reduced to little more than 
membranous edges. The narrower leaves are less strongly striate 
and thickened than in S. halophilum and more slenderly attenuate, 
and are apparently also without the abrupt membranous expansion 
at the extreme base although narrowly clasping below for a longer 
distance. The purplish spathes are less flattened and less decidedly 
two-edged below, the narrower bracts less strongly striate, nar- 
rower and usually more unequal, the outer one less convex with 
longer linear tip, the inner one more abruptly scarious-obtuse ; the 
capsules are smaller, more pyriform, thinner-walled, less strongly 
trigonous and more rugulose and scabrous-puberulent. 


Sisyrinchium septentrionale sp. nov. 


Growing in small tufts 10-25 cm. high, pale and glaucous, 
discoloring slightly in drying. Leaves 17-34 the height of the 
taller stems, equaling the shorter ones, stiff and erect, mostly se- 
taceously slender and .5—1 mm. wide, rarely 1.5 mm., finely close- 
striate, attenuate to an acute point: stems equally slender with the 
leaves, stiff and narrowly firm-margined, the edges like those of 
the leaves smooth or, when young, minutely denticulate: spathes 
small, purplish or green, often partly double, one or more flowers 
arising from between the short proper spathe and the closely sub- 
tending slenderly prolonged outer bract; inner bract 13-20 mm. 
long, mostly attenuate and acute, the outer one 2.5-4 cm. long, 
and united-clasping for 2—3 mm. at base; both bracts hyaline- 
margined; interior scales about 34 the length of the pedicels ; 
flowers very small, apparently not more than 3—4 on erect pedicels 
usually shorter than the inner bract; perianth 4-7 mm. long, 


MF 


Ae ДШ ААА Coen PERI STESSO RR TUR TEN pee S M m 


BickNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 458 


acuminate and short aristulate, not retuse, apparently pale rose or 
violet; stamineal column about 3 mm. high: capsules on firm 
erect pedicels about 15 mm. long, pale, subglobose, relatively 
large, 3-5 mm. high. 

Assiniboia : Moose Mountain Creek, June 6, 1883, J. M. 
Macoun, “ margins of marshes and streams," justin flower. Herb. 
Torr. Bot. Club. i 

Alberta: Near Banff, July 8, 1891, Macoun, in flower and 
young fruit. U.S. Nat. Herb. and Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard. 

Washington : Wilkes Expedition, 1838—42, ‘‘ Spokane to Col- 
ville" U.S. Nat. Herb. 

Idaho : Soda Springs, June 21, 1892, A. Isabel Mulford. 

Characterized especially by small size, extremely narrow leaves 
and stems, very small, pale flowers, with the divisions of the per- 
ianth non-emarginate, slenderly much prolonged outer bract and 
relatively large subglobose capsules. Perhaps most nearly related 
to S. alpestre. Тһе specimens from Idaho are without perfect 
flowers or fruit; though resembling those from British America 
they have much less elongated primary bract and may not be the 
same. 


Sisyrinchium alpestre sp. nov. 


Tufted, becoming 20 cm. high, dull green and glaucous, dis- 
coloring slightly when dry. Leaves about half the height of the 
stem, stiff and erect, .5—2 mm. wide, closely striate-nerved, rather 
abruptly cuspidate acute, the edges smooth or slightly denticulate 
above in young leaves: stems slender, 1—1.5 mm. wide, narrowly 
firm-winged, the edges smooth, distinctly broadened into the base 
of the spathe: spathes green, narrow, 2 mm. or more wide at 
base, the outer bract very long and slender, sometimes slightly 
broadened above the middle, straight or curved, 4.5—6.5 cm. long, 
surpassing its fellow 2.5—3.8 cm., the margins narrowly hyaline 
below, united-clasping for 4-6 mm. at base; inner bract 1.8—3 
cm. long, narrow and slenderly prolonged, acute, the margins 
below white-hyaline ; interior scales broad, obtuse, about half the 
length of the fruiting pedicels : flowers on firm erect pedicels 14—18 
mm. long, and shorter than the inner bract, small, perianth ap- 
parently only 6-10 mm. long, with the divisions not emarginate 
but narrowed to a short-aristulate tip, faded but appearing white, 
though in one flower showing the faintest tinge of violet; column 
becoming 5 mm. long: immature capsules narrowly obovoid- 
oblong, evidently large and apparently obovoid at maturity, the 
oldest one 6 mm. long and 4 mm. wide at the top. 


454 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


Colorado :: Como, 9775 ft. altitude, in meadow, Aug. 3, 1895. 
“ Crandall & Cowen,” no. 477, Flora of Colorado. U. S. Nat. 
Herb. 

Related to S. angustifolium, and perhaps to be referred to an 
alpine variety of that species, but S. angustifolium is also a plant 
of very high altitudes in Colorado, occurring in a stout and nearly 
typical form which contrasts notably with the slender plant here 
described, although more slender Rocky Mountain forms of S. 
angustifolium appear less distinct. An understanding of the true 
status of the plant must await further material, especially the mature 
fruit. In any case it is clearly something quite different from the 
ordinary eastern S. angustifolium. In respect of the slenderly 
prolonged inner bract and small pale flowers with non-emarginate 
segments the plant shows much similarity to S. sarmentosum and 
in its flowers and general habit to the much smaller S. alpestre. It 
differs from typical S. angustifolium in duller gray-green color, 
greater slenderness, thicker and more closely striate leaves, nar- 
rower and more slenderly prolonged bracts which are less strongly 
nerved and with more hyaline edges, smaller paler flowers with 
unnotched segments, shorter pedicels, more obovoid-oblong cap- 
sules. 


5. SARMENTOSUM Suksdorf; Greene, Erythea 3: 121. 1895. 


Tufted or closely massed in growth, 1.5-2.8 cm. high, dull 
green and glaucescent discoloring in drying: roots slender and 
numerous : leaves rather thin, erect, equaling the stem or shorter, 
rather weakly nerved, 1—3 mm. wide, attenuate, acute, smooth- 
edged or sometimes serrulate when young: stem 1—1.$ mm. wide. 
narrowly wing-margined, the wings not broadened into the base ої 
the spathe, smooth-edged or obscurely denticulate, erect or some- 
what outcurved, simple and leafless, or occasionally developing a 
terminal node bearing a slender elongated leaf or cluster of several 
leaves subtending an outcurved peduncle: spathes green, erect or 
bent forward, narrow, 1—2 mm. wide at base, the bracts foliaceous, 
thin and somewhat membranous, striate, closely parallel, both 
narrowly prolonged to the rather abruptly acute or obtusish apex, 
the outer one 3-6 cm. long, surpassing the inner one 1—2.$ cm., 
broadened above the middle, the margins narrowly hyaline, united 
for 3-5 mm. at base; inner bract more than half the length of the 
outer one, also herbaceously prolonged but narrower and more 
scarious margined, 2-3.5 cm. long: flowers 1-3, light blue, small, 


FR ue ае ОЉА IE e p m 976 т Ж, са. -—— S А v1 D 7 
ide Piin EY Т py n De РТ Ue СҮР x STEE R ы. TE E 


\ 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM | 455 


the perianth 7-10 mm. long, the segments not usually emarginate 
but abruptly contracted into the short-aristulate tip: stamineal col- 
umn 4—5 mm. long; pedicels slender, in fruit 1.5-2.5 mm. long, 
ascending or somewhat spreading from about midway in the 
spathe: capsules thin-walled, subglobose, transversely corrugate 
at maturity, 4-5 mm. high: seeds not fully mature, black, finely 
rugulose pitted, asymetrically obovoid or curved, angled. 


Washington, Skamania Co., no, 2233, W. N. Suksdorf, Au- 
gust 31, 1893. “ Borders of meadows 2000—3000 ft. altitude.” In 
full flower and fruit. 

As remarked by Professor Greene in his publication of this 
species the fitness of the name given by Suksdorf is not evident. 
I have examined three sheets of the original collection mounting 
several good sized tufts as well as separate specimens. The 
printed label reads “stems sometimes rooting at the nodes," but 
no evidence of such a character is shown by the specimens, which 
are simple-stemmed and erect, bearing a node, when at all, only 
at the top. 

The plant is clearly an excellent species. Its very narrow 
bracts alone, especially the narrowly foliaceous inner one, give it an 
aspect quite different from that of any other species known to me 
except perhaps S. alpestre, which is amply different in other re- 
spects. In the nearest approach to this character of the inner 
bract ever seen in 5. angustifolium the herbaceous prolongation is 
more or less abruptly attenuate, quite in contrast with the linear- 
prolonged and more foliaceous condition characteristic of S. sar- 
mentosum. An approach to this condition, but on a larger scale, 
is sometimes seen in S. /dahoense and S. littorale. S. sarmento- 
sum differs further from S. angustifolium in slender, often curved 
stems with the wings not widened into the base of the spathe, 
which is frequently deflected and much narrower, fewer smaller 
flowers on more slender and spreading pedicels, the segments of 
the perianth not emarginate, smaller fruit. 


SISYRINCHIUM LITTORALE Greene, Pittonia, 4: 33. 17 Mr. 1899. 


Apparently little or not at all tufted, stout, 15-35 cm. or more 
tall, or sometimes much lower and depauperate, apparently not 
glaucous, or but slightly so, dull green, turning dark in drying : 
roots fibrous, slender, mostly spreading from a strong woody 
axis: leaves 2—4 mm. wide, half the height of the stem or longer, 


456 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


erect, rather thin and openly striate-nerved, tapering-acute or 
acuminate, narrowed to both base and apex, the edges mostly 
roughened, the inner margins below white-scarious ; stems stout, 
simple, rarely bearing a terminal leaf subtending an erect pe- 
duncle, 2-3 mm. wide, prominently winged, the wings with thin 
serrulate edges, not broadened into the base of the spathe and 
showing a slight transverse constriction at the top: spathes 
green, erect, or slightly deflected, 4-6 mm. wide, flat, the bracts 
foliaceous; primary bract 3.7-8 cm. long, surpassing the inner 
bract mostly 1-4 cm., only exceptionally twice its length, very 
gradually narrowed to the acute or obtuse pointed apex, the inner 
margins below narrowly white-hyaline, united for about 5 mm. at 
the base; inner bract 2.3—4.8 cm. long, often of nearly equal 
breadth throughout below the abruptly somewhat obtuse apex, 
or occasionally narrowly prolonged; interior scales narrow, much 
shorter than the inner bract: flowers few, 1—4, on pedicels mostly 
a little shorter than the inner bract, large, deep violet-blue with an 
orange-yellow eye, the perianth 12-14 mm. long; anthers rela- 
tively small; stamineal column about 6 mm. high : capsules large 
and thick-walled, dark, obovoid or subglobose, 6-8 mm. high, 
on erect or slightly spreading pedicels 1—2 cm. long: seeds glo- 
bose, 1.5 mm. in diameter, black, rugulose-pitted almost to ma- 
turity when nearly smooth, the umbilicus usually appearing as a 
mere cleft, 

Grassy beaches and shores, coast of Alaska, beginning to 
flower in late June and early July, fruit ripe in August, So far as 
known, restricted to the southern Alaskan coast and the only 
species of Sisyrinchium occurring in that territory. Shores of 
Yes Bay, July 3, 1895, Thos. Howell, no. 1662 ; Back Bay, July 
3, 1895, M. W. Gorman; shores of Behm canal, Aug. 3, 1894, 
M. W. Gorman ; Sitcha, Ferd. Bischoff, 1865-7, Dr. Tiling, 1867. 

Although long known and of late years fairly well distributed 
in collections, this Alaskan plant seems never to have been looked 
upon as different from the eastern S. angustifolium until recently 
distinguished by Professor Greene, as a matter of fact since the 
above description was penned. In other writings, as on specimen 
labels, the plant has been variously referred to as S. augustifoltum 
under the names S. anceps Cav., S. Bermudiana var. anceps Gray 
and S. mucronatum Michx. The species is well distinguished from 
S. angustifolium being larger in every way, in fact, notwithstand- 
ing its boreal habitat the stoutest species of the simple-stemmed sec- 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 457 


tion of the genus. It is not nearly so pale and glaucous as S. 
angustifolium, if at all so, and dries much darker; the leaves and 
stem are broader, the spathes and bracts larger and of a some- 
what different shape, the flowers and especially the fruit larger, the 
seeds little larger but darker, more globose and more distinctly 
and narrowly umbilicate. S. Z///ora/e has perhaps its nearest rel- 
ative in S. /dahoense, but is clearly separable by thinner and 
broader leaves and stem, smaller flowers and larger fruit. 


КУКЕ ee 


Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. 


Anderson, A. P. A new Z7//ia parasitic on Oryza sativa L. Bot. 
Gaz. 27: 467-472. f. 1-4. 22 Je. 1899. 

Atkinson, G. F. Studies and Illustrations of Mushrooms: II. Bull. 
Cornell Univ. Agric. Exper. Sta. 168: 491-516, J. 83-97. Му. 
1899. 

Bower, F. O. Studies in the morphology of spore-producing 
members: IV. Leptosporangiate Ferns. Ann. Bot. I3: 320-324. 
Je. 1899. 

Brandegee, T. S. New Species of western Plants. Bot. Gaz. 27: 
444-457. 22 Je. 1899. 

Bunting, M. The Structure of the Cork Tissues in Roots of some 
Rosaceous Genera. Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. 2: 54—65. 2/. то. 
1899. 

Celakovsky, L. J. Das Priorititsgesetz in der botanischen Nomen- 
clatur. Bot. Centralb. 78: 225-234. то My. 1899; 258-268. 
17 My. 1899. 

C[lute], W. N. How to identify the Shield Ferns. Fern Bull. gi. 
59-63. Jl. 1899. 

Cowles, Н. C. The Ecological Relations of the Vegetation of the 
Sand Dunes of Lake Michigan. Bot. Gaz. 27: 361-391. f. 19-26. 
20 My. 1899. ' 

Daniel, L. Та variation dans la greffe et l'hérédité des charactéres 
acquis. Апп. Sc. Nat. ҮШ. 8: 1-192. f. 25. 1899. 

Darbishire, О. V. On Actinococcus and Ph llophora. Ann. Bot. 
I3: 253-267. f. 1-7. M. 15. Je. 1899. 

Dixon, Н. Н. The possible Function of the Nucleus in Heredity. 
Ann. Bot. 13: 269-278. Je. 1899. 

Durand, E. J. A Washing Apparatus. Bot. Gaz. 27: 394-395. 
Jig. 20 My. 1899. 

Eaton, A. A. The Genus Æguisetum with reference to the North 
American Species. Fern. Bull. 7: 57—59. Jl. 1899. 

Evans, У/, Н. An undescribed birch from Alaska. Bot. Gaz. 27 : 
481-482. :22 Je. 1899. 

Fernald, M. L. & Sornborger, J. D. Some recent Additions to 
the Labrador Flora. Ottawa Nat. 13: 89-107. Jl. 1899. 


(458) 


NU а о. о ае Linc ретт "л М Е a ль чс У ЗР дд ОЁ 
D ое ER 


INbEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 459 


Guignard, L. Sur les autherozoides et la double Copulation sexuelle 
chez les végétaux angiospermes. Rev. Gen. de Bot. її: 129-135. 
pl. 4. 15 Ap. 1899. 

Harper, R. M. The Pteridophytesof Georgia. Fern Bull. 7 : 65-67. 
]l. 1899. 

Harshberger, J. W. Statistical Information concerning the Pro- 
duction of Fruit and Seeds in Certain Plants. Contr. Bot. Lab. 
Univ. Penn. 2: 100-109. 1899. 

Harshberger, J. W. Water Storage and Conduction in Senecio 
praecox DC. from Mexico. Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. 2: 
31-40. M. 7, 8. 1899. 

Holm, T. Podophyllum peltatum. Bot. Gaz. 27: 419-433. f. 1— 
IO. 22 Je. 1899. 

Houlbert, Ch. Phylogenie des U/macées. Rev. Gen. de Bot. 11: 
106-119. /7. 2, 3. 15 Mr. 1899. 

Kennedy, P. B. Тһе Structure of the Caryopsis of Grasses with 
Reference to their Morphology and Classification. Bull. U. S. 
Depart. Agric. (Div. Agrost.) 19: 1-44. l. 7-8. 1899. 

Kuntze, O. La nomenclature réformie des Algae et Fungi, d'apres le 
Code parisien de 1867 et contre les fantaisies de M. Le Jolis. Jour. 
de Bot. 12: 17-26. Ja. 1899. 

Knoch, Ed. Untersuchungen über die Morphologie, Biologie und 
Physiologie der Blüte von Victoria regia. Bibliotheca Botanica, 47: 
1-57. pl. 1-6. 1899. 

Lang, W. Н. The prothallus of Lycopodium clavatum. Ann. Bot. 
I3: 279-317. pl. 16, 17. Je. 1899. 

Lovell, J. Н. ‘The Insect Visitors of /ris versicolor, Asa Gray 
Bull. 7: 47-50. Je. 1899. 

Macfarlane, J. M. Observations on some Hybrids between Drosera 
filiformis and D. intermedia. Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. 2: 87- 


99. pl. 12. 1899. 
Maxon, W. R. A Variety of Dicksonia. Fern Bull. 7: 63, 64. Jl. 


1899. 
McKenney, R. E. B. Observations on the Development of some 
Embryo-sacs. Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. 2: 80-86. pi. rr. 


1899. | 
Meehan, Т. Calluna vulgaris. Meehan's Month. 9: 65-66. pl. 5. 
My. 1899. 


Meehan, T. Echinocactus Whipplei. Meehan’s Month. 33-34. 77. 
J. Mr. 1899. 


460 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Meehan, T. Solidago nemoralis. Meehan’s Month. 49-50. pl. 4. 
Ap. 1899. 

Mohr, C. Alvin Wentworth Chapman. Bot. Gaz. 27: 473-478. 
Portrait. 22 Je. 1899. 

Palla, E. Ueber die Gattung PAyllactinia. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. 
Gesell. 17: 64-72. ^. 5. 23 Mr. 1899. 


Palladine, W. Influence de la lumiére sur la formation des ma- 
tieres proteiques actives et sur l'energie de la respiration des parties 
vertes des végétaux. Rev. Gen. de Bot. тї: 81-105. 15 Mr. 
1899. 

Pee-Laby, E. Etude anatomique de la feuille des Graminées de la 
France. Ann. Sc. Nat. VIII. 8: 227-346. J. r-18. pl. rr-13. 
1899. | 

Pittier, Н. Primitiae Florae Costaricensis. Gamopetalae. (By J. 
Donnell Smith.) Inst. Fis. Geog. Nac. Costa Rica, 1899. 

Pollard, С. L. The Ostrich Fern in Virginia. Fern Bull. (ES, М 
]l. 1899. 

Purpus, C. A. Eine Succulententour in das Wiistengebiet des siid- 
lichen Nevada, des nordwestlichen Arizona und des südwestlichen 
Utah. Monatssch. für Kakteenkunde, 9: 49-52. 15 Ap. 1899; 
65-68. 15 My. 1899. 

Reinke, J. & Braunmuller. Untersuchungen über den Einfluss 
des Lichtes auf den Gehalt grüner Blätter an Aldehyd. Ber. Deutsch. 
Bot. Gesell. 17: 7-12. 20 F. 1899. 

Sauvageau, C. Les Acinetospora et la Sexualité des Tilopteridacées 
Jour. de Bot. 13: 107-127. Ap. 1899. 

Schaffner, J. Н. Origin of Timber Belts. Bot. Gaz. 27: 392-393. 
20 My. 1899. 

Schaffner, J Н. The Spreading of Buffalo Grass. Bot. Gaz. aM : 
393-394. 20 My. 1899. 

Schively, A. F. Recent Observations on Amphicarpaea monoica. 
Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. 2: 20-30. 1899. 

Schneck, J. Phacelia Coville’ at Mt. Carmel, Ill. Bot. Gaz. 27: 
395-396. 20 My. 1899. 

Schumann, К. Echinocactus Grahlianus Е. Hge. jun. und seine Ver- 
wandten. Monatssch. für Kakteenkunde, 9: 54-55. 15 Ap. 1899. 
[Illust. ] 

Scribner, Е. L. American Grasses, П. Bull. U. S. Depart. Agric. 
17: 1-349. f. 303-627. 1899. 


Includes some new species and new names. 


THO PUT PIRE aS ae ere Г" A " РИТ ОАР S o6 COT ШТАН SUM T РЕ Ч Т ЧЕГЕТ АРА 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 461 


Sherman, P. L. & Briggs, C. H. Saw Palmetto. Pharm. Archives, 
2: 101-116. Je. 1899. 

Analyses of the fruit. 

Simons, E. A. Comparative Studies on the Rate of Circumnutation 
of some flowering Plants. Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. 2: 66-79. 
1899. 

Smith, J. G. Studies on American Grasses. A Synopsis of the 
Genus S//anion. Bull. U.S. Depart. Agric. (Div. Agrost.) 18: 1-21. 


pl. 1-4. 24 Je. 1899. 

S. jubatum, S. villosum, S. multisetum, S. breviaristatum, S. minus, 5. rigidum, 
S. Californicum, S. glabrum, S. insulare, S. cinereum, S. caespitosum, S. montanum, S. 
strigosum, S. molle, S. brevifolium, S. longifolium, S. pubiflorum, S. planifo.ium, S. 
lanceolatum, and S. anomalum, new species. 

Smith, J. D. Undescribed Plants from Guatemala and other Central 
American Republics, XXI. Bot. Gaz. 27: 331-339. 20 My. 
1899; 434—443. 22 Je. 1899. 

Snow, J. W.  Pseudo-Pleurococcus nov. gen. Ann. Bot. I3: 189- 
195. р. 1r. Je. 1899. 

Spegazzini, C. Nova Addenda ad Floram Patagonicam. Anales 
Soc. Cien. Argentina, 47: 224-239. My. 1399. 

Includes several new species. 

Thompson, C. B. The Structure and Development of Internal 
Phloem in Gelsemium sempervirens Ait. Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. 
Penn. 2: 41-53. 77. 9. 1899. 

Townsend, C. O. The effect of ether upon the germination of 
spores. Bot. Gaz. 27: 458-466. 22 Je. 1899. 

Ule, E. Ueberspontan entstandene Bastarde von Bromeliaceen. Ber. 
Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 17: 51-64. Pj. 4. 23 Mr. 1899. 

Ule, E. Ueber einige neue und interessante Bromeliaceen. Ber. 
Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 17: 1-6. 20 F. 1899. 

Ule, E. Ueber eine experimentell erzeugten Aristolochien-bastard. 
Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 35-40. $7. 3. 20 Е. 1899. 

Van Tieghem, Ph. Spores, Diodes et Tomies. Jour. de Bot. 13: 
I27-132. Ap. 1899. 

Vries, Н. de. Sur la Culture des Fasciations des Espèces annuelles 
et bisannuelles. Rev. Gen. de Bot. I1: 136-151. 15 Ap. 1899. 

Vries, H. de. Ueber die Periodicitàt der partiellen Variationen. 
Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 17: 45-51. 23 Mr. 1899. 

Ward, Н. M. Thames Bacteria. Ann. Bot. I3: 197-251. //. 72— 
I4. Je. 1899. 


462 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Waugh, Е. A. A Conspectus of the genus Zivium. Bot. Gaz. 27: 
340-360. f. 1-14. 20 My. 1899. 

Waugh, Е. A. What is Prunus insttitia? Bot. Gaz. 27: 478-481. 
22 Je. 1899. 

Westermeier, N. Ziichtungs-Versuche mit Winterroggen. Bot. 
Centralb. 78: 33-38. 29 Mr. ; 65-70. 5 Ар. ; 97-104. 12 Ap. 
1899. 

Williams, T. A. Half hours with Lichens, III. Asa Gray Bull. 7: 
52-55. Je. 1899. 

Williams, E. M. Тһе broad-gilled Co//y&ia. Asa Gray Bull. y 
39, 40. pl. 4. Је. 1899. 

Wilson, L. L. W. Observations on ConopAo/is Americana. Contr. 
Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. 2: 3-19. 2/1 1-б. 1899. 


[This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Company 
in card catalogue form. ] 


BULL. Torr. Bor. CLUB. PLA 30% 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON. 


300. 


PL. 


CLUB. 


Tonn. Bor. 


BULL. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON. 


CUR C UNE НДН i г ан ЫБА ода АМ | 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


t. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 


Vol. т. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895—1898. 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2 Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. 
Vol. s. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-(current). 


3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, N. Y. City. А list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Many 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 


4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896,—andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. By 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York. Price $1.00. 


6. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes, 


AN 


ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


‘Westward to the 102d Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 
With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and FicuRED. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the SyNonymy, the REVISED NOMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLOSSARY, and а 
copious English Index, including the PopuLAR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For all 
students and lovers of plants. 


Vol. L, Royal 8vo, pp. xii--612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. IL, pp. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892 ; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi+588 ; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 
CHAS. SCRIBNER'S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering то соріеѕ or more, 15 per cent. discount. 


JUST ISSUED. 


UNDERWOOD'S 


Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. 


A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and the r 
Literat re. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored Ву 


Lucien М. UNDERWOOD. 


12mo. Рр. 236. Price $1.50 ze 


Contains synopses of the geuera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with 
historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious 
references to the literature of the subject 

Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the 
novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of 
fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. 


HENRY HOLT & CO. 
29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. 


MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 net. 


A companion volume to Dr. John К Small's “ Monograph of the ‘North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus vy num,” published in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price Address 


Professor L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


Botanical Collection For Sale. 

A Botanical Collection of over Twelve Thousand Specimens, 
catalogued according to the latest system and properly preserved 
but not mounted. Also, Botanical Library of over One Hundred 


Volumes and Pamphlets. Catalogue of the latter on application. 


Apply to T, Care Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


JOE CLASS ЖШ Сим аэ Tt. 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 
“Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


ci sah бананы Usetul to Botanists. 


MORE THAN FIFTY OF 


AMERICA’S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


IHE PLANT УЧЛЕ К 


It contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 

Volume II. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. 


TETENMeTONS, ы ОО PER ANNUM. 
ADDRESS 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & 00., Publishers, Binghamton, N. Y. 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia Univ rsity. 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Рр. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 xed 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


unii a ү Г T. К А Ры a eee ААЛ се тт EET EA "y ra Ww Bi. dice e ү 
f | 


flew Pork Botanical Garden 


MEMOIRS 


The first volume of Memoirs of the New York 
Botanical Garden will be issued during 1899. It will 
contain “An annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana 
and the Yellowstone National Park," written by Dr. Per 
Axel Rydberg 

The Memoirs will be published in large octavo size, as 
matter for them becomes available. Volume І. will consist 
of about 400 pages. and will contain descriptions of a large 
number of new species of plants and critical notes on many 
others, 

Subscriptions to this first volume are now invited. 
The price will be two dollars per copy. 

N. L. BRITTON, 


DIRECTOR-IN-C HIEF. 


A Text-Book of General Lichenology 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
: United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full.page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 


WILLARD М. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N. Y. 


IMPORTANT FOR 


Teachers of Botany and General Biology. 


Haematococcus has long been recognized as one of the most valuable 
one-celled motile plants for demonstration and study with elementary 
classes in biology. Many teachers have difficulty in finding the ma- 
terial. A memoir on this interesting organism, by Mr. T. E. Hazen, 
illustrated with two colored plates, has just been published in the 
Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, volume six, part three, in which 
the entire life-history has been carefully described and figured, and 
numerous errors of the ordinary text-books corrected. The brochure 
is specially adapted for the use of elementary students in botany and 
general biology, and can be secured for classes at special rates as noted 
below. ғ 


Price, 50 cents; ten copies ог more by express to one address at 
half-price. 
Addres, Editor, Torrey Botanical Club, 


Columbia University, New York City. 


IMPORTANT TO 
Libraries and Botanical Laboratories. 


'The most important contribution to the knowledge of the Bryophytes of this country 
since the publication of Sullivant's Icones Muscorum has recently appeared as Volume 
Seven of the Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, entitled, 


The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes 
of California, 


By MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, of Columbia University, 


With Thirty-Five Heliotype Plates. 


While this work is specifically devoted to West Coast Species, the illustrations, 
which are the finest representations of the Hepaticae that have yet appeared, render 
the work of general and direct interest to all students of botany, The work should be 
in every library consulted by botanical students. Price, unbound, $3.00, postpaid. 


Address, L. M. UNDERWOOD, 
Columbia University, New York City. 


Pi СЕ? te НОНРОРИНЕО Е 7. 


ESTABLISHED 1851. 


EIMER & AMEND. 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 207, 209 & 21 Third Ave.. 


Corner of 18th Street, 


oo 


NEW YORK. 


SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES 
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 


E. March's Szline Chemical Stone 
Ware. 


Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 
Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- 
ters (Polariscopes)- 

Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Ba» 
ances, etc. 


|| Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co.. а 


Paris, Platinum. 


H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. 


SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- 
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem 
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals foi 


Sugar Chemists. 


LABORATORY OUTFITS 


FOR 


FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES амр COLLEG: S 
Cass-BiowtiNc, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING 


НР, es ee ee ee Y 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. 


4 (т) BULLETIN. 

A monthly journal devoted to general botany. Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 
tained 650 pages of text and 29 full-page plates. Price $2 оо per annum. Бог. 
Europe 10 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England. 

As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 
plete their files should apply at once. Yearly volumes 1-5 (1870-1874), and vols. 
7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of One Dollar each, except vols. 
7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. i 

Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at the subscription 
price of Five Dollars, 

Vols, 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols. 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged, 

single copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


- (2) MEMOIRS. 


The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is. fixed for each. Those 
omitted from this list cannot be had separately. 

Volume 1; No. 2.—4A List of the Marine Algae hitherto observed on the Coasts ` 
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, со cents. 

No. 3.—Àn Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. Н.Н. Rusby in 
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, 
75 cents. è 

3 No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. Ву E. Lewis Sturtevant. ` Price, 75 cents. 

Volume 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, со cents. 

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna 


Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. 


No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. 

Vol. 3. No. r.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- 
ritory. By John K, Small and A. A. Heller. Price, о cents. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadaces with illustrations of all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. - 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang, 
By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

Vol 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. 


. Underwood. Price, 75 cents. 


No 2.—Report on the Botanical: Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John К. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, о cents. 

. .No.. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—Il. 
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit, 
Price, 50 cents. 

No. 5.—Monograph of Physalis and related Genera. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 
75 cents, 

: Vol. 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 
in. Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S 
Price, $3.00. 

` Vol. 6. Мо, r.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang—III. By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 
No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia, : 
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 


3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyt reported as 
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00. 


Address: L, М, UNDERWOOD, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. 


VoL. 26 SEPTEMBER, 1899 | No. 9 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


EDITOR 


LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD 


ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 


BYRON DAVID HALSTED : FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 
ARTHUR HOLLICK ANNA MURRAY VAIL 
CONTENTS 
. The Effect of Chemical Irritation on the Eco- Studies in Sisyrznchium. — V.: Two new 

nomic Coefficient of Sugar: Her bert Maule | Eastern species: Eugene P. Bicknell . . 496 
Richards: ....... MONA APT S 463 A Synopsis of the Proceedings of the Botanical 

New Plants from Wyoming. — X.: Aven Organizations meeting at Columbus, Ohio, 
Nehon у... 499. August Ry 28 3899.44 ees з 500 


The Advantages of 1737 asa Starting Point of 
Botanical Nomenclature: Dr. Otte Kuntze 488 

New Fungi from Mississippi: S. M. Tracy 
Ang Ж EAM Vo TVs uA 493 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING 
TO AMERICAN BOTANY . ........ 506 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


Tur New Era PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER, РА. 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 


Fresident, 
HON, ADDISON BROWN, 
Vice Presidents, 
T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY Н. RUSBY, M. D. 
Corresponding Secretary, 


Recording Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN К. SMALL, 


Normal College, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, 


Treasurer, 


Editor, 

L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, JR.. 
Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 

Associate Editors, 

BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
Ркок. FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 
Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., 
Committee on Finance, 
WM. E. DODGE. 
Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., 
319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City. 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, 
Committee on Library and Herbarium, 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L. SANIAL, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ALICE M. ISAACS. 
Committees оп the Local Flora, 


Pror. N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., 
CRYPTOGAMIA, 


Pror, L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D. 
Н. Н. RUSBY, M. D., MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., 
Rev. GEO. D. HULST, Mns. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


Committee оп Excursions. 
Dr, І. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 
GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, 
MARIE L. SANIAL, W. A. BASTEDO, 
Committee on Program. 
Dr. H. H. RUSBY, Dr. C. C. CURTIS; 


Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 


ANNA MURRAY VAIL, 
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., 


J. 1. КАМЕ, 


PHANEROGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, 


The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, except 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, P. M. Botanists are cordially invited 


to attend, 
MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 


payable to Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St, New York City. 


ee аы 


an Юй түү v nd us. уз А atat d МИИ БЧА з WERDE SLITL LS RESP т р 
„ыйа, Я Pd a А È : Ж qu C a 
(7 “T VES 


VoL. 26 | No. 9 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


SEPTEMBER 1899 


The Effect of Chemical Irritation on the Economic Coefficient of Sugar 


HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS 


It has been known since Raulin's* account of the nutrition of 
fungi that certain metallic salts—notably those of zinc—induce a 
more rapid growth of fungi than is normal, although, as has been 
shown by more recent work,t he somewhat misinterpreted the ac- 
tion of these salts. It is now well known, as has been demon- 
strated by many competent experimenters, that a much simpler 
nutrient solution than was thought necessary in Raulin's time is 
adequate for an entirely normal development of fungi. With some 
available source of carbon and nitrogen it is only necessary to add 
salts containing potassium, magnesium, sulphur, phosphorus, and a 
trace of iron to provide a suitable substratum for the growth of 
these saprophytic hyphomycetous fungi which have been experi- 
mented with.{ The action of the metallic salts noted by Raulin, 
as well as of others not considered by him, is to be regarded as a 
response to a chemical irritation which in some way hastens the 
metabolic activity of the fungus. The result is the production 
within a given time of a greater amount of dry substance as 
compared with the same fungus grown under similar conditions, 
but on solutions free from the irritant. For further particulars as 
to the range of substances which affect this abnormal growth and 


* Études Chimique sur la Vegetation, Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Bot. V. тт: 9I. 1869. 
T Die Beeinflussung des Wachsthums einiger Pilze durch chemische Reize. Rich- 
ards, Prings. Jahrb. 30: 665. 1897. 
t Pfeffer, Pflanzenphysiologie, 1 : 374. 
[Issued September 22.] (463) 


Ld 


464  RicuaARps: THE EFFECT ОЕ CHEMICAL IRRITATION 


the comparative violence of the irritation, reference is made to the 
paper already cited.* It will be seen that numerous metallic salts 
and some organic substances were found which more or less mark- 
edly bring about the above noted effect and that their action is con- 
stant, although the organic substratum, or the nitrogen source, be 
changed. Iron salts have a double effect, acting in the first place 
as a necessary substance for the growth of fungi,f and in the 
second place in stronger solutions having a distinctly irritating 
effect. 

It was the object of the following recorded experiments to en- 
deavor to throw some light on the physiological action of this 
chemical irritation, to approach a little nearer to discovering the 
underlying cause of the abnormal growth of these fungi under 
such conditions. As a first step in this direction cultures and 
analyses were made to determine if there was any regular and con- 
siderable variation in the economic coefficient of the organic food 
material supplied to the fungus. | 

Because of its greater ease in determination sugar was employed 
as the organic basis of the nutrient solution and many analyses 
were made to determine what relation the weight of dry substance 
produced for the amount of sugar used bore between the normal 
culture, and those growing under chemical irritation. It would, 
no doubt, have been interesting for further comparison to have used 
other organic substrata, such as glycerin, but it was hardly neces- 
sary in this instance to do so in order to prove the point desired, 
and the difficulty of accurate quantitative determination of glycerin 
made it impracticable with the facilities at hand for such research. 

For the cultures the usual method of growing the fungi in 
flasks was employed. For most of the experiments the ordinary 
Florence flasks of about 125 cc. capacity were used; they were 
selected with due care as regards similarity of shape, and any error 
due to difference in area of the surface of the culture fluid could 
not have been considerable. In these flasks 50 cc. of the nu- 
trient solution was used ; for larger quantities, where 100 cc. was 
taken, Erbenmeyer flasks of Jena glass, about 250 cc. in capacity, 


* Richards, Z с. 
+ Molisch, Pflanze in ihren Beziehungen zum Eisen, Jena, 1892. Benecke, Die zur 
Ernährung der Schimmelpilze nothwendige Metalle. Ргіпоѕ. Jahrb. 27: 487. 1895. 


> РР "T" T1 eS Cee, ЧАД" е w Tes ter wet), ON СЕНИ АЖ АЫ МАМА ЛЬ. 2 АК 
ae MIE ET TIEA b a ii зае adi 


ON THE ECONOMIC COEFFICIENT OF SUGAR 465 


were selected. The sowings of the fungus spores were not made 
by the addition of water in which the spores hung suspended, 
since it was desired not to weaken the solutions and thereby in- 
volve another chance of error in the subsequent analyses. Instead 
of this method, small pieces of heavy glass rod (about 8 mm. 
diam.) were taken, their ends slightly moistened and then rubbed 
on the dry stock culture of the desired fungus. The bits of glass 
rod, with the attached spores, were then dropped in the prepared 
flasks; a slight shaking served to dislodge the spores which 
promptly rose to the surface and with sufficiently even distribution 
to insure an even growth of the fungus when they germinated. 
In this way the cultures were provided with at least an approxi- 
mately equal number of spores, certainly above the maximum re- 
quired to produce an unbroken carpet of mycelium, and that, as 
has already been shown, is sufficient to make an equal growth on 
surfaces of the same area. 

As in the previous investigations the greatest care was taken 
to have all of the substances used for the culture fluids of the 
greatest practicable degree of purity. The chemically pure salts 
prepared by Merck & Co. were used and again recrystallized. 
The sugar was of the best quality obtainable in the market and 
showed on many tests to be free from impurities. The water 
was twice distilled, once over a tin-lined still and the second time 
over glass with alkaline permanganate. It should be added that 
due care was taken that none of the permanganate passed over. 
By all tests employed as well as by the evidence of the experi- 
ments themselves, the water was shown to be pure. For the irri- 
tant substances, the zinc sulphate and lithium carbonate, from which 
the chloride was prepared, were kindly given the writer by Profes- 
sor T. W. Richards, of Harvard University. Of the other salts 
the nickel sulphate and the ferric chloride were the purest obtain- 
able and further purified by successive recrystallizations. 

Only one nutrient solution was used—that recommended by 
Pfeffer * which is identical with solution А of the writer's previous 
paper.T The formula is as follows : 


* Election organischer Nährstoffe. Prings. Jahrb. 27: 238. 1895. Pflanzen- 


physiologie, 1: 375. 
T Richards, 7. с. p. 667. 


МО Ане moss a dod hu. 
e Jj 
й. X vu b 
ЕД 


466  RicHARDs: THE EFFECT or CHEMICAL IRRITATION 


NH,NO, 1.00 
KH,PO, .50 
MgSO, 25 
Sugar 5.00 
Water 100.00 


Trace of iron 


The fungi experimented with were Sterigmatocystis (Aspergillus) 
nigra, Penicillium glaucum and Trichothecium roseum. 

In making up the solutions it was found most convenient as well 
as most accurate to prepare them in considerable quantities with all 
the ingredients except the sugar and of exactly twice the strength 
desired. Of the solutions thus prepared and with their respective 
amounts of the irritant substances added, 25 or 50 cc. were taken 
and exactly the same amount of an accurately prepared 10% sugar 
solution added. In all of the processes the same pipéttes were 
used throughout and were handled in the same manner, great care 
being taken of course not to contaminate one solution with another, 
particularly the control solutions. In this manner it was found 
practicable to prepare quickly solutions containing a standard of 
5% sugar with all the accuracy needed for this work. Numerous 
test analyses were made of solutions made up after this manner 
and it was found that they did not vary more than 0.005 grm. in 
sugar content. It is obvious that it was needful to have confidence in 
the accuracy of the solutions for upon this point depended the en- 
tire result of the work. 

When the crop of fungus was harvested the flasks were well 
shaken and the contents filtered. То the filtrate 1 cc. of a 5 % so- 
lution of НСІ was added and time being allowed for the inversion 
of the sugar the HCl was then neutralized with Na,CO, and a suf- 
ficient amount of water added to dilute the solution to just twice 
its original bulk, thus weakening it sufficiently to allow of an ac- 
curate analysis. From these solutions always two and sometimes 
more analyses were made. The control cultures were usually two 
in number ; the average between them being the figures printed in 
the tables. Тһе determination of the sugar was made by the 
Fehling method. For this purpose the usual solutions of CuSO, 
and of alkaline Rochelle salts were made up and mixed freshly for 
each set of analyses. Тһе Fehling solution was tested against а 


ON 


ein tk h a a ОТ T РОДНО ертн РРР Ч a 
ON THE Economic COEFFICIENT OF SUGAR 467 


standard sugar solution each time. The factor (Allen’s Industrial 
Chemistry, vol. I., p. 226) of 10 cc. Fehling solution = 0.0475 
cane sugar after inversion was used as the basis of all calculations. 

The dry weight of fungus was determined in the usual way, 
the crop having been collected on a weighed filter was dried in an 
oven at the temperature of about 70° C. to constant weight. 

In the absence of thermostat the cultures were grown at the 
ordinary room temperature in the laboratory or at a somewhat 
higher temperature in a room which served also as a conservatory. 
The cultures were consequently subjected to some fluctuation of 
temperature, possibly somewhat to the disadvantage of the results 
obtained. It would, undoubtedly, have been preferable to have 
grown the Sterigmatocystis cultures at a point nearer the optimum 
for that fungus between 30° and 34° C. In the case of the Peni- 
cillium the room temperature approximated more nearly the lower 
optimum of that fungus. In spite of the variations, however, the 
results for both correspond satisfactorily, the Sterigmatocystis cul- 
tures being allowed to grow for a somewhat longer period than 
would otherwise have been necessary. 

It would, indeed, have been well to have determined the res- 
piration quotient in relation both to the increased growth and the 
economic coefficient but the writer was unable at the time to do 
so, although, it is his intention to experiment in this line in the 
future. The facts demonstrated, however, show much as to the 
economic coefficient of the sugar in relation to the abnormal 
growth caused by chemical irritation despite the fact that at ргез- 
ent they cannot be compared with the CO, coefficient. 

It will be seen by comparison with the results of Kunstmann* 
that the averages of the economic coefficient obtained from the 
control cultures is correct. This average approximates 2.00 for 
the ratio between the amount of sugar used for the dry weight of 
fungus produced or, as may better be expressed, 0.50 grm. of dry 
substance for each gram of sugar consumed. In table I. of Kunst- 
mann's paper the average coefficient for those cultures grown be- 
tween the temperatures of 17? and 25?C. is 2.05 — 0.49. This 
serves as a check for the results recorded herein. 


* Ueber das Verháltniss zwischen Pilzernte u. verbrauchter Nahrung. Inaug. Dis- 
sert., Leipzig, 1895. 


ids 


Eu xU. 


яй 
Е 


а а «3 TE ees A. Y > 3 


ande a oo 


wae oe Pe ee oo 


a ee T E а 
З м е: 


468 RICHARDS: THE EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION 


Taking the control cultures as a base from which comparison 
can be made, those cultures to which an irritant substance was 
added now demanded attention. From the results previously ob- 
tained such degrees of concentration as showed a marked irritant 
were employed, the stronger solutions where in the case of the 
poisonous salts a secondary toxic effect was noted, were not em- 
ployed, except in one series. With this last named exception all 
of the ZnSO4 series comprised the following percentages of the 
anhydrous salt 0.002 %; 0.004 0; 0.008 %; 0.032%; the last 
named concentration being just within the range of the toxic effect. 
In those cultures to which iron salts were added, a much greater 
degree of concentration is indicated, for it will be remembered that 
iron has a double effect, first as a necessary food substance for the 
fungus, and secondarily, when present in larger quantities as an 
irritant. Consequently the percentages of Fe,Cl, were 0.05 % ; 
0.10 %; 0.20%. In the same way the lithium salt, in this case 
lithium chloride, although not an indispensable ash constituent is 
not effective as an irritant, except in comparatively strong solu- 
tions, and apparently does not exert any poisonous influence on 
these hyphomycetous fungi. It was used іп the following concen- 
trations of 0.125 %; 0.350%; 0.375 %. In the few series with 
nickel salts the sulphate was not used in concentrations very 
much greater than with the ZnSO 4, for like the latter salt it is 
ultimately a poison. The citations above given are in fractions of 
a per cent., forthe sake of comparison with the writer's previous 
paper which has already been referred to, but it will be observed 
that in the tables the equivalents of the solutions are given in frac- 
tions of the zormal solution. This method of reckoning in gram- 
atoms of the irritant or toxic base was employed by Kahlenberg 
and True* and affords a much better standard for comparison for 
future works in this line than expressions in terms of per cent. 
Since in every salt used in these experiments herein described the 
acid may be regarded as entirely neutral in its effect on the growth 
of the füngi the whole of the irritant effect is to be referred to the 
base of the particular salt employed. 

Upon examination of the tables it will be seen that the curve 
of the economic coefficient of the sugar rises with the increase in 


* Bot. Gaz. 22 : 8I-I24. 1896. 


МАЛ vu, 


а? ла toe BAA BA. 2 I. РУР TEN CA Ca" (0717 BWFMU р ур АУ Мылы ШК Лу о 
" "NR УК CRA ri Te МЕЕ У 


я a 


ON THE ECONOMIC COEFFICIENT OF SUGAR 469 


the dry weight of the fungus, but more abruptly. For instance, 
in the case of the cultures with ZnSO, as in the case of irritation 
it attains its maximum of 0.58 (see general averages, Table V.) at a 
concentration of 0.004% of this salt, at which point also the maxi- 
mum weight is shown. In solutions of greater strength the co- 
efficient falls off but more rapidly than does the abnormal growth. 
At a concentration of 0.032% when the toxic effect of the ZnSO, 
begins to be noticeable the economic coefficient has fallen almost 
to that of the control as also has the weight of dry substance. 
In yet stronger solutions in which the growth is much retarded the 
amount of sugar used remains, however, in about this same rela- 
tion. The cultures in which Fe,Cl, was used do not show the 
same regularity. Up to the strength of 0.1% the rise of the eco- 
nomic coefficient of the sugar from 0.46 to 0.56 keeps pace with 
the increase of weight from about 330 mg. to 800 mg. and agrees 
with the results found with the ZnSO,, but beyond that at a con- 
centration of 0.2% the average of the economic coefficients falls 
somewhat while the average weight of the fungus crop increases. 
This was more apparent in the Penicillium cultures than in those 
with .Szerzgmatocystis. In the latter both the weight and ratio re- 
main about equal, while in the Penicillium only one series shows 
any increase (X VIII.) and series XX. indicates a distinct falling off 
of the coefficient although a considerable gain in weight is shown 
in the 0.2% culture over that with but 0.1% of Fe,Cl,. It is to be 
observed, however, that in this case the ratio of 0.82 given for the 
0.1% culture stands alone in being the highest found in any series. 
It is this series that has so materially affected the averages, but 
since no legitimate reason could be discovered for throwing it out 
it was necessarily included with the rest. In the series with LiCl 
the two with Szerigimatocystis show the same peculiarity, for in the 
stronger concentration of 0.375% there is a distinct gain in weight 
with some falling off in the availability of the sugar consumed 
(series XXII., XXIIL). In the Penicillium cultures the ratio rises 
even in the strongest solution employed but at 0.375% the gain 
does not correspond to the increase in weight over the 0.25% 
concentration. In the Z77ZcAothzceium series there is no marked 
change. All of the series with LiCl agree, however, in showing 
in the weaker solutions of 0.125% and 0.25% an increase of the 


410  RicHaRDs: THE EFFECT ОЕ CHEMICAL IRRITATION 


ratio over that found in the control cultures corresponding to that 
found in other experiments. А few series were tried with a nickel 
salt, the results falling in line with those obtained with the ZnSO, 
cultures, the curve of the economic coefficient of the sugar follow- 
ing a course. similar to that of the gain in weight. 

In order to compare the abnormal growth caused by these in- 
organic salts with that produced by organic substances a couple of 
series were carried through with cocaine as an irritant. As is 
shown in the previous paper these fungi do not respond very vio- 
lently to the organic substances therein mentioned and cocaine was 
selected as being the most potent. The results were surprisingly 
definite ; as will be seen a distinct increase of weight resulted with 
also an appreciable gain in the ratio amounting to about 0.04. 

It will be seen that, although the effectiveness of sugar as a 
source of organic nutrition increases in general with the increase 
of growth in.luced by the irritant substance and diminishes as the 
latter diminishes, the economic coefficient does not exactly parallel 
іп its curve the gain of dry substance. For instance, supposing 
that the dry weight of a control culture be 1 and the economic 
coefficient of the sugar be 0.50, although the dry weight of a cul- 
ture under similar conditions but with the addition of an irritant 
be 2 the economic coefficient is not 1.00 but much lower on the 
average, say O.60. Indeed, it is not to be expected that the eco- 
nomic coefficient should vary in the same proportion as the increase 
of weight. Such an example as given above—the ratio of weights 
is often higher as much as 1 to 3—would require that a// of the 
sugar used be available for the production of the fungus mycelium, 
an impossibility in any event since such a condition would preclude 
the respiration of any CO, Noris it necessary that the available 
portion of the sugar used increase in a similar proportion to the 
dry substance, for it will be remembered that the effect of the irri- 
tant substance must, as long as the food supply is not greatly ex- 
hausted, be cumulative. Even a smaller increase of the economic 
coefficient of the sugar than that absolutely found would serve to 
account for a considerable increase in weight. It is evident from 
the experiments that of the sugar used more is actually available 
for the fungus and that provides for and implies a more rapid growth 
of the latter. Granting this together with the accompanying 


"с NE iR 


ON THE Economic COEFFICIENT OF SUGAR 471 


necessity that the irritant substance is acting continually, it is easy 
to understand that any gain in weight might be indefinitely multi- 
plied as long as the food supply was sufficient. Since, up to a cer- 
tain point, the economic coefficient of the sugar rises with the in- 
crease of dry weight shows that there must be some relation between 
the two, that the latter phenomenon must in some measure at least 
be dependent upon the former. The actual gain in the economic 
coefficient must at any one time be very small and it is highly prob- 
able that given time any two cultures, the one with and the other 
without an irritant substance added would tend to become equalized. 

As the weight of the crop falls with the increase of ZnSO, so 
also does the economic coefficient diminish, but the writer would 
not be prepared to maintain that the toxic effect of this substance 
is in itself merely the diminishing of the economic coefficient to a 
vanishing point. It is not to be supposed that the irritant salt acts 
directly on the sugar but on the fungus in which no doubt other 
and more subtle changes in the protoplasm are brought about. 
As was shown indeed in one series even in very much stronger 
solutions of ZnSO, where the growth is materially diminished 
by the salt, the economic coefficient remains practically the same 
as in the normal. А further discussion of the zoric action of this 
salt is, however, not within the limits of this paper. 

While it would be manifestly improper with evidence afforded 
by only a comparatively few series of experiments from but a 
single point of view to theorize too widely as to the nature of this 
chemical irritation, the writer feels justified in arriving at the con- 
clusion that the increase in tbe availability of the sugar consumed 
is at least one factor and an impertant one in determining the in- 
crease of growth. In just what way the irritant influences the 
metabolic activity of the fungus hyphae must be at present at least 
merely a matter of speculation. The irritant substance is not in 
itself a source from which energy is available. 

In their action as poisons the salts of zinc, nickel, manganese 
and lithium would come under the third group of poisons as recog- 
nized by Loew in his “ Naturliche System der Gift Wirkungen," * 
which includes those bases that by their power of forming salts 
with the protein substances of the protoplasm induce disturbances 


* Munich, 1893. See also Davenport, Experimental Morphology, 1: 12. 


419  RicHaRDs: THE EFFECT ОЕ CHEMICAL IRRITATION 


which ultimately end in death. It may be that such indeed is the 
case, but the poisonous substances so formed being in such minute 
quantities, owing to the dilute solutions used, do not serve to kill 
the protoplasm, but merely stimulate its molecular activity in an 
endeavor to throw off the irritant substance, or to induce what 
might be called a secondary katalytic action. The results with 
the salts of iron which are not poisonous do not, however, uphold 
such a view, yet it is not impossible that in stronger solutions the 
apparently inocuous base, iron, might prove to exert a poisonous 
influence. This might be impossible to demonstrate, since the 
necessary concentration to produce any deleterious effect would be 
so great as to confuse the results with the osmotic action of the 
solution. If it is not possible to admit any such semi-toxic action 
on the part of the irritant substances, it is necessary to fall back 
upon the idea of their action being strictly katalytic, as suggested 
by Pfeffer,* or simply to include the phenomenon under the com- 
prehensive phrase “ physiological counter-reaction." 

The results of these experiments may be briefly stated as follows : 

That the direct action of irritant substances (in this case inor- 
ganic salts), which produce an increased growth of certain fungi 
is to enable the latter to dispose more economically of the sugar 
used (7. e., to raise the economic coefficient of the sugar) thereby per- 
mitting a more rapid production of dry substance in a given time. 

That the increase of the economic coefficient is not in propor- 
tion to the percentage increase in weight. 

That the economic coefficient again decreases when in poison- 
ous substances the maximum of growth is passed, but thàt it appar- 
ently does not ever fall much below the normal. 

This work was begun in the Cryptogamic Laboratory of Har- 
vard University in 1897-98 and completed at Barnard College, 
New York, in 1898-99. The writer would here express his 
thanks to Professor H. B. Hill, Director of the Chemical Labora- 
tory of Harvard University, for his courtesy in allowing the use of 
the facilities of that laboratory. 

New York, May, 1899. 


* Pfeffer, Prings. Jahrb. 28: 238. 1895. 


ON THE EcoNoMIC COEFFICIENT OF SUGAR 


TABLE I. 


478 


In all of the cultures a standard of 57, sugar was used. The series аге indicated in 


Roman numerals. 


I. Sterigmatocystis nigra. ZnSO, added. Grown at room temp. about 20°C. Har- 


vested one week after sowing. 


9, ZnSO,. 


.0029/, .0049/ 


А .0080 209205 
Fraction normal ZnSO,. | Control, .000125 | .00025 | DT | 002 
D | 
Weight crop mg. 535 846 | тозо 945 
Sugar used mg. 0302211220 1400 I315 
Sugar residue mg. | 1570 1280 1100 1185 | 
Econ. ) Fungus : sugar. 1,74 | 1.44 3.37 1.39 
Coeff. f Sugar : fungus. | +0.57 0.69 0.73 0.74 
II as in I. | | | 
Temp. about 20°C. 7 days. | | 
Weight crop mg. 640 912 110g | 842 800 
Sugar residue mg. | 1845 1315 1300 | 1370 | 1305 
Sugar used mg. l 955 1185 1200 1130 1195 
Econ. | Fungus : sugar. | 1.49 | 1.29 | 1.09 1.34 I 50 
Coeff. f Sugar : fungus. | 0.67 On 0.92 Жейу] 0.67 
III as in I. | 
Temp. about 20°C. 6 days. | | 
Weight crop mg. 3401 535 817 800 |  4co 
Sugar residue mg. 1825 1605 1320 1284 ——— 
Sugar used mg. 675 895 | 1180 1216 —— 
Econ, | Fungus : sugar. 2.00 1.67 I.44 1.52 = 
Coeff. f Sugar: fungus. | 0.49 059 0.69 0, 66 — 
IV as in I. | | | 
Temp. circa 24°C, 8 days, ` | 
Weight crop mg. | 510 830 943 | 912 615 
Sugar residue mg. | 1306 | 1164 1029 1032 1461 
Sugar used mg. | II94 1336 I471 | 1468 1039 
Econ. ) Fungus : sugar. | I.95 I3 I.56 1,61 1.69 
Coeff. / Sugar : fungus 0.51 0.59 0.64 | 0,62 0.59 
V as in I. | | 
Temp. circa 24°С. 5 days. | 
Weight crop mg. | 305. |; gaa бо | боо | 520 
Sugar residue mg. | I9I2 | 1637 1536 1540 1164 
Sugar used mg. 588 | 863 | 964 960 925 
Econ. | Fungus : sugar. | 1.83 | 1.65 | I.58 1.60 1.74 
Coeff, f Sugar : fungus. | O 55 0.60 0.64 | 0.62 0.59 
Vi as in I, 
Temp. circa 20°C, 7 days 
Weight crop mg. 308 527 622 580 | 489 
Sugar residue mg. 1980 1620 1480 1525 1705 
Sugar used mg. 620 880 IO20 | 975 | 895 
Econ. po: sugar. 2.01 1.67 1.64 1.68 | 183 
Coeff. f Sugar : fungus. 0,50 | 0.61 0.60 0.62 0.55 


1 


СС ЧИРҮҮ К с.т 


8 


1 
F 


414 RICHARDS: THE EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION 


TABLE II. 


VII, Penicillium glaucum, ZnSO, added. Grown at room temperature. Har- 
vested nine days after sowing. 100 cc, culture fluid in flasks 200 cc. ышы 


% ZnSO,. 


| 7 
ore 002 2% | 004% | 008% 032% 
Fraction normal Zn80,. * | ,000125 | .00025 .0005 .0020 
VII, | | 
Weight crop mg. 430 613 | 940 836 | 503 
Sugar left mg. 4093 | 3809. 3130 3480 3500 
Sugar used mg. 997 1191 | 1870 1520 1500 
Econ, ) Fungus: sugar. 2.11 1.96 | 1.99 1.81 2.30 
Coeff. Sugar : fungus, 0.46 0,51 | 0,50 0.55 0,46 
= VII as in уп. 
Temp. circa 20°С. 9 days. | 
Weight crop mg. 395 705 693 674 581 
Sugar residue mg. 4048 3393 | 3409 3403 3559 
Sugar used mg. 952 1607 | 1591 1597 1441 
Econ ) Fungus : sugar. 2.41 228 | 2.31 2.32 2.48 
Coeff, f Sugar : fungus. O.41 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.41 
IX as in VII. 
'Temp. circa 209C, 8 days. 
Weight crop mg. 295 416 683 618 
Sugar residue mg. 4426 4322 3873 3937 
Sugar used mg. : 574 678 1127 1063 
Econ, | Fungus : sugar. I.95 I.70 I.65 1.72 
Coeff. Sugar : | fungus. 0,51 0.59 | о.бї | 0.58 | 
X as in УП, | | 
Temp. circa 20°C, 8 days. 
Weight crop mg. 362 700 gro | 685 525 
Sugar left mg. | 4184 3710 | 3453 3550 3793 
Sugar used mg. 816 1290 1547 I450 1207 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar. 2.26 1.85 1,70 2.12 2.30 
Coeff, Sugar: fungus. - | 0.43 B о. 0.54 0.59 | (947 | 9.44 
50 cc E: Trichothecium roseum. 
XI Conditions as in "LE анык йлы Ет: унны TUE ""———— 
Trichothecium roseum., Har- | | | | 
vested Io days after sowing. | | 
‘Temp. circa 22°C, | | | | 
Weight crop mg. | із | 203 | 203 | 196 о 
Sugar residue mg. | 2231 | 2052 2064 | 2013 | 2278 
Sugar used mg. | 269 448 436 447 222 
Econ, ) Fungus: sugar. | 2.40 2221 || `2.1& | 2.28 2.44 
Coeff. Sugar: fungus. | 0.41 | 0.45 | о.48 | 0.44 0.41 
XII as in XI. | | 
Trichothecium roseum. | | | 
Temp. circa 22°С, | | | 
Weight crop mg. 95 | 205 183 194 | 104 
Sugar residue mg. 2298 | 2098 2152 | 2126 | 2281 
Sugar used mg. | 202 | 402 | 348 | 374 | 219 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar, | 2.13 1.99 | 1.90 | 1.93 211 
Coeff, Sugar : fungus. | 0.48 | 0.51 0.53 0.52 | 0.46 


ON THE Economic COEFFICIENT OF SUGAR | 415 


TABLE III. 


XIII. Sterigmatocystis nigra. Excess of Fe,Cl, added. Temperature about 25°C. 
Harvested seven days after sowing, Culture flasks 125 cc, 50 сс. culture fluid, 


——— O 
% Fe,Cl 0.050% 0.100% | 0.200% 
Fraction normal F e,Cl,. о .С0015 .0003 | .0006 
"er ии, з. 7 3x. COTES EPIS 
Weight crop mg. | 320 | 515 | 710 | 700 
тз м mg. | ro | M uti pe 
ugar used mg. 04 | 984 ATE 4 29 
Econ. f Fungus : sugar, 2.20 От | 1.85 | 1.85 
Coeff. { Sugar : fungus, | 0.45 | #052 | 0.54 | 0.54 
XIV as in XI, | | г 
= Др. circa 23°С, 6 days. | К | m | , 
eight crop mg. | 255 491 3 94. 
ae uei mg. | 1944 ec 6 I | 1369 
ugar used mg. | 55 4 1154 | пз 
Econ, } Fungus : sugar. | I 95 1.80 1.69 | 1.63 
Coeff. f Sugar : fungus, | O51 0.55 0.60 0.62 
—— XVasin XIII, | Es | 
Temp. circa 33°C. 6 days, | | 
Weight crop mg. | 305 5СО бдо 725 
Sugar residue mg. | 1890 1595 1355 1268 
cmd used mg. | 610 905 Dias: сү 1232 
con, f Fungus : sugar, | 2.00 1,81 | 1.66 1.70 
Coeff. | Sugar : fungus, | 0.50 0.55 | 0,61 0.59 
XVI as in XIII, but with 100 cc. | 
A ga circa 24°C. 6 days, | i ay 
eight crop шр, 711 1240 163 IO 
Sugar residue mg. 3364 2446 2028 1796 
Sugar used mg. | 1636 2554 2972 3204 
Econ, f Fungus : sugar. | 2021 2.06 1.94 | 1.99 
Coeff. бош Гаприз, | 0.46 0.49 0,52 | -0.50 


E 
Е MD блк 


yer 


CPUS 


eec 


Y wa T CENE eR E о лм әр 


416 RICHARDS: THE EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION 


TABLE IV. 


ХУП. Penicillium glaucum, Excess of Fe,Cly added. Temp. about 20°С, 
Harvested nine days after Fn Culture flasks 125 cc. 50 cc, culture fluid, 


| 
5 Fe,Cl, UE. 0.10% 0.20 
E. normal Fe,Cl,. E Control. .00015 .0с03 | pt 
XVII | 
Weight crop mg. 160 300 410 390 
Sugar residue mg. | 2108 1837 1627 1650 
Sugar residue mg. | 392 663 873 850 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar. 2.45 2.21 2, 13 2.18 
Coeff, | Sugar: fungus. | 0.41 0.45 0.47 O 45 
XVIII Penicillium asin XVII | | 
Temp. circa 21°C, 7 days. : 
Weight crop mg. 148 273 386 420 
Sugar residue mg. | 2155 1930 1672 1647 
Sugar used mg. | 342 570 818 853 
Econ, ) Fungus: sugar. | 22.31 3.09 212 2.03 
Coeff. Sugar : fungus. |^ 0.43 0.46 0.46 0.49 
XIX — Penicillium as in | XVI) | 
тоо сс. | 
Temp. circa 19°С, 8 days, | | 
Weight crop mg. | 375 830 I.012 .981 
Sugar residue mg. | 4128 3324 3148 3125 
Sugar used mg. | 872 1676 1852 1875 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar. | 2.30 2.02 1.83 1.91 
Coeff. \ Sugar : fungus. | 0.43 0.49 0.54 0.52 
ХХ Penici. lium as in XIX | 
IOO cc, 
Temp. circa 19°C, то days. | 
Weight crop mg. 5466 | 945 1.270 1.348 
Sugar residue mg. 3890 | 3265 3450 2816 
Sugar used mg. IIIO | 1735 1550 2184 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar. 2.03 1,84 1.22 1.62 
Coeff, f Sugar : fungus. | 0.49 | 0.54 о.82 0.62 
XXI Penicillium as in ХІХ | 
IOO cc. | 
Temp. circa 19°C. 9 days. | 
Weight crop mg. 280 463 617 680 
Sugar residue mg. 4385 4074 3891 3810 
Sugar used mg. 615 926 IIO9 1190 
Econ, | Fungus : sugar. 2.16 2.00 I,71 1,25 
Coeff, f Sugar : fungus. 0.46 0.50 0.58 0.58 


ON THE Economic COEFFICIENT OF SUGAR 


TABLE V. 
Average of ZnSO, Cultures, 
% ZnSO,. Control 002% 004 % 008 % 
Fraction Normal ZnSO,. ` | .OO00I25 00025 05 
Sterigmatocystis, 6 series, — ЗИС 
Average weight crop mg. 438 695 853 780 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar, j I.9I I.65 I.45 1.47 
Coeff, f Sugar: fungus. 0.52 0.60 0.69 0.68 
Penicillium, 4 series, 
Average weight crop mg. 370 | бо 807 707 
Econ, | Fungus : sugar, 220^ 1.98 1,85 1.90 
Coeff. f Sugar : fungus, 0.45 0.52 0.54 0.53 
Av. Econ. Coeff , both fungi. | 
Fungus : sugar. 2105 | 1.83 1.65 r3 
Sugar : fungus, | 048 | o56 | 0,62 0.60 
Average of Fe,Cl, Cultures, 
% Fe,Cl,. | .050% | лоф 
Fraction Normal Fe,Cl,. | сао, | .00015 .0003 
aa eee IS 
Sterigmatocystis, 4 series. | | 
Average weight crop mg. | 316 532 725 
Econ, } Fungus : sugar, ияя | 1.89 1.78 
Coeff. f Sugar : fungus, | 0.48 0.52 0.56 
Penicillium, 5 series, | | 
Average weight crop mg. | 354 660 881 | 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar, | 2.25 2.07 1,80 
Coeff, Ist. fungus, | 0.44 0.48 0.55 | 
Av. Econ, Coeff., both fungi. | | 
Fungus : sugar, | 2,18 1.98 1.79 | 
Sugar : fungus. | 0.46 0.50 0.56 | 
Ыса | € [ 


, à - Р сь. SUA » rs 35 
н TS " "M REND AS ЧЕ A à hig РКИ е 
АИТ РЕНЕ АНАРА o М а ЛАОСА РИЧИ Ир 


477 


ещ 


pem a 


=ч учты ee ee ТЫ у Аз Т w т н 


"t.c 
* 


478 RICHARDS: THE EFFECT ОЕ CHEMICAL IRRITATION 


% LiCl. 
Fraction normal LiCl, 


к XXI I ^ Sterigmatocystis. 


—————Є—Є—Є— 


Temp. circa 24°С. 8 days. | 


Weight crop mg. 

Sugar left mg. 

Sugar used mg. 

Econ. ) Fungus: sugar. 
Coeff, ) Sugar: fungus. 


Охх I " Sterigmatocystis. | 


| 
| 


Temp. circa 23°C. 6 days. © 


Weight crop mg. 

Sugar left mg. 

Sugar used mg. 

Econ, ) Fungus: sugar. 
Coeff, f Sugar: fungus. 


XXIV, Penicillium. 
Temp. circa 18°С, 9 days. 
Weight crop mg. 
Sugar residue mg. 
Sugar used mg. 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar. 
Coeff, f Sugar : fungus. 


XXV. Penicillium. 
Temp. circa 20°С. 7 days. 
Weight crop mg. 
Sugar residue mg. 
Sugar used mg. 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar. 
Coeff, f Sugar: fungus. 


XXV 1. | Реп icillium "e E 


Temp. circa 19°С, 9 days. 
Weight crop mg. 
Sugar residue mg. 
Sugar used mg. 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar. 
Coeff, f Sugar: fungus. 


XXVII. Zrichotheciumroseum | 


Temp. circa 20°C, 8 days. 
Weight crop mg. 
Sugar residue mg. 
Sugar used, 
Econ, ) Fungus : sugar. 


Coeff. f Sugar : fungus. 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


Tanrke VI. 


Series with LiCl added. XXIL., XXIII., Sterigmatocystis ; XXIV,-XXVI., Pent- 
cillium ; XXNI., Trichothecium, АП in I25 cc, flasks with 50 cc. culture fluid, 


Control, 


135 
2224 


121 
2231 


20.45 


101 

2286 

214 
2.12 


0.47 


| 0.125 % 
.03 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


435 

1539 

961 
2.21 


0.45 


0.250% | 0.375 96 
.06 ‚09 


420 | 681 
1580 1090 
g20 1410 
2.19 2.07 
0.45 | 0.49 
532 610 
1617 1548 
833 952 
1.66 1.56 
0,60 | 0,64 
301 | 466 
1964 | 1699 
$36 | 8o1 
1.78 1.72 
0.56 | 0,58 
288 501 
2031 | 1712 
469 787 
1,63 | 19 
o. бо 0,61 
303 | 285 
1924 | 1950 
576 550 
1.90 |- 1.93 
0.53 0.52 
276 
1986 1877 
513 623 
1.86 | 1.81 
0.54 0.55 


ON THE EcoNoMic COEFFICIENT OF SUGAR 


Sterigmatocystis nigra, 
Cocaine, 


% NiSO, 
Fraction Normal NiSO,. 
XXVIII. Temp.circa 24°С. 7 days | 

Weight crop mg. 

Sugar residue mg. 

Sugar used mg. 

Econ. } Fungus : sugar, 

Coeff. f Sugar : fungus, | 


XXIX as in XXVIII, 
Temp. circa 24°, 7 days. 
Weight crop mg. 
Sugar residue mg. 
Sugar used mg. 
Econ, | Fungus : sugar. 
Coeff. | Sugar : fungus, 


XXX as in XXVIII, 
Temp. circa 23°. 7 days. 
Weight crop mg. 
Sugar residue mg. 
Sugar used mg. 
Econ \ Fungus : sugar. 


Coeff, f Sugar : fungus. 

XXXI Cocaine, otherwise as in 
XXVIII. 

Weight crop mg. 

Sugar residue mg. 

Sugar used mg. 

Econ, ) Fungus : sugar. 

Coeff. f Sugar : fungus. | 


XXXII Cocaine, otherwise as in 
XXVIII. | 

Weight crop mg. 

Sugar residue mg. 

Sugar used mg. 

Econ, | Fungus : sugar. 

Coeff. f Sugar : fungus. 


XXVIIL-XXX, with NiSO,. 
Otherwise as in previous cultures, 


479 


TABLE VII. 


XXXI. and XXXII, with 
50 cc. culture fluid, 


0,008 % 


[// [/ 
Contro], .0005 jon ped % | Е 933 % 
| 
250 360 885 210 
2043 10165 sl I156 2099 
457 584 1344 401 
1.83 1.60 1,52 1.91 
0.55 0.62 0.67 0.53 
231 365 432 215 
1909 1740 1714 2010 
530 760 786 490 
2.30 2.14 1.92 2.28 
0.44 0.48 O.53 0.44 
305 482 595 300 
1835 1555 1455 1560 
665 945 | IO45 640 
2.18 1.95 | 1.96 2.13 
0.46 O 5I | О 57 0.47 
Control. 01% | 02% 
360 520 600 
1658 1382 1192 
842 1118 1308 
2.34 2.15 2.18 
0.42 0.48 | 0.46 
275 510 591 
1929 1557 1616 
572 943 884 
2.08 1.55 1,80 
0.47 0.54 0.55 


Eo Wu" 


New Plants from Wyoming.—X 


Bv AvEN NELSON 


Potentilla glomerata 


Stems stout, one to several from the thickened woody root, 
ascending or at length nearly erect, simple, 4-8 dm. high, softly 
and sparingly hirsute: leaves simple, the radical long-petioled 
(1—3), the cauline on petioles gradually shorter upwards, the up- 
permost sessile or nearly so ; stipules from oblong to ovate, entire 
or incised; leaflets oblong or narrowly obovate, subcuneate at 
base, 3-8 cm. long, pinnately cleft into long, oblong, mostly ob- 
tuse teeth, green but finely pubescent above, a close fine whitish 
pubescence below with a longer pubescence orf the veins : inflo- 
rescence congested-glomerulate in a few of the upper axils ; hypan- 
thium silky, in fruit 8-10 mm. across ; bractlets oblong, sub- 
acute, shorter than the sepals ; sepals lanceolate ; corolla small, 
the petals yellow, nearly orbicular, not exceeding the sepals. 


This is another member of the section Graciles as constituted 
by Dr. Rydberg in his monograph of the N. A. Potentilleae. Of 
the species there described it is probably nearest to Nuttallii Lehm. * 
from which its simple stems, subtomentose leaves and the strik- 
ingly congested inflorescence distinguish it. It is noticeably large- 
leaved and the stems are stoutish, the leaves becoming smaller and 
the stems virgate upward. 

The type plants were collected on Bear River at Evanston, 
July 27, 1897, no. 4115. Collected also on Bear River at Coke- 
ville, June 11, 1898, no. 4646. 


Castilleja longispica 
Perennial, tufted : stems few to many, 2-3 dm. high, branched, 
the branches slender, erect, closely approximated (fascicled): pubes- 
cence of two kinds—a short-hirsuteness with a fine puberulence : 
leaves slender, 2—5 cm. long, 3-cleft to the middle or thereabouts 
into linear lobes, the middle lobe largest : bracts with dilated base, 
3-cleft to the middle or beyond, the middle lobe oblong, obtuse, 


* [n my opinion, it is very closely related to P. Blaschkeana. 1 included it in 
that species in my Monograph, but am now inclined to believe it to be distinct. It 
differs from that species in less deeply cut leaves and much less dense tomentum,— Р. 
A. Rydberg. 


(480) 


"E MAD Л RE a кн ЧЫГ 
ку er ae TE rm 7 
24 » ^ 
ч ' 


ges e WEE S NER 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 481 


the lateral linear : spikes dense, slender, half the whole length of 
the plant, yellowish : calyx lobes equal, linear-lanceolate, acumi- 
nate, a little shorter than the ovoid tube: corolla 12-15 mm. long, 
¥% longer than the calyx and slightly exceeding the bracts: lip 
triply saccate, and conspicuously 3-toothed, the sacs shallow : 
galea broadish, obtuse or subacute, sometimes with a small tooth 
near the apex, slightly longer than the teeth of the lip. 

This plant has been distributed as Orthocarpus pallescens Gray, 
intermingled possibly with some authentic specimens of that species. 
Both were collected in the same locality and unfortunately were 
not discriminated and so were distributed ticketed as below. Though 
perhaps as nearly related to that species as to any other, yet the 
proposed species is very distinct. Its fascicled branches with their 
long slender spikes give it a characteristic habit; its equally lobed 
(4) calyx and its 3-toothed lip which nearly equals its short and 
broad galea will aid in distinguishing it. The only collection of 
it at hand is no. goo, Gros Ventre river, Aug. 15, 1894, in part. 


Oonopsis argillacea 


Tufted, caespitose, the short branches of the multicipital 
caudex barely reaching the surface of the soil, the crowns more or 
less covered with the bases of dead leaves: stems numerous, 3-8 
cm. long, simple as to the base, terminating in a leafy corymbose 
inflorescence of few heads, permanently sparsely lanate-pubescent 
as are also the leaves: leaves entire, narrowly to broadly linear, 
pungently acute, tapering at the base (those on the crown some- 
what petiolate), 4—8 cm. long, many at length overtopping the 
heads : involucre tomentose, about 1 cm. high, its bracts oblong- 
ovate, acuminate, not conspicuously green-tipped: rays showy, 
about 10, the disk flowers twice as many : style appendages lanceo- 
late, as long or longer than the stigmatic portion: pappus moder- 
ately abundant, but little shorter than the corolla tube, slightly 
fulvous : akene softly pubescent, oblong, 3-4 mm. long. 

Allied to О. multicaulis (Nutt.) Greene, but distinguished by its 
less ligneous base, much longer leaves which overtop the stems, 
more numerous heads and rays, longer and more abundant pap- 
pus and different style appendages. This occurs on naked clay 
slopes and flats, a habitat quite in contrast with that of О. mul- 


ticaults. 

Secured by Mr. E. Nelson in Bate’s Hole, Carbon Co., July 
13, 1898, no. 4867 ; also on Wallace Creek, near Garfield Peak, 
July 30, 1898, no. 5009. 


482 NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


Petradoria pumila petiolaris 


Tufted like the species, 10-20 cm. high: the branches of the 
caudex crowded, slender and more numerous, the crowns clothed 
with dead leaf bases: basal leaves numerous, narrowly linear, on 
slender (nearly filiform), petioles which are 14-77 as long as the 
blade; stem leaves also linear and petioled : inflorescence similar 
to that of the species, but less flat-topped and fewer flowered, 
scarcely surpassing the relatively long leaves. 

This plant was secured in 1897, July 17, no. 3581, in the 
southern portion of Sweetwater County. It occurred in some 
abundance on stony hillsides in situations similar to that frequented 
by the species. The species Petradoria pumila (Nutt.) Greene was 
obtained in the same range during that season. The narrow leaves 
and their much greater relative length gives the variety a very dif- 
ferent aspect, but I think the difference can hardly be considered 
specific. 

Tetradymia multicaulis * 

Wholly unarmed ; the shrubby base tufted, much branched, 
spreading-assurgent, hardly emergent from the soil: the herba- 
ceous annual stems numerous, somewhat fascicled, simple, erect, 
8-15 cm. long, permanently canescent with a dense, appressed 
tomentum: leaves numerous but not fascicled, narrowly oblong 
with tapering ends, acute at apex, nearly sessile, like the stems 
permanently canescent, 15-25 mm. long, midrib usually evident, 
the pair of lateral nerves obscure: flowers in very compact, ter- 
minal clusters of 10—20 heads with bract-like leaves intermingled ; 
heads 12—14 mm. high, four-bracted and four-flowered : pappus 
copious : akenes villous. 


In color of stems and foliage and in floral characters it closely 
resembles 7: canescens DC. and T. inermis Nutt. but in its caespi- 
tose habit it is strikingly different. The numerous erect herba- 
ceous stems are about all that appears above the surface of the 
soil. It should be noted, too, that these stems are unbranched, in 
striking contrast with the before mentioned members of this group. 
The leaves are broader and the venation more conspicuous. 

Collected on the Laramie Plains, not far from Laramie, June 
24, 1897, by Mr. Elias Nelson. Type specimen in the herb. Univ. 
of Wyoming, no. 3442. 


* Since the description of this species was written more than a year has elapsed 
and the plant has been carefully observed in the field and again collected as no. 5062. 
The characters as given are fully confirmed by these later observations and collections. 


lili Р ЕЕ РЕР есы етт ттк НАКИ T ТАШ 
E. *7j M Low YS " jS 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 483 


Senecio Laramiensis 


Tufted, perennial: the branches of the caudex with one to sev- 
eral, leafy crowns, permanently white-tomentose, somewhat floc- 
cose in age, 1—3 dm. high : stems few to several, slender, ascending, 
the sparse leaves rather uniform, becoming bract-like in the inflo- 
rescence only: basal leaves crowded, linear, rarely narrowly 
oblanceolate, entire, 4.8 cm. long ; stem-leaves similar: inflores- 
cence a corymbose cynie, of few to several heads: heads 10-12 
mm. high; calyculate bracts few, small and inconspicuous or 
none : rays few (10, more or less): akenes oblong, glabrous, in- 
conspicuously striate. 

Senecio canus Hook. as represented in herbaria includes several 
forms that when better understood will probably be considered 
distinct. The species now proposed is one of the most divergent 
of these. In fact, it is so different in habit and general appear- 
ance that at first one is not inclined to associate it with S. canus, 
but rather with S. werneracfolius Gray. Critical examination 
shows, however, that it is much more nearly related to the former, 
from which its smaller size and narrow entire leaves are the obvious, 
superficial characters separating it. It is abundant in the vicinity 
of Laramie, on the naked, red clay hills. Distributions have been 
made to many herbaria as S. werneraefolius under nos. 224 and 
1379. I have seen no specimens of this except the numbers cited 
and other collections from the same localities. 


Senecio Nelsonii Rydb.* 


Many-stemmed from a densely tufted caudex whose numerous 
branches are reduced to short leafy crowns, green and nearly 
glabrous, the thin tomentum unequally distributed and most of it 
early deciduous: leaves very numerous, crowded on the crowns 
and several on the stems, oblong, lanceolate, or oblanceolate in 
outline, from pinnately toothed to deeply lobed or sometimes di- 
vided nearly to the midrib, the segments obtuse or acute, often in- 
cisely toothed; stem-leaves slightly reduced upward: stems 
2-4 dm. high, simple, terminating in a crowded, corymbose cyme, 
the upper pedicels subumbellate: heads 7— 10 mm. high, calyculate 
bracts small, only т or 2; rays few (6-12), rather large : akenes 
brown, glabrous, distinctly striate, 2-3 mm. long. 


* Professor Nelson had given another name in his manuscript, but that name is a 
homonym. In his absence on a botanical expedition, I take pleasure in dedicating this 
species to the discoverer and describer. —P. A. R. 


484 NeELson: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


When this was first secured it was confused with Senecio Fend- 
leri Gray under which name I have distributed specimens no. 1297, 
Centennial Hills, June 9, 1895. S. Fendleri is, however, a very 
different plant as I found on examining at the Missouri Botanical 
Garden, Fendler's nos. 478 and 480, preserved in the Engelmann 
Herbarium. These are large plants with the appearance of having 
grown as single, simple, stout, erect individuals, with an open, 
corymbosely branched inflorescence. Besides, S. Fendleri is lanate 
on stems and involucre. 

S. Nelsonit is abundant in the foothills in southern Wyoming, 
occupying mostly steep naked stony or sandy slopes. Besides 
the number given, it has been collected also at Green Top, June 28, 


1897, no. 3217. 
Senecio Nelsonii Uintahensis 


Habit and habitat of the species : basal leaves with long slen- 
der petioles, all deeply divided, the lobes irregularly and incisely 
dentate ; stem-leaves fewer, similar to the basal but with petioles 
shorter, sessile above. 


This variety is possibly largely a geographical one. The 
species occurs on stony, sandy slopes in the eastern part of the 
state while the variety has been secured only in the western. No. 
4511, Evanston, June 4, 1898. 


Tanacetum simplex 


Caudex of few short crowded branches, covered with dead 
leaf bases, the crowns scarcely above the surface of the ground : 
leaves crowded on the crowns, closely and finely appressed-sil- 
very-canescent, erect, mostly simple and linear, a few bifid or trifid at 
apex, only 2-3 cm. long: stems few, rising singly from the crowns 
(many of the crowns leaf-bearing only), slender, 6-12 cm. high, 
bearing 2—5 small linear leaves and a single head: head 6-8 mm. 
high, many-flowered: involucral bracts oval to obovate, in two 
rows, with slightly thickened greenish midrib and scarious mar- 
gins: corolla tubes thin and somewhat transparent : the female 
flowers in one series : akenes oblong, or slightly enlarged upward, 
obtuse : pappus none : receptacle conical. 

Probably closest to Zauacetum canum Eaton. Collected near 


Laramie on a stony slope in the foothills, no. 4325, May 30, 1898. 


Certainly rare and far from abundant even in the type locality. 


OC" 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 485 


Artemisia Natronensis. 


A. Ludoviciana integrifolia Aven Nelson, First Rep. Fl. Wyo. 

138. 1896. 

Stems herbaceous, from a woody persistent crown, suberect, 
simple, virgate, silvery white-tomentose as are also the leaves, flori- 
ferous for nearly half their length, 3-6 dm. high: leaves broadly 
linear to lanceolate, nearly equally tomentose on both sides, in age 
the margins revolute, the midrib becoming conspicuous below and 
the tomentum looser: panicle narrow, its raceme-like clusters in 
the axils of the leaves which become gradually smaller and bract- 
like upward or wholly wanting on the summit : heads rather large, 
campanulate, about 5 mm. high, in small axillary racemes (often 
only 1—3 heads in each cluster), erect or nearly so even at maturity, 
about 20-flowered ; the bracts ovate to oval : corolla resinous-dot- 
ted on the tube only or but sparsely so on the throat and lobes. 


A. Ludoviciana as represented in the herbaria is, as every one 
knows, a composite. Nuttall's description excludes several forms 
that are often included but are undoubtedly distinct. The species 
now proposed is one ofthe forms that I think is clearly separable by 
valid characters. Possibly it may be A. tntegrifolia Pursh but 
that пате іѕ much antedated. That itis А. Purshiana Bess. or A. 
Hookeriana Bess. seems, from the descriptions, improbable. From 
A. Ludoviciana its entire leaves, narrow, virgate panicles, large 
erect heads and broad involucral bracts distinguish it. The num- 
erous small, crowded heads of the inflorescence of A. Ludovictana 
are on more or less recurved pedicels and the florets are smaller 
and resin-dotted throughout. 

Type no. is 568, Willow Creek, July 20, 1894, distributed as 
a variety of A. Ludoviciana as given above. Excellent specimens 
have been collected by Mr. Elias Nelson, Wallace Creek, July 30, 
1898, no. 5002—from Natrona county, whence the name. 


Malacothrix runcinata І 
Annual or possibly biennial, leafy on the crown and sparingly 
so on the stems, mostly glabrous and somewhat glaucous, rarely 
with small patches of woolly pubescence: stems one to several 
from the crown of the slender tap-root, erect or, when several, 
decumbent at base, 5-15 cm. long: leaves rather small, 2—4 cm. 
long, oblanceolate to linear in outline, from dentate to runcinate : 
heads one to several on each stem, 8-12 mm. high: involucre 


486 NELSON: NEw PLANTS FROM WYOMING 


broadly campanulate, its bracts in about three series, some of them 
dark or purplish-tipped, scarious-margined, linear-lanceolate, sub- 
acute, the innermost slightly acuminate: pappus of 12—18 sub- 
equal bristles all deciduous together in a ring, 2—3 times, as long 
as the akene: receptacle apparently naked: akenes linear-colum- 
nar, about 3 mm. long, the 15 striae subequal, minutely denticulate 
around the summit. 

Probably most nearly allied to M. sonchoides T. & С. but the 
two plants when seen side by side present a very different appear- 
ance. The dentate rachis and lobes of the leaves, the dentate 
outer involucral bracts, the unequally striate akenes and double 
pappus of M. sonchoides are marks easily distinguishing it from M. 
runcinata. ' 

It occurs on dry, sandy slopes, mostly in the protection of the 
undershrub. Green River, June 15, 1898, no. 4727 ; Fort Steele, 
June 18, 1898, no. 4819. 


Lactuca sylvatica 


Perennial from rootstocks: stem slender, leafy, the internodes 
gradually shorter upward, glabrous: leaves entire, oblong-lanceo- 
late, the lower tapering into a margined petiole, the upper sessile, 
thin and wholly glabrous, the largest 10-14 cm. long and 2-3 
cm. wide, gradually smaller upward (the uppermost scarcely more 
than bracts): panicle rather close, of 10-20 heads, its branches 
more or less short-bracteate: heads 2 cm. high, about 15-flow- 
ered: the involucral bracts in about 4 series ; the outer short, 
ovate ; the inner linear-lanceolate : flowers blue or lilac: akenes 5 
mm. long, lanceolate-oblong, distinctly margined апа соп- 
spicuously beaked, 4-nerved on each side: the beak nearly half 
as long as the body of the akene. 


Probably to be associated with Lactuca pulchella but differing 
in its entire leaves and margined akenes. The larger akene, longer 
beak and its broadly expanded summit are also at variance with 
that. 

Collected at Elk Mountain on Medicine Bow River in the 
copses on the bank, August 1897, no. 4257. 


Crepis riparia 


Tap-root semi-fleshy, comparatively small, mostly less than 1 
dm. long: stems one or more, 2—4 dm. high, subscapose (linear, 
bract-like leaves at the base of the lower branches of the panicle 


MS. 


ы T 


NELSON: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING 487 


and sometimes a single leaf near the base of the stem), minutely 
and sparsely pubescent below, the pubescence more conspicuous 
upward and becoming clammy or (on the pedicels) glandular : 
radical leaves few, rather large, oblong to elliptic, obtuse to sub- 
acute, entire or coarsely and irregularly dentate and at base more 
or less runcinate, 10-18 cm. long, on petioles of about half the 
length, glabrous except on the petioles and midrib: inflorescence 
corymbose-paniculate, the few to several heads of the branches of 
the panicle being crowded at their summits: heads 15-20 mm. 
high, many-flowered :involucre dark, glandular-pubescent: bracts 
linear, in two rows ; the outer few and short ; inner more numerous 
(12-16): akenes tapering gradually from base to summit, about 6 
mm. long, rather uniformly 1o-striate, light brown : pappus soft 
and white, shorter than the akene. 


A few specimens were distributed as no. 1857 (Centennial Val- 
ley, Aug. 25, 1895) under the name Hieracium Fendleri Schultz 
Bip. From this it is clearly distinct, however.* The only speci- 
mens duplicating the number cited above that I have seen were 
collected by T. A. Williams and also distributed as 77. Fendleri 


* Its nearest relative is C. runcinata T. & G., but is easily distinguished from that 
species by the larger, more distinctly turbinate head and larger leaves which are much 
more deeply runcinate at the base. —P. A. R. 


The Advantages of 1737 as a Starting Point of Botanical Nomenclature* 


By Dr. Отто KUNTZE 


At request of the editor of this journal [ Gaertnerisches Zentral- 
Blatt], I give the following newly proved list of generic names, that 
do not need to be changed if the starting-point of 1735 is aban- 
doned. The numbers before the names are the approximate num- 
ber of species : 


15 Aesculus (Pavia 1735). 
30 Ageratum (Carelia 1736). 
45 Ajuga (Bulga 1735). 
58 Arctotis (Anemonospermos 17 36). 
1400 Astragalus (Tragacantha 1737) incl.: 
150 Spiesia = Oxytropsis according to Briquet and Burnat. 
23 Bulbine (Phalangium 1736). 
21 Carica (Papaya 1735). 
8 Carpesium (Conyzodes 1736). 
1 Cassandra (Hydragonum 1736). 
132 Clitoria ( Ternatea 1735). 

3 Coix (Sphaerium 1735). 

1 Convallaria $ L. (Majanthemum 1736). [5 is the 
sign for group (section, subgenus or discretionary 
genus); $ L. 1737 means a group of Linnaeus. | 

230 Cordia (Lithocardium 1735). 
6 Corrigiola (non 1736.) 
170 Crepis (Hieraciodes 1736), if separated. 
600 Croton (Oxydectes 1735). 
г Cuminum (non 1735). 
180 Cynanchum (Vincetoxicum 1736) sensu latiore. 
1 Dryas (Dryadaea 1735) . 
72 Echinops (Sphaerocephalus 1735). 
12 Elatine (Potamopithys 1735). 


* Translated by the author from the Gaertnerische Zentralblatt, Berlin, 1899, No. 
2. The article contains a new motive for 1737 and at the last a new international 
proposition not yet known to American botanists. 


(488) 


STARTING Point oF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 489 


400 


Erica Ludw. 1737 (Ericodes Mohr. 17 36).— Erica 
Г. 1737 is partly Ca//uza Salisb. 1802 = Ertcodes 
Ludw. 1737 (non Moehr.), z. T. Erica Ludw.— 
Linnaeus’ indication “Semina numerosa " is only fit 
for Erica Ludw., because Ericodes vulgare О. К. 
(Calluna vulg.) has at most 8 seeds. 

Erythrina (Coralfodendron 1735). 

Feulléea (non 1735). 

Galanthus (Chianthemum 1736). 


2 Galeopsis (Ladanum 1735). 


180 


Geranium $ L. 1737 ; 1753 ex parte max. (Gerani- 
ospermum Sieg. 1736 = Pelargonium! Burm. 
1738); eventually incl. 

Gruinalis $ L. 1737, Ludw. 1737, Haller 1745 (Ge- 
ranium Sieg., L'Hér.).—Linnaeus distinguished 
1737 (in Genera Plant.: 204) under Geranium in 
an observation : Geranium “ Riv.," corolla irregu- 
lar. — Gruinatis ** Riv." corolla aequali et fila- 
mentis vix manifeste coalitis. Haller in Flora 
Jenensis 1745 had under Gruinalis only species 
which we call now Geranium. Nearly all species 
of Pelargonium are already named under Geranium, 
and Geranium is still a popular name of several 
nations instead of Pelargonium. But it would not 
be necessary to name the species under Grauinalis, 
because both genera are better united again, 
as all indicated differences are not decisive, vary- 
ing from species to species. 

Gomphrena (.Xeraca 1735). 

Helenium (non 1735). 

Illecebrum (non 1736). 

Inga $ L. 1737 (feuilléea 1735) sensu latiore. 

Inula (Helenium 1735). 

Lagoecia (Cuminium 1735). 

Lepidium (Nasturtium 1735). 

Linnaea (Obolaria 1736). 

Lunularia (Marsilia 1735). 

Melilotus (Sertula 1735). 


490 Kuntze: THE ADVANTAGES OF 1737 AS А 


4 Melia (Azedarach 1735), 
13 Michelia (non 1735). 
156 JVepeta (incl. Glechoma 1735). 
1 Obolaria (non 1736). 
8 Ornithopus (Ornithopodium 1735). 
2 Patagonula (Patagonica 1735). 
220 Oxalis (Acetosella 1736). 
27 Phlox (Armeria 1735). 
540 Phyllanthus (Diasperus 1735) sensu latiore. 
10 Pistacia (Lentiscus 1735). 
110 Psidium (Guajava 1736), if separated. 
105 Psoralea (Lotodes 1736). 
120 Rhus (Toxicodendron 1735). 
15 Sesamum (Volkameria 1735). 
54 Sisyrinchium (Bermudiana 1735). 
80 Stapelia (Stissera 1735). 
115 Thesium (Linosyris 1736). 
48 Tropacolum (Trophacum 1735). 
75 Trigonella (Telis 1735). 
44 Trichosanthes (Anguina 1735). 
I Zea (Thalysia 173 5). 


6285 species in 58 genera with long-used names remain 
thus valid. But 329 species in 9 genera, valid from the former 
starting point, receive new names ; therefore 5956 species in 49 
genera are spared, that is, are less to be changed, in their names, 
if we begin with 1737 instead of 1735. But this is the only prof- 
itable deviation from the Paris Code. 

.. Moreover, the starting of 1737 affords the great advantage, that 
Linnaeus’ Genera Plantarum’ 1737 contains besides the scientific 
diagnoses of the genera (which are in 1753 without diagnoses І) 
also definitions for named subgenera or discretionary genera ; by 
which means an easy separation is possible into later distinguished 
genera. Linnaeus wrote, for instance: /Tyacinthus, genus hocce 
naturale in plura non naturalia distribuerunt: (и) Hyacinthus quum 
tubus corollae sit tubulatus oblongus: (/) Muscari quum tubus 
corollae sit fere globosus. In the same manner is distinguished 
Convallaria (a) from (8) Polygonatum, (y) Unifolium. The last is 
now mostly valid for Majanthemum. In the year 1737 Myagrum 


ПАР ТРУ" 
ES ELE Ee |e а PRO HET S E 
r ZR y 


STARTING POINT OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 491 


$ L.: Rapistrum § L.—is clear although united under Myagrum ; 
in the year 1753, when these sections ($ = subgenera = genera 
discretionaria) are omitted, we must decide er parte majore, else the 
matter loses its clearness and becomes confused. The case is the 
samein Calendula and $ Dimorphotheca, Helianthemum and Cistus, 
etc. The following names are thus obtained from the $$ of 1737 
for later renewed genera : Acacia, Alhagi, Arnica***, Arisarum, 
Bernhardia, Bulbocodium*, Cakile, C. amara, Cannabina*, Capnodes, 
Capnorchis* , Castanea**, Ceratodes, Cereus**, Colocynthis*, Dama- 
sonium, Dimorphotheca, Dracunculus, Lchinophora, Elephas, Foeni- 
culum** Heltanthemum, Helleborodes* Hypocistis, Jouthlaspt, Lan- 
tana § (= Oftia), Lastanthus*** , Leuconymphaca* (= Nymphaea 
auct. recent.!), Nymphaca (= Nuphar /), Liliastrum, Limonium, 
Majorana, Malvaviscus, Metbomia*, Melilotus, Melocactus, Muscari, 
Nelumbo, Myagrum, Onobrychis, Opuntia, Paliurus, Ё olygonatum, 
Raphanistrum, Rapistrum, Khagadiolus, Securidaca (Securigera 
DC.), Statice, 5 winphoricarpus, Thymbra*, Т riosteospermum, Tyrol- 
hius*, Tulipifera, Unifolium, Zacintha**,—(One * means that Lin- 
nacus gave such an * to these names in the index of his 
Genera Plantarum ; ** means that Linnaeus had that name 

in 1735 for a genus; *** indicates both.) 
From these discretionary genera considered by Linnaeus and 


other authors at one time as genera, at another time as sections, a . 


systematic decision is easy ; only two dubious cases occur: the 
first rare case is that the same group (4) received two names, such 
as Sida and Malvinda; then the genus name, which received first 


a species name, is valid. The other case is that three to four: 


names occur for the same now united group; then the name under 
which they were first correctly united, is to be valid. For in- 
stance, Lonicera 1737 consists of four genera and is thus confused ; 
Haller after exclusion of the genera not belonging thereto, first 
united Caprifolium, Periclymenum, Chanaecerasus, Xylosteum under 
Caprifolium. Lobelia Pl. is correctly defined as a $ and is therefore 


to be excluded; the rest was named then at first Rapuntium, under 


which name most of the species are already named in the mono- 
graph of Presl. Some genera would have to receive new names, 
if their name were not secured from the $ of 1737, e. g., Helian- 
themum. The name Cactus, after exclusion of the $8 of 1737, 
remains good for the remaining part. 


u oo 


492 Kuntze: BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 


In contrast to these great advantages and savings of the 
1737-starting-point, there are—see my Revisio Generum III", 
chapter 27 and 28—to be changed with the 7 753-starting-point the 
names of 7700 species and 729 genera, whereof only 29 genera 
with 152 species are named up to the present time. Furthermore 
46 genera thereof with 3621 species would have still to receive 
new and unusual names instead of those introduced from the 
earlier starting-point. But even with this the number of these 
changes is not finished, because the starting-point of 1753 for 
genera has not yet been completely worked out. This 1753- 
starting-point is thus not only horribly 2oxious but also unscientific, 
as it misses the genera-diagnoses and nearly all the named genera- 
sections. Only the 1737-slarting-point is practicable, scientific, and 
economical for genera. Perhaps a general convention may be 
agreed upon to the effect that the 1737-starting-point be valid for 
genera, 1753 for species with future exclusion of all intermediate 
works, that is of all publications between Linnaeaus’ Genera Plan- 
tarum 1737 and Species Plantarum 1753. 


New Fungi from Mississippi 


Bv S. M. Tracy AND F. S. EARLE 


Descriptions of other fungi from Mississippi have been pub- 
lished by the authors in this Bulletin, 22: 174—179, and 23: 205+ 
211, and lists of all parasitic species known from the state in Bul- 
letins 34 and 38 of the Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station. 
The following additions are from the Gulf Coast and adjacent 
islands, a region that has already afforded a large number of new 
or local species, both among fungi and the higher plants. Types 
. of the following are in the herbaria of the authors, and duplicates 
from the same collections have been placed in the herbaria of 
Columbia and Harvard Universities, Rutgers College, Missouri 
Botanical Garden and other institutions. 


Aecidium Stillingiae 

Hypophyllous or rarely amphigenous : spots definite, bright 
yellow, 1 cm. or more in diameter : pseudoperidia densely crowded, 
cylindrical, elongated, :5—75 mm., irregularly lacerate and re- 
curved, cells quite uniformly pentagonal, conspicuously roughened 
by ridge-like folds, 25-301; aecidiospores light yellow, sub- 
spherical, epispore thick, slightly roughened, 22—29 p. 

On leaves of Stillingia Ligustrina, Wisdom, Miss., June 14, 
1897, S. M. Tracy, no. 3413. Also previously collected at Ocean 
Springs, Miss. 

Ustilago caricicola 

Involving occasional spikes, only slighty distorting the in- 
florescence : spore masses hard, brown, 2—5 mm. in diameter, ex- 
ternally fibrous and almost wool-like ; spores mostly ovoid, mi- 
nutely echinulate, slightly fuscous, about 6 x 4 Hn. 

On Carex folliculata, Augusta, Miss., June, 1897, S. M. Tracy, 
‘NO. 3343; Beauvoir, Miss., May, 1898. 


Ustilago Psilocaryae 


Involving but not destroying the ovaries, transforming the seeds 
into black powdery masses : spores lenticular, dark brown, opaque, 
epispore thick, reticulated, 10—14 (2 in diameter, 6-8 p thick. 

Oa Psilocarya rynchosporivides, Horn Island, Miss., Oct., 1894, 
and Oct., 1898, S. M. Tracy, no. 5226. 

(493) 


494 Tracy AND EARLE: NEw FuxGI FROM MISSISSIPPI 


SOROSPORIUM RYNCHOSPORAE P. Henn. 


On Rynchospora semiplumosa, Biloxi, Miss., June, 1898, S. M. 
Tracy, no. 5225. 
This South American smut is new to the United States. 


Cerebella Anthaenantiae 


Destroying the ovaries : stomatic mass globose, 3-5 mm. in 
diameter, at first reddish-orange, becoming velvety black with the 
maturity of the dark colored spores : glomerules subglobose, com- 


posed of several, sometimes 10 or 12, connate spores that are quite 
variable in size, the larger 20—24 4; separate spores ovoid or an- 
gular from pressure, fuscous, average size 10-12 е x 8-10 p. 


On Anthaenantia rufa, Ocean Springs, Miss., fall of 1890. 
Biloxi, Miss., Oct., 1894 and 1898, S. M. Tracy, no. 5219. 

This form was mentioned in Bull. Miss. Ag. Exp. Sta. 34: 94 
under C. Paspali and was then tentatively referred to that species. 


Cerebella Panici 


Infesting the ovaries : stomatic mass oval, 1. 5—3 mm. often cover- 
ing the glumes, nearly black throughout: glomerules depressed- 
spherical, composed of 3-5 spores, dark-olivaceous, smooth or 
minutely roughened, 10-12 (/ x 8-10 f, remains of pedicel usually 
distinct ; spores ovoid, angular on inner sides, about 8 x 6 p. 

On Panicum virgatum, Ocean Springs, Miss., 1891; Biloxi, 
Miss., Oct., 1898, S. M. Tracy, no. 5217. 

Mentioned in Bull. Miss. Ag. Exp. 5ta. 34: 94 and there re- 
ferred to C. Paspati. 

Cerebella Sorghi 

Infesting the ovaries : stomatic mass globose, 5-6 mm. in di- 
ameter, enveloping the glumes, dark or black throughout: glom- 
erules subglobose, usually composed of three spores, smooth or 
slightly roughened, brown, 8-10 // in diameter; spores ovoid, б— 
8 x 5-6 p. 

On Sorghum nutans, Manuel, Jackson Co., Miss., Sept., 1898. 

The form on Chrysopogon av-naceus from Tuskegee, Ala., that 
was referred to C. Antropozonis in Bull. Ala. Ag. Exp. Sta. 80: 
207, probably belongs here. 


Diplodina quercuum (Cke.) Tracy & Earle 


Hypophyllous, without spotting or discoloring the leaves : peri- 
thecia subsuperficial, solitary or gregarious, subconic, about 150 X 


Күү С. 


PRONUS y BEE ONAN Ss), 


Tracy AND EARLE: New Func From Muississippr 495 


100 4, black: sporules elliptical, hyaline, uniseptate, not con- 
stricted, guttulate, 16-18 & x 4-5 p. 

On living leaves of Quercus Virginiana, Ocean Springs, Miss., 
Feb., 1898, Tracy & Earle, no. 5253. 

This seems to be Sphaerellopsis guercuum Ске. Grev. 12: 23 
and Ascochyta quercuum (Cke.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 3: 393, as nearly 
as can be determined from the brief and unsatisfactory description. 


Coniosporium palmicola 
Epiphyllous: acervuli abundant, scattered, subrotund, .5-.75 
mm. in diameter, permanently covered by the epidermis which 
finally splits along one or both sides: sporules globose, opaque, 
minutely roughened, 11-13 y. 
On languishing leaves of Sajal serrula’a, Biloxi, Miss., 1898, 
o. M. Tracy, no. $243. 


Cercospora Decumariae 


Epiphyllous, occupying deadened areas at the apical end of 
the leaf, diffused: hyphae fasciculate in large clusters from a tu- 
berculate base, short, simple, continuous, fuscous, 15-20 x 5-6 p : 
conidia narrowly obclavate, much attenuated below, slightly fus- 
cous, the enlarged upper part 5—7-septate, the attenuate lower por- 
tion continuous, 70-80 / x 4—5 p. 

On languishing leaves of Decumaria barbara, Ocean Springs, 


Miss., Nov., 1897, S. M. Tracy, no. 5206. 


Cercospora Morongiae 


Caulicolous : spots definite, dark colored, oval, 3-5 mm. long: 
hyphae in dense clusters, simple or rarely branched, frequently 
septate, somewhat torulose, fuscous, 75-100 (x 4—5 (4: conidia ob- 
clavate, fuscous, 3—5-septate, 50-60 у x 3-4 p. 

On stems of Morongia uncinata, Ocean Springs, Miss., Apr., 


1898, S. M. Tracy, no. 5205. 


Cercospora Oxydendri 


Hypophyllous on brown and deadened spots sometimes reach- 
ing I cm.: hyphae in small clusters, simple or branched, nodulose, 
several-septate, slightly fuscous, 20-25 и x 5-6 4: conidia slender, 
curved, nearly hyaline, 4—7-septate, 50-60 џи x 3 p. 

On languishing leaves of Oxydendron arboreum, Biloxi, Miss., 


Oct., 1898, S. M. Tracy, no. 4086. 


Studies in Sisyrinchium—V : Two new eastern Species 


Bv EucGENE P. BICKNELL 


Up to the present time four species of Sisyrinchium have been 
recognized in the flora of the eastern coastwise states from New 
Jersey northward. These are S. angustifolium Miller, the common- 
est species of New York and New England and the only one rang- 
ing far northward and eastward through Maine to the provinces ; 
S. graminoides, extending from east Massachusetts far southward 
and westward; S. Atlanticum, abundant along the coast from Mas- 
sachusetts southward and occasionally found inland, as at Stratton, 
Vermont (A. J. Grout) and Concord, New Hampshire (W. W. 
Eggleston), and S. mucronatum Michx., common in the Alleghany 
region of east Pennsylvania and extending to central New York 
but as yet not reported east of the Delaware River. 

To these four species two others must now be added, one a 
coastwise plant of New York and New Jersey, the other occuring 
from southern New Jersey southward. These new species are 


here described. 
Sisyrinchium arenicola 

Closely caespitose in stiff erect tufts 20-40 cm. tall from short 
woody rootstocks, the tufts coarsely brown-fibrous at base, the 
fibrous roots numerous, long and slender, becoming nearly black : 
stems and leaves rather bright green, sometimes glaucesce t, 
readily discoloring to brown or black in drying, the spathes and 
often the stems and leaves purplish-tinged : leaves usually over 
half the height of the stem, stiff and erect, often slightly curved, 
‚5—3 mm. wide, cuspidate-attenuate, strongly close-striate, minutely 
cellular-puncticulate between the nerves, the edges denticulate- 
serrulate to smooth: stem erect but often forming a shallow 
double curve, sometimes spirally twisted, 1-3 mm. wide, the distinct 
wings firm, striate, denticulate-serrulate or smooth ; bracteal leaf 
conspicuous, erect, continuing the line of the stem, often slightly 
incurved, attenuate-acute, usually subequal with the peduncles, 
the rather broad compressed base strongly striate and oppositely 
bicarinate; peduncles 2—4, suberect or somewhat outcurved, in 
their early development appearing lateral from the stem, approxi- 
mate or, when only two, the outer one often divergent, somewhat 
unequal, very short or elongated, 3-12 cm. long, stiff, wing-mar- 

(496) 


mom кт РИМЕ ТАИРОВА 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 497 


gined and serrulate, mostly г mm. or more wide (.5—2 mm. ): 
spathes erect, the mostly cuspidate-acuminate bracts striate with 
delicate raised nerves, slightly unequal or the outer one slenderly 
prolonged for as much as 2 cm. when, as not infrequently occurs, 
the stem is simple ; interior scales brownish-tinged, becoming over 
34 the length of the inner bract: flowers deep violet-blue, often 
numerous, 3-12, on nearly erect, slightly exserted pedicels 1 5—22 
mm. long, which become somewhat spreading above in fruit ; peri- 
anth 8-10 mm. long; stamineal. column 4—5 mm. high, anthers 
small, bright orange-yellow ; capsules dark and thick-walled, sub- 
globose to obovoid, 3-5 mm. high : seeds black, globose, 1—1.5 mm, 
in diameter, distinctly pitted and with a rather prominent umbilicus, 


In sand or sandy soil near the coast, Long Island to New 
Jersey, flowering from June till August, the fruit sometimes per- 
sisting till October. 

New Jersey : Point Pleasant, Ocean Co., July 17, 1882, E. H. 
Day : Monmouth Co., Oct. 2, 1886, N. L. Britton. 

New York: Staten Island, Todt Hill, June 12, 1887, and 
Tottenville, Aug. 3, 1890, N. L. Britton ; Long Island, Southamp- 
ton, June, 1898, W. N. Clute; Hempstead, June 30, 1899, . Miss 
Fanny A. Mulford; Sag Harbor, July 20, 1899, still in flower, N, 
L. Britton ; Amagansett, Aug. 7, 1899, Miss E. Babcock. 

The specimens cited are contained in the herbaria of Columbia 
University and the New York Botanical Garden and in my private 
collection. 

An interesting and unexpected addition to our eastern coast 
flora, of very restricted range, so far as yet appears, but in' all 
probability extending further south than New Jersey and eastward 
to the New England coast.* 

The species is a perfectly distinct one and though appearing 
intervenient with S. graminoides and S. Atlanticum is in closer re- 
lationship with a group of more southern species, including S. 
xerophyllum Greene and S. rufipes, characterized by a dense 
fibrous coating about the base of the tufts. In the possession of 
this character S. arenicola differs notably from all other species of 
the northern states except S. Farwelli, a very different species in 
Other respects. 

On herbarium sheets specimens sometimes show fully as much 


* Mr. Bicknell writes, under the date of September 14, that he finds S, arenicola 
the common species on Nantucket Island, —Ed. 


498 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


discoloration as S. graminoides and might be easily passed over 
for that species, but a moment's attention will discover that the 
plant is more caespitose and stiffer in habit than S. graminoides 
with narrower and more attenuate leaves which are thicker and 
more strongly striate; other evident differences are shorter, fre- 
quently clustered peduncles, stiffer and more striate bracts, more 
numerous flowers and smaller capsules on less exserted and spread- 
ing pedicels. 

As compared with .S. Adanticum, S. arenicola is stouter and 
stiffer, never developing a flexuous prolongation of the stem from 
a lower node, and having much less membranous bracts which are 
decidedly more striate-nerved and acuminate, also the capsules are 
relatively more subglobose and the seeds larger. Perhaps the 
most evident feature of contrast between the two plants is in color, 
the rather deep green of S. агетсо!а producing a very different 
general effect from the very pale glaucous-green of S. Ad/anticum. 

It should also be noted that the flowering period of S. arenicola 
is considerably later than that of S. Adanticum or S. graminoides. 


Sisyrinchium intermedium 


Dull green, sometimes not even glaucescent, turning dark in 
drying, the spathes purple or occasionally green: tufts not fibrous 
at base, 15-35 cm. high, the stems often numerous, the clustered 
roots numerous and slender: leaves erect, about half the height 
of the tufts, 1.5—2.5 mm. wide, attenuate and cuspidate-acute, thin 
and grass-like, the delicate nerves usually with a fainter alternating 
series, the tissue between minutely cellular-puncticulate, the edges 
minutely serrulate or even subciliolate-serrulate to smooth ; young 
leaves sometimes roughened on the sides with minute points : 
stems very straight, frail, mostly 1.5 mm. wide (1-2.5 mm.), the 
thin wings with closely fine-serrulate edges and nerved like the 
leaves, usually much broader than the very narrow raised line of 
the proper stem; stems in some tufts all or nearly all: simple, 
in others mostly forked at the top into two or even three 
pedunculate spathes subtended by a rather longer erect bracted 
leaf; peduncles 3-7 cm. long, often roughened on the sides 
with minute points, the outer one somewhat divergently out- 
curved, usually slender but distinctly winged, the wings serrulate, 
gradually widened into the base of the spathe: spathes narrow, 
sometimes not wider than the stem, erect, flattened and rather 
sharply two-edged, the sides narrowed to the base and margined 


pM 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 499 


below by the ascending wings of the stem; bracts thin, glabrous, 
delicately nerved, the outer one on simple stems prolonged beyond 
the inner 8-40 mm. and sometimes three times its length, in 
pedunculate spathes often but little prolonged, 2-6 cm. long, ob- 
scurely or very narrowly hyaline-margined, the edges not united 
below; inner bract narrow, 15-20 mm. long, narrowly hyaline- 
margined, mostly attenuate and cuspidate-acute, rarely scarious-ob- 
tuse and mucronulate ; interior scales acuminate, brownish-tinged, 
about % the length of the inner bract: flowers 5-6, pale blue ; 
perianth 8—14 mm. long; stamineal-column 4—5 mm. high : capsules 
on slenderly exserted and flexuously spreading pedicels 17-25 mm. 
in length, brown, broadly subglobose, or obovoid, 4 mm. high. 


Southern New Jersey to North Carolina, flowering in May and 
early June. 

New Jersey : Gloucester Co., June т, 1892, B. Heritage, Herb. 
Phil. Bot. Club. 

Pennsylvania: Philadelphia, A. B. Monoy, Herb. Mo. Bot. 
Gard. 

District of Columbia: W. M. Canby, U. S. Nat. Herb. 

North Carolina: Buncombe Co., Thos. Hogg, May, 1886, 
Herb. Columbia Univ.; G. McCarthy, May, 1888, U. S. Nat. Herb.; 
May 8, 1897, Biltmore Herb.; Wake Co., May, 1896, W. W. 
Ashe, Herb. W. W. A.; Henderson Co., Mrs. Schoolbred, 1857, 
Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.; also two sheets without record in Herb. 
Mo. Bot. Gard., one “ex herb. Bernhardi." | 

A perplexing plant appearing about intermediate between .5. 
graminoides and 5. mucronatum, yet not to be correlated with either 
one, although in its most divergent forms, showing a near approach 
to both. The more branched forms, which are nearest to .S. 
graminoides differ in narrower and more attenuate leaves and 
purple spathes, and usually also develop many simple stems bear- 
ing spathes with much prolonged outer bracts ; the branches when 
present are mostly shorter and more slender than in S. graminoides 
and, like the younger leaves, may be roughened on the sides ; the 
margins of the stem and leaves are also usually more definitely 
serrulate than in S. gvaminoides. 

The opposite form in which the stems may be all simple closely 
simulates S. mucronatum but dries dark and has thinner, more 
broadly winged stem and larger darker capsules on flexuously 
spreading pedicels as in S. graminoides. 


A Synopsis of the Proceedings of the Botanical Organizati ns meeting 
at Columbus, Ohio, August 17-25, 1899 


TH: BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA 


The fifth annual meeting was held at Columbus, August 18 
and 19, Dr. L. M. Underwood presiding. 

In the absence of the Secretary, Prof. G. F. Atkinson, Dr. 
Arthur Hollick was made Secretary pro tem. 

The following new members were elected: J. M. Macoun, 
Geological Survey of Canada ; W. J. Beal, Michigan Agricultural 
College ; C. F. Millspaugh, Field Columbian Museum ; Marshall 
A. Howe, Columbia University. 

The retiring President, Dr. N. L. Britton, delivered an address 
entitled: * Report of Progress of the Development of the New 
York Botanical Garden." 

The following papers were presented : 

1. Apetaly and Dioeciousness. By C. E. Bessey. 

2. The Spore Mother Cells of Anthoceros. By Dr. B. M. 
Davis. 

3. Symbiosis and Saprophytism. By Dr. D. T. MacDougal. 

4. The effect of Centrifugal Force upon the Cell. By Dr. D. 
M. Mottier. 

5. The American Species of Arisaema. Ву Dr. N. L. Britton. 

6. The Uredineae Occurring upon Phragmites, Spartina and 
Arundinaria in America. Ву Prof. J. C. Arthur (read by title). 

7. Some notes upon the Distribution of American Erysiphaceae. 
By Prof. B. D. Halsted (read by title). 

8. Gametes and Gametangia of the Phycomycetes. By Dr. 
B. M. Davis (read by title). 

9. Etiolative Reactions. Ву Dr. T. MacDougal (read by 
title). 

10. The Foundation of Genera among the Ferns. By Prof. 
L. M. Underwood (read by title). 

11. The Classification of Botanical Publications. By Prof. 
Wm. Trelease. 

(500) 


BoraNicaL MEETINGS AT CoLuMBUS, Auc. 17—25, 1899 501 


The following officers were elected for the coming year: 
President, Dr. B. L. Robinson ; Vice-President, Prof. B. D. Hal- 
sted; Secretary, Prof. б. F. Atkinson; Treasurer, Dr. Arthur 
Hollick ; Councillors, Prof. D. P. Penhallow and Prof. B. T. 
Galloway. 


TITLES OF PAPERS READ BEFORE THE SECTION OF BOTANY, A.A.A.S., COLUMBUS MEETING 


C. R. Barnes, Chicago, Vice-President; W. A. Kellerman, 
Columbus, Secretary. Address by Vice-President Barnes, sub- 
ject: ‘‘The Progress and Development of Plant Physiology." 
The following papers were then presented : 

I. The Fertilization of Alougo Buti. Ву Е. L. Stevens, Chi- 
cago, Ill. 

2. The Embryo Sac of Leucocrinum montanum. By Francis 
Ramaley, Boulder, Col. 

3. Notes on subterranean Organs. By А. 5. Hitchcock, 
Manhattan, Kans. 

4. Some Monstrosities in Spikelets of Eragrostis and Setaria 
with their Meaning. Ву W. J. Beal, Agricultural College, Mich. 

5. Studies of Vegetation of the high Nebraska Plains. Ву 
Charles Edwin Bessey, Lincoln, Neb. 

6. The Tamarack Swamp in Ohio. By A. D. Selby, Wooster, 
Ohio. 

7. The Breeding of Apples for the Northwest Plains. By 
William Saunders, Experimental Farms, Ottawa, Canada. 

8. Field Experiments with ‘Nitragin’? and other Germ Fer- 
tilizers. By Byron D. Halsted, New Brunswick, N. J. 

9. The Duration of bacterial Existence under trial Environ- 
ments. By Henry L. Bolley, Agricultural College, N. D. 

10. Suggestions for a more satisfactory Classification of the 
pleurocarpous Mosses. By A. J. Grout, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

11. Notes concerning the Study of Lichen Distribution in the 
Mississippi Valley. By Bruce Fink, Fayette, Iowa. 

12. Botanical Teaching in the secondary Schools. By W. C. 
Stevens, Lawrence, Kansas. 

13. Botanical Teaching in the secondary Schools. By Ida 
Clendenin, Brooklyn Girls’ High School. 

14. On the Occurrence of the Black Rot of Cabbage in Europe. 
By H. A. Harding, Geneva, N. Y. à 


502 = BoranicaAL MEETINGS АТ CoLuMnBUS, AUG. 17—25, 1899 


15. One Thousand Miles for a Fern. Ву Charles E. Bessey, 
Lincoln, Neb. 

16. A Summary of our Knowledge of the Fig, with Illustra- 
tions. By Walter T. Swingle, Washington, D. C. 

17. The Classification of botanical Publications. By Wm. 
Trelease, St. Louis, Mo. 

18. The Geotropism of the Hypocotyl of Cucurbits. By Ed- 
win Bingham Copeland, Chico, Cal. 

19. The Destruction of Chlorophyll by oxidizing Enzymes. 
By A. F. Woods, Washington, D. C. 

20. The Effect of Hydrocyanic Acid Gas upon the Germina- 
tion of Seeds. By C. O. Townsend, College Park, Md. 

21. Some physiological Effects of Hydrocyanic Acid Gas 
upon Plants. By W. С. Johnson, College Park, Md. 

22. Etiolative Reactions of Sarracenia and Oxalis. Ву Wm. 
B. Stewart, Minneapolis, Minn. 

23. The Mycorhiza of Zz^w/aria. By Julia B. Clifford, Min- 
neapolis, Minn. 

24. The Cultures of Uredineae in 1899. By J. C. Arthur, 
Lafayette, Ind. 

25. The Embryology of Vaillantia hispida. By Francis E. 
Lloyd, Teachers College, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 

26. Division of the megaspore of Æryrhronium. By J. Н. 
Schaffner, Columbus, Ohio. 

27. The Flora of Franklin County, Ohio. Ву A. D. Selby, 
Wooster, Ohio. | 
= 28. The fungous Infestations of agricultural Soils in the Uni- 
ted States. By Erwin F. Smith, Washington, D. C. 

29. Are the Trees advancing or retreating upon the Nebraska 
Plains? By C. E. Bessey, Lincoln, Neb. 

30. Useful Trees and Shrubs for the Northwest Plains of Can- 
ada. By Wm. Saunders, Ottawa, Canada. 

31. The Occurrence of Calcium Oxalate and Lignin during 
the Differentiation of the Buds of Prunus Americana. By Н. L. 
Bolley and L. R. Waldron, Agricultural College, North Dakota. 

32. Two Diseases of Juniperus. By Hermann von Schrenk, 
St. Louis, Mo. 

33. The Crystals in Datura Stramonium L. By Henry 
Kraemer, Philadelphia, Pa. 


T1! xag a s eli у" d T AE NRE Tue r 


BorANICAL MEETINGS AT CoLUMBUS, AUG. 17-25, 1899 503 


For the coming year,Wm. Trelease was elected Vice-President 
and Chairman of Section G; D. T. MacDougal, Secretary. 


BOTANICAL CLUB OF THE A. A. A. $. 


Byron D. Halsted, President; Е. Н. Knowlton, Vice-Presi- 
dent ; A. D. Selby, Secretary pro tem., in the absence of Steward- 
son Brown, Secretary. 

The following papers were read : 

1. А Greasewood Compass Plant. By C. Е. Bessey. 

2. A Visit to the original Station of the Rydberg Cotton- 
wood. Ву C. E. Bessey. 

3. Report of the Expedition to Porto Rico. from the New 
York Botanical Garden. By N. L. Britton. 

4. The Arboretum and Botanical Garden of the Central Ex- 
perimental Farm at Ottawa, established in 1889. Ву Wm. 
Saunders. 

5. Tomato Fruit Rot. By F. S. Earle. 

6. Two hitherto confused species of Lycopodium. By Francis 
E. Lloyd. 

7. Some of the Investigations on Grasses and Forage Plants 
in charge of the Division of Agrostology, U. S. Dept. of Agri- 
culture. By Thos. A. Williams. 

8. The Wilting of Cleome integr folia. By C. E. Bessey. 

9. The Powdery Mildew of Polygonum aviculare. By C. E. 
Bessey. 

IO. Notes on the northern Species of Celtis. Ву N. І. 
Britton. 

II. Remarks on some Species of Quercus. By N. L. Britton 

12. Ohio Stations for Lea's Oak. Ву №. A. Kellerman. 

13. Labels for living Plants. Ву W. A. Kellerman. 

14. The introduced Species of Lactuca іп Ohio. By A. D. 
Selby. 

15. Some Peculiarities of the yearly Reappearance of Plasmo- 
para Cubensis B. E C. on Cucumbers and Melons. By A. D. Selby. 

16. What shall we regard as generic Types? By L. M. 
Underwood. 

17. A Brief embryological Study of Lac'uca Scariola. By J. 
W. T. Duvel. 


504 Boranicat MEETINGS AT CoLuMBUs, AUG. 17—25, 1899 


18. The Position of the Fungi in the Plant System. Ву Н. 
L. Bolley. 

19. Some botanical Soil by an Entomologist By A. D. 
Hopkins. 

20. A Device for registering Plant-growth. By L. C. Corbett. 

21. Notes оп some of the Work of the Division of Botany of 
the United States Department of Agriculture. By O. F. Cook. . 

22. The Botanical Club organized by the Students and 
Teachers of the Michigan Agricultural College. By W. J. Beal. 

23. Introduction and Persistence of Cabomba Caroliniana on 
the Grounds of the Michigan Agricultural College. Ву W. J. 
Beal. | 

24. Distribution of certain Swamp Plants in Kansas. By A. 
S. Hitchcock. 

The following officers were elected: President, F. S. Earle, 
Auburn, Ala.; Vice-President, A. D. Selby, Wooster, Ohio ; Sec- 
retary, F. E. Lloyd, New York City. 


SULLIVANT DAY 

Wednesday, August 23d, was taken for a bryological memo- 
rial to do honor to Sullivant and Lesquereux. Relatives and 
friends of these distinguished bryologists were present and por- 
traits of both were loaned for exhibition. The tribute to Sullivant 
written by Dr. Gray for the Supplement to the Icones Muscorum 
was read by Professor Kellerman. Twelve North American 
mosses named for Sullivant were loaned from the Sullivant collec- 
tion at Harvard, with the original drawings. Duplicates of these 
species from the Columbia University collection were also mounted 
for exhibition as well as microscopic slides of them made by Mrs. 
Britton, who gave a brief account of their subsequent history. Dt. 
Charles R. Barnes read his tribute to Lesquereux from the Botan- 
ical Gazette, and Dr. Arthur Hollick supplied information on the 
posthumous publication of his palaentological work. Mrs. Britton 
gave a chronological record of the study of North American 
mosses since 1850, illustrated by tables and exhibited pamphlets 
and books which have been published since Lesquereux and 
James Manualin 1884. Portraits of botanists whose names are 
perpetuated in those of American mosses were shown by E. A. 


А Реа ЛЕ мА ДЫ С UTOR AVE UIN Pn 


BoranicaL Mretincs AT Согомвоѕ, AUG. 17-25, 1899 505 


Rau, E. G. Britton and L. M. Underwood. Professor Kellerman 
exhibited a collection of mosses and drawings which had formerly 
been the property of Mr. Schrader, who made the drawings for 
Sullivant's Icones. Professor Underwood gave a brief account of 
the study of the Hepaticae, illustrated by books and pamphlets. 
The plates and specimens illustrating {еп new species of hepatics 
from California, described by Marshall A. Howe, were exhibited 
by Professor F. E. Lloyd, who commended the morp hological 
value of Dr. Howe's work. 

Professor F. S. Earle read some notes on the moss flora of 
Alabama by Dr. Charles Mohr. Dr. A. J. Grout sent a set of the 
Dryologist and his revisions of the pleurocarpous mosses with 
some suggestions for a more satisfactory classification of them 
which were read by Mrs. Britton. Dr. George N. Best sent a set 
of his publications and Dr. Barnes exhibited a set of those of 
Renauld and Cardot and of Roll. Reports were received from 
the Sullivant Moss Chapter with a list of members from the Sec- 
retary, Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith. The Philadelphia Moss Chap- 
ter also sent a report and lists of books and specimens available 
for study at the Academy of Natural Sciences. 

Among the specimens exhibited were several rare plants of 
Ohio, SSu//ivautia Ohionis, Lonicera Sullivantit, Solidago Ohionis 
and S. Riddell, duplicates of which were distributed to all botan- 
ists present who cared to have them. 

At the conclusion of the exercises Dr. C. E. Bessey offered a 
resolution advocating the founding of a bryological scholarship in 
memory of William 5. Sullivant, and the resolution was accepted 
unanimously by those present. 


Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany 


Anderson, A. P. Rice Blast and a new Smut on the Rice Plant. 
Preliminary Report on Treatment for Rice Smut. Bull. S. C 
Agric. Exper. Sta. 41: 1-31. Mr. 1899. 

Andreas, J. Ueber den Bau der Wand und die Oeffnungsweise des 
Lebermoossporogons. Flora, 86: 161-213. f. r-29. fM.12. 1899. 

Atkinson, G. F. Studies on Reduction in Plants. Bot. Gaz. 28 : 
1-26. AM. 1-6. 29 Jl. 1899. 

Barnhart, J. Н. Nomenclatural Notes.—II. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 26: 376-380. 18 Jl. 1399. 

Ilysanthes dubia (L.) and Wulfenia Bullii (Eaton), nom. nov.; notes on species in 
various genera, on dates of publication, etc. 

Bicknell, E. P. Studies in Ssyrnchium.—l1: Four new species 
from Michigan. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 297-300. 17 Je. 


1899. 


Sisyrinchium hastile, 5 Farwellit, S. strictum and S. apiculatum, sp nov. 


Bicknell, E. P. Studies in .Sisyrznchium.—1I: S. angustifolium 
and some related species new and old. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 


335-349. 18 Jl. 1899. 


Sisyrinchium campestre, S. campestre Kansanun, S flavifleorum and S. Aeterocar- 
pum are proposed by the author as new. 


Brandegee, T. S. Island Flora Notes. Erythea, 7: 70-71. І Jl. 
1899. 

Hemizonia Clementina sp. nov. 

Clute, W. N. On the Distribution of some eastern Ferns, Lin- 
naean Fern Chapter (Boston Meeting), 14-18. 1899. 

Coulter, J. M. The Origin of the leafy Sporophyte. Bot. Gaz. 
28: 46-59. 29 Jl. 1899. 

Daguillon, A. Observations morphologiques sur les feuilles lis 
Cupressinées. Rev. Gen. de Bot. 11: 168-204. f. 7—41. pl. 5. 15 
My. 1899. 

Davenport, G. E. Abnormal Forms and Hybridity in Ferns. 
Linnaean Fern Chapter ( Boston Meeting), 1-11. 1899. 

Davenport, G. E. Acrostichum lomarioides Jenman. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 26: 318-319. 17 Je. 1899. 

De Boissieu, Н. Quelques mots sur les Mitella. Bull. Mens. 
Soc. Linn. de Paris, 13: 105-109. то My. 1899. 

(506) | 


pu 


— 


UP Tyr ay ЧҮҮ AG AE ЖО, 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 507 


Eastwood, A. New Localities for rare Californian Plants. Erythea, 
7: 76-77. 1 Au. 1899. 

Eaton, A. A. Notes on a peculiar Botrychium. Linnaean Fern 
Chapter (Boston Meeting), 25-30. 1899. 

Farlow, W. G. Three undescribed Californian Algae. Erythea, 
7: 73-10. ГАП. 1899. 


Dictyopteris zonarioides, Spermothamnion Snyderae and Polyopes Bu hiae sp. nov. 


Fletcher, J. Botanical Notes. Ottawa Naturalist, 13: 75-76. Je. 
1899. 

Gilbert, B. D. On the Genera of Ferns: A Study of the Tribe 
Aspidieae. Linnaean Fern Chapter (Boston Meeting), 19-25. 
1899. 

Gilbert, B. D. Two new Polypodia from New Zealand. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 26: 316-317. 17 Je. 1899. 

Polypodium viride and Р. vulgare auritum are proposed as new. 

Grout, A. J. Ап interesting Variety of Osmunda Claytoniana. 

Linnaean Fern Chapter (Boston Meeting), 11-12. 1899. 


Grout, A. J. A little-known Mildew of the Apple. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 26: 373-375. A. 364. 18 Jl. 1899. 
Sphaerotheca mali (Duby) Burrill. 

Halsted, B. D. The Influence of wet Weather upon parasitic 
Fungi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 381-389. 18 Jl. 1899. 


Harkness, H. W. Californian Hypogaeous Fungi. Proc. Cal. 

Acad. Sci. III. 1: 241-292. A. 42-45. 8 Jl. 1899. 

New species іп Hymenogaster, Hydnangium, Octaviana, Hysterangium, Rhizo- 
pogon, Leucophleps gen. nov., Melanoyaster, Hydnocystis, Genea, Balsamia, Hydno- 
bolites, Hydnotrya, Pseudohydnotrya, Pachyphloeus, Myrme.ozystis gen. nov., Geo- 
pora, Tuber, Piersonia gen. nov., Terfezia, Terfeziopsis gen. nov., Endogone, Sphaeria 
and Sporephaga gen nov. with descriptions of 108 species new and old. 

Harvey, F. L. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Myxogasters of 

Maine. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 320-324. 17 Je. 1899. 


Heller, A. A. New and interesting Plants from Western North 


America. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 312-315. 17 Je. 1899. 
Lepidium Idahoense, L. simile, Ptelea rhombifolia, Microsteris diffusa, Crepis atra- 
darba and Grindelia Brownii, sp. nov. 


Hennings, P. Xy/ariodiscus nov. gen. und einige neue brasilianische 
Ascomycetes des E. Ule'schen Herbars. Hedwigia ( Beiblatt), 38 : 
(63)-(65). 25 Ap. 1899. 

New species in Diflotheca Claviceps, Stictophacidium, Erinella, Corgoniceps and 

Ombrophila. 


508 . INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Hennings, P. Neue von E. Ule in Brazilien gesammelte Ustilagi- 
neen und Uredineen. Hedwigia (Beiblatt), 38: (65)-(71). 25 
Ap. 1899. 

New species in Cs/i/ago, Urocystis, -olysaccopsis n. g., Uromyces, Рис inia, Uredo 
and Aecidium. 

Hennings, P. Fungi chilensesa cl. Dr. F. Neger collecti. Hed- 
wigia (Beiblatt), 38: (71)-(73). 25 Ap. 1899. 

^ New species in Dimerosporium, Melanomma, Montagnella, Cenangium and Sep. 

toria. 

Hill, E.J. Notes on Plants of the Chicago District. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 26: 303-311. 17 Је. 1899. 

Holm, T. Juncus repens Michx.—A morphological and anatomical 
Study. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 359-364. pl. 363. 18 Ji. 
1899. | 

Holm, T. The Seedlings of Jatropha multifida L. and Persea gratis- 
sima Gürtn. Bot. Gaz. 28: 60-64. f. 7-6. 29 Jl. 1899. 

Howe, M. A. The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of California. 
Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 7: 1-208. A. 88-122. 5 Au. 1899. 

— Riccia Americana, №. Campbelliana, Clevea hyalina Californica, Sphaerocarpus 

cristatus, Cephalozia divaricata scabra and Blepharostoma arachnoideum sp. et var. 


nov. 

Jeffrey, E. C. The Development, Structure and Affinities of the 
Genus Zguisetum. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 5: 155-190. pl. 
26-30. Ap. 1899. | 

Klebahn, Н. Kulturversuche mit heterocischen Rostpilzen. Zeitschr. 
für Pflanzenkranheiten. 9: 88-99. /. 3, 4. 6 My. 1899. 


Cultures of Melampsora. 

Lamb, Е. Н. Root Suckers on the Douglas Fir. Dot. Gaz. 28: 
69-70. 29 Jl. 1899. 

Lemmermann, E. Das Genus Ophiocytium Naegeli. Hedwigia, 
38: 20-38. M. 3, 4: 28 Е. 1899. 

Lloyd, C. G. .Mycological Notes. No. 3. 18-24. Cincinnati, O. 
Ap. 1899. 


Notes on various species of fungi including Bo/bitius sordidus sp. nov. 
MacBride, Т.Н. Botany: How much and when? Pp. 1-11. 1899. 
MacMillan, C. Observations on JVereocystrs. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 

26: 273-296. pl. 361, 362. 17 Je. 1899. 

Magnus, P. Ueber die Gattung Ürofyxis Schroet. Ber. Deutsch. 

Bot. Ges. 17: 112-120. f. 7, 2. 26 Ap. 1899. 

Meehan, T. L£chinocactus setispinis. Meehan’s Monthly, 9: 81-82. 

pl. 6. Je. 1899. 


жу е к.т (кү 


TTR vet Lee Y 
t 4 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 509 


Meehan, T. Bidens connata. Meehan’s Monthly, 9: 97-98. M. 
7. Ji. 1899. 
Meehan, T. Contributions to the Life History of Plants. No. XIII. 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1899: 71-117. f. z-5. 1899. 
Various morphological and biological notes relating to a variety of plants. 
Nelson, A. The western Species of Araga//us : Critical Notes and 
Novelties. Erythea, 7: 57-64. т Je. 1899. 


Contains descriptions of several new species and varieties and a few changes in 
nomenclature. 
Nelson, A. New species in Oreocarya and its Allies. Erythea, 7: 

65-70. 1 Je. 1899. 

Oreocarya caespitosa, О. flavoculata, О. Jlavoculata spatulata, О. affinis perennis, 
О. longiflora, Cryptanthe ramulosissima, C. muriculata montana and Allocarya Heen- 
dersoni are proposed as new. 
Nelson, A. | New Plants from Wyoming—IX, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 

26: 350-358. 18 Jl. 1899. 

Ranunculus alpeophilus, Arenaria pinetorum, Chetranthus aridus, Draba andina 
(Nutt.), Arenaria verna equicaulis, Polemontum flaydent, P. mellitum (Gray), 

'entstemon Crandallii, Р. Coloradoensis, Grindelia perennis, G. erecta and Gnaphalium 

angu tifolium, new species, varieties, and names ; Nacrea, gen. nov. with one species, 
N. linata A. Nelson, 


Nelson, E. Revision of the western North American Phloxes. Pp. 
I-35:* Те. 1899. 

Includes P. Covitlei, P. Piperi, P. cernua, P. virida, Р. viscida, P. tenuifolia, Р. 
hirsuta, P. lanceolata, P. aspera sp. nov. and several varieties raised to specific rank. 
Némec, B. Ueber Zellkern and Zelltheilung bei Solanum tuberosum. 

Flora, 86: 214-227. Øl. 13,74. 20 My. 1899. 

Osterhout, G. E. Notes on Colorado Plants. Erythea, 7: 71-72. 
I Jl. 1899. 

Peckholt, T. Medicinal Plants of Brazil. Pharmaceutical Archives, 
2: 92-100. My. 1899. 

Peirce, С. J. Тһе Nature of the Association of Alga and Fungus in 
Lichens. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. Ш. 1: 207-240. pl. Qf. 5 Je, 
1899. 

Pollard, С. L. The Genus Achillea in North America. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 26: 365-372. 18 Jl. 1899. 

Achillea Californica, A. gigantea and A. Pecten- Veneris, sp. nov. 

Radais, M. On the Blight of Sorghum. Bot. Gaz. 28: 65-68. 29 
Jl. 1899. 

Robertson, C. Flowers and Insects.—X IX. Bot. Gaz. 28: 27-45. 


29 Jl. 1899. 


510 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Roth, G. Ubersicht iiber die Familie der Hypnaceen. Hedwigia 
(Beiblatt), 38: (3)-(8). 28 F. 1899. ' 

Rothrock, J. T. The Black Spruce (Picea nigra Link.). Forest 
Leaves, 7: 4o. Je. 1899. [Illust. ] 

Schrenk, H. von. A Disease of Zuxodium known as Peckiness, also 
a similar Disease of Zibocedrus decurrens. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 11: 
1-55. pl. 1-6. 3 Je. 1899. 

Schrenk, Н. von. А sclerotioid Disease of Beech Roots. Rep. 
Mo. Bot. Gard. 10: 61-70. //. 55, 56. 1899. 

Scribner, F. L. New Species of North American Grasses. Сиг. 
S. Dept. Agric. (Div. Agrost.) 16: 1-6. fiz. 1 M. 1899. 

New species in Andropogon, Puccinellia, Poa, Dactyloctenium and Panicum, 

Scribner, F. L. Recent Additions to Systematic Agrostology. 
Circ. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Div. Agrost.) I5: 1-10. F4 rep cda ]h 
1899. | 

Selby, А. D., & Duvel, J. W. T. Sources of the Ohio Flora. 
Proc. Columbus Hort. Soc. 14: 35-59. Mr. 1899. 

Smith, J. G. The Velvet Bean ( Mucuna utilis). Cire. U. S. Dept. 
Agric. (Div. Agrost.) 14: 1—5. f. 1-3. 1899. 

Smith, J. G. Grazing Problems in the Southwest and how to meet 
them. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Div. Agrost.), 16: 1-47. f. 1—09. 
1899. 

Spegazzini, C. Nova Addenda ad Floram Patagonicam. Anales 
Soc. Cien. Argentina, 47: 161-177. Ар. 1899. 

Stone, G. E., & Smith, К. Е. The Asparagus Rust in Massa- 
chusetts. Bull. Mass. Exp. Sta. 6r: 1-20. fM. 7, 2. Ap. 1899. 
Sturtevant, E. L. Varieties of Corn. Bull. U. 5. Dept. Agric. 

(Exp. Sta.) 57:, 1-108. 1899. [Illust. ]. 

Vail, A. M. Notes оп Cov///ea and Fagonia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 

26: 301-302. 17 Je. 1899. 


Covill.a tridentata nom. nov. for Zyy;opAydlum tridentatum Mog. & Sessé. 

Williams, C. L. The Origin of the karyokinetic Spindle in Passz- 
flora coerulea Linn. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. Ш. 1: 189-206. A. 
37-40. 15 Ap. 1899. ? 


[This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Dotanical Supply Company 
in card catalogue form. ] 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


t. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 


Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895—1898. 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 3. Nos, 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, 
Vol. s. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126—150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 7. Nos. r51-(current). 


3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895—1806. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, N. Y. City. A list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Many 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 


4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896,—andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating, every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner's Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. Ву 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York, Price $1.00. 


б. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes. 


AN 


ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the 102d Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 
Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 


With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and FiGURED. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the Ѕүмомүмү, the REVISED NOMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLossARY, and a 
copious English Index, including the PoPULAR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this couatry. For al 
students and lovers of plants. 


Vol. L, Royal 8vo, pp. xii--612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. IL, рр. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892 ; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi+588 ; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 
CHAS. SCRIBNER'S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 
Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering 10 copies or more, r5 per cent. discount. 


JUST ISSUED. 


UNDERWOOD'S 


Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. 


A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their 
Literat re. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By 


Lucien M. UNDERWOOD. 


12mo. Рр. 236. Price $1.50 z 


Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with 
historical sketch ot the study of mycology in America, and copious 
references to the literature of the subject 

Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the 
novice to recognize the Systematic position ot the ordinary fungi of 
fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. 


HENRY HOLT & Co., 
29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. 


MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT ОЕ BOTANY ОЕ 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II, 


H Monograph of the North American Potentitfeae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 net. 


A companion volume to Dr. John К. Small’s « Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species ot the Genus Fol genum,” published in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price, Address 


Professor І, M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


Botanical Collection For Sale. 


A. Botanical Collection of over Twelve Thousand Specimens, 
catalogued according to the latest system and properly preserved 
but not mounted. Also, Botanical Library of over One Hundred 
Volumes and Pamphlets. Catalogue of the latter on application. 


Apply to T, Care Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


FOR CLASS STUDY- 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 
« Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 
Everything Useful t 


o Botanists. 


—_—_——— 


MORE THAN FIFTY OF 


AMERICA’S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


THE PLANT VYORLLD 


It contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 

Volume II. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. 


SUBSCRIPTIONS, $1.00 PER ANNUM. 
ADDRESS 


WILLARD N. OLUTE & CO., Publishers, Binghamton, N. Y. 


ooo 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


B 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia University. 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 xed. 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Club of the Am erican Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


Hew Vark Botanical Garden 


MEMOIRS 


The first volume of Memoirs of the New York 
Botanical Garden will be issued during 1899. It will 
contain “An annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana 
and the Yellowstone National Park,” written by Dr. Per 
Axel Rydberg. 

The Memoirs will be published in large octavo size, as 
matter for them becomes available. Volume 1. will consist 
of about 400 pages, and will contain descriptions of a large 
number of new species of plants and critical notes on many 
others, 

Subscriptions to this first volume are now invited. 
The price will be two dollars per copy. 

N. L. BRITTON, 


DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF. 


A Text-Book of General Lichenology 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 


WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N.Y, 


The following BOOKS from the Library of the late Dr. A. W Chapman are 
offered FOR SALE. Also a duplicate col ection of Dried Plants, consisting of 
5,080 specimens in good order and preservation, 


, DeCandolle, Prodromus Syst. Nat. Regn. Veget., | Bergen, Elements Bot., 1878, 1 Vol , 5o cts. 
Vols. 1 to 12, Vol. 13, Parts І. and Il., and Vol. | Scribner, Grasses of Tenn., Part II., 50 cts. 
14, $50 оо, | Grasses S. W., Bull No. 12, U. S. Dept Agr, 
Torrey and Gray, Flora ЇЧ. Amer., Vol. 1, $10 oo. | 189o, 2 Vols., $2 oo. 
A. Gray, Synopt. Flora №. Amer., 1878, 2 Vols., | Sudworth, Arbor Flora, Bull. No. 14, U. S. Dept. 
$5.00. | Agr., 1897, 50 Cts. 
A. Gray, Synopt. Flora N. Amer., 1895, 1 Vol., | Cat. Useful Fibre Plants of the World, No. 9, U. 
3 оо. | >. Dept. Agr , 1897, 50 cts. 
A. Gray, Manual Bet. of U. S , 1890, 1 Vol., $1.50. | De Lamark; Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans 
A. Gray, Man. Bot. of U. S., 1856 and 67, 2 Vols., Vertébres, т Vol., $1 оо 


$2.00. | Cont. U. 5. Nat. Herb., 1895, 1 Vol., 25 cts. 
Report Mo. Bot. Garden, 1890-98, 9 Vols., $10.00. | Check List N. Amer. Plants. Description of a 
Pursh, Plants ot N. Amer., 1814, 2 Vols., $4.90. | new Baptisia, and other Papers, $1.00, bound in 


one oct. Vol. 
$1.00. Papers of Boston Society Nat. Hist., 1. 
Eaton, Manual Bot. N. Amer., 1833, 1 Vol., $1.00. | Baron Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, 4 Vols., $6 oo. 
McMillan, Metaspermae Minn. Val., 1 Vol., $2.00. | Г. W. Harris, Entomological Correspondence, 
Lindley, Introd. to Bot., 1832, т Vol., фт 50. Papers Bost. Society Nat. Hist., 1869. $2.00, 
TEN Bib. Index to N. Amer. Bot., 1878, 1 | J. С. Morris, Syn. Lepidoptera of N. Amer., $1.00. 
ol., $3 oo. 


Addres, MISS KATE WOOD, Apalachicola, Florida. 


Nuttall, Gen. N. Amer. Plants to the Yrs. 1817-18, 


IMPORTANT FOR 


Teachers of Botany and General Biology. 


Haematococcus has long been recognized as one of the most valuable 
one-celled motile plants for demonstration and study with elementary 
classes in biology. Many teachers have difficulty in finding the ma- 
terial. A memoir on this interesting organism, by Mr. T. E. Hazen, 
illustrated with two colored plates, has just been published in the 
Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, volume six, part three, in which 
the entire life-history has been carefully described and figured, and 
numerous errors of the ordinary text-books corrected. The brochure 
is specially adapted for the use of elementary students in botany and 
general biology, and can be secured for classes at special rates as noted 
below. 


Price, 50 cents; ten copies or more by express to one address at 
half-price. 
Address, Editor, Torrey Botanical Club, 


Columbia University, New York City. 


IMPORTANT TO 


Libraries and Botanical Laboratories. 


The most important contribution to the knowledge of the Bryophytes of this country 
since the publication of Sullivant's Icones Muscorum has recently appeared as Volume 
Seven of the Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, entitled, 


The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes 
of California, 


By MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, of Columbia University, 


With Thirty-Five Heliotype Plates. 


While this work is specifically devoted to West Coast Species, the illustrations, 
which are the finest representations of the Hepaticae that have yet appeared, render 
the work of general and direct interest to all students of botany. The work should be 
in every library consulted by botanical students, Price, unbound, $3.00, postpaid. 


Address, L. M. UNDERWOOD, 
Columbia University, New York City. 


ESTABLISHED 1851, 


EIMER & AMEND, 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave, 


Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK. 


SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES 


OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 


E. March's Saline Chemical Stone 
Ware. 


Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 


Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- 
ters (Polariscopes). 


Prof, Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bar 
ances, etc. 


| Le Brun Е. Desmontes € Co., al 
Paris, Platinum, 


с Н. Tronesdorff's С. P. Chemicals. 
SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- 


ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem. 
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals fos 
Sugar Chemists. 


LABORATORY OUTFITS 


FOR 
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES AND COLLEGES 
Crass-BLowiNc, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. 


ut 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. 


(т) BULLETIN. 

A monthly journal devoted to general botany. Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 
tained 650 pages of text and 29 full-page plates. Price $2.00 per annum. For 
Europe 10 shillings, Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England. 

As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 
plete their files should apply at once. Yearly volumes 1-5 (1870-1874), and vols. 
7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of One Dollar each, except vols. 
7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. 

Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at the subscription 
price of Five Dollars, 

Vols. 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols. 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged, 

"ingle copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS. 


The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is fixed for each. Those 
omitted from this list cannot be had separately. 

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts 
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. Н. H. Rusby in 
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, 
75 cents. 

? Мо. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. Ву E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. 

Volume 2, No. r.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.— Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. 

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. 

Vol. 3. Мо. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- 


"тогу. By John К. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. 


No. 2.—4 Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. | 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. 
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. 
Underwood. Price, 75 cents. 

No 2.— Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang— Il. 
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. Ву Anna Stockton Pettit, 
Price, 50 cents. 

No. 5.—Monograph of Physalis and related Genera. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 

cents, ; 

is Vol 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 
in Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S 
Price, $3.00. 

Vol. 6. No, 1.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang—III. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia. 
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3.—The Life History of Sphaerella lacustris ( Haematococcus pluvialis). 
With two colored plates. By Tracy Elliot Hazen. Price, 50 cents. 

Nos. 4 and 5, completing the volume, will be issued during 1899. 

Vol. 7. —The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of California. With thirty five plates. 
By Marshall Avery Howe.. Price, $3.00. . 

Vol 8. No т, Part r. —The Comparative Embryology of the Rubiaceae. With 
four plates. By Francis Ernest Lloyd. Price, 50 cents. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta reported as 
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00. 


Address: L. M. UNDERWOOD, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw YORK CITY. 


м Н 
IU TON ND, 
S 


VoL. 26 OCTOBER, 1899 | No. 10 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


EDITOR 


LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD 


ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS | MARSHALL AVERY НОМЕ 

BYRON DAVID HALSTED FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 

ARTHUR HOLLICK ANNA MURRAY VAIL 

CONTENTS 

Symbiosis and Saprophytism (PrATES 367- New and interesting Plants from Western 
369): Daniel Trembly MacDougal. . . 511 North America.—VI : A. A. Heller. . . 547 

A Revision of the North American Species of Mis Arvilla JCEllis |... .. 2. 553 
Scleropodium: А. X. Grout ...... 531 | INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING 

New Species from the Western United States: TO AMERICAN BOTANY ........-« 554 
PLA RITE.  —.x4x- xs d АТ 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


Тнк New Era PRINTING COMPANY 
: LANCASTER, PA. 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 


President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN. 
Vice Presidents, 


T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, 
Normal College, New York City Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 
Editor, Treasurer, 
L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, Jr. 
Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 
Associate Editors, 
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 


ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., CARLTON С, CURTIS, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., Pror. FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 


Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., 
Committee on Finance. 
J. I. KANE, WM. E. DODGE. 


Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE В. GREENE, М. D., 
319 E. s7th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City, 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, 
Committee on Library and Herbarium. 
РЕК AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L. SANIAL, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ALICE M, ISAACS. 
Committees оп the Local Flora, 
Pnor. ЇЧ. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., 


PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, PRor. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D. 
H. H. RUSBY, M. D,, MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D, 
Rev. GEO. D. HULST, Mns. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


Committee on Excursions. 
Dr, L. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, M — Vork City. 


GEORGE V. NASH, GENE SMITH, 
MARIE L. SANIAL, УУ. A. BASTEDO. 
Committee on Program. 
Dr. H. H. RUSBY, Dr. C. C. CURTIS, 


Mrs. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


The Club meets regularly at the Collegé of Pharmacy, 115$ West 68th Street, 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, except 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, Р. M. Botanists are cordially invited 
to attend, 

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
ayable to Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St, New York City. 


— наннан 


VoL. 26 No. 10 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OCTOBER 1899 


Symbiosis and Saprophytism 
By DANIEL TREMBLY MACDOUGAL 
[PLATES 367-369] 


GENERAL DISCUSSION 


It is customary to designate all chlorophylless seed-forming 
species which have no nutritive connection with other vascular 
plants as saprovhytes, ог more exactly, holosaprophytes (allotropic 
or heterotropic forms according to Pfeffer’s classification), and 
others of similar physiological tendencies as hemisaprophytes 
(mixotropic forms), without regard to the nutritive unions formed 
by the roots or absorbing organs in mycorhizas, tubercles and 
other associations. It is obvious that the term saprophyte, or 
holosaprophyte should be applied only to those species which de- 
rive their supply of food from organic products directly without the 
intervention of the activity of chlorophyll, and unaided by other 
organisms. In this sense, and it seems to the author to be the 
only meaning admissible, the holosaprophytes include numerous 
bacteria апа fungi, but so far as present investigations show, only 
one seed-forming species, Wullschlaegelia aphylla: Cephalanthera 
Oregana was erroneously grouped in this class in a previous 
publication. * | 


* An abstract of this discussion of terms was read before the Society for Plant Phys- 
iology and Morphology, at New York, Dec. 28, 1898, and was published in American 
Naturalist, for March, 1899 (10). See also note on same in Science for Feb. 3, 1899, 
and Botanical Gazette for Feb. and Sept., 1899. 


[Issued October 16.] (511) 


TUTTI Р 


ыы са E COR NN 


512 MacDovcarL: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 


Аз a consequence of the above limitations all species furnished 
with mycorhizas, tubercles, or which enter into direct mechanical 
or nutritive associations must be classed as symbionts, or if it is de- 
sirable to maintain connection with existing literature dealing with 
these forms it would be permissible to refer to them as symbiotic 
saprophytes, although such designation must be regarded as ten- 
tative, and justified by expediency only (11). 

It is a matter of common knowledge that seedlings are holo- 
saprophytic in the stage in which they are wholly dependent upon 
the reserve material of the seed or fruit, and during the whole 
period previous to the formation of chlorophyll in general. This 
period is practically obliterated in those species in which chloro- 
phyll is formed in the seed. On the other hand, the development 
of this tendency has been twofold. The increase of the capacity 
for the absorption of organic products has played an important 
part in the reduction of certain seeds to their present minute form, 
and again the retention, or extension, of this capacity throughout 
a greater or less portion of the life of the sporophyte has resulted 
in varying stages of true saprophytism, complete in one species of 
the higher plantsonly. The duration of the holosaprophytic stage 
shows very wide variations in different species. In certain arums 
it extends over two years under natural conditions, and may be 
extended by cultural methods so that the seedling may not form 
chlorophyll until the third or perhaps even the fourth year of ex- 
istence, according to experiments now in progress. Only those 
species which show a marked capacity for the absorption and use 
of organic products during the greater part of the life of the sporo- 
phyte should be classed as hemisaprophytes. The hemisapro- 
phytes would consist chiefly of the carnivorous plants. The 
greater majority of the species now included in this category are 
in fact more or less symbiotic by means of mycorhizas, tubercles 
or other nutritive associations. 

This paper describes an extension of the investigations detailed 
in a previous paper (11), and an effort has been made to determine 
whether such associations constitute a single physiological type, or 
whether several types of nutritive adjustment are presented. 


Sg 


MacDouGAL: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 518 


CEPHALANTHERA OREGANA Reichenb. (13) 


A. number of living specimens of this plant were examined in 
the field in Washington and Idaho in 1892, and alcoholic material 
from this region was obtained in 1899. Besides the notes and 
material thus obtained, the author has had the opportunity of in- 
specting herbarium material representing the entire known range 
of the species, from middle California northward into British 
Columbia, west of the main continental divide. 

The plant consists of an upright subterranean rhizome 5 to 40 
cm. in length, from the internodes of which arise the adventitious 
roots. The internodes are provided with short sheathing scales. 
The aérial stem is slender, waxy white, 20 to 50 cm. long, and 
bears short sheathing leaves which are wholly devoid of chloro- 
phyll The flowers form a dense terminal raceme and perhaps 
agree with those of other members of the genus in being self-fer- 
tilizing (Plate 367, Fig. 1). 

The seedling has not been observed. The rhizome is peren- 
nial, and the stumps of two or three old aérial stems may be seen 
adhering to the most . recently formed. internodes. Although re- 
ported from open meadows by some collectors, the author has met 
it only in the deep humus of coniferous forests. Its deep penetra- 
tion of the loose substratum, which is generally woven together by 
the interlacing roots of neighboring trees, makes the collection of 
the entire plant very difficult and as a consequence the greater 
number of herbarium specimens are lacking the root system, and 
on none of these has the writer found the mycorhizal rootlets 
described below. 

Tue Roots 

The roots are wavy cylindrical organs 1.5 to 3 mm. in diam- 
eter, and from 5 to 12 cm. in length. One to four arise at each 
internode of the premorse rhizome, and penetrate the substratum 
at an angle of forty-five degrees with the horizontal. Mature 
organs have a yellowish-brown appearance due to the decay of the 
outer epidermal wall. A many-layered root-cap sheathes the tip 
for a distance of a millimeter, and shows a fairly normal structure. 
The epidermal cells are rectangular in surface section, with the 
radial walls separated to allow a slight outward convexity of the 


i . PED "T T 


Pt 


514 MacDouGaL: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 


outer surface, which may in some instances assume a papillose 
form, or may be extended to form typical root-hairs. The latter, 
and all of the epidermal elements, are rich in protoplasm. The 
outer walls of the epidermis are covered more or less thickly with 
crystals of calcium. The sub-epidermal layer is hardly differen- 
tiated, and consists of muriform elements rich in protoplasm, and 
devoid of reserve material. The cortex is composed of ovoid, 
cylindrical or globose cells, the outer and inner layers of which 
are composed of elements slightly smaller than those of the middle 
region. The middle and inner regions are heavily loaded with 
starch, especially in the older or basal portions, and the cells of 
the middle region show a tendency to elongation in the radius of 
the root. Raphide cells are indifferently distributed throughout 
the cortical tissues, but perhaps more abundantly in the outer 
layers. Two types of roots which do not differ greatly in outward 
aspect may be distinguished; a fibrous form, and a fleshy form 
about twice the diameter of the first. External to the endodermis 
the two are similar except in the amount of development of the 
cortex. In the development of the thicker storage organs, the 
central parenchyma becomes slightly lignified апа sclerotized, the 
xylem bundles increase from six to seven or eight, the pericycle 
shows two or three layers underneath the endodermis, and this 
sheath is composed of slightly thickened and pitted elements with 
no special passage cells. The xylem and the endodermis become 
lignified (Plate 369, Fig. 2). In the development of the fibrous 
roots the xylem undergoes such centripetal development, and 
lateral fusion that it changes from a hexarch to а tetrach. The 
heavily lignified xylem and the weakly developed central paren- 
chyma form a four-rayed star, with the phloem lodged in the 


' sinuses (Plate 369, Fig. 2). The endodermis is heavily thickened 


in the regions external to the phloem regions and consists of thin- 
walled passage cells opposite the xylem. The xylem shows great 
degeneration in both types of roots, and consists of scalariform 
vessels and elongated tracheids with transverse pits. The phloem 
exhibits no great deviation from the normal, and consists of narrow 
sieve tubes, companion cells and some parenchyma. A layer of 
elongated elements containing protoplasm and apparently adapted 
to the conduction of proteids lies immediately outside the phloem 


Ch: b. ad a iiia 2 pP MEME a c.i aA d n ч 
= э , е Р "7 тҮ ne ee eee ШҮ CN YN T чү 


MacDoucar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 515 
proper. ` The two types of roots show a remarkable resemblance 
in stelar alterations to those of the two types іп Waudlschlaegelia 
aphylla as described by Johow (7, p. 427), though not so distinctly 
separated by external characters. 

The older roots often assume a dark-brown color over certain 
regions 6-10 cm. in length, due to the presence of an ectotropic 
fungus, which forms a Permanent mycelium in three or four of the 
outer layers of the cortex (see page 523). The hyphae are heavy 
walled and septate. The inner branches form large vesicles which 
occupy the greater part of the cells of the medio-cortex. The outer 
branches of the mycelium pass through the short root-hairs into 
the soil. The region inhabited by the fungus gives rise to a few 
rootlets which assume the form of lozenge shaped branches with 
a length not greater than 3 cm. These branches arise endogen- 
ously, are brownish to within a few millimeters of the tips and are 
furnished with a well developed root cap. The mycorhizal fun- 
gus advances toward the tips as in the branches of the Coral- 
lorhiza, and the entire structure shows an arrangement generally 
similar to the coralloid branches of that plant. 

In the half dozen perfect specimens in the hands of the writer 
the branches arise only from regions inhabited by the fungus and 
it is conjectured that the presence of this organism may act as a 
stimulant in setting up such action. The fungus is found in por- 


Fic. т. Mycorhizal portions of roots of Cephalanthera. 


tions of the root-system 50 to 60 cm. below the surface of the 
soil, and as these organs are very brittle, especially the mycorhizal 
portions they are generally broken off in collection. The absence 
of chlorophyll and mycorhizas from numerous specimens sent in 
by the most careful collectors led the writer to announce that the 


түз 


P347. 709 Ww. 


516 MacDovcar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 

species was a true saprophyte (11). Recently, however, Mr. O. 
D. Allen, of Ashford, Washington, by special request, dug up 
some entire specimens with the result that the mycorhizas were 
preserved, and are shown in Figure 1. 

This species is noted as a parasite in systematic texts, but the 
author bas failed to find any direct evidence of its nutritive connec- 
tion with any other seed-forming species, either by his observa- 
tions or from the reports of collectors. 

The structural features of the roots agree with those of other 
mycorhizal forms in the reduction of the absorbing surfaces, the 
lack of spiral and annular vessels, the formation of tracheids with 
narrow transverse pits and the radial elongation of the mediocor- 
tical region. This last named feature has been supposed to be due 
to the influence of the fungus in mycorhizal roots, but Groom has 
shown that it may occur in portions of the root unoccupied by the 
symbiont. Its presence here, in portions of the root not occupied 
by the fungus, indicates that it is due to the necessities of absorp- 
tion and use of organic food perhaps rather than to the stimulation 
of the presence of a symbiotic organism. 


THE RHIZOME 


The rhizome is an upright stem, slightly compressed, with in- 
ternodes 1 to 2 cm. long, from the terminal internodes of which 
annually arise one or two flower scapes. ү 

The epidermis is composed of elongated muriform elements 
with the outer walls slightly convex. No transpiratory openings 
are to be found. The cortex is ten to fifteen layers in thickness, 
the cells are ovoid, cylindrical, pitted and separated by spare inter- 
cellular spaces. The starch stored here during the resting season 


. is usually exhausted in the formation of the inflorescence. The 


pericycle is two or three layers in thickness, heavily sclerotized 
and lignified and is interrupted in places by thin-walled elements. 
The crowded xylem ring contains a large number of scalariform 
ducts, and some imperfectly differentiated spiral and annular ves- 
sels, all deeply lignified. The phloem consists of cambiform ele- 
ments with spare protoplasmic content. The interfascicular paren- 
chyma shows collenchymatous thickenings in places, and numbers 
of elongated conducting cells with unlignified walls are placed 
near the vessels (Plate 369, Fig. 4). 


м. yo sS. d. A4: T 
Р" ? A Б ен ЧҮ РТУ ЗМИ" ылыа eT "е оу —— E Se C. 


MacDoucAL: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 517 


The rhizome exhibits no marked or general degeneration, unless 
the condition of the phloem could be interpreted in this manner. 
The xylem is amply developed for the conduction of the supply 
of water necessary for the aérial shoot, and the elongated elements 
near the vessels appear to be suitable for the transmission for pro- 
teinaceous compounds, a function served by certain cells immedi- 
ately internal to the endodermis in the root. The rhizome of 
Cephalanthera differs from similar members in symbiotic sapro- 
phytes in not being provided with organs for the excretion of water. 


Tue INFLORESCENCE 


The flowering stem is composed of flattened internodes 2 to 5 
cm. long, bearing short sheathing leaves, and a terminal raceme 
of flowers. The epidermis is composed of flattened cylindrical 
elements with oblique ends, resembling tracheids in general form, 
and with the inner and radial walls dotted with numerous perfora- 
tions. Irregular masses, globules and networks of a yellowish 
brown substance are abundant in the epidermal and cortical cells 
of material preserved in alcohol. Ordinary chemical tests are 
without definite reaction, though Raspail’s reagent gave slight in- 
dication of proteids in these masses. The epidermis is totally 
devoid of transpiratory openings. 

The cortex is eight to twelve layers in thickness, and consists 
of elongated cylindrical elements with no intercellular spaces. It 
appears to serve as a tissue for the storage of water. Internal to 
the cortex is a sclerenchyma sheath, in the inner margin of which 
lies a circle of 32 to 40 bundles, and centrally placed is a second 
ring of six to eight bundles, which are fairly identical with those 
of the rhizome. Each bundle is enclosed in its own schleren- 
chyma sheath. The sheath and the xylem are heavily lignified. 
No marked degeneration is to be seen outside of the lack of chlo- 
rophyll, the transpiratory organs, and the intercellular spaces of 
the cortex. The heavy sclerenchyma sheath is a feature of the 
aérial stems of the symbiotic saprophytes. The xylem shows a 
very typical development. 


THE LEAVES 


The leaves are reduced to sheathing bracts, and are destitute of 
chlorophyll, as shown by an examination of the alcoholic extract 


pl TENTER 


518 MacDovcar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 


with the micro-spectroscope. The free portion representing the 
lamina is 1 to 2 cm. in length, and the outer dorsal surface is pro- 
vided with stomata, the guard cells of which are motile and con- 
tain starch (Plate 369, Fig. 5). The possibility that the guard 
cells may contain a small amount of chlorophyll is not excluded, 
though it could not be detected by ordinary tests in the specimens 
examined. The epidermis is composed of muriform cells with the 
outer walls convex and not cuticularized. The mesophyll consists 
of two layers of irregularly globoid elements rich in protoplasm, 
and separated by large air-spaces. А third layer of thin-walled 
elements, cylindrical in form are to be found lateral to the simple 
fibrovascular bundles. This tissue is devoid of protoplasm and 
may serve for the storage of water. The sclerenchyma sheath is 
incomplete at the point of contact with this supposed storage tis- 
sue, thus permitting the ready passage of water between the xylem 
and the thin-walled cells. 

The degeneration of the leaf is seen to consist in the loss of 
chlorophyll, the lack of differentiation of the mesophyll, and the 
reduction of the surface. This degeneration has been accompanied 
by the development of a tissue for the storage of water, and by the 
retention of the stomata. «Cephalantherais to be added to the list 
of chlorophylless species furnished with motile stomata. 


GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 

It is evident that the mycorhiza of Cephalanthera is to be con- 
sidered as adventitious or accidental in its occurrence. Іп а large 
number of ectotropic forms the fungus gains entrance to the un- 
derground organ very early in its development, and. then keeps 
pace with its growth. In this instance, however, it is found only 
in certain regions, and might be mistaken for a parasite were it not 
for its characteristic vesicles or organs of interchange. The com- 
paratively small area of the mycorhizal structures suggests that 
Cephalanthera is capable of absorbing largely from the humous 
products independently. 


CALYPSO BULBOSA (L.) Oakes 


The author has called attention to the occurrence of adventi- 
tious mycorhiza in Calypso (11), and cited Lundstróm's description 


Y a = A КРЕТ: у) L6 d T bd 
кк PUR ROT а T AN E EEES S а а SONT TNNT ee See | 
CM oda Ф ` 


MacDoucar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 519 


of these formations, which have been found by him and others in 
Europe and America. Since that paper was sent to the press a 
shipment of plants has been received, which had been collected 
in northwestern United States, and a number of the specimens 
showed the coralloid mycorhiza. A careful reëxamination has 
been made of these structures in the light of the generalizations 
drawn from previous material, and the results are presented below. 

The subterranean stem of Calypso consists of an ovoid taper- 
ing corm 1.5 to 2 cm. in length, comprising two or three inter- 
nodes. The single ovate, or ovate-cordate leaf is terminal, while 
the inflorescence arises from the first node below. The plant is 
reproduced vegetatively by a short offset of such reduced length 
that the new corm formed from its apical internodes stands upright 
in contact with the old corm (Plate 367, Fig. 6). The few short 
roots arising from the base of the corm are mycorhizal as de- 
scribed in the previous paper. 


STEM-MYCORHIZA 

The old or spent corms of the preceding season’s activity may 
give rise to offsets from the basal internodes, and these may de- 
velop into coralloid structures by the repeated branching due to 
the development of all the buds, as in Aplectrum. The general 
anatomy of the coralloid formations is too nearly like that of the 
stem-mycorhizas of Aplectrum to warrant description here. 

The fungus is seen to be a loose skein of hyphae in the three 
or four outer layers of the cortex passing outwardly through the 
thin-walled epidermal cells into the substratum, and do not, so far 
as observations go, traverse through the nodal trichomes. In this 
respect Calypso differs from other coralloid plants. Occasionally 
small globular or ovoid structures resembling sporangioles are to 
be found terminating the branches of the hyphae in the outer cor- 
tex. The three or four layers of the medio-cortex are filled with 
dense masses of interwoven hyphae. The hyphae form irregu- 
larly swollen branches upon entering the cells of this region, and 
one or two of these branches near the nucleus of the cortical cell 
expands into a vesicle, which in turn gives off a large number of 
branches nearly filling the cell. The hyphae are unseptate and 
have definite heavy walls. The form, irregular outlines and in- 


520 MacDouGaL: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 


definite membranes of the hyphae in the medio-cortex led Lund- 
strom to believe that the fungus was plasmodial in its earlier 
stages (9). This appearance is heightened by the adhesion of the 
cytoplasm of the cortical cell to the hyphae. The inner cortex is 
free from hyphae, and contains starch in abundance, especially in 
the apical region. Starch is also present in the outer cortex, but 
quickly disappears from the cells invaded by the hyphae. The 
nuclei of the outer cortical cells are nearly normal, but those of 
the medio-cortex, occupied by the fungus, are hyperchromatic, 
distorted, and in some instances undergo fragmentation, as in 
Peramium (11). The stele is not differentiated into xylem and 
phloem, and consists chiefly of cylindrical elements rich in pro- 
toplasm, not differing greatly from plerome. The endodermis 
cannot be made out. The fungus of the coralloid structure and 
that of the roots are quite similar, but their identity is not es- 
tablished. 

A comparison of the specimens which have come under inspec- 
tion makes it apparent that the tendency to form coralloid myco- 
rhizas may play as important a part in Calypso as in Aplectrum. 
The coralloid stems were small in some instances, and attached to 
the base of corms two years old, while in others their bulk was 
greater than that of the corm of the previous season to which they 
were attached. The extreme development was found in one 
specimen in which the coralloid structure was very large, and the 
old corm to which it was attached was shrunken to half its orig- 
inal size, but was still sound and normal (Plate 367, Fig. 8. A 
second offset had sprung from the node nearest the apex of the 
corm. This offset was about a centimeter in length and bore two 
roots at the first node while the three upper internodes had begun 
to swell in the formation of a new corm. The terminal portion 
bore a rounded cordate leaf and a flower bud. The members of 
this specimen named in order from the basal end were: stem- 
mycorhiza, spent corm, offset, roots, developing corm, flower bud 
and leaf. А comparison of the specimens at hand showed a fairly 
well established correspondence between variation in the outline of 
the leaf and the development of the stem-mycorhiza. Such varia- 
tion might be due to the increased capacity of the plants furnished 
with coralloid structures for the absorption of humus products. 


Ы, 


MacDoucar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 521 


The variation in the leaf is also accompanied by increase in the 
length of the offsets, the decrease of the capacity of the storage 
organs, and the diminution in the number of the roots. The coral- 
loid offsets of Calypso have not been seen to give rise to new plants 
as in Aplectrum. 

The very great divergence of individuals from the type in leaf 
and flower characters in this species has been a subject of remark 
among systematists for many years, and Mr. Heller has recently 
raised one of the most pronounced forms to specific rank (4). 
Whether such variations of the shoot are directly correlated with 
the development of the mycorhizal structures or not can not be 
definitely stated. The matter may be determined only by the 
careful examination of specimens in the field throughout the habitat 
of the species. 


CORALLORHIZA ARIZONICA Wats. 
(No. 94 of collection of 1898 by MacDougal.) 


The general morphology, and occurrence of the fungus of the 
coralloid branches of Corallorhiza have been somewhat fully de- 
scribed by Schacht, Irmisch, Reinke and others, chief attention 
having been paid to Corallorhiza Corallorhiza(L.) Karst (C. innata). 
The results at hand, however, were obtained quite early in the 
history of investigation upon this subject, and certain details now 
known to be of great interest were not touched upon in these 
earlier researches. It was deemed advisable, therefore, to make a 
reéxamination of the mycorhizal structures of another representa- 
tive of the genus, with especial attention to the physiological rela- 
tions of the members of the symbiotic union. Jennings and 
Hanna (6) have recently published a short paper on С. zzzaa іп 
which it is stated that the symbiotic fungus is a “ hymenomycete 
and commonly an argaric.” ‘Clitocybe infundibuliformis Sch., was 
found attached to the coralloid formations in one instance, and 


, 


“ Hysterangium stoloniferum of Tulasne" in another in a manner 
indicative of the identity of these species with the symbiotic fungus. 

Corallorhiza Arizonica is a native of the upper part of the tran- 
sition zone and the Canadian zone in the Rocky Mountains. The 
subterranean portion of the plant consists of a dense mass of coral- 


loid stems which lie as deep as 20 cm. below the surface, and from 


529 MacDoucGaArL: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 


which extends upwardly a premorse rhizome 10 to 15 cm. in 
length. The thick aérial stem reaches a height of 15 to 25 cm., 
is sheathed by membranous leaves, and terminated by a strongly 
developed racemose inflorescence. The leaves and stem are irreg- 
ularly colored with blotches of reddish, purplish and brownish 
tints, and appear to be wholly free from chlorophyll. Specimens 
with rudimentary aérial stems and others in bloom were collected 
by the writer on Mormon mountain, and on the San Francisco 
mountain in Arizona in 1891 and 1898, and preserved in alcohol. 
The results described below are based upon this material. 


THE CORALLOID MYCORHIZA 


The mycorhiza of this plant is a dense mass of club-shaped 
branches arising from the upright underground rhizome, on which 
the true roots are to be seen as minute papillae. The germination 
of the seed has not been observed, and it is impossible to say 
whether the primary roots are developed or not, or at what stage 
the symbiotic fungus invades the offsets which constitute the coral- 
loid mass. Reinke figures a young plant, probably of the second 
year's growth, in which the underground member consists of a 
coralloid stem only (14). The external anatomy and method of 
branching need no further description in this species. The rhizome 
attains a thickness of 4 to 6 mm., with internodes 2 to 4 mm. in 
length. 

The phloem consists of two or three layers of prosenchymatous 
cells with yellowish thickened walls and slimy contents, most 
nearly like companion cells. Тһе phloem forms two crescents with 
the tips nearly touching with the 3 to 5 xylem bundles lying inter- 
nally, or the phloem may form a complete ring enclosing the 
xylem. The xylem consists almost entirely of scalariform vessels 
and one or two tracheids in which the perforations are oval and 
elongated obliquely. The central parenchyma is made up of short 
cylindrical cells often richly loaded with starch. The pericycle is 
present as one or two layers of cambiform cells, and the endo- 
dermis forms a sheath of flattened cylindrical elements. External 
to the stele is a cylinder of cortical tissue 10 to 15 layers in thick- 
ness composed of ovoid or globoid elements, with large intercel- 
lular spaces, and containing starch during the resting period. The 


— eee Т ЧГ ҮТЕ АИ a eee ы ут ну ee CE IRE РГО ee УА 
дыз d - 
теғ. = j - . 


MacDoucaAL: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 523 


medio-cortex is 15 to 20 layers in thickness and is composed of 
cells with the radial diameter twice the axial. The outer cortex 
consists of 3 to 5 layers of very thin-walled elements with the 
tangential diameter greater than the radial. Both the medio- 
cortex and the outer cortex are provided with intercellular spaces. 
The epidermis is composed of flattened cells, irregular in outline, 
with the lateral and inner walls pitted and the outer wall slightly 
thickened and brownish in color. It is furnished with a large 
number of stomata, with the motile guard cells of crescentic form 
(Plate 368, Figs. 5 and 6) containing starch. These and the large in- 
tercellular spaces constitute a very efficient aérating system, and 
makes the coralloid structure independent of the aérial shoot in 
transpiration, and at the same time allows free access of atmos- 
pheric oxygen. The apices of the rudimentary sheathing leaves 
are soon converted into a number of blackish shreds and their 
bases persist as wedge-shaped rudiments with no distinct function. 
Clumps of large trichomes resembling root-hairs arise from papillae 
which are infra-axillary to the leaves. 

The fungus obtains access to the coralloid offset at quite an 
early stage of its existence and constantly grows toward the elon- 
gating apex forming convolutions of pale gray shining byphae 
with numerous septae in the outer cortex. The growth of the 
hyphae keeps pace with the offset in its slow growth, and they 
extend forward to the shoulder of the blunt tip of each branch, 
curving inward at this place toward the embryonic tissue.. The 
hyphae in the outer cortex remain active even in old mycorhiza 
and may be designated as forming the permanent mycelium. The 
permanent mycelium is thus in the shape of a sub-epidermal cylin- 
der, and when new branches are formed the sheathing cylinder ot 
the fungus is continued out in it. Branches from the apical por- 
tion of the permanent mycelium penetrate the medio-cortex while 
it is still in an undifferentiated condition, and these branches grow 
and ramify with the development of the cortical cells until the 
latter are almost filled with their dense convolutions. For some 
unknown reason the development of the hyphal branches is great- 
est immediately internal to the nodal trichomes in the medio- 
cortex. The hvphal branches are generally cylindrical but occa- 
sionally portions become swollen to twice the normal diameter, 


ттүү a ae Ур CNN Tur. 


594 MacDouvcGar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 


but no enlargements constituting sporangioles, vesicles or other 
organs of interchange аге to be seen. Тһе cortex of the younger 
portions of the coralloid structures is filled with starch granules 
which are slowly corroded by the action of the developing hyphae. 
Cells in which the hyphae have made many convolutions still 
contain some starch, but it finally disappears. The hyphae in the 
medio-cortex a distance from the tip are yellowish and collapsed, 
but no solid bodies are to be seen as a result of the liberation of 
their disintegration products in the cortical cells. The proto- 
plasm of the latter is well spent but normal, and the nuclei are 
normal and active. The permanent mycelium sends out external 
branches through the trichomes into the soil. The permanent 
mycelium is, therefore, in the form of a sheathing cylinder with 
numbers of branches opposite each other extending out into the 
substratum and into the cortex. It is to be pointed out in this con- 
nection that the numerous statements to the effect that the fungus 
gains access to the interior of the coralloid structure through 
the trichomes are obviously incorrect. Entrance to the offset in 
the initial stage of the formation of the coralloid branches is per- 
haps made in this way, but once inside the branch the permanent 
mycelium is found which keeps pace with growth of the cortex and 
sends branches outwardly through the trichomes. The continued 
and repeated entrance of the fungus through the trichomes is an 
assumption only, and’ is based on the necessities of the theory of 
mycorhizas as fungus traps rather than on the actual facts. 

The chemotropic reactions of the fungus as shown by its method 
of extension are of great interest. The permanent mycelium tra- 
verses the coralloid branches in the layers of cortical tissue first 
differentiated. The tips of the hyphal branches are attracted out 
through the trichomes, presumably by atmospheric oxygen, or by 
the humus products, which would increase in concentration from 
the base of the epidermal cells to the apices of the trichomes. The 
attraction of the branches into the medio-cortical cells must be due 
to a carbohydrate, rather than a nuclear product, since it is quite 
noticeable that all convolutions of the hyphae are made in regions 
of the cell some distance from the nucleus. The tip of a hypha 
may pass within its own diameter of the nucleus of the cortical 
cell with mutual indifference, and only in a small number of in- 


_ а ЫЫЫ. г а 5, ae 


MacDovcar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 525 


stances does the presence of the fungus affect the nucleus. Ex- 
cretions from the hyphae cause some distortion of a few nuclei, 
which are also hyperchromatic. The hyphae may be traced around 
the cell in several circuits. Penetration of the wall and entrance 
into a neighboring cell is not made until the supply of starch is 
nearly exhausted, and the solution in the contiguous cell would 
form a stronger chemotropic stimulus. The portion of the hypha 
in the wall appears but half the normal diameter of the typical fila- 
ment, and is nearly colorless even in old formations. 


THE ASCENDING RHIZOME 


The ascending rhizome consists of four or five napiform seg- 
ments, each consisting of two or three internodes and representing 
one season’s growth. As each segment is formed it gives rise to 
an inflorescence from an apical node. Later in the season it forms 
offsets which reproduce the premorse rhizomes with their coral- 
loid branches. As a consequence of this mode of growth, a dozen. 
plants may be found adherent in a colony, with the coralloid my- 
corhizas closely crowded in a huge clump. 

The epidermis of the rhizome consists of very irregular ele- 
ments, some of which contain starch at all times. Numerous 
hyathodes with a central oval or oblong central cell filled with a 
dense mass of yellowish brown secretion, surrounded by six or 
seven radially arranged elements are to be seen (Plate 368, Fig. 
4). The cortex shows a very copious development, consisting of 
ovoid or globoid elements with ample air-spaces, and embracing a 
large number of mucilage cells. This member is therefore fur- 
nished with a very efficient mechanism for the extrusion of water : 
an important provision in an organ devoted to the condensation 
of carbohydrates of soluble carbohydrates to starch, and this pro- 
cess may continue irrespective of the presence of the aérial shoot. 
The pericycle forms a dense heavy ring of 7 to 10 layers rich in 
proteids. The stele in general exhibits a degree of degeneration 
corresponding with that of the coralloid branches. Its parenchy- 
matous elements as well as the cortex are loaded with starch. 


THE INFLORESCENCE AXIS 


The epidermis consists of flattened cylindrical cells with oblique 
ends, are rich in protoplasm, and entirely devoid of stomatal open- 


lA Todi. ” S ік. ЫА ———— 3 
| 
^ 1 
Е 
Г 


TT ET м... 


526 MacDoucar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 


ings. The ro to 15 layers of cortical tissues are furnished with 
very large intercellular spaces, which may denote an epidermal 
transpiration of some importance, though no special adaptation for 
this purpose could be detected. Crystal cells are scattered through- 
out the cortex and appear even in the epidermis. The pericycle 
is composed of several layers of elongated cells with thickened 
walls and yellowish brown contents. The bundles are scattered 
in the stele with the xylem and phloem radially arranged. Their 
degeneration is fairly uniform with that of the rhizome and its 
branches. The leaves are sheathing, destitute of stomata, and 
show no differentiation of tissue for food-formation, or transpira- 
tion, except that the globular parenchyma shows great intercellu- 
lar spaces. As noted above they are free from chlorophyll 
C. Arizonica differs from C. Corallorhisa (C. innata) in the formation 
of a bulky premorse rhizome furnished with stomata, the total lack 
of chlorophyll in the shoot, with absence of stomata, and in the 
greater degeneration of the stele. The differentiation of the fungal 
symbiont into a permanent mycelium with short-lived and external 
and internal branches seems to be a mycorhizal character described 
here for the first time, though it is present in C. Corallorhiza and 
other species. The hyphae in the coralloid formation of C. Co- 
rallorhiza, C. multiflora and others are applied to the nuclei in the 
cortical cell while in C. Arizonica this is not the case, indicating a 
difference of chemotropic reaction of the fungus in the two in- 
stances. 


RELATIONS OF THE MYCORHIZAL COMPONENTS 


The fungus in the coralloid formations of Corallorhiza draws its 
nourishment from two sources; from the humus products of the 
soil and from the carbohydrates in the cortex. The material thus 
obtained is used in the construction of extensions of the mycelium 
and its branches. With the growth and progression of the my- 
corhiza, the older internal branches of the mycelium which have 
formed dense masses in the medio-cortex undergo disintegration 
and the products thus liberated may be drawn in two directions : 
toward the apex of the mycorhiza and toward the premorse rhi- 
zome. Оп arrival at both places the surplus material is converted 
into starch. The starch of the rhizome is used in the construc- 


47 


MacDoucar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM G27 


tion of the reproductive and other branches. The starch in the 
apex of the coralloid mycorhiza is used in the construction of em- 
bryonic tissue and a portion of it remains in the medio-cortex and 
becomes available to the fungus as a highly advantageous food. 

Janse and others have upheld the theory that endotropic my- 
corhizas are similar in physiological value to leguminous tuber- 
cles (11), but the only actual proof adduced in favor of this view 
is the evidence obtained by Nobbe and Hiltner from experiments 
with Podocarpus (12). That endotropic fungi may cooperate in 
the fixation of free nitrogen in the roots of plants in which they 
occupy only a portion of the absorbing system is readily ad- 
missible and may be considered as proven. Such an explanation 
is wholly inadequate to account for the arrangement of the my- 
corhizal components and transpiratory structures in Corallorhiza, 
however, on purely anatomical grounds. The underground mem- 
bers of this genus are furnished with a complete sub-epidermal 
sheath of mycelium, which fills every cell of the outer cortex in 
two or three layers, except a minute area at the tip of the coral- 
loid branch, and usually the 10 to 15 layers of the medio-cortex. 
It is obviously impossible for the Corallorhiza to absorb substances 
from the soil except through and by the agency of the fungus. 
The fungus may be capable of accomplishing the fixation of free 
nitrogen, but that it is not its sole, or its major function in the 
symbiosis, since all of the food-material of the association must 
pass through its hyphae ; a statement equally true of such forms 
of ectotropic mycorhiza as those of Pterospora, Monotropa, etc. 
The higher plant affords a lodgment for the fungus, from which it 
sends out absorbent and reproductive branches. Food-material 
taken in by the fungus is yielded to the higher plant and consti- 
tutes its sole supply. To this extent the higher plant is parasitic 
upon the fungus. But the higher plant accomplishes transforma- 
tions of chemical energy in the food thus obtained of which the 
fungus is incapable and yields the elaborated product in an ad- 
vantageous form in the apex of the mycorhiza, where it serves as 
a food for the advancing mycelium. The higher plant is, there- 
fore, not a fungus-trap pure and simple, as the association is of 
great mutual advantage. 

The principal conclusions which may be drawn from the facts 


598 MacDoucaL: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 


adduced in the foregoing paper may be briefly stated as follows : 

1. The term saprophyte should be applied to those species 
only which derive their food-supply from organic products, un- 
aided by chlorophyll, and without the intervention of other organ- 
isms. The true saprophytes therefore include numerous bacteria, 
fungi and but one seed-forming ѕресіеѕ— / Vullschlaegelia aphylla. 
The saprophytic capacity of the seedling has been extended to 
cover periods of varying length in the life of the hemi-saprophytes 
and with symbiosis has reacted to diminish the tendency to store 
reserve material in seeds. 

II. The degenerations of the true saprophytes are generally 
parallel to those of mycorhizal forms. | 

ПІ. Cephalanthera Oregana and Corallorhiza Arizonica are to 
be added to the list of chlorophylless plants furnished with stomata. 

IV. The offsets of Calypso are occasionally converted into 
coralloid mycorhizas as in Aplectrum. The stele of such structures 
is not differentiated into xylem and phloem. The occurrence of 
the coralloid mycorhiza is accompanied by variations in the form 
of the leaves, and of the decrease in the capacity of the storage 
organs in the specimens examined. 

V. Corallorhiza Arizonica exhibits greater development of the 
symbiotic adaptation than C. Corallorhiza. The stele is quite 
primitive throughout, chlorophyll is lacking, and stomata are pres- 
ent on the coralloid branches only. The epidermis of the pre 
morse rhizome is furnished with hyathodes. The aérial shoot 
is furnished with large intercellular spaces, but may carry 
on epidermal transpiration only. The fungus in the coral- 
loid structures consists of a permanent mycelium, with external 
and internal branches ; the former are organs of absorption and 
reproduction, the latter are organs of interchange between the 
members of the symbiosis. The higher plant affords lodgment 


. for the fungus and carries on chemical transformations the prod- 


ucts of which are available to the fungus. The latter absorbs 
and yields to the higher plant in a more or less complex form the 
products of the humous soil. 

VI. Allendotropic mycorhizas do not conform to a single phys- 
iological type. The theory of Janse that endotropic fungi are 
negatively chemotropic to oxygen, and bear the same relation to 


has LE "mee Аел Ра вн МЕНА eee Ar. |) вч | J — À LL dd ~ „А 
— S "UM € Y Nas NM C0 aa eae eee SS M 


MacDouGaAaL: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 529 


the higher plant asthe organism of the leguminous tubercle, is not 
capable of general application. Such relation has been proven be- 
tween Podocarpus and the peronosporous fungus of its mycorhiza 
only. 

VII. Two types of endotropic mycorhizas may be distin- 
guished ; one adapted for nitrogen fixation, and a second for the 
absorption and modification—perhaps oxidation—of the soil prod- 
ucts before liberation in the tissues of the higher plant. The ex- 
tension of information will doubtless result їп the further division 
of the second type. 


LITERATURE TO WHICH REFERENCE IS MADE. 

i. Bonnier and Mangin : Recherches sur la respiration des tissues 
sans chlorophyll. Ann. Sc. Nat. VI. 18: 203. 1884. 

2. Engler и. Prantl: Die naturl. Pflanzenf., 2: rir. ——. 

3. Pfeffer: Pflanzenphysiol. 1: 349. 1897. 

4. Heller: New plants from western North America. Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 25: No. 4. April, 1898. 

s. Janse: Les endophytes radicants de quelques plantes javanaises. 
Ann. d. Jard. d. Buitenzorg. I4: 53. 1896. 

6. Jennings and Hanna: Cora//orAiza innata К. Br. and its my- 
corhiza. Sc. Proc. Roy. Soc. Dublin, N. S. 9: [pages ?]. 1899. 

7. Johow : Die chlorophyllfreine Humusbewohner West Indiens, 
biologisch-morphologisch dargestellt. Pringsh. Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot. 16: 
445. 1885. 

8. Lory: Sur la respiration et la structure des Orobanches, et 


autres plantes vasculaires deporvues de partes vertes. Ann. Sc. Nat. 
II 8. 198. 1847. 


9. Lundstrom: Einige Beobachtung ueber Calypso borealis. Bot. 
Centralb. 38: 697. 1889. 

то. MacDougal: Symbiosis and Saprophytism. Am. Nat. 33: 
210. 1899. 

1x. MacDougal: Symbiotic saprophytism. Ann. Bot. I: т. 1899. 

12. Nobbe п. Hiltner: Die endotropische Mycorhiza von Podo- 
carpus, und ihre physiologische Bedeutung. Landw. Versuchssta. 5I: 
241. 1898. 

13. Reichenbach : Orchidiographische Beitrage. Linnaea, 4I : 53. 
1877. 


алы АЖА, => жы: чы жыз. Ж, 


А 


| 
f 


AMET 


| ET 


530 MacDovcar: SYMBIOSIS AND SAPROPHYTISM 


14. Reinke: Zur Kenntniss des Rhizomes von Cora/lorhiza und 
Lpipogon. Bot. Zeit. 56: 145. 1873. 
15. Thomas: The genus Cora//orhiza. Bot. Gaz. 18: 166. 1593. 


Explanation of Plates 

PLATE 367. (т) Entire specimen of Cephalanthera Oregana Reichenb : A, base 
of aérial stem, (2) Premorse rhizome of Corallorhiza Arizonica : A, terminal bud; 
B, В, B, B, scars of preceding buds; C and D, offsets from which arise coralloid 
branches. (3, 4 and 5) Coralloid branches of Cora//orhiza Arizonica. (6) Typical 
specimen of Calypso borealis: A, young corm; B, corm of previous season’s forma- 
tion. (7) Aberrant specimen of Calypso : A, old corm with coralloid branch. (8) 
Widely aberrant form of Calypso: A, young corm ; 4, old corm with large coralloid 
branch, C. 


PLATE 368. Corallorhiza Arizonica Wats, (1) Longitudinal section of tip of old 
coralloid mycorhiza : а, a, epidermis ; 4, 4, medio-cortex, containing disintegrating 
branches of fungus; с, stele; зл, permanent mycelium ; d, d, branches ; e, leaf. 
(2) Portion of transverse section of mycorhiza : e, epidermis ; e, permanent mycelium; 
m, internal branches in medio-cortex ; №, inner cortex; 4, phloem; o, xylem, (3) 
Cells from cortex: a, a, hyphae of permanent mycelium ; с, masses of hyphae in medio- 
cortical cells ; 7, 2, э, nuclei of cortical cells. (4) Hyathode from premorse rhizome. 
(5) Stomata from coralloid branch. (6) Section of epidermis of coralloid branch 
showing structure of stoma : e, e, epiderma! cells ; а, guard cells; ә, nucleus. (7) 
Transverse section Of aérial stem : е, epidermis ; с, cortex; d, sclerenchyma sheath ; 
x, x, fibrovascular bundles. 


PLATE 369. Cephalanthera Oregana Reichenb, (1) Transverse section of stele 
of storage root : 2, medulla ; x, x, xylem ; с, endodermis, (2) Transverse section of 
stele of fibrous root : v, passage cells of endodermis ; e, thickened cells of endodermis 
outside of phloem; s, phloem; z, xylem; e, medulla. (3) Longitudinal section in 
stele ; o, s, vessels ; »;, medulla ; 7, endodermis, (4) Portion of transverse section of 
rhizome : e, epidermis; 4, cortex ; J, sclerenchyma sheath; g, fibrovascular. bundles 
with heavy sheath ; 7, parenchyma. (5) Stoma from leaf, 


A Revision of the North American Species of Scleropodium 


Bv A. J, GROUT 


SCLEROPODIUM Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. 1853 


Closely allied to Brachythecium and included in it by some 
authors ; differing slightly in the general habit and in the julaceous 
branches with concave, often obtuse leaves ; leaf cells very long 
and narrow, 10-20:1. Stem leaves abruptly and slenderly acu- 
minate in most species. Seta rough; capsule as in Brachythecium. 
All of our species are western. S. illecebrum and S. caespitosum 
are also European. 


1. Leaves broadly ovate to suborbicular, without pointed apex or at most short-cuspi- 


date; auricles distinct, consisting of plainly dilated cells; aquatic. 
S. obtusifolium. 
Leaves ovate to lanceolate; stem leaves slenderly acuminate, without distinct 


auricles ; terrestrial. 2. 

2. Leaf cells 14-18 : I, differentiated basal and alar cells few.  ' 8. 

Leaf cells 7-12 : І, differentiated basal and alar cells in several rows. 4- 

3. Branch leaves ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, acute to acuminate ; capsules suberect 

and nearly symmetric. S. colpophyllum. 

Branch leaves ovate to oblong-ovate, obtuse to abruptly short-acuminate ; capsules 
horizontal and unsymmetric. . S. tllecebrum. 


4. Branches slightly julaceous ; capsules suberect and nearly symmetric. 
| S. caespitosum. 

Branches strongly julaceous; capsules more arcuate and unsymmetric. 
S. apocladum. 


This genus is perhaps too near Brachythecium and one species 
referred to it by most authors (S. Californicum) is most certainly 
a Brachythecium. The relationship with Eurhynchium is much 
more distant and Sullivant's reference of S. colpophyllum to that 
species is hard to understand when one has a large series of plants 
for comparison. The relationship between S. colpophyllum and <. 
caespitosum is so close that about half the specimens of the former 
in American herbaria have been referred to the latter. 

I am greatly indebted to the United States National Museum, 
Harvard University, The University of Wisconsin, and Mr. J. M. 
Holzinger for the loan of specimens. The work has been largely 

(531). 


582 GROUT: Revision ОЕ NORTH AMERICAN 


done at the Herbarium of Columbia University and was made 
possible by the kindness of Prof. Underwood and Mrs. Britton. 


SCLEROPODIUM ILLECEBRUM (L. ^.^.) Br. Sch. Bry. Eur. pl. 
557. 1853 


Muscus terrestris surculis kali geniculati aut tllecebrae, aemulis 
etc. Vail. Botan. Paris 137, A. 25. f. 5 34985 

Hypnum illecebrum L. p.p. Sp. Pl. 1129. 1753. 

Hypnum Toureti Brid. Sp. Musc. 2: 185. 1812. 

Hypnum illecebrum Schwaegr. Suppl. 1, part 2: 22 5. 1816. 

Hypnum blandum Lyell in Hook. & Tayl. Musc. Brit., Ed. 
2: 176. 1827. Suppl l 5. 1827. 

Gametophyte in wide spreading mats, varying from dirty 
green to bright glossy green: stems 3-10 cm. long, creeping, 
irregularly divided, irregularly or often subpinnately branching, 
partially denuded of leaves in the older portions, sparingly radicu- 
lose, younger portions ascending and much like the branches : 
branches short, rarely reaching 1 cm. in length, julaceous, turgid, 
ascending to erect, more or less arcuate, usually obtuse : branch- 
leaves appressed imbricate when dry, erect open when moist, vary- 
ing greatly in shape; those from the middle of the larger branches 
broadly ovate to oblong-ovate, 1.2 x 0.6 mm., abruptly narrowed 
to a short point, finely and sharply serrate above, sometimes nearly 
entire, very concave, slightly sulcate when dry, smooth when 
moist, not decurrent but half clasping, acumination of leaves 
often squarrose-spreading when dry; costa extending 34 the 
length of the leaf, sometimes ending in a dorsal spine; median 
cells linear-vermicular, 0.005 mm. wide and 12-18: 1, apical much 
shorter; basal subquadrate, colored апа thicker walled ; alar 
somewhat larger and less deeply colored ; leaves of the shorter 
branches and upper and lower leaves of the longer branches often 
lack the acumination and are obtuse or obtusely acute : stem leaves 
averaging larger, in robust plants reaching 2. 3 x 1 mm., gradually 
tapering to a longer acumination, nearly or quite entire, those ot 
the younger stems scarcely to be distinguished from the branch 
leaves. Dioicous : perichaetial leaves oblong-lanceolate, gradually 
narrowed above to a slender entire or subdenticulate acumination, 
faintly costate, acumination less slender than in S. caespitosum. 

Sporophyte 1—2 cm. high : seta greenish brown, becoming red 
brown with age, twisted to the right, very rough with large papillae : 
capsule a little lighter colored than the seta, horizontal, unsym- 
metric or arcuate, with operculum 2.5 mm. long, 2.5-3 : 1; oper- 
culum long-conic, acute ; annulus of two rows of cells, easily de- 


a. ee үтүр i кон ә» 


SPECIES OF SCLEROPODIUM 583 


ciduous ; teeth united at base, nearly colorless and papillose above ; 
segments nearly as long as the teeth, finely papillose, from basal 
membrane equaling two fifths the length of the teeth ; cilia 2, 
well developed, appendiculate ; spores nearly smooth, maturing in 
winter. 

Forma pinnatifidum from California in the Gray Herbarium at 
Harvard is more slender and nearly regularly pinnate. 

Type locality, France near Paris. Type at Paris. 

On shady grassy soil and on shaded rocks. 

California, Idaho, Washington, British Columbia, Vancouver. 

Exsiccati: Sulliv. & Lesq. Musc. Bor.-Am., Ed. 2, 508. 

ILLUSTRATIONS : Bry. Eur. A. 557; Husnot, Musc. Gall. AJ. 
95; Dixon & Jam. Handb. Brit. Mosses, A. 53, G; Limpricht, 
Rab. Krypt. Fl. 4: f. 378. 

The robust habit, julaceous turgid branches, and thick unsym- 
metric horizontal capsules make this species easy to recognize when 
typical. It grades insensibly into S. obtusifolium and it is often 
very hard to say to which species certain forms should be referred. 


GCLEROPODIUM OBTUSIFOLIUM ( Hook.) Kindb. Cat. Can. PI. 6 : 202. 
1892 


Hypnum obtusifolium Hook. Drumm. Musc. Am. no. 193. 

Hypnum arcticum var. Muell. Syn. 2: 432. 1851. 

Stereodon obtusifolius Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 8: 42. 1865. 

Gametophyte submerged or nearly so, attached to stones in 
brooks, light green above, brown below : stems irregularly branch- 
ing, naked below and roughened by the leaf bases of the fallen 
leaves ; young stems and branches julaceous ; branches 5-20 mm. 
long: leaves close imbricate and appressed when dry, more open 
when moist, broadly ovate to suborbicular, very concave, spoon 
shaped, round-obtuse, without acumination or very shortly cuspi- 
date, 1.2 x І mm., not plicate or sulcate except under pressure, 
entire or faintly denticulate near apex ; costa stout, extending five 
sixths the length of the leaf; median leaf cells linear. vermicular, 
0.05-0.065 mm. long, 8-10:1; apical cells broader and shorter, 
2—3 : 1; alar cells rather abruptly enlarged to form distinct auricles, 
0.013 mm. long, 3: I. 

Type from rivulets in the Rocky Mts., Drummond. Type not 
seen, probably at Kew. 

Described from Drummond's Musc. Am. 193, which is sterile. 


584 Grout; REVISION or NORTH AMERICAN 


California, Nevada, Idaho, Montana, Washington, Oregon, 
British Columbia. . 

Exsiccati : Macoun's Canadian Musci 359 is very much larger 
and in every way more robust than the type, but has all of the 
distinctive microscopic characters. The same is true of Renauld 
and Cardot's Musc. Sept. Exs. 111. Sullivant and Lesquereux, 
Musc. Bor.-Am., edition 2, no. 509 (Hypnum Шесебғит var.), is 
fairly representative of the species and bears the mature sporophyte, 
which differs little from that of S. Wecebrum. The capsule is a 
little shorter and there are sometimes as many as four strongly 
nodose cilia in the endostome : the seta is exceedingly rough with 
very high papillae : operculum short rostrate when dry. 

There can be no doubt that this should be regarded as a sub- 
species of S. Z/ecebrum. The plants nearest the type are always 
submerged and nearly always sterile. A complete series can be 
traced from the typical form described above to typical S. Z/cebrum. 
M. Cardot in Hedwigia 32 : 345. 1893, states that he has come 
to the conclusion that S. obtusifolium is а water form of S. i//ece- 
brum and states that the latter varies greatly in the characters 
which separate the two species. He also states that he has found 
these variations in the same tuft. It seems probable, however, 
from what he says that he had at hand specimens of the more com- 
mon form of S. obtusifolium, which is more robust than the type 
or than S. Z/eceóbrum itself... Drummohd's 193 is less robust than 
S. ecebrum. | 

M. Cardot also informs me that he and M. Renauld first sug- 
gested to Prof. Kindberg that Hypnum obtusifoliumis а Scleropodium., 
This fact Prof. Kindberg failed to acknowledge in his publications. 

Dr. M. A. Howe has collected specimens on moist, shady 
banks at Berkeley, California, June 28, 1894, that have the leaf 
characters of the typical form, except that the leaves are longer in 
proportion to their width. This goes to show that the submerged 
growth is not the cause of the inflated alar cells, shorter leaf cells 
and more concave leaves. 

In some cases the plants are flaccid with more distant, less 
closely appressed leaves constituting forma /axum. 

A form from Goldstream, Vancouver Island, Macoun, May 18, 
1887, has erect branches 3-4 cm. long, strongly curved at the 


SPECIES ОЕ SCLEROPODIUM 585 


ends, bearing suborbicular, strongly secund leaves 2 mm. in length. 
For this I suggest the name var. homomallum. This variety is the 
extreme development of the robust form while the typical form is 
at the other extreme. 


Scleropodium apocladum (Mitt.) . 


Hypnum apocladum Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 8: 35. 1865. 

. Gametophyte in wide interwoven mats of medium thickness, 
light green above, dirty green below the surface, somewhat re- 
sembling Eurhynchium strigosum praecox in appearance : stems 
creeping, 1—4 cm. long, irregularly branching : branches often 
fascicled, simple or sparingly divided, 3-8 mm. in length, julaceous, 
attenuate: branch leaves appressed-imbricate when dry, those on 
the branches below the surface of the mat erect spreading, ovate, 
acute to short-acuminate, scarcely decurrent, slightly serrulate at 
apex, otherwise nearly entire in the type, other specimens finely ser- 
rulate nearly to the base, somewhat concave, not plicate or sulcate ; , 
costa extending at least four fifths the length of the leaf, stout ; 
median cells linear-oblong, 7—9: 1 ; quadrate basal and alar cells 
very numerous ; apical cells broader and shorter ; the leaves near 
the apex of the branches narrower and more longly acuminate : 
leaves of creeping stems variable in shape, semiorbicular and 
abruptly short-acuminate to ovate and longer acuminate. Peri- 
chaetium 4.5 mm. long, the inner leaves long lanceolate, long and 
slenderly acuminate, slightly serrulate, some faintly costate (Mit- 
ten says “ nerved to above middle"). Sporophyte about 12 mm. 
high: seta red-brown, in the type plainly papillose with low dis- 
tant papillae, in other specimens strongly roughened : capsule red- 
brown, about 2 mm. long, 3-4: 1; “ suberect, oval cylindrical," 
in other specimens inclined to horizontal, unsymmetric ; operculum 
conic-apiculate ; annulus of two rows of cells; segments nearly 
as long as the teeth, split between the articulations; cilia two, 
strongly appendiculate ; spores smooth, 0.013 mm. 

A fragment of Mitten's type from “The Northwest Coast, 
Douglas ” has been accessible, and a specimen from the United 
States National Museum collected at Pasadena, California, by Dr. 
Palmer, and determined as S. caespitosum has been carefully com- 
pared with this fragment. The two agree in all essential par- 
ticulars. The leaves of Dr. Palmer's specimen are more acuminate 
and more serrulate, the seta is rougher and the capsule more un- 
symmetric and inclined, but these differences are no greater than 


frequently occur in individuals of the same species. The seta in 


ee eS PP Чч" 


586 Grout: REVISION or NORTH AMERICAN 


the type is much rougher than the original description would lead 
one to expect. ; 

The leaf cells are much shorter than in most species of the 
genus, but in all other particulars it seems closely related to the 
other species. 

Type in Mitten Herbarium. 


SCLEROPODIUM CAESPITOSUM (Wils.) Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. A. 556. 
1853 


Hypnum caespitosum Wils. English Bot. Suppl. A. 2878. 1849. 
Also Bry. Brit. 344. pl. 55. 1851. 

Hypnum caespitans C. Muell. Syn. 2: 354. 1851. 

Eurhynchium colpophyllum flagelliforme Barnes, Bot. Gaz. 16: 
207. 1891. | 

Gametophyte in rather thin loosely interwoven mats, light ог 
dirty green: stems creeping, 5-10 cm. long, irregularly divided 
and branching ; branches usually longer and more slender than in 
S. illeccbrum, tapering, sometimes julaceous, but less frequently so 
than in S. /ecebrum: branch leaves, from the middle of the branches 
0.9-I X 0.3-0.4 mm., ovate to oblong-lanceolate, usually taper- 
ing and acute at apex but sometimes nearly as obtuse as in S. 
illecebrum, appressed and imbricate to erect-open when dry, con- 
cave, scarcely plicate when moist, not decurrent, finely serrate at 
apex; median cells narrowly linear-vermicular, 8—12:1; quadrate 
basal cells in several rows, alar little differentiated from the other 
basal cells ; apical cells broader and shorter ; costa stout, frequently 
forked, extending three fourths the length of the leaf, often ending 
in a spine at the back of the leaf; stem leaves ovate to ovate-lance- 
olate, slenderly acuminate, with a larger number of short basal and 
alar cells, alar cells somewhat enlarged at the decurrent angles. 
Dioicous ; inner perichaetial leaves loosely sheathing at base, grad- 
ually narrowed to a long subfiliform and suberect acumen, dis- 
tantly and slightly denticulate above or sometimes entire, faintly 
costate. 

Sporophyte 10-15 mm. high: seta red-brown, twisted to the 
right, very rough : capsule light brownish-green, oblong cylindric, 
suberect, slightly unsymmetric, with operculum 2-2.5 mm. long, 
about 2.5: 1; operculum conic-apiculate to conic-rostellate, often 
appearing short rostrate when dry ; annulus of two rows of cells, 
deciduous; teeth of peristome slender, subhyaline and slightly 
papillose at apex ; segments nearly as long as the teeth, yellowish, 
more strongly papillose, from a wide basal membrane and widely 


aa” 


етт лгу. єч а М - ey pm ue." y=. == =a 


SPECIES OF SCLEROPODIUM 587 


open between the articulations; cilia two, very strongly nodose ; 
spores rough, about .016 mm., maturing in winter. 


Type locality, Langford, near Warrenton, England. 

Growing on stumps and old logs, roots of trees and rocks. 
California, Washington, Oregon, Vancouver Island, Lake Atha- 
basca (Macoun), Alaska (Kellogg). 

ILLUSTRATIONS : See above; also Dixon and Jameson, AX. 753, 
В; Husnot, Musc. Gall. pl. 775. 

ExsiccaTi : As Hypnum caespitosum; Sull. & Lesq. Musc. 
Bor.-Am. 510; Macoun, Can. Musc. 290 (In part only. See under 
S. colpophyllum.) 

Sterile and robust S. caespitosum is hard to distinguish from S. 
illecebrum. In general it is more slender, less frequently julaceous 
with closely imbricated leaves, with tapering branches and nar- 
rower more gradually tapering leaves having their median lea 
cells longer and rather narrower and the differentiated basal cells 
more numerous. It also comes very close to slender forms of S. 
colpophyllum. 

Sullivant and Lesquereux's exsiccati (7. с.) do not agree very 
closely with Wilson's Musc. Brit. 349, or with the plate in the 
Bryologia Europaea. The stem leaves are too abruptly acuminate 
with too shortan acumen.  Thisisa variation in the direction of S. 
obtusifolium, but as these characters are variable according to Wil- 
son's own description, these specimens should probably be referred 
to a form of S. caespitosum. Dr. M. A. Howe has collected a 
moss on “Redwood stumps, Mill Valley, Marin Co., California, 
January 16, 1892," that agrees very closely with Wilson's exsic- 
cati so that there can be no reasonable doubt of the identity of 
the European and American plant. 

I feel quite sure that /Zypmum lentum Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 
8: 36. 1865, is at least nothing more than a variety of S. caespi- 
tosum, and probably is identical with it. S. caespitosum was very 
little known at the time Hypnum lentum was published and a care- 
ful reading of the original description will fail to show any distinc- 
tions of importance between the two. The matter cannot be 
definitely settled until Mitten's type is accessible. 


588 Grout: REVISION OF NORTH AMERICAN 


SCLEROPODIUM CAESPITOSUM SUBLAEVE R. & C. Bot. Gaz. 15: 61. 
1890 
** Pedicel nearly smooth, slightly rough only below the cap- 
sule. Oregon, Suavies Island (Th. Howell) М. Cardot very 
kindly sent me a portion of this for examination. It agrees with 
the typical form except as noted above. 


Scleropodium colpophyllum (Sulliv.) 
Eurhynchium colpophyllum Sulliv. Icon. Musc. Suppl. 95. 


pl. 71. 1874. 
Brachythecium colpophyllum Kindb. Can. Rec. Sci. 1894 : 73. 
1894. 


Eurhynchium Macounit Kindb. Rev. Bryol. 22: 85. 1895. 


Gametophyte in wide, soft intricate mats, dirty green : stems 
creeping radiculose, about 5 cm. long, often stoloniferous, much 
elongated : branches numerous, erect, about 5 mm. long, terete- 
foliate, often julaceous : branch leaves closely imbricate when dry, 
erect-spreading when moist, not decurrent, oblong-lanceolate to 
broadly-ovate-lanceolate, 1.3—1.5 x 0.45—0.6 mm., acute or broadly 
acuminate, serrate above, very concave, scarcely plicate ; costa ex- 
tending four fifths length of leaf, ending in a spine on the underside ; 
median leaf-cells long linear, 14—18:1 ; basal somewhat shorter and 
broader; a few of thealar cells quadrate: stem leaves triangular- 
ovate, long and slenderly acuminate, 1.3-1.8x 0.8 mm.  Dioicous, 
perichaetial leaves with sheathing bases and loosely erect open 
points, oblong-ovate, slenderly acuminate, costate, nearly entire. 

Sporophyte about r5 mm. high: seta light brown, flexuous, 
twisted to the right, rough with rather distant conical papillae : 
capsule brown, oblong cylindric, suberect, more or less arcuate, 
with the operculum about 2 mm. long, 2.5—3:1 ; slightly con- 
stricted under the mouth when dry; operculum conic-rostrate ; 
annulus present, of two rows of cells, easily detachable; seg- 
ments nearly as long as the teeth, widely split: cilia 2, strongly 
nodose or subappendiculate; spores minutely roughened, 0.012— 
0.016 mm., maturing in autumn. 


Type locality, California, Bigelow. Type in the Gray Her- 
barium; examined by the author. 

Not rare in California, but frequently confused with S. caespi- 
tosum ; Vancouver Island, Macoun ; Alaska, Kellogg. 

ILLUSTRATIONS: Sulliv., Z c. Evidently Sullivant did not 
figure any stem leaves as those on the type specimen are quite 
different from any in the figure in the Icones. 


em t. Add. o s LL 7 "n "г ub. C т л o om ы 7, eS eee кй 


SPECIES OF SCLEROPODIUM 589 


This species is much nearer slender-leaved forms of S. caespi- 
tosum than is generally recognized. It is distinguished from S. 
caespitosum by its narrower more slenderly acuminate branch leaves, 
which are more sharply serrate, with median cells longer and nar- 
rower, enlarged basal and alar cells much less numerous. In 
gross appearance the whole plant, and particularly the branches, is 
much longer. It is undoubtedly a derivative of S. caespitosum and 
intermediate forms are not very rare. 

Type specimens of var. fagelliforme Barnes have the shorter 
median cells and the more numerous differentiated basal cells of 
S. caespitosum and seem to me to belong to that species. The 
slender flagelliform branches are not rare in S. caespitosum. 

Scleropodium Macounii Kindb. was founded on Macoun's Cana- 
dian Musci no. 290. According to the statement of Professor 
Macoun himself, this number is made up of two collections num- 
bered originally 33 and 212. I find that 33 in his herbarium is 
S. colpophyllum and 212 is S. caespitosum. I have examined sev- 
eral of Canadian Musci no. 290 and have found some to be S. 
caespitosum and others to be S. colpophyllum, This makes it rea- 
sonably sure that S. Macounii isa synonym of S. colpophyllum. 
Kindberg states that 5, Macouwnii is *monoecious." In this I think 
he is mistaken, for a careful examination of one of the specimens 
of 290 which I referred to S. colpophyllum showed it to be dis- 
tinctly dioicous. The male plants were, however, so closely inter- 
twined with the female that at one time I made the same mistake, 
which was corrected later by a more critical study. Kindberg 
characterizes the branch leaves as “ obtusate." As Гат uncertain 
as to the meaning of the term I do not feel sure whether it tallies 
with my conclusions or not. 


Scleropodium colpophyllum attenuatum var. nov. 


Stoloniferous, much more slender with more distant lcosely 
spreading leaves: leaves much narrower with a longer and more 
slender acumination : branch leaves varying from 1.7 x 0.54 mm. 
on the longer branches to I x 0.2 on the smaller. - 


Type from perpendicular rocks, Victoria, Vancouver Id., May 
2, 1893, Macoun. 

Type in the herbarium of the Geological and Natural History 
Survey of Canada at Ottawa. 


ee | 


540 Grout: REVIEW OF SCLEROPODIUM 


DOUBTFUL AND LITTLE Known SPECIES 


Hypnum LENTUM Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 8: 36. 1865 is 
undoubtedly a Scleropodium and I am confident that it is at most 
nothing but a variety of .S. caespitosum. Vide notes under that 
species. 


ScLERoPODIUM Krauser (Muell) К. & C. Rev. Bryol. 20: 19. 
1893. 

Hypnum Krausei Muell. Flora 70: 224. 1887. 

M. Jules Cardot very kindly obtained a portion of Müller's type 
of Hypnum Krausci from the Royal Botanical Museum, at Berlin, 
and sent it to me for examination. In his letter M. Cardot states 
that it seems to him to belong rather to Limnobium than to Sclero- 
podium. І entirely agree with this view, for the general habit, the 
smooth seta, and the costa frequently short and double or forked 
point very strongly to a close relationship with Limnodium. 


EXCLUDED SPECIES 


SCLEROPODIUM CALIFORNICUM (Lesq. К. & C. Rev. Bryol. 
20:20. 1893 is plainly a Brachythecium and was so published 
by Jaeger and Sauerbeck, St. Gall. Nat. Gesell. 1877—78: 326. 

EURHYNCHIUM sUBCAEsPITOSUM Kindb. Rev. Bryol 22: 84. 
1895, which he puts in the subgenus .Sceropodium in the original 
publication is nothing but a form of Brachythecium asperrimum 
according to specimens kindly communicated by Prof. Macoun. 


New Species from the Western United States 


Bv P. A. RYDBERG 


Juncus Suksdorfii 


Stem about 3 dm. high, strict, light green, 2—3 mm. in diame- 
ter ; leaves terete or slightly flattened, distinctly septate; the basal 
ones short ; stem leaves, except the upper ones, often 3 dm. long 
all with a conspicuous, scarious sheath ; heads in a contracted pan- 
icle, brown and shining, 5—8-flowered; bracts ovate, cuspidate- 
acuminate ; perianth segments subequal, about 4 mm. long, nar- 
rowly lanceolate, acute or acuminate ; stamens б; anthers longer 
than the filaments; style long-exserted ; capsule dark brown and 
shining, oblong, acuminate, 3-angled. 


Dr. Watson has labeled this Juncus Nevadensis var., to which it 
may be nearest related if the structure of the flower is taken in 
consideration.  Itis different in habit, however, being much stouter, 
having more numerous and larger heads, and longer leaves. 

WasHINGTON : Falcon Valley, 1883, .Sz£sdorf, 217; 1885, 680; 
Spangle, Spokane Co., 1884, 764 (all in Gray Herbarium). 


Allium Neo-Mexicanum 


Bulb oblong, membranaceous, crowning a more or less persis- 
tent rhizome ; coat membranaceous ; scape slender, terete ; leaves 
narrow, I-3 mm. wide, apparently almost flat, slightly keeled ; 
umbel 8—20-flowered, nodding ; involucre very small; perianth- 
segments oblong-ovate, acute, nearly white, without a distinct mid- 
vein; stamens and style exserted ; capsule 6-crested. 


This resembles most A. cernuum, but differs in the fewer flow- 
ered umbel, the narrower perianth-segments, and in the thinner 
and narrower leaves, which are only slightly keeled. 

New Mexico: Organ Mountains, 1894, £. О. Wooton; 1851-2, 
C. Wright, 1913. | 

SOUTH COLORADO: 1861, C. C. Parry, 350. 

ARIZONA : Tanners Сайоп, 1892, Dr. Т. E. Wilcox. 


Astragalus Cusickii 


Perennial from a creeping rootstock: stem about 5 dm. high, 
strigose, somewhat branched ; leaves pinnate of 6-9 pairs of linear 


( 541) 


549 RYDBERG: SPECIES FROM WESTERN UNITED STATES 


leaflets which are 2-3 cm. long and about 2 mm. wide, glabrous 
above and slightly strigose beneath ; raceme with a 1-2 dm. long 
peduncle, rather lax and few-flowered ; flowers almost sessile, about 
12 mm. long; calyx about 7 mm. long, strigose with dark hairs ; 
lobes short, lanceolate and unequal; corolla yellow; pod with a 
stipe which is about 1 cm. long and curved upwards, upright, ob- 
long, obcordate in cross-section, with the dorsal suture strongly 
inflexed to about half-way to the ventral one, subcoriaceous, the 


body being about 2 cm. long. 

The specimens were named A. arrectus Gray ?, to which species 
it has a superficial resemblance, differing in the pod, the struc- 
ture of which places it near A. Drummondit and A. scopulorum. 
From these it differs, however, in the short erect pod. It grows. 
on dry hillsides. 

Orecon: Malheur, 1885, W. C. Cusick, 1238 (Gray Herba- 
rium). 

Potentilla rosulata 


Glandular and viscid pubescent throughout ; caudex thick and 
lignose, topped with dense rosettes of leaves and short stems ; the 
latter, at least in the type specimens, less than 1 dm. high ; basal 
leaves 4—5 cm. long, long-petioled, pinnately 5-foliolate ; stem- 
leaves ternate, short-petioled, or the upper subsessile; lower 
stipules lanceolate and thin ; the upper ovate and rather thick ; 
leaflets thick, densely viscid and glandular pubescent, broadly 
obovate, or the terminal orbicular, deeply crenate, or somewhat 
cleft, 7-10 mm. long; pedicels 5-15 mm. long; hypanthium 
about 5 mm. in diameter, densely viscid pubescent; bractlets 
ovate, about half as long as the broadly triangular ovate acute or 
acuminate sepals; petals small, oblong, whitish or light yellow, 
about as long as the bractlets; stamens between 30 and 40; 
anthers decidedly didymous; pistils 20—40; style filiform, at- 
tached near the apex of the ovary. 

This is nearest related to Potentilla saxosa Greene,* but differs: 
in the less numerous leaflets of the basal leaves, the much thicker 


and less incised leaflets, the shorter and stouter stems, the smaller 


* In my monograph I transferred this species to //orke/ia, on account of its close 
resemblance to ZZor£e/ía Baileyi, but a study of better material in Mr. T, S. Bran- 
degee’s herbarium has persuaded me that I made a mistake, The species is a true 
Potentilla. There are three species, all belonging to the Potenti//eae, that are almost 
identical in the vegetative parts, but still must be placed in three different genera. 
These are: Potentilla saxosa Greene, Hurkelia Batleyi Wats., and Purpusta saxosa 
Brandegee. 


RYDBERG: SPECIES FROM WESTERN UNITED STATES 548, 


pefals and the shorter hairs of the receptacle. It resembles also 
P. rivalis somewhat in habit and leaves, but it has a thick peren- 
nial caudex, much more numerous stamens and filiform style. 

CALIFORNIA: 29 Palms, Colorado Desert, 1898, A. 77. Alver- 
son (type in the herbarium of 7. S. Brandegee). 


Horkelia chaetophora 


Caudex stout, covered with the remains of leaf-stalks and 
stipules from former years ; stems several, 1-1.5 dm. high, almost 
scapose, finely puberulent; basal leaves numerous, about 1 dm. 
long, with 15-20 pairs of leaflets ; their stipules broad, brown, 
obtuse, bristly ciliate ; leaflets 3-5 mm. long, divided to near the 
base into linear-oblong segments, densely puberulent and tipped 
with bristles ; cyme rather many-flowered and open ; hypanthium 
5-7 mm. in diameter, puberulent and hirsute ; bractlets linear-ob- 
long, one third shorter than the broadly lanceolate acute sepals ; 
petals yellow, oblong, about equaling the sepals; stamens 10; 
filaments filiform ; pistils about 20. 


This is intermediate between 77. Utahensis апа H. pygmaea. It 
resembles the former most in habit and flowers, but has the bristles 
and obtuse stipules characteristic to /7. pygmaea. From the latter 
it differs in the larger size of the plant and flower and the many- 
flowered and open cyme. It grows in rocky places in the moun- 
tains at an altitude of 3000-3400 m. 

CALIFORNIA : Farewell Gap and Little Kern River, Tulare Co., 
1896, C. A. Purpus, 1409 ; Keweah Peak, 1895 (both in the her- 
barium of T. S. Brandegee). 


Horkelia Congdonis 


Perennial with a woody caudex; stems erect, 3-4 dm. high, 
few-leaved, somewhat branched above, glandular puberulent ; basal 
leaves I-1.5 dm. long, with 30-40 pairs of leaflets ; stem-leaves 
similar but smaller; upper stipules deeply cleft; leaflets 3-5 mm. 
long, cleft to the base into 4-5 oblong divisions, obtuse, glandular 
puberulent ; cyme with a few ascending branches and short-pedi- 
celed flowers; hypanthium campanulate, 7-8 mm. in diameter, 
glandular puberulent ; bractlets lanceolate, one half or two thirds 
the length of the lanceolate acuminate sepals ; sepals almost equal- 
ing the sepals, oblong, obtuse; stamens 20; filaments slightly 
dilated, subulate ; pistils numerous. 


This is nearest related to Horkelia purpurascens, but differs in the 


х 2,7 Tyre UE у eee — — 
E 

a 

Е 

: 


544 RYDBERG: SPECIES FROM WESTERN UNITED STATES 


taller habit, the more branched cyme, the more acuminate sepals, 
which in the type specimens are not reflexed, and the petals, which 
are not retuse or emarginate as in that species. 

CALIFORNIA: Casa Diabolo, 1895, J. W. Congdon (type in the 
herbarium of T. S. Brandegee). 


Mertensia tubiflora 


Perennial ; stem 2—3 dm. high, glabrous striate, and somewhat 
angled, branched above ; basal leaves oblanceolate, short petioled; 
stem-leaves sessile, lanceolate to ovate, about 4 cm. long and 1-2 
cm. wide, glabrate, except the hispid ciliolate margins, muricate 
above, obtuse; panicle contracted; pedicels very slender and 
drooping, about 1 cm. long, strigulose; calyx slightly strigose, 
about 4 mm. long, cleft half-way into oblong-lanceolate acutish 
lobes ; corolla 13-15 mm. long ; tube about 10 mm. long and 3 mm. 
in diameter, more than twice as long as the limb ; the latter cam- 
panulate with very short lobes ; nutlets very strongly muricate. 

This species combines the general habit of M. /anceolata with a 
corolla which is most like that of M. oblongifolia. 

Wyominc: Headwaters of the Tongue River, Big Horn 
Mountains, July, 1898, Æ. Tweedy, 119. 


Symphoricarpos Utahensis 


Symphoricarpos montanus Wats. King's Exp. 5: I32 partly ; 
not H.B. K. 

Shrub a meter or more high, with brownish bark; leaves 
broadly ovate, more or less rounded at both ends, obtuse or often 
mucronate, often coarsely sinuately toothed, pubescent when 
young, glabrate in age, 3—4 cm. long and 2-3 cm. wide ; flowers 
in terminal one-sided, drooping short spikes, or with smaller 
clusters in the upper axils ; corolla somewhat funnelform, about 
8 mm. long. 

This resembles most .S. racemosus in inflorescence and leaves, 
but differs in the form of the corolla. The inflorescence, the 
larger and less pubescent leaves and the size of the bush separate 
it from S, rotundifolius. 

Отан: Logan, August, 1895, P. A. Rydberg (Type); Wah- 
satch Mountain, 1869, S. Watson, 475, in part.* 


* Watson includes under this number not less than three distinct forms. Of these 
one belongs to this species, one from Virginia Mountain, Nevada, to .S. oreophilus, and 
the third from the Uintahs to the next or an undescribed species. 


RYDBERG: SPECIES FROM WESTERN UNITED SrATEs 545 


Symphoricarpus Parishii 


Apparently rather tall shrub for the group ; bark of the old 
stems gray, of the young twigs brown, leaves of older stems 
small, about 1.5 cm. long, narrowly oval, acutish at both ends, 
densely pubescent, more or less bluish green, rather thick ; those 
of the young shoots larger, about 3 cm. long, deeply 3-lobed and 
coarsely toothed; corolla elongated campanulate, 6-7 mm. long. 

This resembles mostly S. rotundifolius in pubescence апа flow- 
ers, but is evidently a larger plant and the leaves are bluish green 
and acutish at both ends. It seems to be confined to Southern 
California. 

CALIFORNIA: San Bernardino Mountains, 1892, 5. Ё. Parish, 


2514; 1894, 3024. 
| Erigeron flabellifolius 


Perennial with a long slender creeping rootstock; stem 1—2 
dm. high, few-leaved, glandular puberulent above; basal leaves 
petioled, about 3 cm. long, slightly glandular puberulent, cuneate- 
flabelliform in outline, deeply 3—5-cleft into cuneate 3-lobed divis- 
ions or the. lower simply 5-9-lobed at the apex; stem-leaves 
cuneate or obovate, smaller, subsessile and less divided ; heads 
about 10 mm. high and 10-15 mm. in diameter ; bracts linear, 
acuminate, with more or less spreading tips, dark brown or purplish 
black, glandular puberulent; rays 7-8 mm. long and 1.5-2 mm. 
wide, light pink or white. 

This is a member of the Æ. compositum group, easily distinguished 
from its relatives by the form of the leaves, which are never com- 
pound, but simply cleft two thirds their length or less. It is also 
characterized by the lack of hirsute pubescence generally found in 
that group. It grows in rocky slides at an altitude of 3600 m. 

Wyominc: Yount’s Peak, Teton Forest Reserve, August, 
1897, Tweedy, 536. 


Erigeron spathulifolius 


Perennial from an ascending rootstock; stems 5—8 cm. high, 
generally ascending, glabrous or slightly puberulent above, 3-5- 
leaved; basal leaves about 2 cm. long, perfectly glabrous, some- 
what fleshy, broadly spatulate, tapering into a short petiole, entire- 
margined, obtuse or acutish ; stem leaves 1—1.5 cm. long, linear- 
oblong or oblanceolate, sessile, obtuse; head solitary, 7-8 mm. 
high and 10-15 mm. in diameter, excluding the rays; bracts 


Ld di mi шү че ы чу 


546 RYDBERG: SPECIES FROM WESTERN UNITED STATES 


linear-lanceolate, acute, black, slightly puberulent; rays light 
blue, in age white, about 8 mm. long and 2—3 mm. wide. 


In leaves and heads, this resembles most £. simplex Greene, but 
has a different root-system, is a much more glabrous plant and 
lack altogether the long villous hairs on the involucre character- 
istic of that species. On account of its root-system, it may be 
associated with Æ. ursinus and E. radicatus, but lacks the hirsute 
pubescence of those species and has broader rays. The same char- 
acters, together with the single head and broad leaves, separate it 
from Æ. Eatonii, which also has somewhat the same habit. Itis 
an alpine species growing at an altitude of 3000 ш. or more. 

WyominG: Black Rock Creek, Teton Forest Reserve, August, 
1897, Tweedy, 543. 


Antennaria angustifolia 


Surculose-proliferous ; leaves of the stolons linear or linear- 
oblanceolate, about 1.5 cm. long, finely tomentose on both sides ; 
stem-leaves narrowly linear, erect, the uppermost subulate ; heads 
few in a subcapitate cluster, 4—5 mm. high ; involucre campanu- 
late, tomentose at the base; bracts of the fertile head linear- 
oblong, acute, yellowish or brownish white. 


This is nearest related to A. pas vifolia and A. microphylla, from 
which it differs in the subcapitate heads and the very narrow 
leaves. 

CALIFORNIA: Yosemite Valley, 1865, J. Torrey (labeled А. 
stenophylla? ); Hat Creek, J. S. Newberry (labeled А. /uzulozdes ; 
both in the Torrey Herbarium). 


New and interesting Plants from Western North Атегїса,—\! 
By A. A. HELLER 


Quamasia azurea sp. nov. 


Stems 3.5-4 dm. high from a deep-seated bulb, glabrous, 
sparingly leafy below : leaves about two thirds the length of the 
stem below the inflorescence, linear, 4-6 mm. wide, acute, prom- 
inently nerved, somewhat glaucous beneath: flowers scattered, the 
internodes from 1—2 cm. apart; pedicels slender, but becoming 
slightly thicker in fruit, 1.5-2 cm. long: bract at the base of the 


pedicel about as long as the pedicel, bluish or straw-colored, 


chaffy, lanceolate, tapering into a long slender acumination, prom- 
inently veined: perianth bright blue, 2 cm. or slightly more in 
length, the segments persistent, about 4 mm. wide, 5-nerved : cap- 
sule 1.5 cm. high, 1 cm. broad, three-angled : seeds black, shining. 


Our no. 3933, collected near Montesano, Chehalis county, 
Washington, June 13, 1898, оп grassy slopes. The type speci- 
men is in my private herbarium. 

This species differs considerably іп habitat from О. Quamash, 
which is usually found in places where there had been considerable 
moisture in early spring, while later in the season, the ground be- 
comes dry and baked. The flowers of О. Quamash are less deli- 
cate, and are of a rich blue-purple color. 


Clematis Arizonica sp. nov. 

Stems 2—3 dm. high, sparingly branched near the base, pubes- 
cent, especially above, with scattered, wool-like hairs, red below, 
green above and strongly angled : leaves all at right angles to the 
stem, and leaf branches horizontal to the rachis, bipinnate, petioled, 
the petioles about 2 cm. long; leaf segments linear, very narrow, 
1 mm. wide, the rachis and leaflets sparingly pubescent: flowers 
not seen: styles plumose, 2-3 cm. long, recurved, the plumes 
slightly tawny. 

Dr. D. T. MacDougal's no. 343, collected **on rocky slopes 
of Walnut Cañon,” near Flagstaff, Arizona, July 25, 1898. The 
type specimen is deposited in the herbarium of the New York 
Botanical Garden. 

Related to the plant called Clematis Douglasit, but having an 
entirely different geographical range, and differing in the following 

( 547 ) 


548 HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 


particulars from that species: It branches not from the root, but 
at a distance of 5 cm. or more above the root; in the rectangular 
instead of acute angled system of leaf branching ; shorter pedun- 
cles ; styles about one third shorter, with yellower plumes. 


Aragallus pinetorum sp. nov. 


Plant 3-4 dm. high, floccose or lanate throughout, especially 
at the base of the stems and in the inflorescence : stems multici- 
pital from a long stout deep-seated root, their bases clothed with 
thin woolly acuminate scales : leaves all radical, extending to the 
inflorescence, petioles about one third the length of the blade, 
dilated at base ; on fully developed leaves, the leaflets in 7-9 sub- 
opposite pairs, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, cuspidate, very 
shortly petiolulate, about 2 cm. long, 5 mm. wide, midvein promi- 
nent: bracts at base of the flowers lanceolate, acuminate, 7 or 8 
mm. long, chaffy in texture: calyx 1 cm. or slightly more in 
length, the lobes lanceolate, 2 mm. long, except the middle lower 
one, which is often double the length of the others: flowers white, 
unspotted: pods ovate, when mature 2 cm. long, including the 
acuminate curved point: seeds pale brown, smooth. 


Our no. 3751, collected on gravelly hills thinly clothed with 
pine trees, at a point eleven miles southeast of Santa Fé, New 
Mexico, June 23, 1897. The type specimen is in my private her- 
barium. 

Specimens were distributed as “Spiesia albiflora Heller, n. sp.," 
a short time before the fact was ascertained that Aragallus is the 
proper name for our American plants. Publication was deferred 
until an opportunity offered for further study of the group to 
which the species belongs. In the meantime, without having con- 
sulted me, Prof. Aven Nelson described “ Aragallus albifforus,' * 
basing his description upon a plant from Wyoming, but using the 
specific name applied by me to this New-Mexican plant, and cit- 
ing my number as a part of his species. A very cursory exami- 
nation of the two plants, shows them to be distinct. My plant is 
more nearly related to Aragallus collifus Aven Nelson, published 
in the same paper. 


Mertensia platyphylla sp. nov. 
Plant large but weak, 4—7 dm. high, branched above,. the 


branches slender and spreading, glabrous : leaves all thin, light 


* Erythea 7: 57. 1899. 


SIT UTRUM 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NogRTH AMERICA 549 


green, papillately roughened on the upper side: root leaves 
usually about 3 dm. long, including the petiole of almost 2 dm., 
which is rough on the margin: blade broadly ovate, 6-10 cm. 
wide, abruptly acuminate, usually cordate at the base; lower stem 
leaves broadly ovate, abruptly acuminate, on margined petioles 
about 2 cm. long, the upper ones ovate-lanceolate, gradually 
acuminate, sessile or nearly so, contracted at the base: pedicels 
slender, 5-15 mm. long, pubescent with short appressed hairs ; 
calyx deeply parted, the divisions narrowly linear-lanceolate, 5—7 
mm. long, ciliate: corolla bright blue or turning to rose color, 
10-12 mm. long, campanulate in general shape, flaring widely 
above the insertion of the stamens, the tubular portion about 
3 mm. wide, while the width across the top is 5-8 mm ; lobes 
1—2 mm. long, with broad sinus at base, acutish at the apex : sta- 
mens included, anthers oblong : style slightly exserted. 


Our no. 3872, collected June 3, 1898, in rich moist ground, 
near streams, at Montesano, Chehalis county, Washington. Тһе 
type specimen is in my private herbarium. 

This well-marked species is readily distinguished from the 
eastern JZ. paniculata by its large, broadly ovate leaves, long calyx 
and large flowers. 


Mertensia Franciscana sp. nov. 


Stems 4-5 dm. high, smooth, branched above, the branches 
slender, sparingly pubescent with rough appressed hairs: leaves 
roughened with appressed hairs on the upper face and margins, 
the lowest ones ovate-lanceolate, bluntish, 6—7 cm. long, includ- 
ing the broadly margined petiole of about half that length, 15 
mm. wide, the others up to the branches lanceolate, acute, 6—8 cm. 
long, 15 mm. wide, with gradually shortening petioles ; those of the 
branches ovate-lanceolate, 3-5 cm. long, 1.5-2 cm. wide, sessile 
by a clasping base: inflorescence roughened with short appressed 
hairs ; pedicels slender, short, 2—4 mm. long ; calyx deeply parted, 
the divisions lanceolate, or when the flowers are closely clustered, 
oblong-lanceolate, 3 mm. long, 1 mm. wide ; corolla purplish-blue, 
almost tubular in shape, only slightly enlarged at the insertion of 
the stamens, 8 mm. long, 2 mm. wide below the stamens, 3 mm. 
above: stamens and style included. 


Dr. D. T. MacDougal's no. 232, collected July 15, 1898, “іп 
moist soil under conifers near Hart Spring, San Francisco Moun- 
tain," near Flagstaff, Arizona. The type is deposited in the Her- 
barium of the New York Botanical Garden. 


тарт ee 4а: 


‚ 550 HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 


This is one of the western plants commonly referred to either 
the eastern M. paniculata or the far northern M. Siberica. 


Mertensia pratensis sp. nov. 


Stems usually several from a thick rootstock, 3-4 dm. high, 
leafy throughout, simple or nearly so, glabrous below the inflores- 
cence, light colored below : leaves thin, bright green, the radical 
ones 7—12 cm. long including the petiole, the blade oval, obtuse or 
acutish, 3—4.5 cm. long, 2 cm. wide: stem leaves lanceolate, 
shortly acuminate, all but the lowest sessile: inflorescence com- 
pact, pubescent with short appressed hairs, especially the margins 
of the calyx lobes: pedicels slender, usually very short : calyx 
3-4 mm. long, parted almost to the base, the divisions oblong or 
linear-lanceolate: corollas blue or pink, 17 mm. long, half of 
which length is tube, this 3 mm. wide, the upper dilated portion 6 
or 7 mm. wide, with short, broad rounded lobes. ( 


Our no. 3641, collected in а meadow in Santa Fé Сайоп, nine 
miles east of Santa Fé, June 2, 1897. Тһе type is in the herbarium 
of the New York Botanical Garden. 

It was growing on the banks of Santa Fé creek, in company 
with M. Fendleri, but is easily distinguished from that good species 
by its taller growth, weaker stems, thin leaves, much smaller 
calyx, and larger flowers. It was distributed by me as “ Mertensia 
Sibirica” 

Mertensia MacDougalii sp. nov. 


Plant glabrous throughout, the upper part pruinose: stems 
stout, clustered from a thick rootstock, about 20 cm. high, stout, 
sparingly branched above, the branches very short; leaves glab- 
rous, thin-coriaceous, ovate, or some oval, ranging from 3-5 cm. 
in length, 1-2.5 cm. in width, the lower ones contracting into 
broad petioles, rounded at the apex, the upper ones sessile and 
more acute : inflorescence secund ; peduncles short and stout, the 
longest only slightly over 1 cm. in length ; pedicels 5 mm. or less 
in length, rather stout : calyx broadly campanulate or cup-shaped, 
about 6 mm. high, and equally broad, the triangular-lanceolate 
lobes occupying two-thirds of the total length: corolla blue, 12 
mm. long, the tubular portion the length of the calyx, the upper 
portion slightly dilated, 4 mm. wide at the top; corolla lobes 
short, 1 mm. long, broad and rounded : stamens included, oblong : 
Style persistent, included in flower, but apparently elongating in 
fruit. | 


Dr. D. T. MacDougal's no. 95, collected near Mormon Lake, 


„емес YS 2 aw eee - 
" е e 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 551 


south of Flagstaff, Arizona, June 12, 1898, “in a meadow on the 
summit of Mormon mountain, near a small lake." This seems to 
be a well-marked species, differing considerably from the other 
species which are low, and bear rounded thickish leaves. The 
type specimen is in the herbarium of the New York Botanical 
Garden. 
CREPIS ATRIBARBA Heller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 314. 1899. 
The specific name of this plant was by error spelled “ atra- 
barba” in the original publication, and should be corrected in the 
place cited above. 


Hymenopappus gloriosus sp. nov. 


Stems 2-2.5 dm. high, multicipital from a stout root, some- 
what floccose, evidently densely so when young: leaves basal, 
4-6 cm. long, petioles as long as the blade, or slightly longer, 
with woolly bases, the other parts densely gray tomentose or floc- 
cose, primary divisions 1 cm. long, usually 4-divided, the divi- 
sions linear, 1 mm. wide, the edges inrolled ; stem leaves reduced 
to two or three sessile bracts, the lower ones with several divi- 
sions: pedicels stout, ; mm. long: heads 3 or 4, scattered, the 
lowest about 5 cm. from the uppermost, large, 1.5 cm. high, 


nearly 2 cm. broad ; bracts of the involucre obovate, or some of 


the smaller outer ones oblong, 8 mm. long, 4 mm. wide, broadly 
margined with crimson, the middle [portion green, tomentose : 
corollas bright yellow, 4 mm. high: achenes densely fringed with 
silky white hairs: pappus scales acute, slightly costate, a little 
longer than the width of the achene. 

No. 71, collected by Dr. D. T. MacDougal on “dry slopes 
on eastern side of Mormon mountain,” some distance south of 
Flagstaff, Arizona, June 7, 1898. The type specimen is preserved 
in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 

This handsome species is related to Æ. /uteus Nutt., but is 
easily distinguished by the broader leaf segments, the larger heads 


with crimson-edged scales, and the bright yellow corollas. 


Hymenopappus obtusifolius sp. nov. 


Perennial or perhaps biennial; stems corymbosely branched 
from near the base, 3 dm. high, floccose: leaves all white-tomen- 
tose beneath, the upper sides greener, mostly basal, these 5—7 cm. 
long, the petioles equaling the blades, divisions in three or four 
pairs, 1.5 cm. long, 5 mm. wide, obovate-oblong, obtuse; stem 


eee S — IT 


552  HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NoRTH AMERICA 


leaves few, scattered, sessile, gradually becoming smaller until 
reduced to oblong simple bracts, all obtuse: heads several, cor- 
ymbose, 1 cm. broad; bracts of the involucre ovate-oblong, ob- 
tusish, 7 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, thin aud scale-like, densely 
white tomentose : corollas dull yellow : achenes roughened on the 
margins: pappus scales very short, reduced to a mere fringe 
around the top of the achene. 


Dr. D. T. MacDougal's no. 240, collected in “ Fort Valley, 


west of San Francisco mountain," near Flagstaff, Arizona, July 


5, 1898. The type specimen is in the herbarium of the New 
York Botanical Garden. 
This excellent species is apparently related to Æ. Mexicanus. 


Senecio spatuliformis sp. nov. 


Stems about 3 dm. high, perennial, sparingly tufted: leaves 
nearly all basal, these 10-15 cm. long, spatulate or oblanceolate, 
slightly undulate-serrate, the apex blunt, or sometimes inclined to 
be acute, covered with a close floccose tomentum, except near the 
bases of the petioles; stem leaves very few, scattered, the lower 
ones mingled with the basal, and similar, those of the upper half 
sessile, linear, bract-like, midvein prominent and edges inrolled : 
heads ten or more in number, corymbose, large, 1 cm. high, nearly 
2 cm. broad with the rays spread, on slender pedicels, the lower of 
which are 5 cm. long: involucral scales т mm. wide, pale, with 
a darker line along the middle, margins scarious: rays showy, 
bright yellow, 1 cm. long, 2 mm. wide; achenes glabrous, pappus 
white. 


Our no. 4061, collected near Elma, Chehalis county, Wash- 
ington, July 19, 1898. The type specimen is in my private 
herbarium. 

It occurs sparingly in a dry meadow, or “prairie,” as such 
open places are called in that part of the State, where open, grassy 


‚ land is the exception. Its relationship is with the Senecio canus 


group. 


BEDFORD PARK, New York CiTy. 


Mrs. Arvilla J. Ellis 


Too often the ones who have ably assisted in carrying forward 
an important project are soon forgotten in the expressions of con- 
gratulation given to the man who leads the project. When the 
annals of botany are estimated with a just hand, the wives of 
botanists who have silently sacrificed in order that the husband's 
work could be more successfully carried to the end, will receive 
their due reward. The instances are not infrequent, moreover, 
where silent sacrifice has been supplemented by material aid from 
the same sources. To one of these this page is inscribed. Arvilla 
J. Bacon, daughter of Timothy and Mary S. Bacon, was born 
at Potsdam, New York, February 8, 1831, was married to Job 
Bicknell Ellis at the same place in 1856, and died at Newfield, 
New Jersey, July 18, 1899. With her husband she removed to 
Newfield, New Jersey, in 1865, and in addition to assisting to 
build the home, and caring for the household in sickness and in 
health, she took in various kinds of work to assist in the family 
support. In this country of poorly supported botanical workers, 
such is the too common lot of the wives of working bot- 
anists. But she did more than this. Besides binding many of 
her husband's books and pamphlets, she prepared some three 
thousand blank books in which the North American Fungi were 
issued and in which the greater part of the Ellis collection was 
mounted. Besides this she arranged at least three fourths of the 
200,000 specimens which were issued in this series and in the 
Fungi Columbiani, folding papers, inserting specimens, pasting 
labels and inserting in their places. In the language of one who 
knew her best, the quiet spirit always acted on the principle, 
« Whatever thy hand findeth to do, do with thy might." It may 
justly be said that to her extended labor, none the less important 
and necessary because it was all what has so justly been charac- 
terized as “dead work," no less than to that of Mr. Ellis are 
American mycological students indebted for the valuable and ex- 
tended issues of exsiccati that for the past twenty years have 
issued from this quiet house. 


07 
( 558 ) 


Index to Recent Literature relating to American Botany 


Abrams, Le R. The Structure and Development of Cryptomitrium 
fenerum. Bot. Gaz. 28: 110-121. 24 Au. 1899. [Illust. ] 

Adamson, M. E.  Teratological Notes on Eschscholtsia Californica. 
Erythea, 7: 81, 82. 1S. 1899. 

Alpers, W. C. The Oil and Terpenes of Алаа nudicaulis. Am. 
Jour. Pharm. 71: 370-378. Au. 1899. 

Barnes, C. R. The Progress and Problems of Plant Physiology. 
Science, П. 10: 316-331. 8 S. 1899. 

Bicknell, E. P. Studies іп Sisyrinchium, IV: S, angustifolium and 
related Species of the West and Northwest. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 
26: 445-457. 17 Au. 1899. 


Sisyrinchium Idahoense, S, occidentale, S.segetum, S. leptocaulon, S. septentrionale, 
and S. alpestre, sp. nov. 


Belajeff, W. Ueber die Centrosome in den spermatogenen Zellen. 
Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 17: 199-205. pl. 15. 26 Jl. 1899. 

Campbell,D. H. Studies on the Flower and Embryo of Sparga- 

nium. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. HI. 1 : 293-324. pl. 46-48. 1899. 

Cardot, J. Études sur la Flore bryologique de l'Amérique du Nord. 
Revision des types d’ Hedwig et de Schwaegrichen. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 
7: 300-336. ^. 7-го. 29 Ap. 1899; 338-380. 31 My. 1899. 

Cavara, F. I nuclei delle Entomophthoreae in ordine alla filogenesi 
di queste piante. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1899 : 55-60. Mr. 1899. 

Cordemoy, H. J. de. Sur une anomalie de la vanille. Rev. Gen. 
de Bot. 11: 258—267. 15 Jl. 1899. [Шизї. ] 

Cushing, Н. B. & Campbell, R. The Gramineae, Cyperaceae and 
Juncaceae of Montreal Island. Can. Rec. Sci. 8: 11-24. Ja. 1899. 

Davis, B. М. The Spore-mother-cell of Anthoceros. Bot. Gaz. 28: 
89-109. pl. 9-го. 24 Au. 1899. 

Drake del Castillo, E. Note sur le Wickstroemia Balansae Drake, 
et le Poortmannia speciosa Drake. Jour. de Bot. I3: 135-139. 
My. 1899. [Illust.] 

Eastwood, A. Parnassia Californica Greene. Erythea, 7: 84. 
т S. 1899. 

Fairchild, D. G. Notes of Travel, I. Bot. Gaz. 28: 122-126. 24 
Au. 1899. 

( 554) 


кил + 


DUM CGU UAMORNUM ST = =. 7 1 ма а ЕС 
. Lo . 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 555 


Fernald, M. L. Pycnanthemum verticillatum, a misinterpreted Mint. 

Bot. Gaz. 28: 130-133. 24 Au. 1899. 

Fernald, М. L. Zveocharts ovata and its American Allies. Proc. 

Amer. Acad. 34: 485-497. 2/1 29 Ap. 1899. 

Eleocharis obtusa jejuna, E. obtusa gigantea, E. lanceolata, E. Engelmanni ro- 
busta, E. monticola, E. monticola leviseta and Е. Macounii, new species, varieties 
and names. 

Fernald, M. L. Scirpus Eriophorum and some related Species. 

Proc. Amer. Acad. 34: 498-503. 29 Ap. 1899. 

Scirpus Eriophorum condensatus, S. Eriophorum Andrewsii, S. atrocinctus and. S. 
atrocinctus brachypodus, new varieties and species. 

Fullmer, E. L. The Development of the Microsporangia and Mi- 

crospores of Hemerocallis fulva. Bot. Gaz. 28: 81-88. pl. 7, 8. 

24 Au. 1899. 


Greenman, J. M. Some new Species, extended Ranges and newly 
noted Identities among Mexican Phanerogams. Proc. Amer. Acad. 
34: 566-578. 19 My. 1899. 

New species in Eleocharis, Smilax, Agave, Styrax, Sabbatia, Acerates, Macromeria, 
Solanum, Cestrum, Ruellia, Randia, Eupatorium, Grindelia, Baccharis, Desmantho- 
dium, Bidens, Bahia, Cacalia, and Lactu.a. 

Griffiths, D. Contributions to a better Knowledge of the Pyrenomy- 
cetes—I: A Study of miscellaneous Species. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 
26: 432—444. pl. 365, 366. 17 Au. 1899. 

Melanospora Poae, M. Townet, Pocosphaeria Alli, Pyrenophora Salsolae, Dothidea 
conspicua and Pleospora aquatica, sp. nov.; Trematosphaera caryophagae (Schw.) 
nom. nov.; descriptions and figures of Zer/sporium vulgare Corda and of various 
species of Sordaria. 

Guéguen, M. Е. Coloration des spores des Ascomyceétes et en par- 
ticulier des ascospores des Levüres, раг la méthode de Gram. Bull. 
Soc. Mycol. de France 15: 189, 19o. 31 Jl. 1899. 

Guérin, P. The probable Causes of the poisonous Effects of the 
Darnel (Lolium temulentum L.). Bot. Gaz. 28: 136, 137. 24 Au. 
1899. 

Hallier, H. Bausteine zu einer Monographie der Convolvulaceen. 
9. Die von Caec. und Ed. Seler in Guatemala gesammelten Con- 
volvulaceen des Berliner Herbars. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 7: 408—418. 
31 My. 1899. 

Lpomoea microsticta, Quamoclit gracilis and О, brevipedicellata sp. nov. 

Hart, J. Н. The Mango. Bull. Bot. Dept. Trinidad, 3: 190-219. 
FK I-13. Ji. 1899. 

Hegelmaier, F. Ueber convolutive Cotyledonen. Ber. Deutsch. 
Bot. Ges. 17: 121-138. A. 8. 24 My. 1899. 


556 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Hennings, P.  Uredineae aliquot brazilianae novae a cl. E. Ule 
lectae. Hedwigia (Beiblatt), 38: (129), (130). 26 Je. 1899. 
New species in Uromyces, Puccinia, Uredo and Aecidium. 

Hermann, B. The United States Forest Ranger System. Forester, 
5: 195-199. 5. 1899. 

Hervey, E. W. Observations on the Colors of Flowers. 8vo. 
1-105. New Bedford, 1399.  [Illust. ] 

Hodson, E. R. Phenological Observations on the Growth of Corn. 
1-8. Des Moines, 1898. 

Holzinger, J. M. Botanical Work in the Grades and High Schools. 
Asa Gray Bull. 7: 68-75. Au. 1899. 

Hopkins, A. D. Report on Investigations to determine the Cause of 
unhealthy Conditions of the Spruce and Pine from 1:880 to 1893. 
Bull. W. Va. Agric. Exper. Sta. 56: i-iv, 197—461. f. r-99. Ар. 
1899. 

Hume, Н. Н. Fungi collected in Colorado, Wyoming and Ne- 
braska in 1895, 1896 and 1897. Proc. Dav. Acad. Nat. Sci. 7: 
246-257. pl. 17. 1899. 

Puccinia Crandallit, Septoria Jamesti, Microstroma Americanorum, new species. 

Jaeger, L. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Endospermbildung und zur 
Embryologie von Zaxus baccata L. Flora, 86: 241-288. A^. 15-79. 
3 Au. 1899. 

Johnson, A. C. A Forest Experimental Station. Forester, 5: 185— 
187. Au. 1899. 

Kinney, A. The Forest Problem in the West. Forester, 5: 200- 
203. 5. 1899. 

Klebahn, Н.  Kulturversuche mit heterócischen Rostpilzen, VII 
Bericht. Zeitsch. für Pflanzenkrankheiten, 9: 137-160. 8 Jl. 


1899. 


Notes on various A/e/ampsorae and Pucciniae. 
Macchiati, L. Sopra uno Streptococco parassita dei granuli d’amido 
di frumento. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1899: 48-53. Mr. 1899. 
Macchiati, L. Ufficio dei peli, dell’ antocianina e dei nettarii es- 
tranuziali dell’ A//amthus glandulosa Desf. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 
1899: 103-112. Je. 1899. 
Macchiati, L. Osservazioni sui nettarii estranuziali del Prunus 
Laurocerasus L. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1899. 144-147. Je. 1899. 
Macoun, J. M. Contributions to Canadian Botany, XI. Can. Rec. 
Sci. 7: 463-477. О. 1897. 


“М + T <a ee Е 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 551 


Magnus, P. Ueber die bei verwandten Arten auftretenden Modifi- 
cationen der Charaktere von Uredineen-Gattungen. Ber. Deutsch. 
Bot. Ges. 17: 178-184. M. 72. 26 Je. 1899. 


Matruchot, Г. & Dassonville, C. Sur le Champignon de I’ 
Herpès ( Zrichophyton) et les formes voisine, et sur la classification 
des Ascomycetes. Bull. Soc. Mycol. de France. 15: 240-253. f. 
A. 31 Jl. 1899. 

Meehan, T. Mammillaria vivipara. Meehan’s Monthly, 11: 129, 
130. 2/. 0. S. 1899. 

Malick, W. S. The State and Forestry. Forester, 5: 179-181. 
Au. 1899. 

Molisch, H. Ueber das Vorkommen von Indican im Chlorophyll- 
korn der Indicanpflanzen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 17: 228-233. 
pl. 18. 26 Jl. 1899. 

Nelson, A. Some Species of Ze¢raneuris and its Allies. Bot. Gaz. 
28: 126—130. 24 Au. 1899. 

Tetraneuris acaulis caespitosa n, var. 5. Т. simplex, T. incana, T. Mancosensis, 
and Picradenia macrantha, new species. 
Niedenzu, F. De Genere Stigmatophyllo. Pars prior. (Disser- 

tatio.) 1-16.  Brunsbergae, 1899. 

Pammel, L. H. Horse Nettle as a troublesome Weed in Iowa. 
Bull. Iowa Agric. Exper. Sta. 42: 130-136. f. 7-5. 1899. 


Pammel, L. Н. Two other troublesome Weeds. Bull. Iowa Agric. 
Exper. Sta. 42: 137-140. f. 5, Ó. 1899. 
Convolvulus arvensis and Tribulus terrestris, 

Pammel, L. Н. Some germination Study of Cereals. Proc. Soc. 
Pro. Agric. Sci. for 1898: 194-203. 1899. 

Pammel, L. Н. Some ecological Notes on Iowa Grasses. Proc. 
Soc. Pro. Agric. Sci. for 1898: 204-211. l. 1899. 


Pammel, L. Н. Notes on Grasses of Nebraska, South Dakota and 
Wyoming. Proc. Dav. Acad. Nat. Sci. 7: 229-245. pl. IT-16. - 
1899. i 
Мейса Pammellit Scrib., Poa Wyomingensis Scrib., and Hordeum caespitosum 

Scrib., new species. 

Pammel, L. H. Anatomical Characters of the Seeds of Leguminosae, 
chiefly Genera of Gray's Manual. ‘Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. 9: 
91-273. pl. 7-35. 1899. 

Pammel, L. Н. Some ecological Notes on the Muscatine Flora. 
Plant World, 2: 182-186. Au. 1899. 


- 


558 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Passerini, N. Sulla presenza di fermenti zimici ossidanti nelle piante. 


fanerogame. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. II. 6: 296-321. Jl. 1899. 


Patouillard, N. Champignons de la Guadaloupe. Bull. Soc. Mycol. 
de France, 15: 191-209. A. 9, ro. 31 Jl. 1899. 


New species in Armillariella, Androsaceus, Cynatella, nov. gen., Lentinus, Xerotus, 


Hypholoma, Agaricus, Psathyra, Ganoderma, Poria, Radulum, Thelephora, Stereum, 

Corticium, Hypochnus, Lycoperdon, Cycloderma, Mycenastrum, Sarcoscypha, Evrinella, 

Glaziella, Cordyceps, Claviceps, Dichosporium, nov. gen., and Microstelium nov. gen. 

Peck, C. Н. Plants of. North Elba [New York]. Bull. N. Y. State 
Mus. 6: 65-266. map. Je. 1899. 


Purpus, С. A. Einiges über Vorkommen und Behandlung seltener 
Kakteen. Monatss. für Kakteenkunde, 9: 93, 94. 15 Je. 1899. 


Robinson, B. L. & Greenman, J. M. Supplementary Notes upon 
Calea, Tridax and Mikania. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 29 : 105- 
108. 24 Au. 1899. 

Calea Pittieri and Mikania Gonzalezii sp. nov.; Calea Oliveri (= C. ternifolia 

Oliver) nom, nov. 

Robinson, B. L. Three new Choripetalae from North America and 
Mexico. Bot. Gaz. 28: 134-136. 24 Au. 1899. 

Silene rectiramea, Arabis Crandallti, Mimosa Acapulcensis, new species. 

Robinson, B. L. & Greenman, J. M. Revision of the Genus 
Gymnolomia. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 29: 87-104. 24 Au. 
1899. 

Gymnolomia longifolia, G. annua, С. hispida, С. hispida ciliata, С. patens Gua- 
temalensis, С. patens brachypoda, С. patens macrophylla, С. serrata, С. megacephala, 


G. megacephals simulans and С. calva lancifolia sp. et var. nov.; Zaluzania Grayiana 
(== Gymnolomia triloba Gray) nom. nov. 


Robinson, В. L. & Greenman, J. M. Revision of the Genera 


Montanoa, Perymenium and Zaluzania. Proc. Amer. .Acad. 34: 
507-534. 19 My. 1899. 
Contains description of various new species and varieties. 

Robinson, B. L. & Greenman, J. M. Synopsis of the Genus 
Verbesina, with an analytical Key to the Species. Proc. Amer. 
Acad. 34: 534-566. 19 My. 1899. 

Includes descriptions of many new species and varieties. 

Rothrock, J. T. The Butternut or White Walnut. Forest Leaves, 
7: 56. pl. Au. 1899. | 

Saunders, C. F. Carices in the Vicinity of Philadélphia. Asa 
Gray Bull. 7: 76, 77. Au. 1899. 


[This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Company ` 


in card catalogue form. ] 


EON TM 


DUAE ааа: 2 л 


А TRES 


POTUIT CS ICA CTS CRUS 


Pr. 367. 


са 
2 
і 
Q 
- 
© 
са 
х 
© 
© 
н 
d 
2 
faa] 


F. K. Deniston, del. 


MACDOUGAL ON SYMBIOSIS. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON, 


PL. 368. 


ўй 


зани 
IQQ C9) e. 
POSPCOQU" 


{ 
/ 


Dao 
+ со 
550, 


o] 


gm 
6K? 


"s 


BOLL. Torr. Bor. Crus. 


F. K. Deniston and H. B. Humphrey, del. 


MACDOUGAL ON SYMBIOSIS. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON, 


К... 


DUNT АА. мый 


Во. Torr. Вот. CLUB. PL. 369. 


| 
— AU 


ЙҮ 


a 
е 06 
Д) ,, 
e sata 


H. B. Humphrey and F. K. Deniston, del. 


MACDOUGAL ON SYMBIOSIS. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON. 


JUST ISSUED. 


UNDERWOOD'S 


Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. 


A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their 


Literat re. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By 


LucieN М. UNDERWOOD. 


12mo. Рр. 236. Price $1.50 ^ 


Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with 
historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious 
references to the literature of the subject 

Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the 
novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of 
fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. 


HENRY HOLT & CO, 
29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. 


MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 ze. 


А companion volume to Dr. John К. Small's * Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus Zub gi num," published in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price. Address 


Professor L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


Botanical Collection For Sale. 


A Botanical Collection of over Twelve Thousand Specimens, 
catalogued according to the latest system and properly preserved 
but not mounted. Also, Botanical Library of over One Hundred 


Volumes and Pamphlets. Catalogue of the latter on application. 


Apply to T, Care Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


FOR CLASS STUTÓGTE. 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. 
“Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


Everything Useful to Botanists. 


MORE THAN FIFTY OF 


AMERICA’S LEADING BOTANISTS 


HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FIRST VOLUME OF 


THE PLANT VVORLLD 


It contains 192 pages, upwards of 175 articles and numerous illustrations printed 
on the best of book paper. Price, $1.00, if ordered now. 


Volume II. will be enlarged and improved in many ways. No effort will be 
spared to make this a journal of interest to every plant lover. 


SUBSCRIPTIONS, $1.00 PER ANNUM. 
ADDRESS - 


WILLARD М. CLUTE & CO., Publishers, Binghamton, N. Y. 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia University. 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 zet. 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


ы у, А Жл Кн 2 2 TAA ee "o "wm WI 
VT $ 


Ylew Vork Botanical Garden 


MEMOIRS 


The first volume of Memoirs of the New York 
Botanical Garden will be issued during 1899. It will 
contain *An annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana 
and the Yellowstone National Park," written by Dr. Per 
Axel Rydberg. 

The Memoirs will be published in large octavo size, as 
matter for them becomes available. Volume I. will consist 
of about 400 pages, and will contain descriptions of a large 
number of new species of plants and critical notes on many 
others, 

Subscriptions to this first volume are now invited. 
The price will be two dollars per copy. 

N. L. BRITTON, 


DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF. 


A Text-Book of General Lichenology 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. 


PUBLISHED BY 
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N. Y. 


The following BOOKS from the Library of the late Dr. A. W Chapman are 
offered FOR SALE. Also а duplicate collection of Di ied Plants, consisting of 
5,080 specimens in good order and preservation. 

DeCandolle, Prodromus Syst. Nat. Regn. Veget , | Bergen, Elements Bot., 1878, 1 Vol , 5o cts. 

Vols. 1 to 12, Vol. 13, Parts I. and IL, and Vol. | Scribner, Grasses of Tenn., Part IL, 50 cts. 

14, $50.00. Grasses S. W., Bull No. 12, U. 5. Dept Agr., 
Torrey and Gray, Flora N. Amer., Vol. 1, $10 oo. 1890, 2 Vols., $2 оо. 
A. Gray, Synopt. Flora N. Amer., 1878, 2 Vols., | Sudworth, Arbor Flora, Bull. No. 14, U. S. Dept. 

$5.00. Agr., 1897, 50 cts. * 
A. Gray, Synopt. Flora N. Amer., 1895, 1 Vol., | Cat. Useful Fibre Plants of the World, No. 9, U. 
: 3:00. S. Dept. Agr , 1897, 50 cts. 
A. Gray, Manual Bot. of U. S , 1890, 1 Vol., $1.50. De Lamark, Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans 
A. Gray, Man. Bot. of U. S., 1856 and 67,2 Vols., | Vertebres, 1 Vol., $1.00. 

$2.00. Cont. U. 5. Nat. Herb., 1895, 1 Vol., 25 cts. 
Report Mo. Bot. Garden, 1890-98, 9 Vols., $10.00. Check List N. Amer. Plants. Description of a 
Pursh, Plants of N. Amer., 1814, 2 Vols., $4.00. new Baptisia, and other Papers, $1.00, bound in 
Nuttall, Gen. N. Amer. Plants to the Yrs. 1817-18, one oct. Vol. 

$1.00. Papers of Boston Society Nat. Hist ‚1. 
Eaton, Manual Bot. N. Amer., 1833, 1 Vol., $1.00. | Baron Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, 4 Vols., $6 oo. 
McMillan, Metaspermae Minn. Val., 1 Vol., $2.00. | Г. W. Harris, Entomological Correspondence, 
Lindley, Introd. to Bot., 1832, 1 vol , $1 50. Papers Bost. Society Nat Hist., 1869 $2.00. 
Watson, Bib. Index to N. Amer. Bot., 1878, 1 J.G. Morris, Syn. Lepidoptera of N. Amer , $1.00. 

Vol., $3 00. | 


Addres, MISS KATE WOOD. Apalachicola, Florida. 


] 


IMPORTANT FOR 


Teachers of Botany and General Biology. 


_ Haematococcus has long been recognized as one of the most valuable 

one-celled motile plants for demonstration and study with elementary 
classes in biology. Many teachers have difficulty in finding the ma- 
terial. A memoir on this interesting organism, by Mr. T. E. Hazen, 
illustrated with two colored plates, has just been published in the 
Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, volume six, part three, in which 
the entire life-history has been carefully described and figured, and 
numerous errors of the ordinary text-books corrected. The brochure 
is specially adapted for the use of elementary students in botany and 
general biology, and can be secured for classes at special rates as noted 
below. 


Price, 50 cents; ten copies or more by express to one address at 
half-price. 
Address, Editor, Torrey Botanical Club, 


Columbia University, New York City. 


IMPORTANT TO 


Libraries and Botanical Laboratories. 


The most important contribution to the knowledge of the Bryophytes of this country 
since the publication of Sullivant’s Icones Muscorum has recently appeared as Volume 
Seven of the Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, entitled, 


The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes 
of California, 


By MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, of Columbia University, 


With Thirty-Five Heliotype Plates. 


While this work is specifically devoted to West Coast Species, the illustrations, 
which are the finest representations of the Hepaticae that have yet appeared, render 
the work of general and direct interest to all students of botany. The work should be 
in every library consulted by botanical students, Price, unbound, $3.00, postpaid. 


Address, L. M. UNDERWOOD, 
Columbia University, New York City. 


A Fw ee 


EY BAL Lc IN NON ot) (oie SM 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


т. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 


Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895—1898. 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2. Nos. 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. 
Vol. s. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897—1898. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 7. Nos. r51-(current). 


. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895—1896. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. М. 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, N. Y. City. A list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Many 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 


4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). Ву Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896,—andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating, every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner's Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 


.ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. By 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York. Price $1.00. 


6. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, збо pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes, 


AN 


ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the тога Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 


Prof. М. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 


With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and FIGURED. Cuts 4162. With ANALYTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the Synonymy, the REVISED NOMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLOSSARY, and a 
copious Znglish Index, including the PoPuLAR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For al 
students and lovers of plants. 


Vol. I., Royal 8vo, pp. xii--612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. IL, pp. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi--588 ; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 
CHAS. SCRIBNER'S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering то copies or more, I5 per cent. discount. 


d ^A "ESTABLISHED 1851. . jos 
; y 
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 207, 209 & 21 Third Ave, 


Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. 


SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES 
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 
E March’s Saline Chemical Stone 
Ware. 


Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 
Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- 
ters (Polariscopes). 

Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bar 

ances, etc. 


Le Brun Е. Desmontes & Co.. o 
Paris, Platinum. 


Н. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. 
SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- 


ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem. 
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 

- Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals fot 
Sugar Chemists. 


LABORATORY OUTFITS 


FOR 
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES anD COLLEGES 
C1 ass-BLowtnc, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. 


(т) BULLETIN. 

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 
tained 650 pages of text and 29 full-page plates, Price $2.00 perannum. For 
Europe 10 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England, 

As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 
plete their files should apply at once, Yearly volumes 1-5 (1870-1874), and vols. 
7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of One Dollar each, except vols, 
7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. 

Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at the subscription 


` price of Five Dollars, 


Vols. 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols, 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged, 
Single copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS. 


The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is fixed for each. Those 
omitted from this list cannot be had separately. 

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algæ hitherto observed on the Coasts 
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, co cents. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in 
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, 
75 cents, 

i No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents, 

Volume 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents, 

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala, 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. 

Vol.3. No. r.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- 
ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents, 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. 
By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, о cents. 

Vol. 4. No. r—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. 
Underwood. Price, 75 cents. 

No 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John К. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, jo cents, 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—Il. 
By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit, 
Price, 50 cents. } 

No. 5.—Monograph of Physalis and related Genera. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 

cents, 
4 Vol. 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 
in Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S 
Price, $3.00. 

Vol. 6. No, r.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang—III. By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia. 
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3.—The Life History of Sphaerella lacustris ( Haematococcus pluvialis). 
With two colored plates. By Tracy Elliot Hazen. Price, 50 cents. 

Nos. 4 and 5, completing the volume, will be issued during 1899. 

Vol. T. —The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of California, With thirty five plates. 
By Marshall Avery Howe. Price, $3.00. 

Vol. 8. No t, Part r. —The Comparative Embryology of the Rubiaceae. With 
four plates. By Francis Ernest Lloyd. Price, 50 cents. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta reported as 
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00. 


Address: L., M. UNDERWOOD, ` 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. 


. Vor. 26 __ NOVEMBER, 1899 No. 11 


BULLETIN 


OF THE - 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


EDITOR 


LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD. 


ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 


BYRON DAVID HALSTED FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 
ARTHUR HOLLICK ANNA MURRAY VAIL 
CONTENTS 
o hitherto con: species о odium = | New and interesting Plants from western 
gren pits capis X лар e . 559) North ents ҮН : р P. Heller 7 . 588 


A new Genus of Powdery Mildews—Zrysi- 
phopsis: Byron D. Halsted ...... 594 

The Habitats of the Pedlaeas: E. 9. Hild. 596 

Delphinium Carolinianum and related Spe- INDEX ТО RECENT LITERATURE RELATING TO 
cies: P. А. Rydberg о... ie ee ws 582 | American BOTANY . .......... 599 


The dichotomous Paxicums; Some new Spe- 
cies—I.: George V. Nash ....... 568 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


Tur New Era PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER, РА. 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 
President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN. 


Vice Presidents, 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 


Т. F. ALLEN, M. D. 
Corresponding Secretary, 


Recording Secretary, 
 PRor. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN К. SMALL, 
Normal College, New York City Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 
Editor, | reasurer, 
MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, JR. 


L. M. UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., 


Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 


Associate Editors, 
BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 
CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
Prof. FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 
Librarian, 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., 


ANNA MURRAY VAIL, 
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D., 
Curator, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. 
. Committee on Finance. 
WM. E. DODGE. 
Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., 
319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City. 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, 
Committee on Library and Herbarium. 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L. SANIAL, 
HELEN М, INGERSOLL, ALICE M. ISAACS. 
Committees on the Local Flora, 


di ProF. N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., 
j CRYPTOGAMIA, 


J. 1. KANE. 


PHANEROGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, 
Н. Н. RUSBY, M. D, MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. D, 
Mns. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


Rev. GEO. D. HULST, 
Committee on Excursions, 
Dr. L.. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 
GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, 
MARIE L. SANIAL, W. A. BASTEDO. 
Committee оп Program. 


Dr. Н. Н. RUSBY, DRACO CURTIS; 
Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON, 


The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, sxcept 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, р. M. Botanists are cordially invited 


to attend. 


payable to Mr. Maturin L, Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St, New York City 


MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 


Ee ee РЕОНИ РЕЯ 


Vor. 27 No. 11 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


NOVEMBER 1899 


Two hitherto confused Species of Lycopodium 
By Francis E. LLOYD 
[PLATE 370] 


While botanizing during the past summer in southern Vermont 
in company with Dr. Marshall A. Howe, it was our fortune to 
come across, in an open sloping pasture, an extensive growth of a 
Lycopodium, which heretofore has been, in this country, referred to 
the variety chamaecyparissus of L. complanatum. Associated with 
it, and also growing in abundance was Z. complanatum, and the 
very great difference in the appearance of the two plants, both as 
to color and habit, at once attracted our attention. Further field 
observation revealed the fact that the so-called variety differed 
from Г. complanatum in several important details both morpholog- 
ical and physiological, the position of the rhizome among others. 
In LZ. complanatum this runs along the surface of the ground and 
is flattened above, develops chlorophyll in response to its exposed 
position, and has narrow leaves which curve upwards, while the 
rhizome of Z. chamaecyparissus is strictly underground, buried to 
a depth of 2—4 centimeters, a fact which Dr. Howe and I suffi- 
ciently verified by digging up the new rhizomatous growths out of 
the tough sod at the periphery of the area covered by the colony, 
and which I have myself verified in many individuals subsequently 
found near Cold Spring, Long Island. The rhizome of this plant 
is, moreover, supplied with lanceolate to ovate leaves which are 
contracted at the base, and is white, except when, as is sometimes 
the case, the plant is forced out of its normal direction by hard 


[Issued 15 November. ] ( 559 ) 


Ь ж MTS ЫЕ ‚ UTEM 


ТАШУ AT 
EFS 
* 


560 Lrovp: Two Species ОЕ LYCOPODIUM 


obstacles, thus becoming exposed to the light. This difference of 
habit in respect to position was also recorded by С. F. Austin in a 
note in his writing attached to the sheet upon which is mounted a 
specimen of LZ. chamaecyparissus collected by him in Bergen 
county, New Jersey. 

Another very pronounced and quite constant difference is the 
habit, on the part of Z. chamaecyparissus, of producing annual 
growths at the ends ofthe branchlets. These new growths are more 
or less orthotropic, according as the habitat is exposed or shaded, 
and usually make angles with the earlier growth. This is espe- 
cially noticeable as the aérial stems of the plant are frequently long 
and weak, allowing the weight of the foliage, which is often great, to 
force them out of their original vertical position, to make angles with 
the previous years’ growths. There is thus produced a curious and 
distinctive habit which is in marked contrast with that of L. com- 
planatum in which the branchlets are plagiotropic, and do not 
produce annual innovations except very occasionally, and then 
only short imperfect growths, which cannot at all be compared 
with the vigorous unfailing annual growth of £L. chamaecyparissus. 

Correlated with the more vertical habit of Z. chamaecyparissus 
is the less pronounced dorsiventral character of the more distal 
branches and the similarity in form of th~- eaves, Here the 
leaves of the morphological under side of the branches are scarcely 
different in their amount of development from those of the upper 
side, while in £L. complanatum they are so reduced that only their 
apices, abruptly spreading from the concave lower side of the 
branchlet, remain in evidence. This spreading character is common 
to all the leaves of £L. complanatum while in Z. chamaecyparissus the 
apices of the leaves of the lateral and under rows are appressed, 
so much so that those of the leaves of the lateral rows curve in 
underneath the flattened lower side of the branchlet. 

In addition to these external leaf characters is to be added the 
glaucous character of 7. chamaecyparissus, as compared with the 
absence of this character in Z. complanatum. I have noticed that 
specimens of the former plant keep their moisture some time 
longer than do specimens of the latter, though I cannot give pre- 
cise data on this point. 

Nor are the differences wholly confined to the external and 


Ілоүр: Two SPECIES oF LYCOPODIUM 561 


therefore more readily observable features, for an examination of 
transverse sections of the branchlets shows that the parenchyma be- 
neath the lower epidermis is made up in L. chamaecyparissus of elon- 
gated cells of columnar form with oblique ends, similar but a little 
broader than those beneath the upper epidermis. This similarity 
in tissue is carried also into the epidermis, the cells of which, both 
on the upper and lower sides are nearly of the same size and have 
lumina of equal proportions. In Z. complanatum, however, the 
parenchyma of the lower part of the branchlet is made up of glob- 
ular cells, while. those above are columnar. Here, too, we find 
that the cells of the upper epidermis have lumina much more re- 
duced than do those of the lower. (Pl. 370, figs. 9, 10, 1 1 and 
12.) Thesclerenchyma sheath is also more strongly developed in 
L. chamaecyparissus. 

Furthermore, there is a disparity in the time at which the spores 
ripen, a fact also not unnoticed by Austin, who records that in 
Bergen county, New Jersey, the spores of L. chamaecyparissus ripen 
«from one to two months earlier than in the type” that is, Z. 
complanatum. Even in Vermont, where such phenomena are 
compassed in a shorter time, and where these observations were 
made, there is a difference of at least three weeks to a month in 
the time of spore-ripening. This fact must be one of considerable 
importance. 

In the light of the above facts it seems strange that these two 
plants have been regarded by several botanists as not deserving of 
separate specific rank, though it is interesting to know that the 
veteran Alexander Braun so regarded them and that Dillenius * 
fully appreciated their differences, as is evidenced by his excellent 
figures. It appears from descriptions and specimens that the two 
plants are found abundantly in Europe and have been repeatedly 
observed growing together. In this connection Luerssent ob- 
serves: “The two plants (Z e, 2. complanatum and var. B 
chamaecyparissus) in these extreme forms appear so different, that 
they might well be regarded as distinct species. They pass, 
gradually, however, through intermediate forms, from one to 
the other." This experience seems, however, not to be dupli- 


* Hist. Musc. pl. 59 (2. complanatum) and бо (Z. chamaecyparissus). 1741. 
f Rabenhorst, Kryptogamen- Flora. Farnpflanzen, 1: 825. 


ee MNA 


| 
E 
ў 
А 

1 
^ 
б 
] 

К 
» 
| 


= * 


x 


562 Lrovp: Two Species or LYCOPODIUM 


cated on this side of the Atlantic, for a careful search over an 
acre of ground in which a large number of colonies of both 
species were growing together, often intermixing, failed to dis- 
cover anything at all to support this view. The two plants, 
growing on the same spot with their rhizomes crossing, were com- 
pletely distinct. It would be of value if the botanists of this coun- 
try to whom the opportunity may come, would make observations 
bearing on this matter. It may be added that certain European 
botanists appear to entertain no doubt as to the specific distinction 
of the two plants. 

The attempt was made by the writer to find what differences, 
if any, existed between the spores, but without any very positive 
results. The spores of European specimens as well as from 
the United States were examined, and as much variation appears 
to exist between individual spores of Z. complanatum, as between 
the spores of Z. clavatum and either of these here under con- 
sideration. On the whole, however, there is a larger unreticulated 
area on the inside facets of the spores of Z. chamaecyparissus, while 
the angles of the reticulations appear to be thickened in Z. com- 
planatum. I have not, however, been able to apply these criteria 
with unfailing certainty, so that I hesitate to assert that any value 
should be attached to them. There are slight differences, also, in 
the shape of the sporophylls, which in Z. chamacci parissus are 
usually more abruptly contracted beneath the apex than in JZ. 
complanatum. 


LYCOPODIUM CHAMAECYPARISsUS A. Вг. 


Rhizomes extensively creeping 2—4 cm. below the surface 
of the ground, occasionally forced by obstructions to grow up- 
ward, but turning down again when the obstruction is passed, in 
color white, terete, sparingly branched in the horizontal plane, 
their whorled or loosely spirally arranged leaves lanceolate or 
ovate to broadly ovate (1-2 тт. broad), usually the latter, and then 
scarious, abruptly contracted into a narrow base, acute, their mar- 
gins membranous and erose ; the primary aérial shoots weak, terete, 
usually sinuously bent and often becoming decumbent under the 
weight of the superadded foliage, the axis repeatedly forking until it 
formsa mass of more or less vertically placed somewhat flattened 
branchlets which are plano-convex in transverse section, I.5—2 mm. 
broad (concave beneath on drying); the terminal branchlets regu- 


ae AS Ce La „А uw А: 5. 
ОРНО. с ЛЕРДЕ, 


Ілоүр: Two ЅРЕСІЕЅ ОЕ LYCOPODIUM 563 


larly producing more or less orthotropic innovations the second and 
sometimes the third season, the lower and therefore older foliage 
branches ultimately spreading and becoming lax, some of the 
medially placed branches remaining short, thicker, terete, strictly 
vertical, and producing either additional foliage parts or ultimately 
running up into strobile-bearing peduncles: leaves of the primary 
aérial axis in 6-8 rows, those at the base of the shoot similar to 
those of the rhizome, appressed, passing higher up the axis from 
ovate through lanceolate-acute into the acuminate form ; those of 
the subterminal and terminal branchlets in four rows, an upper, an 
under and two lateral, glaucous, bluish green, acuminate, ap- 
pressed, those of the under row differing scarcely at all from those 
of the other three rows, the leaves of the lateral rows somewhat 
incurved underneath, all becoming shorter and more crowded 
towards the end of the season's growth : peduncles terete, glaucous, 
50-60 mm. long to the first forking, usually twice forked, the 
Second 8—18 mm. distant from the first, spreading and curving up- 
ward, the leaves on the peduncle and its branches spirally 
scattered or less commonly loosely segregated into whorls of 
threes, spreading-acuminate, scarious-tipped ; strobiles, two, three 
or usually four, 20-28 mm. long, the sporophylls broadly de- 
pressed ovate, truncate at the base, the lateral margins variously 
toothed, suddenly contracted into а subulate scarious tip; 
sporangium reniform, opening by a transverse slit along the top ; 
spores deep yellow in mass, regularly areolate on the convex 
face, the areolae on the triangular inner faces becoming larger, 
more irregular and fading away so as to leave a triangular smooth 
area in the internal angle, ripening early in August. . (E INC 
Bre 15,706,177) 

The aérial parts reach a maximum height of about 22 cm. ex- 
clusive of the spore-bearing parts which project an additional 
height of 5-7 cm. above the general level of the foliage. The 
color is light bluish green, and glaucous throughout except on the 
aged lower branches, from which the waxy layer is worn away. 

Found by Dr. M. A. Howe and myself growing оп а sunny 
slope, where the plants made very dense masses of foliage with 
vertically placed branchlets. Newfane, Vt, July-August, 1899. 
Specimens found later (Oct. 14, 1899) by myself, on the hills near 
Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, N. Y., which were growing in 
the shade, and which were very much less vigorous than the Ver- 
mont material, have looser foliage, the branchlets of which do not 


stand vertically, though they do turn upward at the ends, and the 


шы... +". Ҷ 
н m4 
b 


ee Р 
axi Poe 


564 Lioyp: Two SPECIES or LYCOPODIUM 


innovations grow upward. The variation in position may be re- 
garded as a response to different light influences, This series also 
includes a single weak plant with widely spreading leaves, curiously 
mimicking a seedling of Juniperus Virginiana. The above material 
is all in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 

Other herbarium material has been examined as follows :* 

Connecticut: New Haven, 1858, D. C. Eaton (GC.). 

DELAWARE: near Iron Hill, Aug. 21, 1894, A. Commons and 
E. Танай (C.). Latrobe Canal feeder, 2 miles west of Iron Hill, 
Aug. 5, 1895, A. Commons (сЗ? 

DISTRICT oF COLUMBIA, July, 1879, Г. F. Ward (N.). 

GkEoRGIA: Tallulah Falls, Apr. то, 1891, L. M. Underwood, 
no. 2550a (U.). 

Maine: Mt. Desert, Sept. 5, 1891, 7: G. White (C). Mt. 
Desert Island, July 9, 1890, John H. Redfield (U.). Aroostook 
Co., St. Francis, dry woods, Aug. 9, 1895, M. L. Fernald, no. 
217 (C. N. G. О.). Orono, “dry woods," Oct. 13, 1890, M. І. 
Fernald (G.). | 

MaRvLaND: Bladensburg, July 20, 1879, Г. F. Ward (О); 
1880, Z. F. Ward (N.). 

MassacnusETTs: Essex Co., Oakes (C3. 

MicuiGAN : Near Alpena, July 11, 1895, C. F. Wheeler (С. 
N. C). Sand dunes, Lake Huron, Huron Co., Aug. 5, 1896, 
Charles A. Davis (N.). Keweenaw Co., Robbins (G.). Keweenaw 
Co., “ woods and fields," Aug., 1890, Sept., 1889, О. A. Farwell, 
no. 746 (G.). 

Minnesota: Lake Kilpatrick, Caseo Co., July, 1893, C. A. 
Ballard (N.). 

New НАМРЅНІКЕ : “old clearings,” Jaffrey, July 15, 1897, 
D. L. Robinson no. 225 (G.). 

New Jersey: Bergen Co., C. F. Austin “ stems running rather 
deep (2-4 inches) in the ground. Of a more slender habit and 
generally with more numerous spikes than the typical form 
from which it is readily distinguished when they grow side by side 
by its shedding its spores 1-2 months earlier (in Aug.) and by its 
spikes turning saffron yellow. I have never found it except in 
shady places ” (G.). 


* The letters (on б, N, U and Y indicate the Columbia, Gray, National, Underwood 
and New York Botanical Garden herbaria, where the cited specimens may be consulted, 


ИЧИРЕР ОРИОН at Тате ИОТ" 
Liovp: Two ЅРЕСІЕЅ ОЕ LYCOPODIUM 565- 


Nortu CAROLINA: mountains, Waynesville, Sept. 1896, i: E 
Huger (C.). 

PENNSYLVANIA: Tobyhanna, Pocono Mt., Aug. 20, 1887, №. 
L. Britton. (C.). 

VIRGINIA : Clifton, Oct. 12, 1884, Z. F. Ward (U.). 


LYCOPODIUM COMPLANATUM L. 


Rhizomes extensively creeping along the surface of the ground, 
exposed or in moss, etc., usually green, flattened above, furrowed 
on the flattened surface, sparingly branching in the horizontal 
plane, spirally arranged or sometimes loosely segregated in whorls : 
their leaves lanceolate, acuminate, scarious-tipped, the lateral ones 
curving upward ; primary aérial shoots strong, flattened and fur- 
rowed on one side, the branches convex on the upper side, concave 
below (1.8—2.5 mm. broad), spreading out into a horizontal plane, 
the medially placed branches more nearly terete, and either pro- 
ducing additional foliage-bearing shoots or, ultimately, sporangium- 
bearing peduncles: leaves of the vertical axes spirally placed or 
in loose whorls, spreading, acuminate, scarious-tipped, the several 
(5-8) rows being reduced to four on the foliage branches ; the 
leaves of the upper and lateral rows, which are separated as by a 
continuous furrow, cuspidate, with spreading apices, bright green, 
those of the under row reduced to slender, curved, spreading, cuspi- 
date apices, the under side of the branchlets thus appearing devoid 
of foliage, lighter in color and concave ; all the leaves decreasing 
gradually in size from the base to the tips of the branches : pedun- 
cles (5-7.5 cm. long up to the forking) terete, a little stouter than 
in Z. chamaecyparissus, furrowed, forking usually twice, the first and 
second forks 2—5 mm. distant from each other: pedicels straight, 
5-8 mm. (mostly 7-8 mm. long), bearing strobiles 15-25 mm. 
long: leaves of the peduncles and pedicels scattered or loosely 
whorled in threes, acuminate, scarious-tipped, spreading : sporo- 
phylls broadly ovate, more or less toothed on the lateral margins, 
contracted gradually into a scarious apex: sporangia reniform, 
opening by a transverse slit: spores reticulate on the four faces, 
ripening late in August апа in September. (f. 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 
13, 14, 15.) 

Connecticut: West Goshen, Aug., 1889, L. M. Underwood 
C. U.). Greens Farms, Aug. 25, 1894, C. L. Pollard, no. 233. 
An abnormal condition with asporogenous spikes (N.). Derby, 
July 7, 1895. “ Оту woods, common," E. H. Lames, M.D. (N.). 

District or CoLuMBIA: Near the Sligo, north of Takoma, 


July 10, 1895, C. 7. Pollard, no. 467 (N.). 


566 Lrovp: Two SPECIES or LYCOPODIUM 


INDIANA: Fern, Putnam Co., Oct., 1892, Г. M. Under- 
wood (U.). 

Maine: Anson, July 9, 1885, Z F Col/ins, ** Fertile " (G.). 

MassacHUsETIs: Essex Co., William Oakes (C.) Mt. Toby, 
near Amherst, July 27, 1895, Mrs. A. FE. Stevens (N.) ; 1871, Dr. 
Palmer (N.). Benjamin Hill, near Winchendon, Worcester Co., 
Sept. 3, 1895, C. L. Pollard (N.). Concord, “woods around 
Walden Pond,” Sept. 30, 1879, W. P. Rich (G.). Concord, Nov. 
I, 1890, Г. M. Underwood (U.). A form with six strobiles on the 
peduncle and more distant forkings, Northfield, July 5, 1890, FK 
E. Lloyd (Y.). Williamstown, Oct., 1891, F. E. Lloyd EY.) 

MARYLAND: near Signal Tree Heights, between Washington 
and Silver Spring roads, Oct. 7, 1893, Adam Steits (N.) Spen. 
cerville, July, 1891, 7. M. Holzinger (N.). 

MiNNESOTA: Soudan, St. Louis Co., 1896, J. H. Еу (C.). 
Duluth, July 26, 1889, pine woods, 16 miles west of Duluth (N.). 

New HAMPSHIRE: southern’ “ woods common,” July о, 1897, 
B. L. Robinson, no. 18 7 (G.). | Seabrook, 1894, Alvah Eaton (with 
abnormal forking spikes) (U.). Benton, July 4, 1890, S. F. Tower. 

New JERSEY: Clifton, Sept. 23, 1894, 7: Н. Kearney, fr. (C.). 
Bergen Co., ** matures its spores in September and October," CF. 
Austin (C.). Bergen Co., “а variety with short rigid leaf-branches 
and numerous short spikes" (C. F. Austin (C.). Stockholm, 
“swamp, 1100 ft. alt.," Aug. 1—15, 1895, Win. M. Van Sichle (N.). 

NEW Үокк: Tannersville, Greene Co, Oct: 1891, A. М. 
Vail (С.). “ Dry copse, near woodland, common," Nov. 28, 1890, 
А. Kenyon (N.). Cold Spring Station, Long Island, in deep woods, 
Oct. 14, 1899, no spikes found, © E. Lloyd (Y.). Morrisville, 
Oct., 1878, L. M. Underwood (U.) West Camden, 1897, Arma 
А. Smith (U.). 

Ontario: Gun Flint Lake, July 18, 1891, E F. Wood (N.). 

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: Cantire, Sept. 3, 188 3, John Macoun 
IG.) 

QuEBEC: Notre Dame du Lac, Termiscouata Co., Aug. 2, 
1887, John T. Northrop (67 

VERMONT: Willoughby Lake, Aug. 22, 1895, Mrs. С. Е 
Stevens (N.); Willoughby, July 26, 1892, H. H. Rusby (C.) ; New- 
fane, July-Aug., 1899, M. А. Howe and Е Е Lloyd (Y.). 


к 


> 


Ілоүр: Two SPECIES ОЕ LYCOPODIUM 561 


West VingGINIA: South Fork of Holston River, Smyth Co., 
June 15, 1892, М. L. and E. С. Britton and А. М. Vail (C.). 


Explanation of Plate 370 

The figures were drawn from specimens collected near Newfane, Vt., growing in 
the same habitat. Figures 3-8 were drawn to the same scale X 9, as were also figures 
9-I2 and 13-17. 

Fic. 1. Lycopodium complanatum ; upper part of aérial shoot bearing two pedun- 
cles, only one of which is shown. X 24. 

Fic. 2, Lycopodium chamaecyparissus ; upper part of aérial shoot, In this particu- 
lar plant the peduncle does not extend as far as it does normally above the general level 
of the foliage. Тһе terminal branchlets can be seen to make definite angles with the 
subterminal, previous year's growth. > 24. 

Fics. 3, 6, 8. Upper, under and lateral views respectively, of a part of a branchlet 
of Lycopodium chamaecyparissus. 

Fics. 4, 5 and 7. Upper, under and lateral views respectively, of a part of a branch- 
let of Lycopodium complanatum. 

Fics. 9 and Io. Portions of the epidermis and subjacent parenchyma from the 
upper and under sides respectively, of a branchlet of Lycopodium complanatum. 

Fics. 11 and 12. The same of Lycopodium chamaecyparissus. 

Fics. 13and 14. Outlines of scales from the rhizome of Lycopodium complanatum. 

Fic, 15. Sporophyll of Lycopodium complanatum. 

Fic. 16. Sporophyll of Lycopodium chamaecyparissus. 

Fic. 17. Half-outlines of scales from the rhizome of Lycopodium chamaecyparissus. 


The dichotomous Panicums; Some new 90ес1еѕ, — | 


By Gro. V. NASH 


Panicum Bushii 


A tufted perennial, glabrous, with the exceptions noted below. 
Culms about 3 dm. tall, the nodes sparingly barbed, finally much 
branched: leaves about 3 ; sheaths about as long as the internodes, 
those on the branches short and overlapping ; ligule a dense ring 
of short hairs about 0.2 mm. long ; blades erect, linear, acuminate, 
serrulate and very rough on the margins, ciliate at the base with a 
few very long hairs arising from papillae, the larger primary blades 
8—10 cm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, those on the branches usually 6 cm. 
or less long: panicle much exserted, 6-7 cm. long, its branches 
erect-ascending, the larger 3-3.5 cm. long, the secondary panicles 
much smaller: spikelets 2.5 mm. long and about 1.2 mm. broad, 
obovate, the scales glabrous, the first scale orbicular or very broadly 
ovate, I-nerved, rounded or obtuse at the apex, about one-third as 
long as the spikelet, the second and third scales 7-nerved, the 
second a little the shorter, the fourth scale yellowish white, about 
2 mm. long and 1.2 mm. wide, about as long as the second. 


Collected by B. F. Bush, in dry ground, in McDonald Co., 
Missouri, July 24, 1893 no. 413. Related to P. augustifolium, 
but the spikelets are glabrous and of a different shape and the 
sheaths and blades glabrous. 


Panicum ciliosum 


А tufted perennial. Culms 3—5 dm. tall, rather stout, ascend- 
ing, papillose-hirsute with spreading hairs, finally much branched : 
leaves 4 or 5; sheaths shorter than the internodes, densely hirsute 
with spreading hairs, ciliate on the margins ; ligule a dense ring of 
hairs about 0.5 mm. long; blades erect or ascending, narrowed 
toward the base, glabrous above, ciliate on the margins, the stiff 
hairs arising from papillae, the lower surface densely pubescent 
between the nerves with short spreading hairs: panicle broadly 
ovate, about 8 cm. long, included at the base, its axis pubescent 
with short hairs, the branches spreading, the larger about 3 cm. 
long: spikelets a trifle less than 2 mm. long and about о.9 mm. 
wide, elliptic, the outer 3 scales strongly pubescent with rather long 
spreading hairs, the first scale broader than long, about one quar- 
ter as long as the spikelet, r-nerved, rounded at the apex, the 


( 568 ) 


МИИГИН ee n ое УУ КА о NE os, а Мм 4:5. зыб "P ^ ! a ud m. 
х ULL ТУЕ, СИ РОА РУ | 


Nasu: THE DICHOTOMOUS PANICUMS 569 


second and third scales 7-nerved, about equal in length, the fourth 
scale white, a little longer than the third, about 1.6 mm. long and 
0.8 mm. wide. 

Type collected by S. M. Tracy, at Biloxi, Mississippi, Septem- 
ber 1, 1898, no. 4580. In habit and general appearance much 
resembling P. pubescens, but the ciliate blades with the upper sur- 
face glabrous at once separate it. The specimen above described 
is the late state and has the panicle included ; the early form of the 
plant will probably be found to have an exserted primary panicle. 


Panicum Clutei 


A tufted perennial, glabrous, with the exceptions noted below. 
Culms rather stout, 6-8 dm. tall, at length branched: leaves 4 or 
5; sheaths rather loose, minutely pubescent at the apex and 
usually more or less ciliate on the exterior margin, the exterior 
basal ones pubescent; ligule a dense ring of hairs about 0.3 mm. 
long ; blades firm, ascending, often appearing as if erect in press- 
ing, lanceolate, smooth on both surfaces, rough on the margins, 
the lower and larger 7—14 cm. long, 7-12 mm. wide, the basal 
blades ovate-lanceolate, 3-4 cm. long and 10-13 mm. wide, long- 
ciliate on the margins: panicle considerably exserted, broadly 
ovate, 6-10 cm. long, its ascending branches smooth, the larger 
ones 4-6 cm. long: spikelets oval, acutish, about 2.3 mm. long 
and about 1.3 mm. wide, the first scale broadly ovate, obtuse or 
somewhat acute, 1-nerved, glabrous or nearly so, the second and 
third scales densely pubescent with very short ascending hairs, 
9-nerved, the second one shorter than the third and usually a little 
shorter than the fourth, the fourth scale yellowish, oval, about 2 
mm. long and about 1.2 mm. wide. 

Pine-barrens of southern New Jersey. Collected by Mr. W. 
N. Clute, after whom I take pleasure in naming it, on a trip from 


. Tuckerton to Atsion, July 3-6, 1899. А most distinct species. 


Panicum curtifolium 


A tufted perennial, glabrous, with the exceptions noted below. 
Culms slender, weak, 2-3 dm. tall, finally much branched : leaves 
3 or 4 ; sheaths less than one half as long as the internodes, usually 
about one third as long, sparsely pubescent with long weak spread- 
ing hairs; ligule a dense ring of hairs about 0.3 mm. long ; blades 
widely spreading, lanceolate, minutely serrulate and rough on the 
margins, a few long hairs on the upper surface just back of the 
ligule, the culm blades 1.5—3 cm. long, 3-4.5 mm. wide, the basal 
leaves 4-5 cm. long: panicle considerably exserted, broadly ovate, 


570 Nasu: THE picuoroMous PANICUMS 


2.5-3.5 cm. long, its slightly hispid branches widely spreading, the 
larger 1.5-2 cm. long: spikelets about 1.5 mm. long and about 
0.75 mm. wide, elliptic, the scales glabrous, the first scale about 
one third as long as the spikelet, broadly ovate, obtuse, 1-nerved, 
the second and third scales 7-nerved, the second shorter than the 
third, the fourth scale about equalling the third, about 1.25 mm. 
long and about 0.6 mm. broad, yellowish-white, obscurely apiculate. 


Collected by S. M. Tracy at Ocean Springs, Mississippi, May 
2, 1898, no. 4598. Related to P. /ucidum Ashe, but distinguished 
by its smaller spikelets and sparsely pubescent sheaths. 


Panicum decoloratum 


A more or less purplish tufted perennial, glabrous, with the ex- 
ceptions noted below. Culms 4—6 dm. tall, stout, finally branched, 
the nodes barbed: leaves 5 or 6, extending to the base of the 
panicle, the upper one including its base ; sheaths loosely embrac- 
ing the culm, usually overlapping and hence concealing the culm, 
the lower and basal ones papillose-hirsute between the nerves, the 
hairs of the former early deciduous, the upper sheaths ciliate on 
the external margin and with a minutely pubescent ring at the 
apex; blades erect or ascending, variously colored with black- 
purple, broadly lanceolate, a little rough on both surfaces, especially 
above, cordate-clasping at the base, 7-12 cm. long, 1.2—2 cm. wide, 
minutely serrulate and very rough on the margins: panicle in- 
cluded at the base, its branches hispidulous: spikelets on hispid- 
ulous pedicels, 2.7 mm. long and 1.3 mm. wide, elliptic, the first 
scale from nearly orbicular to broadly ovate, about one third as 
long as the spikelet, t-nerved, obtuse or rounded at the apex, 
glabrous, the second and third scales rather sparingly pubescent 
with ascending hairs, 9-nerved, the second scale a little shorter than 
the third, the fourth scale slightly yellowish-white, about 2.4 mm. 
long and 1 mm. wide, obtusely and rather obscurely apiculate, 
minutely pubescent at the apex. | 

Collected by Mr. E. P. Bicknell on a sandy railroad bank at 
Tullytown, Pennsylvania, May 30, 1899. The panicle in the ma- 
terial at hand may not be fully developed, and so a later stage 
may show it exserted instead of included at the base. In habit 
much resembling P. clandestinum, but that species is larger іп 
every way, the pubescence is harsh and hispid and occurs on all 
the sheaths, the blades are much longer and with the margins near 
the base conspicuously ciliate with long stiff hairs, and the spike- 


lets are larger (exceeding 3 mm. in length). 


шы 


Nasu: THE рснотомоОоз PANICUMS 571 


Panicum Earlei 


A densely tufted perennial. Culms slender, 1-1.5 dm. tall, 
usually with a few long weak scattered hairs below, finally branched, 
the nodes rather sparingly barbed: leaves about 3 ; sheaths rather 
sparingly hirsute with long hairs ; ligule a dense ring of hairs 
about 0.3 mm. long; blades ascending, lanceolate, rather spar- 
ingly hirsute on both surfaces with long spreading hairs, 1-3 
cm. long, 2-6 mm. wide, minutely serrulate and roughened on the 
margins : panicle broadly ovate, 2—3 cm. long, its smooth branches 
spreading, the larger ones I-1.5 cm. long: spikelets about 1.3 
mm. long and 0.7 mm. wide, elliptic, obtuse, glabrous, the first 
scale orbicular or broadly oval, 1-nerved, obtuse, the second and 
third scales 7-nerved, the second scale shorter than the third and 
fourth, the fourth scale white, about 1 mm. long and o.6 mm. 
wide, oval. 

Type collected at Auburn, Lee Co., Alabama, on May 7, 
1898, by Messrs. F. S. Earle and C. F. Baker, no. 1532; no. 


1535, of the same place and date, also belongs here. 


Panicum epilifolium 


A tufted perennial, glabrous, with the exceptions noted below. 
Culms 2-3.5 dm. tall: leaves 2 or 3; sheaths shorter than the 
internodes, minutely pubescent at the apex, ciliate on both mar- 
gins with long slender hairs; ligule a scarious ciliolate ring about 
0.2 mm. wide; blades widely spreading, linear-lanceolate, 4—7 
cm. long, 5-7 mm. wide, minutely pubescent on the upper surface 
between the nerves, serrulate and very rough on the margins: 
panicle exserted, ovate, 5-7 cm. long, its branches spreading or 
ascending, the larger ones 2—2.5 cm. long: spikelets 3 mm. long 
and about 1.5 mm. broad, oval, obtusely apiculate, the first scael 
glabrous or with a few scattered hairs, 1-nerved, nearly orbicular, 
acute, a little less than one half as long as thespikelet, the second 
and third scales densely pubescent with short spreading hairs, 9- 
nerved, the second usually a little shorter than the third and fourth, 
the latter scale yellowish, 2.5 mm. long anda little over 1 mm. 
wide, elliptic, obtusely apiculate. 

Type collected by the writer in a scrub hammock at Eustis, 
Lake Co., Florida, March 12-31, 1894, no. 45. Also secured at 
the same place by Professor L. M. Underwood, on March 22, 
1891, no. 2250. It bears some resemblance in habit to P. cuu- 
ferum, but is readily distinguished from that species by its glabrous 
sheaths, naked blade-margins and more acute spikelets. 


P- ДЕЕ. 


572 Nasu: THE picHOTOMOUS PANICUMS 


Panicum flavovirens 


A densely tufted light green perennial, glabrous, with the ex- 
ceptions noted below. Culms 2—3 dm. tall, slender, finally much 


branched : leaves 2 ог 3; sheaths very short, those of the primary 


leaves about one third as long as the internodes, one margin 
usually extending above the other, making the summit of the 
sheath more or less oblique, the lower sheaths ciliate on the 
margin, the exterior basal ones pubescent all over ; ligule a dense 
ring of short hairs about 0.2 mm. long; blades thin, erect, with- 
out a white margin or nearly so, entire or very minutely serrulate, 
hence smooth or nearly so on the margin, linear-lanceolate, those 
on the main culm 2.5—4 ст. long, 2.5-4 mm. wide, commonly 
minutely pubescent on the lower surface between the nerves, those 
on the branches much shorter, the basal blades longer, 4—6 cm. 
long: panicle much exserted, 3—4 cm. long, broadly ovate, its 
branches spreading, the larger 1—2 cm. long, the secondary 
panicles much smaller, barely exserted and with spreading 
branches : spikelets 1.5 mm. long and 0.7 mm. broad, elliptic, the 
outer 3 scales densely pubescent with spreading hairs, the first 
scale 1-nerved, broadly ovate, obtuse, about one half as long as 
the spikelet, the second and third scales 7-nerved, about equal in 
length, the fourth scale yellowish-white, 1.3 mm. long and about 
0.6 mm. wide. 


Type collected by the writer in Lake Co., Florida, June 16-30, 
1895, no. 2061 ; growing in swampy woods along the edge of 
road leading to the ford near the J. T. & K. W. R. R. bridge 
across the Wekiva river. No. 2487a, collected in a similar habitat 
at Lake City, Columbia Co., in the same state, on Aug. 30, 1895, 
is also referred here. 

Differs from P. albomarginatum in the thin linear-lanceolate 
blades which are entirely or almost devoid of the white margin, 
and barely if at all rough on the margins. In P. albomarginatum 
the blades are very thick, much broader, and with a wide strongly 
serrulate white margin which is much thickened. 


Panicum Helleri 


A tufted perennial, glabrous, with the exceptions noted below. 
Culms 2—4 dm. tall, appressed-pubescent below with long hairs, 
the nodes sparingly barbed, finally branched: leaves 5 ; sheaths 
shorter than the internodes, the middle ones only about one half 
as long, ciliate on the exterior margin, bearing between the promi- 
nent nerves scattered papillae, from which sometimes arise stiff 


MEUS РЕГИ Жл К" LP ee ER РОР ee ete "АТГУУ СРУ Кт 
' ГЫ 


Nasu: THE picHotomous PANICUMS 573 


hairs, the internerves of all but the upper sheaths. minutely pu- 
bescent: ligule a dense ring of hairs about 0.6 mm. long : blades 
broadly lanceolate, thin, a little narrowed toward the sparsely 
ciliate rounded base, the margins minutely serrulate, rough, 6—8 
cm. long, 6-12 mm. wide: panicle included at the base, 6—8 cm. 
long, its branches ascending, the larger ones 3—4 cm. long, the 
secondary panicles smaller: spikelets 3.25—3.5 mm. long and 
about 1.5 mm. wide, the first scale broadly triangular-ovate, 1- 
nerved, the second and third scales pubescent toward the base 
with a few scattered hairs, the second scale rr-nerved, the third 
scale g-nerved, the fourth scale yellowish-white, 2.5 mm. long and 
about 1.3 mm. wide, oval, obtusely and obscurely apiculate. 


Collected at Kerrville, Kerr Co., Texas, by A. A. Heller, May 
14—21, 1894, no. 1759. Differs from P. pernervosum in the pu- 
bescent culm and sheaths, the broader blades of a different shape 
and the narrow spikelets which are usually sparsely pubescent. 


Panicum paucipilum 


А tufted perennial, glabrous, with the exceptions noted below. 
Culms 6-10 dm. tall, finally sparingly branched: leaves 5-8; 
sheathes one third to one half as long as the internodes, the ex- 
ternal margin ciliate toward the summit; ligule a dense ring of 
hairs about 2 mm. long : blades erect or ascending, thickish, rather 
firm, sometimes minutely puberulent on the lower surface, usually 
with a few hair-bearing papillae at the base, the lower and larger 
6-9 cm. long, 5-7 mm. wide : panicle finally considerably exserted, 
rather dense, oblong, usually 5-10 cm. long, its branches erect- 
ascending or erect, the larger ones 2.5—4 cm. long: spikelets 
numerous, about 1.4 mm. long and o.8 mm. wide, oval, the first 
scale about one third as long as the spikelet, 1-nerved, orbicular, 
the second and third scales pubescent with spreading hairs, the 
former plainly, the latter obscurely, 9-nerved, the fourth scale yel- 
lowish, about 1.3 mm. long and 0.8 mm. wide, obscurely apiculate. 

In wet soil, southern New Jersey to Mississippi. Type col- 
lected by Mr. E. P. Bicknell, at Wildwood, New Jersey, May 30 
and 31, 1897. The following specimens from Mississippi are also 
referred here: 

Ocean Springs, July 19, 1889,. Е. S. Earle; Biloxi, Sept. т, 
1892, S. M. Tracy; Beauvoir, May 13, 1898, S. M. Tracy, no. 
4594 (distributed as P. octonodum S, & S.). 

Intermediate between P. octonodum and Р, Eaton. Differs 


from the former, to which it is closely related, in the ciliate margin 


US "UN 


574 Nasu: THE pricHOTOMOUS. PANICUMS 


of the sheaths, the few basal hairs of the blades, and particularly 
in the strongly pubescent spikelets. From P. Fatoni it may be 
distinguished by its much smaller spikelets with the first scale 
glabrous and orbicular. 


Panicum longiligulatum 


A tufted perennial, glabrous, with the exceptions noted below. 
Culms 4—5 dm. tall, slender, finally branching, the branches fasci- 
culately much divided and forming dense masses at their ends; 
leaves 4 or 5; sheaths usually from one third to one half as long 
as the internodes, minutely pubescent between the prominent 
nerves; ligule a ring of long erect silky hairs about 3 mm. in 
length ; blades ascending, lanceolate, obtusely and minutely pubes- 
cent on the lower surface, the margins serrulate and very rough, 
the primary culm blades 2.5—3 cm. long, about 3 mm. wide, those 
on the branches much smaller, the basal blades thick, broadly 
lanceolate, 4—5 cm. long: panicle oval, 5-6 cm. long, considerably 
exserted, its branches spreading, the larger ones about 3 cm. long: 
spikelets about 1.3 mm. long and 0.8 mm. wide, oval, the outer 3 
scales densely pubescent with spreading hairs, the first scale ovate, 
1-nerved, about one third as long as the spikelet, the second and 
third scales 7-nerved, about equal in length, the fourth scale yel- 
lowish white, about 1.2 mm. long and 0.7 mm. wide. 


Collected by Dr. Geo. Vasey, at Apalachicola, Florida, in 
1892. Its relationship is with P. parvispiculum, but its more 
slender culms, smaller blades and spikelets and the glabrous mar- 
gins of the sheaths at once distinguish it. | 


Panicum patentifolium 


А tufted purplish perennial, glabrous,"with the exceptions noted 
below. Culms erect or nearly so, 2—4 dm. tall, puberulent, 
slender, finally much branched: leaves 2—4, rather distant ; sheaths 
less than one half as long as the internodes, minutely pubescent, 
especially at the apex on the margins, rather loosely embracing 
the culm ; ligule a dense ring of hairs about 0.25 mm. long ; blades 
widely spreading, firm, lanceolate, 2.5—4 cm. long, 2—4 mm. wide, 
puberulent at the very base on the upper surface, smooth on both 
sides, rough on the margins, the basal ones similar in shape and 
texture but larger : panicle at length considerably exserted, broadly 
ovate, 4-6 cm. long, its axis and spreading branches puberulent, 
the larger branches 2-3 cm. long: spikelets about 2.5 mm. long 
and 1.3 mm. wide, the first scale orbicular, clasping, purple, at 
least at the base, 1-nerved, rounded at the apex, one half as long 


i 
4 
id F 


РРА Т o T IET RI С, 


Nasu: THE DICHOTOMOUS PANICUMS 575 


as the spikelet, the second and third scales pubescent with spread- 
ing hairs, 7-nerved, the fourth scale white, a little exceeding 2 mm. 
in length, oval, minutely pubescent at the apex. 

Type collected by the writer at Eustis, Lake Co., Florida, 
March 12-31, 1894, no. 72, in dry sand in a scrub hammock. No. 
52 of the same collection also belongs here. 

Related to Р. Webberianum, but the more slender culms and 
the smaller and widely spreading blades readily separate it. 


Panicum perlongum 


A tufted pubescent perennial. Culms 2—4 dm. tall, simple, 
glabrous or sparingly pubescent, the nodes barbed, later with short 
basal culms: leaves I or 2; sheaths hirsute with long ascending 
hairs; ligule a dense ring of hairs about 0.7 mm. long; blades 
elongated, linear, erect, papillose-hispid beneath, glabrous, rough 
above, 2-3 mm. wide, the upper blade commonly 8—14 cm. long, 
occasionally shorter: panicle much exserted, generally extending 
beyond the apex of the upper leaf, 4—6 cm. long, its branches erect 
or erect-ascending, the larger ones usually 2-3 cm. long: spike- 
lets, on hispidulous pedicels, obovate, about 3.25 mm. long and 
1.5—1.75 mm. wide, the outer 3 scales with a few scattered long 
hairs, especially near the base, the first scale one quarter to one 
third as long as the spikelet, orbicular-ovate, 1-nerved, the second 
and third scales 9-nerved, about equal in length, the fourth scale 
oval, 2.5 mm. long and about 1.5 mm. wide, yellowish white, ob- 
tusely apiculate, its summit reaching the apex of the third scale. 

On prairies and dry soil, Illinois to North Dakota, south to 
Indian Territory. Туре collected in Indian Territory at Creek 
Nation, by M. A. Carlton, April 25, 1891, no. 98, and distributed 
as P. depauperatum Muhl. It differs from that species in the 
smaller pubescent obtuse spikelets with the second and third scales 
not exceeding the fourth scale. From 2. linearifolium, to which it 
is more nearly related, it is separated by its larger sparsely pubes- 
cent spikelets. 

The following specimens, distributed as P. depauperatum Muhl., 
are also referred here : 

Inuinois: June 7, 1848, S. B. Mead. 

Sourn Dakota: Custer, July 18, 1892, P. A. Rydberg, no. 
IIOO. 

Iowa: Ames, June 22, 1896, C. R. Ball, no. 145. 

Kansas: Ргаігіе, Riley Co., 1896, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 981. 


516 Nasu: THE DICHOTOMOUS Panicums 


Panicum pernervosum 


A glabrous perennial. Culms 3-5 dm. tall, finally branching : 
leaves 3 or 4 ; sheaths ciliate оп the exterior margin, the lower 
longer, the upper shorter than the internodes; ligule a dense ring 
of hairs about 0.5 mm. long ; blades erect or ascending, narrowed 
toward the base, serrulate and very rough on the margins, the 
intermediate and upper blades 5-10 cm. long, 5-9 mm. wide, 
ciliate toward the base with a few long hairs, the lower ones usu- 
ally pubescent on the lower surface, shorter and broader, ciliate for 
two thirds their length : panicle considerably exserted, 7—12 cm. 
long, its branches ascending, the larger ones 4—6 cm. long : spike- 
lets 3 mm. long and 1.8 mm. wide, broadly oval, turgid, rounded 
at the apex, the scales glabrous, the first scale broader than long, 
1-nerved, about one third as long as the spikelet, the second and 
third scales coarsely 9-nerved, the second a little shorter than the 
third, the fourth scale yellowish white, 2.5 mm. long and about 
1.6 mm. broad, obtusely and rather obscurely apiculate. 


Type collected by Elihu Hall in woods, at Houston, Texas, 
April 16, 1872, no. 830. Mr. С. C. Nealley also secured it in 
the same state in 1886. 


Panicum psammophilum 


A tufted perennial. Culms 2—4 dm. tall, appressed-hirsute 
below, puberulent above, finally much branched: leaves on the 
main culm about 4, occasionally 3 or 5 ; sheaths shorter than the 
internodes, appressed-pubescent, the basal ones with long hairs, 
the upper and those on the branches with very short hairs; ligule 
a dense ring of hairs about 1 mm. long ; blades erect or nearly so, 
thick, firm, serrulate on the margins, puberulent beneath, the 
ovate-lanceolate basal ones, and occasionally also those on the 
culm, with a few very long scattered erect hairs on the upper sur- 
face, the primary blades lanceolate, 2—5 cm. long, 275 mm. wide, 
those on the branches 2-3 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide; primary 
panicle broadly ovate, usually 2—3 cm. long, rarely larger, its axis 
and usually ascending branches puberulent : spikelets broadly ob- 
ovate, 1.3-1.5 mm. long, rarely a little larger, and 0.8-1 mm. 
wide, obtuse, the outer 3 scales densely pubescent with spreading 
hairs, the first scale usually about one third as long as the spikelet, 
sometimes a little larger, r-nerved, orbicular or broadly ovate, 
acute or obtuse, the second and third scales 9-nerved, the sec- 
ond usually a little shorter than the third, the fourth scale yel- 
]owish, 1.2—1.5 mm. long, oval. 

In sandy soil, on or near the coast, Massachusetts to New Jer- 


sey. Specimens examined : 


ee С м, ey ee Мы мш. 


Nasu: THE DICHOTOMOUS PANICUMS 577 


Massacnuserts : Martha's Vineyard, Miss Witman, July, 1890; 
Ipswich, Geo. V. Nash, Aug. 25, 1898, no. 32. 

New York: Fisher's Island, C. B. Graves, Aug. 29, 1898, 
no. 22. 

New Jersey: Wildwood, May 30 and 31, 1897, Ё. Р. Bick- 
nell ; Tom's River, July 25-31, 1898, W. N. Clute, no. 175 (type); 
Tuckerton to Atsion, July 3-6, 1899, W. N. Clute. 

Related to P. Addisoni?, but at once distinguished by its smaller 
and relatively broader spikelets. 


Panicum pseudopubescens 


A densely tufted pubescent perennial Culms usually rather 
stout at the base, 2—4 dm. tall, hirsute with ascending hairs, finally 
branched, the nodes barbed : leaves usually 3; sheaths less than 
one half as long as the internodes, densely hirsute with spreading 
hairs 1.5-2 mm. long; ligule a dense ring of hairs about 0.5 mm. 
long ; blades erect, rather firm, lanceolate, serrulate and very rough 
on the margins, 4-10 cm. long, 3-11 mm. wide, densely hispid on 
the lower surface with spreading hairs, the upper surface with a 
ring of long stout erect hairs just back of the ligule and usually 
also more or less hirsute with spreading hairs: panicle consider- 
ably exserted, broadly ovate, 5-9 cm. long, its axis glabrous or 
with a few scattered hairs below, the branches with the axils spar- 
ingly hirsute, ascending or spreading, the larger ones 2.5—5 cm. 
long: spikelets 2.25—2.5 mm. long and 1—1.2 mm. wide, obovate, 
a little pointed, the first scale usually about one third as long as 
the spikelet, 1-nerved, glabrous or sparingly pubescent, broadly 
ovate or nearly orbicular, acute or obtuse, the second and third 
scales densely pubescent with spreading hairs about 0.25 mm. long, 
commonly 9-nerved, the second a little shorter than the third, the: 
fourth scale nearly white, a little less than 2 mm. long and about 
1 mm. wide, oval. 


Туре collected at Auburn, Lee Co., Alabama, May 7, 1898, by 
Messrs. Е. S. Earle and С. Е. Baker, no. 1537. Nos. 1522, 1524, 
1526 and 1529, of this same collection, are also referred here. It 
is distinguished from any form of P. pubescens by its much larger 
spikelets, and from Р. Atlanticum by the shorter pubescence and 
stouter culms 

Panicum pubifolium 

P. latifolium var. molle Vasey, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb 3735. 

1892. Not P. molle Sw. 1788. 


578 Nasu: THE DICHOTOMOUS PANICUMS 


P. Porterianum Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22 : 420. In part. 


1895. 

A softly pubescent densely tufted perennial. Culms 3-7 dm. 
tall, pubescent with soft weak spreading hairs, those at the base 
the longer, finally branched, the nodes densely barbed with long 
hairs: leaves 3—5; sheaths shorter than the internodes, often only 
one half as long, ciliate on the margins, densely pubescent, at least 
all but the uppermost, with spreading weak usually long hairs, also 
a dense ring of short hairs at the apex ; blades spreading or ascend- 
ing, minutely serrulate and very rough on the margins, ovate- 
lanceolate to ovate, acuminate, gradually narrowed to the rounded 
cordate-clasping base, often inequilateral, pubescent on both sur- 
faces with short soft spreading hairs, the upper primary blades 7— 
1I cm. long and 2—3 cm. broad, the lower primary blades, as well 
as those on the branches, smaller: primary panicle usually but 
little exserted, sometimes included at the base, 7-11 cm. long, its 
axis, as well as the branches, densely pubescent with short soft 
spreading hairs, the branches spreading or ascending, the larger 
ones 3—4 cm. long, the secondary panicles much smaller, included 
at the base: spikelets 4-5 mm. long and about 1.6 mm. broad, 
narrowly obovate, the scales distantly inserted on the rachilla, the 
outer 3 scales strongly pubescent with long spreading hairs, the 
first scale 3-nerved, from two fifths to one half as long as the 
spikelet, obtuse or acute, the second scale I I-nerved, the third 
scale 9-nerved, the former a little shorter than the latter, the fourth 
scale yellowish, 3.5 mm. long and 1.4-1.6 mm. broad, pubescent 
at the obtusely apiculate apex. 

Usually in rocky woods, New York to Missouri, south to 
Florida and Mississippi. 

Among a large number of specimens of this grass examined, 
the following are referred to as well representing this species : 

PENNSYLVANIA: Chestnut Hill, Easton, July 1, 1887, 7. С. 
Porter (distributed as P. Walteri molle). 

District oF Согомвіл : Washington, June 9, 1894, Th. Holm, 
no. 14 (distributed as P. Zatifolium). 

ViRGINIA : Between Fall Creek and Danville, June 3, 1891, 7. 
К. Small and A. A. Heller, no. 466 (distributed as P. latifolium). 

Missouni : McDonald Co., July 24, 1893, B. Е Bush, no. 415 
(distributed as P. /azifo/ium ) ; Montier, June 30, 1894, B. F. Bush, 
no. 754 (distributed as P. Walteri). 

TENNESSEE: Knox Co., July 9, 1893, Z. H. Kearney, Jr. (dis- 


Nasu: THE DICHOTOMOUS PANICUMS 579 


tributed as P. Walteri molle) ; Knoxville, July, 1898, A. Ruth, no. 
78 (distributed as P. Porterianum). 

Сковстд : Stone Mt., Aug. 1-6, 1895, J. K. Small (distributed 
as P. Porterianum). 

Readily distinguished from /. Porterianum by the pubescent 
sheaths and the lower surface of the blades and the hirsute panicle. 


Panicum pyriforme 


A densely tufted perennial. Culms 3—4 dnt. tall, rather slender, 
glabrous, rather weak, finally much branched ; leaves usually 2, 
or sometimes 3 ; sheaths much shorter than the internodes, densely 
papillose-hirsute with reflexed hairs ; ligule a ring of hairs about 
о.з mm. long; blades thin, lax, glabrous on both surfaces, serru- 
late and very rough on the glabrous margins, long-acuminate, 
narrowed to the barely rounded base, 1—2 dm. long, 8—12 mm. 
wide, the basal ones often 2.5 dm. in length, the blades on the 
branches much shorter: panicle much exserted, ample, loose and 
open, 6-11 cm. long, its branches widely spreading, the larger ones 
4—6 cm. long: spikelets rather few, about 2.5 mm. long and 1.5 
mm. wide, broadly obovate, the first scale about one third as long 
as the spikelet, broadly triangular-ovate, 1-nerved, the second and 
third scales densely pubescent with long hairs, o-nerved, the fourth 
scale yellowish white, about 2 mm. long and r.5 mm. wide, oval, 
strongly apiculate. 

Type collected by the writer in clay soil, at Orange Bend, 
Lake Co., Florida, March 12 31, 1894, no. 239. The larger 
spikelets and glabrous blades at once distinguish this from P. laxi- 
florum, to which it is otherwise related. The following numbers of 
my collection of 1895 are also referred here : 2034, 2156, 2531а. 


Panicum strictifolium 


A tufted perennial. Culms 2.5-5 dm. tall, strongly pubescent 
toward the base with long stiff hairs, puberulent toward the summit, 
finally much branched : leaves 3 or 4 ; sheaths much shorter than 
the internodes, the lower ones densely pubescent with long stiff ap- 
pressed hairs, the upper ones more sparingly so; ligule a dense 
ring of hairs about 1 mm. long ; blades erect or nearly so, rather 
firm, narrowly lanceolate, appressed-pubescent beneath with stiff 
hairs, the upper surface often with a few scattered long hairs, the 
lower blades also with a ring of very long stiff hairs just back of 
the ligule, serrulate and rough on the margins, the primary blades 
4—7 cm. long, 3-5 mm. wide : panicle broadly ovate, 5-7 cm. long, 
its axis and spreading branches minutely pubescent, the lower 


580 Nasu: THE DICHOTOMOUS PANICUMS 


branches 2.5—3.5 cm. long : spikelets obovate, 3 mm. long and 
about 1.5 mm. wide, the first scale a little more than one half as 
long as the spikeiet, broadly ovate, clasping at the base, 3-nerved, 
sparingly pubescent, the second and third scales densely pubescent 
with rather long spreading hairs, 11-nerved, the second distinctly 
shorter than the third and the fourth, the fourth scale yellowish- 
white, oval, 2.5 mm. long and about 1.3 mm. wide. 


Collected by the writer in the high pine land at Eustis, Lake Co., 
Florida, May 35, 1894, no. 603. Most nearly related to P. mala- 
con, but distinguished by the less copious pubescence which is 
much finer and softer, and by the glabrous upper surface of the 
blades. From Z. ciliiferum it is at once separated by its narrower 
blades which are not ciliate on the margins. 


Panicum trifolium 


A much tufted perennial, glabrous, with the exceptions noted 
below. Culms slender, 2-4 dm. tall, finally a little branched : 
leaves usually 3, rarely 4, the uppermost one much above the 
middle of the culm and generally but a little below the panicle ; 
sheaths less than one half as long as the internodes, sometimes 
but one quarter as long : ligulea dense ring of hairs about 0.4 mm. 
long ; blades erect or nearly so, firm, lanceolate, often minutely 
pubescent on the lower surface, the margins thickened and carti- 
laginous, serrulate and very rough, 1.5-6 cm. long, I.5—5 mm. 
wide, the basal ones numerous, 4-6 cm. long: panicle more or less 
exserted, broadly ovate, 2.5-6 cm. long, its branches ascending, 
the larger ones 1.5-3 cm. long : spikelets 1.5 mm. long and about 
0.7 mm. wide, elliptic, the first scale nearly orbicular, glabrous, 
I-nerved, one quarter to one third as long as the spikelet, the 
second and third scales densely pubescent with short spreading 
hairs, 7-nerved, the fourth scale white, 1.3 mm. long and about 
0.6 mm. wide, obtusely and obscurely apiculate. 

In sandy soil, North Carolina to northern Florida, west to 
Mississippi. Type collected by Dr. John K. Small, inthe Ocmul- 
gee River Swamp, below Macon, Georgia, May 18-24, 1895. The 
following specimens are also referred here : 


NORTH CAROLINA : Chapel Hill, W. W. Ashe (distributed as 
Р. ensifolium), 


SOUTH CAROLINA : Aiken, 1867, H. W. Ravenel. 


FromipA: Chapman, 1890, no. 3; Apalachicola, 1892, Dr. 
Geo. Vasey. 


Nasu: THE DICHOTOMOUS PANICUMS 581 


ArLABAMA: Buckley ; Auburn, May 5, 1898, Earle and Baker, 
nos. 1534 and 15474. 

Mississipe1: S. M. Tracy, Biloxi, Aug. 1, 1894, no. 2865, 
March 28, 1898, no. 4602, April 2, 1898, no. 4612; ‘Avondale, 
April 28, 1898, no. 4610; Horn Island, June 1, 1898, no. 4613. 

Related to P. albomarginatum, but distinguished by its thinner 
blades and more slender culms, which are leafy nearly to the 
panicle. 


Delphinium Carolinianum and related Species 


Bv P. A. RYDBERG 


None of our native larkspurs has been more misunderstood 
than Delphinium Carolinanum Walt., or D. azureum Michx. This 
species is found in the southern states only, its northwestern limit 
being in Missouri. АП specimens from the western states referred 
to it belong to one of the other species described below. Any one 
who has collected specimens of so-called D. asureum in the prairie 
states or in the Southwest has found trouble in trying to harmonize 
the specimens collected with the descriptions in our manuals. 
Some years ago I came to the opinion that the D. azureum of Ne- 
braska and neighboring states was quite different from the D. 
azureum of the South. Itis only lately, however, that I have had 
occasion to give closer attention to the matter, in connection 
with a partial revision of the Ranunculaceae of Dr. Britton's Flora. 
I have come to the conclusion that 7. asureum, as treated in Gray's 
Synoptical Flora, contains about ten species. I regret that I have 
not seen mature seeds of a few of the western species, as the seeds 
afford excellent characters for determination. 

All the species treated here have a leafy stem and seeds with 
a loose cellular coat, that becomes transversely rugose squamel- 
late. The most prominent characters by which they may be dis- 
tinguished from each other are the following : 

Bractlets some distance below the calyx and below the thickened portion of the pedicel. 

Sepals deep blue ; principal segments of the leaves cuneate, cleft nearly or quite 

to the middle. I. D. geranitfolium. 

Sepals white, tinged with blue; segments cleft beyond the middle into narrow 

oblong or linear lobes. 
Spur about twice as long as the petals; sepals obovate. 


Spur straight or slightly curved. 
Lobes of the lateral petals not diverging ; lower pedicels not much 


elongated ; spur mostly horizontal. 2. D. albescens. 
Lobes of the lateral petals diverging ; lower pedicels elongated ; spur 
mostly erect. 3. D. camporum. 
Spur strongly curved upward. 4. D. Penardi. 


Spur thrice as long as the petals, slightly s-curved ; sepals oblong. 
5. D. macroseratilis. 


(589 ) 


АРГУ ИТАР T Р WT TR VORNE TO. TER wish ы А Аб ж 
d TR ES. TM NEA 


RYDBERG: DELPHINIUM CAROLINIANUM 583 


Bractlets close under the calyx on the thickened end of the pedicels. 
Sepals greenish or yellowish white; segments of the upper leaves oblong. 
6. D. virescens. 
Sepals blue or bluish ; segments of the upper leaves narrowly linear. 
Plant tall, slender, green ; bractlets narrowly linear, almost subulate. 
! Seeds strongly wing-margined, only slightly rugose-squamellate ; raceme 
simple and narrow. 7. D. Carolinianum. 
Seeds not wing-margined, strongly squamellate ; raceme often branched. 
8. D. vimineum. 
Plant low, stout, more or less canescent; bractlets linear or lanceolate. 
Sepals deep blue; pedicels ascending. 9. D. Geyeri. 
Sepals light blue or white, tinged with blue or purple ; pedicels erect. 
го. D. Wootont. 


1. Delphinium geraniifolium sp. nov. 


Stem from a deep woody perennial root, stout, 3-4 dm. high, 
finely grayish-strigose ; leaves numerous, especially at the base, 
long-petioled, grayish-strigose, mostly 5-divided to the base; di- 
visions cuneate, twice 2-3-cleft into broad oblong divisions ; 
racemes many-flowered, somewhat branched ; pedicels ascending ; 
bractlets linear, 2-4 mm. below the blue calyx; spur stout, hori- 
zontal, about one half longer than the petals, slightly curved ; 
upper petals brownish, tipped with blue; seeds unknown. 


This is evidently nearest related to D. Geyeri, but differs by the 
broad leaf segments and the form and position of the bractlets. 
Dr. Gray referred it to D. vimineum, which it resembles very little. 

Arizona: Charles Valley, 1883, 77. H. Rusby. 


2. Delphinium albescens sp. nov. 


Generally tall, 3-15 dm. high, from a woody branched root, 
finely pubescent or glabrate below, somewhat viscid above ; leaves 
rather variable, from 5 to 15 cm. in diameter, repeatedly divided into 
linear or the lower often into oblong divisions ; raceme long and 
simple, sometimes 5—6 dm. long; pedicels erect, 1-2 cm. long ; 
bractlets narrowly linear, borne 2—4 (in fruit often 6-8) mm. be- 
low the calyx ; sepals white with a blue spot and sometimes tinged 
with blue ; spur stout, about twice as long as the petals, straight 
or slightly curved, tinged with blue, generally horizontal or as- 
cending ; upper petals very oblique at the summit, tinged with yel- 
low ; the lateral ones bearded, 2-cleft, but the lobes not diverging; 
follicles cylindric, pubescent; seeds 1.5-2 mm. long, brown, 
sharply angled but not wing-margined, rather strongly squamellate. 

This species has been included in D. Carolinianum, but is easily 
distinguished by the color of the flowers, the form and position of 


the bractlets, the stouter habit, and especially by the seeds. Its 


Y is r2 


RA а TS 


584 RYDBERG: DELPHINIUM CAROLINIANUM 


distinctness from D. camporum is not so clear. The principal char- 
acter used by Prof. Greene in order to distinguish the latter from 
D. Carolinianum, viz., the erect spur, does not hold, for D. Caro- 
Птапит sometimes has ап erect spur; also D. albescens, as 
shown in Dr. Houghton’s specimens from Lake Winnipeg. 
These were included by Greene in D. camporum, but are 
very unlike the plant from Texas, New Mexico and Arizona, 
which must be taken for the type of D. camporum. Houghton's 
plant differs in no respect, except the erect spur, from the common 
Larkspur of the Prairie Region. The specimens from Arkansas 
cited below are more slender and have narrower leaf-segments than 
is usual. The following specimens of D. albescens are found in the 
herbaria of the New York Botanical Garden and Columbia Uni- 
versity. 

МАМІТОВА : Lake Winnipeg, Dr. Houghton. 

Minnesota: Hennepin Co., 1890, J. H. Sandberg ; Fort Snell- 
ing, 1889, £F. A. Mearns. 

Sourn Daxora: Scalp Creek (collector not given). 

NEBRASKA : Lincoln, 1887, 77. J. Webber (type); Crete, 1881, 
G. D. Sweezey. 

Kansas: Ft. Riley, 1892, E. E. Gayle, 484; Atchison, 1892, 
E. B. Knerr ; Riley Co., 1895, J. B. Norton, 8 ; Topeka, 1891, 
B. B. Smyth; Manhattan, 1889, W. A. Kellerman. 

CoLorapo: Ft. Collins, 1896, C. F. Baker. 

ARKANSAS: Dr. Pitcher. 

INDIAN TERRITORY : Sapulpa, 1895, B. F. Bush, rogr. 

Texas: San Antonio, 1894, 4. A. Heller, 1593. 

Missouri: Eagle Rock, 1898, B. F. Bush, 228 ; Independence, 


1894, 7. 
Пллхоіѕ: Augusta, S. B. Mead. 


3. DELPHINIUM cAMPORUM Greene, Erythea, 2: 18 3 


This species is closely related to the preceding, but is generally 
lower and stouter, with numerous basal leaves and few stem-leaves Ў 
the lower pedicels are much elongated, often 5 cm. long; the pedicels 
as a rule are strongly curved at the end, bringing the spur into 
an erect position. The flowers are similar to those of the preced- 
ing, but generally more purely white, and the lobes of the some- 


vir di^ im г n Oe ee a ааыр: Е ssi e 


AND RELATED SPECIES 585 


what longer lateral petals are more divergent. The upper petals 
are less oblique at the top. To this species, I refer the following 
specimens : 
New Mexico: Jorunda del Murto, 1851, Geo. Thurber, 201; 
Mangus Spring, 1881, Æ. H. Rusby, 5; 1852, C. Wright, 840. 
Texas: Rio Bravo del Norte, 1852, Schott. 


4. DErPHiNIUM РеХАКЮІ Huth, Helios, 10: 27. 1892 


I have seen no specimens of this species and from the descrip- 
tion one would come to the conclusion that it is simply a form of 
D. albescens, the curved spur notwithstanding. We have seeds, 
however, received from M. E. Autran of the Boissier Herbarium, 
and these are very unlike those of D. albescens. They are large, 
black, very irregular, and only slightly squamellate ; in fact, they 
are almost identical with those of D. Geyeri. The upper petals are 
also described and figured as being toothed at the apex, a condi- 
tion I have never seen in D. albescens. 


5. Delphinium macroseratilis sp. nov. 


Stem slender, about 3 dm. high, finely grayish-pubescent ; 
leaves divided to the base into 3-5 segments, these again 2—3- 
cleft; raceme simple, strict, many-flowered ; pedicels erect, about 
1 cm. long; bractlets 2-4 mm. below the calyx, linear; sepals 
white, the lower ones with a bluish spot, oblong, more than twice 
as long as the upper petals ; spur about three times as long as the 
upper petals, tinged with bluish, slightly s-curved ; upper petals 
very oblique and pointed at the summit; lateral ones much longer, 
2-cleft and bearded ; fruit and seeds unknown. 


This is also closely related to D. albescens, differing in floral 
characters and the fewer segments of the leaves. Further study 
of the species is needed, especially as seeds are lacking. 

Texas: Tom Greene Co., 1879, Frank Tweedy. 


6. DELPHINIUM VIRESCENS Nutt. Gen. 2: 14. 1818 


There is only a fragmentary specimen in the Torrey Herbarium, 
but this is enough to show that it is quite distinct from D. Caro- 
linianum. Not only is the corolla of a different color, but it is 
much larger and the spur is strongly hooked at the end. The 
plant is much stouter than D. Carolinianum, stouter even than any 


586 RYDBERG: DELPHINIUM CAROLINIANUM 


of the species given below. As the seeds are not known, the 
species may not belong to the group with squamellate seeds, 


7. DELPUINIUM CanoLINIANUM Walt. Car. 155. 1788 


D. azureum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 314. 1803. 


D. Carolinianum is confined to the South, ranging from North 
Carolina, or perhaps Virginia, to Missouri and south to Florida, 
Lousiana and Arkansas. It is characterized by the slender habit, 
the small deep blue flowers, the long straight narrow raceme, the 
slender and slightly curved and usually horizontal spur.* The 
seeds are quite different from those of the related species, being 
smaller, only 1.5 mm. long, with broad wing-margins on the 
angles and only slightly squamellate on the sides. The following 
specimens are in the herbaria of the New York Botanical Garden 
and Columbia University. 

GEORGIA: Augusta, 1888, G. McCarthy; Flint River at Al- 
bany, 1895, John K. Small. 

FLORIDA : Jackson Co. (collector not given); A. W. Chapman 
(locality not given); West Florida, Chapman. 

ALABAMA : Buckley (locality not given); Milstead, 1896, L. AM. 
Underwood ; Auburn, 1897, Earle & Baker. 

MississiPPr : Agency, 1897, S. M. Tracy. 

Missouri: Swan, 1898, B. F. Bush, 188. 

ARKANSAS: Nuttall, 


8. DELPHINIUM VIMINEUM Don; Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. ser. 2, pl. 
374 


The flowers are similar to the preceding, but the plant is taller, 
often over a meter high, with slender lax branches. The most 
striking difference, however, is found in the seeds. These are 
scarcely angled at all, but with exceedingly strong transverse 
lamellae and over 2 mm. long. It is a species confined to the 
Gulf Region. 

Texas : Drummond. 

Louisiana: Alexandria, and Red River, Hale. 


* The specimens from Missouri cited here have almost erect spurs, 


AND RELATED SPECIES 587 


9. DELPHINIUM GEYERI Greene, Erythea, 2: 189 


This species is characterized by the strigose-canescent pubes- 
cence, the ascending instead of erect pedicels, the large blue flow- 
ers, the rather large bractlets, which often are half as long as the 
sepals and borne close under them. The species would not be 
placed in this group if it did not have squamellate seeds. These 
are, however, only finely so, rather large, about 3 mm. long, 
black, irregularly angled, but not wing-margined. The following 
specimens are in our herbaria : 

Wyominc: Cheyenne, 1872, Æ. L. Greene; Laramie River, 
1894, Aven Nelson, 400. 

СогокАро: Fort Collins, 1896, C. F. Baker. 


10. Delphinium Wootoni sp. nov. 


Perennial from a deep woody root, 1.5-2 dm. high, finely 
grayish-strigose ; basal leaves rather numerous, grayish-strigulose, 
rather firm, 3—5-cleft to the base, the divisions cuneate in outline, 
cleft beyond the middle into oblong or linear acute leaves ; stem- 
leaves similar, very few ; raceme short, rather few-flowered ; ped- 
icels erect, 1-2 cm. long; bractlets linear, close under the calyx, 
the latter light blue or white and tinged with blue or purple: 
petals white, the upper ones tinged with yellow ; seeds unknown. 

This is closely related to D. albescens, but the position of the 
bractlets, the grayish pubescence, the low stout habit and the firm 
leaves with broad segments indicate some relationship with 2, 
Geyeri. In this, as in several other species, mature sceds are a de- 
sideratum. : 

New Mexico: Organ Mountains, 1893, Æ. О. Wooton (type). 

Arizona: Ft. Huachuca, T. Ё. Wilcox. 


я А X. 2 Лее 29 ee NE 
"T 
^ D 
" 


New and interesting Plants from western North America.— VII 


Bv A. A. HELLER 


Veratrum caudatum 


Stems tall, 2—2.5 meters high, leafy, clothed with short woolly 
hairs : leaves glabrous, except the margins, which are slightly cili- 
ate, those on the lowerthird of the stem elliptical or elliptical-lanceo- 
late, 3-4 dm. long, 1.5-2 dm. wide; those on the middle and 
upper portion of the stem lanceolate, gradually decreasing in size : 
inflorescence 4 dm. ог more in length, branched below, the main 
rachis prolonged into a tail-ike extension 2 dm. or more in 
length : floral bracts lanceolate, acuminate, about half the length 
of the perianth : perianth short-pedicelled, 1.5 cm. long, white, the 
green base pubescent, the divisions lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 
only 2-3 mm. wide, slightly toothed, especially near the slender 
apex. 


Our no. 4013, collected in wet meadows at Montesano, Che- 


-halis county, Washington, July 6, 1898, at an elevation of about 


50 feet. The type specimen is in my private herbarium, 

This species is remarkable for the caudate upper portion of the 
inflorescence, no other species known to me approaching it in this 
respect. The divisions of the perianth are also unusually narrow. 
The plants are gregarious in habit, a dozen or two of them usually 
growing in proximity. 


Verbena MacDougalii 


Perennial, gray pubescent throughout: stems stout, simple, 
obtusely four-angled, the angles light colored, leafy throughout, 
4 dm. high: leaves oblong-lanceolate, on short stout petioles, 
thickish, prominently veined, velvety to the touch, the margins 
scabrous, irregularly incised-serrate, 7-9 cm. long : spikes solitary 
or sometimes several on pedicels 3 cm. long, dense while in 
flower, rather stout, the flowering portion 6 cm. long, but prob- 
ably elongating in fruit: fruits scattered on the older lower por- 
tion of the spike : bracts slender, lanceolate, acuminately prolonged, 
5 mm. long, one third longer than the calyx : flowers small, lilac- 
purple. 

Dr. D. T. MacDougal's no. 249, collected July 8, 1898, “in 
moist soil in valley near Flagstaff, Arizona." The type specimen 


(588) 


= ere ч "ADS INE: & v1 e S AMAA! T p. wA» 175-7 
Ре k а "nS UT ен н зно Ми 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 589 


is deposited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 

The southwestern representative of V. stricta. It is less pubes- 
cent than that species, has a narrower leaf, the flowering spike is 
less compact in age, the flower is smaller and lighter colored, and 
the bracts are much longer. It also occurs near Santa Fé, New 
Mexico, growing in meadows along Santa Fé creek. 


SrAcHYs PUBENS (A. Gray) Heller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 


582. 1898 
Stachys ciliata var. pubens А. Gray Syn. Fl. №. A. 2! : 388. 
1878. 
Stachys palustris Linn. var. Torr., U. S. Explor. Exped. 17: 
408. 


This is a species quite distinct from S. ciata, and apparently 
not well understood. The type was collected by Dr. Holmes 
on the Fraser river. Like most specimens from the older collec- 
tors, it is imperfect, showing only the upper half or third of what 
was evidently a tall, stout plant. The prominent angles are cov- 
ered with retrorse, prickle-like hairs, the leaves are thick, densely ' 
pubescent with soft-pilose hairs, and have short stout petioles. 
The calyx is very hirsute, its lobes ending in а long spine-like 
tip. The flowers are more slender, and a trifle smaller than those 
of S. citata. | 

In the herbarium of Columbia University is a second sheet, 
also referred by Torrey to “ Stachys palustris Linn. var." The 
label bears the legend ** Gray's Harbor & S. to California." On 
the sheet are two plants, one of which is undoubtedly S. ciliata, 
and I take it to be the plant collected at “ Gray's Harbor," for 
S. ciliata is abundant thereabouts. The other one probably goes 
with the “ & S. to California." It is close to S. pubens, and may 
be the plant Gray had in mind when he mentioned S. deri in 
connection with his S. citata var. pubens. 

ЅТАСНҮЅ ciLIATA Dougl.; Benth. Lab. Gen. et Sp. 539. 1834 

Our no. 3960, collected at Montesano, Chehalis county, Wash- 
ington, June 27, 1898, should be referred to this species, and not 
to S. pubens, under which name it was distributed. These specimens 
seem to be pretty typical, although a little more pubescent than 
typical material in the herbarium of Columbia University. This 


590 HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 


Columbia specimen was presumably collected by Douglas, as it 
was received from Hooker, and is labelled “ Stachys ciliata—F\. 
Bor. Am." The Scouler specimen, no. 196, represented in the 
Columbia herbarium, is unlike any other specimen that I have 
seen, but it was taken from a deformed plant, which may account 
for the smaller and smoother calyx. Scouler’s specimens are also 
cited as part of the type. 
STACHYS EMERSONI Piper, Erythea, 6: 31. 1898 


Our 3902, collected at Montesano, Chehalis county, Wash- 
ington, during June, 1898, and distributed as .S. ciliata, is the re- 
cently described S. Zimersoni. When the determination was made 
I had not seen any specimens of Piper’s species, and was misled 
by the imperfect specimen of Scouler, mentioned above. S. Emer- 
sont is apparently common in that part of Washington adjacent to 
Gray’s Harbor, growing equally well in rich, shaded ground 
along streams, and in higher and drier places. A favorite place 
of growth about Montesano, was along fences and even in gardens 


‚ апа yards. 
Stachys Cooleyae 


Height of plant unknown, but probably several decimeters : 
stem sparingly retrorsely barbed below the inflorescence, the part 
occupied by the inflorescence puberulent or glandular-hairy : leaves 
distant, ovate-lanceolate, or the uppermost lanceolate, thin, light 
green, crenate-serrate, shortly acuminate, clothed on both sides 
with short appressed hairs which are not especially noticeable to 
the naked eye, those below the inflorescence 12-15 cm. long, 4-6 
cm. wide, with rounded or cordate base, and slender, scarcely mar- 
gined petioles 1—2 cm. long; floral leaves lanceolate, merely ser- 
rate, sessile, much reduced, but never shorter than the calyx: 
verticils remote, showing but slight tendency to approximation at 
the summit, normally six-flowered: calyx purplish, about 1 cm. 
long, moderately pubescent with spreading white hairs, the spread- 
ing lobes slightly over 2 mm. in length, lanceolate, tipped with a 
slender cusp: corolla pubescent, rose-purple, 2.5 cm. long, its tube 
twice the length of the calyx, lower lip broad and rounded, not 
longer than the upper one. 


The type, preserved in the herbarium of Columbia University, 
was collected by Grace E. Cooley, at Nanimo, Vancouver Island, 
British Columbia, July 18, 1891. It was distributed as Stachys 
ciliata var. pubens, but differs from S. pudens by being less pubes- 


М Эа ы a ПИЕРО мыла 0 ы 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NogTrTH AMERICA 591 


cent, has much thinner, larger leaves, on longer and more slender 
petioles; the inflorescence is less compact, the calyx is broader 
with broader and shorter spreading lobes, and the flower has a 
much broader tube and equal lips. It is closer to S. ciliata, but 
is distinguished by the thin, light green foliage, spreading calyx, 
and shorter, equally lobed corolla. 


Pentstemon Arizonicus 

Slender, erect, 1.5-2 dm. high, with several usually prostrate, 
short branches at base, these leaf-bearing only: leaves opposite, 
coriaceous, glabrous, dull green, those of the short prostrate 
branches oval, obtuse, finely crenate or merely undulate, 1—3 cm. 
long, 5 mm. to I cm. wide, tapering into a winged petiole ; leaves 
of the erect stem in about five pairs, the lowest oblanceolate, peti- 
oled, finely crenate, about 2 cm. long, 5—7 mm. wide ; those on 
the middle portion of the stem ovate-lanceolate, sessile at the 
broad base, thence gradually narrowing to the acute apex, a little 
over 3 cm. long, nearly 1 cm. wide at the base, entire, as are the 
upper shorter ones, which are lanceolate, acuminate : inflorescence 
appearing as if secund, lax, scattered over the upper half of the 
stem : peduncles and pedicels very slender, the former I cm. or 
more in length, nearly smooth, the latter about 5 mm. long, pubes- 
cent with slightly kinky hairs: calyx almost 1 cm. long, as long 
as the corolla-tube, pubescent and somewhat glandular, the lobes 
lanceolate, long-acuminate, slightly scarious near the base, ciliate : 
corolla apparently purplish, nearly 3 cm. long, minutely puberu- 
lent, abruptly dilated above the calyx: sterile filament glabrous, 
not enlarged above ; anther sacs divergent. 


Collected by Dr. D. T. MacDougal in shaded places on the 
inner slopes of the crater of San Francisco Mountain, near Flag- 
staff, Arizona, August 8, 1898. The type specimen is deposited 
in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 


Erigeron MacDougalii 


Appressed pubescent, perennial by decumbent rooting stems 
or stolons: stems slender, weak, curved, seldom or never branch- 
ing; leaves entire, the basal ones spatulate, obtuse, 2 cm. long, 
more than half of which length is petiole; stem leaves scattered, 
linear or the lower ones linear-spatulate, acute or acutish, about 5 
mm. long, I mm. wide: peduncles scapose, or very rarely borne 
on a branch, pubescent above, 5 cm. long; heads 1.5 cm. broad, 
5 mm. high; involucre hemispheric, its bracts narrow, pubescent, 
somewhat scarious-margined, tipped with a brown point: rays 
numerous, purplish : pappus double. 


- "PCT 
РЕ МУЫ 


Жш дА 
СУТ 


592 HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 


Dr. D. Т. MacDougal's no. 390, collected on “ dry inner 
slopes of crater of San Francisco mountain,” near Flagstaff, 
Arizona. The type specimen is deposited in the herbarium of the 
New York Botanical Garden. 

A species related to Æ. flagellaris, but differing in its weaker, 
more prostrate, simple, downcurved stems, scape-like peduncles, 
minute leaves, and more pubescent involucre. It is very unlike 
typical Æ. flagellaris in habit. 


Senecio MacDougalii 


Perennial, stems rather slender, 4 dm. high, corymbosely 
branched from near the base, glabrous, leafy throughout: leaves 
2-pinnatifid, 2—4 cm. long, the lower slightly petioled, the others 
sessile, the segments oblong, acute, 1 cm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, the 
lower ones lobed, the upper ones usually entire; rachis broad for 
the size of the leaf: heads numerous in corymbs, slender-pedun- 
cled, about 3 mm. broad and 7 mm. high: involucre 5 mm. high, 
the lobes linear-lanceolate, strongly costate, somewhat spreading, 
tipped with a brown ciliate point ; rasys bright yellow, about 2 
mm. broad: achenes glabrous: pappu white. 


Dr. D. T. MacDougal's no. 342, collected near Flagstaff, 
Arizona, July 25, 1898. The type specimen is deposited in the 
herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 

This species is related to S. eremophilus, but is smaller in every 
way. One difference which strikes the eye at once is the smaller, 
narrower heads. The leaves are also shorter. It was found 
" growing in clumps in remains of decayed pine trunks." Profes- 
sor E. O. Wooton has collected specimens of this species in south- 
eastern New Mexico. 


THE GENUS PETALOSTEMON 

In April, 1896, the writer published a paper in the BULLETIN 
entitled “ Notes on AwAzzstera." In its inception, the idea was to 
keep separate under the generic name Kuhnistera, the Atlantic sea- 
board and Gulf coast plant long known as Petalostemon corymbosus, 
it being the type of Kuhnistera. Finally, though somewhat un- 
willingly, he was led to adopt the single genus theory, and in- 
cluded all of the species under Kuhnistera, Although there are 
several species of Petalostemon which have rather long calyx-lobes 
or broad floral bracts, they are so utterly unlike the peculiar plant 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 598 


of the southeastern part of the United States, which at first sight 
is often mistaken for a composite, that the two genera should not 
be united. Having described several species as Kuhnistera Y now 
desire to transfer them to Letalostemon, where they properly be- 
long. 
Petalostemon Gattingeri 

Kuhnistera Gattingeri Heller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23; 121. 

1896. 
Petalostemon pulcherrinum 

Kuhnistera pulcherrima Heller, Cont. Herb. F. & M. Coll. 1: 

50, pl. 2. 1895. 
Petalostemon tenue (Coult.) 

Petalostemon violaceus var. tenuis Coult. Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 
T1: 44. 1990. 

Kuhnistera tenuis Heller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 124. 
1896. 

Petalostemon microphyllum (T. & G.) 

Petalostemon phleoides var. microphyllum T. & С. ELN ASI: 
310.. 1838. 

Kuhnistera microphylla Heller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23 : 122. 
1896. 


BEDFORD PARK, New York CITY. 


T тора” РИИ 
үе c. тар 
+ к 


| A new Genus of Powdery Mildews—Erysiphopsis 


By Byron D. HAISTED. 


While at a meeting of the A. A. A. S., held in Madison, Wis., 
in August, 1893, and upon one of the delightful botanical excur- 
sions of the week the writer, in company with Prof. S. M. Tracy, 
found a mildew upon a Parnassia in considerable abundance. It 
has characteristics that do not admit it to any of the existing 
genera and as it approaches the Ærysiphe more than any other, the 
next nearest being PAy//actinia the name of Erysiphopsis, that is, 
like or similar to Erysiphe is offered. 


Erysiphopsis gen. nov. 


Appendages rigid, brittle, usually nearly straight and frequently 
slightly swollen at the tip. 


Erysiphopsis Parnassiae 


Amphigenous, but most abundant upon the upper surface; 
hyphae inconspicuous.  Perithecia widely scattered, almost black, 
60-110 y» in diameter with reticulations coarse and distinct : ap- 
pendages 8—15, about то y in diameter at base and varying greatly 
in length—the shorter, 25—50 у, being straight and brown through- 
out with the tips rounded and often distinctly swollen—while the 
longer are 2—5-septate, somewhat bent, the upper cell being pale 
brown and without distinctly swollen tips: asci 4—5, oval, pedi- 
cillate, 25-30 by 40-45 #; sporidia oval, usually 4 (4—5), 6-8 by 
12-16 p. 

On leaves of Parnassia Caroliniana Michx., Madison, Wis. 

The key of the genera given below modified from that ar- 
ranged by Dr. Burrill in his “ Erysipheae "* will help to show the 
position taken by the new genus. 


I. Appendages consisting of simple threads similar to the mycelium and often inter- 
woven with it. 
I. Perithecia containing only one ascus. Sphaerotheca. 
2. Perithecia containing several asci. Erysiphe. 
II. Appendages dissimilar to and free from the mycelium. 
A. Appendages simple—not usually forked at the tip. 
3. Appendages coiled at the tip. Uncinula, 


* Parasitic Fungi of Illinois, Bull. Nat. Hist., 1887. 
(594) 


SS. т.т B 
чүт 


HarsrED: А NEW GENUS OF PowpEeRy MILDEWS 595 


4. Appendages needle-shaped, abruptly swollen at base. Phyllactinia. 

5. Appendages not coiled or needle-shaped. Erysiphopsis. 
B. Appendages dichotomously forked at the tip. 

6. Perithecia containing only one ascus. Podosphaera. 

7. Perithecia containing several asci. Microsphaera. 


It is not in the same group with Erysiphe and is closely asso- 
ciated with Uncinula and Phyllactinia. 

The Saxifragraceae, to which the Parnassia belongs, do not 
abound in mildews and in the United States, they furnish a host for 
only one species of Erysiphe and two for a Phyllactinia. Thus 
Heuchera Americana L., is a host for Erysiphe communis (Wallr.) 
and Heuchera parvifolia Nutt., and Philadelphus Lewisii Pursh, 
are recorded as bearing Phyllactinia suffulta (Reb.). From the 
standpoint of hosts it is therefore seen that the new species is asso- 
cited with the Erysiphe and Phyllactinia. 

I am under many obligations to Professor Burrill for his kindness 
in examining the Parnassia mildew, and the suggestions that he 
has made upon its peculiarities and affinities. 

The same fungus has been collected by several others. Dr. 
Harper, of Madison, Wis., in his reply to my query concerning 
the identity of the host, stated that he found the mildew at Wau- 
kegan, Ill., during the same year it was taken at Madison. Mr. 
F. L. Stevens, a former student of mine and now of the University 
of Chicago, found the same in considerable quantity near Syra- 
cuse, N. Y., and elsewhere. The species is probably not rare ; but 
one not easily seen, because of the evanescent mycelium and the 
peculiar glabrous Parnassia leaves, as well as the inobtrusive habit 
of the host. 


po woe 


deut tar ETT 5 


The Habitats of the Pellaeas 
By E. J. Нил. 


While botanizing the present season along the Desplaines river 
and some of its tributaries between Lemont and Joliet, Ill., the 
habits of the cliff-brakes became a subject of special interest. 
Pellaea atropurpurea occurs quite abundantly on ledges of limestone 
bordering the flood plain of the river as well as on those by some 
of the smaller streams which have eroded their beds deep into the 
strata as they approach the gorge of the river. Numerous quarries 
are worked all along the river. The layers of rock are quite hori- 
zontal, and above the level of the flood-plain run back into the low 
hills and are heavily covered with drift. This has been removed 
in places to some distance back for the purpose of uncovering the 
stone, but as the ground rises the superincumbent earth becomes 
too deep to be taken off with profit, and the quarry is abandoned, 
Cliff-like, vertical walls are thereby left similar to those which have 
been made by natural agencies. The wall face thus exposed may 
have even a greater vertical height than those naturally formed. 
Some have evidently been left untouched by the quarrymen for 
many years. But no Гоага was seen on any of these artificially 
made exposures, though various mosses and other forms of vege- 
tation were well established. The fern, wherever found, grew 
upon rocks weathered to a dark gray, and with an exposure doubt- 
less of many centuries’ duration, or dating back to the time when 
a glacier carved out the rock bed of the river, its face only chang- 
ing by the slow process of disintegration. In one locality the 
evidence was particularly strong. An island of rock had been left 
in the midst of the valley by the passage of the glacier around on 
either side, and on the old gray rock at the top of the ridge the 
fern was growing in plenty, but had not wandered down to a subse- 
quently exposed rock-face made by quarrying below. This is not 
because the rock recently uncovered does not furnish cavities ог 
shelves on which plants can readily grow, for the layers are rela- 
tively thin usually, from the thickness of flagstones to dimension 
stone two or three feet in depth, and crevices occur plentifully 


( 596 ) 


ee eae QUAERE T o tT TES 


eae a О КИ 


Hitt: Tue HABITATS OF THE PELLAEAS 597 


along the planes of joining. Besides the cliff-brake requires only 
a slight depression on which to grow. Tiny bunches of young 
plants, and fronds fruiting when less than an inch high, may be 
detected on the rocks. The plants wedge their roots into crevices 
so narrow that it is often difficult to get the bunch out intact. It 
is not easy to account for this preference of the fern for the old 
weathered surface. There is noticeable, however, a marked differ- 
ence in the color of the recently exposed stone and that long sub- 
jected to weathering. Some chemical change is produced by at- 
mospheric agencies, for the freshly exposed surfaces are soon 
stained with yellow or drab due to the presence of iron-oxide. 
This color is not seen on surfaces long exposed. The absence of 
the Pellaca may not be due to the presence of certain metallic in- 
gredients in excess, but they suggest a possible or partial 
éause of it. I am able to state in addition that similar condi- 
tions have also existed in other localities where I have collected 
this fern, as witnessed by data on the herbarium labels. These 
were limestone cliffs in Kankakee county, Ill., they being formed 
in the same Niagara limestone as that along the Desplaines, 
the lower magnesian limestones along Root River, Preston, Minn., 
and the sandstone cliffs by Lake Mendota, Madison, Wis. I have 
seen the fern in other places, but no memoranda of its habitat be- 
ing made at the time, I cannot speak with accuracy, but am im- 
pressed with the recollection that the exposures were very old. 
Most authorities that mention the kind of rock on which the cliff- 
break grows give limestone, but sandstone or other habitats are 
also mentioned. 

Another feature in the behavoir of Ped/aea atropurpurea is its 
aversion to shade. In the localities along the Desplaines it is 
mostly found in quite bright sunlight and on rock faces exposed 
in such a way as to be not only dry but very warm. Wherever 
the ledges were shaded but a little by trees the Ге аға ceased to 
grow. Some streams entering the river were examined. One had 
cut a deep gorge in the limestone below Lockport, and there were 
numerous exposures of the gray-weathered stone. But the fern 
was only seen in one place where a sharp bend in the stream, with 
the comparative absence of trees to shade it, gave the cliff a full 
exposure to the south. Another stream had made its way down 


ы Lex о ЖЕЗ, АР TT 
E 
ч 


Я 


598 Hitt: Tue HABITATS OF THE PELLAEAS 


to the river valley and formed a little waterfall where it emerged 
from the layers of rock. The projecting faces which flanked the 
basin below the fall were fully exposed to the sunlight and were 
well stocked with the plant. Above the fall was a little rocky 
glen, in dark shade, moist and covered with various kinds of moss 
and other shade-loving plants. Here the smaller cliff-brake, Peaca 
Stelleri, found a congenial home, interspersed with Cystopteris bul- 
bifera, Marchantia polymorpha and another Liverwort, Asterella 
hemispherica. It is a fern of quite different habit, showing its pref- 
erence for rocks, but needing shade and moisture, as well as moss 
or decaying vegetable and rock-matter, in which its slender, hori- 
zontal rootstocks can run. It is the second locality in which I 
have met with this cliff-brake in Illinois, the other being a similar 
ravine or rock-cutting made by a brook entering the Kankakee 
river below the city of Kankakee. I have no information of its 
presence elsewhere in the state. Both stations are quite far south 


for it, and it must be here well- nigh the southern limits of its range. 
CHICAGO, ILI, 


_ За АРТ а бй v-— rescue LA cM ue o ы deir 
e T 


Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany 


Bartholomew, E. The Kansas Uredineae. Proc. Kansas Acad. 
Sci. 16: 168-196. 1899. | 


List of 154 species with hosts, host index and copious notes on distribution. 

Bicknell, E. P. Studies in Sisyrinchium—V. ‘Two new eastern 
species. 
Sisyrinchium arenicola and S. intermedium. 

Biffen, В. Н. A Fat-destroying Fungus. Ann. Bot. 13: 363- 
376. pl. 19. S. 1899. 

Bogue, E. E. Botanizing in Oklahoma. Asa Gray Bull. 7: 91- 
93. О. 1899. 

Boodle, L. A. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Ophioglos- 
seae. Ann. Bot. 13: 377-394. //. 20. S. 1899. 

Borge, O. Ueber tropische und sub-tropische Süsswasser-chloro- 
phyceen.  Bihang К. Sv. Vet. -Akad. Handl. 24": 1-33. 2/ 1, 2. 
1899. 


New species in Oedogonium, Pleurotaenium, Xanthidium Cosmarium, Euastrum, 
fo) , , , , 
and Staurastrum from South America and the West Indies. 


Carleton, M. A. Cereal Rusts of the United States: А physiolog- 
ical Investigation. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Div. Veg. Path.) 16: 
1-73. pl. 1-4. 27 5. 1899. 

Celakousky, L. J. Ueber achtzihlige Cyklen pentamer veranlagter 
Blüthen. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 33: 368-416. //. 4. 1899. 


Chesnut, V. K. Preliminary Catalogue of Plants Poisonous to 
Stock. Ann. Rep. Bureau Animal Ind.for 1898: 387-420. po 
38-69. 1899. 

Clements, F. E. Contributions to the Histogenesis of the Cary- 
ophyllales I. Trans. Am. Microscop. Soc. 20: 97-160. pl. 8-25. 


1899. 


Discusses histology of species of Dianthus, Silene, Portulaca, Allionia, Amarantus, 
Beta, Chenopodium and Phytolacca. 


Clute, W. М. Dryopteris simulata in New York State. Fern Bull. 
7: 91, 92. О. 1899. 

Coulter, J. M. Plant Relations, a first Book of Botany. 12mo. 
i-x, 1-264. f. 1-206. New York. 1899. 

Cook, О. F. Four Categories of Species. Am. Nat. 33: 287-297. 


Ap. 1899. 
р 99 (599) 


- — 


600 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Cook, О. F. On biological Text-books and Teachers. Science, II. 
9: 541-545. 14 Ap. 1899. 

Cook, O. F. Stability in generic Nomenclature. Science, II. 8: 
186-190. 12 Au. 1898. 


Cook, О. F. The Method of Types. Science, II. 8: 513-516. 14 
О. 1898. 

Davenport, G. E. Lycopodium alopecuroides. Fern Bull. 2 97, 
O. 1899. 


Eaton, A. A. The genus Æguisetum with reference to the North 
American Species. Fourth Paper. Fern Bull. 7: 85-88. O. 1899. 


Ferriss, J. H. The Tennessee Locality for the Hart's-tongue Fern 
Fern Bull. 7: 98, 99. О. 1899. 


Fritsch, К. Ueber einige während der ersten Regnell'schen Expedi- 
tiongesamelte Gamopetalen. Bihang К. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 24*: 
1-28. ^. 1898. 

New species in Scoparia, Drymonia and Ruellia. 

G[rout], A.J. Key to the Mniums of Northeastern North America. 

Fern Bull. 7: 105-107. О. 1899. 


Groom, P. On the Fusion of Nuclei among Plants: A Hypothesis. 
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 21: r32-144. 1899. 


Ganong, W. F. The Teaching Botanist. remo. i-xi, 1-270. 
f. 1-29. New York, 1899. 


Hill R. T. Notes on the Forest Conditions of Porto Rico. Bull. 
U. S. Depart. Agric. (Div. Forestry), 25: 1—48. pl. 1-8. 1899. 


Harshberger, J. W.  Thermotropic movement of the Leaves of 
Rhododendron maximum L. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1899: 
219—224. 1899. 

Holzinger, fJ. M. Some additional Notes on the Methods of micro- 
scopic Examination of Mosses. Fern Bull. 7: 107-109. О. 1899. 


Holm, T. Studies in the Cyperaceae. —X., XI. Am. Jour. Sci.—7: 
435-450. f. 1-14. Је. 1899; 8: 105-110. f. r-7. Au. 1899. 
Anatomy of Fimbristylis and abnormal development of Carex stipata. 

Hitchcock, A. S. List of Plants in my Florida Herbarium. Trans. 
Kansas Acad. Sci. 16: 108—157. 1899. 

Listof 1,256 species. 

Jaderholm, E. Anatomiska Studier öfver Sydamerikanska Peperomier. 

8vo. 1-97. pl. I,2. Upsala. 1898. 


үр у ae cv "y (deo MW Ts MPO V „а id EL S ade CL QUEM А 


" 


INbEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 601 


Kellerman, W. A. Distribution of the Rue Spleenwort in Ohio. 
Fern Bull. 7: 96. О. 1899. 

Knowlton, Е. Н. Fossil Flora of the Yellowstone National Park. 
Monog. U. S. Geol. Surv. 32: 651—791. pl. 77-121. 1899. 
Describes 82 new species. 

Kuntze, О. The Advantages of 1737asa Starting Point of Botanical 
Nomenclature. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 488—492. 22 S. 1899. 


Luther, A. Ueber Chlorosaccus, eine neue Gattung der Siisswasser- 
algen, nebst einigen Bemerkungen zur Systematik verwandter Algen. 
Bihang K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 24°: 1-22. Øl. 1899. 
Chlorosaccus fluidus n. gen. et sp. 

Leisering, B. Ueber die Korkbildung bei den Chenopodiaceen. 
Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 17: 243-255. fl. 20. 27 Au. 1899. 


Lindman, C. A. M. Leguminosae Austro-Americanae ex itinere 
Regnelliano primo. Bihang К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 24' : 1-60. 
f. 1-13. 1898. 

New species in Camptosema, Phaseolus, Machaerium, Conbiandia, Bauhinia, Mi- 
mosa and Pithecolobium. 


MacBride, T. H. The North American Slime Moulds. 8уо. i- 
xviii, 1-231. fl 1-18. New York. 1899. 

Macoun, J. M. Contributions to Canadian Botany. Part XIII. 
Ottawa Nat. 13: 158-169. О. 1899. 


Malme, G. О. Ex herbario Regnelliano. Adjumenta ad floram 
Phanerogamicam Brasiliae terrarumque adjacentium cognoscendam, 
II. Apocynaceae. Bihang К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 24": 1-37. 
pl. 1—3. 1899. 

New species in Afidosperma, Rauwolfia, Г "restonia and Haemadictyon. 

Malme, G. O. Xyridaceae Brasilienses precipue Goyazenses a Gla- 
ziou lectae. Bihang К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 24°: 1-20. ^7. 1898. 


Malme, G. О. Ex herbario Regnelliano. Adjumenta ad floram 
phanerogamicam Braziliae terrarumque adjacentum cognoscendam, I. 
Bihang К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 24°: 1-30. 1898. 

Maxon, W. R. Some Variations in the Adder's-tongue. Fern 
Bull. 7: go, от. О. 1899. 

Meehan, T. Asclepias tuberosa. | Meehan's Month. 9: 145, 146. 
pl. то. О. 1899. 

Meehan, T. Bidens connata. Meehan’s Month. 9: 97, 98. М7. 
Jl. 1899. 


602 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Meehan, T. Solidago stricta. Meehan’s Month. 9: 113, 114. pl. 8. 
Au. 1899. 

Mottier, D. M. The Effect of centrifugal Force upon the Cell. 
Ann. Bot. 13: 325-362. 2/. 18. S. 1899. 

Miller, G. S., Jr. The Dogbanes of the District of Columbia. Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Washington, 13: 79-90. A. 2. 28S. 1898. 

A. speciosum, A. urceolifer and А. nemorale, new species. 

Nelson, A. New Plants from Wyoming.—X. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 
26: 480-487. 22 S. 1899. 

New species and varieties in Potentilla, Castilleja, Oonopsis, Petradoria, Tetradymia, 

Senecio, Tanacetum, Artemisia, Malacothrix, Lactuca and Crepis. 

Norton, J. B. S. A Bibliography of Literature relating to the effects 
of Wind on Plants. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 16: 103-105. 
1899. 

Palmer, W.  Ferns of the Dismal Swamp, Virginia. Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Washington, 13: 61-70. A. г. 28 S. 1899. 

Dryopteris Goldieana celsa var. nov. 

Pilger, R. Gramineae Lehmannianae et Stubelianae Austro-Ameri- 
canae additis quibusdam ab aliis collectoribus ibi collectis deter- 
minatae et descriptae. Engler. Bot. Jahrb. 27: 17-36. 7 Ap. 1899. 


Pinchot, G. A Primer of Forestry. Part I.—The Forest. Bull. U. 
5. Dept. Agric. (Div. Forestry), 24: 1-88. pl. 1-47. f. I-83. 
1899. 

Pollard, C. L. Notes on some South Florida Ferns. Fern Bull. 9: 
88-90. О. 1899. 

Richards, Н. M. Тһе Effect of chemical Irritation on the economic 
Coefficient of Sugar. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 463-473. 22 8. 
1899. 

Robertson, R. A. On abnormal Conjugation in Spirogyra. Trans. 
Bot. Soc. Edinb. 21: 185-191. 21 1899. 

Rothert, W. Ueber parenchymatische Trücheiden und Harz gange 
in Mark von Cephalotaxus-arten. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. a7: 
275-290. fM. 27. 27 Au. 1899. 

Rothrock, J. T. White Birch. American White Birch. Gray 
Birch (Betula populifolia). Forest Leaves, 7: 72, 73. О. 1899. 
[Illus' t. ] 

Sayre, L. E.  Therapeutical Notes and Descriptions of Parts of 
Medicinal Plants growing in Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 16: 
85-88. 1899. 


INbEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 608 


Schwabach, E. Zur Kenntniss der Harzabscheidungen in Conifer- 
ennadeln. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 17: 291-302. pl. 22. 27 Au. 
1899. | 

Shear, C. L. Some common autumnal Species of edible Fungi. 
Asa Gray Bull. 7: 93-95. О. 1899. 

Smyth, B. B. Floral Horologe for Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. 
Sci. 16: 106-108. l. 9. 1899. 

Smyth, B. B. Additions to the Flora of Kansas. "Trans. Kansas 
Acad. Sci. 16: 158-167. 1899. 

Includes 235 additions to the State Flora, including 45 fungi with new species in 
Phyllosticta, Phoma, Dothiorella, Sphaeropsis, Hoplosporella (4), Diplodia, Hender- 
sonia, Stagonospora, Camarosporium and Cladotrichum by Ellis and Bartholomew. 
Soave, M. Sulla funzione fisiologica dell acido cianidrico nelle 

piante. Esperienze sulla germinazione delle Mandorle amare e dolci. 

Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. П. 6: 219-238. Ap. 1899. 


Spegazzini, C. Nova addenda ad Floram Patagonicam. Anales 
Soc. Cien. Arg. 48: 44-59. Jl. 1899. 


New species in Oenothera, Pterocactus, Tetragoria, Azorella and Mulinum, 

Stansfield, F. W. On the Production of Apospory by Environment 
in Athyrium filix-foemina var. unco-glomeratum, an apparently 
barren Fern. Jour. Linn. Soc. 34: 262—268. 1 Jl. 1899. 


Sterling, E. B. ‘Toadstools. 1-10. A. Federalburg, Md. Au. 
1899. 

Stone, G. E. Flora of Lake Quinsigamond [Mass.]. 1 Jl. 1899. 

Tracy, S. M., & Earle, F. S. New Fungi from Mississippi. Bull. 
Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 493-495. 22 S. 1899. 

New species in Aecidium, Ustilago, Cerebella, Coniosporium and Cercospora ; Di- 
plodina quercuum nom. nov. ( == Sphaerellopsis quercuum Cke). 

Trelease, W. Alvin Wentworth Chapman. Am. Nat. 33: 643-646. 
Au. 1899.  [Illust. ] 

True, R. H., & Hunkel, C. G. The poisonous Effects Exerted on 
Living Plants by Phenols. Bot. Centralb. 76: 289-295,321-327. 
No. 11. 

Thom, C. The Process of Fertilization in Aspidium and Adiantum. 
Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 9: 285-314. 21 36. 4 Au. 1899. 


Uline, E. B. Studies in the Herbarium, І. Aigindothamia, a new 
Genus and other new Dioscoreaceae. New Amaranthaceae. Field 
Columb. Mus. Bot. 1: 413-422, l. 22-24. Au. 1899. 


New species in Higinbothamia nov. gen., Dioscorea, Alternanthera and Iresine. 


е 


604 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Underwood, L. M. Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. <A Guide 
to the systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their Litera- 
ture. 12mo. i-vi, 1-236. AM. r-9, and colored frontispiece. New 
York. S. 1899. 

Underwood, L. M. Asplenium ebenoides—a Correction. Fern 
Bull. 7: 95, 96. О. 1899. 


Underwood, L. M. ‘The Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew. Science, 
II. 10: 65-75. 21 Jl. 1899. 

Ule, E. Die Verbreitung der Torf-moose und Moore in Brasilien. 
Bot. Jahrb. Engler, 27: 238-240. 7 Ap. 1899; 241-258. 15 8. 
1899. 

Vail, A. M. Studies in the Asclepiadaceae—IV. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 26: 423-431. 17 Au. 1899. 

Notes on type specimens in Asclepias, Gonolobus and Mellichampia. Asclepias par- 
vula (A. Gray), Stelmagonium Holtoni, Mellichampia ligulata (Benth. ), Gonolobus 
volubilis (Turcg.), Vincetoxicum Floridanum, V. crenatum, V. Greggit, V. acumina- 
tum (А. Gray), and V. productum (Torr.), new species and names. 

Vidal, L. Sur le placenta des Primulacées. Jour. de Bot. 13: 139- 
146. My. 1899. 

Vilmorin, Н. L. de. Selection and its Effects on cultivated Plants. 
Exper. Station Record, 11: 3-19. 1899. 

Vries, Н. de. On Biastrepsis in its Relation to Cultivation. Ann. 
Bot. 13: 395-420. S. 1899. 

Wagner, R. Eine neue Carludovica. Allg. Bot. Zeit. 1899: 
I37, 138. 15 S. 1899. 


Carludovica Goebelii Weiss et Wagner, from Venezuela, 
Wainio, A.  Lichenes novi rarioresque. Hedwigia (Beiblatt), 38: 
(121)-(125). 26 Je. 1899. 


New species in Usnea, Parmelia, Anzia, Cladonia and Coenogonium from Bogota. 


Waters, C. E. Fern Stems. Fern Bull. 7: 92-94. О. 1899. 


Weber-van Bosse, A. Note sur quelques algues rapportées par le 
yacht ““ Chazalic.'" Jour. de Bot. 13: 133-135. My. 1899. 


West, W. & G. 5. A further Contribution to the Fresh-water Algae 


of the West Indies. Jour. Linn. Soc. 34: 279-295. 1 Jl. 1899. 


West, С. S. On Variation in the Desmidieae and its Bearings on their 
Classification. Jour. Linn. Soc. 34: 366-416. A. 8—11. ı Jl. 1899. 


[This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical supply Company 
in card catalogue form.] 


Burr. Torr. Bor. 


DLP 


PES 


а 
YE 


SS 


ae 
= 


DIL к урур 
v 


eee 
XS 


a 
ey 


ЖУ, 


ч 
Уз 


K 
v5. 


< — 


& 5% 
Ж x4 
M Ba 
Da СЕ 
Pe С 
17 bd рй 


2€. 
id 
vce 


4: 
"ауа 
"a 


24 
I 


Az 
aM е 
|) 2 
у 


LLOYD ON LYCOPODIUM. 


THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON, 


UNDERWOOD’S 


Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. 


A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their 
Literature. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By 


Lucien М. UNDERWOOD. 
12mo. Pp. 236. Price $1.50 ze 


Contains synopses of the geuera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with 
historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious 
references to the literature of the subject 

Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the 
novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of 
fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. 


HENRY HOLT & CO., 
29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. 


MEMOIRS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY OF 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 
Vol. II. 


A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae 


By PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph.D. 
Quarto, 225 pages, 112 full-page plates. Price, $6.00 xez. 


A companion volume to Dr. John К Smalls © Monograph of the North Ameri- 
can Species of the Genus Poh g. mum,” pub ished in 1895, which may be had at the 
same price. Address 


L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, New York City. 


Morphology and Histology of Plants. 


Part I., Morphology, by H. H. Russy. 
Part IL, Histology, by S. E. JELLIFFE. 


A modern botanical text-book, based upon correct principles of teaching, and with 
the topics arranged in logical sequence, 

Especially adapted to prepare those without a teacher for the determination of 
plants and for the study of Vegetable Physiology. 


Large Octavo, 382 Pages, 693 Illustrations. 


Sent postpa‘d on receipt of three dollars, by either of the authors, at 115 West 
68th Street, N. Y. City. Table of Contents mailed upon application. 


[IMPORTANT FOR 


Teachers of Botany and General Biology. 


Haematococcus has long been recognized as one of the most valuable 
one-celled motile plants for demonstration and study with elementary 
classes in biology. Many teachers have difficulty in finding the ma- 
terial. A memoir on this interesting organism, by Mr. Т. E. Hazen, 
illustrated with two colored plates, has just been published in the 
Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, volume six, part three, in which 
the entire life-history has been carefully described and figured, and 
numerous errors of the ordinary text-books corrected. The brochure 
is specially adapted for the use of elementary students in botany and 
general biology, and can be secured for classes at special rates as noted 
below. 


Price, 50 cents; ten copies or more by express to one address at 
half-price. 
Address, Editor, Torrey Botanical Club, 


Columbia University, New York City. 


IMPORTANT TO 


Libraries and Botanical Laboratories. 


The most important contribution to the knowledge of the Bryophytes of this country 
since the publication of Sullivant's Icones Muscorum has recently appeared as Volume 
Seven of the Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, entitled, 


The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes 
of California, 


By MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, of Columbia University, 


With Thirty-Five Heliotype Plates. 


While this work is specifically devoted to West Coast Species, the illustrations, 
which are the finest representations of the Hepaticae that have yet appeared, render 
the work of general and direct interest to all students of botany. The work should be 
in every library consulted by botanical students. Price, unbound, $3.00, postpaid. 


Address, Г, M. UNDERWOOD, 
Columbia University, New York City. 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


t. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 


Vol. т. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1595 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. 

Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT? 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00. 
Vol. з. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. 
Vol. $. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-(current). 


3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1806. 

Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y 

The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material or botanical books for any of the above named 
publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univer- 
sity, N. Y. City. A list of the titles of Contributions with prices of 
such as can be separately supplied, may be had on application. Many 
of the earlier numbers are out of print, but a few complete sets can be 
supplied. 


4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896,—andHon. Addi- 
son Brown. 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating, every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner's Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 


5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Fifth Edition) 1896. Ву 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 156 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. New York. Price $1.00. 


6. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. 


WET AND DRY 


Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic 
PLANT MATERIAL 
collected and preserved especially 


FOR CLASS STUDY. 


Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Sçalpels and Needles. 
* Laboratory Note Book" of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank 
and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


Everything Useful to Botanists. 


Living Plants and Their Properties 


By Pror., J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, and 
Pror. D. Т. MacDoucar, N. Y. Botanical Garden, 


A timely book of 12 chapters dealing with the special senses of plants, development of irrita- 
bility, compass plants, sensitive plants, effects of cold, growth of leaves, significance of color, com- 
parison of plants and animals, etc., in a non-technical manner. Original illustrations, interesting, 
comprehensive and thoroughly modern. Printed on enamelled paper, зо illustrations, 242 +8 pages, 
marginal sub titles. Handsomely bound in cloth Postpaid, $1 25. 

Send orders to Dr. D. Т. MacDoucat, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York 
City, or to Morris AND WILSON, University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn. 


COMMENTS 

It is a collection of delightfully written essays on certain of the more important and interesting 
features of living plants in the broadest sense. ‘The facts set forth are in all cases the latest resulis of 
investigation in the various lines, and the language is simple and non-technical.— Plant World 

The book will make an admirable addition to the scientific alcove of every public library.—Prof. 
C E. Bessey. 

It is an interesting volume to all who care to know what science has recently discovered in the 
physiology and pathology of the vegetable kingdom.—New York World. 


A Text-Book of General Botany 


BY 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, A.M., Ph.D., 


Tutor in Botany in Columbia University. 


Large Octavo, Cloth. Pp. viii-360. With 87 Illustrations. 
Price, $3.00 zez. 


An introdution to the study of Botany with copious direc- 
ons for laboratory exercises, newly prepared illustrations, their 
nomenclature following the principles adopted by the Botanical 


Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 


LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., New York. 


Б ААБ а 
UM 
i. 
b. 


ee угы , CUN SIS ЫРАТ ЛШ 1 к воо сна ~ 


Rew Park Botanical Garden 


MEMOIRS 


The first volume of Memoirs of the New York 
Botanical Garden will be issued during 1899. It will 
contain “An annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana 
and the Yellowstone National Park,” written by Dr. Per 
Axel Rydberg. 

The Memoirs will be published in large octavo size, as 
matter for them becomes available. Volume I. will consist 
of about 400 pages, and will contain descriptions of a large 
number of new species of plants and critical notes on many 
others, 

Subscriptions to this first volume are now invited. 
The price will be two dollars per copy. 

N. L. BRITTON, 


DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF. 


А "Text- Bodit or E pei 


With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern 
United States. 


By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. 8., M.D. 


The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their 
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. 

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80; in cloth, 
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on «эрен. 


PUBLISHED BY 
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Dam pron) N. Y. 


The ibrik BOOKS from the Library of the late Dr. A. W Chapman are 
offered FOR SALE. Also a duplicate col!ection of Dried Plants, consisting of 
5,080 specimens in good order and preservation, 


DeCandolle, Prodromus Syst. Nat. Regn. Veget., | Bergen, Elements Bot., «878, x Vol , 50 cts. 
Vols, 1 to 12, Vol. x5, Parts I. and IL, and Vol. Scribner, Grasses of Tenn., Part IL, 5o cts. 
14, $50 oo. Grasses S. W., Bull No 12, U.S. Dept. Agr., 
Torrey and Gray, Flora N. Amer., Vol. 1, $10 00. 1890, 2 Vols., ‚фә оо 
н Synopt. Flora N. Amer., 1878, 2 Vols., | Sudworth, — Flora, Bull. No. 14, U. S. Dept. 
5.00 Agr., 1897, 5 
A. Gray, Synopt. Flora N. Amer., 1895, 1 Vol., | Cat. Useful Fibre РЕ of the World, No. o, U. 
$3 00 S. Dept. Agr , 1897, 50 cts. 
A. беу, Manual Bot. of U.S ‚ 1890, т Vol., $z.5o. | De Lamark, Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans 
A. Gray, Man. Bot. of U. S., 1856 and 67, 2 Vols., Vertébres, 1 Vol., $1.00 
$2.00. Cont. U. 5. Nat. Herb., 1895, 1 Vol., 25 cts. 
Report Mo. Bot. Garden, 1890-98, 9 Vols., $10.00. | Check List N. Amer. Plants. Description of a 


Pursh, Plants ої №. Amer., 1814, 2 Vols., $4.00. new Baptisia, and other Papers, $1.00, bound in 
Nuttall, Gen. N. Amer. Plants to the Yrs. 1817-18, one oct. Vol. 
$1.00. Papers of Boston Society Nat. Hist., 1, 


Eaton, Manual Bot. N. Amer., 1833, 1 Vol., $1.00. | Baron Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, 4 Vols., $6 oo. 
McMillan, Metaspermae Minn. Val., x Vol., $2.00. | T. W. Harris, Entomological Correspondence, 
Lindley, Introd. to Bot., 1832, 1 Vol, $1.50. Papers Bost. "Society Nat. Hist., 1869 $2.00, 
“ооз, Bib. Index to N. Amer. Bot., 1878, т | J.G. Morris, Syn. Lepidoptera of N. Amer., $1.00. 
., $3.00. 


Addres, MISS KATE WOOD, Apalachicola, Florida. 


June, 1898. Just Completed in Three Volumes, 


AN 


ILLUSTRATED FLORA 


OF THE 


Northern States and Canada. 


Westward to the тога Meridian, including Kansas and Nebraska. 
BY 


Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, 


With the Assistance of Specialists in Various Groups. 


Every known Spectes, from the Ferns upward, separately described 
anew, and Ficurep. Cuts 4162. With ANALvTICAL Key, Keys to 
Families, Species and Genera, the Synonymy, the REVISED NoMENCLA- 
TURE, revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, a GLOSSARY, and a 
copious Lnglish Index, including the PoPuLAR Names. The first com- 
plete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For al 
students and lovers of plants. 


Vol. I., Royal 8vo, pp. xii--612; figured species, 1425 uncolored ; . 
Ferns to Carpet-weed. Vol. IL, pp. iv+643; figures 1426 to 2892; 
Portulaca to Gentian. Vol. III., pp. xvi-- 588 ; figures 2893 to 4081. 
Appendix 81 figures; Dogbane to Thistle. 


Neatly Bound in Cloth, $3.00 per Volume. 


PUBLISHED BY 
CHAS. SCRIBNER'S SONS, New York. 


Subscriptions may be sent to them, or to 
Prof. N. L. BRITTON, 63 East 49th Street, New York. 


To schools or clubs ordering то copies or more, 15 per cent. discount. 


"Aem 5 ГУ 


ESTABLISHED 1851. 


EIMER & AMEND, 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 


205, 207, 209 & 21 Third Ave., 


Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. 


— 
SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES 


OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 


E. March’s Sæline Chemical Stone 
Ware. 
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically 


Pure and Common Filter Paper. 


Doctor C. Scheibler's Saccharome- 
ters (Polariscopes). 


Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bas 
ances, etc. 


ja. T Le Brun Е. Desmontes & Co.. a 
is] Paris, Platinum. 


Н. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. 


SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal. Graduated Glass- 
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem 
san and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure 
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: 
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals foi 


Sugar Chemists. 


LABORATORY OUTI ITS 


j FOR 
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES амр COLLEGES 


Cuass-BLOowING, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. 


(r) BULLETIN. 

^ monthly journal devoted to general bot- „> Vol. 25 published in 1898 con- 
tained 650 pages of text and 29 full-page plates, Price $2 oo per annum. For 
Europe 10 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents for England. 

As the supply of several of the volumes is limited, libraries desiring to com- 
plete their files should apply at once, Yearly volumes 1-5 (1870-1874), and vols, 
7-16 (1880-1889), are sold at the published price of One Dollar each, except vols. 
7, 8, 9, for which double rates are charged. 

Vol. 6 (1875-1879), extending over five years, is furnished at the subscription 
price of Five Dollars, 

Vols. 17-25 (1890-1898), are furnished at the published price of Two Dollars 
each, except Vols. 18 and 21, for which double rates are charged, _ 

single copies will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS. 


The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers 
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price is fixed for each. Those 
omitted from this list cannot be had separately. 

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts 
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac С. Martindale, Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in 
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, 
75 cents. 

? No. 4.— On Seedless Fruits. Ву E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. 

Volume 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding 
Parts, with two plates. Ву Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna . 
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 7 5 cents. 

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. 
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents, 

Vol. 3. No. r.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter. 
ritory. By John К. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all 
the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. 

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. 
By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 

Vol. 4. No. r—Index'Hepaticarum, Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien М. 
Underwood. Price, 75 cents, 

‘No 2,—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 
1892. By John К. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. 

No, 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang— Il. 
By Henry Н. Rusby. Price, о cents ; 

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L., with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit. 
Price, 50 cents. 

No. 5.— Monograph of Physadis and related Genera. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 

cents, 
b Vol. 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation 
in Northeastern North America. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A. A. A, S 
Price, $3.00. 

Vol. 6. No, r.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang—III. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. 

No, 2.—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia, 
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 

No. 3.—The Life History of Sphaerella lacustris (Haematococcus pluvialis) 
With two colored plates. By Tracy Elliot Hazen. Price, 50 cents. 

Nos. 4 and 5, completing the volume, will be issued during 189 

Vol. 7.—The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of California. With thirty five plates. 
By Marshall Avery Howe. Price, $3.00. 

Vol 8. No t, Part r. —The Comparative Embryology of the Rubiaceae. With 
four plates. By Francis Ernest Lloyd. Price, 50 cents. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta reported as 
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00. 


Address: L, M. UNDERWOOD, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw YORK Сту. 


ee = чы < чы MM AL ae УИ ) ENSE ГУ р 


DECEMBER, 1899 | Мо. 12 


BULLETIN 


- TORREY BOTANICAL CLUR 


EDITOR 


LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD 


ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS | MARSHALL AVERY HOWE 
BYRON DAVID HALSTED FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD 


ARTHUR HOLLICK ANNA MURRAY VAIL 


CONTENTS 


Studies in Sisyrinchium. — V1.: Additionai The Мусогһіға of Tipula ia unifolia 
new Species from the Southern States : ` (PLATE 372): Yulia B. Clifford... .. 635 
Eugene P. Bicknell ....... E] 605 Proceedings of the Club 2, 2. 4... 639 

A new Volutella (PLATE 371): Judson L. I L 
ШШ p QUEEN INO. о. уут... $5 NDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING TO 

New and interesting Plants from We tern Ку areas CC ОР sg 
North America.—VIIL: 4: 4. Heller |, Ggi|Ermata Lo E oH 650 

Anthurus borealis Burt.: David Griffiths 628 Subject Index. , , <. eer m ШАР 

Some Fungi from South America: F., S. Aeris бда (Gensrio Index, misy Lu La 653 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


Tue New ERA PniNTING CoMPANY 
LANCASTER, Pa, 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1899 


President, 
HON. ADDISON BROWN. 


Vice Presidents, 


Т. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D. 
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
Pror. EDW. 5. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN К. SMALL, 
Normal College, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 
Editor, Treasurer, 
Б.М, UNDERWOOD, Ph. D., MATURIN L. DELAFIELD, JR. 


Columbia University. 56 Liberty Street, New York City. 


Associate Editors, 


ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D. 
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph. D., 
MARSHALL A. HOW E, Ph. D., Pror. FRANCIS E. LLOYD. 
Curator, Librarian, 
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. - PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. Dy 
Committee on Finance, 
jJ 1. KANE. WM. E. DODGE. 


Committee on Admissions. 
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., 
319 E. g7th Street, New York City. 135 W. 41st Street, New York City. 
JOHN K. SMALL, Ph. D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. 
Committee on. Library and Herbarium. 
PER AXEL RYDBERG, Ph. D., MARIE L. SANIAL, 
HELEN M. INGEKSOLL, ALICE M. ISAACS. 
Committees on the Local Flora, 
ProF. №. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., 


PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA, 
EUGENE P. BICKNELL, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, 
н. Н. RUSBY, M. D., MARSHALL A. HOWE, Ph. Js 
Rev. GEO. D. HULST, Mrs. ELIZABETH С. BRITTON. 


Committee on Excursions. 
Dr. L. SCHOENEY, 
1670 Lexington Avenue, New York City. 


GEORGE V. NASH, EUGENE SMITH, . 
MARIE L. SANIAL, W. A. BASTEDO. 
Committee on Program. 
Dr. Н. Н. RUSBY, Dr. C. C. CURTIS, 


Mns. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON. 


The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, 
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, except 
June, July, August and September, at 8 o'clock, P. M. Botanists are cordially invited 
to attend. 

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1899, now 
payable to Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., Treasurer, 56 Liberty St., New York City. 


BULLETIN 


21 


ОЕ ТНЕ 


К TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


ОС AX AVI 


FOUNDED BY WILLIAM H. LEGGETT, 1870 


NEW YORK 
1899 
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 
THE New ERA PRINTING HOUSE 
LANCASTER, PA. 


СЫР РК чут" 


CONTENTS 
BARNHART, J. Н. Nomenclatural Notes—II, 376. 
BickwELL, E. P. Studies in Sisyrinchium.—I: Sixteen new 
Species from the Southern States, 217. 
Studies in Sisyrinchium.—II : Four new Species from Mich- 
igan, 297. 
Studies in Sisyrinchium.—III: S. angustifolium and some 
related Species, new and old, 335. 
Studies in Sisyrinchium.—IV : S. angustifolium and related 
Species of the West and Northwest, 445. 
Studies in Sisyrinchium.—V : Two new Eastern Species, 496. 
Studies in Sisyrinchium:.— VI: Additional new Species from 
the Southern States, 628. 
Britton, E. С. A new Tertiary fossil Moss, 79. 


Crank, J. F. A new Volutella (Plate 371), 617. 
CLIFFORD, J. В. The Mycorhiza of Tipularia unifolia (Plate 372), 


635. 


Davenport, С. E.  Acrostichum lomarioides Jenman, 318. 
Duccan, B. M. On the Development of the Pollen Grain and 
the Embryo-sac in Bignonia venusta (Plates 352—354), 89. 


EARLE, Е. S. Some Fungi from South America, 632. 


GILBERT, B. D. Two new Polypodia from New Zealand, 316. 
GrirFirus, D. Some Northwestern Erysiphaceae, 138. 
The common Parasite of the Powdery Mildews (Plate 358), 
184. 
Contributions to a better Knowledge of the Pyrenomycetes.— 
I (Plates 365, 366), 432. 
Anthurus borealis Burt. (Figure), 628. 
Grout, A. J. A little-known Mildew of the Apple (Plate 364), 
373. 
A Revision of the North American Species of Scleropodium, 


531. 
(iii) 


iv CONTENTS 


HarsrEp, B. D. Mycological Notes.— IV. (Figures 1, 2), 12. 
Mycological Notes.—V, 72. 
The Influence of wet Weather upon parasitic Fungi, 381. 
A new Genus of Powdery Mildews—Erysiphopsis, 594. 
Harvey, Е. L. Contribution to a Knowledge of the Myxogasters 
of Maine.—III, 320. 
HELLER, A. А. New and interesting Plants from Western North 
America.—V, 312. 
New and interesting Plants from Western North America.— 
VI, 547. 
New and interesting Plants from Western North America.— 
УП, 588. 
New and interesting Plants from Western North America.— 
VIII, 621. 
Hitt, E. J. Notes on Plants of the Chicago District, 303. 
The Habitats of the Pellaeas, 596 
Horm, T. Juncus repens Michx.—A morphological and ana- 
tomical Study (Plate 363), 359. 
Horr, C. W. Note on Asplenium Glenniei Baker, in Synopsis 
Filicum, 2d Ed., p. 488, 58. 


Kozrowskr, W. M. The primary Synthesis of Proteids in Plants, 


36. 
КкАЕмЕК, Н. The Morphology of the Genus Viola (Figures 1— 
30), 172. 


Kuntze, О. The Advantages of 1737 as a starting Point of 
botanical Nomenclature, 488. 


Ілоүр, Е. E. Two hitherto confused Species of Lycopodium 
(Plate 370), 559. 
MacDoucar, D. T. Symbiosis and Saprophytism (Plates 367— 


369), 511. 
MacMirrAN, C. Observations on Nereocystis (Plates 361, 362), 
27%, 


Монк, C. Notes on some new and little-known Plants of the 
Alabama Flora, 118. 


Nasu, С. V. The dichotomous Panicums; Some new Species.— 
I, 568. 


мод. US ААА Se af Баука 0 АЛ A COCA NESCIRE KNEE 2 “a 
< ; ла ТИМ УЧ? 
` > M 


CONTENTS v 


NzrsoN, A. New Plants from Wyoming.—V, 5. 
New Plants from Wyoming.—VI, 122. 
New Plants from Wyoming.—VII, 232. 
New Plants from Wyoming.—IX, 350. 
New Plants from Wyoming.—X, 480. 
Ness, Н. A new Species of Lacinaria (Plate 351), 21. 


OsrreRHovT, G. E. New Plants from Colorado, 256. 


PEck, C. H. New Species of Fungi, 63. 
Elliot C. Howe, 1828-1899, 251. 

PoLLARD, C. L. The Washington Botanical Club, 82. 
The Genus Achillea in North America, 365. 


Ricuarps, Н. M. The Effect of chemical Irritation оп the eco- 
nomic Coefficient of Sugar, 463. 
Rosinson, B. L. Revision of the Genus Guardiola, 232. 
Russy, H. Н. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by Dr. 
Н. Н. Rusby in South America, 1885-1886.—XXVI, 
145. 
An Enumeration of the Plants collected by Dr. Н. Н. Rusby 
in South America, 1885-1886.—X XVII, 189. 
RYDBERG, P. A. New Species from the Western United States, 
541. 
Delphinium Carolinianum and related Species, 582. 
SaunDERS, DeA. Four siphoneous Algae of the Pacific Coast 
(Plate 350), 1. 
Tracy, S. M. & EangrE, Е. S. New Fungi from Mississippi, 


493. 
Омрекуоор, L. M. American Ferns.—II. The Genus Phaner- 
ophlebia (Plates 359, 360), 205. 
A new Cantharellus from Maine. (Figure), 254. 
Mrs. Arvilla J. Ellis, 553. 
Ули, A. M. Studies in the Leguminosae.—III, 106. 
Notes on Covillea and Fagonia, 301. 
Studies in the Asclepiadaceae.—IV. Notes on some old 
Types, with Descriptions of new or little-known Species 


423. 


т 
5 
ў 
* 
8 
Ж 
М 
P. 
738 


vi 


B. 
E. 
MN. 
Б i 
aa 
“a 
aa 
i= 
n.. 
E 
D, 
M 
Im 


CONTENTS 


Wiecanp, К. M. -Some new Species from men Mrs 
К 355), 135. * 
A Revision of the Genus Listera (Plates 356, 357), 157. 
Some Species found i in the United States and Canada, 399. 


A bryological Memorial Meeting at Columbus, Ohio, 325. 
A Synopsis of the Proceedings of the Botanical Organizations 
meeting at Columbus, Ohio, August 17-25, 1899, 500. 


p^ 
Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany, 29, 84, 


153, 201, 266, 332, 395, 458, 506, 554, 599, 642. 
Proceedings of the Club, 23, 258, 327, 390, 639. 


1 
1 
i 
Я 


— деа 


adul a d a 


F 
3 
1 
Ж 


ЖУТ CNN EERU ELS 


Vor. 26 No. 12 


BCEE TEIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


DECEMBER 1899 


Studies in Sisyrinchium—VI; Additional new Species from the 
Southern States 


By EuGENE P. BICKNELL 


In the South Atlantic and Gulf States the genus Sisyrinchium 
has expressed itself with marked emphasis. Although not 
hitherto regarded as forming more than a very insignificant feature 
of the southern flora the group actually embraces such a number 
of species that it must take rank among the largest homogeneous 
genera of the south. These numerous species in their general 
near relation yet perfect distinctness call to mind especially the 
interesting brotherhood of species in Zupanicum among the grasses. 

Since the publication of the first paper of this series describing 
some of these plants, additional material from the South has been 
received which reveals a further considerable number of species 
not hitherto suspected to exist. These come to light mainly 
through the important collection of the Biltmore Herbarium, 
kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. C. D. Beadle, and through an 
interesting series of specimens from the South Atlantic States for- 
warded by Mr. W. W. Ashe. | 

Including the new species here described the total number now 
known to me from the region south of Washington, D. C., and 
east of the Mississippi is thirty-four. I have no reason to doubt the 
perfect validity of any one of these, but, on the contrary, am well 
satisfied that certain of them, as S. Carolinianumand S. Atlanticum, 
are still aggregates and that the number of species from the South- 
ern States will yet be materially augmented. 


[Issued Dec. 22.] ( 605 ) 


606 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


The Texan species will be treated separately in a subsequent 
paper. 
Sisyrinchium incrustatum 


Dull green and slightly glaucescent, turning dark when dry, 
25-50 cm. high: tufts coarsely brown fibrose at base, the slender 
roots much elongated. Leaves more than half the height of the 
stem, 1.5-3.5 mm. wide, erect, tapering to an aculeate point, rather 
thin but firm and chartaceous, usually harshly rugulose-scabrous 
between the nerves but varying from merely rugulose to densely 
incrustate with minute pale points, strongly close-nerved and striate, 
the striae below becoming prominent and pale in color, often with 
a lesser alternating series: stems often somewhat curved and 
twisted, 1.5-3 mm. wide, harsh and scabrous-rugulose like the 
leaves, especially the prominent wings, the edges like those of the 
leaves, closely ciliolate-serrulate; nodes one or two, the lower one 
bearing an erect and prominent often much elongated leaf and two 
or three peduncles, the upper one terminating ап outcurved pro- 
longation of the stem 4-9 cm. long and with a shorter bracteal 
leaf and mostly three shorter peduncles ; peduncles often out- 
curved, stout or slender, winged, stiff-ciliolate, bracteal leaves 
harsh and striate like the lower leaves, the clasping base some- 
what broadened and oppositely bicarinate : spathes erect or 
slightly bent, the subequal bracts 15-25 mm. long, stiff and 
strongly fine-striate, slenderly sharp attenuate to merely acute or 
the inner one apiculate from а scarious-margined apex, the outer 
one very narrowly hyaline-margined, smooth or obscurely scab- 
rous-rugulose : scales silvery-brown, acuminate, more than three- 
quarters the length of the inner bract; flowers 4—9, violet-blue, 
perianth about 8 mm. long; stamineal column 4-5 mm. high ; 
capsules dark, subglobose, 3—4 mm. high on suberect slightly 
exserted pedicels; seeds 1—1.25 mm. in diameter, subglobose, 
finely pitted. 

NortH CAROLINA : іп damp or wet sandy soil or in open grassy 
woods, flowering in July, Forsythe Co., Winston, July, 1897, 
W. W. Ashe; Sampson Co., W. W. Ashe; Craven Co., July 3, 
G. McCarthy, U. S. Nat. Herb. 

Related to S. arenicola and S. xerophyllum Greene and appar- 
ently in close affinity with S. rufipes although а much larger and 
stouter plant in every way and flowering in midsummer instead of 
early spring. 

Sisyrinchium versicolor 


Becoming 35 cm. high, pale green and very glaucous, not dry- 
ing dark, the sheaths of the leaves rose-pink and the spathes 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 607 


mostly purplish-tinged ; tufts not fibrous at base ; roots slender 
and wiry. Leaves 1.5-3 mm. wide, close-striate, stiff, tapering to 
an acute point, the edges, like those of the stem mostly serrulate- 
roughened : stem simple or frequently developing a node with a 
prominent erect leaf and two peduncles, 1-2.5 mm. wide, the wings 
distinctly striate : spathes erect, the base narrowed downwards on 
the sides of the stem, the wings passing up on either side ; bracts 
and lower part of bracteal leaf closely roughened all over with mi- 
nute points, often prominently striate: outer bract much prolonged 
beyond the inner in simple stems, little surpassing it when the stem 
is branched, 2.5-5 cm. long, very acute, the narrowly hyaline mar- 
gins not united below ; inner bract narrow, 17-20 mm. long, often 
scarious and abruptly pointed at the apex: flowers pale blue, 
10-12 mm. long; stamineal column about 5 mm. high: capsules 
on very delicate, slenderly exserted, subspreading pedicels, pale, 
apparently subglobose and about 3 mm. high, but not fully ma- 
ture in the specimens examined. 


Washington, D. C., to Georgia, flowering in May. 

Washington, D. C., May 11, 1884, U. S. Nat. Herb. 

Norru CamoriNA: Raleigh, May, 1896, hillsides, W. W. 
Ashe, Туре; Chapel Hill, W. W. Ashe. 

GroRGIA : А. W. Chapman in Herb. Torr. Bot. Club. 

Apparently nearest to S. intermedium and S. mucronatum, but 
as compared with both much paler and more glaucous with 
stiffer more striate leaves and stem and scabrellous bracts. The 
roughened bracts have much the appearance of those of the twin- 
spathed S. scabrellum or of extreme forms of the more western S. 
campestre. The latter is a lower more slender species, with always 
simple stems, the inner bract emerging from the outer one more 
abruptly and at a point much nearer the less narrowed base of the 
spathe. 


Sisyrinchium Asheianum 


Caespitose in close tufts, 20-30 cm. high, not fibrillose-coated 
- at base, pale green and glaucescent, the leaf sheathes and spathes 
purplish to deep wine-purple ; leaves half the height of the stem 
or longer, erect, 0.5—1.5 mm. wide, close-striate, smooth or some- 
times roughened, tapering to a hardened acute or obtusely pointed 
tip: stems mostly about 1 mm. wide, the margins distinctly few- 
striate, the edges smooth or denticulate: spathes twin, or even 
three together, or in reduced stems sometimes solitary, sessile at 
the top of the stem and subtended by an erect bracteal leaf 2-6 cm. 


608 | BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SisyRINCHIUM 


long; bracts of spathes subequal, 10-16 mm. long, distinctly 
nerved, glabrous or slightly roughened with minute often purplish 
points, abruptly scarious obtuse and apiculate to attenuate ; inner 
bract of outer spathe equaling or mostly exceeding the outer one ; 
interior scales silvery white, from half to three quarters the length 
of the bracts ; flowers on hair-like exserted pedicels usually sub- 
spreading from the top of the spathe ; perianth deep violet-blue, 7— 
10 mm. long, stamineal column 4—5 mm. high: fruit not seen. 


NoRTH CAROLINA : Salisbury, Rowan Co., April 28, 1897, in 
wet meadows, Biltmore Herbarium, 

Intermediate in appearance with S. mucronatum and S. scabrel- 
Гит and related also to S. albidum and S. capillare. From SS. 
mucronatum it is distinguishable at once by its geminate spathes 
without regard to other characters. S, albidum differs in brighter 
green color, broader, softer and less striate leaves and stem, larger 
spathes with the broader base passing more abruptly across the 
sides of the stem and with the bracts greener and more herbaceous 
and attenuate, less exserted pedicels, paler or white and larger 
flowers. S. capillare is altogether more slender and delicate, and 
differs further in fibrillose-coated base, merely margined stem, and 
smaller spathes having narrower more attenuate bracts broadly 
white hyaline on the margins. 

S. Asheianum clearly bears a very close relationship to $. sca- 
brellum but is mostly a much lower plant with narrower leaves and 
stem, less slender roots, more highly colored bracts which are 
much less herbaceous and attenuate, and smaller, deeper blue 
flowers; it is moreover either quite glabrous throughout or with 
only obscure indications of the scabrellous investiture of bracts and 
leaves which is so noteworthy a character of S. scabrellum. The 
latter, as recorded on collectors’ labels, is a plant of dry wood- 
lands, S. Asheianum of wet meadows. 

Named for Mr. W. Willard Ashe, whose collection of southern 
Sisyrinchia has furnished several new species and who was himself 
about to publish as new the plant here described. 


Sisyrinchium capillare 

Extremely slender and delicate, growing in erect thin tufts 20— 

45 cm. high, closely erect-fibrillose at base ; glaucescent, drying a 
dull olive-green, the spathes and leaf-bases often tinged with pale 
dull purple ; roots slender and wiry. Leaves from half to three 


` 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 609 


quarters the height of the stems, closely erect, almost filamentary, 
mostly .o5 mm. or less wide and strongly 2—4-striate, very smooth, 
attenuate-acute, in age often developing hardened tips: stems 
equally slender with the leaves, wiry and subterete, not winged but 
narrowly firm-margined, the edges smooth : spathes mostly two or 
sometimes single, rarely three together, sessile at the top of the stem 
and closely subtended by an elongated primary bract, very small, 
10-13 mm. long, the bracts subequal, mostly very acute or aculeate, 
somewhat membranous but distinctly nerved, glabrous, the mar- 
gins conspicuously white-hyaline ; primary bract straight and se- 
taceously slender, usually much elongated, 2—8.5 cm. long, the 
edges narrowly white-hyaline towards the striate base which is on 
both sides rather abruptly broader than the stem ; interior scales 
silvery-white, usually but little shorter than the bracts : flowers 
light violet-blue on slenderly exserted, loosely erect, or finally 
flexuously spreading pedicels; perianth 6-8 mm. long ; stamineal 
column about 4 mm. high : capsules pale, subglobose, 2-3 mm. 
high; seeds irregularly obovoid-subglobose, black, distinctly alve- 
olate, about .75 mm. in diameter. 

NonTH Сакоілха to Florida, mostly in flat sandy woods, flower- 
ing in April and May. 

Norru CAROLINA : “ Read," Herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.: Selma, 
April, 1899, W. W. Ashe. 

SourH CaRoLINA: Aiken, May, 1899, W. W. Ashe. 

GroRGIA : Brunswick, April 16, 1899, W. W. Ashe. 

FLORIDA: South of Jacksonville, fourteen and twenty miles, 
May 13 and 18, 1899, W. W. Ashe. 

An exceedingly delicate plant, being one of the most slender 
species of the entire genus. In its most slender state, the stems 
and leaves appear almost thread-form, yet the plant may be 
equally tall with some of the stoutest species. 


Sisyrinchium dichotomum 


Dull yellowish-green and glaucescent, not turning dark when 
dry, 30-40 cm. high, in thin erect tufts, not fibrose-coated at base, 
the roots slender and simple or nearly so. Leaves rather few, 
mostly about half the height of the plant, or a few longer, some- 
what openly erect, 2-6 mm. wide, often broadened upward to 
above the middle and tapering-acuminate, rather thin but firm, 
minutely crystalline-puncticulate, the broader ones somewhat dis- 
tantly striate-nerved, the edges very minutely close-serrulate to 
nearly smooth: stems broadly thin-winged and similar to the 


610 BickNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


leaves : inflorescence more or less dichotomous from 2—4 series of 
nodes, the primary node often below the middle of the plant ; 
leaves of the lower nodes very prominent, elongated and acumi- 
nate, manifestly broadened about the middle, sometimes even 
wider than the basal leaves; branches slightly diverging, usually 
only one of each pair forked, at least above the first or second 
node, the lower nodes usually bearing also 2-3 slender, often 
curved peduncles sometimes over 10 cm. long; uppermost 
peduncles 3-5 cm. long, often very slender and curved ; lower 
branches 6-12 cm. long, broadly winged, the upper series increas- 
ingly shorter and more slender: spathes green, very small, often 
scarcely broader than the peduncles and keeled on either side of 
the narrowed base by its ascending wings, straight, the bracts very 
narrow, thin and weakly few-nerved, sharp edged, more or less un- 
equal; outer bract slenderly attenuate, mostly prolonged beyond 
the inner one for 2—7 mm., the edges very narrowly white-hyaline 
below, united-clasping for 2—3 mm. at base ; inner bract 8-15 mm. 
long, slender-pointed ; flowers 3—9, white in the only specimens 
seen, very small, perianth about 5 mm. long, stamineal-column 
2-3 mm. high : capsules rather pale and thin-walled, trigonous- 
subglobose or obovoid, about 3 mm. high on very slender, flexu- 
ously-erect, exserted pedicels 13-23 mm. long; seeds only 1—2 
in each cell, large, 1.5-2 mm. in diameter, somewhat flattened- 
subglobose or obovoid, often bluntly angled, strongly umbilicate, 
black, at first rugulose, but becoming smooth or nearly so and 
even somewhat shining. 


NoRTH CAROLINA : Chimney Rock, Rutherford Co., May rr, 
1899, fruit mature and only a few flowers remaining. Biltmore Herb. 

A rather remarkable species, especially noteworthy by reason 
of its successively dichotomous system of branching, ample stem- 
leaves, very small white flowers, small capsules and few large 
seeds. Apart from its much greater amount of branching its gen- 
eral aspect is perhaps most like that of S. eraminoides or forms of 
S. Carolinianum, though it may be more nearly related to the fol- 
lowing species. It has smaller flowers, broader stem-leaves and 
fewer larger seeds, than any other eastern species known to me. 


Sisyrinchium tenellum 


Growing in loose often leafy tufts 15—30 cm. high, not fibrose- 
coated at base, rather dark dull green, apparently not even glauces- 
cent, usually turning dark in drying ; roots soft and slender. 
Leaves often equaling the stems though sometimes only half as 
high, very thin and grass-like, soft and openly erect or sometimes 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 611 


firmer and strictly erect, 1—3 mm. or even 4 mm. wide, tapering 
and cuspidate, acute, distinctly few-nerved with fainter nerves in 
the very wide interspaces, the edges, as are those of the stem, very 
smooth or, sometimes, ciliolate-serrulate ; stem 1—3.5 mm. wide, 
loosely erect, weak and very flat mostly with broad thin wings 
nerved like the leaves ; nodes one or two, when two the lower one 
sometimes below the middle of the stem ; bracteal leaves erect, 
usually long and narrow and surpassing the peduncles but some- 
times much shorter; peduncles one or two, seldom three, diverg- 
ing, subequal or very unequal, 3-12 cm. long, slender, but flat and 
wing-margined, mostly under 1 mm. wide, sometimes nearly fili- 
form, the edges smooth to ciliolate-denticulate : spathes green, 
often abruptly deflected, small and narrow, not seldom scarcely 
broader than the peduncle ; bracts membranous, weakly or ob- 
scurely few-nerved, slenderly attenuate and very acute, or some- 
times the inner one apiculate from a somewhat  scarious 
apex, the outer one usually more or less prolonged ; outer bract 
12-25 mm. long, mostly surpassing the inner one 2—10 MM., but 
sometimes subequal with it, slenderly attenuate, the margins 
narrowly white-hyaline, united-clasping for 2-5 mm. at base : inner 
bract usually closely appressed, under 1.5 mm. long : interior 
scales half the length of the spathes or less, becoming brownish 
tinged : flowers 3—5, violet-blue, distinctly fine-nerved, very small, 
perianth 5-8 mm. long, stamineal column 2.5-4 mm. high: cap- 
sules dark, subglobose, very small, 1.5-3 mm. high, on hairlike 
exserted pedicels somewhat spreading above ; seeds only 2-3 in 
each cell, globose, rough, only obscurely if at all umbilicate, very 
small, about .75 mm. in diameter. 


Alabama and Georgia, in moist soil, flowering in May and June. 

ALABAMA: Lee Co., Auburn, several collections by F. S. Earle, 
C. F. Baker, and L. M. Underwood, 1896-99, in Herb. F. Sk 
Earle, Ala. Biol. Survey апа Columbia University. 

GromGiA: Floyd Co., Silver Creek, May 8, 1899, Biltmore 
Herb.; Jefferson Co., Louisville, Hopkins, Herb. Miss. Bot. Gard. 
|J An interesting species in close relationship with S. graminoides, 
but smaller, with generally much narrower stems and leaves, much 
smaller flowers and capsules, and fewer smaller seeds ; the leaves 
and stem are also thinner and softer and usually quite without ser- 
rulate edges, the leaves more tapering-acute, the small spathes 
relatively narrower and often or usually abruptly deflected, the 
bracts commonly more narrowly attenuate and unequal, the pedi- 
cels less exserted and flexuous. 


ce 


612 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


The few-seeded capsules are suggestive of .S. dichotomum to 
which, in other respects, the species seems to be related, but not 
so closely as to need detailed comparison. 

The above description of the species has been considerably 
modified to accommodate the collection cited from Silver Creek, 
Georgia, represented by a very full sheet of specimens. These 
differ from all the others in serrulate edges of stem and leaf, more 
slender peduncles uniformly much surpassing the bractcal leaves, 
rather broader and straighter spathes of less attenuate subequal 
bracts, the outer one less united clasping, the inner one mostly ab- 
ruptly pointed from a scarious tip. It is quite possible that this 
plant merits separate recognition, 


Sisyrinchium membranaceum 


Rather low, 20-25 cm. high, and loosely erect or assurgent in 
thin tufts not fibrose at base, arising from rather loosely short- 
branched rootstocks, the roots slender and nearly simple: plant 
scarcely if at all glaucescent, becoming dull brownish-green on the 
herbarium sheet. Leaves loosely suberect, half the height of the 
stem or тоге, I.5—3.5 mm. wide, cuspidate-acute, very thin and 
membranous, becoming somewhat shining when dry, delicately 
but prominently few-nerved with a secondary series of faint nerves 
in the interspaces which are very minutely and closely crystalline- 
puncticulate, edges of the leaves mostly minutely close-serrulate : 
stem similar to the leaves, broadly thin- winged, the raised line of 
the proper stem very narrow : node one, rarely two, bearing a 
short erect bracteal leaf 2-6 cm. long, and two slender peduncles 
4—10 cm. long, frequently longer than the stem: peduncles flat, 
wing-margined and serrulate-roughened, distinctly constricted 
transversely below the spathes, the outer one slightly diverging, 
often only half the length of the erect inner one : spathes green 
or tinged with purple, slightly deflected or straight, the subequal 
bracts thin and membranous and delicately or obscurely veined, 
rather sharply keeled and almost cuspidate-acute, mostly 15 mm. 
or less long (13-18 mm.) either one slightly the longer, the outer 
one narrowly attenuate, very narrowly hyaline-edged, united-clasp- 
ing below for 4-6 mm., sometimes for half its length : inner bract 
rather broader above and more abruptly acute : interior scales often 
equaling the bracts or nearly so, but sometimes much shorter, 
brownish-tinged : flowers 3—5, violet-blue, perianth rather firm and 
shining membranous in the dried specimens, the segments obovate- 
oblong, delicately firm-nerved, slenderly aristulate, 10-1 2 mm. long: 


eo Y. LU MES, зе аа. 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 613 


stamineal-column 5 mm. long, anthers small: capsules dark, trig- 
onous-subglobose, 3-5 mm. high, on delicate slenderly exserted 
pedicels, erect to widely spreading above ; seeds only 2—3 in each 
cell, immature but evidently large. 


FLORIDA : Jackson Co., Marianna, April 20, 1899, in full flower ; 
rich shaded soil. Biltmore Herb. 

The relationship of this species is with S. graminoides and S. 
tenellum. From the latter it is distinguished at once by much 
larger flowers and capsules without regard to other characters. 
The flowers are also rather larger than in S. eraminoides with the 
broader segments apparently of a more firmly membranous tex- 
tuae as also are the more strongly few-nerved leaves; the bracteal 
leaf is much shorter and less foliaceous, the peduncles relatively 
longer and the often deflected spathes much smaller, with less her- 
baceous bracts, the outer one more united, clasping below; the 
interior scales, though variable, become much longer than they are 
ever seen in S. graminoides and the few and larger seeds are a fur- 
ther noteworthy point of difference. The whole plant is lower and 
less erect than S. graminoides and with a more loosely branched 
underground system. 


Sisyrinchium flexile 


Tall and slender, about 50 cm. high, apparently in thin tufts, 
not fibrose-ccated at base, pale green but only slightly if at all 
glaucous. Leaves lohg and slender, the longer ones equaling the 
stems or nearly so, rather stiffly erect, withering-persistent, 1.5 
mm. wide, closely few-striate, somewhat obtusely pointed with a 
hardened tip, at least in age, very smooth throughout: stems 
equally smooth and slender with the leaves, somewhat flexuously 
erect, subterete and very narrowly firm-margined ; nodes one or 
two, distinctly swollen, when two the lower one bearing a some- 
what geniculate slender branch, nearly terete, with slightly rough- 
ened margins and a narrow bracteal leaf, the upper node bearing 
a very short bracteal leaf, sometimes with hardened incurved apex, 
and two delicate, nearly terete, slightly geniculate peduncles, 3—7 
cm. long; spathes pale, slightly deflected, 15 mm. or more long, 
narrow, especially the subterete base, the bracts subequal, closely 
striate, their narrow tips scarious-obtuse or-sometimes short-apicu- 
late, the inner one sometimes the longer; interior scales silvery 
white, 1234 the length of the bracts; flowers unknown : capsules 
5-10, dark brown and rather thick-walled, broadly oblong or 


614 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


obovoid-oblong, 4-6 mm. high, on erect, more or less exserted 
pedicels slightly spreading above ; seeds numerous, very small, 
.05-1 mm. in diameter, black, alveolate, umbilicate. 


Mississippt: Petit Bois Island, May 8, 1898, with mature fruit, 
S. M. Tracy. 
A very slender species especially characterized by flexuously 
elongated stems and leaves, peculiarly thickened nodes, scarious- 
obtuse bracts and very small seeds. It appears to be nearest to 
S. Atlanticum, but possesses many points of difference. In addi- 
tion to those above referred to may be noted its less glaucous 
character, firmer and more wiry and subterete narrowly margined 
stem, narrower spathes of stiffer, less membranous, and more 
closely striate-nerved bracts, larger capsules. In the two scant 
specimens, which alone have afforded the outlines of the species, 
the shortened and scarious-obtuse, outer bract appears to represent 
a perfectly normal condition; should it prove to be constant it will 
afford a unique distihctive character among our species. 


Sisyrinchium Tracyi 


Pale green and slightly glaucescent, discoloring somewhat 
in drying, rather stout and stiff, 35-70 cm. high, bearing some 
loose stiff fibers about the base but not densely fibrose-coated ; 
leaves about 34 the height of the plant or longer, firm and erect, 
1-3 mm. wide, close-striate, becoming faintly rugulose, tapering- 
acute, very smooth throughout: stems rigid, straight or out- 
curved, 1.5-3 mm. wide, subterete and narrowly firm margined, 
very smooth; inflorescence stiff and, at least in its early stage, 
appearing somewhat contracted-sub-paniculate, the lower node 
bearing one to three erect peduncles and one or two stiff, mostly 
short branches supporting a cluster of 3 or 4 peduncles ; branches 
subterete and merely margined, smooth or obscurely denticulate, 
erect or ascending, 4-9 cm. long, the peduncles slender but stiff, 
approximate, those from the upper nodes 3-5 cm. long; lower 
bracteal leaf elongated and erect, equaling its inflorescence or 
shorter, sometimes 16 cm. long; upper bracteal leaves short and 
stiff: spathes green, sometimes slightly deflected from the abruptly 
constricted top of the peduncle, about 3 mm. wide, the flattened 
base rather sharply two-edged, the bracts strongly close-striate, 
subequal, 15-22 mm. long, the outer one herbaceous or abruptly 
short-acuminate, the margins white-hyaline, united clasping below 
for about 5 mm., the inner bract mostly apiculate from a thin 
scarious-obtuse or truncate apex; interior-scales silvery white, 


a Р, т ANUM 


BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 615 


broad, % to 34 the length of the bracts : flowers on erect, scarcely 
exserted pedicels, violet-blue, the perianth 10-12 mm. long, with 
long-aristulate segments ; stamineal column 5-6 mm. high ; fruit 
not seen. 


MississiPP: : Biloxi, March 20, 1898, just in flower, S. M. 
Tracy. 

A rather stout and stiffly erect species, perhaps more sugges- 
tive of S. At/anticum than any other but showing material differ- 
ences. Unlike S. Aanticum it is scarcely if at all glaucous, and 
has a very rigid and subterete merely margined stem and longer 
stiffer leaves ; the bracteal leaves are more foliaceous and the sub- 
paniculate inflorescence stiffer and more contracted, with the bracts 
` of the spathe thicker and more closely striate-nerved. 

Named for Prof. S. M. Tracy whose collections of Mississippi 
Sisyrinchia have furnished several new species. 


Sisyrinchium nanum 


Described from a single specimen, probably untypical. Low and 
stiff, 12 cm. high, pale green and glaucous, not at all fibrillose at 
base, the long descending roots nearly simple and slightly thick- 
ened: leaves erect, some of them equaling or surpassing the 
stems, I-2 mm. wide, prominently close-striate, tapering to a 
stiffened subterete, acute apex, very smooth, or sometimes, when 
young, roughened on the sides with minute points and with den- 
ticulate edges, firmly membranous below and abruptly expanded- 
clasping at the extreme base: stems subterete and stiff with firm 
narrow margins, the edges smooth; node only one, bearing an 
erect leaf about equaling the single short outcurved peduncle ; 
peduncles about 3 cm. long, very narrowly margined, smooth- 
edged or obscurely denticulate, constricted below the spathe; 
spathes 13 mm. long, narrowed below; bracts closely striate- 
nerved, the outer one narrowed to a short-pointed apex, the mar- 
gins broadly white-hyaline to the tip, united-clasping for 5 mm. 
below ; inner bract prominently surpassing the outer one, broadly 
scarious obtuse and abruptly contracted to the short-apiculate 
apex, interior scales broad, acuminate, the longer equaling or 
exceeding the outer bract; flowers apparently few, on slightly 
exerted pedicels, bright violet-blue, about 10 mm. long ; stamineal 
column 4 mm. high. 

Mississippi: Horn Island, June т, 1898, Prof. S. M. Tracy. 

The specimen cited is a very small plant only just in flower, 


and it is scarcely probable that it is fairly representative of its 


616 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 


species. Ordinarily there would be little excuse for proposing a 
new species on so slender a basis, but I have the less hesitation in 
so doing in the present case because it is impossible to reconcile 
the specimen with any species known to me and the exact locality 
where it was collected being known the true status and relation- 
ship of the plant can be readily ascertained at some future time. 

It is to be compared especially with S. zortum, agreeing with 
that species in the short stamineal column ; but it differs obviously 
in other characters, notably in the entire absence of the fibrous in- 
vestiture of the base of the tufts. 


"cem 


A new Volutella 


Bv Jupson Е. CLARK 


(PLATE 371) 


This fungus was found growing on dead leaves of Pandanus 
Vewchu in the greenhouses of the Botanical Department, Cornell 
University. Pure cultures were obtained by the ordinary dilution 
method, and germination and developmental phenomona were 
studied by growing the fungus in hanging-drop cultures in Van 
Tieghem cells. 

An excellent medium for the development of this form was 
made by steeping 450 grams of sugar bcet, sliced thin, in a liter of 
water for three hours at 100? C. After straining and cooling, the 
whites of two eggs were added, and the infusion was again boiled, 
then strained and filtered. To half the liter was added 6 grams of 
agar for a solid medium. This infusion of sugar beet and its cor- 
responding agar were used with great satisfaction for the develop- 
ment of various fungi, and were found to be particularly well 
adapted for the development of many saprophytic forms. 

Hanging-drops ofthe infusion and the agar were inoculated with 
a few spores from a pure culture. At 6 hrs. (Temp. 28° C.) the 
spores were germinating freely. The germ tubes were invariably 
developed from the ends of the conidia (Plate 377, f. 3) and in 
the first stages appeared to be simply a bulging out of the hya- 
line wall at these points. Two hours later the germ tubes had 
reached a length of about 20 and were beginning to branch by 
developing a branch close to the end of the original conidium, 
which could still be distinguished from the germ tubes by its greater 
diameter. This peculiarity of the first branching (/. 7) was quite 
constant in all cases observed. At 15 hours the cultures presented 
a mass of well branched, vigorously growing, non-septate my- 
celium. 

At from 24 to 36 hours conidial fructifications of two distinct 
types made their appearance. The first to appear were the larger 
submerged sporophores bearing macroconidia. In origin, mode 


(617 ) 


618 CLARK: А NEW VOLUTELLA 


of development, and appearance they resembled the aérial sporo- 
phores developed later, but differed from them in size, submerged 
habit, and character and number of conidia borne. In Fig. 5 is 
shown a branch of mycelium bearing the macrosporophores, two of 
which have developed conidia. This drawing was made from a 
culture in agar where the conidia were held z» жн by the medium 
and could be counted. In general each macrosporophore pro- 
duced 8-12 macroconidia. These latter were rather irregular in 
shape, varied greatly in size, and were obscurely two-guttate in ap- 
pearance. The measurements varied from 3.5 4X 7 (tto 4.5 “x 18 p. 
Several of these macroconidia are shown in Fig. 2. In germina- 
tion phenomena they were quite similar to the microconidia. 

Some hours after the first appearance of the macrosporophores, 
smaller, aérial microsporophores were very abundantly developed. 
These were borne laterally on submerged, and laterally and termi- 
nally on aérial hyphae, and abstricted conidia from their apices 
exactly similar to those examined from the original sporodochia 
on leaves of Pandanus. In figures 6-9 the manner of develop- 
ment of these conidia is shown, and how they remain clustered at 
the apex of the sporophore, held in position by capillary moisture 
forming a mucro-like aggregation which sometimes contained a 
hundred or more microconidia. 

On the tenth day sporodochia were observed in the agar cul- 
tures. The earliest stage observed was the development of a 
number of sporophores, in close proximity, bearing a large aggre- 
- gation of conidia showing in mass a light honey color. Later, the 
characteristic setae began to make their appearance. Originating 
in the mass of hyphae near or at the base of the sporodochium, 
they passed outwards and upwards at varying angles emerging 
through the spore masses at varying points. The mature sporo- 
dochia in these cultures resembled very closely those originally 
found on Pandanus, but differed in having a somewhat more regu- 
lar appearance and a richer yellow color, variations due no doubt 
to the altered conditions of development. 

On sterile bean pods and sugar beet plugs the growth and 
conidial fructification was excellent, and quite similar to that already 
described for the sugar beet infusion and agar. No indication of 
a perfect (ascus) stage was observed. 


de. " си Vn) ' 


CLARK: А NEW VOLUTELLA 619 


The growth on plate cultures was quite characteristic. The 
center of the colony produced a bunch of fluffy aérial hyphae 
which was surrounded by a compact ring of rich lemon yellow 
spore masses, beyond which the mycelium grew out in radiating 
lines bearing innumerable sporophores and an occasional sporo- 


dochium. That this fungus is quite sensitive to changes of tem- 


Plate culture of V. mellea on sugar beet agar. .Grown at first in thermostat at 
28? C., but afterwards on shelf in culture room. The fluffy hyphae in the center of the 
colonies is obscured by underlying spore masses. 


perature was shown by the concentric markings of colonies in 
Petrie dishes kept in the laboratory where the temperature varied 
frequently and considerably during the development of the colonies. 


Volutella mellea sp. nov. 


Sporodochia substipate, irregularly hemispherical, at first white, 
then honey-colored, becoming brown іп аре. 100-150 p in diam- 
eter, stratose; setae 10—60, arising irregularly from base of sporo- 
dochium and in many cases passing upwards through it, hyaline, 
continuous, slightly curved, tapering, very slightly roughened, 


620 CLARK: А NEW VOLUTELLA 


200—500 p long x 2—7 xin diameter; sporophores simple, continu- 
ous or rarely I-septate, always cut off from the hypha by septum, 
30-70 ^ long, tapering from 2 14 wat base to 1 1⁄4 pat apex ; conidia 
hyaline (when viewed singly), oblong, 2—21 # x 4-7, 2-guttate, 
forming great masses on top of sporodochium. 


The species іп many particulars resembles closely V. сайа 
Fr., but differs from it in several important particulars as follow : 


VOLUTELLA MELLEA, ' VOLUTELLA CILIATA Fr. 
Sporodochia at first white, becom- —— Sporodochia albo-carneis. 
ing yellow later. 
Stratose. 


2 14 n at base to 1 !5 pat apex. 


Sporophores 10 to 15 &/ XX pf. 
Macrosporophores | somewhat 

larger. 
Hyaline to honey-colored. Hyaline or dilutely rose. 


Microsporophores 30 to 70 p ‘| 
| 
J 


Microconidia distinctly 2-guttate. 
Macroconidia obscurely 2-guttate. 
On Pandanus. On Dicotyledons. 


BorANICAL DEPARTMENT, CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 


Explanation of Plate 371 


1. Microconidia, 500. 

2. Macroconidia, 500. 

3. Microconidia germinating, X 600. 

4. First branching of germ tubes. ' 

5. Branch of mycelium bearing macrosporophores, from culture in sugar beet 
agar, X 500. 

6-9. Microsporophores, showing different stages in the development of a ** head "' 
of microconidia, 500. 

IO. A young sporodochium (diagrammatic), X 250. 

11. A mature sporodochium, many of the spores removed, showing the stratose 
structure (diagrammatic), X 250. 


New and interesting Plants from Western North America.—VIll 
Bv A. A. HELLER 


Microsteris MacDougalii sp. nov. 


Annual, spreading, puberulent or pubescent with short hairs : 
stem much branched from near the base, 15 cm. high or less, the 
spread of the branches equalling the height: leaves alternate, 
usually at the base of a brancb, lanceolate, or linear-lanceolate, 
the lower larger ones 2 cm. long, 2—3 mm. wide : pedicels slender, 
usually quite short: calyx 5 mm. high, the linear-lanceolate lobes 
splitting to the base, scarious-edged below, the tips acuminate and 
cuspidate: corolla pale pink, very small, the tube scarcely or at 
all exceeding the calyx, the lobes very short: seeds olive-brown. 

Dr. D. T. MacDougal’s no. 42, collected on “dry hills north 
of Flagstaff,” Arizona, June 3, 1898. The type specimen is de- 
posited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 

In habit this species is like the northern M. diffusa, but very 
different in other particulars. It is peculiar in having a calyx with 
lobes split to the base. 


Brittonastrum pallidiflorum sp. nov. 


Lower portion of stem not seen, the upper portion cinereous 
puberulent, cymosely branched: branches slender, leafy, 2 dm. or 
more in length: leaves scattered, opposite, coriaceous, roughened 
with very short hairs, resinous dotted, the lower ones 4 cm. long, 
including the petiole, 2.5 cm. wide, broadly ovate, obtuse, cor- 
date at base, crenulate, the petioles 1.5 cm. long, ciliate ; leaves 
of the upper part of the branches smaller, ovate or ovate-lanceo- 
late, acute, somewhat contracted at base, dentate, short-petioled, 
or the uppermost sessile: spikes 3-5 cm. long, dense, the pedun- 
cles and pedicels very short, only about 1 mm. long; bracts 
equalling or exceeding the calyx, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 
puberulent, ciliate, acuminate ; calyx 7 mm. long, about 18-nerved, 
puberulent resinous dotted, somewhat two-lipped, the lobes lan- 
ceolate, acute, whitish, the two lower ones usually slightly shorter 
than the three upper ones; corolla 14 mm. long, slender, its tube 
exserted, puberulent or shortly pubescent, upper lip erect, the two 
lobes short, rounded, the lower lip spreading, with the middle 
lobe much longer than the lateral ones; stamens and style ex- 
serted ; style two-lobed. 


(621) 


үшү 


ee б eS i ААА Se. 
E 
ү 


622 HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 


The type, preserved in the herbarium of the New York Botan- 
ical Garden, is Dr. D. T. MacDougal's no. 313, collected in a 
“canon near the eastern base of Bill Williams Mountain, Arizona, 
July 22, 1898." 

This species should, perhaps, be described as Agastache pal- 
lidiflora, as it has considerable resemblance to Agastache, especi- 
ally in the appearance of the spikes. It has, however, the slender, 
exserted corolla and narrow bracts of Brittonastrum, апі geo- 
graphically would seem rather to belong to that genus. It seems 
to be a connecting link between these closely related genera. 


Senecio Hartianus sp. nov. 


Perennial, sometimes propagating by underground stolons : 
stem simple, erect, 3-4 dm. high, lanate, becoming smoother with 
age: leaves mostly basal, these oval, 12—18 mm. long, some cor- 
date on petioles 1 cm. long, others narrowed into a petiole 3-4 
cm. long, finely serrate ; stem leaves few, scattered, four to six in 
number, the lowest lanceolate, petioled, about 3 cm. long, the 
others linear, sessile, bract-like, all floccose, becoming glabrate 
with age: heads 4-6 in a terminal corymb ; pedicels slender, 1—3 
cm. long, somewhat lanate ; involucre 5 mm. high, lanate, or be- 
coming glabrate, its bracts linear-lanceolate, acuminate, tipped 
with purple; rays about 15, oblong, bright yellow, 4 mm. long, 
I mm. wide: achene glabrous: pappus bright white. 

No. 230, collected by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, “їп valley in 
open woods near Hart Spring, San Francisco Mountain, near 
Flagstaff, Arizona, July 5, 1898. The type specimen is deposited 
in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden., A well- 
marked species of the S. aureus group. 


SOME LONG-STYLED SPECIES OF DRABA 


Certain remarks lately printed by Prof. E. L. Greene in Pit- 
tonia concerning the trustworthiness of the statement “authentic 
specimen from type locality," as printed on some of my labels be- 
longing to the New Mexican collection of 1897, led me to look up 
the type sheet of Draba aurea var. stylosa. 

I wish to express my thanks to Dr. В. L. Robinson for the 
privilege of examining this type sheet, as well as the other ma- 
terial in the Gray Herbarium which is associated with it under the 


тта у, ell ыт TR 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN Моктн AMERICA 628 


Й 


varietal пате. The investigation of this material, as well as that 
in the herbaria of the New York Botanical Garden and of Colum- 
bia University, which latter contains a sheet of Fendler's no. 43, 
upon which the variety was founded, proved very interesting. It 
showed that a number of distinct forms have been included under 
one name, not only in the original collection, but among later col- 
lections as well. Some of these have already been segregated by 
Professor Greene, but there are others which seem equally worthy 
of characterization. 


DRABA HELLERIANA Greene, Pittonia, 4: 17. 1899 


Draba aurea var. stylosa А. Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci. II. 33: 
243. 1862, in part. 

Draba stylosa Heller, Plant World, 1: 23. 1897. Not D. 
stylosa 'Turcz. 1854. | 

When the writer raised Draba aurea var. stylosa of Gray to 
specific rank in 1897, he failed to note that the name was invali- 
dated by previous use. In the recent diagnosis of Draba Heller- 
iana by Professor Greene, our no. 3669, an “authentic specimen 
from type locality," and Professor Wooton's no. 275, collected in 
the White mountains, Lincoln county, southeastern New Mexico, 
were cited as types. 

After the description, Professor Greene further remarks that 
«Мг. Heller's statement, printed on his labels * Authentic speci- 
men, from type locality,’ is mere bombast.  Fendler collected no 
such plant as this; and Mr. Heller did not find the subalpine 
Fendlerian type on which Gray founded his D. aurea var. stylosa.” 

Perhaps my investigations have been very superficial, but so 
far I have failed to discover Professor Greene's reason for the post- 
five assertion that ''Fendler collected no such plant as this." 
Probably Professor Greene has not seen the type sheet of D. aurea 
var. stylosa, for on it are two fine examples of this same D. Heller- 
iana, and the label says Fendler collected them. Mr. Fendler's 
field note also shows that he collected this particular form, for the 
latter part of it reads: “ More rarely in the creek bottom and low 
banks of the creek." In the rich soil on the “low banks of the 
creek," is exactly where the specimen of mine which Professor 
Greene has seen, was obtained, and necessarily near the spot of 


Мыл ы. „ал 


624 HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 


original collection, a fact needing no explanation to one familiar 
with the topography of Santa Fe cañon. There is also an example 
of this species in the herbarium of Columbia University, under 
Fendler's no. 43. 


Draba patens sp. nov. 


Annual or biennial: stems rather stout, 4 dm. high when ma- 
ture, branched in the upper three fourths, the branches patent, 
markedly hirsute with mostly simple hairs, leafy throughout, even 
on the flowering branches: leaves rather thin, light green, the 
lowest ones obovate or spatulate, about 2.5 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, 
petioled, the petioles ciliate; the others ovate-oblong or ovate- 
lanceolate, acutish or the upper ones acute, sessile at the broad 
base, roughened on both sides with very short hairs, serrate with 
prominent spreading teeth, these wanting near the base, especially 
on the leaves of the lower part of the stem ; those on the middle 
portion of the stem the largest, 3-3.5 cm. long, 1.5 cm. wide: 
branches bearing flowers and fruit having a spread of 15 cm.: 
calyx yellowish, the lobes oblong, obtuse, 2 mm. long, somewhat 
pubescent: petals bright yellow, oblong, twice the length of the 
calyx: fruiting pedicels slender, pubescent, 5 mm. long; pod 
twisted, pubescent with short hairs, about 1 cm. long, tipped with 
a prominent slender style. 


The type is Professor E. O. Wooton's no. 275, preserved in the 
herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 

This number is cited by Professor Greene as part of his D. 
Helleriana, but the specimen here described is certainly different 
from my no. 3669, and from Fendler's original in the Gray Her- 
barium. Professor Wooton's plant differs from mine in its system 
of branching, not being branched directly from the base, as is mine, 
but the branches commence some distance above the root, and 
are widely spread, whereas in my plant the upper branches are 
strict ; the leaf is thinner, broader, of a rather different shape, 
prominently toothed ; the calyx is smoother, and the pods more 
pubescent. 

Since writing the above description, І have seen Professor 
Wooton's no. 275, as represented in the herbarium of the Mis- 
souri Botanical Garden. This specimen differs considerably in 
general appearance from the one just described, as it has much 
larger leaves, which are a little thinner, entire, or almost so. It is 
a marked form, perhaps worthy of varietal rank. 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN: NORTH AMERICA 625. 


Draga Neo-Mexicana Greene, Pittonia, 4: 18. 1899 


— Draba aurea var. stylosa A, Gray, Amer. Journ. Sa. IL 383: 
243. 1862, in part. Not D. stylosa Turcz. 1854. 

Professor Greene describes this as “ a subalpine species, of the 
mountains back of Santa Fé, New Mexico ; this description drawn 
from Fendler’s no. 43 as found in the U. S. Herbarium.” 

As has been noted above, a large part of Fendler's no. 43 is 
represented on the type sheet by D. Helleriana, but there are also 
on it two small plants which are evidently D. Neo- Mexicana, ac- 
cording to description. 

D. Neo-Mexicana is the plant referred to under D. Helleriana, 
where Professor Greene says that “ Mr. Heller did not find the 
subalpine Fendlerian type on which Gray founded his D. aurea var. 
stylosa”? Professor Greene was not present with me in New Mexico 
when I made the collection referred to, neither have I ever told 
him that I did not collect this particular plant; hence he must 
have merely inferred that I did not, simply because he never saw 
it under one of my labels. 

Neither am I able to see how he could safely accuse a man of 
« bombast” when he acknowledged in the citation of the type of 
D. Neo- Mexicana that he had seen only one example of Fendler's 
no. 43—the one in the U. S. National Herbarium—and that not 
the type of Gray's D. aurca var. stylosa. 

Furthermore, I fail to find any support for the assertion that this 
is a subalpine plant, any more than is D. Helleriana. In the “Plantae 
Fendlerianae," the locality is given as “shady declivities, along 
Santa Fé Creek, at the foot of mountains, etc. ; May to July." 
Fendler’s field note reads : “ 8th May-28th July, 1847. Santa Fé 
Creek, shady steep declivities and foot of mountains. More rarely 
in the creek bottom and low banks of the creek." Indeed, if a 
low, stunted growth alone is to be taken as subalpine, such subal- 
pine plants can be produced at sea level within the tropics. 

Fendler not only collected D. Helleriana and D. Neo-Mexicana, 
two very distinct forms, but also a third less differentiated one, all 
included under his no. 43. This third form is present on the type 
- sheet of D. aurea var stylosa, but it is there represented by only one 
small plant. It is well represented, however, in the George Engel- 
mann Herbarium at the Missouri Botanical Garden. Through the 


626 HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 


kindness of Dr. Trelease, I have had the privilege of examining 
the two sheets of Fendler's no. 43, preserved there. Although 
averse to the characterizing of varieties, the best way of treating 
this form seems to be to describe it as a variety. 


Draba Neo-Mexicana robusta var. nov. 


Multicipitally branched after the manner of D. М№ео- Mexicana, 
but with stouter, more pubescent, curved stems, branched above: 
leaves more numerous and larger. The type in Fendler's no. 43, 
as represented in the George Engelmann Herbarium at the Mis- 
souri Botanical Garden. 


Draba pallida sp. nov. 


Biennial, or perhaps perennial, somewhat multicipitally 
branched, cinereous throughout: stems 4 dm. high, beginning to 
branch near the base, the branches ascending, densely pubescent 
below with mostly forked hairs, these gradually becoming fewer 
on the upper parts of the stem, and entirely wanting near the 
summit : leaves thick and firm, all roughened with a dense, short, 
stellate pubescence, the basal ones spatulate, clustered in rosettes, 
entire, about I5 mm. long, 4 mm. wide, tapering into a petiole ; 
those of the stem oblanceolate, 2—3 cm. long, 5—7 mm. wide, ses- 
sile, acute, serrate in the upper half with sharp spreading teeth, or 
the upper reduced ones nearly entire : flowers apparently creamy 
or white: pedicels slender, strongly divaricate, slightly pubescent, 
about 5 mm. long: pod equaling or exceeding the pedicel, 
twisted, glabrous, tipped with a slender style 2 mm. long. 


Dr. H. H. Rusby's no. 18, as represented in the herbarium of 
Columbia University. It was collected on “shady hillsides, Mo- 
gollon Mountains, New Mexico, August, 1881.” 


Draba rubricaulis sp. nov. 


Apparently annual: stem 4 dm. high, slender, purplish, 
branched from near the base, the branches erect, hirsute below 
with spreading hairs, glabrous above: leaves few, mostly below 
the branches, thin, light green, sessile, oblong, obtuse, or the 
smaller upper ones lanceolate, acute, dotted with very short ap- 
pressed hairs, the veins shortly hirsute, the margin ciliate, the 
larger ones 3-4 cm. long, r cm. wide: branches peduncle-like, 
subtended by a leaf, naked, or provided with a few short lanceo- 
late bracts about 5 mm. long, the peduncle part 5-10 cm. long, 
this longer than the flowering portion on the lower branches, one 
third shorter on the upper ones : pedicels divaricate, slender, glab- 


HELLER: PLANTS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 627 


rous, 1.5 cm. long when mature : sepals oblong or ovate, yellow- 
ish, glabrous, 2 mm. long: petals yellow, oblong or oblong-spat- 
ulate, obtuse, about 5 mm. long: pods spirally twisted, usually 
with three spirals, normally shorter than the pedicel, moderately 
pubescent with short hairs, these more noticeable on the margins, 
tipped with a slender style 2 mm. long. 

C. G. Pringle's no. 1529, collected October 1, 1887, on cool 
ledges, Sierra Madre, State of Chihuahua, Mexico. The type is 


in the Gray Herbarium. Its nearest relative is, perhaps, D. patens. 
BEDFORD PARK, NEW YORK CITY. 


Anthurus borealis Burt. 


By DAVID GRIFFITHS 


This rare and interesting fungus so beautifully illustrated and 
fully described by Prof. E. A. Burt, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat, 
Hist. 3: 487-505, has been found in a third locality in the state 
of New York. It has also been collected in one locality in Mas- 
sachusetts. This then makes the fourth station in which the 
fungus has been collected. The last locality has furnished more 
material than any of the others, besides giving some additional 
data which are thought worth recording. 

The records of the distribution of the plant which have come 
to my notice are as follows: East Galway, Saratoga Co., N. Y., 
Sept., 1896, E. A. Burt; Sherruck, Delaware Co., №. Y., Aug., 
1897, F. B. Southwick, Annual Rep. State Bot., N. Y., 1897: 
132; Waltham, Mass., Autumn of 1898, on authority of G. E. 
Morris; New York City, N. Y., Ос 1899. 


fit oe 


| 
| 


GRIFFITHS: ANTHURUS BOREALIS Вокт 629 


The first collection made the past season was on the eighth of 
October, in a rectangular plot of ground at the rear of the Library of 
Columbia University. The area is planted with ornamental shrub- 
bery, and: is completely covered with a thin layer of manure and 
rubbish used as a mulching for the young shrubbery. The sur- 
face of the ground has not been disturbed since early spring. 
The soil is a yellow clay mixed with considerable sand. There 
are surrounding the library four of these rectangular areas, one at 
each of the four angles of the building. The treatment of the soil, 
the planting and the mulching has been practically the same on 
the four areas during the season, but the two rear ones alone fur- 
nished crops of Axthurus. The one at the northeast corner pro- 
duced but about a half dozen plants, but the one at the north- 
west corner furnished a great number. The locality where the 
plants were developed in abundance was, therefore, a shaded one, 
partially protected on all sides by buildings and trees. 

It is certain that some plants matured and decayed before their 
presence was discovered ; but the activity of several collectors in 
the vicinity would reduce the probability of their appearance to not 
earlier than the first of October. The last mature plants were col- 
lected on the 20th of the same month. On two occasions after 
this date, however, good sized eggs were secured. The last eggs 
were obtained on the 26th. These elongated in a moist chamber 
on the 29th. We can then say that the plant appeared approxi- 
mately during the entire month of October. Doubtless the sud- 
den decline of the temperature from the 19th to the 22d, the 
drouth which prevailed from this period onward, and the continual 
disturbance of the ground in search for the eggs all contributed to 
prevent further development after the 20th. 

An abundance of material in various stages of development has 
been preserved. No less than two dozen eggs were allowed to 
develop in a moist chamber. Опе not over І! cm. in diameter 
produced an apparently normal plant of but 6 cm. in length. Sev- 
eral smaller eggs than this were secured, but none of them de- 
veloped. The smallest egg seen was 3 mm. in diameter. The 
largest plant secured was one which developed naturally on the 
campus. It measured a little more than 19 cm. in length. Тһе 
largest plant in the accompanying cut developed in a moist cham- 


680 GRIFFITHS: ANTHURUS BOREALIS BURT 


ber from one of the largest eggs gathered. It measured 16 cm. 
іп length. Fully бо plants were seen during the month; making 
allowance for those which decayed unseen, there probably de- 
veloped 75-100 plants on this small piece of ground. 

Eggs considerably developed possess an enormous amount 
of vitality as evinced by the readiness with which they developed 
in a moist chamber after being separated from the mycelium. 
But this is true to a greater or less degree of many if not all of 
the phallales. One egg which had lain in a moist chamber for 
two days was cut in two in a median longitudinal plane one 
morning at 9 o'clock. The two sections were laid on a white 
piece of paper with the cut surfaces uppermost and placed in a 
south window to dry, for the purpose of making herbarium spec- 
imens of them. Although they remained in the window all day, 
and in direct sunlight not less than four hours, they elongated 
during the following night. The cut surfaces of the stipe were 
dried so that they could not elongate much, but the convex side 
of the sections elongated to nearly the normal length, and curved 
around the cut surface making semicircular figures. 

Several methods of preservation were resorted to, but the one 
adopted by Professor Underwood was, on the whole, the most 
satisfactory, particularly for exhibition purposes ; this consisted in 
stuffing the stipe with cotton and then fixing in 60% alcohol. А 
strong solution of formalin, 15-30%, gave fairly good results also, 
but a considerable amount of contraction occurred with all of the 
fixatives used. 

It is fortunate that the plot of ground on which the fungus 
grew is so favorably situated. It will in all probability remain in 
practically the same condition as it is now for some time, thus 
giving an opportunity of studying the plant in the same locality 
for two or more successive years. It will be interesting to know 
whether, under favorable circumstances, the plant will appear again 
in the same locality next year. 

Usually the eggs were found aggregated in groups of two 
to five. The mycelium was very abundant under the mulching, 
but the eggs were always more or less imbedded in the ground, and 
always connected with it by strong mycelial strands. The great 
variation in size has already been mentioned, but this was not 


GRIFFITHS: ANTHURUS BOREALIS BURT 631 


necessarily the result of artificial development in a moist chamber, 
for several very small plants, about 8 cm. in length, were found 
developed under natural conditions. These, however, as a rule, 
grew beyond the mulching in the edge of the grass. The number 
of branches of the receptacle is quite variable. Professor Burt de- 
scribed the plant with five fully developed branches and one abor- 
tive one. While this is apparently the normal condition in our 
specimens, a large number were found with seven arms and a few 
with eight. But whether with six, seven or eight, the abortive or 
smaller branch is nearly always present. 

The accompanying cut was made from a photograph by Dr. C. 
C. Curtis, taken from plants which elongated in a moist chamber. 
The plant in the center of the figure and the one next to it on the 
right are fully extended. The outside objects are medium sized 
eggs. The figures are reduced to a little less than one half natural 
TE 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, Nov. 15, 1899. 


Some Fungi from South America 
Bv F. S. EARLE 


Professor C. F. Baker has placed in my hands for determination 
a small lot of fungi collected during the fall of 1898 near Santa 
Marta, United States of Colombia. І am indebted to Mr. А.Р. 
Morgan for the examination of the Xylariaceae and to Dr. P. 
Dietel for the determination of the Uredinales, and for the accom- 
panying notes on them. 


COLEOSPORIUM ELEPHANTOPODIS (Schw.) Thum. 
On Llephantopus sp., no. 86. 


PUCCINIA CLAVIFORMIS Thüm. 
On Solanum sp., no. 76. 
PUCCINIA APPENDICULATA Wint. 
On some plant of the Bignoniaceae (?), no. 93. 
“ Тһе appendages on the stem are poorly developed and аге 


frequently wanting, yet I think it is easy to see that this determina- 
tion Is correct.” 


Puccinia bombacis Dictel sp. nov. 


Sori hypophylli, sparsi, mediocres, pulvinati, firmi, brunnei ; 
teleutosporae oblongae vel ellipsoideae, utrinque rotundatae, varius 
basi attenuatae, ad septum paulo vel vix constrictae, 30-40 x 13-18 
и, episporio dilute bruneo levi, apice incrassato indentae pedicillo 
firmo usque 50 y longo suffulto. 


On Bombax sp., no. 80. 
“This isa Leplopuccinia which has the appearance of Puccinia 
malvacearum Mart., but has much smaller spores.” 


UnoMvcEes MANIHOTIS P. Henn.—Uredo 


“ Hennings has only described the telentospores but on speci- 
mens received from him I also find the uredospores which corre- 
spond exactly with this no. 84." 


Uromyces cissampelidis Dietel sp. nov. 


Sor hypophylli, minuti, sparsi, uredosporiferi cinnamomei, 
teleutosporiferi atrofusci ; uredosporae obovatae vel subglobosae, 


( 632 ) 


EARLE: SOME FUNGI FROM SOUTH AMERICA 633 


20—26 x 19-23 p echinulatae brunneae. Teleutosporae ellipsoideae 
vel rarius globosae, episporio crasso, levi, apice valde incrassato, 
obscure castaneo indute, pedicello usque 40 // longo donatae. 


On Cissampelos sp., no. 83. 

SOROSPORIUM SYNTHERISMAE (Schw.) Farl. 
On Andropogon sp., no. 97. 

HyYMENOCHAETE PURPUREA Cke. & Моге. 


On dead twigs, no. 104. 


Auricularia nigra (Schw.) Earle 

On dead stumps and logs, nos. 106, 107. 

In young specimens the color of the hymenium is ater rather 
than nigrescent, otherwise the specimens agree well with the de- 
scription given in Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 6: 768 (under /Zirnueola). 
This striking fungus has so much the aspect of a Peszza that it is 
no wonder Schweinitz placed it in that genus. 


TRYBLIDIELLA RUFULA (Spreng.) Sacc. ? 


On dead twigs, no. 103. 

Much like this widely distributed and variable species but the 
ascospores are rather narrow, 24—28 x 7-8 yz, and the disc is black, 
not at all reddish as is usually the сазе. 


ASTERINA MELASTOMATIS Lev.? 


Epiphyllous: perithecia in a scanty radiating brown mycelium, 
soon confluent, forming black, brittle, somewhat elevated stroma- 
like crusts, 2—3 or more mm. in diameter, each containing numer- 
ous prominent perithecia about 200—300 p in diameter: asci sub- 
orbicular, about 35 x 25 p, paraphyses none: ascospores inordi- 
nate, brown, about equally uniseptate, ends obtuse, 16-20 x 6 p. 


On living leaves of some plant of the Melastomaceae, no. 9o. 

The description of this species (Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 1: 51) is 
too brief and unsatisfactory for positive determination in the absence 
of authentic specimens. The fact that Dothidea melastomatis Kuntze, 
is given as a probable synonym goes to confirm the correctness of 
the determination since the mass of confluent perithecia looks 
much like a black stroma. 


PHYLLACHORA GRAMINIS (Pers.) Fckl. 


On Oplismenus? no. 95. 


684 EARLE: SOME FUNGI FROM SOUTH AMERICA 


Apiospora sparsa sp. nov. 


Perithecia few, usually one to three or, by confluence, twelve or 
more, arranged linearly on a scanty inconspicuous subiculum, buried 
but elevating and rupturing the epidermis, black, small, 150- 
200 pz, ostiolum papillate-emergent: asci oval, thin-walled, soon 
ruptured, about 80 x 12-18 у, paraphyses thread-like, indistinct, 
soon gelatinized : ascospores obliquely uniseriate or inordinate, 
narrowly ovate, ends obtuse, straight or slightly curved, hyaline 
or faintly olivaceous, very unequally two-celled, basal cell about 
4 X 4 t, spore 20-22 x бл. 

On the dead culms of some slender grass, no. 105. 


HYPOXYLON COCCINEUM Bull. 
On dead branches, no. тот (Det. Morgan). 


Hypoxylon Bakeri sp. nov. 


Stroma determinate, irregularly rounded, convex, scattered or 
crowded, about 3-8 mm.: perithecia crowded, covering the entire 
stroma, globose, prominent, dark brown, black within, large, 34 mm.; 
ostiolum minutely papillate, black, shining : asci cylindrical, 60— 
80x 5 у, paraphyses abundant, thread-like: ascospores obliquely 
monostichous, unequilateral, ends rounded, light brown, 9 x 3-4 p. 


On dead branches, no. 87. 


Marsonia agaves sp. nov. 


Acervuli scattered or crowded on yellowish areas, large, 1 mm., 
prominent, orange yellow, at maturity bursting centrally, the lacer- 
ate upturned edges of the epidermis surrounding the opening like 
an aecidia cup: sporules sub-cylindric, ends rounded, at first con- 
tinuous, finally faintly uniseptate, about 14 X4 f. 


On languishing leaves of Agave sp., no. 97. Other areas on 
the same leaf are blackened by some miniature fungus, probably 
belonging to the Pyrenomycetes. 


The Mycorhiza of Tipularia unifolia* 


By Juria В, CLIFFORD 
(PLATE 372) 


The writer of this paper undertook a study of the anatomical 
and physiological relations of 775u/aria and its symbiotic fungus, 
for the purpose of extending information on mycorhizal adapta- 
tions, and thus affording a wider basis for the determination of the 
actual relation between plants associated in this manner. 

The material examined consisted of a number of living speci- 
mens from South Corolina, which were grown in the greenhouse 
of the University of Minnesota. The plant consists of an irregu- 
lar solid corm which sends out an offset in midsummer, from which 
is formed a daughter corm, giving rise to a single ovate leaf in the 
autumn which survives the winter. In the spring the leaf dies 
away and the corm sends up a scape 49 to 50 centimeters high, 
bearing a raceme of greenish flowers. The roots are few in num- 
ber, fibrous, and depend from the base of the corm. 


STRUCTURE OF THE Roots 


The Stele.—The stele is tetrarch, well developed, and fairly large 
for the size of the root, each bundle consists chiefly of two or three 
large scalariform ducts and a number of spiral vessels. Alternat- 
ing with the bundles are groups of twelve to twenty sclerenchy- 
matous fibers in which the lumen is almost obliterated. The 
pericycle is interrupted, and its elements are quite irregular in ma- 
ture organs. Тһе endodermal cells are large, uneven in size, the 
lateral walls are sometimes thickened, and all are suberized. 

The Cortex.—EKxternal to the stele is a region of the cortex 
consisting of four to six layers of short cylindrical cells, with 


small intercellular spaces, and thin cellulose walls. These cells 
contain large fungal vesicles in contact with the nuclei and those 
of neighboring elements may be seen to be connected by hyphal 


* The work described in this paper was done in the physiological laboratory of the 
University of Minnesota, under the direction of Professor D. T. MacDougal of the New 
York Botanical Gardens, who also revised the manuscript. 


( 635 ) 


636 CLIFFORD: THE МҮСОКНІХА OF TIPULARIA UNIFOLIA 


threads. In many instances the vesicles almost fill the cells 
They stain a yellowish brown with Bismark brown and alcohol 
In the older portions of the root these vesicles are seen to disinte- 
grate and free their contents in the cortex, as has been described 
by MacDougal in Corallorhizat 

The nuclei of the cells inhabited by the fungus show a varied 
behavior. In some instances they are double the normal size, very 
granular, and hyperchromatic. Тһе shape in such instances varies 
from spherical to oblong ovoid. In roots examined early in May 
the nuclei of the infected cells were irregular in outline, diminished 
in size, and in some instances had fragmented into two or three 
segments. 

External to the region just described is a second, consisting of 
two layers of long cylindrical cells, with no intercellular spaces, 
and thickened at the angles. These cells contain active hyphae 
which form more or less dense convolutions at random, but which 
do nf appear to influence the nucleus of the cell inhabited, as they 
are fairly normal in size and structure. 

The Sheath —The outer layer of the cortex consists of two 
kinds of cells; a long cylindrical form, and a short cylindrical 
form of smaller diameter. The longer cells are placed with their 
greater axes parallel to that of the root, and they alternate with 
the shorter ones which have their longest diameter radial. Any 
row of cells in this layer consists of the two kinds of cells placed 
alternately, so that each long cell is separated from the end of the 
one above it by a short one. The diameter of the short ones is 
less than that of the long ones, and as a consequence, the edges 
of the long ones may be prolonged to meet at the sides of the 
short ones, a fact that may be seen in tangential sections only. 

The outer and inner walls of the smaller cells of this layer are 
noticeably thinner than the later ones and this device allows the 
ready passage of the hyphae, which crowd through these passage 
cells so densely as to almost fill the cavities. (РІ. 372. f. 4.) 

Epidermal Tissue.—Vxternal to the sheath is a tissue consisting 
of four or five layers of thin-walled cells, rich in protoplasm, with 
no intercellular spaces. This layer is continuous over the apex of 
the root, on which no cap can be distinguished. It is suggested 


+ Symbiosis and Saprophytism, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Oct., 1899. 


СїлЕЕОЕР: THe Myvcoguiza ОЕ TiPULARIA UNIFOLIA 687 


that this may be a true many-layered epidermis, developed for the 
especial needs of a mycorhizal organ, similar to that described by 
Groom in Thismia (Annals of Botany, 1895). Тһе outer wall of 
the external layer is extended in the form of root-hairs which are 
persistent, and which exhibit great diversity of shapes. Some of 
these organs are branched, while the apices of others are converted 
into hollow disks, or into the form of the pileus of a mushroom. 
These hairs are traversed by hyphae which pass through their 
lateral walls into the humous soil. 

The cells of the epidermal tissue contain hyphae which pass 
towards the apex of the root in nearly straight lines. The hyphae 
give off short lateral branches which are enlarged, and are of the 
form of the sporophores of some of the moulds, though never seen 
to develop spores. These organs are cut off from the main hyphae 
by septae, and are sometimes to be seen separated from the hyphae, 
and may possibly serve as reproductive bodies. The hyphae are 
septate throughout all of the regions mentioned. 

The hyphae which traverse the root-hairs sometimes form con- 
volutions within them, and nearly all of the hairs thus inhabited 
show distortions as previously described. 

In addition to the symbiotic fungus, the smaller hyphae of a 
second organism, probably parasitic may be seen in the roots of 
some specimens. 


SUMMARY 


The principal features of interest in the mycorhiza of 772a- 
laria consist in the lack of the root cap, the development of a 
many-layered epidermal tissue, which serves the immediate pur- 
pose of affording a habitat for the vegetative mycelium of the sym- 
biotic fungus: the formation of a special sheath from the ex- 
ternal layer of the cortex, certain cells of which are converted 
into passage-cells, through which the internal hyphae find an easy 
passage into the medio-cortex with its rich content of carbohy- 
drates. 

The general organization of the fungus, and its relation to the 
seed plant is similar to that described by MacDougal in Cora//o- 
rhiza and other mycorhizal forms.* The hyphae in the epidermal 


* Symbiosis and Saprophytism, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Oct., 1899. 


688 CLIFFORD: THE MycoruizA or TIPULARIA UNIFOLIA 


tissue constitute the vegetative mycelium, which sometimes forms 
branches which may be reproductive in their primary purpose. 
Branches are given off which traverse the root-hairs and pene- 
trate the soil, constituting the absorbing organ of the mycorhiza, 
and which serve to bring the humous products within the root. 
Branches are given off which penetrate the cortex through the 
passage cells, forming vesicles which serve as organs of inter- 
change. Starches and other carbohydrates are taken from the 
higher plant, and proteids are formed from these and the humous 
products brought in from the soil, which are finally liberated by 
the disintegration of the vesicles. The seed plant affords a 
habitat also to the fungus, so that a fairly well balanced symbiosis 
is the result. 


Explanation of Plate 372 


All drawings were made from a Bausch and Lomb one-fifth inch apochromatic ob- 
jective, and a No. 4 compensating ocular. Magnification 159 except in figure. 

Fic. І. Cross section of stele. x, x, x, x, x, scalariform ducts. s, spiral vessels. 

Fics. 2 and 3. Root-hairs, showing form and traversing hyphae. 

Fic. 4. Tangential view of outer cortical sheath, showing the long cylindrical 
sheath cells, alternating with the short passage-cells. 

Fic. 5. Longitudinal section of cortex and epidermis. с, outer epidermal cells 
with root-hairs. ғ, sheath. о, region containing vegetative mycelium of fungus. », 
medio-cortex. й, disintegrating vesicles. 27, nucleus. 


EE iL Lud 


Proceedings of the Club 
TurspAv EVENING, OCTOBER 10, 1899 


Vice-President Rusby in the chair ; 33 persons present. 

The following new members were elected : Miss Mary B. Pit- 
man, 304 E. 21st St.; Mrs. Francis В. Arnold, 101 W. 78th St.; 
Mrs. E. E. Olcott, 38 W. 39th St.; Miss Lucy McIntyre, 303 W. 
74th St.; Dr. A. Henri Hart, 73 Lexington Ave.; Mr. S. Whitney 
Dunscomb, Jr., 132 Nassau St.: nominated by Dr. H. H. Rusby 
as Chairman of Committee on Membership. Mr. Gustave Heinen, 
142 Second Ave.; Miss Rosalie Rosenburg, 128 E. 7oth St: 
nominated by the Secretary. Miss Annie D'Zan, 63 Stuyvesant 
Ave., Brooklyn: nominated by the Treasurer. 

In response to an invitation from Dr. MacDougal, secretary of 
section С of the A. A. A. S. a committee was appointed to pre- 
pare a memorial program in honor of Dr. Torrey, to be given at 
the June meeting of the Association in New York ; this committee 
to consist of the President, the Vice-President, the Secretary and 
two other members whom they shall appoint. 

Dr. Britton called attention to the expected opening of the 
Museum at the Botanical Garden in December, and suggested that 
it might be appropriate that the first scientific meeting to be held 
there be that of the Torrey Club, this Club having made the first 
movement toward starting the Botanical Garden. 

The remainder of the evening was devoted to reports from ex- 
cursions and from summer observations by members. 

Dr. Rusby, as guide to nine excursions in the spring, reported 
an average attendance of 31. 

At Floral Park, L. I., May 20th, the club enjoyed the fine 
botanical library of Mr. C. L. Allen, and the method of cultivating 
seedling tulips shown by Mr. E. S. Miller. 

June 3d the club was very kindly entertained at Fort Lee by 
Mr. and Mrs. Wm. O. Allison. 

Miss Sanial, from the Committee on Field Excursions, followed, 
making a report embodying lists of species observed during the 
excursions from June onward. 

( 639) 


640 PROCEEDINGS ОЕ THE CLUB 


October 7th the Club went to Plainfield, N. J. The guide, Miss 
Noll, of Plainfield, invites the Club there in the coming spring, and 
calls attention to the occurrence of Mertensia at the Raritan near 
that place. 

Mrs. Britton reported on a trip June 27, to Closter, N. J., for 
the purpose of photographing the house in which Austin lived. 
He is buried at Orangeburg, N. Y., six miles north. 

Professor Underwood reported on the Decoration Day excur- 
sion to Tullytown, Pa.; about 20 persons from Philadelphia and 12 
from New York present. Zsoetes riparia, a tidal plant, occurred 
along streams tributary to the Delaware. 

Dr. Britton reported further of this trip regarding a patch of 
pine-barren species explored there, among which grew a Senecio re- 
sembling S. Oakesianus of the Adirondacks but probably different. 

Dr, Britton reported also on the 4th of July excursion to the 
Delaware River at Bull's Island, another /soetes, Z. Dodget, oc- 
curing there. | 

Professor T. C. Porter reported at the latter place the occur- 
rence of Equisetum littorale, Onosmodium Virginianum, etc. 

Both of these excursions were contributary to Dr. Fretz’ re- 
vision of Moyer’s catalogue of the Bucks Co. flora soon to be is- 
sued. It is now being worked out with attention to details of 
distribution, ecology and modern taxonomic views. 

Discussion regarding various gentians followed. 

Mr. Van Brunt reported seeing a single stem of Gentiana 
crinita bearing 59 flowers, all the upper, certainly 20, in full bloom. 
Placing the plants, after clipping, in the dark over night and leaving 
until 9 or 10 A. M,, they expanded beautifully on exposure to 
the light. 

Rev. L. T. Chamberlain reported 96 buds and blossoms on a 
single stem of Gentiana crinita in Mass., at West Brookfield. 
White blossoms came out in six weeks after it, the stem having 
bloomed ih his study 42 days.. Mr. Chamberlain also reported 
that Dr. Isaac Lea, of Philadelphia, had told him of finding a stem 
of Gentiana crinita with 1 50 blossoms. 

Professor Porter called attention to white flowers of G. An- 
drewsit ; it is this he thinks which was described as G. alba. 

He spoke of the habit of Gentiana quinqueflora to produce a 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 641 


great variety of size in the same soil, with little dwarfs with one 
flower at one inch high. 

Professor Porter spoke of G. favida as recently found in Bucks 
Co. Я 

Dr. Rusby referred to а successful experiment in scattering the 
seeds of the fringed gentian upon the snow, resulting in a profusion 
of young seedlings. 

Mr. Henshaw paid a tribute to the beauty of the alpine gen- 
tians of the Old World, and to the cultivation of seedling tulips by 
his father, waiting till the seventh year for them to “break,” grow- 
ing only late-flowering tulips. Mr. Henshaw said he had no 
theory of the cause but had never known one to fail to “ break," 
and knows of no other plant of similar habit. 

Rev. L. T. Chamberlain spoke of a walk near Fabyan's in the 
White Mountains with the whole covering of the earth composed 
of Cypripedium acaule, seemingly a hundred thousand plants. 


EDWARD S. BURGESS, 
Secretary. 


Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany 


The Cambridge Botanical Supply Company will discontinue 
the publication of the Card Index of Literature relating to Ameri- 
can Botany, January 15, and the Committee of Section G of the 
А. A. A. S. is seeking to continue it under other arrangements. 
The present subscription price of $5 per year was made when 
only about 500 cards were issued and is inadequate to support the 
enterprise with the number of titles increased to upwards of 800. 

It has been decided to make the rate one cent per card. The 
number of subscribers will govern the number of sets printed, and 
the matter will not be electrotyped. Intending subscribers should 
notify the editor of the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 
at once. 


Ames, O. An easy Method of propagating Drosera filiformis. ВҺо- 
dora, 1: 172. fl. 8. S. 1899. | 


Andrews, L. Soil-preferences of some less usual vascular Plants in 
central Connecticut. Rhodora, І: 103, 104. Je. 1899. 

Baker, L. Н. Noteworthy Plants at Exeter, Maine. Rhodora, І: 
75. Ap. 1899. 

Bescherelle, E. Note sur le Phi/onotula papulans C. Müll. Rev. 
Bryol. 25: 89, до. 1898. 

Bode, G. Ueber Phylloxanthin. Bot. Centralb. 79: 227-239. 3 
Au. 1899. 


Brainerd, E.  Zyérastis Canadensis in Vermont. Rhodora, 1: 200. 
N. 1899. 

Britton, E. G. A new Grimmia from Mt. Washington. Rhodora, 
I: 148, 149. l. 7. Au. 1899. | 
С. Evansi, sp. nov. 

Buchenau, Е. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Gattung Tropaeolum. 
Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 26: 580-588. 18 Ap. 1899. 

Burt, E. A. A List of Vermont Helvelleae, with descriptive Notes. 
Rhodora, 1: 59-67. ^. 4. Ap. 1899. 

Cardot, J. Nouvelle classification. des Leucobryacées. Rev. Bryol. 
26: 1-8. 1899. 

( 642 ) 


А Лл с айы АА... 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 643 


Clark, H. L. Additions to the Flora of Amherst, Massachusetts. 
Rhodora, 1: 164, 165. 5. 1899. 

Collins, Е. S. A seaweed Colony. Rhodora, 1: 69-71. Ap. 1899. 

Collins, Е. S. Notes on Algae.—I. Rhodora, 1: 9-11. Ja. 1899. 
Rivularia compacta, sp. nov. 

Collins, F. S. To Sea-weed Collectors. Rhodora, 1: 121-127. Jl. 
1899. 

Collins, J. F. Notes on the Bryophyte Flora of Maine.—l. Rho- 
dora, 1: 33-36. Е. 1899. 

Collins, J. F. Rhode Island Plant-notes.—II.  Rhodora, І: 105- 
107. ]e. 1899. 

Cook, M. P. Some Additions to the ** Flora of Middlesex County, 
Massachusetts." Rhodora, 1: 80-82. My. 1899. 

Coulter, J. M. & Rose, J. N. Hesperogenia, a new Genus of Um- 
belliferae from Mount Rainier. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 5: 203. A. 
27. 31 О. 1899. 

H. Stricklandi, sp. nov. 

Day, M.A. ‘The local Floras of New England. Rhodora, 1: 111- 
120. Je. 1899; 138-142. Jl. 1899; 158. Au. 1899; 174-178. 
S. 1899; 194-196. О. 1899; 208-211. N. 1899. 

Deane, W. Preliminary Lists of New England Plants.—I. Ericaceae. 
Rhodora, 1: 93, 94. My. 1399. 

Deane, W. Preliminary Lists of New England Plants.—l1l. Umbel- 
liferae. Rhodora, 1: 159, 160. Au. 1899. 

Dixon, Н. N. Plagiothecium Müllerianum Schimp. and the allied 
Species. Rev. Bryol. 26: 17-21. 1899. 

Fernald, M. L. Some Antennarias of Northern New England. 
Rhodora, 1: 71-75. Ар. 1899. 

А. petaloidea and A. rupicola, new species. 

Fernald, M. L. Further Notes on New England Antennarias. Rho- 
dora, 1: 150-155. Au. 1899. 

А. ambigens and A. Brainerdii, new species. 

Fernald, M. L. Oxytropis campestris in Northeastern America. 
Rhodora, 1: 85-89. My. 1899. 

Fernald, M. L. Preliminary Lists of New England Plants.—III. 
Antennaria. Rhodora, 1: 160. Au. 1899. 


Fernald, M. L. Some Plant-names of the Madawaska Acadians. 
Rhodora, 1: 166-168. S. 1899. 


| "EN 


644 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Fernald, M. L. Some undescribed and little known Varieties of 
Aster and Solidago. Rhodora, 1: 187-191. О. 1899. 


Fernald, M. L. Two ambiguous Loosestrifes from the Northern 
States.  Rhodora, І: 131-135. 2/ 6. Jl. 1899. 
Lysimachia producta and Z, polyantha, new species, 

Fuller, T. O. Some rare Plants of Needham, Massachusetts. Rho- 
dora, І: 179-182. О. 1899. 


Ganong, W. F. Polyembryony in Opuntia vulgaris, Rhodora, 
I: 127, 128. Jl. 1899. 


Graves, C. B. Some noteworthy Plants of southeastern Connecticut. 
Rhodora, 1: 67-69. Ap. 1899. 


Greene, E. L. A Fascicle of new Violets. Pittonia, 4: 3-8. 5 Ja. 
1899 ; 9. 3r Ja. 1899. 
V. falcata, V. conjugens, V. subsinuata, V. Mistassinica, V. I Vatsonit, V. retusa» 

and V. cyclophylla. 

Greene, E. L. Notes on Machaeranthera. Pittonia, 4: 22-24. 7 
Е. 1899; 25. 17 Mr. 1899. 


Grout, A. J. А Revision of the North American Species of S¢clero- 
podium. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 531-540. ` 16 О. 1899. 
Scleropodium apocladum ( Mitt.) and S. colpophyllum (Sulliv.), nom. nov.; SS. col- 

Bophyllum. attenuatum var. nov. 

Grout, A. J. Suggestions for a more satisfactory Classification of the 
pleurocarpous Mosses. Rev. Bryol. 26: 73-77. 1899. 


Harper, R. M. Additions to the Flora of Worcester County, Mas- 
sachusetts. —II. Rhodora, І: 201-205. N. 1899. 


Holden, I. Two new Species of marine Algae from Bridgeport, Con- 
necticut. Rhodora, 1: 197, 198. 2/ 0. М. 1899. 


Hydrocoleum majus and Stictyosiphon subsimplex. 


Hollick, A. See Newberry, J. S. 


Hosmer, A. W. On the Plants introduced by Minot Pratt at Con- 
cord, Massachusetts. Rhodora, 1: 168-172. S. 1899. 


Halsted, B. D. A new Genus of Powdery Mildews— Erysiphopsis. 
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 594, 595. 15 М. 1899. 
Lrysiphopsis parnassiae, new species. 

Heller, A. A. New and interesting Plants from Western North 
America.—VI. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 547-552. 160, 1899. 


New species in Quamasia, Clematis, Aragallus, Mertensia, Hymenopappus, and 
Senecio, 


е ал а мо о ыш т у “Аж т" COACE O TT a АА А ee Р ee ee мА җн a А N 
WER eee 
a Р 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 645 


Heller, A. A. New and interesting Plants from Western North 
America.—VII. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 588-593. 15 М. 1899. 
New species in Veratrum, Verbena, Stachys, Pentstemon, Erigeron, and Senecio ; 

new names in Petalostemon. 

Henderson, L. F. ‘Two new Species of Plants from the Northwest- 
ern United States. Contr. О. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 201, 202. 24 26. 
31 O. 1899. 

Aster Latahensis and Angelica Roseana. 

Hill, E. J. The Habitats of the Pellaeas. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 
26: 596-598. 15 N. 1899. 

Holway, E. W. D. Some Californian Uredineae. Erythea, 7: 98. 
31 O. 1899. 


Puccinia Palmeri (Aecidium Palmeri Anderson), Uredo gaillardiae, Aecidium 
pseudo-balsameum, and Aecidium triglochinis, proposed by Dietel and Holway. 


Jepson, W. L. Vegetation of the Summit of Mt. Helena. Erythea, 
7: 105-II3. p 3. 31 O. 1899. 

Jones, L. R. The Vermont Botanical Club. Rhodora, 1: 77, 78. 
My. 1899. 

Kennedy, С. G. A new Moss from Mt. Desert Island. Rhodora, 
I: 78-80. M. 5. My. 1899. 

Pottia Randii, sp. nov. 

Kindberg, N. C. Mousses récoltées en Alabama (Amérique du Nord), 
déterminées par N. С. Kindberg. Rev. Bryol. 25: 92,93. 1898. 
Fabronia Wrightii brachyphylla and Mnium cuspidatum pachyphyllum var. nov. 

Kindberg, N. C. Note sur un Ayfopterygium du Canada. Rev. 
Bryol. 26: 46-48. 1899. 
flypopterygium Canadense, sp. nov. 

Knowlton, C. H. On the Flora of Mt. Abraham Township, Frank- 
lin County, Maine. Rhodora, 1: 191-193. О. 1899. 

Kohl, F. G. Untersuchungen iiber die Raphidenzellen. Bot. Cen- 
tralb. 79: 273-281. 2, г. 29 Au. 1899. [Illust. | 

Leavitt, К. G. Adventitious Plants of Drosera. Rhodora, І: 206— 
208. ^. zo. М. 1899. 

Lloyd, Е. E. Two hitherto confused Species of Lycopodium. Bull. 
Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 559-567. 2/. 370. 15 М. 1899. 

Lindberg, Н. Om Ролда pulchella (Hedw.), P. carnea L. och nå- 
gra med dem sammanblandade Former. Acta Soc. Faun. et Fl. 
Fenn. 16°: 1-27. M. 1899. 

Pohlia decurrens Lindb. fil. sp. nov. from British America and notes on other Amer- 
ican species. 


646 INbEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


MacDougal, D. T. Studies in Plant Physiology. I.-II. Asa Gray 
Bull. 6: 73-76. О. 1898; 98-102. D. 1898. 


MacDougal, D. T. Symbiosis and Saprophytism. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club, 26: 511-530. AM. 367—369. 16 О. 1899. 

MacMillan, C. Minnesota Plant Life. Svo. Saint Paul, Minn. 1— 
568. pl. 1—4. f. 1-240. Зо О. 1899. 

Merriam, C. H. Results of a Biological Survey of Mount Shasta, 
California. N. A. Fauna, 16: 1-179. A. 1-5. f. 1-46. 28 О. 
1899. 

Contains notes on the forests of Shasta, pp. 30-47 ; and notes on the distribution of 

Shasta Plants, pp. 135-169. 

Merrill, E. D. Notes on Maine Plants. Rhodora, 1: 185, 186. 
O. 1899. 


Mitchell, A. M. ‘The white Blackberry. Rhodora, І: 205, 206. 
N. 1899. 


Molisch, Н. Ueber Zellkerne besonderer Art. Bot. Zeit. 57: 177— 
191. fl. б. 16 О. 1899. 


Moore, J. T. Тһе Pollution of Water-supplies by Algae. Rhodora, 
I: 98-102. Je. 1899. 


Nash, G. V. The dichotomous Panicums ; Some new Species. І. 

: Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 568-581. 15 N. 1899. 

P. Bushii, P. ciliosum, P. Clutei, P. curtifolium, P. decoloratum, P. Earle, P. 
epilifolium, P. flavovirens, P. Helleri, P. paucipilum, P. longiligulatum, P. patentifo- 
lium, P. perlongum, Р. psammophilum, Р. pseudopubescens, P. pubifolium, P. pyri- 
forme, P. strictifolium, and Р. trifolium, new species. 

Newberry, J. S. The later extinct Floras of North America. A 
posthumous work edited by Arthur Hollick. Monog. U. S. Geol. 
Survey, 35: i-xvii. 1-295. p/. 1-68. 1898. 

Owen, M. L. The Connecticut Valley Botanical Society. Rho- 
dora, I: 95, 96. Je. 1899. 


Parish, S. B. New and little-known Plants of Southern California. 
Erythea, 7: 89-96. 31 O. 1899. 
Euphorbia arenicola, Sidalcea nitrophila, Nemophila sepulta, Gilia Найт, G. ten- 
utloba, Oreocarya leucophaea confertiflora, Monardella linoides stricta, and Collinsia 
callosa, new species, varieties and names. 


Piper, C. V. New and noteworthy northwestern Plants. Erythea, 
7: 99-104. 31 О. 1899. 


H . . " ve . . 7 sppe 
New species and varieties in Sz/anion, Elymus, Poa, Danthonia, and Trillium. 


лт "Twv: F EST OO, е 2 лай а арры E EENE ааа 1 
E ы » ү! 4 А. 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 647 


Porter, T. C. Flora of the Pocono Plateau. Rhodora, І: 182-185. 
O. 1899. 

Rand, E. L. Pinus Banksiana on Mt. Desert Island. Rhodora, І: 
155,130: M. 1399. 

Rand, E. L. Swéularia aquatica on Mt. Desert Island. Rhodora, І: 
155, 156. Au. 1899. 


Rydberg, P. A. De/phinium Carolinianum and related Species. Bull. 
Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 582-587. 15 №. 1899. 


D. geraniifolium, D. albescens, D. macroseratilis, and D. Wootont, new species. 


‘Rydberg, P. A. New Species from the Western United States. 
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 541-546. 16 О. 1899. i 
New species in Juncus, Allium, Astragalus, Potentilla, Horkelia, Mertensia, Sym- 

phoricarpos, Erigeron, and Antennaria. 

Robinson, B. L. Preliminary Lists of New England Plants, IV. 
Rhodora, 1: 212-214. М. 1899. 

Includes Cistaceae, Elatinaceae, Hypericaceae, Anacardiaceae, Sapindaceae, and 

Polygalaceae. 


Rose, J. N. Notes on useful Plants of Mexico. Contr. U. S. Nat. 
Herb. 5: 209-259. A. 28-64. f. 31, 32. 31 О. 1899. 

Rose, J. N. Studies of Mexican and Central American Plants.—No. 
2. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 145-200. M. 18-25. f. 730. 31 
O. 1899. 

Rearrangement of Agaveae. Synopsis of AVisso/ía. Notes on Rutaceae, Turneraceae, 
Clitoria, Malvaceae, Bombaceae, Passiflora, Waltheria, Thalictrum, Cedrela and Le- 
guminosae, with numerous new species. 

Rose, J. N. Three new Species of Tradescantia from the United 
States. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 204-206. 31 O. 1899. 

T. humilis, T. gigantea, and 7. scopulorum. 

Rose, J. N. Zreleasea, a new Genus of Commelinaceae. Contr. О. 
S. Nat. Herb. 5: 207, 208. 31 O. 1899. 

Based on Tradescantia brevifolia, T. leiandra, and T. tumida. 

Russell, W. S. C. Some Orchids of the upper Pemigewasset Valley. 
Rhodora, 1: 199, 200. N. 1899. 


Salmon, E. S. Bryum argentum L. var. lanatum (P. Beauv.) B. & 
S. Rev. Bryol. 26: 41, 42. 1899. 

Senn, G. Ueber einige coloniebildende einzellige Algen. Bot. Zeit. 
57: 39-104. pl. I, 2. figs. 1-39. 1 Je. 1899. 

Shear, C. L. Our Puffballs.—I. Asa Gray Bull. 6: 93-97. pl. 2. 
D. 1898. 


648 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 


Smith, E. C. Further Additions to the Flora of Middlesex County, 
Mass. Rhodora, 1: 97, 98. Je. 1899. 

Smith, C. О. Notes on the Species of Agaricus (Psalliota) of the 
Champlain Valley. Rhodora, r: 161-164. S. 1899. 


Stone, G. E. Past and present floral Conditions in Central Massa- 

chusetts, Rhodora, 1: 143-148. Au. 1899. 

U[nderwood, L. M.]. Mrs. Arvilla J. Ellis. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 

26: 553. 16 O. 1899. 

Webster, H. A peculiar State of Polyporus pergamenus. Rhodora, 

I: 136, 137. Jl. 1899. 

Webster, H. Fungi in Greenhouses. Rhodora, 1: 83, 84. Му. 

1899. 

Webster, Н. Morchella bispora. Rhodora, 1: 156, 157. Au. 

1899. 

Webster, Н. Hydnum caput-medusae. Rhodora, 1: 108-110, 

Je. 1899. 

Wheeler, C. F. Additions to the Michigan Flora since 1892. Rep. 

Mich, State Board Agric. for 1898 :—( 1-12). 1899. 

Includes list of 233 species of spermaphytes and pteridophytes. 

Whitney, L. C. List of Vermont Myxomycetes with Notes. Rho- 

dora, 1: 128-130. Jl. 1899. 

Wiegand, К. M. Some species of Bidens found in the United States. 

Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26: 399-422. 17 Au. 1899. 

Discussion and description of the principal members of Bidens 3 Platycarpae, Bi- 
dens melanocarpa, B. melanocarpa pallida, B. frondosa puberula, B. comosa acuta, 
B. dentata (Nutt.), B. cernua elliptica, and B. cernua integra, new species, varieties 
and names. 

Wille, N. New Forms of green Algae. Rhodora, 1: 149, 150. Au. 

1899. 

Elakatothrix Antericana sp. nov. 

Williams, E. M. Common edible and poisonous Amanitas. Asa 

Gray Bull. 6: 80-84. f 73. О. 1898. 


Williams, T. A. Half hours with Lichens. Asa Gray Bull. 6: 1- 
5. Е. 1898; 77-80. О. 1898. 


Williams, T. A. Amanita strobiliformis Vitt. Asa Gray Bull. 7: 
87, 88. M. 6. О. 1899. 


Williams, R. S. Botanical Notes on the Way to Dawson, Alaska. 
Plant World, 2: 177-181. Au. 1899. 


INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 649 


Williams, E. M. Notes оп Amanitas. Asa Gray Bull. 7: 77—79. 
Au. 1899. 

Williams, E. M. The American Lepiota. Asa Gray Bull. 2: 69 
68. pl. 5. Au. 1899. 

Wisselingh, C. van. Ueber das Kerngeriist. Zweiter Beitrag zur 
Kenntniss der Karyokinese. Bot. Zeit. 57: 155—176. A. 3. x6 9 
1899. 

Yasuda, A. On the Influence of inorganic Salts upon the Conidia- 
formation of Aspergillus niger. Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 13: 85-90. 
20 Jl. 1899. 


[ This Index is reprinted each month by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Company 
in card catalogue form. ] 


Errata 


P. 235, fourteenth line. For five, read fine. 


P. 350. No. УШ. was accidentally omitted in numbering 


this series of papers. 
P. 356, twenty-first line. 
P. 444. In “explanation of Plate 366," Fig. 17. For spores, 
х 315, read spores, X 230. — 
P. 545, first line. 
P. 583, thirteenth line (in key). 
P. 587, thirteenth line. For Wootoni, read Wootonit. 


For C. squarrosa, read G. squarrosa. 


( 650 ) 


TY sus 


For Symphoricarpus, read Symphoricarpos. 
For Wootoni, read Wootonit. 


SUBJECT INDEX 


Achillea in North America, The genus, 365. 

Acrostichum lomarioides Jenman, 318. 

Alabama Flora, Notes on some new and little known plants of the, 118. 

Algae of the Pacific Coast, Four siphoneous (Plate 350), І. 

Anthurus borealis Burt. ( Figure), 628. 

Asclepiadaceae, Studies in the—IV. 423. 

Asplenium Glenniei Baker in Synopsis Filicum. 2d, Ed., p. 488, Notes on, 58. 


Bignonia venusta, On the development of the pollen grain and the embryo-sac 


(Plates 352-354), 89. 
Bryological memorial meeting at Columbus, Ohio, A, 325. 


Cantharellus from Maine, A new, (Figure), 254. 

Chicago District, Notes on plants of the, 303. 

Colorado, New Plants from, 256. 

Columbus, Ohio, A bryological memorial meeting at, 325. 

Columbus, Ohio, August 17-25, 1899, A synopsis of the proceedings of the botanical 
organizations meeting at, 500. 

Covillea and Fagonia, Notes on, 301. 


Delphinium Carolinianum and related species, 582. 


Ellis, Mrs. Arvilla J. (Obituary notice), 553. 
Erysiphaceae, Some Northwestern, 158. 


Fagonia, Notes on Covillea and, 301. 

Ferns, American—II. The genus Phanerophlebia (Plates 359, 360), 205. 
Fungi from Mississippi, New, 493. 

Fungi from South America, Some, 632. 

Fungi, New species of, 63. 

Fungi, The influence of wet weather upon parasitic, 381. 


Guardiola, Revision of the genus, 232. 

Howe, Elliot C., 1828—1899, 251. 

Irritation on the economic coefficient of sugar, The effect of chemical, 463. 
Juncus repens Michx., A morphological and anatomical Study (Plate 363), 359. 


Lacinaria, A new species of ( Plate 351), 21. 

Leguminosae, Studies in the, III., 106. 

Listera, А revision of the genus (Plates 356, 357), 157. 

Literature relating to American Botany, Index to recent, 29, 84, 153, 20I, 266, 332, 


395, 458, 506, 554, 599, 642. 
Lycopodium, Two hitherto confused species of (Plate 370), 599. 


Maine, А new Cantharellus from, (Figure), 254. 
Maine, Contributions to a knowledge of the Myxogasters of, III., 320. 
Mildew of the apple, A little known (Plate 364), 373. 


( 651) 


2 
] 
2 
] 
1 
Я 


а оо а E. 


652 SUBJECT INDEX 


Mildews, A new genus of powdery, — Erysiphopsis, 594. 

Mississippi, New fungi from, 493. 

Moss, A new tertiary fossil, 79. 

Mycological notes, IV. (Figs. 1, 2), 12.; V, 72 

Mycorhiza of Tipularia unifolia, The (Plate 372), 635. 

Myxogasters of Maine.—III. Contributions to a knowledge of the, 320. 


Nereocystis, Observations on ( Plates 361, 362), 273. 

New Zealand, Two new Polypodia from, 316. 

Nomenclatural notes. —II., 376. 

Nomenclature, The advantages of 1737 as a starting point of botanical, 488. 


Pacific Coast, Four siphoneous algae of the (Plate 350), r. 

Panicums, Some new species. —I., The dichotomous, 568. 

Pellaeas, The habitats of the, 596. 

Phanerophlebia, American Ferns, II. ‘The Genus (Plates 359, 360), 205. 

Polypodia from New Zealand, Two new, 316. 

Powdery Mildews—Erysiphopsis, A new genus of, 594. 

Powdery Mildews, The common parasite of the (Plate 358), 184. 

Proteids in Plants, The primary Synthesis, of, 36. 

Pyrenomycetes, Contribution to a better knowledge of the. —I. (Plates 365, 366), 432. 


Saprophytism, Symbiosis and (Plates 367-369), 511. 

Scleropodium, A revision of the North American species of, 531. 

Sisyrinchium, Studies in, I.-VI., 217, 297, 335, 445, 496, 628. 

South America, An enumeration of the plants collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in, 
1885-1886, XXVI-XXVII, 145, 189. 

South America, Some fungi from, 632. 

Sugar, The effects of chemical irritation on the economical coefficient of, 463. 

Symbiosis and Saprophytism ( Plates 367—369), 511. 


Tipularia unifolia, The mycorhiza of ( Plate 372), 635. 
United States and Canada, Some species found in the, 399. 


Viola, The morphology of the genus (Figures 1-30), 172. 
Volutella, A new (Plate 371), 617. 


Washington Botanical Club, The, 82. 

Washington, Some new species from (Plate 355), 135. 

Western North America, New and interesting: plants from, V.-VIII., 312, 547, 588, 
621. 

Western United States, News pecies from, 541. 

Wyoming, New plants from, V.-X., 5, 122, 232, 350, 480. 


NEU 


GENERIC INDEX 


ABIES, 379. 
Abronia, 7. 


Acacia, 491. 

Acer, 18. 

Acetabularia, 71. 
Acetosella, 490. 

Achillea, 141, 365, 372. 
Aconitum, 8 
Acrostichum, 318, 319. 
Adenocystis, 292. 
Aecidium, 382, 493. 
Aesculus, 488. 

Agaricus, 66, 67, 68. 
Agave, 634. 

Ageratum, 488. 
Agastache, 622. 
Aghardia, 2. 

Agropyron, 139, 142, 310. 
Ajuga, 488 

Alaria, 279, 292. 

Albugo, 501. 

Allionia, 310. 

Allium, 103, 135, 437, 446, 541. 
Alnus, 140, 141, 144, 379. 
Alona, 152. 

Alternaria, 434. 

Amanita, 16. 

Amarantus, 48. 

Amblia, 206, 207. 
Ambrosia, 141. 
Ampelanus, 425, 427, 428. 
Ampelomyces, 184, 185. 
Anacamptodon, 303. 
Anaphalis, 357. 
Anastatica, 394. 
Andropogon, 633. 
Anemonospermos, 488. 
Anguina, 490 

Апорта, 240. 

Antennaria, 546. 
Anthaenantia, 494. 
Anthoceros, 500. 
Anthurus, 628, 629. 
Antiphytum, 149. 
Antirrhinum, 377. 
Aplectrum, 519, 520, 521, 528. 
Apocynum, 24, 428. 
Arabis, 123, 124. 
Aragallus, 548. 

Arctotis, 488. 


Arcyphyllum, 106, 112, 114, Lise 


Arcyria, 323, 324. 


Arenaria, 7, 8, 350, 351, 352, 353. 


Arisaema, 500. 


Aristida, 306, 311. 

Armena, 490. 

Arnica, 139, 140, 141, 491. 

Artemisia, 140, 141, 309, 485. 

Arundinaria, 500. 

Asclepias, 423, 424. 

Ascochyta, 495. 

Aspergillus, 466. 

Aspiospora, 634. 

Asperula, 330. 

Aspidium, 61, 205-210, 212, 213, 263. 

Asplenium, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 331. 

| Aster, 23, 25, 141. 

| Asterella, 598. 

| Asterina, 633. 

| Astraeus, 394. 

| Astragalus, 9, IO, II, 142, 256, 257, 488. 
541, 542. 

| Athyrium, 59. 

| Auricularia, 633. 

Azalea, 26, 381. ; 


| DACCHARIS, 26. 
Badula, 92. 

| Balsamorrhiza, 14. 
| Bassocystis, 184. 
Bassovia, 197. 

Batatas, ISI. 

| Beckmannia, 142. 

| Bernhardia, 491. 

| Beta, 38. 

| Betula, 143. 

| Bidens, 143, 187, 310, 399-418, 420-422. 
| Bigelovia, 138, 141. 

‚ Bignonia, 89, 90, 92, 94, 98, IOI, 103. 

| Boltonia, 141. 

| Bombax, 632. 

| Botrytis, 12, 382." 

| Bougainvillea, 393. 

Brachistus, 152, 198, 199. 

| Brachythecium, 531, 538, 540. 

| Brittonastrum, 621, 622. 

Bromus, 142, 309. 
| Bulbine, 488. 

Bulbocodium, 491. 
Bulga, 488. 
Bursa, 379. 
| Byrrhidium, 80. 
(C ^BOMBA, 504. 
Cactus, 49I. 

Caeoma, 382. 
Cakile, 491. 
Calamagrostis, 310. 


( 653 ) 


654 GENERIC INDEX 


Calendula, 491. 
Callitriche, 307. 
Calluna, 489. 
Calonyction, 151. 
Calypso, 518-521, 528, 529, 530. 
Camara, 491. 
Canna, 9o. 
Cannabina, 491. 
Cantharellus, 254, 255. 
Capnodes, 401. 
Capnorchis, 491. 
Capraria, 376. 
Caprifolium, 491. 
Capsella, 330. 
Cardamine, 306. 
Carex, 252, 306, 307, 493. 
Carduus, 141. 
Carelia, 488. 
Carica, 488. 
Carpesium, 488. 
Cassandra, 488. 
Cassia, 9I, 305. 
Cassiope, 392. 
Castanea, 379, 491. 
Castilleia, 133, 134, 245, 246, 314, 480. 
Celastrus, 144. 
Celtis, 187, 503. 
Centaurea, 309. 
Cephalanthera, 511, 513, 515, 517, 518, 
528, 530. 
Cephalozia, 24. 
Cephaloxys, 364. 
Cerastium, 239, 382. 
Ceratodes, 491. 
Ceratomyxa, 324. 
Cercospora, 72-74. 
Cerebella, 494. 
Cereus, 491. 
Cestrum, 200. 
Chaetophora, 92. 
Chamaecerasus, 491. 
Cheilanthes, 331. 
Cheiranthus, 351, 352. 
Chenopodium, 48, 391. 
Chianthemum, 489. 
Chlorodesmis, 3. 
Chondrioderma, 322. 
Chrysophyllum, 79. 
Chrysopogon, 494. 
Chrysopsis, 141. 
Cicinobolus, 184, 185, 186. 
Cistus, 491. 
Cissampelos, 633. 
Cladosporium, 386, 434. 
Clavaria, 70. 
Claytonia, 382. 
Clematis, 547. 
Cleome, 503. 
Clitocybe, 521. 
Clitopilus, 65. 
Clitoria, 488. 
Codium, I, 2, 4. 


Coix ‘488. 
Coleosporium, 632. 
Colacynthis, 491. 
Colletotrichum, 72, 389. 
Coldenia, 148. 
Collomia, 143, 187. 
Comatriche, 322. 
Coniosporium, 495. 
Convallaria, 488, 490. 
Convolvulus, 149, 150. 
Conyzodes, 488, 
Copisma, 106. 
Coprinus, 68, 69. 
Corallodendron, 489, 
Corallorhiza, 521-526, 530, 636, 637. 
Cordia, 145, 146, 147, 488. 
Coreopsis, 310, 399, 401, 403, 404, 417, 
419. 
Согпиз, 143. 
Corrigiola, 488. 
Costaria, 276, 292. 
Covillea, 301, 302. 
Crataegus, 140, 143, 187. 
Craterellus, 69, 70. 
Crepidotus, 66. 
Crepis, 142, 314, 315, 486, 488, 551. 
Cribraria, 322, 323. 
Croton, 488. 
Cuminum, 488, 489. 
Cuscuta, 131, 132, 152, 276, 378. 
Cyathea, 316, 317. 
Cylindrosporium, 13, 386. 
Cymbalaria, 379. 
Cymopterus, 240. 
Cynanchum, 427, 428, 488. 
Cynoglossum, 187. 
Cyperus, 26, 306, 307. 
Cyphomandra, 195, 196. 
Cypripedium, 24, 641. 
Cyrtomium, 206, 207. 
Cystopus, 18, 382, 387. 
Cystopteris, 331, 598. 
Cytidium, 320. 


])^CTYLOCTENIUM, 379.. 
Dalea, 117. ' 

Damasonium, 491. 

Datura, 89, 502, 

Decumaria, 495. 

Delphinium, 582, 587. 

Dens-Leonis, 379. 

Derbesia, 3, 4. 

Diachea, 322. 

Diasperus, 490. 

Dichondra, 152. 

Didymosphaeria, 442, 443. 

Dimorphotheca, 491. 

Diodonta, 403. 

Diospyros, 92. 

Diplodina, 494. 

Dolicholus, 106, 107, 108, 111-116. 

Dothidea, 442-444, 633. 


GENERIC INDEX 


Draba, 237, 238, 239, 352, 622-627. 
Dracunculus, 491. 

Dryadaea, 488. 

Dryas, 488. 

Dryopteris, 25, 316, 331. 

Dunalia, 199. 


TACBINDESORA, 491. 
Echinops, 488. 

Elatine, 377, 488. 

Elatinoides, 377. 

Eleocharis, 304, 305, 438, 443. 

Elephantopus, 632. 

Elephas, 491. 

Enslenia, 425, 427. 

- Epifagus, 379, 380. 

Epilobium, 143. 

Epipactis, 159, 163, 165, 168. 

Epipogon, 530. 

Equisetum, 640. 


Eragrostis, 310, 501. 

Eretrichium, 149. | 

Erica, 489. 

Ericodes, 489. 

Erigeron, 141, 
591, 592. 

Erysibe, 432. 

Erysimum, 351. 

Erysiphe, 138, 139, 140, 142, 184, 185, 
373, 594, 595. 

Erysiphopsis, 594, 595. 

Erythrina, 489. 

Erythronium, 382, 502. 

Euonymus, 24, I44. 

Eupatorium, 120. 

Eurhynchium, 535, 538, 540. 

Evolvulus, 152. 

Exoascus, 382. 

Exobasidium, 381. 


246-250, 392, 545, 546, 


ЗАСОРҮКОМ, 379. 
Feuilleea, 489. 

Filix-mas, 379. 
Fimbristylis, 359-362, 390. 
Fistulina, 70. 
Flammula, 65, 66. 
Foeniculum, 491. 
Fontinalis, 279. 
Fourcroya, 393. 
Fragaria, 143. 
Fraxinus, 144. 
Fucus, 273. 
Fuligo, 321, 322, 323, 324. 
Fuirena, 305. 


ALANTHUS, 489. 
Galeopsis, 489. 
Galera, 66. 
Galium, I4I, 330. 
Gastridium, 2. 
Gentiana, 640, 641. 
Geraniospermum, 489. 


655 


Geranium, 143, 489. 

Gerasacanthus, 145. 

ulia; 13. 132- 

Gillardia, 143. 

Glaux, 391. 

Glechoma, 490. 

Gleichenia, 316. 

Glycine, 108, 112, 114, 115. 

Glycyrrhiza, 144. 

Guajava, 490. 

Gnaphalium, 120, 121, 357. 

Guardiola, 232, 233, 234, 235. 

Gomphrena, 489. 

Gonolobus, 92, 425-431. 

Gratiola, 376 

Grenada, 425. 

Grimaldia, 309. 

Grindelia, 132, 138, 141, 184, 185, 186, 
315, 355. 

Gruinalis, 489 


| Gymnandra, 378. 


Gymosporangium, 381-384. 
Gymnostomum, 81. 


ELIANTHEMUM, 379, 491. 
Helianthus, 26, 132, I4I, 310, 4I9, 
421. 
Helenium, 141, 489. 
Helleborus, 103. 
Helleria, 250. 
Heliotropium, 149. 
Helvella, 70, 71. 
Hemerocallis, 94, 98. 
Hemiarcyria, 323. 
Heuchera, 595. 
Hieraciodes, 488. 
Hieracium, 487. 
Hirneola, 633. 
Homalobus, 143. 
Horkelia, 542, 543. 
Humulus, 143, 187. 
Hyacinthus, 490. 
Hydrogonum, 488. 
Hydrophyllum, 136, 141. 
Hygrophorus, 25, 64. 
Hymenochaete, 633. 
Hymenopappus, 545, 551. 
Hymenophyllum, 316. 
Hypnum, 81, 532-537, 540- 
Hypopitys, 379. 
Hypoxylon, 253, 634. 


JBATIA, 428. 
Illecebrum, 489. 

Ilysanthes, 376. 

Inga, 489. 

Inula, 489. 

Ipomoea, 149, 150, 151. 

Iris, 360. 

Isariopsis, 382. 

Isoetes, 640. 


UTEM 


656 GENERIC INDEX 


gusce ады 151. 
Juanulloa, 200. 


Juncus, 308, 359-364, 541. 
Juniperus, 381, 502, 564. 


K^LM1A, 25. 
Kickxia, 377. 
Kneiffia, 25. 
Kuhnistera, 592, 593. 
Kosteletzkya, 379. 


ACINARIA, 21. 
Lactuca, 486, 503. 
Ladanum, 489. 
Lagoecia, 489. 
Lamproderma, 321, 322. 
Lappula, 243. 
Larrea, 301, 302. 
Lasianthus, 491. 
Lathyrus, 111, 135, 139, 144. 
Lauresia, 200. 
Lemna, 40. 
Lentiscus, 490. 
Leocarpus, 320. 
Lepargyraea, 142. 
Lepidanche, 378. 
Lepidium, 124, 125, 312, 313, 489. 
Lepiota, 63. 
Leptamnium, 380. 
Leptonia, 65. 
Lespedeza, 142. 
Lesquerella, 124. 238, 239. 
Leucocrinum, 501. 
Leuconymphaea, 491. 
Lilium, 6, 7, 24. 
Linnaea, 392, 489. 
Limnanthemum, 145. 
Limnobium, 540. 
Linaria, 377, 379. 
Lindbladia, 322. 
Linosyris, 490. 
Linum, 305. 
Listera, 157—161, 163-171, 421. 
Lithocardium, 488. 
Lithospermum, 244, 245. 
Lobelia, 491. 
Lomaria, 316. 
Lonicera, 144, 187, 378, 491. 
Lophanthus, 143. 
Lotodes, 490. 
Lotus, 142. 
Lunularia, 489. 
Lupinus, 42, 54, 127, 128. 
Lycogala, 323. 
Lycopodium, 81, 92, 503, 559, 560, 561, 
562, 565, 567. 

Lygodesmia, 138, 141, 185, 186, 187. 
Lygodium, 79. 


M^ARCHANTIA, 598. 
Macrocalyx, I41. 
Marsilea, 489. 


Marsonia, 634. 

Malacothrix, 485, 486. 

Malvaviscus, 491. 

Malus, 379. 

Malvinda, 491. 

Majanthemum, 488, 490. 

Majorana, 491. 

Meibomia, 140, 491. 

Melanospora, 433, 434, 435, 444- 

Melia, 490. 

Melilotus, 379, 489, 491. - 

Mellichampia, 425. 

Melocactus, 491. 

Melobesia, 3, 4. 

Mertensia, 139, I41, 243, 244, 548, 550, 
640. 

Mesembryanthemum, 379. 

Microsteris, 313, 314, 621. 

Microsphaera, 139, 140, 144, 187, 253,595. 

Michelia, 490. 

Microglossum, 71. 

Monilia, 382-388. 

Morongia, 495. 

Monotropa, 24, 527. 

Monotropsis, 376. 

Muscari, 490, 491. 

Muscites, 80. 

Myagrum, 490, 491, 


N^SREA, 357. 
Narcissus, 28. 
Nasturtium, 309, 489. 
Nelumbo, 491. 
Nematuris, 428. 
Neottia, 163, 165. 
Nepeta, 490. 
Nephrodium, 206. 
Nereocystis, 27 3-280, 291-294. 
Negundo, 144. 
Nymphaea, 491. 


)BOLARIA, 489, 490. 
Oenothera, 128, 129, 139, 142. 

Oftia, 491. 
Oidium, 187. 
Onagra, 382. 
Onobrychis, 491. 
Onoclea, 26, 319, 330. 
Onosmodium, 640. 
Oónopsis, 481. 
Oóspora, 77. 
Ophiobolus, 436. 
Ophioglossum, 307. 
Ophrys, 158, 159, 163, 165. 
Oplismenus, 633. и 
Opuntia, 491. 
Ornithopodium, 490. 
Ornithopus, 490. 
Orobanche, 380. 
Orthocarpus, 481. 
Osmunda, 319. 
Ostrya, 379. 


GENERIC ÍNDEX 


. Oxalis, 24, 490, 501. 
Oxydectes, 488. 
Oxcydendron, 495. 
Oxytropsis, 488. 


AEONIA, 12, 28. 
Pachylophus, 128, 129. 
Paliurus, 491. 
Pandanus, 617, 618, 620. 
Panicum, 16, 17, 304, 305, 306, 310, 311, 
494, 568-580. 

Papaya, 488. 
Parnassia, 594, 595. 
Paronychia, 236, 237. 
Patagonica, 490. 
Parthenocissus, I44. 
Patagonula, 490. 
Pavia, 488. 
Pedicularis, 143. 
Pelagophycus, 274-277. 
Pelargonium, 489. 
Pellaea, 308, 596, 597, 598. 
Peucedanum, 130. 
Penicillium,'466, 467, 469, 474, 476, 478. 
Pentstemon, 242, 308, 309, 354, 355, 591. 
Peramium, 520. 
Periclymemum, 491. 
Perisporium, 439, 444. 
Peronospora, 18, 382, 387. 
Petridoria, 482. 
Petalostemon, 592, 593. 
Peziza, 633. 
Phacelia, 132, 141, 145, 242. 
Phanerophebia, 205-216, 263. 
Pharbites, 151. 
Phaseolus, 11), 114, 115, 116, 117. 
Philadelphus, 143, 595. 
Phlox, 13, 314, 490. 
Phragmites, 500. 
Phyllachora, 442, 633. 
Phyllactinia, 140, 143, 187, 594, 595. 
Phyllanthus, 490. 
Physalis, 119, 196, 197. 
Physalospora, 384. 
Physarum, 320, 321, 324. 
Phytophthora, 20, 383, 384, 387, 388. 
Piricularia, 18. 
Pistacia, 490. 
Pisum, 187. 
Planera, 79. 
Plantago, 310, 311. 
Plasmodiophora, 72, 73. 
Plasmopora, 382, 384. 
Pleospora, 432, 436, 438, 443. 
Poa, 142, 432, 433, 435, 437. 
Pocosphaeria, 439, 444. 
Podocarpus, 527-529. 
Podophyllum, 103. 
Podosphaera, 143, 595. 
Podostemma, 424. 
Poecilochroma, 199. 
Pogonia, 25. 


657 


Polemonium, 251, 353, 354. 

Populus, 144. 

Potamopithys, 488. 

Potentilla, 23, 25, 256, 480, 542. 

Polygonum, 17, 139, 141, 309, 503. 

Polygonatum, 490, 49I. 

Polypodium, 205, 207, 209, 210, 211, 
316, 317. 

Polyporus, 69. 

Polystichum, 205. 

Prabavema, 391, 

Prunus, 118, 143, 502. 

Psathyra, 68. 

Pseudomonas, 77. 

Psidium, 490. 

Psilocarya, 304, 305, 493. 

Psilocybe, 68. 

Psoralea, 14, 249. 

Ptarmica, 365, 367, 368. 

Ptelea, 313. 

Pteris, 319. 

Pterospora, 527. 

Puccinia, 13, 17, 253, 381, 382, 386, 632. 

Purpusia, 542. 

Pyrenophora, 440, 444. 

Pyrus, 373, 374- 


UAMASIA, 547. 
Quamoclita, I51. 
Quercus, 144, 495, 503. 


ANUNCULUS, 142, 350. 
Ramularia, 382. 

Raphanistrum, 491. 
Rapisteum, 491. 
Rapuntrium, 491. 
Reseda, 309. 
Rhagadiolus, 491. 
Rhus, 490. 
Rhynchosia, 106, 108, 116. 
Rhynchostegium, 79, 80. 
Ribes, 143. 
Rosa, 143. 
Roulinia, 425. 
Rubus, 24. 
Rudbeckia, 141. 
Rumex, 45, 48, 49. 
Ruppia, 122. 
Rynchospora, 304, 494. 
S^ BAL, 495. 
| Saccorhiza, 280, 291, 292. 
| Saccellium, 147. 
Sagittaria, 6. 
Salicornia, 122. 
Salix, 144. 
| Salpichroa, 199. 
| Salsola, 434, 436-438, 441. 
| Saracha, 197. 
| Sarracenia, оГ. 
Saxifraga, 382-392. 
Scirpus, 5, 308. 


| 
| 
j 


658 GENERIC INDEX 


Schweinitzia, 376. 
Scleropodium, 531-540. 
Scleria, 304, 305. 
Scytosiphon, 294. 
Securidaca, 491. 
Securigera, 491. 
Semina, 489. 
— 137, 143, 483, 484, 552, 592, 
2, 640. 
йй, 389. 
Sertula, 489. 
Sesamum, 490. 
Setana, 501. 
Sida, 491. 
Silene, 308. 
Sinapis, 40. 
Sisyrinchium, 94, 217-230, 297-300, 335- 
349, 390, 445-457, 496-499, 605- 
16. 


Spartina, 500. 

Sphaerellopsis, 493. 

Sphaeria, 442. 

Sphaerium, 488. 

Sphaerocephalus, 488. 

Sphaerostigma, 130. 

Sphaerotheca, 139,140, 142, 143, 187, 
373-375, 594. 


‚ Sphagnum, 81. 


Spiesia, 142, 488, 548. 

Spiraea, 24, 143. 

Spiranthes, 306. 

Sporobolus, 311. 

Solanum, 152, 189-195, 197, 198, 199,632. 
Solidago, 120, 132, 141. 

Sordaria, 432, 433, 435, 439, 441, 444. 
Sorghum, 494. 

Sorosporium, 494, 633. 

Stachys, 142, 589, 590. 

Stapelia, 490. 

Statice, 491. 

Stelmagonum, 424, 

Stemonitis, 322. 

Stereodon, 533. 


Tetratheca, 91. 
Thalesia, 380. 
Thalictrum, 142. 
Thalysia, 490. 
Thelepodium, 126-127. 
Thermopsis, 239, 240. 
Thesium, 490. 

Thismia, 637. 
Thunbergia, 92. 
Thymbia, 491. 
Tilmadoche, 320. 
Tipularia, 501, 635, 637. 
Todea, 316. 
Tournefortia, 148, 149. 
Toxicodendron, 490. 
Tragacantha, 488. 
Trematosphaera, 432, 441, 444. 
Tricholoma, 63, 253. 
Trichomanes, 316. 


| Trichothecium, 466, 469, 474, 478. 


Trichosanthus, 490. 
Trientalis, 376, 377. 
Trifolium, II2, 114, 115, 142. 
Trigonella, 490. 
Triosteospermum, 491. 
Trollius, 491. 
Tropaeolum, 490. 
Troximon, 142, 143. 
Tryblidiella, 633. 
Tulipifera, 491. 
Tulocarpus, 235. 


l LMARIA, 379. 
Ulmus, 79, 144. 
Uncinula, 18, 144, 187, 594, 595. 
Unifolium, 490, 491. 
Uredo, 305. 
Urocystis, 74, 382. 


Uromyces, 632. 


| Ustilago, 16, 17, 77, 382, 493. 
| Utricularia, 306. 


Sterigmatocystis, 446, 467—469, 473, 475, | VACCINIUM, 24, 139, 144. 


477, 479. 
Stillingia, 493. 
Stipa, 310. 

Stissera, 490. 

Streptanthus, 126. 

Stropharia, 68, 253. 
Struthiopteris, 26, 
Synchytrium, 382. 

Syndesmon, 393. 

Synthyris, 377, 378. 
Symphoricarpos, 144, 49I, 544. 
Syringa, 144. 


TANACETUM, 484. 
Telis, 490. 
Ternatea, 488. 
Tetradymia, 482. 
Tetragonanthus, 145. 


Vaillantia, 330, 502. 
| Valeriana, 392. 
| Valonia, 2, 4. 
| Veratrum, 588. 
| Verbena, 141, 588, 589. 
Vernonia, 2I, 
| Vicia, 144. 


| Viola, 25, 128, 139, 143, 172, 174-181. 


| Villarsia, 145. 

| Vincetoxicum, 425-431, 488. 
| Vitis, 187, 306. 

| Volpameria, 490. 

| Volutella, 617, 618, 619. 

| Volvaria, 64, 65. 


V OLFFIA, 28. 
Woodsia, 331. 
Wulfenia, 377, 378. 


GENERIC INDEX 


yucca, 442, 


Es 77 ACINTHA, 491. 
Ё Xylorrhiza, 249. Zea, 490. 
"Xylosteum, 491. Zostera, 280. 
і pe 304. Zygophyllum, 302. 
ш 


. Buty. Torr. Вот. CLUB. i 4 | Рі. 36 78 


c d Р РТ 
М + 
1 e i 


TIONEM 4 


dbi —. dili 
ae 
— 

PF 


d kaaa es 
i M Wi \ 
ү 

үл УУ 
И, 


E s * 
NO 
/ p ў 4 Р j 
, Р P Г 
/ LY 


| 


VOLUTELLA MELLEA Clark. 


` 
THE MELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON. й | 


ae ТУГ ee р е о ч ВАРТЕ Wr WAR 2L Б. m" EN 


“hd X 


Pp] 


Burr. Torr. Bor. Crus. Pr. 372. 


т 


CLIFFORD ON TIPULARIA UNIFOLIA. 


Í THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON, 
is di е